ᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾᴾ

WPA ᇤ২ᙹЩӏỎᙹᆉ 2022-2023(ᒍᒍᛖҾ૨-ଐ
ଐஜᛖᚪ‫ݣ‬ൔ༿)ႆᘍᾉɟᑍᅈ‫ׇ‬ඥʴଐஜἣἻᨕɥᇤ২ᡲႱ
ᎇᚪᾉɟᑍᅈ‫ׇ‬ඥʴଐஜἣἻᨕɥᇤ২ᡲႱ ᇤ২ᢃփ‫ۀ‬Ճ˟


A
A
A
1 De initions
lassi ication grouping athletes into Sport Classes (asdefined in the IPC Athlete Classification Code) according
to how much their impairment affects fundamental
activities in each specific sport or discipline. This is also
referred to as Athlete Classification .
ompetition a series of individual events conducted
together under one ruling body.
ompetition Medical Director the person appointed by
the
C for an IPC Competition and/or a World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competition who is responsible toimplement the World Para Athletics Scope of Event
Medical Services .
ompetition ules the World Para Athletics Competition
Rules set out in Part C of these Rules.
nternational ederation a sport federation recognisedby the IPC as the sole world-wide representative of a sport
for athletes with an impairment that has been granted thestatus as a Para sport by the IPC. The IPC and I SD act
as an International Federation for certain Para sports.
the International lympic Committee.
the International Paralympic Committee.
ompetitions World Para Athletics Championships
and World Para Athletics Regional Championships.
ames the Paralympic Games and the Parapan
American Games.
D International rganisation of Sport for the Disabled,
an independent organisation recognised by the IPC as thesole worldwide representative for a specific impairment
group to the IPC.
ocal rganising Committee
an organisation
appointed by World Para Athletics to organise an IPC
Competition or World Para Athletics Sanctioned
Competition.
hie Medical Doctor the medical doctor appointed
by theC for an IPC Competition and/or World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competition.
ationalederation the national member of anInternational Federation.
National Paralympic Committee, the national
member of the IPC who is the sole
representative ofathletes with an impairment in that country or territory.
These are the national members of the IPC.
rthosis an orthopaedic appliance or apparatus used toassist functioning in a limb that is anatomically intact but
which has impaired range of movement, muscle power or
leg length difference.
ara sport a sport governed by the IPC Athlete
Classification Code and recognised as a Para sport by the
IPC.
rosthesis An artificial device that replaces a missing
body part, which may be lost through trauma, disease, orcongenital conditions.
e eree the person appointed to adjudicate World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions.
egulations the World Para Athletics Regulations set out
in Part B of these Rules.
ules the World Para Athletics Rules and Regulations
comprised of the General Provisions, the World Para
Athletics Regulations and the World Para Athletics
Competition Rules.
port lass a category for Competition defined by World
Para Athletics by reference to the extent to which an athlete
can perform the specific tasks and activities required by aPara sport.
port lass tatus a designation applied to a Sport Class
to indicate the extent to which an athlete may be required
to undertake athlete evaluation and/or be subject to aclassification protest.
AD the World Anti-Doping Code.
orld Athletics formerly known as the International
Athletics Association Federation (IAAF).
orld Athletics
ules formerly known as the1Ϗʖφ A ૱ଉ̏ ఈٝ
lassi ication έϧη෾͜ ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝʤIPC ‫ंٗڟ‬έϧη෾͜αʖχͲఈٝ͠Ηͱ͏Ζʥ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͶήϩʖϕԿ͢ɼ্֒͗ಝఈ͹֦ηϛʖςΉͪͺ෾໼͹‫خ‬ຌద͵‫׈‬ಊͶʹ͹ఖౕӪ‫ͤڻ‬Ζ͖Ͷॊͮͱέϧη෾ͤ͜Ζɽ͞Ηͺʰ‫ंٗڟ‬έϧη෾͜ʱͳ΍‫ͻݼ‬ΗΖɽ
ompetition ‫ٗڟ‬ճ ʁҲͯ͹஄ର͹‫ߨͲݫ‬ΚΗΖҲ࿊͹‫ݺ‬พ͹झ໪
ompetition Medical Director ‫ٗڟ‬ճҫࣆυΡϪένʖ ʁ C ͗ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ڟ‬ٗճ͹ͪΌͶ೜ໍͪ͢ɼWPA ͹ʰ‫ٗڟ‬ճҫྏγʖϑηʱ͹ࣰࢬΝ୴౲ͤΖਕ෼
ompetition ules ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉ ʁ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉϏʖ
φ C ͶఈΌΔΗͪ WPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉnternational ederation ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏ ʁIPC ͶΓͮͱϏϧηϛʖςͳ͢ͱ͹ητʖνη͗෉༫͠Η্ͪ֒͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ͪΌ͹ηϛʖς͹༏Ҳ͹੊ֆద͵େනͳ͢ͱ IPC ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪηϛʖς࿊
໏ɽIPC ͳ I SD ͺɼಝఈ͹Ϗϧηϛʖς͹ࠅࡏ࿊໏ͳ͢ͱ‫ؽ‬೵ͤΖɽ
ʁࠅࡏΨϨϱϒρέҗҽճʁࠅࡏϏϧϨϱϒρέҗҽճ
ompetitions‫ٗڟ‬ճ ʁ੊ֆϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬મघ‫ݘ‬୉ճͳ WPA ஏҮ‫ंٗڟ‬୉ճamesΰʖϞθ ʁϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճͳϏϧϏϱΠϟϨΩϱ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ
Dʁࠅࡏ্֒ंηϛʖς‫ߑؽ‬ͺɼಝఈ͹্֒ήϩʖϕ͹ IPC ΃͹༏Ҳ͹੊ֆద͵େනंͳ͢ͱ IPC ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪಢཱིૌ৭Ͳ͍Ζɽʁૌ৭җҽճ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճΉͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ֋࠷ͤΖͪΌͶ WPA ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪૌ৭
hie Medical Doctorҫࢥοʖϓ ʁ C
͗ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢨ໌ͪ͢ҫࢥ
ational ederation ֦ࠅ‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏ ʁࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏͹֦ࠅϟϱώʖʁࠅ಼ϏϧϨϱϒρέҗҽճɼͨ͹ࠅΉͪͺஏҮͲ্֒͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹༏Ҳ͹େනंͲ͍Ζ IPC ͹֦ࠅϟϱώʖɽ
͞ΗΔͺ IPC ͹֦ࠅϟϱώʖͲ͍Ζɽrthosis ‫ڴ‬ਜ਼ૹ۫ մ๦ָదͶͺଝউͺ͵͏͗ɼՆಊҮͶξϟʖζ͍͗ͮͪΕɼ‫ྙ۔‬Ώଏ͹ௗ͠͹ҩ͏Νึ͑࢝ࢸ͹‫ؽ‬೵Νึ͑‫۫ح‬ara sport Ϗϧηϛʖς ʁIPC ‫ंٗڟ‬έϧη෾͜‫و‬ఖͶΓͮͱ؇ཀྵ͠ΗɼIPC ͶΓͮͱϏϧηϛʖςͳ͢ͱ೟ఈ͠Ηͪηϛʖς
rosthesis ٝࢸ ֐উΏබ‫Ͳʹ͵ـ‬ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ઎ళదͶࣨΚΗͱ͏Ζର͹Ҳ෨Νึ͑΍͹e eree ৻൓ௗ ʁWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝࡍఈͤΖͪΌͶ೜ໍ͠Ηͪਕ෼
egulations ‫و‬ఖ ʁ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉϏʖφ B ͶఈΌΔ
Ηͪ WPA ‫و‬ఖules ‫و‬ଉ ʁҲൢ‫و‬ఈɼWPA ‫و‬ఖ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉͲߑ੔͠ΗΖ WPA ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖ
port lass ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη ʁ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϏϧηϛʖςͶචགྷ͵ಝఈ͹νηέΏΠέτΡϑτΡΝࣰߨͲ͘Ζ൥ҕΝࢂলͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΕɼWPA ͶΓͮͱఈٝ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬͹ΩτβϨʖ
port lass tatus ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηητʖνη ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͗඲Ճ͠ΗΖ͞ͳɼ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺέϧη෾͜߇٠Νච
གྷͳͤΖ൥ҕΝࣖͤͪΌͶ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͶన༽͠ΗΖࢨఈ
AD ʁ੊ֆΠϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ఖ
orld Athletics ੊ֆ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏ ʁҐ઴͹ࠅࡏ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏ʤIAAFʥͲ͍ΖɽInternational Athletics Association Federation Competition
Rules.
A World Para Athletics.
orldara Athletics Appro ed
ompetitions
international, national, endorsed and World Athletics
endorsed competitions for the sport of Para Athletics
that have been approved by World Para Athletics.
orld ara Athletics Athlete icense a license issued
by the IPC in accordance with the IPC Athlete icensing
Programme to enable athletes and guide-runners tocompete in IPC Games, IPC Competitions and World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions.
orld ara Athletics ecognised ompetitions IPC
Games, IPC Competitions, World Para Athletics
Sanctioned Competitions and World Para Athletics
Approved Competitions.
orld ara Athletics anctioned ompetitions World
Para Athletics Grand Prix events, World Para Athletics
World Cups and other World Para Athletics international
competitions determined by World Para Athletics.
orld ara Athletics echnical Delegate
a person appointed by World Para Athletics to monitor andoversee a World Para Athletics Recognised Competition
and to ensure all technical operations are
conducted in accordance with these Rules.

orld Athletics ules ੊ֆ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏‫و‬ଉ ʁҐ઴͹ࠅࡏ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉͲ͍Ζɽ
Aʁ੊ֆϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏orld ara Athletics Appro ed ompetitions
A ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ ʁWPA ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͱ͏Ζ
Ϗϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ηϛʖς͹ͪΌ͹ࠅࡏɼࠅ಼ɼ‫;ٶ‬WPA ͗ট೟ͪ͢୉ճɽ
orld ara Athletics Athlete icenseA ‫ंٗڟ‬ϧ΢ιϱη ʁ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ IPC ΰʖϞɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ̧̮̘೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͲ͘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͶɼIPC ‫ंٗڟ‬ϧ΢ιϱηϕϫήϧϞ
Ͷॊͮͱ IPC ͗൅ߨͤΖϧ΢ιϱηɽorld ara Athletics ecognised ompetitions
A ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ ʁIPC ୉ճɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ೟ఈ‫;ٶ‬ট೟͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ
orld ara Athletics anctioned ompetitions
A ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ ʁWPA ήϧϱϕϨ͹΢ϗϱφɼ
WPA ϭʖϩχΩρϕɼ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹ଠ͹ WPA ͹ࠅࡏ‫ڟ‬ٗճ
orld ara Athletics echnical DelegateAٗढ़େන ʁWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ؄ࢻ‫;ٶ‬؄ಞ͢ɼͤ΄ͱ͹ٗढ़దӣ༽͗͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͶॊͮͱࣰࢬ͠ΗΖΓ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͶɼWPA ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠Ηͪं

2 eneral ro isions
2.1 cope and application
2.1.1 These World Para Athletics Rules and Regulations
comprise the World Para Athletics Regulations(Regulations) and the World Para Athletics Competition
Rules (Competition Rules) (together referred to as theseRules ).
2.1.2 These Rules are mandatory for all World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions.
2.1.3 All participants (including, but not limited to, athletes
and support personnel, coaches, trainers, managers,
interpreters, team staff, officials, medical or paramedical
personnel) of any World Para Athletics Recognised
Competitions agree to be bound by these Rules as acondition of such participation.
2.1.4 The World Para Athletics Classification Rules andRegulations are an integral part of these Rules and arelocated on the World Para Athletics website.
2.1.5 The IPC andbook is an integral part of thegovernance of the sport of Para Athletics.
2.1.6 Any matter not addressed in these Rules shall be
determined by the IPC, in its sole discretion.
2.1. These Rules will be effective from 1 February 2 22.

̐ Ҳൢ‫و‬ఈ
2.1 ൥ҕͳన༽
2.1.1 ͞ΗΔ͹ WPA ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͺɼWPA ‫و‬ఖ‫ٶ‬; WPA ‫وٗڟ‬ଉʤ૱স͢ͱʰ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉʱͳ‫ݼ‬΁ʥͲߑ੔͠ΗΖɽ
2.1.2 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶචਤͲ͍Ζɽ
2.1.3 WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ࢂՅंʤ‫ंٗڟ‬‫;ٶ‬γϛʖφགྷҽɼαʖοɼφϪʖψʖɼϜϋʖζϡʖɼ௪༃ɼοʖϞηνρϓɼ৮ҽɼҫྏΉͪͺ‫ٻ‬‫ٺ‬ୄҽΝ‫؜‬΋͗ɼ͞ΗΔͶ‫ݸ‬ఈ͠Η͵͏ɽʥͺɼࢂՅ͹ড়݇ͳ͢ͱɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͶ߈଍͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶಋқͤΖɽ
2.1.4 WPA ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹෈Նܿ͵෨෾Ͳ͍ΕɼWPA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ‫͠ࡎܟ‬Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
2.1.5 IPC ύϱχϔρέͺɼϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ηϛʖς͹Ϊώψϱη͹෈Նܿ͵෨෾Ͳ͍Ζɽ
2.1.6 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͲѽΚΗͱ͏͵͏ࣆߴͺɼIPC͹ಢࣙ͹ࡍྖͶΓΕ݀ఈ͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
2.1.  ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ2 22 ೧ 2 ݆ 1 ೖ͖Δ൅ް
ͤΖɽ

2.2 nterpretation
2.2.1 References to a Regulation mean a Regulationreferred to in Part B of these Rules, references to a Rulemean a Rule referred to in Part C of these Rules,
references to an Appendix means an Appendix to theseRules, and capitalised terms used in these Rules have themeaning given to them in the Definitions section of theseRules.
2.2.2 Any comments annotating various provisions of theseRules shall be used to interpret these Rules.
2.2.3
eadings used in these Rules are used forconvenience only and have no meaning that is separate
from the Regulation(s) or Rule(s) to which they refer.
2.2.4 nless otherwise expressly provided for in theRegulations, all references in the Regulations to athletes
shall also include guide-runner . This does not apply toPart C of the Rules.
2.2.5 All references to the words he , his or him in theseRules also mean the words she , hers or her .
2.3 o ernance2.3.1 The IPC acts as the International Federation for andgoverns the sport of Para Athletics. It carries out these
responsibilities under the name World Para Athletics andthe term World Para Athletics must be read in these Rules2

2.2 մए
2.2.1 ʰ‫و‬ఖʱͳͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉϏʖφ B ͹‫و‬ఈΝқັ͢ɼʰ‫و‬ଉʱͳͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉϏʖφ C ͹‫و‬ఈΝқັ͢ɼʰ෉࿧ʱͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹෉࿧ΝқັͤΖɽΉͪɼ‫و‬ଉͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖ୉ช࣊͹༽‫ޢ‬ͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹ఈٝιέεϥϱͲͨΗΔͶ༫͓ΔΗͪқັΝ࣍ͮͱ͏Ζɽ
2.2.2 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹͠Ή͡Ή͵‫و‬ఈΝ஭एͤΖαϟϱφͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉΝմएͤΖͪΌͶ࢘༽͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
2.2.3 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖ‫ݡ‬ड़͢ͺɼสٕ͹ͪΌͶ͹Ί࢘༽͠Ηͱ͕ΕɼͨΗΔ͗ࢂলͤΖ‫و‬ఖΉͪͺ‫و‬ଉͳͺพ͹қັͺ͵͏ɽ
2.2.4 ‫و‬ఖͲพஊ͹ఈΌ͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫و‬ఖͶ͕͜Ζʰ‫ंٗڟ‬ʱͶͺʰΪ΢χϧϱψʖʱ΍‫؜‬ΉΗΖ΍͹
ͳͤΖɽ͞Ηͺ‫و‬ଉϏʖφ C Ͷͺన༽͠Η͵͏ɽ
2.2.5 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͶ͕͜Ζʰ൶ͺʱɼʰ൶͹ʱΉͪͺʰ൶Νʱͳ͏͑‫ݶ‬ཁͺͤ΄ͱɼʰ൶ঃͺʱɼʰ൶ঃ͹ʱΉͪͺʰ൶ঃΝʱͳ͏͑‫ݶ‬ཁ΍қັͤΖɽ
2.3 Ϊώψϱη
2.3.1 IPC ͺɼWPA ͹ηϛʖς͹ࠅࡏ࿊໏ͳ͢ͱ‫ؽ‬೵͢ɼ͞ΗΝ؇ཀྵͤΖɽͨΗͺ͞ΗΔ͹੻೜Ν
ʰWPAʱͳ͏͑໌সͲࣰߨ͢ɼ
ʰWPAʱͳ͏͑༽‫ޢ‬ͺ

as the IPC and vice versa.
2.
rinting o the ules
2.4.1 These Rules are the copyright property of the IPC
and have been published for the benefit of NPCs, athletes,
officials and others who are engaged in an official capacitywith World Para Athletics.
Any other organisation must obtain the permission of the
IPC prior to reprinting, translating or publishing theseRules.
2.4.2 The English version of these Rules shall be accepted
as the authoritative versionfor the purpose of interpretation.
2.5 Amendments to the ules
2.5.1 After the conclusion of each Paralympic Games, the
IPC shall undertake a reviewof these Rules, in consultation
with NPCs and any relevant I SDs, in accordancewith the
IPC
andbook (located on the IPC website). All
amendments shall be implemented prior to the start of thesecond season following the relevant Paralympic Games.
2.5.2 These Rules also may be amended at any time by
the IPC as a result, for example, of changes inClassification related matters, the World Athletics Rules, orwhere World Para Athletics otherwise considers it
necessary to do so.
A.

D A AAA
3 orld ara Athletics ecognised ompetitions
3.1 ompetition le els
3.1.1 World Para Athletics categorises Competitions basedon their scale, si e, andnature to determine theapplicable requirements at each Competition.
3.1.2
World Para Athletics Recognised Competitionlevels are as followsaames. Paralympic Games. Parapan American Gamesbompetitions.World Para Athletics Championships.World Para Athletics Regional Championships
c orld ara Athletics anctioned ompetitions. World Para Athletics Grand Prix events. World Para Athletics World Cups
.Any other World Para Athletics international competitions
determined by World Para Athletics
d orld ara Athletics Appro ed ompetitions. International competitions for the sport of Para Athletics. National competitions for the sport of Para Athletics.World Athletics /NF endorsed competitions (as defined in
the World Athletics Rules). Any other competitions for the sport of Para Athletics
determined by World Para Athletics
3.2 ompetition c cle
3.2.1 nless otherwise determined by the IPC, the cyclefor IPC Games, IPC
Competitions and World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competitions is as followsʁ3͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͲ IPC ͳ͢ͱಣΊखΖචགྷ͍͗Εɼͨ͹‫ٱ‬΍ಋ༹Ͳ͍Ζɽ
2.
ϩʖϩ͹һࡰ
2.4.1 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺ IPC ͹ஸࡠ‫͍Ͳࢊࡔݘ‬Εɼ
NPCɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼༀҽɼ‫੊;ٶ‬ֆϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ޮద೵ྙͶॊࣆ͢ͱ͏Ζଠ͹ਕʓ͹ཤӻ͹ͪΌͶޮ֋͠ΗΖɽ ͞ΗΔ͹ϩʖϩͺɼIPC ͗ϩʖϩ಼Ͳஸࡠ‫ݘ‬
Νक௃ͤΖ‫ܩ‬କద͵೵ྙʤ͞ΗΔ͹ϩʖϩ͹ຍ༃൝͹ஸࡠ‫ݘ‬͹ IPC ΃͹ׄΕ౲ͱΝक௃ͤΖ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ‫؜‬΋ʥΝড়݇ͳ͢ͱɼͨ͑ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζਜ਼౲͵ૌ৭ͶΓͮͱ఺ࡎΉͪͺຍ༃͠ΗΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ ଠ͹ૌ৭ͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉΝ఺ࡎɼຍ༃ɼΉͪͺޮ֋ͤΖ઴ͶɼIPC ͹‫ڒ‬ՆΝಚΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
2.4.2 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹ӵ‫ޢ‬൝ͺɼմए͹໪దͲਜ਼ࣞ
൝ͳ͢ͱण͜೘ΗΔΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
2.5 ‫و‬ଉ͹रਜ਼
2.5.1 ֦ϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ͹श྅‫ޛ‬ɼIPC ͺɼ
IPC ύϱχϔρέʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍ΖʥͶॊͮͱɼNPC ‫ؖ;ٶ‬࿊ͤΖ I SD ͳ‫ڢ‬٠͢ͱɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹‫ݡ‬௜͢Νߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽ ͤ΄ͱ͹रਜ਼ͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճͶକ͚୊ 2 εʖθϱ͹֋࢟઴Ͷࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
2.5.2 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼͪͳ͓ͻɼέϧη෾͜Ͷ‫ؖ‬
࿊ͤΖࣆߴɼ੊ֆ཰࿊‫وٗڟ‬ଉ͹รߍɼΉͪͺ WPA͗ͨ͑ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζͳͨ͹ଠ͹ཀྵ༟Ͳรߍͪ݃͢
Վͳ͢ͱɼIPC ͶΓͮͱ͏ͯͲ΍रਜ਼Ͳ͘ΖɽϏʖφA ‫و‬ఖ
3
A ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ
3.1 ‫ٗڟ‬ճϪϗϩ
3.1.1 WPA ͺɼ‫و‬ໝɼγ΢θɼ‫;ٶ‬੓࣯Ͷ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ෾ྪ͢ɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճͲన༽͠ΗΖགྷ݇Ν݀ఈ
ͤΖɽ
3.1.2 WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճϪϗϩͺҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εa) IPC ΰʖϞθ(૱߻‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ)ʀϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճʀϏϧϏϱΠϟϨΩϱ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճb) IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ
ʀWPA ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճ
ʀWPA ஏҮમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճc) WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ
ʀWPA ήϧϱϕϨ୉ճ
ʀWPA ϭʖϩχΩρϕ
ʀWPA ͗֋࠷Ν݀ఈͪ͢ WPA ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ճd) WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճʀϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ճʀϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ࠅ಼‫ٗڟ‬ճʀ(WA ‫و‬ଉͶఈٝ͠ΗΖ)WA/NF ޮ೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ
ʀWPA ͗೟Όͪͨ͹ଠ͹Ϗϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬ճ
3.2 ‫ٗڟ‬ճγ΢έϩ
3.2.1 IPC ͶΓͮͱพஊ͹ఈΌ͗͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼIPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹γ΢έϩͺ࣏͹ͳ͕ΕͲ͍Ζɽ

3.3 ompetition management
3.3.1 The IPC shall manage all IPC Games.
3.3.2 World Para Athletics shall have the right to manage
all IPC Competitions andWorld Para Athletics
Sanctioned Competitions. It also shall have the right tooversee all World Para Athletics Approved Competitions.
The words World, Regional and World Para Athletics
may not be used in connection with any Para Athletics
event without the prior written consent of World Para
Athletics.
In addition, the IPC is the owner of all rights of whatever
kind or nature in respect of the terms Paralympics andParalympic , the term Para Athletics when associatedwith sport or any IPC activities, the IPC motto, flag andanthem, the Paralympic Symbol (three Agitos design) andany other trademarks, logos and other indicia used orintended to be used in the context of the Paralympic
Movement.
3.3.3 World Para Athletics shall enforce these Rules for all
World Para Athletics Recognised Competitions. World
Para Athletics shall have jurisdiction over all matters not
assigned by the Rules to another person or entity (such as
an official orC).
3.3.4 The events and competition format for all World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions are outlined in theCompetition Rules.
3.
ompetition entries
3.4.1 All entries to participate in IPC Competitions andWorld Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions must be inaccordance with these Rules and the entry criteria outlinedon the World Para Athletics website.
3.4.2 The entry criteria and minimum qualifying standards
for the IPC Games shall be defined in the qualification
criteria outlined on the IPC website.
3.4.3 The entry criteria and minimum qualifying standards
for each IPC Competition and World Para Athletics
Sanctioned Competition shall be defined in the qualification
criteria outlined on the World Para Athletics website.
3.5 ecognition o results
3.5.1 World Para Athletics accepts results achieved at
World Para Athletics Recognised Competitions by eligible
athletes (in accordance with Regulation 4) solely for thefollowing purposes
3.5.1.1 World Para Athletics rankings
3.5.1.2 World Para Athletics records
3.5.1.3 allocation of NPC qualification slots for IPC Games,
IPC Competitions and World Para Athletics Sanctioned
Competitions
3.5.1.4 achieving qualification standards for entry into IPC
Games, IPC Competitions and World Para Athletics
Sanctioned Competitions.
3.6 Ad ertising and displa s during ompetitions
3.6.1 The IPC determines the advertising requirements at
IPC Games.
3.6.2 The World Para Athletics niform and Equipment
Advertising Regulations (located on the World Para
Athletics website) outline the advertising permitted byWorld Para Athletics at IPC Competitions. During all other
World Para Athletics Recognised Competitions (except
IPC Games), the relevantC, shall adopt the applicable
advertising requirements.
3. Anti-gambling requirements
3. .1 The IPC may adopt anti-gambling regulations,policies, codes and/or requirements from time to time,
which will be binding on all participants of World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions.
ligibilit

lassi ication

4

3.3 ‫ٗڟ‬ճӣӨ
3.3.1 IPC ͺͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθΝ؇ཀྵͤΖɽ
3.3.2 WPA ͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ؇ཀྵͤΖ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽΉͪɼͤ΄ͱ͹
WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ؄ಞͤΖ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽ
ʰ੊ֆʱ
ɼ
ʰஏҮʱ
ɼ‫;ٶ‬ʰWPAʱͳ͏͑‫ݶ‬ཁͺɼWPA ͹ࣆ઴͹ॽ໚ͶΓΖಋқ͵͢ͶɼWPA ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ͠ΔͶɼIPC ͺɼʰParalympicsʱ‫ٶ‬;ʰParalympicʱͳ͏͑༽‫ޢ‬ΏɼηϛʖςΉͪͺ IPCΠέτΡϑτΡɼIPC ͹ϠρφʖͶ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖʰPara
Athleticsʱͳ͏͑༽‫ޢ‬Ͷ‫ͱؖ͢‬ɼ͍ΔΑΖझྪΉͪͺ੓ ࣯ ͹ ͤ ΄ ͱ ͹ ‫ ݘ‬ཤ ͹ ॶ ༙ ं Ͳ ͍ Ζ ɽʰ Para
Athleticsʱͳ͏͑༽‫ޢ‬ͺɼηϛʖςΏ IPC ‫׈‬ಊɼIPC
͹Ϡρφʖɼ‫ظ‬ɼࠅՐɼϏϧϨϱϒρέεϱϚϩʤ3ͯ͹Πάφηυδ΢ϱʥɼ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹ଠ͹ঐඬɼϫβɼ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹ଠ͹ঐඬɼϫβɼͨ͹ଠ͹‫ؖ‬࿊Ͳ࢘༽ΉͪͺϏϧϨϱϒρέӣಊ͗қਦ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ͷ࢘༽͠ΗΖ ɽ
3.3.3 WPA ͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉΝࢬߨͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽWPA ͺɼ‫و‬ଉͶΓͮͱพ͹ਕ෼Ήͪͺ஄ରʤༀҽΏC ͵ʹʥͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͱ͏͵͏ͤ΄ͱ͹ࣆߴΝ؇‫ͤ׍‬Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
3.3.4 ͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹झ໪ͳ‫ࣞܙٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճΦϱφϨʖ3.
3.4.1 IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ୉ճͶࢂՅͤΖͪΌ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ΦϱφϨʖͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA͹ΤΥϔγ΢φͲ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖΦϱφϨʖ‫خ‬६Ͷॊͮͱ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
3.4.2 IPC ΰʖϞθ͹ΦϱφϨʖ‫خ‬६ͳ࠹ఁࣁ֪‫خ‬६ͺɼIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͲ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζࣁ֪‫خ‬६Ͳఈٝ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
3.4.3 ֦ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͳ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ΦϱφϨ
ʖ‫خ‬६ͳ࠹ఁࣁ֪‫خ‬६ͺɼWPA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φͲ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζࣁ֪‫خ‬६Ͳఈٝ͠ΗΖɽ
3.5 ݃Վ͹೟ఈ
3.5.1 WPA ͺɼҐԾ͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶ͹Ίɼʤ‫و‬ఖ 4Ͷॊͮͱʥన֪͵‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲୣ੔ͪ݃͢ՎΝण͜೘ΗΖɽ
3.5.1.1 WPA ϧϱΫϱή
3.5.1.2 WPA ‫ى‬࿧
3.5.1.3 IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ NPC ࣁ֪͹ׄΕ౲ͱ
3.5.1.4 IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ࢂՅࣁ֪‫خ‬६͹ୣ੔
3.6 ‫ٗڟ‬஦͹߁ࠄͳනࣖ
3.6.1 IPC ͺɼIPC ΰʖϞθͲ͹߁ࠄགྷ݇Ν݀ఈͤ
Ζɽ
3.6.2 WPA ϤωϓΧʖϞ‫وࠄ߁حؽ;ٶ‬ఖʤWPAΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍ΖʥͺɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ WPA ͗‫ڒ‬ՆͤΖ߁ࠄ͹֕གྷΝࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζɽଠ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤIPC ΰʖϞθΝঈ͚ʥͲͺɼ C ֚͗౲
ͤΖ߁ࠄགྷ݇͗ࡀ༽͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3.
άϡϱϔϩଲࡨ͹གྷ݇
3. .1 IPC ͺɼṎദ๹ࢯ‫و‬ଉɼϛϨεʖɼ‫و‬ଉɼ‫ٶ‬;/Ήͪͺགྷ݇Ν਷࣎ࡀ༽ͤΖ৖߻͍͗Εɼ͞Ηͺ
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ࢂՅंΝ߈଍ͤΖɽ

.1 ligibilit requirements .
ames
4.1.1 The IPC determines the eligibility requirements for
IPC Games.
.2 ligibilit requirements .
ompetitions andorld ara Athletics anctioned ompetitions
4.2.1 To meet the eligibility requirements to participate in
IPC Competitions and World Para Athletics Sanctioned
Competitions an athlete must
4.2.1.1 hold a valid IPC Athlete icence issued inaccordance with the IPC Athlete Registration andicensing Programme (located on the World Para Athletics
website.
4.2.1.2 be internationally classified and have been
assigned a Sport Class (other than Not Eligible (NE)) in
accordance with the World Para Athletics Classification
Rules and Regulations
4.2.1.3 be entered by their NPC (or National Federation ifsuch responsibility has been delegated by the NPC), ineither case the NPC being a member in good standing of
the IPC
4.2.1.4 satisfy the nationality requirements of the IPC
Athlete Nationality Policy (located on the IPC website)
4.2.1.5 be 14 years of age (or older) on 31 December ofthe year during which the IPC Competition or World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competition takes place and4.2.1.6 not be disqualified, suspended or otherwise
sanctioned.
4.2.2 In order to meet the eligibility requirements for IPC
Competitions and World Para Athletics Sanctioned
Competitions a guide-runner must meet all of the above
criteria except for criterion 4.2.1.2.
.3 ligibilit requirements .
orld ara Athletics
Appro ed ompetitions
4.3.1 In order to compete inWorld Para Athletics
Approved Competitions an athlete/guide-runner must meetthe eligibility requirements determined by the relevantorganising committee or governing body.
.
uali ication requirements
4.4.1 In addition to the eligibility requirements outlined
above, in order to compete in World Para Athletics
Recognised Competitions an athlete must also meet thequalification standards, qualification criteria and any sportentry rules applicable to the relevant World Para Athletics
Recognised Competition.
.5 ender4.5.1 Subject to Regulation 4.5.3, below, an athlete shallbe eligible to compete in men s competition if he is4.5.1.1 recognised as male in law and4.5.1.2 eligible to compete under these Rules.
4.5.2 Subject to Regulation 4.5.3, below, an athlete shallbe eligible to compete in women s competition if she is
4.5.2.1 recognised as female in law and4.5.2.2 eligible to compete under these Rules.
4.5.3 World Para Athletics will deal with any cases involving
transgender athletes in accordance with the I C'stransgender guidelines (as amended by the I C from time
to time) and any applicable World Para Athletics
regulations.
4.5.4 The eligibility of persons recognised as third genderin law will be determined by the IPC on a case-by-casebasis, in accordance with any applicable World Para
Athletics regulations.
.6 lassi ication
4.6.1 World Para Athletics shall determine the World Para
Athletics Recognised Competitions where international
Classification will be offered. At such Competitions,Classification will be conducted prior to the start of each
Competition in accordance with the World Para Athletics5ࣁ֪ͳέϧη෾͜.1 ࣁ֪གྷ݇ɼ
ΰʖϞθ
4.1.1 IPC ͺɼIPC ΰʖϞθ͹ࣁ֪གྷ݇Ν݀ఈͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճͳ
A ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ.2 ࣁ֪གྷ݇ɼ
4.2.1 IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖ
ͪΌ͹ࣁ֪གྷ݇ΝຮͪͤͪΌͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺʁ
4.2.1.1 IPC ‫ౌंٗڟ‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ϧ΢ιϱηϕϫήϧϞ
Ͷॊͮͱ൅ߨ͠Η༙ͪް͵ IPC ‫ंٗڟ‬ϧ΢ιϱηΝ
ฯ࣍ͤΖʤWPA ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥɽ
4.2.1.2 ࠅࡏదͶέϧη෾͜͠Ηͱ͕ΕɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ଉͶॊͮͱ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηʤଲে֐
ʤNEʥҐ֐ʥ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͱ͏Ζɽ
4.2.1.3 NPCʤΉͪͺͨ͹Γ͑͵੻೜͗ NPC ͶΓͮͱҗ೜͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺ NFʥ͖Δड़৖ͤΖɽʹͬΔ͹৖߻΍ɼNPC ͺ IPC ͹ྒྷ޹͵য়ସ͹ϟϱώʖͲ͍Ζɽ
4.2.1.4 ʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍ΖʥIPC ‫ࠅंٗڟ‬੸ϛϨεʖ͹ࠅ੸གྷ݇Νຮͪͤɽ
4.2.1.5 IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճΉͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗֋࠷͠ΗΖ೧͹ 12 ݆ 31 ೖͶɼ14 ࡂʤΉͪͺͨΗҐ৏ʥ
Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ
4.2.1.6 ֪ࣨɼҲ࣎ంࢯɼΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹੏ࡍી஖Νण͜ͱ͏͵͏͞ͳ
4.2.2 IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ࣁ֪གྷ݇ΝຮͪͤͪΌͶɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼ‫خ‬६ 4.2.1.2 Νঈ͚৏‫ى‬͹‫خ‬६Νͤ΄ͱຮͪ͢ͱ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ.3 ࣁ֪གྷ݇ɼ
4.3.1 WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖ͤΖͪΌͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖૌ৭җҽճΉͪͺӣӨ஄ରͶΓͮͱ݀ఈ͠Ηͪࣁ֪གྷ݇Νຮͪ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
ࢂՅࣁ֪གྷ݇
.
4.4.1 ৏‫ى‬͹ࣁ֪གྷ݇ͶՅ͓ͱɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖ͤΖͪΌͶͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࣁ֪‫خ‬६ɼࣁ֪‫خ‬६ɼ‫ؖ;ٶ‬࿊ͤΖ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖηϛʖςΦϱφϨʖϩʖϩ΍ຮͪ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ.5 ੓พ
4.5.1 ҐԾ͹‫و‬ఈ 4.5.3 Ͷॊ͏ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҐԾΝຮͪͦͻ஋੓ଲে͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖ͤΖࣁ֪͍͗Ζɽ
4.5.1.1 ๑ཱͲ஋੓ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɽͨ͢ͱʁ
4.5.1.2 ͞ΗΔ‫و‬ଉͶ‫ͤٗڟͱ͏Ͱخ‬Ζࣁ֪͍͗Ζ͞ͳ
4.5.2 ҐԾ͹‫و‬ఈ 4.5.3 Ͷॊ͏ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҐԾΝຮͪͦͻঃ੓ଲে͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖ͤΖࣁ֪͍͗Ζɽ
4.5.2.1 ๑ཱͲঃ੓ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɽͨ͢ͱʁ
4.5.2.2 ͞ΗΔ‫و‬ଉͶ‫ͤٗڟͱ͏Ͱخ‬Ζࣁ֪͍͗Ζ
͞ͳ
4.5.3 WPA ͺɼI C ͹φϧϱηζΥϱξʖΪ΢χϧ΢ϱʤI C ͶΓͮͱ਷࣎रਜ਼͠ΗΖʥ‫֚;ٶ‬౲ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ঀ‫و‬ఖͶॊͮͱɼφϧϱηζΥϱ
ξʖ͹‫ؖ͗ंٗڟ‬༫ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹ίʖηΝखΕѽ͑ɽ
4.5.4 ๑ཱͲ୊ 3 ͹੓ͳ͢ͱ೟ఈ͠Ηͪਕ෼͹న֪੓ͺɼ֚౲ͤΖ WPA ঀ‫و‬ఖͶॊͮͱɼίʖηώ΢ίʖηͲ IPC ͶΓͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ.6 έϧη෾͜
4.6.1 WPA ͺɼʹ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼࠅࡏέϧη෾͜ΝࣰࢬͤΖ͖Ν݀ఈͤΖɽʤࣰࢬͤΖʥ‫ٗڟ‬ճClassification Rules and Regulations.
4.6.2 An athlete who has not been assessed and/or
allocated a sport Class by a World Para Athletics
Classification Panel will not meet the eligibility criteria (setout in this Regulation 4) to compete in IPC Games, IPC
Competitions and, unless WPA determines otherwise,World Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions.

ͲͺɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶॊͮͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹֋࢟઴Ͷέϧη෾͜Νߨ͑ɽ
4.6.2 WPA έϧη෾͜ϏϋϩͶΓΖ඲Ճ͗ߨΚΗͱ͏͵͏ɼΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͱ͏͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼʤຌ‫و‬ఖ 4 Ͷ͕͜ΖʥIPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ͗೟Όͪ৖߻Νঈ͏ͱ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖࣁ֪Ν༙͢͵͏ɽ

5 Anti-Doping
5.1 Anti-Doping requirements
5.1.1 The IPC Anti-Doping Code (located on the IPC
website) applies to all IPC Games, IPC Competitions andWorld Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions.
5.1.2 World Para Athletics Approved Competitions must be
conducted in accordance with the anti-doping rules of therelevant governing body and the WADC International
Standards. In order for a World Record to be recognisedby World Para Athletics, doping control must occur at thecompetition that the record is set, and, the testing musthave been arranged in advance of the start of the first dayof competition. It is not a requirement that an athlete thathas broken a world record is selected for testing. In thecase where a record is broken at a competition that has notarranged for doping control in advance, the record shall not
be recognised

5 Πϱοχʖϒϱή
5.1 Πϱοχʖϒϱήགྷ݇5.1.1 IPC Πϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ఖʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢
φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ
5.1.2 WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖӣӨ‫ؖؽ‬͹Πϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ଉ‫ ;ٶ‬WADC ࠅࡏ‫خ‬६Ͷॊͮͱࣰࢬ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
WPA ͗੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧Ν೟ΌΖͶͺɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧͗ड़ͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲχʖϒϱή‫ߨ͗ࠬݗ‬ΚΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪɼχʖϒϱή‫ࠬݗ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճॵೖ͹‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬ΉͲͶघഓ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧Νड़ͪ͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬χʖϒϱή‫ࠬݗ‬Νण͜Ζචགྷͺ͵͏ɽ΍͢ɼࣆ઴Ͷχʖϒϱή‫͗ࠬݗ‬घഓ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼͨ͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ

6 Medical
6.1 Medical requirements
6.1.1 The IPC Medical Code (located on the IPC website)
applies to all IPC Games, IPC Competitions and World
Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions.
6.1.2 The medical and safety rules of the relevant
governing body apply to World Para Athletics Approved
Competitions.

6 ҫྏ
6.1 ҫྏགྷ݇
6.1.1 IPC ҫྏ‫و‬༁ʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.1.2 ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖӣӨ‫ؖؽ‬͹ҫྏ‫҈;ٶ‬સ‫و‬ଉͺɼ
WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ

6.2 Medical responsibilities
6.2.1 In accordance with the IPC Medical Code, all athletes
who compete in IPC Games, IPC Competitions andWorld Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions are
responsible for their own physical and mental health andfor their own medical supervision.
6.2.2 By entering in an IPC Game, IPC Competition or an
World Para Athletics Sanctioned Competition, an athlete
releases the IPC and World Para Athletics from any liability
to the extent permitted by law for any loss, injury or damage
that he or she may suffer in relation to, or as a result of, hisor her participation in Classification, the relevant
Competition.
6.2.3 Notwithstanding the above Regulations 6.2.1 and6.2.2, NPCs shall use best efforts to ensure the physicaland mental health of all athletes under their jurisdiction
prior to their participation in IPC Games, IPC Competitionsand World Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions.
6.2.4 Every NPC is responsible to ensure that appropriate
and continuous medical monitoring of its' athletes isundertaken. It is further recommended that NPCs organise
for a periodic health evaluation of each athlete that it entersin an IPC Game, IPC Competition or World Para Athletics
Sanctioned Competition and that NPCs appoint a teamphysician to attend all such Competitions.
6.2.5 In accordance with the Rules, the Medical Delegate
will be entitled to prevent any athlete from competing wherein his opinion it would be dangerous for the athlete tocompete, including where the safety of other athletes,
officials, spectators and/or the Competition itself is put at
risk.
6.2.6 At all times, the overriding priority must be tosafeguard the health and safety of athletes, officials andspectators. The outcome of the relevant Competition mustnever influence such decisions.

6.2 ҫྏ੻೜
6.2.1 IPC ҫྏ‫و‬༁ͶॊͮͱɼIPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC‫ٗڟ‬ճɼWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼࣙ෾͹ਐରద‫;ٶ‬੠ਈద݊߃ͳࣙ෾͹ҫྏ؄ಞͶ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽ
6.2.2 IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼΉͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼIPC ‫ٶ‬; WPA Νɼέϧη෾͜ɼ‫ؖ‬࿊‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ࢂՅͶ‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱɼΉͪͺͨ͹݃Վͳ͢ͱɼणͪ͜ଝࣨɼෝউɼΉͪͺଝ֒Ͷͯ͏ͱ๑ཱͲ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ൥ҕͲɼ੻೜͖Δմ๎ͤΖɽ
6.2.3 ৏‫ى‬͹‫و‬ఖ 6.2.1 ‫ ;ٶ‬6.2.2 Ͷ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼ
NPC
ͺɼIPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖ઴Ͷɼ؇‫׍‬ԾͶ͍Ζͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ৼਐ͹݊߃Ν֮ฯͤΖͪΌͶ࠹વ͹౔ྙΝ෹͑΍͹
ͳͤΖɽ
6.2.4 ͤ΄ͱ͹ NPC ͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹న઀͖ͯ‫ܩ‬କద͵ҫྏϠωνϨϱήࣰ֮͗ͶߨΚΗΖΓ͑Ͷͤ
Ζ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ͠ΔͶɼNPC ͗ IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC‫ٗڟ‬ճɼΉͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖ֦‫ٗڟ‬ं͹ఈ‫غ‬ద͵݊߃඲Ճ͹ͪΌͶૌ৭͢ɼNPC ͗ͨ͹Γ͑͵ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖοʖϞҫࢥΝ೜ໍ
ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ
6.2.5 ‫و‬ଉͶॊ͏ɼҫࣆେනͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼ؏‫ٮ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬ճࣙର͗‫ݧث‬Ͷ͠Δ͠ΗΖΓ͑͵৖ॶ΍‫؜‬Όɼ‫ͤٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ͹͗‫͍Ͳݧث‬Ζͳ൓இ͍͗Ηͻɼ‫ͤٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ͹Ν੏‫ͤݸ‬Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽ
6.2.6 ࠹༑઎ࣆߴͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹݊߃ͳ҈સΝगΖ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹݃Վͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵݀ఈͶ݀͢ͱӪ‫ͱ͢ڻ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

6.3 Medical withdrawal request
6.3.1 At all IPC Games, IPC Competitions and World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competitions the official World Para
Athletics Medical Withdrawal Request Form (located on

6

6.3 ҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφ
6.3.1 ͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ‫;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼޮࣞ͹ WPA ҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓthe World Para Athletics website) must be submitted to theWorld Para Athletics office in order to officially request thewithdrawal of an athlete from the relevant Competition after
submission of the final entry numbers or as otherwise
determined in the Competition entry requirements.
6.3.2 The Medical Withdrawal Request Form must be
signed by the athlete and the team physician of the athlete.
In the event there is no team physician, if the team has anagreement to use the physician of another team thatphysician may sign
the form. Alternatively, theC
Chief Medical Doctor may do so.
6.3.3 All sections of the Medical Withdrawal Request Formmust be completed.
6.3.4 All Medical Withdrawal Request Forms must be
submitted at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to therelevant event of the Competition. If this is not possible (forexample due to the onset of an acute injury or illness within
the twenty-four (24)hours prior to the relevant event) an
explanation must be provided in the Medical
Withdrawal
Request Form.
6.3.5 The Medical Delegate, or such other person
determined by the IPC/World Para
Athletics makes adecision to the Technical Delegate who shall communicate
whether a Medical Withdrawal Request is accepted. Thisdecision is final with noopportunity to protest or appeal.
6.3.6 If circumstances permit, the Technical Delegate may
direct that the athlete be removed from the start list and thestart list may be re-drawn.

Ζܿ৖ϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞʤWPA ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍ΖʥΝ࠹शΦϱφϨʖਕ਼͹఑ड़‫ޛ‬ɼΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹๏๑Ͳ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ΦϱφϨʖགྷ݇Ͳ݀ఈ͠Ηͪɼ‫ؖ‬
࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͖Δ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ܿ৖Νਜ਼ࣞͶϨέΦη
φͤΖͪΌͶɼWPA Ͷ఑ड़ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
6.3.2 ҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞͶͺɼ‫ंٗڟͳंٗڟ‬͹οʖϞҫࢥ͹ॼ໌͗චགྷͲ
͍ΖɽοʖϞ͹ҫࢥ͗͏͵͏৖߻ɼοʖϞ͗พ͹οʖϞ͹ҫࢥΝғབͤΖ͞ͳͶಋқͤΖͳɼͨ͹ҫࢥͺϓΧʖϞͶॼ໌ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽΉͪͺɼ C͹ҫࢥ͗ߨ͑৖߻΍͍Ζɽ
6.3.3 ҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ιέεϥϱͶ‫ى‬೘ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
6.3.4 ͤ΄ͱ͹ҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφ
ϓΧʖϞͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬͹֋࢟ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 24 ࣎ؔ઴Ͷ఑ड़ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ͞Η͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻ʤͪͳ͓ͻɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬͹ 24 ࣎ؔ઴Ͷ‫ٺ‬੓͹պըΉͪͺබ‫͗ـ‬൅ਫ਼ͪͪ͢Όʥɼҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞͲઈ໎ΝՅ͓Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
6.3.5 ҫࣆେනɼΉͪͺ IPC/WPA Ͷ೜ໍ͠Ηͪंͺٗढ़େනͳ࿊‫ܠ‬ΝͳΕ͵͗Δɼҫࣆదཀྵ༟ͶΓΖܿ৖ϨέΦηφ͗णཀྵͲ͘Ζ͖൳͖͹݀ఈΝٗढ़େනͶ਒‫ͤݶ‬Ζɽ
6.3.6 ٗढ़େනͺɼয়‫ڱ‬ͶԢͣͱ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝηνʖφϨηφ͖Δঈ֐͢ɼϨηφ͹ૌΊ௜͢ΝࢨࣖͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ

6. Medical insurance
6.4.1 NPCs are responsible to ensure suitable medical
provision and medical insurance coverage for theirrespective delegations for World Para Athletics
Recognised
Competitions and (subject to Regulation
6.4.2 below) for the full duration of the relevant
Competition, including travel to and from such
Competitions. NPCs must
provide a copy of thisinsurance to World Para Athletics if requested.
6.4.2 It shall be the responsibility of the
C in each caseto ensure on-site medical,
emergency ambulance, firstaid services and medical insurance coverage isprovided at all IPC Games, IPC Competitions and World
Para Athletics Sanctioned
Competitions. The IPC
Medical Committee shall issue and keep updated practicalguidelines to assist
Cs in providing adequate medical
services and taking
appropriate safety measures atsuch Competitions.

6.
ҫྏฯ‫ݧ‬
6.4.1 NPC ͺɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֦େන஄‫;ٶ‬ʤҐԾ͹‫و‬ఖ 6.4.2 Ͷॊ͏ʥ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ྃߨ‫غ‬ؔΝ‫؜‬΋ɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹સ‫ؔغ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱɼన઀
͵ҫྏી஖ͳҫྏฯ‫ݧ‬Ν֮ฯͤΖ੻೜͍͗ΕΉͤɽ
NPC ͺɼགྷ‫͠ٽ‬Ηͪ৖߻ɼ͞͹ฯ‫ݧ‬͹αϒʖΝ WPAͶ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
6.4.2 ͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ‫;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼΨϱγ΢φҫྏɼ‫ٺٻٺە‬ऄɼԢ‫ॴٺ‬஖γʖϑηɼ‫;ٶ‬ҫྏฯ‫͗ݧ‬఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖ͞ͳ
ΝฯৄͤΖ͹ͺɼ C ͹੻೜Ͳ͍ΖɽIPC ҫࣆҗҽճͺɼ C ͗న઀͵ҫྏγʖϑηΝ఑‫͢ڛ‬ɼͨ͹Γ͑͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲన઀͵҈સଲࡨΝߪͣΖ͹ΝࢩԋͤΖͪΌͶɼ࠹৿͹ࣰ༽ద͵Ϊ΢χϧ΢ϱΝ൅ߨ͢ɼң࣍ͤΖɽ

6.5 Medical and sa et ser ices atames
ompetitions and orld ara
Athletics anctioned
ompetitions
6.5.1 TheC shall be responsible for implementing the
medical and safety services for
IPC Games inaccordance with the relevant host agreement.
6.5.2
Cs shall be responsible for implementing the
medical and safety services at IPC
Competitions andWorld Para Athletics Sanctioned Competitions inaccordancewith the Scope of Event Medical Services
for IPC Athletes (that forms part of thehost agreement
between the IPC and theC).
6.5.3 A Competition Medical Director shall be appointed by
the
C for each IPC
Competition and World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competition to prepare and coordinate the medical services and safety requirements
during the relevant
Competition. The IPC Medical andScientific Director shall be the liaison person
betweenWorld Para Athletics and the Competition Medical Director
for all
medical and safety-related matters. The IPC
Medical and Scientific Director may
delegate specificresponsibilities to such person or persons at his discretion.
6.5.4 At all IPC Competitions and any other Competitions
determined by World Para
Athletics, World Para
Athletics shall be responsible to ensure a medical
representative to monitor implementation of these and anyother competition
specific medical and safety rules.

7

6.5

ΰʖϞθɼ

‫ٗڟ‬ճɼ

A ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹ҫྏ‫҈;ٶ‬સγʖϑη
6.5.1
C ͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖϙηφ‫ܘ‬༁Ͷॊͮͱ IPC
ΰʖϞθ͹ҫྏ‫҈;ٶ‬સγʖϑηΝࣰࢬͤΖ੻೜͗
͍Ζɽ
6.5.2
C ͺɼIPC ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ͪΌ͹΢ϗϱφҫྏγʖϑη͹൥ҕʤIPC ͳC ͹ؔ͹ϙηφ‫ܘ‬༁͹Ҳ෨Ν‫ܙ‬੔ͤΖʥͶॊͮͱɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ڟ‬ٗճͲҫྏ‫҈;ٶ‬સγʖϑηΝࣰࢬͤΖ੻೜͍͗
Ζɽ
6.5.3 ‫ٗڟ‬ճϟυΡΩϩυΡϪένʖͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬஦͹ҫྏγʖϑηͳ҈સགྷ݇Ν६ඍ‫;ٶ‬௒੖ͤ
ΖͪΌͶɼ C ͶΓͮͱ֦ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢨ໌͠ΗΖɽIPC ϟυΡΩϩՌָυΡϪένʖͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ҫࣆ‫҈;ٶ‬સ‫ؖ‬࿊͹໲ୌͶͯ͏
ͱɼWPA ͳ‫ٗڟ‬ճϟυΡΩϩυΡϪένʖ͹ؔ͹࿊ཙ‫͵ͳܐ‬ΖɽIPC ϟυΡΩϩՌָυΡϪένʖͺɼࡍྖͶΓΕɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ਕ෼Ͷಝఈ͹੻೜Νҗ೜ͤ
Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
6.5.4 ͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ͶΓͮͱ݀ఈ͠Ηͪͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼWPA ͺɼ͞ΗΔ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫༙ݽ‬͹ҫྏ‫҈;ٶ‬સ‫و‬ଉ͹ࣰࢬΝ؄ࢻ
ͤΖҫྏ୴౲ंΝ֮ฯͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ

6.6 arassment
The dignity of every individual must be respected. All formsof abuse and/or
harassment are prohibited. The IPC
Code of Ethics and the Policy on Nonaccidental
iolence and Abuse (located on the IPC website) apply to
all World
Para Athletics Recognised Competitions.
6. Autonomic d sre le ia
The IPC Policy on Autonomic Dysreflexia (located on the
IPC website) applies to all World Para Athletics
Recognised Competitions.
6.
po ic or h pero ic chambers or tents
The use of hypoxic or hyperoxic chambers or tents is
prohibited at all World ParaAthletics Recognised
Competitions.
6.
eat
The IPC eat Policy (located on the IPC website) applies
to all World ParaAthletics Recognised Competitions.
6.1
mo ing an
Smoking is prohibited during competition at all venues ofWorld Para Athletics Recognised Competitions.
echnolog and quipment.1 undamental principles.1.1 The IPC Policy on Sport Equipment (located on the
IPC website) applies to all World Para Athletics
Recognised Competitions. The principles outlined in thispolicy apply in particular (but not exclusively) in relation to
the development of sports specific prosthetic devices.
.2 Monitoring o the use o technolog and equipment.2.1 World Para Athletics will monitor the use oftechnology and equipment used, or, intended to be used,at World Para Athletics Recognised Competitions toensure that it conforms to the principles outlined in the IPC
Policy on Sport Equipment.
The following examples shall be considered contrary tothat policy technology
and/or equipment that, in theopinion of the World Para Athletics.2.1.1 provides an unrealistic enhancement of height of
release in throwing events.2.1.2 provides an unrealistic enhancement of stride
length
.2.1.3 is not commercially available to all athletes, unlessthe athlete can establish that the.2.1.3.1 technology and/or equipment is in final productform.2.1.3.2 manufacturer has announced the market launchdate of the technology and/or equipment and this date iswithin months of the date of the athlete s request to use
it and
.2.1.3.3 manufacturer has published information on thetechnology and/or equipment and/or.2.1.4 contains materials or devices that store, generate
or deliver energy designed to provide an athlete with an
overall competitive advantage over an athlete not using
such technology and/or equipment (unless, in relation totechnology and equipment not yet commercially available
or commercially available from February 2 2 , the athlete
can establish on the balance of probabilities that the use ofsuch technology and/or equipment would not provide himwith an overall competitive advantage over an athlete notusing such technology and/or equipment).
.2.2 World Para Athletics has adopted provisions toenable the use of certain technology and equipment
designed to provide assistance to Para athletes. Suchprovisions are outlined in the Competition Rules.
.3 rohibited technolog.3.1 se of the following technology is prohibited at World
Para Athletics Recognised Competitions8

6.6 ύϧηϟϱφͤ΄ͱ͹‫ݺ‬ਕ͹ଜ‫ݭ‬Νଜ॑͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͍
ΔΑΖ‫ܙ‬͹ٰଶΏ‫͗ݑ‬Δͦͺ‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ͏ΖɽIPCྛཀྵ‫و‬ఈ‫;ٶ‬۰൅దͲ͵͏๭ྙͳٰଶͶ‫ͤؖ‬ΖϛϨεʖʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.
ཱࣙਈ‫ܨ‬գൕཱࣻࣙਈ‫ܨ‬գൕࣻͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ IPC ϛϨεʖʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.
ఁ࢐ોΉͪͺ߶࢐ોοϡϱώʖΉͪͺτϱφఁ࢐ોΉͪͺ߶࢐ોοϡϱώʖΉͪͺτϱφ͹࢘༽ͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
6.
ॷ೦
IPC ϐʖφϛϨεʖʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.1
٦Ԑ‫ࢯے‬
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹સճ৖Ͳ͹‫ٗڟ‬஦͹٦Ԑͺ‫ࢯے‬͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
τέόϫζʖͳ༽‫۫ح‬.1 ‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉ
.1.1 ηϛʖς༽‫۫ح‬Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ IPC ϛϨεʖʤIPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍Ζʥͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ͞͹ϛϨεʖͲ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ݬ‬ଉͺɼηϛʖς઒༽͹ึ௴ૹ஖͹֋൅Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱಝͶʤͪͫ͢ɼ͞ΗͶ‫ݸ‬ఈ͠Η͵͏ʥన༽͠ΗΖɽ
.2 ٗढ़‫۫༽;ٶ‬͹࢘༽͹؄ࢻ
WPA ͺɼWPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ࢘༽͠ΗΖ༩ఈ͹ٗढ़Ώ༽۫͗ɼIPC Policy on Sport
Equipment Ͳ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ݬ‬ଉͶన͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν؄ࢻͤΖɽ
WPA ͗೟ఈͪ͢ҐԾ͹Γ͑͵ྭͺɼIPC Policyɼٗढ़ɼ༽۫ͳ͢ͱ WPA ͹қͶൕ͢ͱ͏Ζͳߡ͓ΔΗ
Ζɽ
.2.1.1 ౦ͱ͘‫Ͳٗڟ‬͹ϨϨʖη͹߶͠͹ඉ‫ࣰݳ‬ద͵௧ՅΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳ
.2.1.2 ηφϧ΢χ͹ௗ͠͹ඉ‫ࣰݳ‬ద͵௧ՅΝ఑‫ڛ‬ͤΖ͞ͳ
.2.1.3 ͤ΄ͱ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ঐ‫ۂ‬దͶ೘घͲ͘͵͏΍͹ɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ҐԾ͹͞ͳΝ६ඍͲ͘Ζ৖߻Νঈ͚ɽ
.2.1.3.1 ͨ͹ٗढ़‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺ࠹श੣඾Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ
.2.1.3.2 ੣ଆճऀ͗൤ജೖΝޮන͢ͱ͕Εɼͨ͹ೖ͗‫͗ंٗڟ‬ʰ࢘༽ͤΖͳ‫س‬๮ͤΖೖʱ͖Δ ͖݆Ґ಼Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ
.2.1.3.3 ੣ଆճऀ͗ͨ͹ٗढ़͹৚ๅΝޮන͢ͱ͏
Ζ͞ͳ
.2.1.4 ಋ༽۫Ν࢘༽͢ͱ͏͵͏‫ͳंٗڟ‬͹ർֳͲɼྙΝட͓ͪΕਫ਼Ίड़ͪ͢ΕͤΖ‫ؽ‬೵Ν‫؜‬΋༽۫ʤͪͫ͢ɼ2 2 ೧ 2 ݆Ґ߳ɼঐ‫ۂ‬దͶΉͫ߬೘Ն೵
Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏͵͏ٗढ़Ώ༽۫Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼಋ‫ؽ‬೵/༽۫Ν࢘༽͢͵͏‫ͳंٗڟ‬ർֳ͢ͱ༑ҒͶ͵Ζ‫ؽ‬೵/༽۫Ͳͺ͵͏͞ͳΝઈ໎Ͳ͘Ζ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹‫ݸ‬ΕͲͺ͵͏ɽʥ
.2.2 WPA ͺɼϏϧ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝࢩԋͤΖͪΌͶઅ‫ܯ‬͠Ηͪಝఈ͹ٗढ़Ώ༽۫͹࢘༽ΝՆ೵ͶͤΖ‫و‬ఈΝࡀ༽͢ͱ͏Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵‫و‬ఈͺɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
.3 ‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ͏Ζٗढ़.3.1 WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ࣏͹ٗढ़͹࢘༽ͺ‫ے‬

.3.1.1 equipment that breaches the fundamental
principles outlined in the IPC Policy on Sport Equipment.3.1.2 equipment that results in athletic performance
being generated by machines, engines, electronics,
motors, robotic mechanisms or the like and.3.1.3 osteo-integrated prosthesis.
.3.2 At any IPC Games, IPC Competition or World Para
Athletics Sanctioned Competition the World Para Athletics
Technical Delegate shall be entitled to prohibit the use ofany equipment prohibited by these Regulations. In every
case of a suspected breach the World Para Athletics
Technical Delegate must report the matter to World Para
Athletics. pon receiving such a report World Para
Athletics must refer the matter to the IPC Medical andscientific Director. Any further investigation and/or action
will be determined by the IPC on a case by case basis.
.3.3 World Para Athletics shall be entitled to prohibit theuse of equipment either permanently or on a temporary
basis (to allow for further investigation) where it
considers, acting reasonably, that any of the fundamental
principles of equipment
design and availability arebreached.

ࢯ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
.3.1.1 ηϛʖς༽඾Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ IPC ϛϨεʖͲ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉͶҩൕͤΖ༽۫
.3.1.2 ‫ؽ‬փɼΦϱζϱɼుࢢ‫حؽ‬ɼϠʖνʖɼϫϚρφ‫ʹ͵ߑؽ‬ͶΓͮͱਫ਼੔͠ΗΖӣಊϏϓΧʖϜϱηΝ΍ͪΔͤ༽۫
.3.1.3 ࠐ౹߻‫ܗ‬ٝࢸ
.3.2 IPC ΰʖϞθɼIPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճɼΉͪͺ WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼWPA ٗढ़େනͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ఖͲ‫ے‬ࢯ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫حؽ‬͹࢘༽Ν‫ͤࢯے‬Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽҩൕ͗ٛΚΗΖͤ΄ͱ͹ίʖηͲɼWPA ٗढ़େනͺɼ໲ୌΝ WPA ͶๅࠄͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵ϪϛʖφΝण͜खͮͪΔɼWPA ͺͨ͹໲ୌΝ IPC ͹ҫࣆՌָେනͶলճͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽͨΗҐ৏͹௒ࠬΏΠέεϥϱͺɼίʖηώ΢ίʖηͲ IPC ͶΓͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ.3.3 WPA ͺɼ༽۫͹અ‫ͳܯ‬Ն༽੓͹‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉ͹͏ͥΗ͖Ͷҩൕ͢ͱ͏Ζͳ߻ཀྵదͶ൓இͤΖ৖߻ɼӮକదΉͪͺҲ࣎దͶʤ͠Δ͵Ζ௒ࠬΝՆ೵ͶͤΖ
ͪΌʥ༽۫͹࢘༽Ν‫ͤࢯے‬Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽ

Disciplinar rules
.1 he
ode o
thics and theorld ara
Athletics ode o onduct.1.1 The IPC Code of Ethics and the World Para Athletics
Code of Conduct (both located on the IPC website) shallapply to all participants of World Para Athletics Recognised
Competitions.
.1.2 Any breach of these Regulations shall be determinedin accordance with the procedures outlined in the World
Para Athletics Code of Conduct.

ெվ‫و‬ଉ
.1ྛཀྵ‫و‬༁‫;ٶ‬A ߨಊ‫و‬൥.1.1 IPC ྛཀྵ‫و‬༁‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ߨಊ‫و‬൥ʤʹͬΔ΍
IPC ΤΥϔγ΢φͶ͍ΖʥͺɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ࢂՅंͶన༽͠ΗΖ.1.2 ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ఖ͹ҩൕͺɼWPA ߨಊ‫و‬൥Ͷ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖघॳͶॊͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ

rotests Appeals.1 ield o pla.1.1 Protests and appeals relating to the field of play shallbe determined in accordance with the Competition Rules.
.2 Anti-doping.2.1 All anti-doping rule violations, including any appeals
regarding such violations, shall be determined inaccordance with the IPC Anti-Doping Code.
.3 lassi ication.3.1 Protests and appeals relating to Classification shallbe determined in accordance with the World Para Athletics
Classification Rules and Regulations.

9߇٠ͳҡ٠ਅཱི͢ͱ ৏૎.1 ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼.1.1 ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͳ͹߇٠‫;ٶ‬ҡ٠ਅཱི͢ͱ(৏૎)ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉͶॊͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ.2 Πϱοχʖϒϱή.2.1 ͤ΄ͱ͹Πϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ଉҩൕͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ҩൕͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζҡ٠ਅཱི͢ͱΝ‫؜‬ΌɼIPC Πϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ఖͶॊͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ
.3 έϧη෾͜.3.1 έϧη෾͜Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ߇٠‫;ٶ‬ҡ٠ਅཱི͢ͱ
ͺɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶॊͮͱ݀ఈ͠Η
Ζɽ

A

D

A AA

M

Interpretation where a number appears in brackets next
to the heading of any of the following Rules it shallgenerally refer to the corresponding World Athletics Rules.
This is for guidance only and the World Athletics rules mustnot be used to determine any issue at an WPA Recognised
Competition (see Part
B 3.1.2), except in the limited
number of places where these Rules clearly specify that
the World Athletics Rules shall apply.
AAA
ule 11
ule 1 Appointment oicials
1. Appointment of fficials for IPC Games and IPC
Competitionsa) At IPC Games and IPC Competitions the followinginternational officials should be appointed by the IPC basedon recommendations from the WPA Sports TechnicalCommitteeb) WPA Technical Delegate(s)c) WPA International Technical fficialsd) Medical Delegatee) Doping Control Delegatef) Chief Classifierg) International Classifiersh) International Starteri) International Photo Finish udgej) ury of Appeal.
Note International fficials should wear distinctive attire orinsignia.
In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), the number of officials appointed in eachcategory, how when and by whom they shall be appointed,
shall be indicated in the respective WPA TechnicalRequirements.
The travelling and accommodation expenses of eachindividual appointed by WPA under this Rule shall be paid
to the individual by the
C of the competition according
to the relevant Regulations.
2. Appointment of fficials for WPA Sanctioned andApproved Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (c) and (d))a) A WPA Technical Delegate(s) for International andNational Competitions must be appointed by WPA.
b) If WPA Classification is being conducted in conjunction
with the respective competition, then the Chief Classifierand International Classifiers must be appointed by WPA.
c) Such other officials as the STC and the TD shall (inconsultation with theC) decide is necessary.
ule 2 Description o
icials and heir Duties
2.1 echnical Delegate ule 112
The Technical Delegate(s), in conjunction with theC,which shall afford them all necessary help, areresponsible for ensuring that all technical arrangements
are in conformity with these Rules and the World Athletics
Track and Field Facilities Manual. Technical Delegate(s)appointed for competitions other than one day meetings
shall ensurea) That the submission of the final timetable of events is
concluded and published together with any entry standards
for the competitionb) For Field events, to approve the list of implements to be
used and whether athletes may use their own implementsor those provided by a supplierc) For Field Events, to determine the qualifying standards,
and for Track Events the basis on which the rounds shallbe arrangedd) That the applicable Technical Regulations are issued to
all competing delegations in good time before thecompetitione) All other technical preparations necessary for theholding of the athletics eventsf) To reject entries for technical reasonsg) The seeding and draws for all events are made inaccordance with the Rules and any applicable Technical10ϏʖφA ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉմएʗҐԾͶࣖͤ‫و‬ଉ͹‫ݡ‬ड़͢Ͷକ͏ͱ‫಼ނׇ‬න‫ى‬͠ΗΖড়൬ߺͺɼΆͳΞʹ͹৖߻ɼ౲֚‫و‬ଉͶଲԢ
ͤΖ੊ֆ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏ʤWAʥ‫و‬ଉΝࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ͞Ηͺ͍͚ΉͲ΍ࢂߡ͹ͪΌͶ‫͠ࡎى‬ΗΖ΍͹Ͳɼྭ֐దͶ WA ‫و‬ଉ͗న༽͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͗ WPA ͹‫و‬ଉͶ໎‫͠ى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤPart
B 3.1.2 ࢂলʥͶ͕͜Ζ͏͖͵Ζ໲ୌͶͯ͏ͱ΍ WA‫و‬ଉͶ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬൓இ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ୊ 1 ෨ ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ
ule 11୊̏ড় ༀҽ͹೜ໍ
1 IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ༀҽ͹೜ໍa) IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼWPA ٗढ़җҽճ͖Δ͹ਬપͶ‫ ͘Ͱخ‬IPC ͖Δ೜ໍ͠ΗͪҐԾ͹ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝ͕͚΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽb) WPA ٗढ़େනc) WPA ࠅࡏٗढ़җҽʤIT ʥd) ҫࣆେනe) χʖϒϱήαϱφϫʖϩେනf) έϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜g) ࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖh) ࠅࡏηνʖνʖi) ࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽj) ζϣϨʖ஭қʁࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ໎֮ͶۢพͲ͘ΖෲૹΉͪͺ࿻হΝ஥༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B 3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲͺɼༀ৮͟ͳ͹ༀҽ਼ɼ͏ͯɼʹ͹Γ͑Ͷɼ୯ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠ΗΖ͖ͺ WPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճ֋࠷‫و‬ఈͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹΍ͳͲ WPA ͖Δ೜ໍ͠Η֦ͪༀҽ͹ྃඇͳॕഩඇͺɼ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ֋࠷‫و‬ఖͶॊͮͱɼૌ৭җҽճ͖Δ֦ༀҽͶࢩ෹ΚΗΖɽ
2 WPA ೟ఈ‫;ٶ‬ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B 3.1.2 ࢂলʥ͹ༀҽ೜ໍa)ࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ճΏࠅ಼‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ WPA ٗढ़େනͺɼWPA͗೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb)৏‫ٗڟ֦ى‬ճͶ͕͏ͱ WPA ͹έϧη෾͗͜ߨΚ
ΗΖ৖߻ɼWPA ͺɼέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ͳࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖ΍೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽc)ͨ͹ଠ͹ༀҽͶͯ͏ͱͺɼٗढ़җҽճʤSTCʥ‫;ٶ‬ٗढ़େනʤTDʥ͗ʤ୉ճૌ৭җҽճͳ‫ڢ‬٠͹৏ʥචགྷͳ൓இͤΖ৖߻Ͷ೜ໍͤΖɽ
୊ 2 ড় ༀҽ͹৆ࡋͳͨ͹೜ແ
2.1 ٗढ़େන
ule 112ٗढ़େනͺૌ৭җҽճͳ࿊ཙΝͳΕͯͯɼචགྷͳ͠
ΗΖ͍ΔΑΖࢩԋΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗೜ແͲ͍Εɼ‫ٗڟ‬ӣӨͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζͤ΄ͱͶͯ͏ͱɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͳ WA ཰৏‫ڟ‬ٗࢬઅϜωϣΠϩͶ‫׮‬સͶ߻஗͢ͱߨΚΗΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ̏ೖ֋࠷͹‫ٗڟ‬ճΝঈ͘ɼࢨ໌͠Ηͪٗढ़େනͺҐԾ͹͞ͳΝߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽa)ૌ৭җҽճ( C)Ͷଲ͢‫ٗڟ‬ೖఖͳࢂՅඬ६‫ى‬࿧͹఑ҌॽΝࣰ֮Ͷ఑ड़ͤΖɽb)࢘༽Ͳ͘Ζ౦ͱ͘༽۫͹Ҳལන‫ݺंٗڟ;ٶ‬ਕॶ༙͹౦ͱ͘༽۫Ώ‫ंۂڇڛ‬఑‫ڛ‬͹౦ͱ͘༽۫͹࢘༽Ն൳͹ট೟Νߨ͑ɽc)ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹༩મ௪գඬ६‫ى‬࿧ͳφϧρέ‫ڟ‬ٗͶ͕͜Ζ༩મϧΤϱχઅఈ͹‫خ‬६Ν݀ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽd)ࢂՅՅ໏஄ରͶଲ͢ɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬ΉͲै෾͵༪༡͹‫ؔغ‬Ν͕͏ͱɼన༽ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Νࣰ֮Ͷ఑ࣖͤΖɽe)‫ٗڟ‬ΝࣰࢬͤΖͶ͍ͪͮͱචགྷͳ͵Ζͤ΄ͱ͹‫ڟ‬ٗӣӨ६ඍસൢͶ੻೜Ν࣍ͯɽf)‫وٗڟ‬ଉ৏͹ཀྵ༟ͶॊͮͱࢂՅΝ‫ڍ‬൳ͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽg)‫وٗڟ‬ଉΏన༽ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Ͷॊ͏ɼͤ΄

Regulations and approve all start listsh) Decide upon any matters which arise prior to thecompetition and for which provision has not been made inthese Rules (or any applicable regulations) or thearrangements for the competitions, where appropriate in
consultation with the
C and/or conjunction with WPA at
IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a)and (b)).
i) Decide (including where appropriate in conjunction whenavailable with the relevant Referee(s) and the Competition
Director) upon any matters which arise during thecompetition and for which provision has not been made inthese Rules (or any applicable regulations) or thearrangements for the competitions or which might requirea deviation from them in order for the competition tocontinue in whole or in part or in order to ensure fairness
to those taking part.
j) That if requested, to chair the Technical Meeting and brief
the Technical fficialsk) The submission of written reports in advance of thecompetition on its preparation and after its conclusion on
the execution, including recommendations for future
editions.
Technical Delegates appointed for one day meetings shallprovide all necessary support and advice to theC andensure the submission of written reports on the executionof the competition.
2.2 Medical Delegate ule 113
The Medical Delegate shalla) ave ultimate authority on all medical matters.
b) Ensure that adequate facilities for medical examination,
treatment and emergency care will be available at thevenue(s) of the competition, training and Warm-up Areasand that medical attention can be provided where athletes
are accommodated and for provision of and compliancewith the requirements of Rule .1.
c) Review medical certificates in accordance with Rule 5.4
and Regulation 6.3.
d) ave the power to order an athlete to withdraw before,or to immediately retire from an event during, competition.
Note (i) The powers under (c) and (d) above may bepassed by the Medical Delegate to (or where no Medical
Delegate is appointed or available be exercised by) one ormore medical doctors appointed and so designated by the
C who should normally be identified by an armband,vest or similar distinctive apparel. Where the Medical
Delegate or doctor is not immediately available to theathlete, he may provide instruction or direction to an official
or other authorised person to act on his behalf.
Note (ii) Prior to withdrawing an athlete before thecommencement of an event under Rule 2.2(d), that athlete
must be examined by one of the medical doctors appointed
by theC. Any athlete withdrawn during an event under
Rule 2.2(d) must, as soon as practically possible after thewithdrawal, be examined by one of the medical doctors
appointed by theC.
Note (iii) Any athlete withdrawn or retired from a running
event under Rule 2.2(d) shall be shown in the result as
DNS and DNF respectively. Any athlete not complying withsuch an order shall be disqualified from that event.
Note (iv) Any athlete withdrawn or retired from a Field
Event under Rule 2.2(d) shall be shown in the result as
DNS if he has not taken any trial. owever, if he has taken
any trials, the results of those trials shall stand and theathlete classified in the result accordingly. Any athlete notcomplying with such an order shall be disqualified fromfurther participation in that event.
C MMENT The health and safety of all participants in thecompetition is a high priority consideration for WPA, othergoverning bodies and by the
C of the competition. The
availability of the expertise of a well-respected andqualified person in the role of Medical Delegate is essential
to carry out these key tasks, especially as he (or thoseauthorised by him or the
C amongst other duties has the11ͱ͹झ໪ͲૌΊ߻Κͦ‫;ٶ‬பમΝߨ͏ɼηνʖφϨηφΝট೟ͤΖɽh)‫ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ൅ਫ਼ͪ͢໲ୌΏɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΏ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Ͳ͍Δ͖ͣΌख݀Ό͗͵͠Ηͱ͏͵͖͍ͮͪΔ
ΑΖ໲ୌͶଲ͢ͱɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͳ‫ڠ‬Ͷ݀ఈͤΖɽi) ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζ৻൓ௗΏ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͳ͹‫ڢ‬٠΍‫؜‬Όɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΏ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Ͳ͍Δ͖ͣΌख݀Ό͗͵͠Ηͱ͏͵͖ͮͪɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ൅ਫ਼͍ͪ͢ΔΑ
Ζ໲ୌͶଲ͢ͱɼ͍ΔΑΖࣆߴͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ݀ఈΝߨ͑ɽ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճસର͍Ζ͏ͺҲ෨Ν‫ܩ‬କͤΖͪΌͶɼࢂՅ͢ͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ޮฑ੓Ν֮ฯͤΖͪΌͶɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΏ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏ӣӨ͗චགྷ͵৖߻͹݀ఈΝߨ͑ɽj) གྷ੧͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ͺ؄ಞճ٠͹٠ௗΝແΌɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶචགྷ͵ࢨࣖΝ༫͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽk)‫ٗڟ‬ճ઴Ͷͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ६ඍয়‫ڱ‬ๅࠄॽΝɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ޛ‬Ͷͺࠕ‫΃ޛ‬͹఑‫ݶ‬Ν‫؜‬΋‫ٗڟ‬ճࣰࢬๅࠄॽΝɼॽ໚
Ͳ఑ड़ͤΖɽ
̏ೖ֋࠷͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢨ໌͠Ηͪٗढ़େනͺɼචགྷ͵ࢩԋΏΠχώ΢ηΝૌ৭җҽճ( C)Ͷߨ͏ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճࣰࢬๅࠄॽΝॽ໚Ͳ఑ड़ͤΖɽٗढ़େනͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৚ๅͺ WA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖Δ೘
घՆ೵͵ٗढ़େනΪ΢χϧ΢ϱͶΓΕ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖɽ
2.2 ҫࣆେන
ule 113ҫࣆେනͺҐԾ͹͞ͳΝߨ͑ɽa) સͱ͹ҫࣆ‫ؖ‬࿊ࣆߴͶͯ͏ͱɼ࠹श൓இ͹‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽb) ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶɼ࿇स৖ɼΤΧʖϝϱήΠρϕΦϨ
ΠͶ͕͜Ζҫࣆ‫ܐؖ‬͹‫ࠬݗ‬ɼ࣑ྏɼ‫ॴٺٻ‬஖Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹ॉ෾͵અඍ͹અ஖ɼΉͪ‫͏ͱ͢ࡑ଼͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ
৖ॶͲ͹‫و‬ଉ .1 ͹གྷ݇Νຮͪ͢ॱगͪ͢ҫྏ‫ܐؖ‬γʖϑηΝࣰ֮Ͷ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζɽc) ‫و‬ଉ 5.4 ‫و;ٶ‬ఖ 6.3 Ͷॊ͏ɼਏྏΝߨ͏ɼਏஇ
ॽΝ൅ߨͤΖɽd) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷड़৖ΝࢯΌͦͪ͠Εɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͳ΍‫ٗڟ‬Ν஦ࢯͦ͠Ζ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽ஭қ(i) ৏‫(ى‬c)(d)͹‫ݸݘ‬ͺɼҫࣆେනʤ೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻Ώ෈ࡑ͹৖߻΍‫؜‬΋ʥ͖Δૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠Ηͪ 1 ໌͵͏͢෵਼͹ҫࢥͶҗৣͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͑ͪ͢ҫࢥͺ࿻হΏϗηφɼबҕͳۢพͲ͘ΖෲૹΝ஥༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽҫࣆେන͖೜ໍ͠Ηͪҫࢥ͗௜ͬͶ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਏྏ͗Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻Ͷͺɼ৻൓ҽΏ୉ճ‫ंܐؖ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱɼࣙ෾ͶେΚͮͱߨಊͤΖΓ͑ͶࢨࣖΝ༫͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(ii) ‫و‬ଉ 2.2(d)ͶΓΕɼझ໪֋࢟઴Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬Νܿ
৖ͦ͠Ζ৖߻ɼࣆ઴Ͷɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺC ͶΓͮͱ
೜ໍ͠Ηͪҫࢥ͹ 1 ਕͶΓͮͱ‫ࠬ͠ݗ‬Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 2.2(d)ͶΓΕɼझ໪ࣰࢬ஦Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬Ν஦ࢯͦ͠ΔΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫͘Ͳޛݘؼ‬Ζͫ͜૥͚ɼ C
ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠Ηͪҫࢥ͹ 1 ਕͶΓͮͱ‫ࠬ͠ݗ‬Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii) ‫و‬ଉ 2.2(d)ͶΓΕɼड़৖ΝࢯΌΔΗͪΕɼ‫ڟ‬ٗΝ஦ࢯ͠Ηͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼDNS ͖ DNF ͳ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ͞͹ࢨࣖͶॊΚ͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ(iv) ‫و‬ଉ 2.2(d)ͶΓͮͱड़৖ΝࢯΌͦ͠ΔΗͪΕɼ‫ٗڟ‬Ν஦ࢯͦ͠ΔΗͪΕͪ͢ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ٗࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν͢ͱ͏͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼϨδϩφͲͺ
DNS ͳන‫͠ى‬ΗΖɽ͖͢͢ɼࢾٗΝߨͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺࢾٗ͹݃Վͺ੔ཱི͢ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹݃ՎͶॊͮͱѽ
ΚΗΖɽ͞͹ࢨࣖͶॊΚ͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Εɼͨ͹झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͨΗҐ‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤΝࣨ͑ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹ࢂՅं͹҈સӶਫ਼ͺɼWPAɼ֦ࠅ཰࿊ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճૌ৭җҽճ( C )Ͷͳͮͱ࠹༑઎ࣆߴͲ͍Ζɽ͞ΗΔ͹॑གྷ͵೜ແΝՎͪͤͪΌͶͺɼҫࣆେන͹ༀׄͶ͕͏ͱɼଜ‫͠ܡ‬Ηɼࣁ֪͹͍Ζਕ෼͹઒໵எࣟΝཤ༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗෈ՆܿͲ͍ΕɼಝͶɼ൶ʤ͍Ζ͏ͺ൶Ήͪͺૌ৭җҽճ( C ) ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪंʥ͗ଠ͹೜ແ͹஦Ͳresponsibility to withdraw an athlete from competition if
deemed necessary for medical reasons. It is important tonote that the power of the Medical Delegate (or a medical
doctor acting at his request or in his place) applies to all
events. It is essential that there is a reliable communication
system and procedures in place between the Medical
Delegate (and those authorised to act in his place), theTechnical Delegates and the Competition Director
particularly in relation to the duties under (c) and (d) above
as these have a direct impact on start lists, results and the
management of the competition.

ҫָదཀྵ༟Ͳචགྷͳߡ͓Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν‫ٗڟ‬ճ͖
Δঈ֐ͦ͠Ζ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽҫࣆେනʤΉͪͺҫࣆେන͹གྷ‫ٽ‬ͶԢͣͱߨಊͤΖҫࢥʥ͹‫ݸݘ‬ͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬Ͷన༽͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍
ΖɽಝͶ৏‫ى‬͹(c)‫(;ٶ‬d)Ͷ‫͚Ͱخ‬৮ແͶ‫ͱؖ͢‬ɼҫࣆେනʤ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹େΚΕͶߨಊͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༫͓ΔΗ
ͪंʥɼٗढ़େනɼ‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬ճυΡϪένʖͳ͹ؔͶ͖֮͵௪৶εητϞͳघॳ͍͗Ζ͞ͳ͗෈ՆܿͲ͍
Ζɽ͞ΗΔ͹࿊‫ܠ‬ͺɼηνʖφϨηφɼ‫݃ٗڟ‬Վͨ͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬ӣӨͶ௜ંӪ‫ͤڻ‬Ζ͖ΔͲ͍Ζɽ

2.3 Doping ontrol Delegate ule 11
The Doping Control Delegate shall liaise with the
C toensure that suitable facilities are provided for the conductof doping control. e shall be responsible for all mattersrelating to doping control.

2.3 χʖϒϱήαϱφϫʖϩେන
ule 11χʖϒϱήαϱφϫʖϩେනͺૌ৭җҽճͳ࿊ཙ͢ɼχʖϒϱήτηφΝߨ͑న઀͵ࢬઅΝ੖͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽಋେනͺɼχʖϒϱήαϱφϫʖϩͶ‫ͤؖ‬ΖࣆߴͶͯ͏ͱ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽ

2. nternational echnicalicialss ule 115
Where IT s are appointed, the Technical Delegate shallappoint the Chief IT among the appointed IT s, if one
was not appointed previously. Whenever possible, theChief IT , in conjunction with the Technical Delegates,
shall assign at least one IT for every event on the
programme. The IT shall be the Referee of each event towhich he is assigned.
C MMENT From anuary 2 16, the role of theInternational Technicalfficial (IT ) has changed
significantly but this is a logical part of the evolution of theposition. From this time the IT s act as the Referee of theevents to which they are appointed. Amongst the locallyappointed fficials, the Chief udge will now be the seniorand lead role and if in the past there was someorganisational or training aspect of the team that wasundertaken by a locally appointed referee, these tasks will
become the duty of the respective Chief udges.
It has been noticed that the IT s are very helpful to theTechnical Delegate(s) and theC. They must have agreat knowledge of rules, officiate within their National
Governing Bodies as Referee at major competitions in theircountry, and be responsible for developing or delivering
officiating courses in their countries. They must also know
the duties of the Meeting Manager and, in principle, theyshould be familiar with such duties and finally, it isnecessary that they speak English.
WPA has developed an education pathway for Technicalfficials similar to the T ECS of the World Athletics. The
pathway includes an online introductory training program,national technical officiating training and international
technical officiating training. Those who pass theInternational Technical fficials course (which includes arequirement for spoken and written English) are eligible for
the International Technicalfficials panel which isestablished every four years. The first official panel
selection was conducted in November 2 1 . It is also
extremely important that IT s understand well the dutiesof the Referees as with the changes in 2 16 IT s act as
the relevant Referee for events that they are assigned.

2.
sule 115ࠅࡏٗढ़җҽٗढ़େනͺ IT ͗೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼࣆ઴ͶIT क೜͗೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜ΗͻɼIT ͹஦͖Δक
೜Ν೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽIT क೜ͺՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Εࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ֦झ໪ͶͨΗͩΗ̏ਕ͹ IT Ν೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽIT ͺ୴౲ͤΖ֦झ໪͹৻൓ௗΝແΌΖɽαϟϱφʁ2 16 ೧ 1 ݆͖Δɼࠅࡏٗढ़җҽʤIT ʥ͹ༀׄͺ୉෱Ͷรߍ͠Ηͪ͗ɼ͞Ηͺਐ෾Ν൅ఴదͶͳΔ͓ͪචષద͵෨෾Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞͹͖࣎Δ೜ໍ͠Ηͪ IT ͺࢨఈ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬͹৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱߨಊͤ
Ζɽ‫ݳ‬ஏͲ೜ໍ͠Ηͪༀҽ͹஦Ͳɼक೜৻൓ҽͺʰ৏‫څ‬ʱͲक಍ద͵ༀׄΝՎͪ͢ɼգ‫ڊ‬Ͷ‫ݳ‬ஏͲ೜ໍ͠
Ηͪ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱߨΚΗͪοʖϞ͹ૌ৭దΉͪͺ‫܉‬࿇దଈ໚͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼ͞ΗΔ͹νηέͺͨΗͩΗ͹क೜৻൓ҽ͹੻೜Ͷ͵ΖɽIT ͺٗढ़େනͳ
C Ͷඉ৙Ͷༀཱིͯɽ൶ΔͺϩʖϩͶͯ͏ͱ͹๝෍͵எࣟΝ࣍ͬɼࣙࠅ͹कགྷ͵୉ճͲ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱࠅ͹क࠷஄ର಼Ͳ୴౲
͢ɼࣙࠅͲ͹৻൓ү੔͹֋൅ΉͪͺࣰࢬͶ੻೜Νෝͮͱ͏Ζɽ
൶ΔͺΉͪɼ୉ճ૱ແ͹ٝແΝஎͮͱ͏ͱɼ‫ݬ‬ଉͳ͢ͱɼ൶Δͺͨ͹Γ͑͵ٝແͶ੠௪͢ͱɼ࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ൶Δͺӵ‫ޢ‬Ν࿫ͦΖ͞ͳ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ
WPA ͺɼ੊ֆ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬࿊໏͹ T ECS ͳಋ༹͹ٗढ़ༀҽ޴͜͹‫گ‬ү๏๑Ν֋൅ͪ͢ɽ͞͹๏๑ͶͺɼΨϱϧ΢ϱ͹೘໵φϪʖωϱήϕϫήϧϞɼࠅ಼͹ٗढ़ༀҽ‫ݜ‬रɼ‫ࡏࠅ;ٶ‬ద͵ٗढ़ༀҽ‫ݜ‬र͗‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽࠅࡏద͵ٗढ़ༀҽ‫ݜ‬रαʖηʤӵ‫ޢ‬͹޳ಆ‫;ٶ‬ජ‫ى‬͹གྷ݇Ν‫؜‬΋ʥͶ߻֪ͤΖͳɼ4 ೧͟ͳͶઅཱི͠Η
Ζࠅࡏద͵ٗढ़ༀҽϏϋϩ͹ࣁ֪͗ಚΔΗΖɽ
࠹ॵ͹ޮࣞϏϋϩમߡͺ 2 1 ೧ 11 ݆ͶߨΚΗͪɽ
IT ͗৻൓ௗ͹৮ແΝΓ͚ཀྵմ͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ΍ඉ৙Ͷ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ2 16 ೧͹รߍͳಋ༹ͶɼIT ͺׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪझ໪͹୴౲৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱߨಊͤΖɽ

2.5 nternational oad ourse Measurer ule 11
An International Road Course Measurer may be appointed
to verify the courses where road events are held entirely or
partially outside the stadium.
The appointed course measurer shall be a member of theWorld Athletics /AIMS Panel of International Road Course
Measurers (Grade A or B ).
The course should be measured in good time before thecompetition.
The measurer will check and certify the course if he finds it
conforms to the Rules for Road Race (See Rule 4 .2 andRule 4 .3 and respective notes).
e shall cooperate with the
C in the course
arrangements and witness the conduct of the race toensure that the course run by athletes follows the same
course that was measured and approved.

12

ule 11
2.5 ࠅࡏಕ࿑αʖη‫ܯ‬଎ҽસ෨͍Ζ͏ͺ෨෾దͶ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲࣰࢬͤΖಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬झ໪͹αʖηΝ֮೟ͤΖͪΌͶɼ̏ਕ͹ࠅࡏಕ࿑αʖη‫ܯ‬଎ҽΝ೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ೜ໍ͠ΗΖ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺ WA/AIMS ࠅࡏಕ࿑αʖη‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤA Ήͪͺ B ‫څ‬ʥͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαʖηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ߨΚΗΖΓΕҐ઴͹న઀͵࣎‫غ‬Ͷ‫ܯ‬଎͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺɼͨ͹αʖη͗ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉʤ‫و‬ଉ 4 .2ɼ4 .3 ‫;ٶ‬஭қʥͶ߻஗͢ͱ͏Ζ͖֮೟͢ৄ໎ͤΖɽΉͪɼ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺαʖηઅఈͶ౲ͪͮͱૌ৭җҽճͶ‫ͤྙڢ‬Ζͳͳ΍Ͷɼ‫ͪٗ͢ڟ͗ंٗڟ‬αʖη͗ࣆ઴͹‫ܯ‬଎ͶΓͮͱট೟ͪ͢αʖηͳಋҲͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖͪΌͶ‫ٗڟ‬ͶཱིͬճΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽe shall furnish an appropriate certificate to the TechnicalDelegate(s).
C MMENT It is important to note that WPA does not certify
course measurers but uses those certified by World
Athletics /AIMS for any of their events which run
independently of World Athletics road races.
2.6 nternational tarter and nternational hoto inish
udge ule 11
At all IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) an International Starter and an International
Photo Finish udge shall be appointed by WPA. The
International Starter shall start the races and undertake
any other duties assigned to him by the TechnicalDelegate(s). The International Photo Finish udge shallsupervise all Photo Finish functions and shall be the Chief
Photo Finish udge.
C MMENT It is noted that whilst the International Photo
Finish udge acts as the Chief Photo Finish udge at thosecompetitions to which he is appointed and the IT s act as
Referees, there remains a clear division in responsibilities
between the International Starter (IS) and the othermembers of the start team. Whilst the IS takes on all thepowers and duties of the Starter when starting any race towhich he is allocated, he does not either then or at anyother time replace or have the power to override the Start
Referee.
2. ur o Appeal ule 11
At all IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) a ury of Appeal shall be appointed. The ury
should normally consist of three, five or seven persons.
ne of its members shall be the Chairman and another
Secretary. If and when considered as appropriate, theSecretary may be a person not included in the ury.
Members of the ury of Appeal shall not be present during
any deliberations of the ury concerning any Appeal that
affects, directly or indirectly, an athlete affiliated to his own
national governing body.
The chair of the ury shall ask any member implicated bythis rule towithdraw, in the event the ury member has not alreadydone so.
WPA or other organisation responsible for the competition
shall appoint one or more alternative ury members to
substitute for any ury member(s) who are not able toparticipate in an Appeal.
Furthermore, a ury of Appeal should likewise beappointed at other competitions where theC deem it
desirable or necessary in the interest of the proper conductof the competitions.
The primary functions of the ury of Appeal shall be to deal
with all protest appeals, and any matters arising during thecourse of the competition that are referred to it for decision.
C MMENT It is particularly important to note that in certain
circumstances now, where new conclusive evidence isavailable, that both the Referee (in the case of a protest)
and the ury (in the case of an appeal) can reconsider thedecision if it was made in error it is still applicable andpractical to do so. Normally all of this is done prior to theictory Ceremony for the event in question.

͠ΔͶ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺٗढ़େනͶన઀͵ৄ໎ॽΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖɽαϟϱφʁWPA ͺɼαʖη‫ܯ‬଎ҽ͹೟ৄΝ͢ͱ͏͵
͏ͪΌɼWA ϫʖχϪʖη͖Δಢཱི͢ͱࣰࢬ͠ΗΖϪʖηͲͺɼIAAF/AIMS ೟ৄαʖηΝཤ༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝཀྵմͤΖ͞ͳͺ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ
2.6 ࠅࡏηνʖνʖͳࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽule 11
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͷ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͳ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺ WPA ͗ࠅࡏηνʖνʖͳࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽΝ೜ໍͤΖɽࠅࡏηνʖνʖͺٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖηΝηνʖφͦ͠Ζͳͳ΍Ͷɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͪ͢೜ແ΍
ਲ਼ߨͤΖɽࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͳ͵Εࣺਇ൓ఈ‫ۂ‬ແΝ؄ಞͤΖɽαϟϱφʁࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽͺɼIT ͗೜ໍ͠Η৻൓ௗΝແΌΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ΝແΌΖҲ๏ͲɼࠅࡏηνʖνʖʤISʥͳଠ͹ηνʖφοʖϞϟϱώʖͳ͹ؔ͹੻೜ͺ໎֮Ͷۢ෾͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝཻқ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽIS ͺɼࣙਐ͗ׄΕ౲
ͱΔΗͪϪʖηΝηνʖφͦ͠Ζͳ͘Ͷͺɼηνʖνʖͳ͢ͱ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ͳݸݘ‬ٝແΝෝ͑͗ɼ൶ͺηνʖνʖͳ͢ͱ͹೜Ͷ͍Ζͳͫ͘͜Ͳ͵͚ͨΗҐ֐͹৖໚Ͳ΍ɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗ͹೜ΝແΌͪΕɼͨ͹݀ఈΝ෶ͤ‫ݸݘ‬ͺ࣍ͮͱ͏͵͏ɽ2.
ζϣϨʖule 11
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫;ٶ‬(b)ࢂল)Ͷ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺζϣϨʖΝ೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹͑ͬ 1 ਕΝक೜ͳ͢ɼ΍͑ 1ਕΝඁॽͳͤΖɽචགྷͲ͍ΗͻɼඁॽͺζϣϨʖͳͺพ͹ਕ෼Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽζϣϨʖ͹ϟϱώʖͺ௜ંదʀؔંదͶ΍ࣙࠅ͹‫ڟ‬ٗं͹৏૎Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ৻٠ͶՅΚͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽζϣϨʖ͹क೜ͺ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖϟϱώʖͶୂ
ੰͤΖΓ͑གྷ੧͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճӣӨͶ੻೜͍͗Ζ WPA ͍Ζ͏ͺͨ͹ଠ͹ૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺ৻٠ͶࢂՅͲ͘͵͏ζϣϨʖ͗ਫ਼ͣͪ࣎͹ͪΌͶ 1 ਕ΍͚͢ͺ 2 ਕ͹ިେགྷҽΝࢨ໌͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৏‫ٗڟى‬ճҐ֐Ͳ΍͠ΔͶૌ৭җҽճ͗ͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ਲ਼ߨ৏޹Ή͢͏ͳߡ͓Ζ৖߻ͺಋ༹͵ζϣϨʖΝઅ͜Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽζϣϨʖͺ৏૎Ͷͯ͏ͱࡍఈ͢ɼΉͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹਒ߨ஦Ͷਫ਼ͣͪ໲ୌ͹͑ͬɼͨ͹݀ఈΝ෉୙͠ΗͪࣆߴͶͯ͏ͱࡍఈͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫خ‬ຌద͵೜ແͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ৿͢͏݀ఈద͵ৄ‫͗ڎ‬ཤ༽Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ͵ͮͪಝఈ͹য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼ৻൓ௗʤ߇٠͹৖߻ʥͳζϣϨʖʤ߇٠͹৖߻ʥ͹ྈ๏͗݀ఈΝ࠸‫ݗ‬౾Ͳ͘Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗ಝͶ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽؔҩ͏͍͗ͮͪ৖߻Ͳ΍ɼన༽Ն೵Ͳࣰ༽దͲ͍Ζɽ௪৙ɼ͞Ηͺͤ΄ͱɼ໲ୌ͹झ໪͹නঞࣞ͹઴ͶߨΚΗΖɽ

2.
icials o the ompetition ule 12
The
C of a competition and/or the relevant governing
body shall appoint all other officials, subject to these Rules.
The following list comprises the officials considerednecessary and or desirable for major International
Competitions. The
C may, however, vary this according to local
circumstances.

‫ٗڟ‬ճༀҽule 122.
‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ૌ৭җҽճͺɼ͞ΗΔ‫و‬ଉͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ৏‫ى‬Ґ֐Ͷ΍චགྷͳ͠ΗΖͤ΄ͱ͹ༀҽΝ೜ໍ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
Ծ‫ى‬Ͷࣖ͠ΗͪϨηφͺɼචགྷͳߡ͓ΔΗɼ͖ͯकགྷࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲචਤͳ͠ΗΖༀҽͲ͍Ζɽ͖͢͢͵
͗Δɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)͹য়‫ڱ‬ͶΓͮͱ͞ΗΝรߍ͢ͱ͖ΉΚ͵͏ɽ

MA A MA
ne Competition Director
ne Meeting Manager and an adequate number ofassistantsӣӨༀҽʀ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ(1 ਕ)ʀ૱ແ(1 ਕ)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)13

ne Technical Manager
ne Event Presentation Manager
MAne (or more) Referee(s) for the Call Roomne (or more) Referee(s) for Track Eventsne (or more) Referee(s) for Field Eventsne (or more) Referee(s) for events outside the Stadiumne (or more) ideo Referee (s)ne Chief udge and an adequate number of udges for
Track Events
ne Chief udge and an adequate number of udges foreach Field Eventne Chief mpire and an adequate number of mpires
ne Chief Timekeeper and an adequate number ofTimekeepers
ne Chief Photo Finish udge and an adequate numberof assistants
ne Chief Transponder Timing udge and an adequate
number of assistants
ne Start co-ordinator and an adequate number ofStarters and Recallersne (or more) Starter s Assistant(s)ne Chief and an adequate number of ap Scorers
ne Competition Secretary and an adequate number ofassistants
ne Technical Information Centre (TIC) Manager and an
adequate number of assistants
ne Chief and an adequate number of Marshals
ne (or more) Wind Gauge perator(s)ne Chief Measurement udge (Scientific) and an
adequate number of assistants
ne Chief and an adequate number of Call Room
udges
ADD
A
A
ne (or more) Announcer(s)ne (or more) Statistician(s)ne Advertising Commissioner
ne fficial Surveyor
ne (or more) Doctor(s)Stewards for Athletes, fficials and Press
Referees and Chief udges should wear a distinctive attire
or insignia.
Care should however be taken to limit the number ofofficials present within the field of play to that number
necessary for the smooth running of the competition.
Where women s events are held, a female doctor shall be
appointed when possible.
C MMENT The number of officials appointed to acompetition should be dequate to ensure the required
duties are carried out both correctly and efficiently andalso to ensure sufficient rest if the ompetition is over along period of time on a single day or on several
consecutive days. But care must also be taken not toappoint too many so that the competition area becomescluttered or obstructed by unnecessary personnel. In
more and more competitions, some tasks undertaken by
on-field officials are being replaced by technology andunless a back-up is logically required, this needs to betaken into account when officials are appointed.
A ote on a et
Referees and competition officials at athletics events have
many important functions, but none is more important thantheir roles in ensuring the safety of all concerned. The
athletics arena can be a dangerous place. eavy andsharp implements are thrown and pose a ha ard to anyone
in their path. Athletes running on the track or on runways
at high speeds can hurt themselves and anyone with whomthey collide. Those competing in jumping events, often landin an unexpected or unintended manner. Weather andother conditions can make athletic competition unsafe
either temporarily or for longer periods. There have been

14ʀٗढ़૱ແ (1 ਕ)ʀ΢ϗϱφʀϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱʀϜϋʖζϡʖ(1ਕ)‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ
ʀডॄॶ৻൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀφϧρέ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀϓΡʖϩχ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀࠠ੔‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀ৖֐‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀϑυΨ؄ࡱ৻൓ௗ(1 ਕҐ৏)ʀ݀ঋ৻൓ҽक೜(1 ਕ)‫;ٶ‬ಋ৻൓ҽ(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀϓΡʖϩχ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ҽक೜(1 ਕ)‫;ٶ‬ಋ৻൓(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀ؄ࡱҽक೜(1 ໌)‫;ٶ‬؄ࡱҽ(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜(1 ໌)‫࣎ܯ;ٶ‬ҽ(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜(1 ໌)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜(1 ໌)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀηνʖφαʖυΡϋʖνʖ(1 ໌)‫;ٶ‬ηνʖνʖɼϨαʖϧʖʤన઀͵ਕ਼ʥʀड़൅‫(ܐ‬1 ໌Ґ৏)ʀबյ‫ى‬࿧ҽक೜(1 ໌)‫;ٶ‬बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽ(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽ(1 ໌)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)
ʀTIC Ϝϋʖζϡʖ(1 ໌)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀϜʖεϡϩक೜(1 ໌)‫;ٶ‬Ϝʖεϡϩ(న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀ෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ(1 ໌Ґ৏)ʀ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ(Ռָ)क೜(1 ໌)‫(ࠦึ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)ʀ‫ܐंٗڟ‬क೜(1 ໌)‫(ܐंٗڟ;ٶ‬న઀͵ਕ਼)৏‫ى‬Ґ֐͹ༀҽʀΠψΤϱγʖ(1 ໌Ґ৏)ʀ‫ى‬࿧౹‫୴ܯ‬౲ं(1 ໌Ґ৏)ʀ߁ࠄαϝρεϥψʖ(1 ໌)ʀޮࣞ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ(1 ໌)ʀҫࢥ(1 ໌Ґ৏)ʀ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼༀҽɼๅಕͶ‫ؖ‬ΚΖචགྷ͵ༀҽ৻൓ௗ‫৻;ٶ‬൓ҽक೜ͺɼ໎ྐ͵ෲૹΉͪͺ࿻হΝ஥༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ۢٗڟ‬ҮͶͺɼචགྷ࠹ঘ‫ݸ‬͹ༀҽ͹Ί͗͏ΖΓ͑࠹୉‫ݸ‬͹ഓྂ͗͵͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽঃࢢ͹‫ߨ͗ٗڟ‬ΚΗΖ࣎ͺɼͲ͘Ζ‫ݸ‬Εঃ੓ҫࢥ 1
໌ͺ೜ໍ͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶҗ০͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹਼ͺɼ‫ڟ‬ٗ͗ 1 ೖΉͪͺ਼ೖؔ࿊କ͢ͱௗ࣎ؔͶΚͪͮͱߨΚΗΖ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ਜ਼͖֮ͯްིదͶࣰߨ͠ΗΖ
͞ͳΝࣰ֮ͶͤΖͪΌͶॉ෾͵΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү͗෈චགྷ͵ਕҽͶΓͮͱࠠΊ͍ͮͪΕɼ๨͝ΔΗͪΕͤΖ͞ͳ͗͵͏Γ͑ɼ͍ΉΕͶ΍ଡ͚Ν೜ໍ͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷ஭қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶΓͮͱͺɼ‫ݳ‬৖͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ΓΖ೜ແ͹Ҳ෨ͺɼτέόϫζʖͶΓͮͱ஖͘‫͓׷‬ΔΗ
Ζ͹ͲɼώρέΠρϕ͗‫؏ٮ‬దͶචགྷͳ͠Η͵͏‫ݸ‬Εͺɼ͞͹ࣆࣰͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽҗ০͹ࡏɼߡྂ͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ҈સͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ஭қ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹৻൓ௗ‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬ༀҽͶͺଡ͚͹॑གྷ͵ༀ
͍ׄ͗Ζ͗ɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंܐؖ‬͹҈સ֮ฯ͗ՁΓΕ॑གྷ͵೜ແͲ͍Ζɽ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ࣰࢬ৖ॶͺ‫͵ݧث‬৖ॶ
Ͷ͵Ε͑Ζɽ͚॑ͱӸ͏‫͗۫ح‬౦͝ΔΗΖ͞ͳͲɼ௪Ε͖͗Ε͹ਕͶ‫ݧث‬Ν΍ͪΔͤɽφϧρέΏঁૺ࿑Ν૥͏ηϒʖχͲૺͮͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼࣙ෾ࣙਐ
ͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼুಧͪ͢૮घΝউͯ͜ͱ͢Ή͑Ն೵੓
͍͗Ζɽ௕༄‫ٗڟ‬Νߨͮͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ͢ͻ͢ͻ༩‫͏͵͢غ‬Ήͪͺқਦ͢͵͏‫Ͳܙ‬஥ஏͤΖ͞ͳ͍͗
Ζɽళ‫ـ‬Ώͨ͹ଠ͹ড়݇ͶΓͮͱɼҲ࣎దͶɼΉͪͺௗ‫ؔغ‬ɼ཰৏‫ݧث͗ٗڟ‬Ͷ͠Δ͠ΗΖ͞ͳ΍͍Ζɽinstances of athletes, officials, photographers and others
who have been injured (sometimes fatally) in accidents inor near competition and training areas. Many of thoseinjuries could have been prevented.
fficials must always be mindful of the dangers that are
inherent in the sport. They must be alert at all times andmust not allow themselves to be distracted. Regardless of
their official position, all officials have the responsibility to
do what they can to make the athletics arena a safer place.
All officials should think about safety whenever andwherever they are in the competition area, and shouldintervene when necessary to prevent an accident, when
they see conditions or a situation that could lead to one.
Ensuring safety is of the utmost importance even moreso than strict compliance with the rules of competition. In
the rare event when there is a conflict, the concern forsafety must prevail.
2.
ompetition Director ule 121
The Competition Director shall plan and implement thetechnical organisation of a competition in cooperation with
the Technical Delegate(s).
e shall direct the interaction between the participants inthe competition and, through the communication system,
shall be in contact with all the officials.

‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶΏφϪʖωϱήΦϨΠΏͨ͹͚ۛͲɼࣆ‫ބ‬ͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼΩϟϧϜϱɼͨ͹ଠ͹‫͗ंܐؖ‬պըΝͤΖͳ͏͑ʤ࣎ͶͺໍͶ‫ؖ‬ΚΖΆʹ͹ʥࣆྭ͗գ‫ڊ‬൅ਫ਼͢ͱ͏Ζ͗ɼ͞ΗΔ͹պը͹ଡ͚ͺ༩๹͗Ն೵Ͳ͍ͮͪͳࢧΚΗΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼηϛʖςͶ಼ࡑͤΖ‫ݧث‬੓Ͷ৙Ͷ஭қͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ൶Δͺ৙Ͷ஭қΝ෹͏ɼ‫ـ‬ΝࢆΔ͠͵͏Γ͑Ͷͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͳ͢ͱ͹ཱི৖Ͷ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼસҽ͗ɼ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬৖ΝΓΕ҈સ͵৖ॶͶͤΖͪΌͶͲ͘Ζ͞ͳΝͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶͶ͏Ζؔͺɼ͏ͯͲ΍ʹ͞Ͳ΍҈સΝߡ͓Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍ΕɼՁΔ͖͹ࣆସ͗
൅ਫ਼ͤΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζয়‫ڱ‬Ν໪Ͷͪ͢͵Δɼࣆ‫ބ‬Ν๹ࢯͤΖͪΌͶɼචགྷͶԢͣͱղ೘ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΝ‫֪ݭ‬ͶॱगͤΖΓΕ΍҈સ੓Ν֮ฯͤΖ
͞ͳ͗ΓΕ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫و‬ଉ͹ॱगͳ҈સ֮ฯͶ͕͏ͱɼ૮ൕͤΖয়‫͗ڱ‬൅ਫ਼ͪ͢৖߻ɼ҈સ͗༑઎͠
Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ2.
ule 121‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͺٗढ़େනͳ‫ٗڟͱ͢ྙڢ‬ӣӨ໚͹ૌ৭ΝཱིҌ͢ɼ੻೜൥ҕ͹஦Ͳٗढ़େනͳͳ΍Ͷͨ͹‫ܯ‬ժΝ‫׮‬ਲ਼͢ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ӣӨ৏͹໲ୌΝմ݀͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճࢂՅं͹૮‫ޕ‬͹Ӫ‫ڻ‬য়‫ڱ‬Ν؄ಞ͢ɼ௪৶અඍΝ௪͢ͱસकགྷༀҽͶ࿊ཙ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

2.1 Meeting Manager ule 122
The Meeting Manager shall be responsible for the correct
conduct of the Competition. e shall check that all officials
have reported for duty, appoint substitutes when necessaryand have authority to remove from duty any official who is
not abiding by the Rules. In cooperation with the appointed
Marshal, he shall arrange that only authorised persons areallowed in field of play areas.
Note For competitions of longer than four hours or overmore than one day, it is recommended that the Meeting
Manager has an adequate number of Assistant Meeting
Managers.
C MMENT While WPA Rules are sometimes rather
simple in wording they, in reality, hide very heavy
responsibilities such as when we consider the duties of thecompetition director or Meeting Manager at any
competition, but particularly those the si e of the
Paralympic Games, the World or Regional Championships.
The Meeting Manager(s) must be responsible, under theauthority of the Competition director, and in accordancewith the Technical Delegates guidance and decisions, foreverything happening in the Field of Play. In the stadium,he must place himself so as to be able to see everythingthat is happening and to give necessary orders. e musthave in his possession the complete list of all appointed
officials and be able to communicate efficiently with theother Managers, Referees and Chief udges.
In competitions that take place over multiple days inparticular it is possible that some judges may not be able
to officiate during the whole competition. The Meeting
Manager shall have at his disposal a reserve of officials
from which he can draw any replacement, if necessary.
Even if all the officials for an event are present, theMeeting Manager should ensure that the officials fulfil
their duties correctly and if they do not be ready toreplace them. e shall ensure that the udges (and thoseassisting them) leave the arena as soon as their event isfinished or when their subsequent work is done.
The Competition Director, Meeting Manager and TechnicalDelegate(s) all work together to ensure the best possible
conditions for athletes to perform and for spectators to
observe and celebrate the performances.

2.1
૱ແ
ule 122૱ແͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝॳ௒Ͷ਒ߨͦ͠Ζ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽΉͪༀҽ͹೜ແਲ਼ߨ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ν೼Ѵ͢ɼචགྷ͍͗Ζ࣎Ͷͺͨ͹େΚΕ͹ंΝ೜ໍͤΖɽΉͪ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ੠௪͢ͱ͏͵͏ༀҽ͹೜Νմ͚‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽ৖಼࢚ྫͳ
‫ڢ‬ಋ͢ͱɼ‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗͪंҐ֐ͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͷ͏͵͏Γ͑Ͷ੖ཀྵͤΖɽ஭қʁ4 ࣎ؔΝ௔͓Ζɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ 2 ೖҐ৏͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶɼ૱ແͺ૱ແึࠦ(૱ແҽ)Ν೜ໍͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽαϟϱφʁWPA ‫و‬ଉͺɼઈ໎͹න‫͵͖͗ݳ‬Εୱ९͵৖߻΍͍Ζ͗ɼࣰࡏͶͺɼʹ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ‫;ٶ‬૱ແ͹৮ແΝ‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖͶ͍ͪΕɼඉ৙Ͷ॑གྷ͵੻೜ΝඁΌͱ͏ΖɽಝͶɼϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճɼ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬ɼஏҮમघ‫ݘ‬ͺͨ͑Ͳ͍Ζɽ૱ແͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͹‫ݸݘ‬͹ԾͲɼΉͪٗढ़େන͹ࢨ಍‫݀;ٶ‬ఈͶॊͮͱɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶͲً
ͮ͞ͱ͏Ζͤ΄ͱ͹͞ͳͶͯ͏ͱ੻೜Νෝ͑චགྷ͗
͍Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͳɼ૱ແͺɼًͮ͞ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳͤ΄ͱΝ‫ͱݡ‬ɼචགྷ͵ໍྫΝड़ͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑͵৖ॶͶҒ஖͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ૱ແͺɼ೜ໍ͠Ηͪͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽસҽ͹໌฿Νॶ࣍͢ɼଠ͹Ϝϋʖζϡʖɼ৻൓ௗɼ‫৻;ٶ‬൓ҽक೜ͳްིదͶαϝϣω
ίʖεϥϱͲ͘Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ෵਼ೖͶోͮͱ֋࠷͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ৻൓ҽ͹Ҳ෨ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճસରΝ௪͢ͱ೜Ͷ͍ͪΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏Ն೵੓͍͗Ζɽ૱ແͺɼචགྷͶԢͣͱɼިେགྷҽΝึैͲ͘ΖΓ͑ɼ༩ඍ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ໌฿Νॶ࣍͢ͱ͕͚΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷॉ෾͵਼͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗͏ͱ΍ɼ૱ແͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗೜ແΝਜ਼͚͢ਲ਼ߨ͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖֮͑೟͢ɼ΍͢෈న౲Ͳ͍Ζ͵Δɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝިେͦ͠Ζ६ඍΝ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ૱ແͺɼ৻൓ҽʤ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹ึঁҽʥ͗ɼ୴౲ͤΖ‫ڟ‬ٗ͗श྅͢ɼฤ෉͗͜͵͠Ηͪ͵ΔଐΏ͖Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬ࣰࢬ৖ॶ͖Δ཯ΗΖΓ͑బఊͤΖɽ

2.11 echnical Manager ule 123
The Technical Manager shall be responsible for2.11 ٗढ़૱ແ
ule 123ٗढ़૱ແͺҐԾ͹఼Ν֮೟ͤΖ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽ15a) Ensuring that the track, runways, circles, arcs, sectors,
landing areas for Field Events and all equipment andimplements are in accordance with the Rules.
b) The placement and removal of equipment andimplements according to the technical organisational planfor the competition as approved by the TechnicalDelegates.
c) Ensuring the technical presentation of the competitionareas is in accordance with such plan.
d) Checking and marking any personal implements
permitted for the competition according to Rule 3 .3.
e) Ensuring that he has received or isaware of the existence of, the necessary certification under
Rule 1 .1 before the competition.
C MMENT The Technical Manager acts under theauthority of the Competition Director or the Meeting
Manager but of course an experienced Technical Manager
will undertake much of his role without any direction or
supervision. e must be contactable at any time. If a
Referee or a Field Event Chief udge notices that the sitewhere an event is taking place (or will take place) needs tobe modified or improved, he must refer it to the Meeting
Manager who will ask the Technical Manager to take thenecessary action. Also, when a Referee feels that there isa need for a change of place of a competition (Rule 24.2 )he will act the same way towards the Meeting Manager
who will instruct the Technical Manager to carry out, or
have carried out, the wishes of the Referee. It must be
remembered that neither the wind strength nor its changeof direction is sufficient condition to change the place of thecompetition.
nce the Competition director, or forinternational competitions the Technical delegates, hasapproved the implements list to be used during the events,
the Technical Manager shall prepare, order and receive thevarious implements. For the latter, he or his team must thencarefully check their weight and dimensions, and any
personal implements that are permitted and submitted, inorder to comply with the Rules. e must also ensure that51.2 (d) is followed in both a correct and efficient manner
if a Record is set.
In relation to throwing implements, the TechnicalManager(s) should apply the range of implements forcompetition specified in these tables when accepting new
equipment from suppliers, but should not reject implements
submitted for or used in competition because they do notcomply with this range. It is the minimum weight that is
critical in this regard.

2.12
ent resentation Manager ule 12
The Event Presentation Manager shall plan andimplement, in conjunction with the Competition Director,
the event presentation arrangements for the competition.
e shall also direct the interaction between the membersof the event presentation team, using the communication
system to be in contact with each of them.
e shall ensure that, through announcements and theavailable technology, the public is informed of information
concerning the athletes taking part in each event, including
the start lists, Classification, intermediate and final results.
The official result (placings, times, heights, distances andpoints) of each event should be conveyed at the earliest
practicable moment after receipt of the information.
C MMENT The Event Presentation Manager not only has
the responsibility of planning, leading and coordinating a
production in presentation terms of all the activities thattake place on the infield but also integrating them into theshow to be presented to the spectators within the venue.
The final aim of his work is to create an informative,
entertaining, lively and attractive production of the showthat is to be offered to the spectators. To succeed in this, it
is important to have a team and the necessary equipment
to carry out the work. The Event Presentation Manager isthe person in charge of coordinating the activities of the16(a)φϧρέɼঁૺ࿑ɼγʖέϩɼԃ‫ނ‬ɼֱౕɼϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹஥ஏ৖ॶ‫وٗڟ͗۫ح༽;ٶ‬ଉͶ߻஗
͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ(b)ٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ٗढ़దʀૌ
৭ద‫ܯ‬ժͶॊͮͱ༽‫۫ح‬Νઅ஖ͤΖ͞ͳͳభफͤΖ͞ͳ
(c)‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ͹અඍΏ༽‫۫ح‬౵͗઴फ़͹‫ܯ‬ժͶॊͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ(d)‫و‬ଉ 3 .3 Ͷॊͮͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͪ‫ݺ‬ਕ͹౦ͱ͘༽۫Ν఼‫͢ݗ‬ɼϜʖέΝ෉͜Ζ͞ͳ(e)‫و‬ଉ 1 .1 Ͷॊͮͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ઴Ͷޮࣞ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ͖Δචགྷ͵ৄ໎ॽΝण͜खΖ͞ͳαϟϱφʁٗढ़૱ແͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖΉͪͺ૱ແ͹‫ݸݘ‬͹ԾͲߨಊͤΖ͗ɼ‫ݩܨ‬๝෍͵ٗढ़૱ແͺࢨࣖ؄ಞ͗͵͚ͳ΍ࣙΔ͹ༀׄ͹ଡ͚Νਲ਼ߨͤΖɽٗढ़૱ແͺɼ͏ͯͲ΍αϱνέφՆ೵Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৻൓ௗΉͪͺϓΡʖϩχ৻൓ҽक೜͗ɼझ
໪Νࣰࢬ͢ͱ͏ΖʤΉͪͺ֋࠷ͤΖ͞ͳͶ͵Ζʥ৖ॶΝรߍΉͪͺրવͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ‫ͪ͏෉ـ‬৖߻ͺɼ૱ແͶ࿊ཙ͢ɼٗढ़૱ແͶචགྷ͵ଲԢΝғ
བͤΖɽ৻൓ௗ͗ɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶ͹Ңಊʤ‫و‬ଉ 24.2 ʥ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζͳ‫ࡏͪͣ״‬Ͷ΍ɼಋ༹͹घॳͳ͵Εɼ
૱ແ͖Δɼٗढ़૱ແͶଲ͢ɼ৻൓ௗ͹‫س‬๮Νࣰߨͤ
ΖΓ͑གྷ੧ͤΖɽͪͫ͢ɼ෫͹‫͠ک‬Ώ෫޴͘͹รԿͺɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶΝҢಊͤΖ͹Ͷॉ෾͵ড়݇Ͳͺ͵͏͞ͳΝְ͓ͱ͕͚චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖɼΉͪͺࠅࡏ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼٗढ़େන͗ɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ࢘༽ͤΖ౦ͱ͘༽۫Νট೟ͪ͢͵Δɼٗढ़૱ແͺɼ͠Ή͡Ή͵඾໪Νɼ६ඍ͢ɼ஭ช
͢ɼण͜खΔ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹‫ޛ‬ɼٗढ़૱ແΉͪͺ൶͹οʖϞͺɼ͞ΗΔޮࣞ౦ͱ͘෼͹॑ྖͳ੉๑ɼ‫;ٶ‬ɼ࢘༽͗೟ΌΔ఑ड़͠Ηͪ‫ݺ‬ਕ࣍ͬࠒΊ౦ͱ͘෼͗ɼ‫و‬ଉͶ߻஗ͤΖ͖Νɼ৽॑ͶοΥρέ
͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪɼ‫ى‬࿧͗ஂਫ਼ͪ͢৖߻ɼ
‫و‬ଉ 51.2 (d)͗ਜ਼͖֮ͯްིదͶࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝฯৄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౦ͱ͘༽۫Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)Ͷ‫͠ڇڛ‬
ΗΖ౦ͱ͘෼͹॑͠͹൥ҕͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ੣ଆճऀ৚ๅ
ͺɼ2 1 ೧͹‫و‬ଉ͖Δࡡঈ͠ΗɼIAAF ೟ৄεητϞͶ‫ͤؖ‬ΖชॽͶҢ͠Ηͪɽͪͫ͢ɼٗढ़૱ແͺɼ੣ଆճऀ͖Δ৿͢͏౦ͱ͘෼Νण͜೘ΗΖࡏͶɼ͞͹Ϊ΢χϧ΢ϱΝన༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼ͞͹॑͠͹൥ҕͶ͵͏͞ͳΝཀྵ༟Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ఑ड़͠Η࢘༽͠
ΗΖ‫۫ح‬Ν‫ڍ‬൳͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹఼Ͳ॑གྷ͵͹ͺ࠹ঘ॑ྖͲ͍Ζɽ
2.12 ΢ϗϱφʀϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱʀϜϋʖζϡʖ
ule 12΢ϗϱφʀϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱʀϜϋʖζϡʖͺ‫ڟ‬ٗճυΡϪένʖͳ‫ڠ‬Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֦झ໪Ώͨ͹ଠ͹ԍड़६ඍΝૌ৭େන‫ٗ;ٶ‬ढ़େනͳ‫ܯͱ͢ྙڢ‬ժͤ
ΖɽΉͪɼͨ͹‫ܯ‬ժ͗ୣ੔͠ΗΖΓ͑ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ‫ͤܐؖ;ٶ‬Ζେනͳ‫ؖͱ͢ྙڢ‬࿊ͤΖঀ໲ୌΝմ݀ͤΖɽ΢ϗϱφʀϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱʀοʖϞ಼͹࿊‫ܠ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱ΍ɼ৚ๅఽୣεητϞΝཤ༽͢ͱ؄ಞͤΖɽ֦‫ٗڟ‬͹ηνʖφϨηφɼέϧη෾͜ɼ౏஦‫ܨ‬գɼ‫݃;ٶ‬Վ౵͹৚ๅΝΠψΤϱηΉͪͺଠ͹๏๑Ͳࣰ֮Ͷ఑‫ͦ͠ڛ‬Ζɽ֦झ໪͹݃ՎʤॳҒɼ࣎ؔɼ߶͠ɼ
‫཯ړ‬ɼಚ఼ʥͺ৚ๅΝण͜खͮͪ͵ΔͻɼͲ͘Ζͫ͜૥͚൅නͦ͠Ζɽαϟϱφʁ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱϜϋʖζϡ
ʖʤEPMʥͺɼ΢ϱϓΡʖϩχͲߨΚΗΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫׈‬ಊ͹ϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱͶͯ͏ͱ͹ϕϫξέεϥ
ϱ͹‫ة‬ժɼࢨ಍ɼ௒੖Νߨ͑ͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼεϥʖͶૌΊࠒΞͲճ৖಼͹؏‫ٮ‬Ͷ఑ࣖͤΖ੻೜΍࣍ͮͱ͏ΖɽEPM ‫ۂ‬ແ͹࠹शద͵໪దͺɼ؏‫ٮ‬Ͷ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖεϥʖ͹༙ӻͲ‫ـ׈‬Ͷຮͬͪɼຳྙద͵ϕϫξέε
ϥϱΝࡠΕड़ͤ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹੔ޯ͹ͪΌͶɼࡠ‫ۂ‬ΝࣰߨͤΖͪΌ͹ EP οʖϞͳචགྷ͵‫حؽ‬Ν༽қͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍ΖɽEPM ͺɼΠψΤϱγʖɼηevent presentation staff working on and off the field who
are related to this role including but not limited to theAnnouncers, Scoreboard and videoboard perators, Audioand video Technicians and victory Ceremony officials. For
almost every competition, an announcer is essential. e
must be placed so as to be able to follow the meeting
properly and preferably near to or otherwise in immediate
communication with the Competition Director or if
appointed, the Event Presentation Manager.
It is also critical that the Event Presentation Manager isaware of the events which require more quiet (such as
T11/T12 ong ump or Triple ump events) so as to ensure
the announcers

2.13 e erees ule 1251.
ne (or more) Referee(s) shall be appointed
respectively for the Call Room, for Track Events, for Field
Events, and for Road Race Events outside the stadium.
When appropriate, one (or more) ideo Referee(s) shall be
appointed.
The ideo Referee(s) shall operate from a ideo Review
Room, should consult and shall be in communication withthe other Referees.
C MMENT At meetings where sufficient officials areavailable so that more than one Referee is appointed forthe races, it is strongly recommended that one of them isappointed as the Start Referee. This Start Referee should
be a specialist and experienced starter, thus basing his
observations on a technically sound background. To beclear the Start Referee in such circumstances should
exercise all the powers of the Referee in relation to the startand is not required to report to or act through any othertrack Referee when doing so.
owever, if only one Referee is appointed to oversee theraces of a certain competition, and considering the powers
he has, it is strongly recommended that the Referee bepositioned in the start area, during each start (at least for
those events using a crouch start) to witness any eventual
problem that may occur and to take any decision needed
to solve it. This will be easier when a World Athletics
certified Start Information System is in use.
If not, and if the Referee will not have time to place himself
in line with the finish line after the start procedure (as in
1 m and 2 m), and foreseeing the possible need for theReferee to decide placings, a good solution may be to have
the Start Coordinator (who should have an extensive
experience as a starter) being appointed to also act as
Start Referee.
2. Referees shall ensure that these Rules (and applicable
Technical Regulations) are observed and shall decide upon
any matters which arise during the competition (includingin the Warm-up Area, Call Room and, after the competition,
up to and including the ictory Ceremony) and for which
provision has not been made in these Rules (or any
applicable Technical Regulations), where appropriate ornecessary in conjunction with the Technical Delegate(s).
The respective Referees for Track Events and for events
outside the stadium shall have jurisdiction to decideplacings in a race where the udges of a disputed place(s)are unable to arrive at a decision.
The Start Referee (or if one is not appointed, the relevant
Track Referee) has the power to decide on any facts
related to the starts if he does not agree with the decisions
made by the start team, except in cases when it regards anapparent false start indicated by a World Athletics
approved Start Information System, unless for any reason
the Referee determines that the information provided by
the system is obviously inaccurate.
A Track Referee appointed to oversee the starts isdesignated the Start Referee.
The Referee shall not act as a udge or mpire but may
take any action or decision according to the Rules based17αΠϚʖχ‫;ٶ‬ϑυΨϚʖχΨϘϪʖνʖɼΨʖυΡΨ‫;ٶ‬ϑυΨٗढ़ंɼනঞࣞηνρϓΏͨΗҐ֐Ͳ΍ɼ͞͹ༀׄͶ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ݳ‬ஏ಼֐Ͳ೜ແͶ͍ͪΖ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱηνρϓ͹‫׈‬ಊΝ௒੖
ͤΖ੻೜ंͲ͍Ζɽ ΆͳΞʹ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱɼΠψΤϱγʖͺ෈ՆܿͲ͍ΖɽΠψΤϱγʖͺɼͲ͘Ηͻ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͹͚ۛͲɼΉͪͺͨ͑Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ‫;ٶ‬೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏Ηͻ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱϜϋʖζϡʖͳଐΏ͖Ͷ
ި৶ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ͢ͱɼన઀Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ
਒ߨͲ͘ΖΓ͑͵৖ॶͶҒ஖ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽΉͪɼΠψΤϱγʖͳԽֺ/γΤϱχεητϞ͗ΓΕ੫͖͵ϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱΝଜ॑ͤΖΓ͑Ͷɼ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱϜϋʖζϡʖͺΓΕ੫͖Ͷ
ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ΢ϗϱφʤT11/T12 ૺ෱௕Ήͪͺࢀஊ௕͵ʹʥΝ೟ࣟ͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ΍॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ
2.13 ৻൓ௗ
ule 125
1. ডॄॶɼφϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬ɼϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬ɼࠠ੔‫ڟ‬ٗɼ৖֐‫ٗڟ‬ʤ‫ૺڟ‬ɼ‫ิڟ‬ʥ‫;ٶ‬ϑυΨ؄ࡱͶͺචགྷͶԢͣͱ 1 ਕҐ৏͹৻൓ௗΝ೜ໍͤΖɽϑυΨ؄ࡱ৻൓ௗͺɼଠ͹৻൓ௗͳ࿊ཙΝͳΕ͵͗
ΔɼϑυΨ؇ཀྵ࣪Ͳ൓ఈΝߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁϪʖη͹ͪΌͶ෵਼͹৻൓ௗ͗೜ໍ͠ΗΖΓ͑͵ɼॉ෾͵‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗͏Ζ୉ճͲͺɼͨ͹ 1ਕ͗ηνʖφ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱ೜ໍ͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͗‫͚ک‬ਬও͠ΗΖɽ໎֮͵ཀྵմ͹ͪΌͶึଏͤΖͳɼ͞͹Γ͑͵য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗͺɼηνʖφͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ݸݘ‬Νߨ࢘͢͵͜Ηͻ͵
Δͥɼͨ͹ࡏɼଠ͹φϧρέ৻൓ௗͶๅࠄͪ͢Εɼ྅մΝಚͱߨಊͪ͢ΕͤΖචགྷͺ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢͵͗Δɼಝఈ͹‫ٗڟ‬͹ϪʖηΝ؄ಞͤΖͪΌͶ৻൓ௗ͗ 1 ਕ͖ͫ͜͢೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼ৻
൓ௗ͹‫ݸݘ‬ΝߡྂͤΖͳɼηνʖφ࣎Ͷͺʤঙ͵͚ͳ΍έϧΤοϱήηνʖφΝߨ͑झ໪Ͳͺʥɼ‫ݳ‬৖Ͳ
൅ਫ਼ͤΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ͍ΔΑΖ໲ୌΝؔۛͲ‫ͱݡ‬ɼͨΗΝմ݀ͤΖͪΌͶචགྷ͵݀ఈΝԾͤ໪దͲɼηνʖφஏ఼Ͷ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗‫͚ک‬ਬও͠ΗΖɽ͞ΗͺɼWA ͗ট೟ͪ͢ηνʖφ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱεητ
ϞʤSISʥ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏ΗͻɼΓΕ༲ҝͶ͵Ζɽ
SIS Ν࢘༽͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼ͠ΔͶɼ৻൓ௗ͗ɼην
ʖφघକ͘ʤ1 m ‫ ;ٶ‬2 mʥ͹‫ޛ‬ͶɼϓΡωρε
ϣΝ‫ݡ‬Ζ৖ॶͶҢಊͤΖ࣎ؔ͗͵͚ɼ৻൓ௗ͗ॳҒΝ݀ఈ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏Ն೵੓͍͗Ζ৖߻͹࠹ྒྷ͹մ݀ࡨͺɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱ͹೜΍‫݋‬͸ΖΓ͑ηνʖφαʖυΡϋʖνʖʤηνʖνʖͳ͢ͱ๝
෍͵‫ݩܨ‬Ν࣍ͯ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖʥΝ೜ໍͤΖ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ
2. ৻൓ௗͺɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͳ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ͗ॱग͠Η
ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν؄ࢻͤΖ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽ৻൓ௗͺ‫ڟ‬ٗӣӨͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ͏͖͵Ζ߇٠Ώ෈ෲਅཱི͢ͱΝࡍఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼΤΧʖϝϱήΠρϕ৖ʀডॄॶ
͖Δ‫ޛٗڟ‬͹නঞࣞͶࢺΖΉͲΝ‫؜‬Όͱ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷًͮͪٗ͞ढ़ద໲ୌɼ͵Δ;Ͷ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΏ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ౵Ͷ໎֮Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏ࣆߴͶͯ͏ͱ΍݀ఈ
ͤΖɽφϧρέ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗɼ৖֐‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗͺɼϪʖη͹ॳҒ݀ఈͶͯ͏ͱɼ৻൓ҽ͗ॳҒͶ͍ٛٝ͗ΕɼॳҒΝ݀ఈͲ͘͵͏৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼ݀ఈͤΖ‫͍͗ݸݘ‬Ζɽηνʖφ৻൓ௗʤ೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻφϧρέ৻൓ௗʥͺɼ΍͢ηνʖφοʖϞʤηνʖνʖɼϨαʖϧʖͳड़൅‫ܐ‬ʥ͹ηνʖφ‫ؖ‬࿊͹൓ఈͶಋқͲ͘͵͜Ηͻɼ౲֚ηνʖφͶ‫ͤؖ‬ΖʹΞ͵ࣆࣰͶͯ͏ͱ΍݀ఈͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽͪͫ͢ɼWA ͶΓΕট೟͠Ηͱ͏Ζηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞʤSISʥͶΓͮͱࣖ͠Ηͪ໎Δ͖͵෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹৖߻ͺଲে֐ͳͤΖ͗ɼηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞͶΓΖ৚ๅ͗໎Δ͖Ͷ෈ਜ਼֮Ͳ͍Ζͳ৻൓ௗ͗൓இͤΖ৖߻Νঈ͚ɽ৻൓ௗͺ৻൓ҽΉͪͺ؄ࡱҽͳ͢ͱ͹ߨಊΝ͢ͱͺ

on his own observations and may overrule a decision of audge.
Note For the purpose of this Rule and applicable
Regulations, including the Advertising Regulations, theictory Ceremony is concluded when all directly related
activities (including photographs, victory laps, crowd
interaction etc.) are completed.
C MMENT It should be carefully noted that it is notnecessary for a Referee to have received a report from audge or mpire in order to make a disqualification. e
may act at all times by his own direct observation. The
above Note should be interpreted to include all matterswhich are incidental to or relate to the victory Ceremony
and that the Referee for that event is responsible for them.
When ictory Ceremonies are held at a different location
or in a different session, common sense should be applied
and if necessary, another Referee may have to be
substituted if it is not practical for the original Referee tomanage the situation.
3. The appropriate Referee shall check all final results,
shall deal with any disputed points and, in conjunction with
the Measurement udge (Scientific) where appointed, shallsupervise the measurements of Record performances. At
the conclusion of each event, the result card shall becompleted immediately, signed by the appropriate Refereeand handed to the Competition Secretary.
C MMENT For Track Events once the Track Referee andideo Referee clear the event, the results are releasedby the Chief Photo Finish udge and there is no need tophysically sign the results sheet.
4. The appropriate Referee shall rule on any protest or
objection regarding the conduct of the competition(including in the Warm-up Area, Call Room and, after thecompetition, up to and including the ictory Ceremony).
C MMENT In major competitions such as Paralympic
Games, World and Regional Championships an IT isassigned to observe the ictory Ceremony and report on
any infractions as well as to issue yellow or red cards toathletes who act in an unsporting manner.
5. A Referee shall have authority to warn or exclude fromcompetition, any athlete or relay team guilty of acting in an
unsporting or improper manner or under Rules 6.1, 6.1 , ,1 .5, 1 .1 , 1 .1 , 24.2, 24.5, 24.1 or 4 . (h)). In case ofa disciplinary matter, the Call Room Referee has authority
starting from the Warm-up Area up to the competition area.
In all other instances, the Referee applicable to the eventin which the athlete is or was competing, shall haveauthority.
The applicable Referee (where practicable after consulting
the Competition Director) may warn or remove any otherperson from the competition area (or other area related tothe competition including the Warm-up Area, Call Roomand coaches seating) who is acting in an unsporting or
improper manner or who is providing assistance to athletes
that is not permitted by the Rules. Warnings may be
indicated to the athlete by showing a yellow card, exclusionby showing a red card. Warnings and exclusions shall beentered on the result card. Those warnings and exclusions
decided by a Referee shall be communicated to theCompetition Secretary and to the other Referees.
Note (i) The Referee may, where the circumstances justify
it exclude an athlete or relay team without a warning
having been given (See also Note to Rule .2)
Note (ii) When excluding an athlete or relay team fromcompetition under this Rule, if the Referee is aware that ayellow card has already been given, should show a second
yellow card followed immediately by a red card.
Note (iii) If a yellow card is given and the Referee is notaware that there is a previous yellow card, it shall, once thisis known, have the same consequence as if it was given inassociation with a red card. The relevant Referee shall take18

͵Δ͵͏͗ɼࣙ‫ހ‬͹؏ࡱͶ‫وٗڟͱ͏Ͱخ‬ଉͶॊͮͪॴཀྵΝ͢ɼ৻൓ҽΏ؄ࡱҽ͹݀ఈʀๅࠄΝ෶ͤ͞ͳ΍Ͳ͘Ζɽ
஭қʁຌড়Ώ߁ࠄ‫و‬ఖΝ‫؜‬΋ଠ͹ঀ‫و‬ఖͺɼනঞࣞͶ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫׈‬ಊʤࣺਇࡳӪɼϑέφϨʖϧϱɼ؏‫ͳٮ‬͹ଲԢΝ‫؜‬΋ʥ͗शΚΖΉͲన༽ͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ৻൓ௗͺɼ֪ࣨΝ݀ఈͤΖͶ͍ͪΕɼ৻൓ҽΉͪͺ؄ࡱҽ͖Δ͹ๅࠄΝචͥण͜खΔ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ͳ͏͑༃Ͳͺ͵͏͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖචགྷ͗
͍Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺɼ͏ͯͲ΍ɼࣙਐͶΓΖ௜ં͹؄ࡱͶΓͮͱߨಊ͢ͱΓ͏ɽ৏‫ى‬͹஭‫ى‬ͺɼනঞࣞͶ෉਷ͤΖΉͪͺ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹ࣆߴΝ‫؜‬΋ͳմए͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Εɼͨ͹΢ϗϱφ͹৻൓ௗͺͨΗΔ͹੻೜Νෝ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽනঞࣞ͗พ͹৖ॶΏพ͹ιρεϥϱͲࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ৖߻ͺɼ৙ࣟ͹൥ҕ಼ͲଲԢ
ͤΖ͞ͳͳ͢ɼ‫ݫ‬ʓ୴౲͢ͱ͏ͪ৻൓ௗ͗য়‫ڱ‬Ν؇ཀྵͤΖ͞ͳ͗‫ࣰݳ‬దͲ͵͏৖߻ͺɼචགྷͶԢͣͱพ͹৻൓ௗΝେ༽ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
3. ౲֚৻൓ௗͺͤ΄ͱ͹࠹श݃ՎΝল߻͢ɼ໲ୌ
఼Νॴཀྵ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪ೜ໍ͠Ηͪ‫ܯ‬଎क೜ʤՌָʥͳ‫ڠ‬ಋ͢ͱɼ‫ى‬࿧‫ܯ‬଎Ν؄ಞ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ֦झ໪͗श྅ͪ͢Δɼ‫ى‬࿧༽ࢶͶ౲֚৻൓ௗͶΓΖॼ໌Ήͪͺট೟Νߨͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͶӀ͘‫͙ܩ‬ɼ੔੹නͳ͢ͱ௜ͬͶ‫׮‬੔ͦ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁφϧρέझ໪৖߻ɼφϧρέ৻൓ௗͳϑυΨ৻൓ௗ͗झ໪ΝʰέϨΠ(‫׮‬྅ͳ൓இ)ʱͪ͢͵Δɼ݃Վͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͶΓͮͱఴ֋͠ΗΖ͞ͳ
Ͷ͵Ζ͗ɼͨ͹ࡏɼ݃Վන(Ϩδϩφεʖφ)Ͷγ΢ϱ
ͺචགྷ͵͏ɽ
4. ౲֚৻൓ௗͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ʤΤΧʖϞΠρϕ৖ɼডॄॶɼ‫ޛٗڟ‬͹නঞࣞͲਫ਼ͣΖ໲ୌ΍‫؜‬Όͱʥ‫ٗڟ‬ӣӨͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζҡ٠΍͚͢ͺ߇٠ΝࡍఈͤΖɽαϟϱφʁϏϧϨϱϒρέɼ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճ‫;ٶ‬ஏҮમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճ͵ʹ͹कགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼIT ͗නঞࣞͶ΍(৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱ)ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗɼҩൕΝๅࠄͤΖ
ͳͳ΍Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͍ΖΉͣ͘ߨҟΝͳΖंͶଲ͢ͱͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΉͪͺϪρχΩʖχΝड़ͤༀׄΝՎͪͤɽ
5. ৻൓ௗͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͍ΖΉͣ͘ߨҟɼԾ඾͵ߨҟΝͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ΏϨϪʖʀοʖϞɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.1ɼ6.1 ɼ ɼ
1 .5ɼ1 .1 ɼ1 .1 ɼ24.2ɼ24.5ɼ24.1 Ήͪͺ 4 . (h)Ͷҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏϨϪʖʀοʖϞͶܱࠄΝ༫͓ͪΕɼ౲֚‫͖ٗڟ‬Δঈ֐ͪ͢ΕͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽܱࠄͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχɼঈ֐ͺϪρχΩʖχΝࣖͤ͞ͳͶΓͮͱ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶஎΔͦΖɽܱࠄΏঈ֐͹ࣆࣰͺ‫ى‬࿧༽ࢶͶ‫ى‬೘ͤΖɽ
৻൓ௗܱ͗ࠄ‫;ٶ‬ঈ֐ॴ෾Νߨͮͪ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹ࢭΝ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽ‫;ٶ‬ଠ͹৻൓ௗͶஎΔͦ͵͚ͱͺ͏͜͵͏ɽ
ডॄॶ৻൓ௗͺΤΧʖϝϱήΠρϕ৖͖Δ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͶࢺΖΉͲɼ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΝన༽ͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽͨ͹Ά͖͹৖߻΍‫؜‬Όͱɼ৻൓ௗͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼ‫ٗڟ‬Νश͓ͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱ΍୴౲ͪ͢झ໪Ͷͯ͏ͱ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͪ͸ͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౲֚৻൓ௗͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶΏΤΧʖϝϱήΠρϕΦϨ
Πɼডॄॶɼαʖοੰ΍‫؜‬Όͪ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ৖ॶͲɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ґ֐͹ं͗΀͠Κ͚͢͵͏ߨҟΏ෈న઀͵ߨҟΝͪ͢Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢ঁྙ
ΝߨͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻ɼ
ʤ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͗͏Ζ৖߻ͺ૮஌͹৏ʥܱࠄΝ༫͓ɼঈ֐ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁ৻൓ௗͺॉ෾͵ࠞ‫ڎ‬͹͍Ζয়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺܱࠄ͵͢Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏϨϪʖʀοʖϞΝঈ֐ͤΖࣆ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ(‫و‬ଉ .2 ࢂল)஭қ(ii)ʁຌড়Ͷ‫͘Ͱخ‬౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ϨϪʖʀοʖϞΝ౲֚‫͖ٗڟ‬Δঈ֐ͤΖࡏͺɼ৻൓ௗͺ΍ͤ͢ͲͶ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχͲܱࠄ͗༫͓ΔΗͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱͺ್ທ໪͹΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝࣖͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ௜͛ͶϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖͤΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ஭қ(iii)ʁҲౕ໪͹ܱࠄͶ‫Ͳ͏͵͖෉ـ‬΢ΦϫʖΩʖχͶΓΖܱࠄΝ఑ࣖͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹‫್ౕޛ‬໪͹ܱࠄ
Ͳ͍Ζࣆࣰ͗൓໎఼ͪ࣎͢ͲɼϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖimmediate action to advise the athlete or relay team or
his/its team of his/its exclusion.
C MMENT Six key points are made to provide guidanceand clarity in relation to the way in which cards are shown
and recorded(1) ellow and red cards can be given either for disciplinary
reasons (refer mostly to Rule 2.13.5 and Rule .2) or fortechnical infringements in case they are serious enough to
be considered unsporting manners (e.g. a serious andclear deliberate obstruction in a race).
(2) Whilst it is normal and usually expected that a yellow
card would have been given before a red card, it isenvisaged that in the cases of particularly bad unsportingor improper behaviour a red card can be given immediately.
It should be noted that the athlete has in any case theopportunity to appeal such a decision to the ury of Appeal.
(3) There will be also some cases in which it is not practicalor even logical for a yellow card to have been issued. For
example, the note to Rule .2 specifically allows for an
immediate red card if justified in cases covered by Rule .3(a) such as pacing in races.
(4) A similar situation might also follow when a Refereeissues a yellow card and the athlete responds in such an
inappropriate manner that it is justified to then immediately
give a red card. It is not essential for there to be twocompletely different and distinct in time instances of
inappropriate behaviour.
(5) As per Note (iii), in cases where a Referee is aware thatthe athlete in question has already received a yellow cardduring the competition and he proposes to issue a red card,
the Referee should first show a second yellow card andthen the red card. owever, if a Referee does not show thesecond yellow card, it will not invalidate the issuing of the
red card.
6. The Referee may reconsider a decision (whether madein the first instance or in considering a protest) on the basisof any available evidence, provided the new decision is still
applicable. Normally, such re-consideration may beundertaken only prior to the ictory Ceremony for the
relevant event or any applicable decision by the ury ofAppeal.
C MMENT This Rule clarifies that as with the ury ofAppeal (see Rule 5 . ) a Referee can reconsider adecision and may do so equally whether this was adecision by himself in the first instance or one made when
considering a protest made to him. This option can beconsidered especially when new evidence of information
comes to hand quickly as it could avoid the need for a more
complicated or involved appeal to the ury of Appeal. But
note the practical time limitations on such areconsideration.
. If, in the opinion of the appropriate Referee,circumstances arise at any competition such that justicedemands that any event or any part of an event should becontested again, he shall have authority to declare theevent or any part of an event void and that it shall be held
again, either on the same day or on some future occasion,
as he shall decide.
C MMENT It should be carefully noted by Referees anduries of Appeal that, except in very special circumstances,
an athlete who does not finish a race, should not be
advanced to a later round or included in a re-run of anevent.
. The Road Race Referee shall, wherever practicable givea warning prior to disqualification.

ͪ͢͹ͳಋͣ݃Վͳ͵Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺ௜ͬͶ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ंΏϨϪʖʀοʖϞɼ΍͚͢ͺॶ଒οʖϞͶଲ͢ͱঈ֐௪எΝߨ͵Κ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁΩʖχ͗ࣖ͠Η‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖ๏๑Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱɼࢨਓͳ໎֮͠Ν఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖͪΌͶ 6 ͯ͹॑གྷ͵ϛ΢ϱφ͗ࣖ͠ΗΖɽ(1) ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχͳϪρχΩʖχͺɼெվॴ෾ʤͨ͹ଡ͚ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 ‫ ;ٶ‬.2 Νࢂলʥͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ൕηϛʖς੠ਈదͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬ΗΖͶॉ෾͵Άʹ਄ࠃ͵৖߻ͺ‫وٗڟ‬ଉҩൕͶ΍ड़͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗ΖʤྭʁϪʖηͶ͕͜Ζ਄ࠃͲ໎֮͵๨֒ʥ ɽ(2) ϪρχΩʖχ͹઴Ͷɼ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχ͗ड़͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͹͗ҲൢదͲ͍Ε௪৙૟ఈ͠ΗΖ͞ͳͲ͍Ζ͗ɼಝͶѳ࣯͵ൕηϛʖςదΉͪͺ෈న઀͵ߨҟ͹৖߻Ͷͺɼଊ࣎͹(΢Φϫʖ͵͢Ͳ)ɼϪρχΩʖχΝड़ͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹ࣆྭͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ͖͖Ζ݀ఈΝζϣϨʖͶ৏૎ͤΖ‫ؽ‬ճ͗༫͓ΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳͺ๪Ηͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ(3) ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝड़ͤ͞ͳ͗ɼ‫ࣰݳ‬దͲ͵͚ɼ͠ΔͶ࿨ཀྵదͲ͵͏৖߻΍͍Ζɽྭ͓ͻɼ‫و‬ଉ .2 ͹஭қͺɼϪʖη஦͹Ϙʖεϱή͍͗ͮͪ͵ʹ‫و‬ଉ
.3(a)Ͷ֚౲ͤΖ͞ͳ͗໎֮Ͷৄ໎͠ΗΗͻɼଊ࣎͹ϪρχΩʖχΝड़ͤ͞ͳ͗ಝͶ೟ΌΔΗΖɽ(4) ৻൓ௗ͗΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝड़ͪ͢ࡏͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͗෈న઀͵ସౕͲԢ౶ͪ͢͞ͳͲɼଊ࣎͹ϪρχΩ
ʖχΝड़ͤ͞ͳ͗ਜ਼౲Ͳ͍Ζ৖߻ɼ઴ߴͳಋ༹ͶଊɼϪρχΩʖχͳ͏͑য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͵Ζ͞ͳ΍͍Ζɽ෈న઀͵৾Ζ෥͏͹୻࣎ؔ͹͵͖Ͳ͹ड़པࣆͶ͕͏ͱɼ2ͯ͹พʓ͹ҡ͵Ζࣆ༟Νͯ͜Ζචགྷͺ͵͏ɽ(5) ஭қ(iii)ͶΓΕɼ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ஦Ͷ‫ع‬Ͷ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝड़͠Ηͱ͕ΕɼࠕյɼϪρχΩʖχͳ͵Ζ͞ͳΝ৻൓ௗ͗೟ࣟ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ͷͺɼ৻൓ௗͺ࠹ॵͶ 2 ທ໪͹΢ΦϫʖΩʖχɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ɼ੼͏ΩʖχΝ఑ࣖͤΖɽ͖͢͢ɼ৻൓ௗ͗ 2 ທ໪͹΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝනࣖ͢͵͏৖߻Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍ɼϪρχΩʖχ͹൅ߨͺໃްͳ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. ৻൓ௗͺ΍͢৿ͪ͵݀ఈΝన༽Ͳ͘Ζয়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͍Ζ͵Δɼ໎Δ͖͵ৄ‫ڎ‬Ͷ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ɼ઎Ͷड़ͪ݀͢ఈ
ʤ࠹ॵͶ͵͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ΍ɼ߇٠Ν‫ݗ‬౾͢ͱ͵͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ΍ʥΝ࠸ߡ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ௪৙ͨ͹Γ͑͵࠸ߡͺ౲֚झ໪͹නঞࣰࣞ͗ࢬ͠ΗΖ઴ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺζϣϨʖ͹ࡍఈ͗Ծ͠ΗΖ઴ΉͲͶҟ͠ΗΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼζϣϨʖʤ‫و‬ଉ 5 . ࢂলʥͳಋ༹Ͷɼ৻൓ௗͺ݀ఈΝ࠸ߡͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ɼ͞
Η͗࠹ॵ͹ࣙΔͶΓΖ݀ఈͲ͍Θ͑ͳɼ৻൓ௗͶଲ͢͵͠Ηͪ߇٠͹‫ݗ‬౾ͶΓΖ݀ఈͲ͍Θ͑ͳɼʹͬΔ͹ίʖηͲ΍ಋ༹Ͷ࠸ߡ͢ͱΓ͏ͳմए͠ΗΖɽ
͞͹Ψϕεϥϱͺɼ৚ๅ͹৿ͪ͵ৄ‫͗ڎ‬ਟଐͶ఑ड़͠Ηͪͳ͘ͶಝͶߡྂͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽζϣϨʖͶͳͮͱͺɼΓΕ෵ࡸͲೋ͢͏৏૎ͳ͵Ζචགྷ੓Νඈ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͖ΔͲ͍Ζɽ ͖͢͢ɼͨ͹Γ͑͵࠸ߡΝͤΖͶ͍ͪͮͱͺɼ‫ࣰݳ‬ద͵࣎ؔ͹੏༁Ͷ஭қͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ. ৻൓ௗͺɼ͍Ζझ໪͹સ෨ΉͪͺҲ෨͹‫ٗڟ‬ΝΏΕ௜ͤ͞ͳ͗ޮਜ਼ͳࢧΚΗΖࣆସ͗ਫ਼ͣͪͳ൓இ
ͪ͢৖߻ɼ౲֚झ໪͹સ෨ΉͪͺҲ෨͹‫ٗڟ‬͹݃Վ͗ໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝઑ‫͢ݶ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹ΏΕ௜͢Νໍͣ
Ζ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽ࠸‫ٗڟ‬ͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹݀ఈͶॊ͏ɼಋೖΉͪͺพ͹ೖͶߨ͑ɽαϟϱφʁ৻൓ௗͳζϣϨʖͺɼඉ৙Ͷಝच͵য়‫ڱ‬Νঈ͘ɼϪʖηΝ‫׮‬྅͢͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼҐ߳͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ड़ͦͪ͠Εɼ࠸ϪʖηͶ‫؜‬ΞͫΕɼͤ΄͘Ͳ͵͏͞ͳ஭қͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ. ಕ࿑‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗͺҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼয়‫ڱ‬͗‫ݸͤڒ‬Εɼ֪ࣨΝࠄ͝Ζ઴ͶܱࠄΝ༫͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

2.1 udges ule 126
eneral
1. The Chief udge for Track Events and the Chief udge
for each Field Event shall co-ordinate the work of thejudges in their respective events. If the duties of the udges
have not been allocated in advance they shall allocate theduties.

2.1
ule 126৻൓ҽ૱ଉ
1. ৻൓ҽक೜ͺͨΗͩΗ͹झ໪͹৻൓͹೜ແΝ௒
੖ͤΖɽ֦৻൓ҽ͹೜ແ͗ࣆ઴ͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ৻൓ҽक೜ͺ֦৻൓ҽͶ೜ແΝׄΕ౲ͱ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ19

2. The judges may reconsider any originaldecision made by them if it was made in error, provided the
new decision is still applicable. Alternatively, or if a decision
has subsequently been made by a Referee or the ury ofAppeal, they shall refer all available information to theReferee or to the ury of Appeal.

2. ৻൓ҽͺҲౕԾͪ͢൓ఈͶؔҩ͏͍͗Ζ৖߻Ͷͺɼ࠸ߡ͢ͱ৿ͪ͵൓ఈΝԾͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͹‫ޛ‬ɼ৻൓ҽ͹൓ఈͶଲ͢ͱ߇٠Ώ৏૎ͶΓΕ৻൓ௗΏζϣϨʖ͗൓இΝԾͤ৖߻Ͷͺɼ৻൓ҽͺસͱ͹৚ๅΝ఑‫͜͵͢ڛ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽrac
ents and oad
ents
3. The track and road udges should all operate from thesame side of the track or course, and they shall decide theorder in which the athletes have finished and, in any casewhere they cannot arrive at a decision, shall refer thematter to the Referee, who shall decide.
Note The udges should be placed at least 5m from, andin line with, the finish and should be provided with anelevated platform.

φϧρέ‫ͳٗڟ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬
3. ݀ঋ৻൓ҽͺφϧρέΉͪͺಕ࿑αʖη͹ಋҲγ΢χ͖Δ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ϓΡωρεϣॳΝ൓ఈͤΖɽͨ͹൓ఈͶͯ͏ͱɼ৻൓ҽͲ݀ΌΔΗ͵͏࣎Ͷͺɼ͞ΗΝ৻൓ௗ͹݀ఈͶΑͫ͸Ζɽ஭қʁ݀ঋ৻൓ҽͺϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ԈௗતͶ͕͏ͱϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͖Δঙ͵͚ͳ΍̓̾཯Ηͪ৖ॶͶҒ஖ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Εɼ֌ஊࣞηνϱχ͗༽қ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ

ield
ents
4. The field event udges shall judge and record each trial
and measure each valid trial of athletes in all Field Events.
In the igh ump precise measurements should be madewhen the bar is raised particularly if Records are being
attempted. At least two udges should keep a record of alltrials, checking their recordings at the end of each round oftrials.
The appropriate udge shall normally indicate the validity
or non-validity of a trial by raising a white or red flag, as
appropriate. Alternate visual indication may also beapproved.
C MMENT nless a udge is sure that an infringement of
the Rules has occurred he will normally give the benefit ofany doubt to the athlete, determine that the trial is valid andraise a white flag. owever when a video Referee isappointed and with access to footage for the Field Events,
there is an option in the case of some doubt for the udge
in conjunction with the on field Referee to delay the raisingof either flag until he has sought the advice of the video
Referee - always ensuring either that the landing mark ispreserved or the trial is measured in case it is valid.
Alternatively, the udge if in real doubt could raise the redflag, ensure the mark is preserved or that the trial ismeasured and then seek advice from the video Referee.
It is recommended that for each Field Event only one setof white and red flags are used in order to reduce thepossibility of any confusion about the validity of trials. It isconsidered that it is never necessary to use more than one
set of flags in a umping Event. Where a specificscoreboard is not available to indicate the wind reading in
ori ontal umps, some form of indication other than a redflag should be used to indicate an excessive reading.
In the case of Throwing Events, with respect to
Indications by other circle judges to the judge with the flags
that a failure has been made, it is recommended that analternate form of indication to flags is used such as a small
red card held in that judge s hand, or some form of handsignals
The landing of an implement on or outside the sector line,
it is recommended that an alternate form of indication to aflag is used - such as a judge s outstretched arm parallel tothe ground
A judgment in the javelin throw that the metal head has nottouched the ground before any other part of the javelin it
is recommended that an alternate form of indication to aflag is used - such as the pushing of the open hand of thejudge towards the ground.

ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬4. ϓΡʖϩχ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ҽͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗΝ൓ఈ͢‫ى‬࿧ͤΖͳͳ΍Ͷɼͨ͹ࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ηͻ‫ܯ‬଎͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖɽૺ߶௕Ͳͺώʖ͹߶͠Ν৏͝Ζ࣎ɼಝͶ৿‫ى‬࿧ͶேકͤΖ࣎ͺࣰ֮Ͷ‫ܯ‬଎Νߨ͑ɽঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 2 ਕ͹৻൓ҽ͗ࢾٗ͹‫ى‬࿧Ν؇ཀྵ͢ɼ֦ϧΤϱχ͹श྅͟ͳͶͨ͹‫ى‬࿧Ν֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౲֚৻൓ҽͺɼ௪৙ɼ༙ްࢾٗͺപ‫ظ‬ɼໃްࢾٗͺ੼‫ظ‬Ν‫ͤࣖͱ͝ڏ‬ɽ‫ظ‬Ґ֐͹ࢻְద͵නࣖ෼Ν࢘༽
ͤΖ͞ͳ΍೟ΌΔΗΖɽαϟϱφʁ৻൓ҽ͗‫و‬ଉҩൕ͗൅ਫ਼ͪ͢ͳ֮৶͢͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ৻൓ҽͺ௪৙ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ɼ֮৶Ν΍ͮͱɼࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζͳ൓இ͢ͱപ‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ڏ‬Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗ͗೜ໍ͠ΗɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹ӫ଀ͶΠέιηͲ͘Ζ৖߻ɼ৻൓ҽͶٛ೨͍͗Ζ৖߻Ͷͺɼ‫ݳ‬৖୴౲͹ϓΡʖϩχ৻൓ௗͳ‫ͱ͢ྙڢ‬ɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗ͖Δ͹ঁ‫ݶ‬ΝଶͯؔʤപͲ΍੼Ͳ΍ʥ‫ظ‬৏͝ΝஙΔͦΖͳ͏͑મ୔ࢸ͍͗Ζɽͨ͹ࡏɼཚԾҮ͹ࠡ੽ΝฯଚͤΖ͖ɼ༙ްͲ͍ͮͪͳ͘Ͷඍ͓ͱࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬଎͢ͱ͕͚͖͹͏ͥΗ͖ΝబఊͤΖචགྷ
͍͗Ζɽพ͹๏๑ͳ͢ͱɼ৻൓ҽ͗ɼຌ౲͹ٛ೨͗
͍Ζ৖߻Ͷͺɼ੼‫ظ‬Ν৏͓ͪ͑͝Ͳࠡ੽ΝฯଚͤΖ
͖ɼࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͪ͢͞ͳΝ֮೟͓ͪ͑͢ͲɼϑυΨ৻൓ҽͶঁ‫ݶ‬Ν‫ٽ‬ΌΖ͞ͳ΍Ͳ͘ΖɽϓΡʖϩχझ໪͟ͳͶɼࢾٗ͹༙ް੓Ͷٛ೨Ν์͖ͦࠠཛྷͦ͠ͱ͢Ή͑Ն೵੓Ν‫ݰ‬ΔͤͪΌͶɼപͳ੼͹‫ظ‬ͺɼ1 ιρφͫ࢘͜༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽϓΡʖϩχझ໪͟ͳͶɼࢾٗ͹༙ް੓Ͷٛ೨Ν์͖ͦࠠཛྷͦ͠ͱ͢Ή͑Ն೵੓Ν‫ݰ‬ΔͤͪΌͶɼപͳ੼͹‫ظ‬ͺɼ1 ιρφͫ࢘͜༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ ௕௕༄झ໪Ͳ෵਼͹‫ظ‬͹ιρφΝ࢘༽ͤΖචགྷͺ͵͏ͳߡ͓ΔΗΖɽ ௗ͠͹௕༄Ͳɼ෫ଐΝࣖͤ࢕༹͹Ϛʖχ͗༽қͲ͘͵͏ͳ͘ɼ2m Ν௔͓ͪͳ͏͑ࣆࣰΝஎΔͦΖͶͺɼ੼‫ظ‬Ґ֐͹ՁΔ͖͹๏๑Ν༽͏Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ౦ͱ͘झ໪͹৖߻ʁʀγʖέϩ୴౲͹৻൓ҽͶΓΖ‫ظ‬৏͝୴౲৻൓ҽ΃͹ໃްࢾٗ͹ࢨࣖɽ‫ظ‬ͶΓΖࢨࣖͶେ͓ͱɼ৻൓ҽ͹घͶ࣍ͮͪঘ͠͵੼ΩʖχͶΓΖනࣖ͹࢘༽͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽʀֱౕત͹৏Ήͪͺ֐΃͹౦ͱ͘෼͹஥ஏɽ‫ظ‬ͶΓ
ΖࢨࣖͶେ͓ͱɼ৻൓ҽ͗ஏ໚ͶฑߨͶ࿻Ν৵ͻͤΓ͑͵නࣖ͹࢘༽͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ
ʀϟνϩϖρχΓΕ઎Ͷଠ͹෨෾͗ஏ໚Ͷ஥ஏͪ͢ࡏ͹ΏΕ౦͹൓ఈɽ‫ظ‬ͶΓΖࢨࣖͶେ͓ͱɼ৻൓ҽ͗घΝஏ໚ΝԣͤΓ͑͵ಊࡠɽ

2.15
mpiresunning andheelchairacingents ule 12
1. mpires are assistants to the Referee, without authority
to make final decisions.
2. The mpires shall be placed by the Referee in such a
position that they may observe the competition closely and,in the case of a failure or violation of the Rules by an athlete
or other person, make an immediate written report of theincident to the Referee.

20

2.15 ؄ࡱҽʤ‫ૺڟ‬ɼऄ͏ͤϪʖηझ໪ʥule
12
1. ؄ࡱҽͺ৻൓ௗ͹ึࠦͲɼ࠹श͹൓ఈΝͤΖ‫ݘ‬‫ݸ‬Ν࣍ͪ͵͏ɽ
2. ؄ࡱҽ͹೜ແͺɼ৻൓ௗ͗ࢨࣖͪ͢ஏ఼ͶҒ஖͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ݭ‬ਜ਼Ͷ؄ࡱ͢ɼ‫͍ंٗڟ‬Ζ͏ͺଠ͹ਕͶΓͮͱ‫وٗڟ‬ଉ͹෈སߨΏҩൕً͗ͮͪ࣎͞ͶͺɼͪͫͬͶ৻൓ௗͶͨ͹ड़པࣆΝॽ໚Ͳๅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

3. Any such breach of the Rules should be communicatedto the relevant Referee by the raising of a yellow flag or any
other reliable means approved by the TechnicalDelegate(s).
4. A sufficient number of mpires shall also be appointed
to supervise the take-over ones in relay races.
Note (i) When an mpire observes that an athlete has run
in a different lane from his own, or that a relay take-overhas taken place outside the take-over one, he should
immediately mark on the track with suitable material theplace where the infringement took place or make a similar
notation on paper or by electronic means.
Note (ii) The mpire(s) shall report to the Referee any
breach of the Rules, even if the athlete (or team, for relay
races) does not finish the race.
C MMENT The Chief mpire (see Rule 2. ) is theassistant of the Track Referee and indicates the placementof and co-ordinates the work and reports of each mpire.
It is up to the Meeting Manager in consultation with theTrack Referee to select the appropriate number of mpires
according to the level of the meeting, the number of entries
and the number of available officials.
Indication of an infringement
When the events take place on a synthetic track, it has
been the practice to provide the mpires with adhesive
tape so that they can mark the track where an infringement
has taken place although the Rules (see note (i) above)
now acknowledge that this may be and is often done inother ways.
Note that the failure to report an infringement in a particularway (or at all) does not prevent a valid disqualification
being made. It is important that mpires report all
instances where they believe the Rules have been
infringed, even when the athlete or team does not finish therace.

3. ͏͖͵Ζ‫و‬ଉҩൕ΍ԭ‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ڏ‬Ζ͖ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺٗढ़େන͗‫ڒ‬Նͪ͢৶བ੓͹͍Ζ๏๑Ͳɼ౲֚৻൓
ௗͶఽୣͤΖɽ
4. ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺण͜ోۢ͢ҮΝ؄ࡱͤΖ
ͪΌͶॉ෾͵ਕ਼͹؄ࡱҽΝ೜ໍͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁ؄ࡱҽͺ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹ϪʖϱҐ֐͹ͳ͞ΘΝૺͮͪΕɼϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬͹ۢҮ֐Ͳ͹ण͜ో͢Ν؄ࡱͪ࣎͢ͺɼͪͫͬͶͨ͹ҩൕ͗ߨΚΗͪ৖ॶͶన౲͵΍͹ͲϜʖέ͢ɼॽ໚ΉͪͺుࢢഖରͲಋ༹
͹‫ى‬࿧Ν͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ؄ࡱҽͺͪͳ͓‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ͍Ζ͏ͺϨϪʖͶ͕͜ΖοʖϞʥ͗ͨ͹ϪʖηͲϓΡωρεϣ͢͵͖ͮͪ৖߻Ͳ΍ɼ͏͖͵Ζ‫و‬ଉҩൕ΍৻൓ௗͶๅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ؄ࡱҽक೜ʤ‫و‬ଉ 2. ࢂলʥͺɼφϧρέ৻൓ௗ͹ึࠦༀͲ͍Εɼ֦؄ࡱҽ͹ഓ஖Νࢨࣖ͢ɼ֦؄ࡱҽ͹೜ແͳๅࠄ͹௒੖Νߨ͑ɽ Ձ໌͹؄ࡱҽΝમൊͤΖ͖ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ϪϗϩɼΦϱφϨʖ਼ɼҗ০Ն೵͵‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹਼ͶԢͣͱɼφϧρέ৻൓ௗͳ‫ڢ‬٠͹͓͑૱ແ͗݀ఈͤΖɽҩൕ͹නࣖ‫͗ٗڟ‬સళޫะૹ͹φϧρέͲࣰࢬ͠Ηͱ͏Ζͳ͘ɼҩൕߨҟ͗൅ਫ਼ͪ͢φϧρέͶϜʖέΝ෉͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ؄ࡱҽͶ೬஥τʖϕΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳࣰ͗ભ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫و‬ଉʤ৏‫ى‬͹஭қ(i)Νࢂলʥͺɼ ͞Ηͺଠ͹๏๑Ͳߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ɼ
͢ͻ͢ͻߨΚΗͱ͏ΖɽҩൕΝಝఈ͹๏๑ͲʤΉͪͺΉ͚ͮͪʥๅࠄͲ͘͵͖ͮͪͳ͢ͱ΍ɼ֪ࣨΝ༙ްͳͤΖ͞ͳΝ๨͝Ζ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏͞ͳͶ஭қ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞ͗ϪʖηΝश͓ͱ͏͵͚ͱ΍ɼ‫و‬ଉҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ؄ࡱҽ͗৶ͣΖ͵Δɼ͍ΔΑΖͤ
΄ͱ͹ࣆҌΝๅࠄͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ

2.16 ime eepers and hoto inish and ransponder
iming udges ule 12
1. In the case of hand timing, a sufficient number oftimekeepers for the number of athletes entered shall be
appointed. ne of them shall be designated the Chief
Timekeeper. e shall allocate duties to the Timekeepers.
These Timekeepers shall act as back-up Timekeepers
when Fully Automatic Photo Finish System or Transponder
Timing System are in use.
2. Timekeeper, Photo Finish and Transponder Timing
udges shall act in accordance with Rule 2 .
3. When Fully Automatic Timing and Photo Finish System
is used, a Chief Photo Finish udge and an adequate
number of assistants shall be appointed.
4. When a Transponder Timing System is used, a Chieftransponder Timing udge and an adequate number ofassistants shall be appointed.

2.16 ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽͳφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜
ule 12
1. घಊ‫࣎ܯ‬͹৖߻ɼࢂՅਕ਼Ͷॉ෾͵‫࣎ܯ‬ҽΝ೜ໍ͢ɼͨ͹஦͹ 1 ਕΝ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜Ͷ೜ໍͤΖɽक೜ͺɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͹ༀׄΝ݀ΌΖɽࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞ͍Ζ͏ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖ‫࣎ܯ‬εητϞΝ࢘༽ͤΖ࣎ɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͺ༩ඍ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͳ͢ͱߨಊ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ
2. ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽ‫;ٶ‬φϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜ͺ‫و‬ଉ 2 ͶΓͮͱߨಊ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3. ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞ͍Ζ͏ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖεητϞΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͳన઀͵ਕ਼͹ࣺਇ൓ఈҽ͗೜ໍ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
4. φϧϱηϛϱξʖ‫࣎ܯ‬εητϞΝ࢘༽ͤΖͳ͘ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖ‫͗ܐ‬೜ໍ͠Ηɼͨ͹஦͖Δφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜ͳన઀͵ਕ਼͹φϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜ึࠦ͗೜ໍ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

2.1 tart o-ordinator tarter and ecallers ule 12
1. The Start Co-ordinator shalla) Allocate the duties of the start team owever, in the caseof IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a)and (b)), the determination of which events will be assigned
to the International Starter will be the responsibility of theTechnical Delegatesb) Supervise the duties to be fulfilled by each member of
the teamc) Inform the Starter, after receiving the relevant order fromthe Competition Director, that everything is in order toinitiate the start procedure (e.g., that the Timekeepers, theudges and, when applicable, the Chief Photo Finish
udge, Chief Transponder Timing udge and the Wind
Gauge perator are ready)d) Act as an interlocutor between the technical staff of thetiming equipment company and the udgese) eep all papers produced during the start procedureincluding all documents showing the reaction times and/or
false start waveform images if available
C MMENT All members of the start team must be well2.1ηνʖφαʖυΡϋʖνʖͳηνʖνʖ‫;ٶ‬Ϩαʖϧʖ
ule 12
1. ηνʖφαʖυΡϋʖνʖͺ࣏͹೜ແΝ୴౲ͤΖɽa) ηνʖφοʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖͶͨΗͩΗ͹೜ແΝׄΕ౲ͱΖɽ͖͢͢ IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ͷ͕͏ͱɼʹ͹झ໪Νࠅࡏηνʖνʖ͖͗ܺͯ͹ׄΕ౲ͱ͹݀ఈͺٗढ़େන͹੻ແͲ͍Ζɽb) ηνʖφοʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪ೜ແΝࣰߨ͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν؄ಞͤΖɽc) ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͖Δ͹‫ؖ‬࿊ࢨࣖΝणͪ͜‫ޛ‬ɼηνʖφ͹घକ͘Ν࢟ΌΖͪΌͶͤ΄ͱ͹६ඍʤ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽɼ݀ঋ৻൓ҽɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ɼφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜ɼ෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽʥ͗੖ͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝηνʖνʖͶ࿊ཙͤΖɽd) ৻൓ҽͳ‫ૹ࣎ܯ‬஖ٗढ़ηνρϓͳ͹ؔ͹஧ཱིͬΝͤΖɽe) ηνʖφघॳ͹஦Ͳਫ਼ͣͪͤ΄ͱ͹ॽྪɼ΍͢ଚࡑͤΖ͹͵ΔɼൕԢ࣎ؔͳ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹ഀ‫ܙ‬ਦ͹ྈ๏Ήͪͺ͏ͥΗ͖Ν‫؜‬΋ͤ΄ͱΝฯଚͤΖɽ

21

informed about the Rules and how they should beinterpreted. The team must also be clear on what
procedures it will follow when implementing the Rules, sothat the events can continue without delay. They must
understand well the respective duties and roles of eachmember of the team, especially the Starter and the Start
Referee.
2. The Starter, whose primary responsibility is to ensure afair and equitable start for all competitors, shall have entire
control of the athletes on their marks. When a Start
Information System is used, the Starter and/or an assigned
Recaller shall wear headphones in order to hear clearly any
acoustic signal emitted when the System indicates apossible false start.
3. The Starter shall position himself so that he has fullvisual control over all athletes during the start procedure.
It is recommended, especially for staggered starts, thatloudspeakers in the individual lanes be used for relaying
the commands of the start and any recall signals to allathletes at the same time.
Note The Starter shall place himself so that the whole fieldof athletes falls into a narrow visual angle. For races using
crouch starts it is necessary that he is placed so that hecan ascertain that all athletes are currently steady in their
set positions before the gun is fired or approved starting
apparatus is activated. (All such starting apparatus istermed gun for the purpose of these Rules.) Where
loudspeakers are not used in races with a staggered start,
the Starter shall place himself so that the distance between
him and each of the athletes is approximately the same.
Where, however, the Starter cannot place himself in sucha position, the gun shall be placed there and discharged byelectric contact.
C MMENT The Starter s commands have to be clear andheard by all athletes but, unless he is a long way from theathletes and without a speaker system, he should avoid
shouting whilst giving the commands.
4. ne or more Recallers shall be assigned to assist theStarter.
Note For events of 2 m, 4 m, 4x1 m, 4x2 m,
4x4 m Relays, there shall be at least two Recallers.
5. Each Recaller shall place himself so that he can see
each athlete assigned to him.
6. Each Recaller is obliged to recall the race if any
infringement of the Rules is observed. After a recalled oraborted start the Recaller shall report his observations to
the Starter who decides whether and to whom a warning or
disqualification shall be issued (See also Rule 1 . andRule 1 .1 ).
. Disqualification under Rule 1 . may be decided only by
the Starter.
C MMENT It is important that the contents of this rule beread in conjunction with Rule 2.13 (Referee) as in effectboth the starter and Referee (Start Referee when
appointed) are responsible for starts and who candetermine whether a start is fair. n the other hand, aRecaller has no such power and whilst he may recall astart, he cannot act unilaterally thereafter and must simply
report his observations to the starter about why he recalled
the race.
. To assist in races using crouch starts, a World Athletics
approved Start Information System shall be used (See also
Rule 16.3).
2.1
tarter s Assistants ule 13
1. The Starter s Assistants shall check that the athletes arecompeting in the correct heat or race and that their number
bibs are worn correctly.
2. They must place each athlete in his correct lane or
station, assembling the athletes approximately 3m behindthe start line (in the case of races started in echelon,
similarly behind each start line). When this has been
completed, they shall signal to the Starter that all is ready.

22αϟϱφʁηνʖφοʖϞ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ϟϱώʖͺɼ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ଉΝ͏͖Ͷմएͤ΄͖͘Ͷͯ͏ͱॉ෾Ͷཀྵմ͢ͱ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ οʖϞͺɼ‫͗ٗڟ‬ங଼͵͚‫ܩ‬କͲ͘ΖΓ͑ɼ‫و‬ଉΝన༽ͤΖࡏɼʹ͹Γ͑͵घॳͶॊ͖͑໎֮Ͷ͢ͱ͕͚චགྷ͍͗ΖɽοʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖͺɼ֦ʓ͹ɼಝͶηνʖνʖͳηνʖφ৻൓ௗ͹೜ແͳༀׄΝॉ෾Ͷཀྵմ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
2. ηνʖνʖͺસͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱޮฑͲޮਜ਼
͵ηνʖφΝฯৄͤΖ͞ͳͶ੻೜Ν࣍ͬɼηνʖφஏ఼Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν‫׮‬સͶ౹‫ׇͤ‬Ζɽηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͗࢘༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼηνʖνʖ‫;ٶ‬/ΉͪͺϨαʖϧʖͺ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹Ն೵੓͗‫ݗ‬ड़͠Ηͪͳ͘৶ߺΝ໎ྐͶซ͘खΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ϖρχϓΧϱΝ஥༽͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3. ηνʖνʖͺηνʖφಊࡠ͹ؔɼસૺंΝࢻ໼ͶफΌΔΗΖΓ͑͵Ғ஖Ͷཱིͪ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ֌ஊࣞηνʖφ͹৖߻ɼಝͶ֦ϪʖϱͶηϒʖΩʖΝ஖͘‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷηνʖνʖ͹ࢨࣖɼηνʖφ৶ߺ‫ٶ‬;Ϩαʖϩ৶ߺ͗ಋ࣎Ͷఽ͓ΔΗΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
஭қʁηνʖνʖͺસૺंΝ‫ࢻ͏ڳ‬໼ͶफΌΔΗΖΓ͑͵Ғ஖Ͷཱིͪ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽέϧΤοϱή
ηνʖφΝ༽͏ΖϪʖηͲͺɼસૺं͗৶ߺ‫ح‬Νࡠಊͦ͠Ζ઴͹ʰ༽қʱ͹য়ସͲ੫ࢯ͢ͱ͏Ζ͹֮͗
೟Ͳ͘Ζͳ͞ΘͶཱིͯ͞ͳ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ֌ஊࣞηνʖφΝ༽͏ΖϪʖηͲηϒʖΩʖ͗࢘༽Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻ɼηνʖνʖͺɼηνʖνʖͳ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫཯ړ‬͗Ά·ಋͣͶ͵ΖҒ஖Ͷཱིͪ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼηνʖνʖ͗ͨ͹Γ͑͵Ғ஖Ͷཱིͱ͵͏৖߻ͺు‫ࡠͲـ‬ಊͤΖึঁηνʖφ৶ߺ‫ح‬Ν஖͚ɽαϟϱφʁηνʖνʖ͹߻ਦͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ໎ྐͶซ͘खΗΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ͗ɼ‫͖ंٗڟ‬Δԗ͚཯ΗɼηϒʖΩʖεητϞ͗͵͏য়‫ڱ‬Νঈ͜ͻɼηνʖφ߻ਦΝ‫ڥ‬ΞͲߨ͑͞ͳͺඈ͜Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
4. ηνʖφͶ͕͏ͱɼηνʖνʖΝࢩԋͤΖͪΌ
Ͷ 1 ਕ͍Ζ͏ͺ 2 ਕҐ৏͹ϨαʖϧʖΝഓ஖ͤΖɽ஭қʁ2 ̾ɾ4 ̾ɾ4 1 ̾ɾ4 2 ̾ɾ4 4 ̾ϨϪʖͲͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 2 ਕ͹ϨαʖϧʖΝ͕͚͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
5. Ϩαʖϧʖͺࣙ෾͗ण࣍ͯ͜સ‫ंٗڟ‬Νฑ౵Ͷ‫ݡ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ͶҒ஖͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. Ϩαʖϧʖͺʹ͹Γ͑͵෈ਜ਼Ͳ΍֮೟ͪ͢͵Δͻɼ৶ߺ‫ح‬Ν൅ࣻ͢‫ंٗڟ‬Ν໯͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϨαʖϧʖͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν໯ͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷܱࠄ΍͚͢ͺ֪ࣨΝ༫͓Ζ΄͖͘͹৚ๅΝηνʖνʖͶఽ͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖνʖͺɼʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷܱࠄ΍͚͢ͺ֪ࣨΝ༫͓Ζ΄͖͘Ν൓இͤΖɽʤ‫و‬
ଉ 1 . ‫ ;ٶ‬1 .1 ࢂলʥ. ‫و‬ଉ 1 . Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖܱࠄΏ֪ࣨ͹݀ఈͶͯ͏ͱͺηνʖνʖ͹Ί͗ߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹಼༲ͺɼηνʖνʖͳ৻൓ௗ
ʤηνʖφ৻൓ௗ͗೜ໍ͠Ηͪ৖߻ʥ͹૔๏͗ηνʖφͶ੻೜Ν࣍ͬΝ୴౲͢ɼηνʖφ͗ޮਜ਼Ͳ͍Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν൓இͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͞ͳ͖Δɼ‫و‬ଉ
2.13ʤ৻൓ௗʥͳญͦͱಣ΋͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ Ҳ๏ɼϨαʖϧʖͶͺͨ͹Γ͑͵‫ݸݘ‬ͺ͵͚ɼϨαʖϧʖͺηνʖφΝ‫;ݼ‬໯ͤ͞ͳͺͲ͘ͱ΍ɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ͺ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͮͱߨಊͤΖ͞ͳͺͲͥ͘ɼࣙਐ͹؏ࡱ಼༲ΝηνʖνʖͶๅࠄͤΖ͞ͳͫ͗͜‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗΖɽ. έϧΤοϱήηνʖφΝ༽͏ΖϪʖηΝึঁͤ
ΖͪΌͶɼηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞΝ࢘༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽʤ‫و‬ଉ 16.3 ࢂলʥ
2.1
ड़൅‫ܐ‬
ule 13
1. ड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ‫ॶ͗ंٗڟ‬ఈ͹ૌΉͪͺϪʖηͶࢂՅ
͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ɼψϱώʖΩʖχΝਜ਼͚ͯ͢͜ͱ͏Ζ͖Ν఼‫ͤݗ‬Ζɽ
2. ड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ֦‫ंٗڟ‬Νηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬๏༁
3m ͹ͳ͞Θʤॄ߻તʂ֌ஊదͶηνʖφͤΖ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ͺ֦ηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬๏ʥͶॄΌͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Νਜ਼͢͏ϪʖϱΉͪͺఈΌΔΗͪҒ஖Ͷด΄͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹ࡠ‫ۂ‬Νश͓ͪ͵ΔɼηνʖνʖͶ६ඍWhen a new start is ordered, the Starter s Assistants shallassemble the athletes again.
3. The Starter s Assistants shall be responsible for thereadiness of batons for the first athletes in a relay race.
4. When the Starter has ordered the athletes to their marks,
the Starter s Assistants must ensure that Rule 1 .4 andRule 1 .5 are observed.
5. In case of a false start, the Starter s Assistants shallproceed in accordance with Rule 1 . .
6. The Starter s Assistants shall assist athletes to set theirstarting block in accordance with Rule .13.
C MMENT The importance of the Starter s assistantscannot be underestimated. They set the mood for thecompetitors by ensuring that they are in the correct heatand lanes as assigned.
They help to control the start of races by ensuring theathletes are ready for introductions and the instructions of
the Starter. In addition, they are responsible for ensuringthat batons are available for those relay races where
batons are used and to collect them at the conclusion of
the race.
2.1 ap corers ule 131
1. ap Scorers shall keep a record of the laps completedby all athletes in races longer than 15 m. For races of5m and longer, a number of ap Scorers under the
direction of the Referee shall be appointed and provided
with lap scoring cards on which they shall record the times
over each lap (as given to them by an official Timekeeper)of the athletes for whom they are responsible. When sucha system is used, no ap Scorer should record more thanfour athletes. Instead of manual lap scoring, acomputerised system, which may involve a transponder
carried or worn by each athlete, may be used.
2. ne ap Scorer shall be responsible for maintaining, at
the finish line, a display of the laps remaining. The display
shall be changed each lap when the leader enters the finish
straight.
In addition, manual indication shall be given, whenappropriate, to athletes who have been, or are about to be,lapped. The final lap shall be signalled to each athlete,usually by ringing a bell.
2.2
ompetition ecretar
echnical n ormation
entre
ule 132
1. The Competition Secretary shall collect the full results ofeach event, details of which shall be provided by the
Referee, the Chief Timekeeper, Chief Photo Finish udge,
or Chief Transponder udge and the Wind-Gauge
perator. e shall immediately relay these details to theAnnouncer, record the results and convey the result card
to the Competition Director.
Where a computerised results system is used thecomputer recorder at each Field Event site shall ensurethat the full results of each event are entered into thecomputer system.
The track results shall be input under the direction of the
Chief Photo Finish udge. The Announcer and theCompetition Director shall have access to the results via a
computer.
2. In events in which athletes are competing with different
specifications (such as implement weight), the relevant
differences should be clearly indicated in the results or aseparate result shown for each category.
3. The following standard abbreviations should be used in
the preparation of start lists and results where applicable
Did not start DNS
Did not finish DNF
No valid trial recorded NM
Disqualified D
alid trial in igh ump
Failed trial in Field Events
Passed trial in Field Events
Retired from competition in Field Event r
ualified by place in Track Events23‫׮‬྅Ν߻ਦͤΖɽηνʖφ͹ΏΕ௜͗͢ໍͣΔΗͪ࣎Ͷͺड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ࠸;‫ंٗڟ‬Νॄ߻તͶॄΌΖɽ
3. ड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺϨϪʖ͹୊ 1 ૺंͶଲ͢ͱώφϱΝ༽қͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ
4. ηνʖνʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬ͶʰҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʱΝໍͣͪ࣎Ͷͺड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 .4 ͳ 1 .5 ͗गΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ5. ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ࣎Ͷ͕͏ͱɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 .1 ͶఈΌΔΗͪघକ͘Νߨ͑ɽ
6. ड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ .13 Ͷॊ͏ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝઅ஖ͤΖघঁ͜ΝͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁड़൅‫ܐ‬͹॑གྷ੓Νգঘ඲ՃͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ൶ΔͺɼׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪͳ͕Ε͹ਜ਼͢͏ૌͳϪʖϱͶ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹६ඍΝ‫׮‬྅ͦ͠Ζɽ൶Δͺɼ‫়ंٗڟ‬ղͳηνʖνʖ͹ࢨࣖ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΕɼϪʖη͹֋࢟ΝαϱφϫʖϩͤΖɽ͠ΔͶɼώφϱ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏ΖϨϪʖϪʖηͲώφϱ͗ཤ༽Ն೵Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢ɼϪʖη͹श྅࣎ͶώφϱΝफॄͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ
2.1
बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽule 131
1. 15 m Ν௔͓Ζ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ɼ෵਼͹बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽͺɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹ૺΕशΚͮͪյ਼Ν‫ى‬࿧͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽಝͶ 5m Ґ৏͹‫Ͳٗڟิڟ;ٶૺڟ‬ͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹ࢨࣖ͹΍ͳ෵਼͹बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽ͗೜ໍ͠ΗɼׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬͹֦बյ͹࣎ؔΝ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖʤ࣎ؔͺ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͗बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽͶஎΔͦΖʥɽ͞͹๏๑Νͳ
Ζ৖߻ɼ1 ਕ͹बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽͺ 4 ਕΝ௔͓Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹࣎ؔΝ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ʤ‫ิڟ‬͹৖߻Ͷͺ 6ਕʥɽਕͶΓΖ‫ى‬࿧ͶେΚͮͱɼ‫ૹ͗ंٗڟ‬஥ͪ͢φϧϱηϛϱξʖΝ‫؜‬΋αϱϒϣʖνʖԿ͠ΗͪεητϞΝ࢘༽͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
2. 1 ਕ͹बյ‫ى‬࿧ҽͺϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ෉ۛ͹಼ଈͲɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ࢔ͮͱ͏Ζबյ͹਼ΝஎΔͦΖɽ
बյ͹නࣖͺ઎ಆ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹
͍Ζ௜ૺ࿑Ͷ೘ͮͪ࣎Ͷร͓Ζɽ͠ΔͶʤबյஙΗ͗ʥਫ਼ͣͪ࣎ͶͺबյஙΗͶ͵͖ͮͪɼ͵Εͨ͑͵‫ंٗڟ‬ͶϜωϣΠϩනࣖʤघ࣍ͬΩʖχʥͲ࢔Ε͹յ਼ΝஎΔͦΖɽ࠹शյͺɼ௪৙ৌΝ໒Δ͢ͱ֦‫ڟ‬ٗंͶ߻ਦͤΖɽ
2.2‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽɼτέωΩϩʀ΢ϱϓΧϟ
ʖεϥϱʀιϱνʖ
ule 132
1. ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͺɼ֦৻൓ௗɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜ɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜Ήͪͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜‫;ٶ‬෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ͖Δ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖ֦झ໪͹৆ࡋ͵݃ՎΝॄΌ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͺɼ͞ΗΔ৆ࡋ
ΝͪͫͬͶΠψΤϱγʖͶఽ͓Ζͳͳ΍Ͷɼ݃ՎΝ‫ى‬࿧͢ɼ੔੹නΝ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͶో͠͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
αϱϒϣʖνʖͶΓΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճӣӨεητϞΝࡀ༽ͤ
Ζ৖߻ɼ֦ϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͲ֦झ໪͹݃ՎΝαϱϒϣʖνʖεητϞͶࣰ֮Ͷ೘ྙ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽφϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬͹݃Վͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜͹ࢨࣖ͹΍ͳͲ೘ྙ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΠψΤϱγʖͳ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͺ͞ΗΔ͹݃ՎΝ‫ݡ‬ΖͪΌͶαϱϒϣʖνʖͶΠέιηͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽ
2. ౦ͱ͘෼͹॑͠͵ʹɼҡ͵ͮͪ࢕༹Ͳߨ͑‫ٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫݃ٗڟ‬ՎͶͨ͹࢕༹Ν໎ࣖͤΖ͖ɼΩτβϨʖพͶ໎ࣖͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
3. ηνʖφϨηφ‫݃;ٶ‬ՎͶͺҐԾ͹ྲྀߺΝ༽͏Ζɽܿ৖  ʰDNSʱ౏஦‫ݘؼ‬ʰDNFʱ‫ى‬࿧͵͢ʰNMʱ֪ࣨ  ʰD ʱ੔ޯʀ༙ްࢾٗʤૺ߶௕ʥ    ʰ ʱࣨഌʀໃްࢾٗʤϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬ʥʰ ʱϏηʤϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬ʥ     ʰʷʱࢾ߻๎‫ؼ‬ʤ཯୦ʥ ʰrʱφϧρέझ໪Ͷ͕͜ΖॳҒͶΓΖ௪գंͳϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζඬ६‫ى‬࿧ಧഃͶΓΖ௪գंʰ ʱ

ualified by time in Track Events q
ualified by standard in Field Events
ualified without standard in Field Events q
Advanced to next round by Referee qR
Advanced to next round by ury of Appeal q
ellow Card
C
Second ellow CardRC
Red Card RC
C MMENT An athlete shall be regarded as DNS if(a) after their name having been included on the start list
for any event they do not report to the Call Room for that
event(b) having passed through the Call Room they do not makeany attempt in a Field Event or do not attempt to make astart in a running event.
If an athlete is disqualified in an event for an infringementof any Rule, reference shall be made in the official results
to the Rule which has been infringed.
If an athlete is disqualified from an event for acting in an
unsporting or improper manner, reference shall be made in
the official results giving reasons for such disqualification.
C MMENT Rules 2.2 .2 and Rule 2.2 .3 acknowledge
the not uncommon situation in many competitions below
the top level (and even in some high level competitions)where athletes of different age and categories who arecompeting in the same competitions. This Rule confirmsthat this is acceptable - including as a means of meeting
minimum competitor number requirements, even for the
purposes of Rule 51.1 and Rule 51.2 as well as settingout how the results should be presented. Given thatdisqualifications can be me made for both technical anddisciplinary reasons, it is very important that the reason
for a disqualification is always indicated in the results.
This is achieved by always stating the Rule under which
the athlete was disqualified next to the symbol D .
4. A Technical Information Centre (TIC) will be established
for WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2) andis recommended for other competitions held over morethan one day. The main function of the TIC is to ensuresmooth communication between each team delegation, theC, the Technical Delegates and the competition
administration regarding technical and other mattersrelating to the competition.
C MMENT An effectively managed Technical Information
Centre will significantly assist in the delivery of a highquality competition organisation. The TIC Manager shouldhave excellent knowledge of the Rules and equallyimportantly of the specific Regulations for the particularcompetition. The hours of operation of the TIC shouldreflect the hours of the competition plus some periods oftime before and after when there will need to be interaction
between the various parties, particularly between the teamdelegations and theC. It is common, although notessential, for larger events to have branches of the TIC(sometimes called Sport Information desks) in the main
athlete accommodation locations. If this is the case, there
must be excellent communication between the SID(s) andthe TIC. Because the hours of operation of the TIC andSID(s) may be long, it will be necessary for the TIC
Manager to have several assistants and for them to workin shifts. Whilst some duties of the TIC are covered in theCompetition Rules (see for example Rules 2.2 , 5 .3 andRule 5 . ), others will be set out in the Regulations for eachcompetition and in competition documents such as teamhandbooks etc.
2.21 Marshal ule 133
The Marshal shall have control of the Field of play and shallnot allow any persons other than the officials and athletes
assembled to compete or other authorised persons withvalid accreditation to enter and remain therein.
C MMENT The Marshal s role is to regulate entry to theField of Play during preparations immediately beforehand
and while the event is in progress. e operates generally
in accordance with the plan established by the Competition24φϧρέझ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ى‬࿧ͶΓΖ௪գंͳϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ى‬࿧ͶΓΖ௪գं    ʰqʱ‫৻;ٶࡃٻ‬൓ௗ౵͹݀ఈͶΓΖ௪գं  ʰqRʱζϣϨʖ͹݀ఈͶΓΖ௪գं      ʰq ʱܱࠄ               ʰ Cʱ
2 յ໪͹ܱࠄʤͶΓΖঈ֐ʥ    ʰ RCʱʤϪρχΩʖχͶΓΖʥ֪ࣨʤঈ֐ʥʰRCʱαϟϱφʁҐԾ͹ߨҟΝߨͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼDNS ͳͤΖɽ(a) ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬͹໌઴͗ηνʖφϨηφͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏ΖͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥɼ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ͱؖ͢‬ডॄॶͶՁ͹࿊ཙ΍͵͏ɽ(b) ডॄॶͲοΥρέΝण͜ͱ͏͵͗ΔɼϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺҲյ΍ࢾٗΝ͢͵͏ɼ‫Ͳٗڟૺڟ‬ηνʖφ͹Ғ஖Ͷ͖ͯ͵͏ɽ‫و͗ंٗڟ‬ଉҩൕͲ֪ࣨͶ͵ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧Ͷͺʹ͹‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͖ͪ͢Ν໎‫ͤى‬Ζɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͍ΖΉͣ͘ߨҟΏ෈న઀͵ߨҟͲ֪ࣨͶ͵ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼ֪ࣨ͹ཀྵ༟Ͷͯ͏ͱޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ໎‫ى‬ͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 2.2 .2 ͳ 2.2 .3 ͺɼҡ͵Ζ೧ྺͳ‫ڟ‬ٗझ໪͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ‫͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬Ζ࠹৏ҒϪϗϩʤ͠ΔͶͺ͏͚͖ͯ͹߶ϪϗϩʥҐԾ͹ଡ͚͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼ௟͚͢͵͏য়‫ڱ‬Νൕӫͪ͢΍͹Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 51.1 ‫ ;ٶ‬51.2 ͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ࠹ঘ͹‫਼ंٗڟ‬͹གྷ݇Νຮͪͤघஊͳ͢ͱɼ‫݃;ٶ‬Վ͹නࣖ๏๑΍‫؜‬Όɼ͞Η͗༲೟Ͳ͘Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟
͢ͱ͏Ζɽ‫وٗڟ‬ଉҩൕ͖Δ͹ཀྵ༟ͳெվదཀྵ༟͹ྈ๏Ͳ֪ࣨ͗ਫ਼ͣΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝߡ͓Ζͳɼ֪ࣨ͹ཀྵ༟͗৙Ͷ݃ՎͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗ඉ৙Ͷ॑གྷͳ͵Ζɽ͞ΗͺɼD ͹ྲྀস͹ྣͶʹ͹‫و‬ଉͶΓΕ‫ͪͮ͵ͳ֪ࣨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹͖Ν৙Ͷ໎‫ͤى‬Ζ͞ͳͶΓͮͱୣ੔͠ΗΖɽ
4. WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)ͲͺɼτέωΩϩ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱιϱνʖʤTICʥΝઅ஖ͤΖɽΉͪͨΗҐ֐͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ΍֋࠷‫ ͗ؔغ‬1 ೖΝ௔͓Ζ৖߻ͺ TIC Νઅ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽTICͺ֦οʖϞେනɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)ɼٗढ़େන‫ڟ;ٶ‬ٗӣӨ͹ؔͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ٗढ़໚౵Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬ΖࣆߴͶͯ͏ͱԃ‫͵׊‬αϝϣωίʖεϥϱΝਦΖ͞ͳΝकགྷ‫ۂ‬
ແͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁްՎదͶ؇ཀྵ͠ΗͪτέωΩϩʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀιϱνʖ(TIC)ͺɼ࣯͹߶͏‫ٗڟ‬ճૌ৭͹఑‫ڛ‬Ͷ୉͚߫͘‫ͤݛ‬ΖɽTIC Ϝϋʖζϡʖͺɼ‫و‬ଉͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ಋ༹Ͷ॑གྷ͵͹ͺಝఈ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ͪΌͶ༽қ͠Ηͪಝพ͵‫و‬ఖͶͯ͏ͱ༑ΗͪஎࣟΝ༙ͤΖ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽTIC ͹֋અ࣎ؔͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹࣎ؔͳɼ༹ʓ͵‫ंܐؖ‬ɼಝͶοʖϞમघ஄ͳૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͳ͹ؔ͹ΏΕखΕ͗චགྷͳ͵Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ճ઴‫ޛ‬͹࣎ؔଵΝ‫؜‬ΞͲ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼकགྷ͵મघॕഩࢬઅͶɼTIC ͹ड़௃ॶʤ࣎Ͷͺηϛʖς΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱυηέ SID ͳ‫ͻݼ‬ΗΖʥΝ࣍ͯ͞ͳ͗ɼචਤͲͺ͵͏΍͹͹ɼҲൢదͲ
͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͺɼSID ͳ TIC ͳ͹ؔ͹ॉ෾͵αϝϣωίʖεϥϱ͗චགྷͳ͵ΖɽTIC ‫ ;ٶ‬SID͹֋અ࣎ؔͺௗ͚͵ΖՆ೵੓͍͗ΖͪΌɼTIC ϜϋʖζϡʖͶͺ෵਼͹ึࠦༀ͗චགྷͲ͍Εɼεϓφ੏Ͳ೜ແͶ͚ͯචགྷ͍͗ΖɽTIC ͹͏͚͖ͯ͹೜ແͺ‫وٗڟ‬ଉʤྭ͓ͻ‫و‬ଉ 2.2 ɼ5 .3 ‫ ;ٶ‬5 . ࢂলʥͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏ΖΆ͖ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఖΏοʖϞύϱχϔρέ͵ʹ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ྪॽܐؖ‬Ͷ΍໤ད͠ΗΖɽ
2.21 Ϝʖεϡϩ
ule 133Ϝʖεϡϩͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼͹‫׮‬સ͵౹੏‫ݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽ‫ٗڟ‬ΝӣӨͤΖༀҽͳͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬Ͷड़৖ͤΖ‫͍ंٗڟ‬Ζ͏ͺ೘৖͗ਜ਼ࣞͶ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏Ζं͹ଠͺɼͫΗ΍৖಼Ͷड़೘ΕͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͏͵͠ڒ‬ɽαϟϱφʁϜʖεϡϩ͹೜ແͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬௜઴͹ࣆ઴६ඍ஦ɼ‫࠷֋ٗڟ;ٶ‬஦͹ؔɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶ(F P)΃͹ཱིͬ೘ΕΝ‫و‬੏ͤΖ͞ͳͲ͍ΖɽϜʖεϡϩͺɼ֕͢ͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͗ఈΌΖ‫ܯ‬ժͶॊͮͱ೜ແͶ͚ͯ͗ɼΓΕ௜ંద͵ࣆߴͶ‫ͱؖ͢‬ͺ૱ແ͖Director and in relation to more immediate matters receives
his orders directly from the Meeting Manager. Accordingly
he willmanage the control for the entrances into the arena of theathletes, the officials and on-field volunteers, service staff,
accredited press photographers and the T crews. At eachcompetition, the number of such in-field accreditations isagreed beforehand and all these persons must wear a
special bib
manage the control at the point where the athletes leave
the arena (usually for larger events into the Mixed one
and/or the Post Event Control Area) when they havefinished their event
ensure that, at all times, the sight lines to the competition
sites are as clear as possible for the spectators benefit aswell as for television. e is directly answerable to the
Meeting Manager who must be able to contact him at any
time if the need arises.
To assist the Marshal and his team in their work it is usualthat those persons permitted to enter the arena, other than
the athletes, are clearly distinguishable by means of thespecial bib or accreditation card or distinctive uniform.

Δ௜ંࢨࣖΝण͜ΖɽॊͮͱϜʖεϡϩͺʁʀ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼ‫୴ٗڟ‬౲ϚϧϱτΡΠ(ึঁҽ)ɼ
(‫ܯ‬଎‫حؽ‬ճऀ͵ʹ͹)γʖϑηηνρϓɼ೟Ն͠ΗͪखࡒΩϟϧϜϱɼτϪϑέϩʖ͹‫ٗڟ‬৖಼΃͹೘৖αϱφϫʖϩΝ؇ཀྵͤΖɽ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ϓΡʖϩχ಼ͲࡳӪ͹ͪΌ͹೟Ն਼ͺࣆ઴Ͷ߻қ͠Ηͱ͕Εɼ͞ΗΔͺસҽɼಝพ͵ϑϔΝ஥༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽʀ‫ٗڟ‬Νश྅ͪ͢ͳ͘Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬৖಼͖Δ཯
ΗΖஏ఼ʤ௪৙ͺ୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼϝρέημ
ʖϱ‫;ٶ‬ϛηφʀ΢ϗϱφʀαϱφϫʖϩʀΦϨΠʥͲ͹αϱφϫʖϩΝ؇ཀྵͤΖɽʀτϪϑ஦‫ܩ‬͹ͪΌͳಋ༹Ͷɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ཤӻ͹ͪΌɼՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Εɼ৙Ͷ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶΝέϨΠ(༪‫͵ܯ‬ਕ෼ཱི͗ͬ೘Δ͵͏Γ͑)ͶͤΖɽ
Ϝʖεϡϩͺɼ૱ແͶ௜ંয়‫ڱ‬ๅࠄΝͤΖɽͨ͹ͪΌͶ૱ແͺචགྷͶԢͣͱ͏ͯͲ΍Ϝʖεϡϩͳ࿊ཙΝखΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϜʖεϡϩ͹೜ແਲ਼ߨ͹ঁ͜ͳͤΖͪΌͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ґ֐Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͷ೘Ζ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͪंͺɼಝพ͵ϑϔΏ ADΩʖχɼಢಝ͹ϤωϓΧʖϞͶΓͮͱ໎֮Ͷۢพ͠ΗΖ͹͗௪৙Ͳ͍Ζɽ

2.22 ind auge perator ule 13
The Wind Gauge perator shall ascertain the velocity of
the wind in the running direction in events to which he isappointed and shall then record and sign the results
obtained and communicate them to the Competition
Secretary.
C MMENT Whilst in practice it may be that the Wind
Gauge perator, the Technical Manager or a Photo Finish
udge actually puts the gauge in the correct place
ultimately it is the responsibility of the relevant Referee tocheck that this is done and in accordance with the Rules(see Rules 1 .13 and Rule 2 .12)
It is noted that particularly for the Track Events the windgauge can be operated remotely. In such cases it is almost
always connected to the photo finish and results system ,so that a Wind Gauge perator will not be required and his
duties are filled, for example, by someone in the Photo
Finish team.

2.22 ෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ
ule 13෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺ୴౲ͤΖझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼૺΖ๏޴ͶଲͤΖ෫ଐΝ଎ఈ͢ɼͨΗΝ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖɽͨ͹݃ՎͶॼ໌ͪ͢͹ͬ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͶๅࠄͤΖɽαϟϱφʁࣰࡏͶͺɼ෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽɼٗढ़૱ແɼΉͪͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽ͗ɼ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬Νਜ਼͢͏৖ॶͶ஖͚͞ͳͶ͵Ζ͗ɼ࠹शదͶͺɼ͞Η͗ਜ਼͚͢ߨΚΗɼ‫و‬ଉ(‫و‬ଉ 1 .13 ‫ ;ٶ‬2 .12 ࢂলʥͶ߻஗͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͹ͺ৻൓ௗ͹੻೜Ͳ͍ΖɽಝͶɼφϧρέझ໪͹৖߻ɼ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺɼԗֶ૤ࡠՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳͶཻқͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼࣺਇ൓
ఈ‫;ٶ‬ϨδϩςεητϞͶ௜݃͢ͱ͏Ζ͹͗௪ྭͲ͍Εɼॊͮͱɼ෫ଐ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺචགྷ͵͚ɼͨ͹೜ແͺɼྭ͓ͻɼࣺਇ൓ఈοʖϞͶΓͮͱେߨ͠ΗΖɽ

2.23 Measurement udge cienti ic ule 135
ne Chief Measurement udge and one or more assistants
shall be appointed when Electronic or ideo Distance
Measurement or other scientific measurement device is to
be used.
Before the start of the competition, he will meet thetechnical staff involved and familiari e himself with theequipment. Before each event he will supervise thepositioning of the measuring instruments, taking account of
the technical requirements given by the manufacturer andthe instrument calibrating laboratory.
To ensure that the equipment is operating correctly, heshall, before the event, supervise a set of measurements
in conjunction with the udges and under the supervisionof the Referee, to confirm agreement with results achieved
using a calibrated certified steel tape. A form of conformity
shall be issued and signed by all those involved in the test
and attached to the results card. During the competition heshall remain in overall charge of the operation.
e will report to the Referee to certify that the equipment isaccurate.
Note Whilst it is not mandatory, it is recommended that the
Measurement
udge should carry out a set ofmeasurements during the event to verify themeasurements taken before the event.
C MMENT When electronic or video distance measuring
equipment is used a Chief udge is placed as the official in
charge in a similar way as is the case with photo finish ortransponder timing. In the case of video measurement, theChief Measurement udge will be expected to take a more
active and hands-on role during the events, than would be
the case with fully onfield electronic distancemeasurement.

25

ule 135
2.23 ‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤՌָʥు‫ـ‬΍͚͢ͺϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎ૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺ‫ܯ‬଎क೜ʤՌָʥ1 ਕ‫ ;ٶ‬1 ਕҐ৏͹‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤՌָʥΝ೜ໍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤՌָʥͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ֋࢟઴Ͷ‫ٗܐؖ‬ढ़ंͳ଩ͬ
߻Κͦɼͨ͹ૹ஖Νज़எ͢ͱ͕͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ֦झ໪͹‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬Ͷ઎ཱིͬɼ‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤՌָʥͺ੣ଆճऀ‫ܯ;ٶ‬଎‫ح‬੠ౕ‫͖ؖؽࠬݗ‬Δ఑ࣖ͠Ηͪٗढ़దགྷ݇Νߡྂ͢ͱɼ‫ܯ‬଎‫ح‬͹Ғ஖݀ΌΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ‫ܯ‬଎ҽʤՌָʥͺ‫ܯ‬଎ૹ஖͗ਜ਼͚͢ࡠಊͤΖ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖͪΌͶɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬झ໪͹֋࢟઴Ͷɼ৻൓ௗ͹؄ಞ͹ԾͲ෵਼͹৻൓ҽͶΓΖ‫ࡃࠬݗ‬͹߱ర੣‫ת‬ऊ͹଎ఈ݃ՎͳҲ஗ͤΖΓ͑Ҳ࿊͹‫ܯ‬଎Ν؇ཀྵͤ
Ζɽ֮೟ࡠ‫ۂ‬Ͷ‫ؖ‬Κͮͪસҽ͹ॼ໌Ν෉ͪ͢న߻֮
೟ॽΝࡠ੔͢ɼ੔੹නͶశ෉ͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͺ૤ࡠ͹૱‫੻ׇ‬೜Νෝ͏ɼश྅‫ޛ‬ͺɼૹ஖͗ਜ਼֮Ͷࡠಊͪ͢͞ͳΝ֮೟͢ɼ৻൓ௗͶๅࠄͤΖɽ஭қʁٝແͲͺ͵͏΍͹͹ɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ֮೟ͪ͢‫ܯ‬଎‫͗حؽ‬ਜ਼৙Ͷࡠಊ͢ͱ͏Ζ͖Ν֮೟ͤΖͪΌͶɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼࣆ઴ͶఈΌͪஏ఼Ν࢘ͮͱ͹‫ܯ‬଎֮೟Νࣰࢬͤ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽαϟϱφʁޭഀΉͪͺϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎ૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽΏφϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜͹৖߻ͳಋ༹Ͷɼ੻೜ंͲ͍Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͳ͢ͱɼक೜͗
೜ໍ͠ΗΖɽϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹৖߻ɼ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎क೜ͺɼ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬৖ॶͶઅ஖ͤΖޭഀ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹৖߻ΓΕ΍ɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶͺɼΓΕ੷‫ۅ‬దࣰ͖ͯભద͵ༀׄΝՎͪͤ͞ͳ͗‫غ‬ଶ͠ΗΖɽಝͶɼ͞Ηͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ

In particular this should involve ensuring that an
appropriate communication system is in place between theon-Field udges and the udges undertaking the video
reading to ensure that each measurement is correctly
made and that in the case of the ori ontal umps, thelanding mark is not raked out until an image has been
confirmed. Whether it is the Chief Measurement or anotherudge who is responsible for ensuring the video reading iscorrect, he must be especially careful to ensure that thecurrent, and not a previous, trial is the one that ismeasured.

Ͷ͏Ζ৻൓ҽͳϑυΨժ଀ಣΊखΕΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽͳ͹ؔͶన઀͵௪৶εητϞ͗༽қ͠Ηɼ֦‫ܯ‬଎͗ਜ਼͚͢ߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɼ‫;ٶ‬ɼ‫཯ړ‬͹௕༄͹৖߻Ͷͺ ժ଀֮͗೟͠ΗΖΉͲࠡ੽Νভ͠͵͏Γ͑஭қ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽक೜Ͳ͍Θ͑ͳಣΊखΕΝࣰ֮ͶͤΖ੻೜͍Ζଠ͹৻൓ҽͲ͍Θ͑ͳɼ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηͪࠡ੽͗ɼͨΗҐ઴͹΍͹Ͳͺ͵͚ɼؔҩ͏͵͚‫ࡑݳ‬͹ࢾٗ͹΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳͶಝͶ஭қͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ

2.2
all oom udges ule 136
The Call Room Chief udge shall supervise the transit
between the Warm-up Area and the competition area toensure that the athletes after being checked in the CallRoom, be present and ready at the competition site for thescheduled start of their event.
The Call Room udges shall ensure that athletes are
wearing the national or Club uniform clothing officiallyapproved by their national governing body, that the bibs areworn correctly and correspond with start lists that shoes,
number and dimension of spikes, eye masks, tethers,
racing chairs, Running frames, throwing frames,
Maximum Allowable Standing eight (see Rule 6.12.2) andadvertising on clothing and athletes bags comply with theRules and Regulations and that unauthorised material is
not taken into the Field of Play.
The udges shall refer any unresolved issues or mattersarising to the Call Room Referee.
C MMENT A well planned and efficiently managed Call
Room is fundamental to the success of a competition.
Planning to ensure sufficient space at the point when theCall Room will be at its fullest capacity, how many Call
Rooms (and sections within each) are required and a
reliable communication system with the other fficials andto notify the athletes when to report from the Warm-up Area
are constants. It is important that in the planning process it
is determined which checks will be made and preferably
these should be communicated to the athletes and teams
in advance to avoid stress or confusion immediately before
competition. Most important of all is that the Call Roomudges ensure the athletes are in the correct heat, race orgroup and that they leave for the competition area in atimely manner in accordance with the Call Room schedule.
Ideally the Call Room schedule, indicating such key times
as entry to and departure from the Call Room and arrivalat the event site, as well as the start time of the event. Call
Room udges play another extremely important role which
relates to the inspection of the equipment being used bysome athletes such as tethers, eye patches, eye masks,
wheelchairs and throwing frames.
For events which require guide-runners or assistants, theCall Room udges are responsible for ensuring that boththe athlete and his guide-runner or assistant are both
checked just like they would for an individual athlete.
It is important to note that in Throwing Events for SportClasses F11-12, F31-33 and F51-54 one (1) assistant, perathlete, per event, is permitted in accordance with Rule
.14 and Rule .16. The same applies for T12 athletes inumping Events, see Rule .2 . owever, for T11 athletes
in umping Events, up to two (2) assistants are permitted,
per athlete, per event in accordance with Rule .1 .
It should be noted that T11 athletes must have one (1)guide-runner and may have two guide runners for 5mor longer races, whereas a T12 athlete may have one (1)guide-runner or two if it is 5
m or longer. If a T11 athlete
intents to run with two guide-runners, such request mustbe submitted to the Technical Delegate(s) in advance andthe specifics of which lap the guide-runner exchange will
occur must be indicated on the request document.
It is also important that the Call Room udges do not allow
someone onto the field of play who is not a competing
athlete or who has not been correctly accredited and isentitled to be there for the specific event. This is moreule 136‫ܐंٗڟ‬
2.2‫ܐंٗڟ‬क೜ͺডॄॶͶ͕͏ͱοΥρέΝࡃΉͦͪ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼड़৖झ໪͹༩ఈ͠Ηͪηνʖφ࣎ࠃͶࣰ֮Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͶ͏ͱ‫͘Ͳ࢟֋ٗڟ‬ΖΓ͑ͶΤΧʖϞΠρϕ৖ͳ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼΃͹ҢಊΝ؄ಞͤΖɽ‫ܐंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࠅʀՅ໏஄ର͗ޮࣞͶট೟ͪ͢ࠅେන͹Ήͪͺέϧϔ͹ϤωϓΧʖϞΝ஥༽͢ͱ
͏Ζ͖ɼψϱώʖΩʖχ͗ηνʖφϨηφͳ߻ͮͱ͏Ζ͖ɼΉͪਜ਼͚ͯ͢͜ͱ͏Ζ͖Ν֮೟ͤΖɽΉͪεϣʖθɼηϏ΢έ͹੉๑ͳ਼ɼΠ΢ϜηέɼτδʖɼϪʖη༽ऄ͏ͤΏ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹‫ࠬݗ‬ɼMAS (࠹୉‫ڒ‬Նਐௗ)͹‫ܯ‬଎(‫و‬ଉ 6.12.2 ࢂল)ɼҧྪΏώρή͹
߁ࠄ͗‫و‬ଉΏ‫و‬ఖͶన߻͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ɼট೟͠Ηͱ͏͵͏΍͹Ν‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͷ࣍ͬࠒ΍͑ͳ͢ͱ͏͵͏͖ʹ͖͑Ν֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৻൓ҽͺາմ݀͹໲ୌΉͪͺ൅ਫ਼͢ͱ͏Ζ໲ୌΝডॄॶ৻൓ௗͶΑͫ͸Ζɽαϟϱφʁ͑Ή͚‫ܯ‬ժ͠ΗɼްིదͶ؇ཀྵ͠Ηͪডॄॶͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ੔ޯ͹‫خ‬ຌͲ͍Ζɽডॄॶ͗࠹୉‫ݸ‬͹೵ྙΝ൅‫͘Ͳض‬ΖΓ͑Ͷॉ෾͵ηϘʖηΝ֮ฯͤ
ΖͪΌ͹‫ܯ‬ժɼডॄॶͳ͢ͱචགྷͳ͠ΗΖ਼ʤ‫;ٶ‬֦ডॄॶ಼͹࢕઀Ε͹਼ʥɼ‫;ٶ‬ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͳ͹ΏΕखΕɼ‫͗ंٗڟ;ٶ‬ΤΧʖϞΠρϕΦϨΠͲডॄΝण͜Ζࡏ͹ࠄஎ͹ͪΌ͹৶བ੓͹߶͏௪৶εητϞ͹֮ฯͺ৙Ͷ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ܯ‬ժ͹գఖͲͺɼʹ͹οΥρέ͗ߨΚΗΖ͖͗݀ఈ͠Ηɼ‫ٗڟ‬௜઴͹‫ٗڟ‬ं͹‫ە‬௃ΏࠠཛྷΝඈ͜ΖͪΌͶɼοΥρέߴ໪ͺɼࣆ઴Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏοʖϞͶఽ͓ΔΗΖ͞ͳ͗޹Ή͢͏ɽ‫ܐंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ਜ਼͢͏ૌɼϪʖηɼΉͪͺήϩʖϕͶ͏Ζ͖ɼΉͪডॄηίζϣʖϩͶॊͮͱ࣎ؔ௪ΕͶ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͶ޴͖ͮͱ͏Ζ͖Νࣰ֮Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽཀྵ૟దͶͺɼডॄॶ͹గ઀࣎ࠃɼड़൅࣎ࠃɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ౺஥࣎ࠃɼ‫͵ࠃ࣎࢟֋ٗڟ‬ʹ͹कགྷ͵ডॄ৖ηίζϣʖϩΝ֋ࣖ͢ͱ͕͚ͳΓ͏ɽডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺɼτδʖɼΠ΢ϏροɼΠ΢ϜηέɼऄҞࢢɼ౦ͱ͘ϓϪʖϞ͵ʹɼҲ෨͹‫༽࢘͗ंٗڟ‬͢ͱ͏Ζ‫۫ح‬͹‫ࠬݗ‬Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖพ͹ඉ৙Ͷ॑གྷ͵ༀׄΝՎͪͤɽ
Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΉͪͺΠεηνϱφΝචགྷͳͤΖझ໪͹৖߻ɼডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺɼ‫ͨͳंٗڟ‬͹Ϊ΢χϧ
ϱψʖΉͪͺΠεηνϱφ͹ྈ๏͗‫ݺ‬ʓ͹‫ͳंٗڟ‬ಋͣΓ͑ͶοΥρέ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ੻೜
͍͗Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F11-12ɼF31-33ɼF51-54 ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳͺɼ‫ ंٗڟ‬1 झ໪ 1 ਕͶͯ͘ɼ‫و‬ଉ .14 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ.16 Ͷॊͮͱ 1 ਕ͹Πεηνϱφ͗‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ௕༄‫ٗڟ‬͹ T12 ‫ٗڟ‬ंͶ΍ಋͣ͞ͳ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ‫و‬ଉ .2 Νࢂলɽͪͫ͢௕༄‫ٗڟ‬͹ T11 ‫ंٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ .1 Ͷॊ͏‫ͳ͟ंٗڟ‬झ໪͟ͳͶ࠹୉ 2 ਕ͹Πεηνϱφ͗‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗΖɽ
T11 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ 1 ਕ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗චགྷͲɼ
5m Ґ৏͹ϪʖηͲͺ 2 ਕ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗͏
ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ͗ɼT12 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ 5m Ґ৏͹৖߻
ͺ 1 ਕΉͪͺ 2 ਕ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗͏ΖՆ೵੓͗
͍ΖɽT11 ‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬2 ਕ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͳҲॻͶૺΘ͑ͳͤΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ϨέΦηφͺࣆ઴Ͷٗढ़େනͶ఑ड़ͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΕɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ި‫ߨ͗׷‬ΚΗΖϧρϕ͹৆ࡋΝϨέΦηφॽྪͶ‫ى‬
ࡎͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽΉͪɼডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺɼ‫Ͳंٗڟ‬ͺ͵͏ɼΉͪͺਜ਼͚͢೟ఈ͠Ηͱ͕Δͥɼಝఈ͹झ໪ͶࢂՅͤΖࣁ֪

26

important for relay races than many other events which areeasier to determine with the start lists.
2.25 Ad ertising ommissioner ule 13
The Advertising Commissioner (when appointed) willsupervise and apply the current Advertising Rules andRegulations and shall determine any unresolved
advertising issues or matters arising in the Call Room in
conjunction with the Call Room Referee.
2.26 hie lassi ier
Where international classification is staged, a Chief
Classifier shall be appointed by WPA. The Chief Classifier
shall liaise with the
C and the appointed TechnicalDelegate to ensure that suitable facilities and logistics areprovided for the conduct of classification.
e shallsupervise and ensure the appointed International
Classifiers deliver classification in full compliance with the
WPA Classification Rules and Regulations. The Chief
Classifier shall be responsible for all matters relating toclassification.
C MMENT The Chief Classifier, the Technical Delegate(s)and the Competition Director must liaise together should
an athlete s Sport Class change during the Classification
Evaluation Period and/or the Classification Competition
Period. Re-entry may be considered and is subject to theTechnical Delegate s approval (see Rule 5.3).
2.2 nternational lassi iers
International Classifiers shall be appointed by WPA to workin their duties as members of classification panels. They
shall evaluate and observe athletes in terms of theirrespective impairment pre and/or during competition, andallocate sport class and class status in accordance with
WPA Classification Rules and Regulations.

͗ໃ͏ਕ෼Ν‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͷ೘ΗΖ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͢͵͏͞ͳ΍॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞ΗͺɼηνʖφϨηφͲ൓இ͢Ώͤ͏ଠ͹ଡ͚͹झ໪ΓΕ΍ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷͳͮͱ॑གྷ
Ͳ͍Ζɽ
2.25 ߁ࠄαϝρεϥψʖule 13߁ࠄαϝρεϥψʖ͗೜ໍ͠ΗͪࡏͶͺɼ࠹৿͹߁ࠄ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖΝ؇ཀྵ͢న༽ͤΖͳ‫ڠ‬ͶɼডॄॶͶ
͕͜Ζາմ݀͹໲ୌΉͪͺ൅ਫ਼͢ͱ͏Ζ໲ୌΝডॄॶ৻൓ௗͳҲॻͶմ݀ͤΖɽ
2.26 έϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ࠅࡏέϧη෾ࣰ͗͜ࢬ͠ΗΖ৖߻ɼWPA ͶΓΕέϧ
εϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜͗೜ໍ͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ͺɼ୉ճૌ৭җҽճ‫ٗ;ٶ‬ढ़େනͳ࿊ཙΝखΕ߻ͮͱɼέϧη෾͜͹ͪΌ͹న઀͵ࢬઅͳઅඍ͗఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖΓ͑खΕ‫ܯ‬Δ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ͺɼࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢ϢʖͶΓ
ͮͱɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶॊͮͪέϧη෾ࣰ֮͗͜Ͷࣰࢬ͠ΗΖΓ͑؄ಞͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
έϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ͺɼέϧη෾͜Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζͤ΄ͱ͹ࣆณͶ੻೜Ν࣍ͯ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁέϧη෾͜඲Ճ‫;ٶؔغ‬/Ήͪͺέϧη෾͜‫ؔغٗڟ‬஦Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗รߍ͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺɼέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖक೜ɼٗढ़େනɼ‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬ճυΡϪένʖ͗࿊ཙΝखΕ߻͑චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ࠸ΦϱφϨʖΝ‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ɼٗढ़େන͹ট೟͗
චགྷͲ͍Ζʤ‫و‬ଉ 5.3 ࢂলʥɽ
2.2
ࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢ϢʖࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖͺ WPA ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠Ηɼέϧη෾͜Ϗϋϩ͹ϟϱώʖͳ͢ͱ͹೜ແΝਲ਼ߨͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ΢Ϣʖͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ઴‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬ճ஦Ͷ͕͜Ζ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹্֒য়‫ڱ‬Ν඲Ճ؏
ࡱ͢ɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶॊͮͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͳέϧηητ΢νηΝׄΕ౲ͱΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ

A
M
ule 3 he Athletics acilitule 1
Any firm, uniform surface that conforms to thespecifications in the World Athletics Track and Field
Facilities Manual, may be used for WPA Recognised
Competitions.
Paralympic
Games
and
World
Championships must be held only on synthetic surfaced
facilities that hold a current valid World Athletics Class 1 orClass 2 Athletics Facility Certificate.
In any case, a current national track certificate from anaccredited surveyor shall be required for all facilities
intended for use for Regional Championships, Regional
Games, Sanctioned and Approved Competitions.
Note (i) The World Athletics Track and Field Facilities
Manual, which may be downloaded from the World
Athletics website, contains more detailed and defined
specifications for the planning and construction of trackand field facilities including further diagrams for track
measurement and marking.
Note (ii) The current standard forms required to be used
for the certification application and measurement report aswell as the Certification System Procedures may be
downloaded from the World Athletics website.

୊ 2 ෨ ‫ٗڟ‬ճҲൢ‫و‬ଉ
ule 1
୊ 3 ড় ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬৖
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼWA ࢬઅϜωϣΠϩͲఈΌͪ‫خ‬६Ͷ߻஗ͪ͢‫ۋͲݽݐ‬Ҳ͵φϧρέන໚Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫੊;ٶ‬ֆમघ‫ݘ‬ͺɼ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬৖͹φϧρέΏঁૺ࿑͹න໚ͺɼWA έϧη
1 Ήͪͺέϧη 2 ͹೟ఈৄΝฯ࣍͢ͱ͏Ζસళޫะૹ͹ࢬઅ͹ΊͲߨΚΗΖɽஏҮમघ‫ݘ‬ɼஏҮ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճɼ೟ఈ‫;ٶ‬ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͺɼࣁ֪͍Ζ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͶΓͮͱ‫ݗ‬ఈ͠Η༙ް͵ࠅ಼ޮ೟Ν
ฯ࣍ͤΖࢬઅͲ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗චਤͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ(i) WA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩͶͺɼφϧρέ͹‫ܯ‬଎ΏϜʖΫϱήͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৆ࡋ͵ਦΝ‫؜‬ΌɼφϧρέͳϓΡʖϩχࢬઅ͹‫ݒͳ֪و‬ଆͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৆ࡋ͖ͯ໎֮͵࢕༹͍͗ΕɼWA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖ΔξΤϱϫʖχͲ͘Ζɽ஭қ(ii) ೟ৄεητϞ͹घକ͘ͳಋ༹Ͷ࢘༽Ͷࡏ͢ͱ೟Նਅ੧‫ࠬݗ;ٶ‬ๅࠄ͗‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗΖ‫ߨݳ‬͹ඬ६ॽࣞͺɼWA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖ΔξΤϱϫʖχͲ͘Ζɽ

ule
Age
ender
ategories and Mi ed
ompetition ule 1 1
Age ategories
1. The following age groups are recognised by WPAa) Master Men and Women Any athlete who has reachedhis/her 35th birthdayb) nder-2 ( 2 ) Men and Women Any athlete of 1 , 1
or 1 years on 31 December inthe year of thecompetitionc) nder-1 ( 1 ) Boys and Girls Any athlete of 14, 15 or
16 years on 31 December in the year of the competition.
Note (i) An athlete must be 14 by 31 December in the yearof competition to compete in an open event.
Note (ii) Eligibility, including minimum age for participation୊ড় ೧ྺɼ੓พۢ෾‫;ٶ‬஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬
ule
1 1
೧ྺۢ෾
1. WPA ͺɼҐԾͶࣖͤ೧ྺۢ෾ΝఈΌΖɽa) Ϝηνʖ஋ࢢʀঃࢢʁ35 ࡂҐ৏͹஋ࢢʀঃࢢb) Πϱξʖ2 ʤ 2 ʥ஋ࢢʀঃࢢʁ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ߨΚΗΖ೧͹ 12 ݆ 31 ೖ‫ Ͳࡑݳ‬1 ࡂɼ1 ࡂ͍Ζ͏ͺ 1ࡂ͹‫ंٗڟ‬c) Πϱξʖ1 ʤ 1 ʥ஋ࢢʀঃࢢʁ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ߨΚΗΖ೧͹ 12 ݆ 31 ೖ‫ Ͳࡑݳ‬14 ࡂɼ15 ࡂ͍Ζ͏ͺ 16ࡂ͹‫ंٗڟ‬஭қ(i) ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ߨΚΗΖ೧͹ 12 ݆ 31 ೖ
‫ Ͳࡑݳ‬14 ࡂҐ৏Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii) IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ̙-27

in IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a)and (b)) shall be subject to specific competition regulations.
2. An athlete shall be eligible to compete in an age groupcompetition under these Rules if he is within the age range
specified in the relevant age group classification. An athlete
must be able to provide proof of his age throughpresentation of a valid passport or other form of evidence
as permitted by the Regulations for the competition. An
athlete who fails or refuses to provide such proof shall not
be eligible to compete.
C MMENT While this rule defines the age groups in aparticular way, it is often the Technical Regulations for a
specific competition which determines whether younger
athletes can participate as envisaged by note (ii). If they
are accepted into the competition they are required tocompete with the same conditions and implements as theircompetitors in the age grouping.
ender ategories
3. Competition under these rules is divided into men s,
women s and universal categories.
When a Mixed Competition is conducted outside thestadium or in one of the limited cases set out in Rule 4.
and Rule 4. , separate men s and women s categories
results should still be declared or otherwise indicated.
When a universal event or competition is conducted asingle category result only shall be declared.
4. An athlete shall be eligible to compete in men s (oruniversal) competition if he is recognised as a male inaccordance with Part B 4.5 of these Rules.
5. An athlete shall be eligible to compete in women s (oruniversal) competition if she is recognised as a female inaccordance with Part B 4.5.
6. An athlete who fails or refuses to comply with theapplicable Regulations shall not be eligible to compete.
C MMENT niversal competition covers events in which
men and women participate together without separate
category of results as well as relay or team events in which
both men and women are included in the same teams.
Mi ed ompetition. niversal competitions such as relays or other teamevents in which men and women compete together or
events in which men and women compete for a single
category are permitted in accordance with the applicableregulations of the relevant body.
. ther than under Rule 4. , for all other competitions heldcompletely in the stadium, mixed events between male andfemale participants shall not normally be permitted.
owever, the following may be permitted in all competitions
except held under Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)a. Mixed stadium competition in races of 5m or longer
but it is permitted only when there are insufficient athletesof one or both genders competing to justify the conduct of
separate races. The gender of each athlete shall be shownin the result.
Such races shall not, in any case, be conducted so as toallow athletes of one gender to be paced / drafted or
assisted by athletes of another gender.
b. Field Events for men and women may be conductedsimultaneously at one or more event sites. Separate resultcards shall be used and results declared for each gender.
Each round of trials of such events may be conducted
either by calling all athletes of one gender followed by theother or by alternating them. For the purposes of Rule24.1 , all athletes shall be regarded as if they were of thesame gender.
Where ertical umps are conducted on a single event site,
Rule 25 and Rule 26 must be strictly applied including thatthe bar must continue to be raised in accordance with asingle set of previously announced increments for theentire competition.
C MMENT The intent of Rule 4. is to facilitate theconduct of Field Events and in races of 5m or longer,
when small numbers of athletes of one or both genders are28

3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͜Ζ࠹ఁ೧ྺΝ‫؜‬΋ࢂՅࣁ֪ͺɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఖͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
2. ΍͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬౲֚೧ྺۢ෾Ͷ෾ྪ͠ΗΖ͹Ͳ͍Ηͻຌ‫و‬ଉͶΓΕ౲֚೧ྺۢ෾ଲে͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶड़৖
ͤΖࣁ֪Ν࣍ͯɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ༙ް͵ϏηϛʖφΏͨ͹ଠ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹‫و‬ఖͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪৄ‫ࣞॽڎ‬Ν఑ࣖ
ͤΖ͞ͳͲ೧ྺ͹ৄ໎Ν͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹Γ͑͵ৄ‫ڎ‬Ν఑ड़Ͳ͘͵͖ͮͪΕɼ‫ڍ‬൳ͪ͢Εͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖ͞ͳͺ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺಝఈ͹๏๑Ͳ೧ྺήϩʖϕΝఈٝ͢ͱ͏Ζ͗ɼʹ͹೧ྺήϩʖϕ͗న༽͠ΗΖ͹͖ɼ஭ʤiiʥͶΓͮͱ૟ఈ͠ΗΖड़৖Ͳ͘Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹೧ྺ͹Ծ‫ݸ‬ΝఈΌΖ͹ͺ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹‫و‬ఖͲ͍Ζɽ൶
Δ͗‫ٗڟ‬ճͶण͜೘ΗΔΗͪ৖߻ɼ൶Δͺͨ͹೧ྺ૜Ͳ͹‫ͳंٗڟ‬ಋͣড়݇ͳ‫ͤٗڟͲ۫ح‬Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ੓พ
3. ͞͹‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶΓͮͱߨΚΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͺɼ஋ࢢʀঃࢢʀϤωώʖγϩʤ஋ঃࠠ߻ʥͶ෾ྪ͠ΗΖɽ஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ͗ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲߨΚΗͪ৖߻ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫و‬
ଉ 4. Ήͪͺ‫و‬ଉ 4. ͶఈΌΖ΍͹Νྭ֐ͳ͢ͱ‫ڟ‬ٗ৖಼ͲߨΚΗͪ৖߻ɼ‫݃ٗڟ‬ՎΝ൅නΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹๏๑Ͳ஋ঃพͶࣖͤ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽϤωώʖγϩझ໪Ώ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹݃ՎͺɼҲͯ͹झ໪෾ྪͳ͢ͱखΕѽ͑ɽ
4. ‫و‬ଉϏʖφ B-‫و‬ଉ 4.5 ͶΓΕɼ஋੓ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζंͺɼ஋੓ʤΉͪͺϤωώʖγϩʥ͹‫ڟ‬ٗͶड़৖ͤΖࣁ֪͍͗Ζɽ
5. ‫و‬ଉϏʖφ B-‫و‬ଉ 4.5 ͶΓΕɼঃ੓ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζंͺɼঃ੓ʤΉͪͺϤωώʖγϩʥ͹‫ڟ‬ٗͶड़৖ͤΖࣁ֪͍͗Ζɽ
6. ‫ߨݳ‬͹‫و‬ఖͶ߻஗͢͵͏ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ڍ‬൳ͪ͢‫ڟ‬ٗंͺ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖࣁ֪Ν༙͢͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁϤωώʖγϩ‫ٗڟ‬ճͳͺɼ஋੓ͳঃ੓͗
ಋͣοʖϞͶ‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏ΖϨϪʖΏοʖϞ͹΢ϗϱ
φͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼϨδϩφΝ஋ঃพ͹෾ྪͤΖ͞ͳ͵͢Ͷ஋ঃ͗ҲॻͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬΍ఈٝͶ‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽ஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬. Յ໏஄ର͹‫و‬ଉ͗న༽͠Ηͱ͏Ηͻɼ஋ঃ͗ҲॻͶ‫͑ڟ‬ϨϪʖΏ஋ঃࠠ߻οʖϞͲߨ͑‫ٗڟ‬ɼ஋ঃ͗Ҳͯ͹ΩτβϨʖͲߨ͑झ໪͵ʹ͹஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬ճΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ. ‫و‬ଉ 4. Ґ֐͹ͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼͹ΊͲߨ͑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ஋ঃࠠ߻͹झ໪ͺ௪৙Ͳͺ೟Ό͵͏ɽ͖͢͢͵͗ΔɼϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ґ֐͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱͺɼҐԾ͹ࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬Ν೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽ(a) ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͳߨ͑ 5̾Ґ৏͹‫Ͳٗڟ‬ɼ஋ঃ͹͏ͥΗ͖Ήͪͺ஋ঃͳ΍Ͷ஋ঃพͶ‫ٗڟ‬ΝࣰࢬͤΖ͹Ͷॉ෾͵ਕ਼͗ͨΘΚͥɼ஋ঃพʓͲ͹ࣰࢬ͗ඉް
ིదͲ͍Ζ৖߻ɽ‫݃ٗڟ‬ՎͶͺ஋ঃ͹พΝනࣖ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͑ͪ͢͞‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ͏͖͵Ζ৖߻Ͳ΍ɼଠ͹੓พ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϙʖηϟ΢έΝͪ͢ΕɼঁྙΝͪ͢ΕͤΖΓ͑͵ߨҟͺ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ(b) ϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ஋ঃ͗ಋ࣎Ͷಋͣ৖ॶͲ
ಋͣझ໪Νߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͹ࡏͶͺɼ‫ى‬࿧༽ࢶͺ஋ঃพʓͶࡠ੔͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஋ঃࠠ߻
ͲಋҲझ໪Νߨ͑৖߻ɼ֦ϧΤϱχͺҲͯ͹੓พ͹‫ंٗڟ‬સҽΝ઎Ͷߨ͵͏ͨ͹‫ޛ‬Ͷพ͹੓พ͹‫ंٗڟ‬સҽ͗ߨ͑͞ͳ΍ɼͨΗͩΗ͹੓พ͹‫ޕި͗ंٗڟ‬Ͷߨ͑͞ͳ΍Ͳ͘Ζɽ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ʤࢾٗ࣎ؔʥ͹໪ద
͖Δɼ஋ࢢʀঃࢢͶ෾͜ͱͲͺ͵͚ɼસ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਕ਼Ͳࢾٗ࣎ؔΝߡ͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ߶͠Ν‫͑ڟ‬௕༄‫͗ٗڟ‬஋ঃࠠ߻ͳ͢ͱҲ͖ॶͲߨΚΗΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼࣆ઴Ͷޮන͠Ηͱ͏Ζ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬સରͶన༽͠ΗΖώʖ͹৏͝෱΍‫؜‬Όͱɼ‫و‬ଉ 25 ‫ ;ٶ‬26 ͺ‫֪ݭ‬Ͷన༽͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 4. ͹໪దͺɼϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹ࣰࢬΝଇ਒ͤΖ͞ͳͲ͍ΕɼΓΕௗ͏झ໪͹৖߻Ͷ 1ਕΉͪͺ 2 ਕ͹͚͟ঙ਼͹੓พ͖͢ΦϱφϨʖ͢ͱ
͕Δͥɼν΢Ϟτʖϔϩ͹੏༁ͶΓΕɼ஋ঃพʓ͹entered in the case of longer events, where timetabling
constraints make it difficult to program separate races.
The intent of the Rule is not to provide opportunity for
women to compete in races against men to achieve
potentially better performance conditions.
To be clear, mixed competition in Field Events and in racesof 5
m or longer ispermitted in WPA Approved Competitions, subject only tothe rules of the applicable governing body. No additional
permission from WPA is required
permitted in WPA Sanctioned Competitions under Part B 3.1.2 (c) if specifically permitted by WPA
not permitted at IPC Games and IPC Competitions underPart B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b). In the case of mixed competitions
in ertical umps, Rule 25 must be strictly applied including that the bar must continue to be raised inaccordance with a single set of agreed increments for theentire competition.
There are also restrictions on the recognition of World
Records in mixed competitions
see Rules 51.2 (withreference to track races of 5m and longer) and Rule51.22 (with reference to women s road races).
Rule 51.22 Note (i) provides guidance on how a women s
only race can be achieved (enabling a women s only record
to be set) in a situation where both men and women are or
might be competing. (See also Rule 2.2 .2 and Rule
2.2 .3).

ϪʖηΝϕϫήϧϞͤΖ͞ͳ͗ࠖೋ͵৖߻Ͷ5m Ґ৏͹ϪʖηͲߨΚΗΖɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹໪దͺɼঃ੓‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ஋੓‫ڟͳंٗڟ‬ٗͤΖ‫ؽ‬ճΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳͶΓΕɼઞࡑదͶΓΕྒྷ͏‫ى‬࿧͗ड़ͦΖ‫ڧ؂‬ΝࡠΕड़ͤ͞ͳͲͺ͵͏ɽ‫ޣ‬մΝ๹͛ͪΌͶึଏͤΖͳɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪‫;ٶ‬5m Ґ৏͹ϪʖηͲ͹஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬ճͺɼᾲ
WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ೟ΌΔΗɼన༽Ն೵͵࿊໏͹‫و‬ଉ͹ΊͶॊ͑ɽʨWPA ͖Δ͹௧Յ͹‫ڒ‬Նͺචགྷ͵͏ɽʩᾳ  Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ͷ‫͠࠷֋ͱ͏Ͱخ‬Η
Ζ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱɼWPA ͶΓͮͱಝพͶ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ͷ೟ΌΔΗΖɽᾴ  Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ͷ‫͠࠷֋ͱ͏Ͱخ‬Η
Ζ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ߶͠͹௕༄͹஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 25 Ν‫ݭ‬֪Ͷన༽ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽͤ͵Κͬɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճસରΝ௪͢ͱ߻қ͠Ηͪͽͳͯ͹৏͝๏ͶॊͮͱώʖΝ৏͝͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳ͗‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽ஋ঃࠠ߻‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧͹ޮ೟Ͷͺ੏‫͍͗ݸ‬Ζ-‫و‬ଉ 51.2ʤ5m Ґ৏͹φϧρέϪʖηʥͳ‫و‬ଉ
51.22ʤঃ੓͹ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬ʥΝࢂল‫و‬ଉ 51.22 ஭қ(i)ͺɼ஋੓ͳঃ੓͹ྈ๏͗ࢂՅͤΖয়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼঃ੓͹༏Ҳ͹‫ʹͱ͢ͳૺڟ‬͹Γ͑Ͷ೟ΌΔΗΖ͖ʤঃ੓ୱಢͲ͹‫ى‬࿧͹धཱིʥͶͯ͏ͱ͹ࢨਓΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζɽ(‫و‬ଉ 2.2 .2 ‫ ;ٶ‬2.2 .3 ΍ࢂল)ule 5 ntries ule 1 2
1. Competitions under the Rules are restricted to eligible
athletes.

୊ 5 ড় ਅ͢ࠒΊule 1 2
1. ຌ‫و‬ଉͶΓͮͱߨΚΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺ༙ࣁ֪‫ٗڟ‬ंͶ‫ݸ‬ఈ͠ΗΖɽ

imultaneous ntries
2. If an athlete is entered in both a Track Event and a Field
Event, or in more than one Field Event taking place
simultaneously, the appropriate Referee may, for one
round of trials at a time, or for each trial in the igh ump,
allow an athlete to take his trial in an order different fromthat decided upon by the draw prior to the start of thecompetition. owever, if an athlete subsequently is notpresent for any trial, it shall be deemed that he is passing
once the period allowed for the trial has elapsed.
Note In Field Events, the Referee shall not allow an athlete
to take a trial in a different order in the final round of trials,
but the Referee may allow an athlete to do so during any
earlier round of trials.
C MMENT The Note clarifies that allowing an athlete totake a trial in a different order in the final round of trials(irrespective of the number of rounds of trials) because ofa clash with another event is not permitted. If an athlete is
not present in the final round and has not previously
indicated that he will pass, then the time allowed for his trial
will run and if he does not return before it expires, then hewill be recorded as passing. (See also Rule 24.1 where achange of order will normally not be made when asubstitute trial is awarded - in any round of trials).

ಋ࣎ਅ͢ࠒΊ
2. ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼಋ࣎Ͷφϧρέ‫ͳٗڟ‬ϓΡʖϩχ‫ڟ‬
͍ٗΖ͏ͺ̐झ໪Ґ৏͹ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖ࣎Ͷͺɼ৻൓ௗͺ̏ϧΤϱχͶҲౕɼૺ߶௕‫;ٶ‬๰߶௕Ͳ֦ࢾٗͶҲౕɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ઎ཱིͮͱ݀Όͪॳ঄ͶΓΔ͵͏Ͳɼͨ͹ࢾٗΝ‫͘Ͳ͗ͳͤ͞ڒ‬Ζɽ΍͢ɼ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹‫ޛ‬͹ಝఈ͹ࢾٗͶ෈ࡑ͹࣎ɼͨ͹ࢾٗ࣎ؔ͗գ͙ΗͻɼϏηѽ͏ͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ ৻൓ௗͺɼϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹࠹शϧΤϱχͲҡ͵Ζॳ঄ͲࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳΝ೟Όͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼͨΗҐ઴͹ϧΤϱχͲͺ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽαϟϱφʁ஭қͺɼพ͹झ໪ͳ͹॑෵ड़৖͹ͪΌͶɼࢾٗ͹࠹शϧΤϱχʤࢾٗ͹ϧΤϱχյ਼Ͷ‫͵ܐؖ‬͚ʥͲ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ҩ͑ॳ঄ͲࢾߨͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏մए͠ΗΖɽ‫࠹͗ंٗڟ‬शϧΤϱχ͹৖Ͷ͕ΔͥɼͨΗҐ઴ͶϏηͤΖ͞ͳΝන໎͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗͶ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ੏‫͗ؔ࣎ݸ‬ΩΤϱφξΤϱ͠Ηɼ࣎ؔ͗‫ܨ‬գͤΖ઴Ͷ໯Δ͵͜ΗͻɼϏηͳ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ(‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ࢂলɽʹ͹ϧΤϱχͲ͍ͮͱ΍ɼେ଺ࢾٗ͗༫͓ΔΗͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼ௪৙Ͳͺࢾٗॳ͹รߍͺߨΚΗ͵͏ɽ)e-entr a ter hanges in port lass
3. At all IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B 3.1.2 (a) and (b)) should an athlete s Sport Class change
during the Classification Evaluation Period and/or theClassification Competition Period re-entry may beconsidered and are subject to the approval of TechnicalDelegate(s).
If an athlete s Sport Class changes during theClassification Evaluation Period the athlete, someone
acting on his behalf or an official representative of a teamis required to notify of their intention for the athlete s reentry immediately after publication of the classification
outcomes.
Athletes who are subject to re-entry may only be permitted
to re-enter in the same event(s) that they had beenpreviously entered of the revised class. In the event that an
athlete cannot be entered into an event due to lack ofavailability in his revised class, he may request to enter an‫ٗڟ‬έϧηรߍ‫ޛ‬͹࠸ΦϱφϨʖ3. ͤ΄ͱ͹ IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφB-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ΝࢂলʥͶ͕͏ͱͺɼέϧη෾͜඲Ճ‫;ٶؔغ‬/Ήͪͺέϧη෾͜‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ؔغ‬஦ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηรߍͺՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼٗढ़େන͹ট೟Νড়݇ͳͤΖɽέϧη෾͜඲Ճ‫ؔغ‬஦Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗รߍ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼେཀྵਕ΍͚͢ͺοʖϞ͹େනंͺɼέϧη෾݃͜Վ͹൅න௜‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹࠸ΦϱφϨʖ͹қࢧΝ௪எͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ࠸ΦϱφϨʖ͹ଲেͳ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼรߍ͠ΗͪέϧηͲࣆ઴ͶΦϱφϨʖ͢ͱ͏ͪ͹ͳಋͣझ໪Ͷ͹Ί࠸ΦϱφϨʖͤΖ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽรߍ͠Ηͪέϧη͹झ໪Ͷɼ‫ͪ͏͵͗͘ۯ‬ΌͶΦϱφϨ
ʖ͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼรߍ͠ΗͪέϧηͲ͹େ଺झ໪΃͹ΦϱφϨʖΝགྷ‫ͤٽ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘

29

alternative available event of his revised class.
During the competition period, the Sport Class of an athlete
may change after
bservation in Competition orclassification protests and may affect an athlete s Sports
Class, result(s), placing and record(s) at that competitionin accordance with Rule 52.4 of these Rules. If the athlete
is entered in other events of his previous Sport Class at thesame competition, he may be re-entered in those events of
his revised Sport Class subject to the approval of theTechnical Delegate(s).
If at any stage of the athlete s evaluation WPA or aClassification Panel is unable to allocate a Sport Class tothe athlete, WPA, the ead of Classification or the relevant
Chief Classifier may designate that athlete asClassification Not Completed (CNC) in accordance with
Article 1 of the WPA Classification Rules and Regulations.
Any athlete who has been designated as CNC shall beshown in the official results as DNF. and any performances
achieved by the athlete in that competition shall be void.
C MMENT The following criteria should be consideredwhen determining re-entry after changes in Sport Class
The minimum eligibility criteria for the newly allocated sportclass have been met
The event(s) is/are offered in the newly allocated sportclass
The maximum entries per team have not been reached
The competition of the concerned event(s) has not started
The competition schedule is not affected.

Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ؔغ‬஦ɼ‫ࡱ؏ٗڟ‬Ήͪͺέϧη෾͜Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ߇٠ͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹รߍ͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Εɼຌ‫و‬ଉ͹‫و‬ଉ 52.4 ͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηɼ݃ՎɼॳҒ‫ى;ٶ‬࿧ͶӪ‫ڻ‬Ν‫͍͗ͳͤ͞·ٶ‬Ζɽ΍͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲรߍ઴͹έϧηͲଠ͹झ໪Ͷ΍ΦϱφϨʖ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼٗढ़େන͹ট೟Νಚͱɼรߍ‫ޛ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͲɼͨ͹झ໪Ͷ࠸ΦϱφϨʖͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͹έϧη෾͜඲Ճ͹ʹ͹ஊ֌Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ
WPA ͍Ζ͏ͺέϧη෾͜Ϗϋϩ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηΝ༫͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻ɼWPA έϧη෾͜οʖϓɼ͍Ζ͏ͺέϧη෾͜क೜ͺɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ୊ 1 ড়ͶଉΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝʰClassification Not
Completed (CNC)ʱͳࢨఈͤΖɽ
ʰCNCʱͳ͵ͮͪ‫ڟ‬ٗंͺɼϨδϩφͶͺ DNF ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠Ηɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲୣ੔͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧ͺໃްͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹รߍ‫ޛ‬Ͷ࠸ΦϱφϨʖΝ݀
ఈͤΖͳ͘ͺɼ࣏͹‫خ‬६ΝߡྂͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ৿͚ׄ͢Ε౲ͱΔΗͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹࠹ఁࣁ֪གྷ݇͗
ຮͪ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽझ໪ͺɼ৿͚ׄ͢Ε౲ͱΔΗͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͲࣰࢬ͠ΗΖɽοʖϞ͍ͪΕ͹࠹୉ΦϱφϨʖ਼Ͷୣ͢ͱ͏͵͏ɽ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζझ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬ͺ࢟Ήͮͱ͏͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ηίζϣʖϩͺӪ‫ڻ‬Νण͜͵͏ɽ

ailure to articipate
4. At IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), an athlete shall be excluded from participationin all further events (including other events in which he issimultaneously participating) in the competition, including
relays, in cases wherea) A final confirmation was given that the athlete would startin an event but then failed to participate
Note A fixed time for the final confirmation of participation
shall be published in advance.
b) An athlete qualified in a qualifying round of an event for
further participation in that event but then failed toparticipate furtherc) An athlete and/or the accompanying guide-runner failed
to compete honestly with bona fide effort. The relevant
Referee will decide on this and the correspondingreference must be made in the official results.
owever a medical certificate, provided by and based on
an examination of the athlete by the Medical Delegate
appointed under Rule 2.2 or if no Medical Delegate has
been so appointed, by the Medical fficer of theC, maybe accepted as sufficient evidence that the athlete and/or
the accompanying guide-runner became unable tocompete due to illness or injury, even if he is able tocompete in further events on a subsequent day of thecompetition.
ther justifiable reasons (e.g., factors
independent of the athlete s own actions, such as problems
with the official transport system) may also be accepted by
the Technical Delegate(s).
d) An athlete fails to report to the Call Room(s) for an eventin contravention of Rule 5.5.
C MMENT The relevant Referee, once aware of such asituation and is satisfied that the athlete who abandoned
the race was not competing with a bona fide effort, must
make a reference to this in the relevant results as DNF
Rule 5.4.(c) . Either in the process of the Referee making
such a decision or the ury of the Appeal considering any
protest arising from it, reasons for the withdrawal or nonparticipation proposed by or on behalf of the athlete can beconsidered. The Rule sets out the process that should
explicitly be followed in the case of a medical reason.

ࢂՅ͹‫ڍ‬൳
4. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺϨϪʖ΍‫؜‬΋౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ճͲࣰࢬ͠ΗΖસझ໪ʤ౲֚‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋ࣎ͶΦϱφϨʖ͢ࢂՅ͢ͱ͏Ζଠ͹झ໪΍‫؜‬΋ʥͶҐ‫ޛ‬
ࢂՅͤΖ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽa) ͨ͹झ໪Ͷड़৖ͤΖͳ͏͑࠹श֮೟͗͵͠Ηͱ͏ͪͶ΍‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼड़৖͢͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬஭қʁड़৖ंΝ࠹श֮೟ͤΖͪΌͶ‫ݸ‬ఈͪ࣎ؔ͗͢ɼ
͍Δ͖ͣΌ൅න͠Ηͱ͏Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽb) ͨ͹झ໪Ͷ͕͜ΖҐ‫ޛ‬͹ड़৖ंΝ݀ΌΖ༩મΏ६݀ঋ౵Ͷ͕͏ͱࣁ֪ΝಚͪͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬Ν͢͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬c) ੥ࣰͶસྙΝਜ͚͢ͱ‫ٶंٗڟ͖ͪͮ͵ٗ͢ڟ‬;ʙΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖɽͨ͹൓இͺ৻൓ௗ͗ߨ
͏ɼޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧Ͳຌ݇΃͹‫͠͵͗ٶݶ‬Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢͵͗Δɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.2 Ͷ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬೜ໍ͠ΗͪҫࣆେනͶΓͮͱɼ͍Ζ͏ͺɼҫࣆେන͗೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺૌ৭җҽճͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠ΗͪҫࢥͶΓͮͱਏࡱ͠Ηɼਏஇॽ͗఑ࣖ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹ਏஇॽͺɼʤड़৖͹࠹श֮೟‫ޛ‬Ήͪͺ༩મϧΤϱχͲ‫ٗڟ‬ͪ͢‫ޛ‬Ͷʥබ‫ـ‬ΏպըͲ‫ंٗڟͪͮ͵͚͵͘Ͳٗڟ‬‫;ٶ‬ʙΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ཎೖҐ߳ߨΚΗΖझ໪Ͳ‫͘Ͳٗڟ‬Ζͳ೟ΌΖॉ෾͵ཀྵ༟ͳͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽଠ͹ਜ਼౲͵ཀྵ༟ʤྭ͓ͻ‫ࣙंٗڟ‬ਐ͹ߨಊͳໃ‫ܐؖ‬͹ঀড়݇ɼ۫ରదͶͺޮదި௪घஊ͹φϧϔϩ͵ʹ)ͺɼٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱಋ༹Ͷ੍೟͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽd) ‫و‬ଉ 5.5 ͶҩൕͤΖझ໪Ͷͯ͏ͱডॄॶͶๅࠄ͢͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬αϟϱφʁ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ৻൓ௗ͗ɼͨ͹Γ͑͵য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ‫ـ‬Ͱ͘͢ɼϪʖηΝ๎‫͗ंٗڟͪ͢ؼ‬ɼ੥қΝਜ͚͢ͱ‫֮ͳ͏͵͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬৶Ν࣍ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼ͞͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͶͯ͏ͱɼ֚౲ͤΖϨδϩφ৏ͲʰDNF ‫و‬ଉ5.4(c)ʱͳͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ৻൓ௗ͗ͨ͹Γ͑͵݀ఈΝԾͤգఖɼΉͪͺͨΗͶًҾͤΖ߇٠Νߡྂͪ͢ζϣϨʖ͹‫ݗ‬౾͹գఖͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ώ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶେΚͮͱοʖϞ͖Δࣖ͠Ηͪ‫ݘؼ‬Ώड़৖͢͵͖ͮͪཀྵ༟͗ߡྂ͠ΗಚΖɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼҫָదཀྵ༟͹৖߻Ͷ໎֮ͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏գఖΝ‫و‬ఈ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ

ailure to eport to the all oom s
5. Except as provided below, an athlete shall be excluded
from participation in any event in which he is not present inডॄॶͲ͹ࢂՅ͹ঈ֐
5. ডॄॶͶࣖ͠Ηͪࢨఈ࣎ؔͶডॄॶͶ͏͵͏‫ڟ‬30

the Call Room(s) at the relevant time as published in theCall Room schedule. e shall be shown in the results as
DNS. The relevant Referee will decide on this (including
whether the athlete may compete under protest if adecision cannot be made immediately) and thecorresponding reference must be made in the official
results.
ustifiable reasons (e.g. factors independent of theathlete s own actions, such as problems with the officialtransport system or an error in the published Call Roomschedule) may, after confirmation, be accepted by the
Referee and the athlete may then be allowed to take part.
C MMENT As the rule states, the athlete must be present
in the Call Room(s) at the appropriate time. This does notmean standing outside the Call Room. The TechnicalRegulations for the Competition will outline the Call Roomprocedures which must be followed. The Relevant Referee
shall decide if the athlete has attended the Call Room(s)on time or if there is a ustifiable reason for not being
present on time. The Referee may allow an athlete tocompete under protest if a decision cannot be madeimmediately.
It is important to note that if the athlete has been listed as
DNS on the results sheet, he shall be excluded from all
further events of the competition (save where the DNS is
as a result of Rule 6.21).

ٗंͺɼҐԾ͹৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ౲֚झ໪΃͹ࢂՅ͖Δ
ঈ֐͠ΗɼDNS ͳ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ౲֚৻൓ௗͺɼ߇٠Ͷଲ͢ͱͤ͛Ͷ൓இͲͥ͘ʰ߇٠஦ʱͳ͢ͱ‫ڟ‬ٗΝߨͮͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬΍‫؜‬Όɼ‫΃ٗڟ‬͹ࢂՅঈ֐Ͷͯ͏ͱ൓இ͢ɼঈ֐ͪ͢৖߻ͺࠞ‫͵ͳڎ‬Ζ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΝਜ਼ࣞ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ໎‫͜͵͢ى‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽਜ਼౲ͳ೟ΌΔΗΖࣆ༟ʤྭʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻ͶΓΔ͵͏ޮ‫ިڠ‬௪‫ؖؽ‬͹φϧϔϩΏডॄॶͶ‫͠ࡎܟ‬Ηͪ࣎ؔ͹‫ޣ‬Εʥ͍͗ΕɼͨΗΝ৻൓ௗ͗೟Όͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼডॄ‫׮‬྅࣎ࠃ͹‫Ͳޛ‬΍‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫΃ٗڟ‬͹ࢂՅ͗೟ΌΔΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺన઀͵࣎ؔͶডॄॶͶ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼডॄॶ͹बวͶ͏Ζ͞ͳΝқັͤΖ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ‫ڟ‬ٗճ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼॊΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ডॄॶ͹घॳ
Ν֕ઈͤΖɽ౲֚৻൓ௗͺɼ‫ؔ࣎͗ंٗڟ‬௪ΕͶডॄॶͶཔ͖͖ͪʹ͖͑ɼΉͪͺ࣎ؔʹ͕ΕͶཔΗ͵͏ਜ਼౲͵ཀྵ༟͍͗Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν݀ఈͤΖɽ৻൓ௗͺɼ݀ఈ͗ͤ͛ͶԾ͠Η͵͏৖߻ɼ‫߇͗ंٗڟ‬٠஦͹ѽ͏Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬ՆͲ͘Ζɽ‫݃͗ंٗڟ‬ՎεʖφͶʰDNSʱͳ͢ͱ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ंͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹झ໪͖Δঈ֐͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍ΖʤʰDNSʱͺ‫و‬ଉ 6.21 ͹݃ՎͲ͍Ζ৖߻Νঈ͚ʥɽ

ule 6 lothing hoes Athlete ibs rosthetics andrthotics
e mas
ether
on-compliance on
quipment and elmets ule 1 3
6.1 lothing
6.1.1 In all events, athletes and guides must wear clothingthat is clean, and designed and worn so as not to be
objectionable. The clothing must be made of a material
which is non-transparent even if wet. Athletes must not
wear clothing that could impede the view of the udges.
6.1.2 Any athlete who removes an article of clothing
inappropriately, such as taking off his top after the finish ofan event to expose his torso, shall, for a first offence in that
Competition, be warned by the Referee in accordance with
Rule 2.13.5. For a second offence in that Competition, theReferee shall disqualify the athlete in accordance with Rule2.13.5.
6.1.3 Where appropriate, athletes shall participate in theuniform clothing approved by their national governing body.
The ictory Ceremony and any lap of honour are
considered part of the competition for this purpose.
Note (i) In Seated Throwing Events clothing must be closefitting, and not loose, so that the view of the judges is not
impeded.
C MMENT Prior to entering the field of play fficials in theCall Room may require an athlete to change their clothing
if it is deemed to be in-appropriate or objectionable. If an
athlete refuses to follow the requirements of the Call Roomudges, the relevant Referee shall warn the athlete andissue a yellow or red card as deemed appropriate.
Athletes may be asked by fficials to adjust their clothing
to make it easier for the fficials to observe their form, suchas in a Seated Throwing Event.

୊ 6 ড় ෲૹɼ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ɼΠηϨʖφϑϔηɼٝࢸʀule 1 3‫ڴ‬ਜ਼ૹ۫ɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼϖϩϟρφ
6.1 ෲૹ
6.1.1 ͏ͥΗ͹झ໪Ͳ΍ɼ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χͺੜ݁Ͳɼ෈չͶࢧΚΗ͵͏Γ͑Ͷυδ΢ϱ͠Η࢕ཱིͱΔ
ΗͪෲૹΝ஥༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹ාஏͺೠΗͱ΍ͤ͘ͳ͕Δ͵͏΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪɼ৻൓ҽ͹൓ఈΝ๨͝ΖΓ͑͵ෲૹΝ஥༽͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.1.2 ‫͗ंٗڟ‬झ໪͹श྅‫ޛ‬ͶҧྪΝ୦͏ͲରΝ
࿒ड़ͦ͠Ζ͵ʹɼ෈న઀ͶҧྪΝ୦͏ͫ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹࠹ॵ͹ҩൕͶͯ͏ͱɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Ͷॊͮͱ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱܱࠄ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹ 2 յ໪͹ҩൕͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Ͷॊ͏‫ंٗڟ‬Ν֪ࣨͳͤΖɽ
6.1.3 ֦ࠅΝେනͤΖ৖߻ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹ࠅʀஏҮ͹Յ໏஄ରͶΓͮͱఈΌΔΗͪϤωϓΧʖϞΝ஥ͱࢂՅ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ఈͺɼනঞࣞ‫ٶ‬;‫ٗڟ‬৖಼ϑέφϨʖϧϱ΍‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹Ҳ෨ͳΊ͵ͤɽ஭қ(i)ʁ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ৻൓ҽ͹ࢻ೟Ν๨͝Ζ͞ͳ͹͵͏Γ͑ɼෲૹͺਐରͶື஥͢ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵ΔͥɼξϔξϔͲ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͷ೘Ζ઴Ͷɼ෈న઀Ήͪͺ෈չͲ͍ΖͳࢧΚΗΖ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷҧෲ͹ި‫׷‬Νགྷ‫ͤٽ‬Ζ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ‫ܐंٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬͹གྷ݇Ͷॊ͑͞ͳΝ‫ڍ‬൳ͪ͢৖߻ɼ౲֚৻൓ௗͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷܱࠄ͢ɼన
઀Ͷ΢ΦϫʖΉͪͺϪρχ͹ΩʖχΝ൅ߨͤΖɽ‫ڟ‬ٗंͺɼ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪͵ʹͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗‫ٗڟ‬ं͹ϓΧʖϞΝ؏ࡱ͢Ώͤ͏Γ͑ͶෲૹΝ௒੖ͤΖΓ͑‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ

6.2 Shoes - General
6.2.1 Athletes may compete barefoot or with footwear on
one or both feet. The purpose of shoes for competition is
to give protection and stability to the feet and a firm grip on
the ground. They must not give athletes any unfair
assistance or advantage.
6.2.2 Any shoe which appears on the World Athletics list of
approved competition shoes, updated and published fromtime to time by World Athletics, may also be used incorresponding events in WPA Competitions. Any shoe noton such list must comply with all other terms of Rules 6.2 6.6 inclusive and 6.1 of these rules in order to be used in
WPA Competition.
C MMENT For example, if a shoe is listed on the World
Athletics list of approved competition shoes in the category31

6.2 ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ʷҲൢ
6.2.1 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼནଏͲ΍ɼΉͪฤଏ͍Ζ͏ͺྈଏͶ‫ۼ‬Νས͏ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬͹࣎‫ۼ‬Νས͚໪దͺɼଏ͹ฯ‫҈ޤ‬ఈͳήϧϱχΝ͖ͮ͢ΕಁΊͯ͜ΖͪΌͲ͍Ζɽ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ෈ਜ਼͵෉ՅదঁྙΏ༑Ғ੓Ν༫͓Ζ΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.2.2 WA Ͳট೟͠Ηͪ‫ۼٗڟ‬ϨηφͶ‫͠ࡎܟ‬Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ۼ‬ͺɼ਷࣎ߍ৿ɼޮ֋͠ΗɼWPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֚౲
ͤΖझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍࢘༽Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹ϨηφͶ͵͏‫ۼ‬Ν WPA ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽ͤΖͪΌͶͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.26.6 ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ড়݇‫ ;ٶ‬6.10 Ͷ६‫ͤڎ‬Ζචགྷ͍͗
Ζɽαϟϱφʁྭ͓ͻɼP Ґ৏͹φϧρέझ໪Ͳট೟
͠Ηͪ‫ Ͳۼ༽ٗڟ‬:$ ͹ϨηφͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ P Ґ৏͹ :3$ ͹φϧρέझ໪Ͷtrack fromm , athletes may also use this shoe forWorld Para Athletics track events ofm or longer.
6.2.3 Any type of shoe used must be reasonably available
to all in the spirit of the universality of athletics. A shoe thatmeets the criteria set out in this Rule 6.2 may becustomised to suit the characteristics of a particularathlete s foot. owever, one-off shoes made to order (i.e.
that are only ones of their kind) are not permitted.
6.2.4 Where WPA has reason to believe that a type of shoeor specific shoe technology may not comply with the letteror the spirit of Rules 6.2 6.6, it may refer the shoe or shoe
technology for detailed examination and it may prohibit theuse of such shoes or technology in competition pending
examination.
6.3 hoes - umber o pi es
The sole of the shoes and/or prosthetic(s) (including thepart beneath the athlete s heel) may be so constructed as
to provide for the use of up to 11 spikes. Any number of
spikes up to 11 may be used but the number of spike
positions shall not exceed 11.
6.
hoes - Dimensions o pi es
That part of each spike which projects from the sole or theheel shall not exceed mm except in the igh ump andavelin Throw, where it shall not exceed 12mm. The spikemust be so constructed that it will, at least for the half of its
length closest to the tip, fit through a square sided 4mm
gauge. If the track manufacturer or the stadium operator
mandates a lesser maximum, or prohibits the use of certain
shaped spikes, this shall be applied and the athletes
notified accordingly.
Note The surface must be suitable for accepting the spikes
permitted under this rule.
C MMENT The revised spike length requirement would
normally be outlined in the Team Manual or technicalrequirements for the competition.
6.5 hoes - he ole
6.5.1 The sole of the shoe (including the part beneath theathlete s heel) may have grooves, ridges, indentations or
protuberances, provided these features are constructed of
the same or similar material to the basic sole itself. The
maximum thickness of the sole of the shoe is set out at
Rule 6.1 .
Note (i) The thickness of the sole shall be measured when
the shoe is not being worn, at the centre of the athlete s
forefoot and the centre of the athlete s heel as the distance
between the inside top side and the outside under side that
contacts the ground, including the above-mentioned
features and also including any kind or form of loose innersole or other appliance or insert. See Figure (1) below͕͏ͱ΍࢘༽Ͳ͘Ζɽ
6.2.3 ࢘༽͠ΗΖʹ͹Γ͑͵‫Ͳۼ‬΍ɼ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹෕ษ੓͹੠ਈͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼͤ΄ͱ͹ਕ͗߻ཀྵదͶ೘घͲ͘Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 6.2 ͶఈΌΔΗͪ‫خ‬६Νຮͪͤ‫ۼ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ଏ͹ಝ੓Ͷ߻͑Γ͑ΩηνϜ΢θͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼΨʖξʖϟ΢χ͹‫ۼ‬ʤͨ͹झྪ͹‫ۼ‬͹Ίʥͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Η͵͏ɽ
6.2.4 WPA ͗ɼ͍Ζझྪ͹‫ۼ‬Ήͪͺಝఈ͹‫ۼ‬͹ٗढ़͗‫و‬ଉ 6.2-6.6 ͹੠ਈͶ६‫͏͵͏ͱ͢ڎ‬Ն೵੓͗
͍Ζͳߡ͓Ζཀྵ༟͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ۼ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹ٗढ़ͺ৆ࡋ͵௒ࠬଲেͳ͵Ζ͞ͳ͍͗Εɼ௒ࠬ݃Վ࣏୊Ͳɼ
WPA ͺͨ͹Γ͑͵‫ۼ‬Ήͪͺٗढ़͹࢘༽Ν‫ͤࢯے‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
6.3 ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬-ηϏ΢έ͹਼‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ɼ‫;ٶ‬ٝଏ͹‫ۼ‬ఊʤ᪞͹Ծ͹‫ۼ‬ఊΝ‫؜‬΋ʥ
ͺɼ11 ຌҐ಼͹ηϏ΢έΝखΕͯ͜ΔΗΖߑଆͳͤ
Ζɽ11 ‫ݺ‬ΉͲ͹೜қ͹਼͹ηϏ΢έΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘Ζ͗ɼηϏ΢έख෉͜Ғ஖ͺ 11 ͖ॶΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.
‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬-ηϏ΢έ͹੉๑‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬͹‫ۼ‬ఊΉͪͺ᪞͖Δಧड़ͪ͢෨෾͹ηϏ΢έ͹ௗ͠ͺ mm Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪૺ߶௕‫;ٶ‬ΏΕ౦͹৖߻ͺɼ12mm Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽηϏ΢έͺ઎୼͚ۛͲɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ௗ͠͹ൔ෾ͺ
4mm ࢝๏͹ఈ‫و‬Ͷన߻ͤΖΓ͑ͶࡠΔΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽφϧρέ੣ଆ‫ंۂ‬΍͚͢ͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖؇ཀྵं͗ɼΓΕঘ͠͏੉๑͹৏‫ݸ‬Νઅ͜ͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ώɼಝఈ͹‫ܙ‬য়͹ηϏ΢έ͹࢘༽Ν೟Όͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼ͞Η͗న༽͠Ηɼͨ͹͞ͳ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱన઀Ͷ௪எ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ φϧρέ͹න໚ͺɼຌড়Ͳ೟ΌΔΗΖηϏ΢
έ͹࢘༽͗Ն೵͵΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁηϏ΢έ͹ௗ͠͹གྷ݇͗ҡ͵Ζ৖߻ͺɼ௪৙ɼοʖϞϜωϣΠϩΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴͶ‫ࡎى‬͠ΗΖɽ
6.5 ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬-‫ۼ‬ఊ
6.5.1 ‫ۼ‬ఊʤ᪞͹Ծ͹‫ۼ‬ఊΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͶͺɼ͑͸ɼ͙͙͡͡ɼಧً෼͵ʹ͍͗ͮͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼ͞ΗΔͺ‫ۼ‬ఊຌରͳಋҲ΍͚͢ͺྪࣇ͹ࡒྋͲࡠΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɽ‫ۼ‬ఊ͹࠹୉޲ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.1 ͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζɽ஭қ(i) ‫ۼ‬ఊ͹޲͠ͺɼ‫ۼ‬Νས͏ͱ͏͵͏ͳ͘ɼ‫ۼ‬͹઴ଏ͹஦ৼͳ᪞͹஦ৼͲɼͨΗͩΗ‫ۼ‬͹಼෨Ͷ͍Ζ‫ۼ‬ఊ͹࠹৏෨ͳ‫ۼ‬͹֐෨Ծଈ͹ฑ໚෨෾ͳ͹ؔ͹‫ړ‬཯ͳ͢ͱ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽ͞͹଎ఈͶࡏ͢ͱͺɼຌ‫و‬ఖͲ‫ى‬फ़͢ͱ͏Ζ΍͹ɼ‫;ٶ‬΢ϱψʖλʖϩɼͨ͹ଠ͹ૢ೘෼΍‫؜‬Όͱ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽਦʤ1ʥࢂলɽ

1Note (ii) The centre of the athlete s forefoot is the centre
point of the shoe at 5 of its internal length. The centreof the athlete s heel is the centre point of the shoe at 12of its internal length. See Figure (2), below. For a standard
sample unisex si e 42 (E R), the centre of the athlete s
forefoot will be the centre point of the shoe approximately
2 3mm from the inside back of the shoe, and the centre of
the athlete s heel will be the centre point of the shoe32஭қ(ii)ʁ઴ଏ͹஦ৼͺɼ‫ۼ‬͹಼෨͹ௗ͠͹ 5ˍͶ͍Ζ‫ۼ‬͹஦ৼ఼ͳͤΖɽ᪞͹஦ৼͺɼ‫ۼ‬͹಼෨͹ௗ͠
͹ 12ˍͶ͍Ζ‫ۼ‬͹஦ৼ఼ͳͤΖɽਦ(2)ࢂলɽඬ६ద
͵ࣆྭͳ͢ͱϤωιρέηγ΢θ 42ʤE Rʥ
ʤʻ26.5
ʛ2 . cmʥ͹৖߻ɼ઴ଏ͹஦ৼͺ‫ۼ‬͹಼ଈ͹ഐ໚͖
Δ༁ 2 3mm ͹Ғ஖Ͳ͍Εɼ᪞͹஦ৼͺ‫ۼ‬͹಼ଈ͹ഐ໚͖Δ༁ 32mm ͹Ғ஖Ͳ͍Ζɽ

approximately 32mm from the inside back of the shoe.

Figure 2
ocation for measurement of the centre of theforefoot and heel
Note (iii) The maximum sole thicknesses referred to inRule 6 are based on the sole thickness of a standard
sample unisex si e 42 (E R). WPA acknowledges that ashoe above that standard sample si e might contain amarginally thicker sole than that of a standard sample si e
shoe of the same make and model, which marginalincrease in sole thickness is only attributable to the larger
si e of the shoe. Such marginal increases will be
disregarded for the purposes of confirming compliance withthese Rules.
6.6 hoes - nserts and Additions to the hoe
Athletes may not use any appliance, either inside oroutside the shoe, which will have the effect of increasing
the thickness of the sole above the permitted maximum, or
which can give the wearer any advantage which he would
not obtain from the type of shoe described in the previous
paragraphs.
C MMENT Please refer to the further rules on shoes set
out at Rules 6. (Non-Compliance) and 6.1 (Moratorium)
below.
6. Athlete ibs
6. .1 Every athlete shall be provided with two bibs, which
during the competition, shall be worn visibly on the breast,
back and/or on his competition equipment (i.e., racing
chairs, Running frames and throwing frames), as set out inthe table below. Either the athletes' names or other suitable
identification will be allowed instead of numbers on any or
all of the bibs. If numbers are used, they shall correspondwith the number allocated to the athlete on the start list or
in the programme. If track suits are worn during thecompetition, bibs shall be worn on the track suit in a similarmanner.
Bib allocation table
A

1

A

1

1

1
1

1
W
1 bib on the athlete s
11
1

1 bib on the athlete s33

஭қ(iii)ʁ‫و‬ଉ 6 Ͳ‫͠ٶݶ‬Ηͱ͏Ζ࠹୉λʖϩ޲ͺɼඬ६γϱϕϩ͹Ϥωιρέηγ΢θ 42ʤE Rʥ͹λʖϩ޲Ͷ‫͏ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ΖɽWPA ͺɼඬ६ద͵γ΢θΝ
௔͓Ζ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ͶͺɼಋͣϟʖΩʖͳಋͣϠυϩ͹‫ͱ͍ͮͲۼ‬΍ɼඬ६γϱϕϩγ΢θ͹‫ۼ‬ΓΕ΍Κ͖ͥͶ‫ۼ‬ఊ͗޲͏΍͹͗‫؜‬ΉΗΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ͞ͳɼͨΗͺ‫ۼ‬͹γ΢θͶًҾͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ࣟ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵Κ͖ͥ͵޲Ί͹ࠫͺɼຌ‫و‬ఖ͗ॱग͠Η
ͱ͏Ζ͖Ν֮೟ͤΖ໪దͶ͕͏ͱͺ໲ୌͳ͢͵͏ɽ
6.6 ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬-‫΃ۼ༽ٗڟ‬͹࢕ֽ͜‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ۼ‬͹಼ଈɼ֐ଈΝ໲Κͥɼ‫ۼ‬ఊ͹‫و‬ఈ͹޲͠ΝଁͤΓ͑͵ްՎ͍͗ͮͪΕɼ઴ߴͲफ़΄ͪν΢ϕ͹‫͖ۼ‬ΔͺಚΔΗ͵͏ཤӻΝ༫͓ͪΕͤΖΓ͑͵࢕ֽ͜Ν͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁҐԾ͹‫و‬ଉ ʤόϱʀαϱϕϧ΢Πϱηʥ‫ ;ٶ‬ʤϠϧφϨΠϞʥͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ۼ‬Ͷ‫ؖ‬ͤΖ‫و‬ଉࢂলɽ
6.
ΠηϨʖφϑϔη
6. .1 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼҐԾͶࣖͤΓ͑Ͷ‫ͳڵ‬ഐ‫;ٶ‬ʙ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫۫༽ٗڟ‬ʤ‫༽ٗڟ‬ऄ͏ͤɼϧϱωϱήʀϓϪʖϞɼ౦ͱ͘༽ୈʥͶͺͮ͘Ε‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑Ͷ̐ທ͹ϑϔηΝͯ͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ௕༄‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼഐΉͪͺ‫ڵ‬Ͷͯ͜Ζͫ͜Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬͹ࡏͶφϪʖωϱήεϡςΝ஥Ζ࣎ͺɼಋͣ๏๑Ͳͨ͹৏Ͷͯ͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϑϔη͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨Ͷɼ਼࣊͹େΚΕͶ‫ंٗڟ‬͹໌઴Ήͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹న઀͵ࣟพ‫ߺى‬Ν‫ͤࡎى‬Ζ͞
ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ൬ߺΝ‫ͤࡎى‬Ζ৖߻ͺɼηνʖφϨηφ΍͚͢ͺϕϫήϧϞ৏Ͳ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͶׄΕ৾ΔΗͪ൬ߺΝ‫ͤࡎى‬Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶφϧρέηʖςΝ஥
༽ͤΖ৖߻΍ɼಋ༹Ͷϑϔηͺηʖς͹৏Ͷͯ͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

6. .2 ne of the bibs shall be visibly displayed on the backof the racing chair and the throwing frame and on the sideof the Running frame in accordance with the bib allocationtable above.
6. .3 Athletes must not wear any bibs on their leg insteadof on their breast or back.
6. .4 These bibs must be worn as issued and may not be
cut, folded or obscured in any way. In long distance events,
the bibs may be perforated to assist the circulation of air,
but the perforation must not be made on any of the lettering
or numerals that appear on them.
6. .5 Where a Photo Finish System is in operation, theC may require athletes to wear additional number
identification of an adhesive type on the side of their shorts
or lower body as determined by Call Room or otherTechnical fficials.
For athletes competing in all individual and team track androad wheelchair and Frame Running races, these
additional number identifications shall be worn on thehelmet.
6. .6 No athlete shall be allowed to take part in any
competition without displaying the appropriate bib(s)and/or identification.

6. .2 ϑϔη͹͑ͬ 1 ທͺɼ৏‫ى‬නͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬༽ऄ͏ͤ΍͚͢ͺ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹ഐͶɼϧϱωϱήϓϪʖϞͺଈ໚Ͷͺͮ͘Ε‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑෉͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. .3 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ڵ‬Ώഐ͹େΚΕͶ‫ٯ‬෨ͶϑϔηΝͯ͜ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. .4 ϑϔηͺഓා͠Ηͪ‫Ͳܙ‬஥༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵
Δͥɼ઀ͮͪΕ઄ΕৠΞͫΕ͍Ζ͏ͺ͏͖͵Ζ๏๑Ͳ΍‫ͱ͚͢͵͓ݡ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽௗ‫཯ړ‬झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ෫௪͢ΝΓ͚ͤΖͪΌͶϑϔηͶ݂Ν͍͜ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼช࣊Ώ਼࣊͹෨෾Ͷ݂͍͗ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. .5 ࣺਇ൓ఈૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱɼक࠷ंͺɼডॄॶ৻൓͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ࢨࣖͲɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹εϥʖςΉͪͺԾൔਐ͹ԥͶ೬஥੓͹ࠌψϱώʖඬࣟΝͯͦ͜͠Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήͶΓΖ‫ݺ‬ਕझ໪ɼϨϪʖ‫;ٶ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬Ͷड़৖ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼࠌψϱώʖͶେ͓ͱɼϖϩϟρφͶψϱώʖΝహΔ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. .6 ͏͖͵Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͍Θ͑ͳɼ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹ϑϔηͨ͹ଠ͹ඬࣟΝ஥༽ͦͥͶࢂՅͤΖ͞ͳͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ6.
on- ompliance in relation to clothing shoes andbibs
If an athlete does not follow any part of any of the Rules
6.1 6. to andrefuses the direction of the relevant Referee orother official to comply or
participates in the competition,
he shall be disqualified.
C MMENT This Rule 6. prescribes the sanction if any
aspect of any of the Rules 6.1 6. is not followed. It is
expected however that where possible the relevant officials
should request and encourage the athlete to comply and toadvise him of the consequence if he does not. But wherean athlete does not follow an aspect of the Rule during
competition and it is not practical for an official to request
compliance athletes should note that disqualification may
follow. It is a responsibility of the Starters Assistants andmpires (for Track and ut of Stadium Events) and theudges (for Field Events) to be vigilant on these mattersand report any apparent breaches to the relevant Referee.

6.
⾰㢮ࠊ㠐ཬࡧࣅࣈࢫ࡟㛵ࡍࡿ୙㐺ྜ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ຌড়͹‫و‬ଉ 6.1-6. ͶॊΚͥɼa) ৻൓ௗ͗ॊ͑Γ͑ໍͣͱ΍ͨ͹ໍྫΝ‫ڍ‬൳ͪ͢৖߻ɼΉͪͺb) ͨ͹ΉΉ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͪ͢৖߻ɼ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 6. ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.1-6. ͹ড়ߴ͏ͥΗ͖ͶॊΚ͵͏৖߻͹੏ࡍΝ‫و‬ఈ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼՆ
೵Ͳ͍Ηͻɼ‫͗͞ंٗڟ‬ΗΔ‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͏৖߻ɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ‫و‬ଉΝॱगͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫ש‬ΌΖͳͳ΍ͶɼॊΚ͵͏৖߻ɼʹ͹Γ͑͵݃ՎΝড͚͖‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷঁ‫͍Ͳ͘΄ͤݶ‬Ζɽ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬ճ஦Ͷ‫و‬ଉ͹ড়ߴ͏ͥΗ͖ͶॊΚͥɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫و‬ଉॱगΝགྷ‫ͤٽ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗‫ࣰݳ‬దͲͺ͵͏͵Δ֪ࣨͳ
ͦ͡ΖΝಚ͵͏ɽड़൅‫(ͳܐ‬φϧρέझ໪ͳ৖֐΢ϗϱφ୴౲͹)؄ࡱ
ҽ‫(;ٶ‬ϓΡʖϩχझ໪୴౲͹)৻൓ҽͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹ࣆҌΝܱվ͢ɼ໎Δ͖͵ҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺ৻൓ௗͶๅࠄͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ

6.
e eree directions as to shoes
6. .1 If the Referee has a reasonable suspicion that a shoeworn by an athlete in a competition might not comply withthe letter or spirit of the Rules, the Referee (or other official
as directed by the Referee) may request and the athlete
must immediately hand over the shoe to the Referee orsuch other official at the conclusion of the event for further
investigation by WPA.
owever, where it has already been declared that a shoe
does not comply with the spirit of the Rules, the relevant
Referee shall immediately act in accordance with Rule 6. .
6. .2 When shoes have been handed over by the athlete
under this Rule and the athlete intends to subsequently
compete in later rounds of the same event or in otherevents during the same competition, the Referee or otherofficial shall ensure the shoes are available to the athlete
to use in each such subsequent event. ow, when and on
what conditions the shoe is made available to the athlete
during the competition is at the Referee s discretion.

‫ۼ‬Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৻൓ௗ͹ࢨࣖ
6. .1 ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ؖ͢‬ɼ৻൓ௗ͗ຌ‫و‬ఖͶఈΌΔΗ
ͱ͏Ζ੠ਈͶলΔ͢ՁΔ͖߻ཀྵద͵ٛٝΝ࣍ͮͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗʤΉͪͺɼ৻൓ௗ͖Δࢨࣖ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽʥͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ɼ:3$ ͶΓΖߍ͵Ζ௒ࠬΝ‫ٽ‬Ό
Ζ͞ͳ͍͗Εɼͨ͹৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬श྅‫ޛ‬௜ͬͶ౲֚‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬Ν৻൓ௗ͍Ζ͏ͺ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶӀో͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼ౲֚‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬͗ຌ‫و‬ఖͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ੠ਈͶ߻஗͢ͱ͏͵͏͞ͳ͗‫ع‬Ͷ໎Δ͖Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺຌ‫و‬ఖͶॊ͏ଐΏ͖ͶߨಊͤΖɽ
6. .2 ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౲֚‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬Νघోͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ౲֚‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ಋͣझ໪͹‫ޛ‬͹ϧΤϱχΏɼಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ଠ͹झ໪Ͳ‫ٗڟ‬Νߨ͑༩ఈ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ‫͖ޛ‬ΔߨΚΗΖ‫Ͳٗڟ‬΍౲֚‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬Νࣰ֮Ͷ஥༽Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽҐ‫ޛ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷʹ͹Γ͑Ͷɼ͏ͯɼʹ͹Γ͑͵ড়݇Ͳ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౲֚‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬Ν஥༽Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͖ͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹ࡍྖͶҗ͸ΔΗΖɽ

6.1 Moratorium shoes
6.1
ntil further notice, unless specifically agreed byWorld Para Athletics in writing, any shoe used incompetitiona)(except where Rule 6.1 .(b) applies) must not containmore than one rigid plate or blade made from carbon fibreor another material with similar properties or producing
similar effects, whether that plate runs the full length of theshoe or only part of the length of the shoe andb)may contain one additional rigid plate or other ༝༩ી஖ʤ‫ۼ‬ʥ
6.10 ௧ͮͱ௪எ͍͗ΖΉͲɼྭ֐ద͵য়‫ Ͳڱ‬WPA͗ॽ໚ͶΓΕ໎֮Ͷ߻қͪ͢৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ
࢘༽͠ΗΖ‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬ͺ࣏͹ͳ͕ΕͳͤΖɽ ʤ‫و‬ଉ 6.10 ͗న༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ʥ‫ۼ‬͹સௗΉͪͺ‫ۼ‬͹ௗ͠͹Ҳ෨͖ʹ͖͑Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼ2
ͯҐ৏͹߸੓ߑଆϕϪʖφɼϔϪʖχ౵ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺಋ༹͹ްՎΝ΍ͪΔͤ΍͹Ν‫؜‬ΞͲͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽE  ηϏ΢έΝ‫ۼ‬͹֐ଈԾ໚ͶखΕ෉͜Ζ৖߻Ͷ͹

34

mechanism only where used solely to attach spikes to theouter underside of the shoe andc)must have a sole with a maximum thickness as set out inthe table below.
Event

Maximum thickness of the sole as perΊɼ߸੓ߑଆΉͪͺଠ͹‫ߑؽ‬ϕϪʖφɼϔϪʖχ౵Ν  ͯͫ͜௧ՅͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽλʖϩ͹࠹୉͹޲͠ͺɼԾ‫ى‬͹නͶࣖͤͳ͕Εʁ

Further Rule Requirement

Rule 6.5, Notes (i), (ii), (iii) and Figures 1 &2 and Rule 6.10(c)Field Events

20mm(except Triple Jump)

Applies to all Throwing Events forambulant athletes, and Vertical andHorizontal Jumping Events except the
Triple Jump. For all Field Events, the soleat the centre of the athlete’s forefootmust not be higher than the sole at centreof the athlete’s heel.

Triple Jump

25mm

The sole at the centre of the athlete’s
forefoot must not be higher than the soleat centre of the athlete’s heel.

Track Events up to but not including 800m

20mm

For relays the rule applies to the distanceof the leg being run by each athlete.

Track Events from 800m and above

25mm

For relays the rule applies to the distanceof the leg being run by each athlete.

Road Events

40mm

Shoe sole thickness table
Note (i) The one rigid plate or blade referred to in Rule6.1 (a) may be in more than one part but those parts must
be located sequentially, in one plane, not in parallel (i.e.,
not stacked above each other), and must not overlap.
6.
e ons oles 6.2 6. 6.6 or 6.
6.11.1
If an athlete presents with an anatomical
limitation (for example leg length difference or footdeformity) that prevents adherence to the requirements ofRule 6.2, 6.5, 6.6 or 6.1 , then an assessment shall bemade by WPA in advance of the event and an exception
may be granted.
6.11.2The shoe worn by the athlete on the other nonimpaired foot and/or leg must comply with the requirementsof Rules 6.2, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.1 .
6.11.3
WPA may establish a process for applications
under this Rule to be considered.
6. 2 ros heses
6.12.1 Athletes in Sport Classes T/F61-64, with lower
limb deficiency and leg length difference (meeting the
Minimum Impairment Criteria Sec. 2.1.4.1 and Sec. 2.1.
of appendix one of the WPA Classification Rules andRegulations) may wear lower limb prosthetic device(s) inorder to ensure both legs are balanced and to allow forsymmetric movement during Competition. Such prosthetic
device(s) shall not provide any other assistance to theathlete or breach any of the fundamental principles outlined
in Part B.1.
a)In Track and Road Events, athletes in Sports Classes
T61-64 shall compete with lower limb prosthetic device(s)and shall complete the race with such device(s).
Prostheses are considered an extension of the athlete s
body. If the athlete finishes the race without the prosthetic
device(s), the athlete shall be disqualified.
b)In Field Events, athletes in Sports Classes T/F61-64, theuse of lower limb prosthetic device(s) is optional. Prior to
the start of the Event, the athlete shall notify the relevant
fficial of his intention. If an athlete decides to competewith the prosthetic device(s), he shall complete all trials
from start to finish with such device(s). If the athlete does
not, such trial(s) shall be considered a failure.
C MMENT In the case that the athlete decides to use thelower limb prosthetic device(s) (i.e. in igh ump or ongump), the relevant fficial shall ensure that Rule 25. and35஭қ ʁ‫و‬ଉ 6.10 ͹ 1 ͯ͹߸੓ߑଆͺ෵਼͹ϏʖςͲߑ੔͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻͍͗Ζ͗ɼͨΗΔ͹ϏʖςͺಋҲฑ໚৏Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ʤ‫͏ޕ‬Ͷ੷Ί॑͸ͪΕɼ॑͵Ε߻ͮͪΕ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ʥɽ‫وٗڟ‬ଉ
Ήͪͺ͹ྭ֐
6.11.1 ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.2ɼ6. ɼ6.6 Ήͪͺ 6.10 ͹གྷ݇͹ॳगΝ๨͝Ζ੏‫ݸ‬ʤྭ͓ͻɼ‫ٯ‬͹ௗ͠͹ҩ͏Ώଏ͹ร‫ܙ‬ʥΝࣖͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹઴Ͷ WPA ͶΓͮͱ඲Ճ͗ߨΚΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼྭ֐͗೟ΌΔΗΖ৖߻΍͍Ζɽ
6.11.2 ‫্֒͗ंٗڟ‬͹͵͏ଏ‫ٯ;ٶ‬Ͷ஥༽ͤΖ‫ۼ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.2ɼ6. ɼ6.6 ‫ ;ٶ‬6.10 ͹གྷ݇Ͷ६‫ͱ͢ڎ‬͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.11.
WPA ͺɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ‫͚Ͱخ‬ਅ੧๏๑Ν‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽٝࢸ
6.12.1 Ծࢸܿଝ‫ٯ;ٶ‬ௗࠫʤWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖ͹෉࿧ 1 ͹࠹ఁ্֒‫خ‬६ 2.1.4.1 ‫ ;ٶ‬2.1.
ΝຮͪͤʥͶ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F61-64 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼྈ‫ٯ‬Ήͪͺྈ࿻͹ௗ͠Ν౵͚͢͢ͱώϧϱηΓ͚ૺΗΖΓ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͶٝࢸΝૹ஥ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͖͖ΖٝࢸͺώϧϱηΝึਜ਼ͤΖҐ֐͹ঁྙΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ༫͓Ζ΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵ΔͥɼϏʖφ B- .1 Ͷ֕ઈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉͶҩൕ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
a) φϧρέझ໪ͳಕ࿑झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T61-64 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼԾࢸ༽ٝࢸΝૹ஥͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬͢ɼͨΗΔٝࢸΝૹ஥ͪ͢য়ସͲ‫ٗڟ‬Νश͓͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽٝࢸͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐର͹ԈௗͳΊ͵ͤɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽb) ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T61-64͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼԾࢸ༽ٝࢸ͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͳͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬֋࢟઴Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ୴౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶɼ࢘༽͹༙ໃΝఽ͓͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍࢘͢༽Ν݀Όͪ͵Δɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫͖࢟֋ٗڟ‬Δश྅ΉͲͤ΄ͱ͹ࢾٗͲٝࢸΝૹ஥͢ͱ‫ͱ͚͵ٗ͢ڟ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽૹ஥ͦͥ
Ͷࢾٗͪ͢৖߻ɼໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵͠ΗΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬஦ͶԾࢸ༽ٝࢸΝ࢘༽ͤΖ
͞ͳΝ݀ఈͪ͢৖߻ʤͯΉΕɼૺ߶௕Ήͪͺૺ෱௕Ͳʥɼ‫ܐؖ‬ༀҽͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 25. ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 2 .14 ͗ॱगRule 2 .14 are observed.
6.12.2 For Sport Classes T/F61-62 the actual height ofan athlete in his Competition leg prostheses shall not
exceed his Maximum Allowable Standing eight (MAS )in accordance with WPA Classification Rules andRegulations. The height of athletes shall be measured at
the Call Room by Call Room udges. If an athlete exceeds
his MAS then the athlete will not be permitted to start theevent and shall be shown in the results as DNS in
accordance with Rule 6.16.
C MMENT World and Regional Records - For the
purpose of record ratification, all World and Regional
Records achieved by athletes in Sport Classes T/F61-62
must comply with Rule 51.1 Note (i).
6.12.3 For athletes in Sport Classes T45-4 and F45-46
with upper limb deficiency (meeting the Minimum
Impairment Criteria Sec. 2.1.4.2., 2.2.1.1, and 2.2.2.1. ofappendix one of the WPA Classification Rules andRegulations), the use of upper limb prosthetic device(s) is
optional.
a)In Track and Road Events, athletes in Sport Classes T454 , that choose to compete with the upper limb prosthetic
device(s), shall complete the race with such device(s).
Since the use is optional, the athlete may decide whether
or not to use the upper limb prosthetic device(s) in the next
race (e.g. in the semi-final or final in 1 m). Prostheses are
considered an extension of the athlete s body. nce therace starts, athletes running with upper limb prosthetic
device(s) must reach the leading edge of the finish line withsuch device(s). If the athlete finishes the race without theprosthetic device(s), the athlete shall be disqualified.
b)In Field Events, athletes in Sport ClassesT45-4 andF45-46, the use of upper limb prosthetic device(s) is
optional. Prior to the start of the Event, the athlete shallnotify the relevant fficial of his intention. If an athlete
decides to compete with the prosthetic device(s), he shallcomplete all trials from start to finish with such device(s). If
the athlete does not, such trial(s) shall be considered afailure.
C MMENT In the case that the athlete decides to use theprosthetic device(s) (e.g. in igh ump or ong ump), therelevant fficial shall ensure that Rule 25. and Rule 2 .14
are observed.

͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ
6.12.2 ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F61-62 Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫༽ٗڟ‬ٝଏૹ஥࣎͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐௗ͗ɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫ٶ‬;‫و‬ఖͶఈΌΖ࠹୉‫ڒ‬ՆਐௗʤMAS ʥΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐௗͺɼডॄॶͲডॄॶ৻൓(‫ڟ‬ٗं‫͗)ܐ‬଎ఈͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬MAS Ν௔͓ͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬Ν֋࢟ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳͥ͘‫و‬ଉ 6.16 Ͷॊ͏ɼϨδϩφͶ DNS ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠Η
Ζɽαϟϱφʁ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧੊ֆ‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ͹‫ى‬࿧͹ট೟Ν໪దͳ͢ͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F61-62 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ୣ੔ͪͤ͢΄ͱ͹੊ֆ‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 51.1 ͹஭‫(ى‬i)Ͷ६‫͏ͱ͢ڎ‬Ζ
චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
6.12.3 ৏ࢸܿଝ͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T45-4 ‫ ;ٶ‬F45-46͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ࠹ঘ্֒‫خ‬६ 2.1.4.2 ‫ ;ٶ‬2.2.1.1ɼ̧̮̘έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖ͹௧ึʤappendixʥ
2.2.2.1
Ͷ߻஗͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝড়݇ͳ͢ͱʥͺɼ৏ࢸ༽ٝࢸ͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͲ͍Ζɽ
Dʥφϧρέ‫;ٶ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ৏ࢸ༽ٝࢸΝ஥༽͢ͱ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝમ୔ͪ͢‫ٗڟ‬έϧη  ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼͨ͹ٝࢸΝ஥༽ͪ͢য়ସͲϪʖηΝ‫׮‬྅͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ ஥༽ͺ೜қ͹ͪΌɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ࣏͹ϧΤϱχʤྭ͓ͻɼP ͹६݀ঋΏ݀ঋ਒ड़͹৖߻ʥͲ΍࢘༽ͤΖ͖൳͖Νમ୔Ͳ͘Ζɽٝࢸͺ‫ڟ‬ٗं͹ਐର͹ԈௗͳΊ͵ͤɽҲ୶‫࢟͠֋͗ٗڟ‬Ηͪ
Δɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹ٝࢸͳ‫ڠ‬ͶϓΡωρεϣϧ΢
ϱͶ౺ୣ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
EʥϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 7 ‫ٶ‬; ) ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹৏ࢸ༽ٝࢸ͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͲ͍Ζɽ ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ୴౲‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶ࢘༽͹қࢧΝ௪எ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ ৏ࢸ༽ٝࢸΝ஥༽͢ͱ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ‫݀͗ंٗڟ‬இͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͺɼͨ͹ٝࢸΝ஥༽ͪ͢য়ସͲࢾٗ͹࠹ॵ͖Δ࠹‫ޛ‬ΉͲ‫׮‬྅͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ ‫͑ͨ͗͢ंٗڟ‬͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹ࢾٗͺໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵͠ΗΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬஦Ͷٝࢸૹ۫Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͪ͢৖߻ʤͯΉΕɼૺ߶௕Ήͪͺૺ෱௕Ͳʥɼ
‫ܐؖ‬ༀҽͺɼͨ͹ಝఈ͹ࢾٗͲ‫و‬ଉ  ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ ͗ॱग͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ

6.13 rthoses
6.13.1 For athletes in Sports Classes T32-34/F31-34,
T/F35-3 , T/F42-44 and T51-54/F51-5 with ower imb
Impairment with two anatomical limbs, the use of orthotic
device(s) is optional.
6.13.2 In Sport Classes T32-34/F31-34, T/F35-3 , T454 / F45-46 and T51-54/F51-5 , athletes with pper imb
Impairment, the use of orthotic device(s) is optional.
6.13.3 For athletes with lower and/or upper limb
impairment the use of assistive devices other than thosepermitted in Rule 6.12 or this Rule 6.13 to facilitate running
is not allowed.
C MMENT p until 1 anuary 2 1 , Sport Classes
T/F42-44 included both athletes who competed with aprosthetic device(s) and athletes who did not. Recent
findings indicate that the use of prosthetic device(s) may
provide a performance advantage in Track Events.

6.13 ‫ڴ‬ਜ਼ૹ۫
6.13.1 ԾࢸͶ‫ؽ‬೵্͗͏Ν൒͑‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T3234/F31-34ɼT/F35-3 ɼT/F42-44ɼT51-54/F51-5 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼʤԾࢸʥ‫ڴ‬ਜ਼ૹ۫͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͲ͍Ζɽ
6.13.2 ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T32-34/F31-34ɼT/F35-3 ɼT454 ɼF45-46 ‫ ;ٶ‬T51-54/F51-5 ,Ͳͺɼ৏ࢸ্֒Ν༙
ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ڴ‬ਜ਼ૹ۫͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͲ͍Ζɽ
6.13.3 Ծࢸ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺ৏ࢸ͹্֒Ν༙ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼૺߨΝ༲ҝͶͤΖͪΌͶ‫و‬ଉ 6.12 ‫;ٶ‬‫و‬ଉ 6.13 Ͳ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏ΖҐ֐͹ึঁૹ஖͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ2 1 ೧ 1 ݆ 1 ೖΉͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F4244 Ͷͺɼٝࢸૹ۫Ν෉͜ͱ‫Ͳ͑ͨͳंٗڟͪٗ͢ڟ‬͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ྈ๏͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏ͪɽ࠹ۛ͹௒ࠬ݃ՎͲͺɼٝࢸૹ۫Ν࢘༽ͤΖͳɼφϧρέ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ϏϓΧʖϜϱη͗޴৏ͤΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ͞ͳ͗ࣖ͠
Ηͱ͏Ζɽ

6.1
e mas
6.14.1 Athletes in Sport Classes T/F11 must have theireyes/eye cavities completely covered by gau e patches oran equivalent material and must wear approved opaqueglasses or an appropriate substitute during all track and/or
field events. These opaque glasses or their substitute mustcompletely cover the eyes of the competitor and must be
checked and approved by the responsible technical official
and must in their opinion be effective in blocking out alllight. These opaque glasses or their substitute may beinspected again at any time, including immediately before
the start and/or after finish.
6.14.2 It is the responsibility of the athlete to provide the

6.1
Π΢Ϝηέ
6.14.1 ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F11 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹φϧρέझ໪ͳϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼΪʖκϏροΉͪͺಋ౵͹෼Ͳ‫׮‬સͶ໪Ν෶͓ͮͪ͑Ͳɼট೟
Νणͪ͜෈ಃ໎Ͳ઴͹‫ںء͏͵͓ݡ‬Ήͪͺన઀͵େ༽඾Νૹ஥͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େ༽඾ͺ‫׮‬સͶ໪Ν෶͑΍͹Ͳɼ୴౲‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹οΥρέͳট೟Νण͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹൓இͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫׮‬સͶޭΝअஇͤΖްՎ͍͗Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ୴౲͹ٗढ़ༀҽͺɼ‫֋ٗڟ‬࢟௜઴Ώ‫ٗڟ‬श྅௜‫ޛ‬Ν‫؜‬Ό͏ͯͲ΍ɼ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େ༽඾͹࠸‫ࠬݗ‬Νߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
6.14.2 Π΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬36eye patches, eye masks / opaque glasses and to ensurethat these eye patches, eye masks and opaque glasses orappropriate substitute meet the requirements set out in
6.14.1. If an athlete arrives at the call room and a) does nothave eye patches, and/or an eye mask/opaqueglasses/appropriate substitute, or b) the eye patches, aneye mask/opaque glasses/appropriate substitute fails tocomply with this Rule 6.14, Rule 6.16 shall apply.
6.14.3 Eye patches and eye masks / opaque glasses
or appropriate substitute must be worn from the time theathlete leaves the Call Room until the end of the event(after the athlete has crossed the leading-edge of the finish
line in track events or after the end of the athlete s final trial
in field events) or after an athlete has retired from an event.
Save for where Rule 6.14.4 applies, any athlete who
removes his eye patches and/or eye mask/opaque glasses
before the end of the event or before retiring from an event
shall, for a first offence, be warned by the Referee inaccordance with Rule 2.13.5. For a second offence in that
Competition, the Referee shall disqualify the athlete inaccordance with Rule 2.13.5
6.14.4 In field events an athlete may temporarily remove
the eye mask / opaque glasses (but not eye patches)
between trials in the event.
6.14.5 It is not required for athletes to wear eye patches
and masks during road races.
C MMENT It is important for IT s to remember that as
Referees they must ensure that inspection of eye patchesand eye masks must be conducted in the Call Room (seeRule 2.24) and that athletes wear proper eye patches andmasks during the events for which they are intended to beworn. Where an athlete wishes to remove the eye patchesor eye mask, they must ask for permission to do so. This
shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Referee or Chiefudge of the event.
While in a Track Event the eye patches and eye masks arenormally in place at the starting line and remain for theduration of the event however, in some Field Events anathlete may remove their eye mask/opaque glasses
between attempts. If they do so, the udges and Refereeneed to observe that they are replaced by the athlete or his
assistant prior to their next attempt.
Failure to wear the eye patches and eye masks correctly
will result in disqualification of the athlete. This may
include where the eye patch or eye mask falls off during a
Track Event.
6.15 ether
6.15.1 When competing with a guide-runner, athletes inSport Class T11 and T12 shall be guided through a tether
which shall be supplied by the athlete and shall comply with
Rule 6.15.4. If such an athlete arrives at the call room anda) does not have a tether, or b) the tether is not incompliance with Rule 6.15.4, Rule 6.16 shall apply.
6.15.2nly one tether shall be used between an athlete
and his guide-runner(s) during a race.
6.15.3 If during a race their tether breaks then theathlete shall be disqualified.
C MMENT It is the responsibility of the athlete to ensurethat their tether is durable and serviceable and that, in theevent that the tether breaks during a race, he will bedisqualified under Rule . .
6.15.4 The tether shall be made from non-elastic materialand shall not store energy and/or offer a performance gain
to an athlete. It shall consist of two closed holding loops
and a middle section with two fixed spherical stoppers at
each end.
a)For track events, the maximum length between the twofurthest points of the holding loop at the full extension of
the tether shall not exceed 3 cm. For road events, themaximum length between the two furthest points of theholding loop at the full extension of the tether shall not
exceed 5 cm. Each tether shall be measured in the Call
Room at its full extension when the tether is not being worn.
b)The holding loops shall not incorporate any mechanism37ं͹੻೜Ͳ༽қ͠Η͸ͻ͵ΔͥɼΠ΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େ༽඾͗‫و‬ଉ 6.14.1.
͹‫خ‬६Νຮͪͤ͞ͳͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻೜Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͗ডॄॶͶ a)Π΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େ༽඾Ν࣍ࢂ͢ͱ͏͵͏ɼb)Π΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ෈ಃ໎‫ںء‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େ༽඾͗‫و‬ଉ
6.14 Ͷ६ͣͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.16 ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.14.3 ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶΝ཯ΗΖ͖࣎Δ‫ٗڟ‬श྅ΉͲ͹ؔʤφϧρέ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹‫خ‬६તΝӿ͓ΖΉͲɼϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺ࠹शࢾٗश
྅ΉͲ͹ؔɼʥɼΉͪͺɼ‫౏͗ंٗڟ‬஦Ͳ‫ͤݘؼ‬ΖΉͲɼΠ΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ‫෈;ٶ‬ಃ໎Ͳ઴͹‫ݡ‬͓͵͏‫ںء‬Ήͪͺన઀͵େ༽඾Νૹ஥͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 6.14.4.͹৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ‫ٗڟ‬श྅઴ɼΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ͤݘؼ‬Ζ઴ͶΠ΢ϏροɼΠ΢Ϝηέɼ‫෈;ٶ‬ಃ໎Ͳ઴͹‫ںء͏͵͓ݡ‬Ν֐ͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ
2.13.5.ͶଉΕ৻൓ௗ͖ΔܱࠄΝण͜Ζɽಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճ
Ͳ 2 ౕ໪͹ܱࠄΝणͪ͜ഔɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5.ͶଉΕɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
6.14.4 ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼझ໪͹ࢾٗ͹ؔͶΠ΢Ϝηέɼ‫෈;ٶ‬ಃ໎Ͳ઴͹‫ںء͏͵͓ݡ‬ʤΠ΢Ϗροͺঈ͚ʥΝ֐͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
6.14.5 ϫʖχϪʖηͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΠ΢Ϗρο‫ٶ‬;Π΢ϜηέΝ஥༽ͤΖචགྷͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁIT ͺ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱɼডॄॶͲΠ΢ϏροͳΠ΢Ϝηέ͹‫ߨ͗ࠬݗ‬ΚΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤ
Ζචགྷ͍͗Εʤ‫و‬ଉ 2.24 ࢂলʥɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬஥༽ͤΖ
චགྷ͹͍Ζझ໪Ͳͺɼ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬஦Ͷన઀͵Π΢ϏροͳϜηέΝ஥༽ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝְ͓ͱ͕͚͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Π΢ϏροΉͪͺΠ΢ϜηέΝ֐ͪ͢͏৖߻ͺɼ֐ͤ‫ڒ‬ՆΝ‫ٽ‬ΌΖච
གྷ͍͗Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼ৻൓ௗΉͪͺ৻൓ҽक೜ͶΓͮͱ෈౲Ͷ‫ڍ‬൳͠Ηͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽφϧρέझ໪ͲͺɼΠ΢ϏροͳΠ΢Ϝηέͺ௪৙ηνʖφஏ఼Ͷ͏Ζͳ͘ૹ஥͠Ηͱ͕Εɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦΍ͨ͹ΉΉ஥༽͠ΗΖɽͪͫ͢ɼҲ෨͹ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͳͺɼ֦ࢾٗ͹ؔͶΠ΢Ϝηέɼ෈ಃ໎͵‫ںء‬Ν֐ͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͹৖߻ɼ৻൓ҽͳ৻൓ௗͺɼ࣏͹ࢾٗ͹઴Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΠεηνϱφͶΓͮͱͨΗΔ͗஥༽͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽΠ΢ϏροͳΠ΢ϜηέΝਜ਼͚͢஥༽͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼφϧρέझ໪͹࠹஦ͶΠ΢ϏροΉͪͺΠ΢Ϝηέ͗ཚͬΖ͞ͳ΍‫؜‬ΉΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽ
6.15 τδʖ
6.15.1 Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹൒ૺ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͳ T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼτδʖͶΓͮͱΪ΢χϧϱψʖͳͯ͵͗ͮͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵ΔͥɼͨΗͺ‫ڟ‬ٗं͗༽қ͢‫و‬ଉ 6.15.4 Ͷన߻͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶͶɼa)τδʖΝ࣍ࢂ͢ͱ͏͵͏ɼb)τδʖ͗‫و‬ଉ 6.15.4.Ͷన߻͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.16 ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.15.2 ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ؔͲͺ 1ຌ͹τδʖ͹Ί࢘༽͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ
6.15.3 ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷτδʖ͗͞ΚΗͪ৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁτδʖ͗‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷଳ͓͑Ζ΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ͖ʹ͖͑͹੻೜ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͍Εɼ‫و‬ଉ . Ͷॊ͏ɼ‫ڟ‬ٗ஦Ͷ͞ΚΗͪ৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
6.15.4 τδʖͺɼ৵क़੓͹͵͏ࡒ࣯ͲࡠΔΗɼՁΔ͖͹ྙΝட͓ͪΕ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ཤӻΝಚΖΓ͑͵΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽτδʖͺɼ2 ͯ͹ѴΕ༽͹ྡྷͳɼ֦୼෨Ͷ 2 ͯ͹‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͪ‫ځ‬য়ηφρϏΝ༙ͤΖ஦
ؔ෨෾ͳ͖Δ͵ΖɽD  φϧρέझ໪ͲͺɼτδʖΝ࠹΍৵ͻͪ͢য়ସͶ͕͜ΖѴΕ༽͹ྡྷ͹ྈ୼͹ؔ͹࠹୉ௗͺ 3 cm Ґ
ԾͳͤΖɽ ಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼτδʖΝ࠹΍৵ͻͪ͢য়ସͶ͕͜ΖѴΕ༽͹ྡྷ͹ྈ୼͹ؔ͹࠹୉ௗͺ 5 cm
ҐԾͳͤΖɽτδʖͺɼૹ஥͠Ηͱ͏͵͏ͳ͘Ͷɼ࠹΍৵ͻͪ͢য়ସͲডॄॶͲ଎ఈ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ѴΕ༽͹ྡྷͺɼྡྷΝմ͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑͵ߑthat allows the loops to open. The holding loops may
incorporate a locking mechanism, which can be easily
operated by the athlete and that allows the si e of the loops
to be adjusted and locked. This adjustable locking
mechanism shall not in any way be extended beyond thetwo fixed spherical stoppers and shall not shorten the
middle section. The middle section shall be a minimum of
1 cm in length and shall be measured at its full extension
from the closest points of the two spherical stoppers. The
middle section shall be of a distinctive colour and be
distinguishable from a distance to the rest of the tether. The
stoppers shall be sphere-shaped (or spherical) and aminimum of 1cm in diameter.

Figure 3

Tether features

C MMENT The above Figure 3 shows the minimum andmaximum length that must be observed and respected at
all times during the races for Track and Road Events. The
Call Room udges will conduct the appropriate inspection
and will ensure that the length of the tether complies withthe above Rule 6.15.1 and Rule 6.15.4.
6.16 on-compliance on equipment
6.16.1 An athlete (and in the case of a relay, his team)
may be excluded from participation in any event in which
his competition equipment (i.e., racing chairs, Running
frames, throwing frames, prosthetic device(s), helmets,
tethers and eye masks) is not compliant with the rules. In
such circumstances, the Call Room Referee (or otherappropriate referee) must issue the athlete with a yellowcard.
6.16.2 If the athlete is able to make the necessary
adjustments to ensure compliance with the rules or is able
to obtain the missing equipment (e.g. borrowing a tether
from theC), prior to the scheduled exit from the CallRoom, he shall be permitted to compete. No event shall bedelayed while an athlete makes adjustments to theirequipment.
6.16.3 If an athlete fails to comply with this Rule, thenthe athlete (and in the case of a relay, his team) will not be
permitted to start the event and he (and in the case of arelay, his team) shall be shown in the results as DNS . A
reference shall be made in the official results to the Rulethat has been infringed (for example, DNS
C 6.12.2). In
such circumstances, the athlete shall not be excluded fromparticipation in further events of the competition under Rule
5.5.
6.16.4 If the athlete s equipment is non-compliant forany subsequent event, then he shall also be excluded fromthat event. In such circumstances, the Call Room Referee(or other appropriate referee) shall show the athlete asecond yellow card followed immediately by a red card andin such circumstances the athlete shall be excluded fromparticipation in further events of the competition.
6.16.5 The provisions of this Rule 6.16 relating to theissuing of a yellow card and/or red card by the appropriate
Referee will also apply in circumstances where an athlete,having started or completed an event, is subsequently
disqualified from that event for having competed using noncompliant equipment.
C MMENT nder such circumstances where the athlete s
equipment is non-compliant with the rules and in order to38ଆΝૌΊࠒΞͲͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽѴΕ༽͹ྡྷͶͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗؈ୱ͵૤ࡠͲɼྡྷ͹γ΢θΝ௒ઇ͢ͱ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖߑଆΝૌΊࠒ΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹௒ઇՆ೵͵ϫρέߑଆͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͪ‫ځ‬য়ηφρϏʖΝ௔͓ͱ֨௃͠Ηͱͺ͵Δͥɼ஦ؔ෨෾Ν୻͚͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஦ؔ෨͹ௗ͠ͺ 1 cm Ґ৏ͳ͢ɼ‫׮‬સͶ৵ͻͪ͢য়ସͲɼ2 ͯ͹‫ځ‬য়ηφρϏ͹࠹΍ۛ͏఼͹ؔͲ଎ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஦ؔ෨෾ͺɼࡏཱིͮͪ৯ͳ͢ɼτδʖ͹࢔Ε෨෾͹‫͗཯ړ‬໎֮Ͷ
൓พͲ͘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ ηφρϏʖͺɼ‫ܙځ‬ʤΉͪͺ‫ܙځ‬ʥͲ௜‫ ܚ‬1cm Ґ৏Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ৏͹ਦ 3 ͺɼφϧρέ‫;ٶ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹Ϫʖη஦Ͷ৙Ͷॱग͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏࠹ঘͳ࠹୉
͹ௗ͠Νࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζɽডॄॶ͹৻൓ҽͺన઀͵‫ࠬݗ‬Νߨ͏ɼτδʖ͹ௗ͗͠৏‫وى‬ଉ 6.15.1 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ
6.15.4 Ͷ६‫͏ͱ͢ڎ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ
6.16 ‫۫ح‬͹෈న߻
6.16.1 ‫۫حٗڟ‬ʤϪʖη༽ऄ͏ͤɼϧϱωϱήʀϓϪʖϞɼ౦ͱ͘ୈɼٝघ/ٝଏɼτδʖɼΠ΢Ϝηέ
౵ʥ͗‫و‬ଉͶన߻͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͺͨ͹οʖϞʥͺͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ʹ͹झ໪͖Δ΍ঈ֐͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽͨ͹৖߻ɼডॄॶ৻൓ௗʤΉͪͺ୴౲৻൓ௗʥͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχͲܱࠄͤΖɽ
6.16.2 ‫و‬ଉͶన߻ͦ͠ΖͪΌɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶड़൅࣎ؔΉͲͶ‫۫حٗڟ‬Ͷචགྷ͵รߍΝՅ͓Ζɼ͍Ζ͏ͺචགྷ͵‫۫ح‬Ν६ඍͲͪ͘৖߻ʤྭ͓ͻɼ͖ΔτδʖΝईΕΖ౵ʥɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͲ
͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼͨ͹௒੖͹ͪΌͶ‫ٗڟ‬ΝஙΔͦͱͺ
͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.16.3 ຌ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͺͨ͹οʖϞʥͺ‫ٗڟ‬Ν֋࢟ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲͥ͘ɼϨδϩφͶ
ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠Ηɼඍߡͳ͢ͱ֚౲ͤ
Ζ‫و‬ଉΝ໎‫ͤى‬Ζʤྭʁ
6.12.2. ɽͨ͹৖߻Ͳ΍ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ . .ͶଉΕͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹Ґ߳͹‫͖ٗڟ‬Δঈ֐͠ΗΖ͞ͳͺ͵͏ɽ
6.16.4 ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ͨ͗۫حٗڟ‬͹‫ޛ‬͹‫Ͳٗڟ‬΍ҩൕ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹झ໪͖Δঈ֐͠
ΗΖɽͨ͹৖߻ɼডॄॶ৻൓ௗʤΉͪͺ୴౲৻൓ௗʥͺ̐ທ໪͹΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΝ఑ࣖɼͨ͹ͤ͛Ͷକ͜ͱϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖ͢ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺͨΗҐ߳͹झ໪΍ड़৖Ͳ͘͵͏ɽ
6.16.5 ‫و‬ଉ 6.16 Ͷ͕͜Ζɼ৻൓ௗͶΓΖ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχ/ϪρχΩʖχͺɼՀͶ‫ͪ࢟͢֋͗ٗڟ‬Εश྅ͪ͢৖߻Ͷ΍న༽͠Ηɼ༽۫͗న߻͢ͱ͏͵͖ͮͪͳ͢ͱ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫و͗۫ح‬ଉͶన߻͢ͱ͏͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ͹Ҳؑ੓Ν࣍ͪͦΖͪΌɼডॄॶ৻൓

be consistent with the application of the rules, it isrecommended that the Call Room Referee keep a written
record of the yellow and red cards that have been issued.

ௗͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχͳϪρχΩʖχ͹‫ى‬࿧ΝͳΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ

6.1
elmetselmets for Sport Classes T31-34, T51-54.
6.1 .1 The wearing of helmets is compulsory in all track
and road wheelchair races and Frame Running races. The
helmet shall be a hard-protective shell that has arecognised international safety standard e.g. Snell b4/ / 5, BSI 6 63, EN 1.
6.1 .2 If an athlete arrives at the Call Room and a) does
not have a helmet, or b) the helmet is not in compliancewith Rule 6.1 .1, Rule 6.16 shall apply.
6.1 .3 The helmet must be worn from the time theathlete leaves the Call Room until the end of the race. Any
athlete who removes their helmet during this time, shall, fora first offence in that Competition, be warned by the
Referee in accordance with Rule 2.13.5. For a second
offence in that Competition, the Referee shall disqualify theathlete in accordance with Rule 2.13.5.
6.1 .4 The purpose of this Rule 6.1 is to ensure thesafety of all athletes while on the track and is not intended
to punish the temporary removal of a helmet for genuine
reasons. For example, should an athlete need to briefly
adjust their helmet while stationary, this shall not requiredisciplinary action.
C MMENT For safety reasons, athletes covered by thisRule are advised to wear a helmet on the track at all times(i.e. including after the race.)

6.1
ϖϩϟρφ
‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T31-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬T51-54 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖϖϩ
ϟρφ
6.1 .1 ͤ΄ͱ͹ऄ͏ͤ͹φϧρέ‫;ٶٗڟ‬ಕ࿑‫ڟ‬ٗɼΉͪϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήͲͺɼϖϩϟρφ͹஥༽͗ٝແ෉͜ΔΗͱ͏Ζɽϖϩϟρφͺ֐֬͗‫͚ݽ‬ɼฯ ‫ ޤ‬੓ Ͷ ༑ Η ɼ ࠅ ࡏ ҈ સ ‫ خ‬६ ʤ η ϋ ϩ ‫ ֪ و‬b4/ / 5ɼBSI6 63ɼEN1
౵ʥΝຮͪ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6.1 .2 ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶͶɼ ϖϩϟρφΝ࣍ࢂ͢ͱ͏͵͏ɼ ϖϩϟρφ͗‫و‬ଉ 6.1 .1 Ͷ६ͣͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.16 ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ
6.1 .3 ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼডॄॶΝ཯ΗΖ͖࣎ΔϪʖηश྅ΉͲϖϩϟρφΝૹ஥͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶϖϩϟρφΝ֐ͪ͢৖߻ɼ1 ౕ໪ͺ‫و‬ଉ
2.1 . .Ͷ‫͗ࠄܱ͘Ͱخ‬༫͓ΔΗɼಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ 2 ౕ໪ͺ‫و‬ଉ 2.1 . .Ͷ‫͵ͳ֪ࣨ͘Ͱخ‬Ζɽ
6.1 .4 ‫و‬ଉ 6.1 ͹໪దͺɼφϧρέ৏Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સΝ֮ฯͤΖ͞ͳͲ͍Εɼਜ਼౲͵ཀྵ༟ͲҲ࣎దͶ֐ͤ͞ͳΝ൉ͤΖ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽྭ͓ͻɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬੫ࢯ͢ͱ͏Ζ࣎ͶϖϩϟρφΝ௒੖͢ͱ΍൉ͦΔΗ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ҈સ͹ͪΌɼຌ‫و‬ଉ͗న༽͠ΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺφϧρέ৏Ͳͺ৙ͶʤϪʖη͹͍ͳ΍ʥϖϩϟρφΝૹ஥͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ

ule Assistance to Athletes ule 1
Medicalaminations and Assistance1.a)Medical examination / treatment and/or physiotherapy
may be provided either on the competition area itself by theofficial medical staff appointed by the
C and identified
by armbands, vests or similar distinctive apparel or indesignated medical treatment areas outside thecompetition area by accredited team medical personnel
specifically approved by the Medical or Technical Delegate
for the purpose. In neither case shall the intervention delay
the conduct of the competition or an athlete's trial in thedesignated order. Such attendance or assistance by anyother person, whether immediately before competition,
once athletes have left the Call Room, or during
competition, is assistance.
b) An athlete shall retire at once from an event if ordered to
do so by the Medical Delegate, or a medical doctor who isa member of the official medical staff, identified byarmbands, vests or similar distinctive apparel.
Note The competition area, which normally also has aphysical barrier, is defined for this purpose as the area
where the competition is being staged and which has anaccess restricted to the competing athletes and to
personnel authorised in accordance with the relevant
Rules and Regulations.
2. Any athlete giving or receiving assistance shall bewarned by the Referee and advised that, if there is any
repetition, he will be disqualified from that event. If an
athlete is subsequently disqualified from the event, any
performance accomplished up to that time in the sameround of that event shall not be considered valid. owever,
performances accomplished in a previous round of thatevent shall be considered valid.
Note in cases under Rules .3 (a) or .3(f) disqualification
may be made without warning.
3. For the purpose of this Rule the following examples shallbe considered assistance, and are therefore not alloweda) Save as otherwise permitted below, pacing in races by
persons not participating in the same race, by athleteslapped or about to be lapped or by any kind of technicaldevice (other than those permitted under Rule .4 (d)b) Possession or use of video recorders, radios, CD, radiotransmitters, mobile phones, or similar devices in thecompetition area which have the capacity to communicate39୊ ড় ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶଲͤΖঁྙ
ule 1ҫྏॴ஖ͳঁྙ
1. a) ਏࡱɼ࣑ྏɼཀྵָ࣑ྏͺɼ୉ճૌ৭җҽճͶ೜ໍ͠Ηɼ࿻হɼϗηφɼͨ͹ଠ͹ࣟพՆ೵͵ෲૹΝ஥༽ͪ͢ޮࣞ͹ҫྏηνρϓ͗‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼ͲɼΉͪͺɼ͞͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶҫࣆେන΍͚͢ͺٗढ़େන͹ট೟ΝಚͪοʖϞ෉͘ҫྏηνρϓ͗‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү֐͹ॶఈ͹࣑ྏΦϨΠͲɼߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͏ͥΗ͹৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹਒ߨΏ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗ͹ॳ঄ͺஙΔͦ͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽ৏‫ى‬Ґ֐͹ଠंͶΓΖ͞͹Γ͑͵ղঁΏघঁ͜ͺɼ‫;ͪͳͽ͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶΝड़ͪ‫ޛ‬ͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͳ͍Θ͑ͳ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͳ͍Θ͑ͳɼঁྙͲ͍Ζɽb) ҫࣆେනΉͪͺޮࣞҫྏηνρϓ͹ϟϱώʖͲ࿻হɼϗηφɼͨ͹ଠ͹ࣟพՆ೵͵ෲૹΝ஥༽ͪ͢ҫࢥͶΓͮͱ‫ٗڟ‬͹஦ࢯΝໍͣΔΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ௜ͬͶ‫ٗڟ‬Ν஦ࢯ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ‫ۢٗڟ‬Үͺɼ௪৙ɼࡦ౵Ͳ࢕઀ΔΗͱ͏Ζ͗ɼ৏‫وى‬ఈ͹մए৏ɼ‫ߨ͗ٗڟ‬ΚΗɼ‫ࢂٗڟ‬Յंͳ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͲ೟ΌΔΗͪਕҽ͹Ίཱི͗ͬ೘Ζ͞ͳ͹Ͳ͘ΖۢҮ͹͞ͳͳఈٝ͠ΗΖɽ
2. ঁྙΝ༫͓ͪΕणͪ͜Ε͢ͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱܱࠄ͠Ηɼ͠ΔͶঁྙΝ‫܃‬Εศͤͳͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͶ͵Ζͳ͏͑͞ͳΝ‫͠ࠄש‬ΗΖɽ‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ͨ͹झ໪͖Δ֪ࣨͦ͠ΔΗΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹झ໪͹ͨ͹ϧΤϱχ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺໃްͳͤΖ͗ɼ઴͹ϧΤϱχ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ༙ްͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ‫و‬ଉ .3(a)Ήͪͺ .3(f)Ͷ֚౲ͤΖ৖߻ͺɼܱࠄ͵͢Ͳ֪ࣨͳͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
3. ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹໪ద͖ΔԾ‫ى‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼঁྙͳΊ͵͠Η‫ڒ‬Ն͢͵͏ɽaʥ ಋҲϪʖηͶࢂՅ͢ͱ͏͵͏ंͶΓͮͱϘʖηΝಚΖ͞ͳɼबյஙΗ͖ɼबյஙΗͶ͵Εͨ͑͵‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ϘʖηϟʖΩʖͳ͢ͱ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺʤ‫و‬ଉ .4(d)Ͳ‫͠ڒ‬Ηͪ΍͹Νঈ͏ͱʥ͍ΔΑΖ
झྪ͹ٗढ़ద͵ૹ஖ͶΓͮͱϘʖηΝಚΖ͞ͳɽb) ϑυΨૹ஖ɼϪαʖξʖɼϧζΨɼCDɼφϧϱεʖώʖΏ‫ܠ‬ଵు࿫΍͚͢ͺྪࣇ͹‫حؽ‬Ν‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͳॶ࣍Ήͪͺ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽ

Note Possession or use of items specified within Rule .3b) also applies to athlete s assistants and guide-runners.
c) Except for devices complying with Rule 6.12, the use of
any technology or appliance that provides the user with anadvantage which he would not have obtained using theequipment specified in these Rules.
d) Provision of advice or other support by any official of thecompetition not related to or required by his specific role inthe competition at the time (e.g. coaching advice, the takeoff point in a umping Event except to indicate a failure inhori ontal jumps, time or distance gaps in a race etc.).
C MMENT Rule .3(d) however makes it clear that theofficials should not assist any athlete beyond what isrequired of their roleand specifically states as an
example that officials should not provide details of the takeoff position in jumping events, other than for the purpose of
indicating the point of impact in a foul jump in ori ontalumps.
e) Ambulant athletes who are competing from a standing
position using a wheelchair to access the field of playf) Receiving physical support from another athlete (otherthan helping to recover to a standing position) that assists
in making forward progression in a race.
C MMENT Any physical or technological action or activity
that provides an athlete with an unfair advantage is not
permitted on the field of play. Any device that has thecapacity to be used for communicating is prohibited fromthe field of play. Speedometers attached to wheelchairsthat have a GPS component, may be allowed as long ascommunication function is not included (see Rule .3(b)).
Call Room udges will inspect the racing wheelchair frame
as well as the helmet and athlete s ears to ensure theathlete is not in possession of any device that has thecapacity to communicate. Note that further inspections
may be conducted at any time. This rule applies to allathletes and their guide-runners (or assistants) on the fieldof play. Call Room udges are advised to always checkathletes and their guide-runners (or assistants) to ensurecompliance with this rule.
It is also not considered appropriate for IT s and otherTechnical fficials to use cell phones, cameras or othersimilar devices while on the field of play except for an
officiating purpose.
4. The following should not be considered assistancea) Communication between the athletes and their coaches
not placed in the competition area. In order to facilitate thiscommunication and not to disturb the staging of thecompetition, a place in the stands, close to the immediatesite of each Field Event, should be reserved to the athletescoaches
Note coaches and other persons otherwise complying with
Rule 4 . may communicate with their athlete(s).
b) Medical examination / treatment and/or physiotherapy
necessary to enable an athlete to participate or continue
participation once on the competition area under Rule .1.
c) Any kind of personal safeguard (e.g., bandage, tape,belt, support, wrist cooler, breathing aid etc.) or device (e.g.
hearing amplifier/aid) for protection and/or medical
purposes. The Referee, in conjunction with the Medical
Delegate and, in some cases also an International
Classifier, shall have the authority to verify any case should
he judge that to be desirable. (See also Rule 3 .5 and Rule
34.5)d) eart rate or speed distance monitors or stride sensors
or similar devices carried or worn personally by athletes
during an event, provided that such device cannot be used
to communicate with any other persons.
e) iewing by athletes competing in Field Events, ofimages of previous trial(s), recorded on their behalf bypersons not placed in the competition area (see Rule .1
Note). The viewing device or images taken from it must not
be taken into the competition area.
f) ats, gloves, shoes, items of clothing provided toathletes at official stations or when otherwise approved by
the relevant referee.

40஭қʁ‫و‬ଉ .3(b)Ͳࣖ͠Ηͪ෼඾͹ॶ࣍ͺɼΠεηνϱφ‫;ٶ‬൒ૺंͶ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽcʥ‫و‬ଉ 6.12 Ͳ೟ΌΔΗͪૹ۫౵Νঈ͘ɼ‫و‬ଉͲ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪ༽۫Ͳͺୣ੔Ͳ͘͵͏༙ཤ͠Ν࢘༽ंͶ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζૹ஖͹࢘༽ɽdʥ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζ͢͵͏Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗ঁ‫ݶ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹ࢩԋΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳʤ‫ٗڟ‬ࢨ಍Νߨ͑ɼௗ͠͹௕༄झ໪ͲࣨഌΝࣖͤ৖߻Νঈ͘ಁ઀ஏ఼ΝࣖͤɼϪʖηͲ࣎ؔΏ‫ࠫ཯ړ‬Ν‫͓گ‬Ζ͵ʹʥɽαϟϱφʁͪͫ͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ .3(d)ͺɼༀҽ͗ࣙ෾͹ༀׄͶචགྷ͵΍͹Ν௔͓ͱ‫ंٗڟ‬Νࢩԋ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳΝ໎֮Ͷࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ۫ରదͶͺɼྭͳ͢ͱɼ
ௗ͠͹௕༄‫Ͳٗڟ‬͹ໃްࢾٗͲ͹ಁ઀ϛ΢ϱφΝࣖͤ໪దΝঈ͏ͱɼ௕༄‫Ͳٗڟ‬͹ಁ઀Ғ஖͹৆ࡋΝ఑‫ͱ͢ڛ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳΝफ़΄ͱ͏ΖɽeʥཱིҒࢡ੐Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬ΖཱིҒ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬৖ॶ΃͹ҢಊͶऄ͏ͤΝཤ༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽfʥ఺ౙ‫ޛ‬ɼଠ͹‫͖ंٗڟ‬Δཱིͬ৏͗Ζ͞ͳΝघঁ͜͢ͱ΍Δ͑Ґ֐Ͷɼ઴Ͷ਒΋ͪΌ͹ਐରద͵घঁ͜
ΝಚΖ͞ͳɽ
αϟϱφʁ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ෈౲Ͷ༙ཤ͵য়‫ڱ‬Ν఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ෼ཀྵదΉͪͺٗढ़ద͵ಊࡠΉͪͺߨಊͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͲͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏͵͏ɽ௪৶Ͷ࢘༽ͤΖ೵ྙ͹͍Ζυώ΢ηͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͲ‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ͏ΖɽGPS ‫ؽ‬೵͹෉͏ͪηϒʖχϟʖνʖͺɼқࢧ૆௪‫ؽ‬೵͗͵͜Ηͻ࣍ͬࠒΞͲ΍Γ͏ʤ‫و‬ଉ .3(b)ʥ
ɽডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺɼ࣍ͬࠒ΋‫حؽ‬Ͷқࢧ૆௪‫ؽ‬೵͗͵͏͞ͳΝ֮
೟ͤΖͪΌɼ‫༽ٗڟ‬ऄ͏ͤͳͳ΍Ͷɼϖϩϟρφɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࣘ΍‫ͤࠬݗ‬ΖɽΉͪɼ‫ࠬݗ‬ͺ͏ࣰͯࢬ͠Ηͱ΍Γ͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͷ͏Ζͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬ंͳͨ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖʤΉͪͺΠεηνϱφʥͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ‫ܐंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ͨͳंٗڟ‬͹Ϊ΢χϧϱ
ψʖʤΉͪͺΠεηνϱφʥ͗৙Ͷ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ६‫ڎ‬
͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽΉͪɼITΏͨ͹ଠ͹ٗढ़‫͗ंܐؖ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬໪ద͹৖߻Νঈ͏ͱɼ‫ܠ‬ଵు࿫ɼΩϟϧɼΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹ಋ༹͹υώ΢η
Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳͺన઀Ͳͺ͵͏ͳΊ͵͠ΗΖɽ
4. Ծ‫ى‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺঁྙͳͺΊ͵͠Ηͥ‫ڒ‬ՆͤΖɽa) ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү֐Ͳ͹‫ͳंٗڟ‬αʖοͳ͹αϝϣωί
ʖεϥϱɽαϝϣωίʖεϥϱΝ༲ҝͶͤΖͳͳ΍Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹਒ߨ͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑ɼϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͶۛંͪ͢؏‫ੰٮ‬͹ҲֱͶαʖοੰΝઅ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ஭қʁ‫و‬ଉ 4 . Ͷ‫ؖ‬༫͢͵͏αʖοΏଠ͹‫ंܐؖ‬ͺɼ͞͹৖ॶ͖Δ‫ͳंٗڟ‬αϝϣωίʖεϥϱΝख
Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽbʥ ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Νߨ͑ͪΌɼΉͪͺɼͤͲͶ‫ٗڟ‬ۢҮͶ͏Ζ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν‫ܩ‬କͤΖͪΌͶචགྷ͵ɼ‫و‬ଉ .1 ͶఈΌΖਏࡱɼ࣑ྏɼཀྵָ࣑ྏɽcʥ ਐରฯ‫;ٶޤ‬/͍Ζ͏ͺҫྏ໪ద͹͍ΔΑΖਐ
ରฯ‫۫ޤ‬ʤྭ͓ͻʁใଵʀូ૓ߥʀϗϩφʀࢩ࣍۫ɼ
ྮ‫ؽ٭‬೵෉͘Ϩηφώϱχɼ‫ܠ‬ଵ༽࢐ોϚϱϗ౵͹‫۫ঁึٷݼ‬ʥɼΉͪͺ‫۫ح‬ʤྭ͓ͻʁึ௎‫ح‬ʥɽ৻൓ௗͺҫࣆେනͳɼΉͪචགྷͶԢͣͱࠅࡏέϧεϓΟ
΢Ϣʖͳ‫ͱ͢ྙڢ‬ɼͨΗΔ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ๮Ή͢͏෼Ͳ
͍Ζ͖ʹ͖͑ɼͨΗͩΗ֮೟ΝͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽ(‫و‬ଉ 3 .5 ‫ ;ٶ‬34.5 ࢂল)d) ‫ंٗڟ‬ຌਕ͗‫ܠ‬ଵ΍͚͢ͺ஥༽͢ͱ࢘༽ͤΖৼധ‫ܯ‬ɼଐౕʀ‫ܯ཯ړ‬ɼηφϧ΢χϱγʖɼͨ͹ଠ͹ྪࣇ͹‫حؽ‬ɽͪͫ͢ɼଠंͳ͹௪৶Ͷ࢘༽෈Ն೵͵΍͹Ͷ‫ݸ‬Ζɽe) ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷड़৖͢ͱ͏Ζ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͶେΚΕ‫ۢٗڟ‬Үʤ‫و‬ଉ .1 ஭қࢂলʥ͹֐Ͷ͏ΖंͶΓͮͱ࿧ժ͠ΗͪͨΗҐ઴͹ࢾٗ͹ӫ଀Ν‫ݡ‬Ζ͞ͳɽͨ͹࿧ժ࠸ਫ਼‫حؽ‬Ώ࿧ժӫ଀Ν‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͷ࣍ͬࠒ΋͞ͳͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽf) ࢨఈ͠Ηͪ৖ॶͲɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ৻൓ௗ͗೟Όͪ৖߻Ͷోͤ๩ࢢɼघୀɼ‫ۼ‬Ώҧྪɽg) ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΏૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͶΓΕࢨఈ͠Ηͪg) Receiving physical support from an official or otherperson designated by the
C to recover to a standing
position or to access medical assistance.
h) Electronic lights or similar appliance indicating
progressive times during a race, including of a relevant
record.
i) The use of a flag, a strobe light, other visual device or the
touching of the athlete by an official to signal the start of arace (see Rule 1 .2 Note).
5. WPA recognises the special needs of athletes with ahearing impairment and is keen to encourage andfacilitate their participation in competition. In cases wheredeaf-blind athletes are competing in an event theTechnical Delegate shall have the authority to makeappropriate modification to these rules as may benecessary to facilitate the effective participation of thosedeaf-blind athletes. In principal, no rule modification that
disadvantages any other athlete will be allowed.
Note (i) No hearing aid/amplification of external cochlear
implant parts containing radio transmission or reception
components shall be permitted in the competition area
under Rule .3.b.

ं͗ɼཱིͬ৏͗Ζघঁ͜ΝͤΖɼ͍Ζ͏ͺҫࣆ‫ܐؖ‬ं͹΍͹ͳΉͲ࿊Ηͱ͏͚͞ͳɽh) ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶޭΏͨΗͶྪࣇͤΖ‫Ͳحؽ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦͹‫ܨ‬գ࣎ؔΏ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ى‬࿧ΝஎΔͦΖ͞ͳɽi) ‫ظ‬ɼηφϫϚ͵ʹࢻְΝึঁͤΖ‫حؽ‬Ώɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗νροͤΖ͞ͳͲηνʖφΝஎΔͦΖ͞ͳʤ‫و‬
ଉ 1 .2 ࢂলʥ
5. WPA ͺ௎্ְ֒Ν࣍ͯ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಝพ͵ࢩԋΝචགྷͳͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ࣟ͢ͱ͕Εɼͨ͹͓͑Ͳɼ͖͖
Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ΃͹ࢂՅΝওྯ͢ɼࢩԋͤΖ΍͹
Ͳ͍Ζɽࢻְͳ௎ְྈ๏Ͷ্֒͹͍Ζ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬ͤΖ৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺɼ͖͖Ζ‫ࡏࣰ͗ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͲ͘ΖΓ͑ɼචགྷͶԢͣͱ‫و‬ଉͶన઀͵รߍ
ΝՅ͓Ζ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫ݬ‬ଉͳ͢ͱɼΆ͖͹‫෈͗ंٗڟ‬ཤͶ͵ΖΓ͑͵‫و‬ଉรߍͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁ‫و‬ଉ .3(b)Ͷ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͷ͕͜Ζໃત‫ؽ‬೵Ν಼଄ͪ͢ึ௎‫ح‬Ώਕ޽಼ࣘ͹Խ੢֨୉‫ؽ‬೵͹࢘༽ͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ

Assistance
rac and oad
ents
6. Athletes shall provide their own guide-runner(s).
C MMENT The intention of this rule is to ensurecompliance with the IPC Athlete Nationality Policy and toprotect athletes from being adversely impacted by a guiderunner that they do not know.
. Guide-runners for athletes in Sport Classes T11-12 shallbe permitted and shall not therefore be consideredassistance or pacing. Athletes in Sport Class T11 shallcompete accompanied by a guide-runner for all events.
Athletes in Sport Class T12 have an option of being
accompanied by a guide-runner or competing by
themselves. The
C shall provide distinctive vests to
identify guide-runners.
. When a T11-12 athlete starts the event with a guiderunner, the athlete and guide-runner(s) must both finish theevent with bona fide effort in accord with these rules for the
performance to be recognised.
C MMENT If the appropriate Referee is in any doubt thatan athlete and/or guide-runner have made a bona fide
effort in a specific event, available video evidence shall beconsidered. If the available video evidence is conclusive,then the athlete would be disqualified under Rule .2.
. .1During a race, the method of guidance between an
athlete and his accompanying guide-runner shall bethrough a tether. In addition, the athlete may receive verbal
instruction from the guide-runner. The guide-runner mustcomplete his task while running (or walking) and is notallowed to use any mechanical means of transport.
. .2
The tether attachment shall only be establishedbetween hand(s) and/or arm(s) of the athlete and his
accompanying guide-runner. The athlete and his
accompanying guide runner may not hold hands, wrists or
any other part of the other s body so as to make the tether
superfluous.
. .3
The athlete and his accompanying guide-runnershall retain the tether attachment from the start of the race
until the end of the race. No release shall be allowed until
after the athlete and his accompanying guide-runner haveboth reached the vertical plane of the nearer edge of thefinish line and finished the race, except during the processof interchange of guide-runners.
. .4 At no point during a race shall an athlete or his guiderunner(s) be permitted to hold on to a stopper and/or any
part of the middle section in a way that shortens the lengthof the tether.
. .5 If an athlete and/or guide-runner fails to comply withany part of this Rule . , the competing pair (the athlete
and guide-runner) shall be disqualified.
C MMENT For safety reasons, in all races, the guiderunner must not release the athlete before the finish line. It
is sometimes difficult to determine if a release of the tetherঁྙ φϧρέझ໪‫;ٶ‬ಕ࿑झ໪
6. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࣙਐͲΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝघഓ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹໪దͺɼIPC ‫੸ࠅंٗڟ‬ϛϨεʖ͹ॱगΝࣰ֮Ͷ͢ɼஎΔ͵͏Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͶ
ΓΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ѳӪ‫͖ڻ‬Δฯ‫ͤޤ‬Ζ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺ೟ΌΔΗͱ͕ΕɼঁྙΏϘʖηϟʖΩʖͳͺ‫͵ݡ‬͠Η͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͤ΄ͱ͹झ໪ͲΪ΢χϧϱψʖͳͳ΍Ͷ‫ͱ͚͵ٗ͢ڟ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽT12 ͲͺɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝ൒͖͑ɼҲਕͲ‫ڟ‬
ٗͤΖ͖ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹મ୔Ͳ͍Ζɽ୉ճૌ৭җҽճͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͲ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗ࣟพͲ͘ΖϗηφΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζɽ
. T11-12 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝ൒ͮͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν֋࢟ͪ͢৖߻ɼ੔੹͗ট೟͠ΗΖͪΌͶͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ंͳΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ͳ΍Ͷ‫و‬ଉΝगΕɼ੥ࣰͶ౔ྙ͢ɼ౲֚झ໪Ν‫͜͵͢ૺ׮‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ౲֚৻൓ௗ͗ɼಝఈ͹झ໪Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗੥ࣰ͵౔ྙΝ͖ͪ͗ٛ͢Κ͢͏ͳࢧͮͪ৖߻ɼཤ༽Ն೵͵ϑυΨͶΓΖৄ‫ڎ‬Ν‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖɽ
ཤ༽Ն೵͵ϑυΨৄ‫݀͗ڎ‬ఈద͵΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫و‬ଉ .2 Ͷ‫͵ͳ֪ࣨͱ͏Ͱخ‬Ζɽ
. .1 ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬൒ૺͤΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹༢಍๏๑ͺτδʖ࢘༽ΝචਤͳͤΖɽ͠ΔͶɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͖Δ޳ಆͲࢨࣖΝण͜ͱ΍Γ͏ɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺૺߨʤΉͪͺైิʥͶΓͮͱ೜ແΝ‫׮‬྅͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ؽ‬փదҢಊघஊ͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ. .2 τδʖͶΓΖ݃଍ͺɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬൒ૺͤΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹घΉͪͺ࿻Ͳ͹ΊͲ͵͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼτδʖΝ؉Ί͍͗
ΖΓ͑Ͷ͢ͱघɼघडɼͨ͹ଠਐର͹Ҳ෨Ν࣍ͮͱͺ͏͜͵͏ɽ
. .3 ‫ͳंٗڟ‬൒ૺͤΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼηνʖφ͖ΔϪʖηΝश͓ΖΉͲ৙ͶτδʖͲͯ͵͗ͮͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽΪ΢χިେ͹࣎Νঈ͘ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ंͳ൒ૺͤΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗‫ڠ‬ͶϓΡωρεϣϧ
΢ϱघ઴ଈ͹ਪ௜໚͹౺ୣ͢ϓΡωρεϣͤΖΉͲ͹ؔɼτδʖΝ཯ͤ͞ͳͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ. .4 ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼτδʖ͹ௗ͠Ν୻͚ͤΖ໪దͲɼηφρϏʖ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺ஦ؔ෨͹͏ͥΗ͹෨෾΍࣍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ. .5 ‫ ;ٶंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗‫و‬ଉ. .Ͷҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬Ζ̐ਕʤ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖʥͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁ҈સ৏͹ཀྵ༟͖Δɼͤ΄ͱ͹ϪʖηͲɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹઴Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬ͳ཯Ηͱͺ͏͜͵͏ɽτδʖ͹ϨϨʖη͗ϓΡωρ41

has taken place prior to the finish line. Therefore, at IPC
Games and IPC Competitions, if the official is in doubt, he
can refer to the ideo Referee or the Chief udge Photo
Finish to make a determination.
.1 .1 The guide-runner is not allowed to push, pull orotherwise propel athletes in order to gain an advantage at
any stage during a race.
.1 .2 Slingshotting is regarded as a technique whereby
the guide-runner deliberately hurls his arm (attached to theathlete) forward in order to exert propulsion towards theathlete s running direction. Such a technique is not
permitted at any stage during a race.
.1 .3 A guide-runner may assist an athlete who hastripped or fallen to regain his footing and/or orientation aslong as such assistance does not provide any advantage
to the athlete towards his running direction.
.1 .4 If an athlete and/or guide-runner fail to comply
with any part of this Rule .1 , the competing pair (theathlete and guide-runner) shall be disqualified.
C MMENT It is important for IT s and other Technicalfficials assigned at Track Events to watch for pushing,pulling, propelling or slingshotting. The athlete must be theone dictating the running style and cadence of the event,
not the guide-runner. If the guide-runner is dictating therunning style this can often be observed where an athlete
has an exaggerated upper arm or shoulder movement
which seems unnatural. In many cases it may be difficult toobserve pushing, pulling or propelling without the use ofvideo analysis. Slingshotting is usually easy to observe at
the finish line where the guide-runner will propel the athlete
forward to ensure that the athlete finishes before the guiderunner.
.11.1
For races of 5m or longer athletes are allowed
to use two guide-runners. owever, only one interchangeof guide-runners is permitted for each athlete per race. Theinterchange must take place without any hindrance to otherathletes, and must take place only on the back straight intrack events, or at the designated location in Road events(See Rule 4 .13).
.11.2
Should there be an interchange of guide-runners,
the athlete and the substituting guide-runner must bothfinish the event in order for the performance to berecognised.
.12.1 The intention to interchange guide-runners must
be notified in advance to the Referee and TechnicalDelegate. The Technicalfficials will determine theconditions of the interchange and will communicate thesein advance to the athletes.
.12.2 If the interchange does not take place after thetechnical arrangement being made, the athlete shall bedisqualified from the race.
C MMENT Technical fficials who are assigned to Track
Events must watch guide-runner exchanges carefully toensure they occur in accordance with these rules. The
guide-runner exchange should be established on the backstraight and a Technical fficial(s) should be assigned withensuring that the guide-runners are properly positioned on
the outside of the track in preparation for the guide-runnerexchange. The assigned Technical fficial must ensurethat guide-runners preparing for exchange do not interferewith other events and activities that may be occurring
nearby. For example, if there is a rail camera on the backstraight guide-runners should not be positioned between
the rail camera and competing athletes except during
actual guide exchange.
The assigned Technical fficial must have a copy of theexchange specifics (that is the names of the athlete(s) who
intend to interchange guide-runners and the lap(s) thatthese exchanges will occur).The assigned Technicalfficial shall ensure all guide-runner exchanges only occur
as planned. After the exchange has occurred, the outgoing42εϣϧ΢ϱ͹઴ͶߨΚΗ͖ͪʹ͖͑Ν൓இͤΖ͞ͳ͗ೋ͢͏৖߻͍͗Ζɽͪ͗ͮ͢ͱɼ P ΰʖϞθͳP ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼ৻൓ҽ͗ٛΚ͢͏ͳࢧͮͪ৖߻ͺɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗΉͪͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ΝࢂߡͶ͢ͱ൓
இͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
.1 .1 Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺ‫ٗڟ‬஦͹͏͖͵Ζ఼࣎Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼϪʖηΝ༙ཤͶ਒ΌΖͪΌͶ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝԣͤɼӀͮ௃Ζ౵͢ͱ઴਒Νঁ͜ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ.1 .2 ηϨϱήεϥρφͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹਒ߨ๏޴Ͷਬ਒ྙΝಉ͖ͦΖͪΌͶɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ʤ‫ٗڟ‬ंͳͯ͵͗ͮͱ͏Ζʥ࿻Ν‫ބ‬қͶ઴๏Ͷྙ‫͚৾ک‬Εड़ͤٗ๑ͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬ΗΖɽ͞͹Γ͑͵ٗ๑͹࢘༽ͺϪʖη஦͹͏͖͵Ζ఼࣎Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ
.1 .3 ͯΉͥ͏ͪΕౙΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ଏ৖Νյ෰ͤΖͪΌ͹घঁ͜Νͪ͢͏Ε๏޴ΝࢨࣖͤΖ͞ͳͺɼૺΖ‫ޛ‬ԣ͢ͳ͵ΖΓ͑͵ཤӻΝ఑‫ݸ͏͵͢ڛ‬ΕͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ໲ୌ͵͏ɽ
.1 .4 ‫ ;ٶंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗‫و‬ଉ
.10 Ͷҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬Ζ 2 ਕʤ‫ٶंٗڟ‬;Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖʥͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁ,72 Ώφϧρέझ໪ͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪଠ͹৻൓ҽͺɼϕρεϣɼϕϩɼਬ਒ɼηϨϱήεϥ
ρφΝ؄ࢻͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖͲͺ͵͚ɼझ໪͹ϧϱωϱήην΢ϩͳϨθϞΝࢨࣖ͢͵͜Ηͻ͏͜͵͏ɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ϧϱωϱήην΢ϩΝࢨࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ͞Ηͺଡ͚͹৖߻ɼ‫ࣙ෈͗ंٗڟ‬ષͶ‫͓ݡ‬Ζ৏࿻Ήͪͺ‫ݠ‬͹ಊ͗͘‫ގ‬௃͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ͷ‫ݡ‬ΔΗΖɽଡ͚͹৖߻ɼϑυΨ෾ੵΝ࢘༽ͦͥͶɼԣͪ͢ΕɼӀ͏ͪΕɼਬ਒ͪ͢ΕͤΖ͞ͳΝ؄ࡱͤΖ͞ͳͺࠖೋͲ͍ΖɽηϨϱήεϥρφͺ௪৙ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹઴Ͷࣰ֮ͶϓΡωρεϣͤΖΓ͑ͶΪ΢χϧϱψ
ʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ν઴๏Ͷਬ਒ͤΖ͹ͲɼϓΡωρεϣϧ
΢ϱͲ؈ୱͶ؄ࡱͲ͘Ζɽ
.11.1 5m Ґ৏͹ϪʖηͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ
2 ໌͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେͺ֦ϪʖηͨΗͩΗ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͶ 1 յ͹ΊͳͤΖɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝިେͦ͠Ζ৖߻ͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ͺώρέηφϪʖφɼಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ͺࢨఈ͠Ηͪ৖ॶͲߨΚΗΖʤ‫و‬ଉ 4 .13 ࢂলʥɽ.11.2 Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼ‫ى‬࿧͗ট೟͠ΗΖͪΌͶͺ‫ިͳंٗڟ‬େͪ͢Ϊ΢χϧϱ
ψʖ͗ 2 ਕͳ΍࠹‫ޛ‬ΉͲૺΕ͘Δ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ.12.1 Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝިେͤΖ৖߻ͺɼ৻൓ௗͳٗढ़େනͶࣆ઴Ͷͨ͹ࢭ௪எ͢ͱ͕͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖިେ͹ড়݇Ν݀ఈ͢ɼࣆ઴Ͷͨ͹಼༲Ν‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷఽ͓Ζɽ
.12.2 Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖިେ͹ͪΌ͹ٗढ़ద६ඍ͗
ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬ɼިେ͗ߨΚΗ͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ंͺͨ͹झ໪Ͳ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁφϧρέ‫;ٶ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬ͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪ৻൓ҽͺɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେ͗͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͶॊͮͱߨΚΗΖΓ͑஭қ਄͚؏ࡱͤΖɽΪ΢χϧϱ
ψʖ͹ިେͺώρέηφϪʖφɼಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ͺࣆ઴Ͷࢨఈ͠Ηͪ৖ॶͲߨ͏ɼ৻൓ҽͺɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖިେ͹६ඍͳ͢ͱɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗φϧρέɼΉͪͺαʖη͹֐ଈͶన઀Ͷഓ஖ͤΖɽ৻൓ҽͺɼިେ͹६ඍΝ͢ͱ͏ΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ɼ͚ۛ
Ͳࣰࢬ͢ͱ͏Ζଠ͹झ໪Ώ‫׈‬ಊΝ๨֒͢͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽͪͳ͓ͻɼ‫ޛ‬๏ͶʰϪʖϩΩϟϧʱ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼࣰࡏ͹Ϊ΢χިେ࣎Νঈ͏ͱɼʰϪʖϩΩϟϧʱͳ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ؔͶΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝഓ஖͢͵͏ɽ৻൓ҽͺɼިେ͹৆ࡋʤΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝި‫ͤ׷‬Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹໌઴ɼިେ͗ߨΚΗΖबյ਼‫;ٶ‬৖ॶʥ͹αϒʖΝघ‫ݫ‬Ͷ६ඍͤΖɽ৻൓ҽͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹Ϊ΢χͳϧϱψʖ͹ިେ͗‫ܯ‬ժʹ͕ΕͶߨΚΗΖΓ͑Ͷͤ
Ζɽިେ͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬ɼૺΕश͓ͪΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼ৻൓ҽΉͪͺϚϧϱτΡΠͶΓͮͱ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ

guide- runner shall be escorted out of the competition areaby a Technical fficial or accredited volunteer. If an
exchange does not occur in accordance with the above
process the assigned Technical fficial shall report this to
the Track Referee for final determination. That is, whether
or not to disqualify the athlete.
13. Some athletes in Sports Classes T12, T2 , T 1- 2
(Frame Running), T35-3 , T42-4 and T61-64 may require
their starting blocks to be set for them by the Starter sAssistant. The Technical Delegate will provide theappropriate athletes and/or their team coach with adocument on which to show their requirements.
Note (i) pon request, the Technical Delegate may permit
an assistant to accompany the athlete to the start to set theblocks under special circumstances. The assistant shallwithdraw from the field of play prior to the start of the race.
Note (ii) pon request, the Technical Delegate may permit
an assistant to accompany the athletes in sports classes
T 1- 2 (Frame Running), to ensure the correct positioningof the athlete on the start line. The assistant shall withdraw
from the field of play prior to the start of the race.
Note (iii) To ensure a safe transfer for those athletes inSport Class T12 who do not run with a guide runner, anassistant may accompany the athletes through the Call
Room up to the field of play. The assistant shall withdraw
from the field of play prior to the start of the race.
C MMENT Any request in this rule requires the athlete or
his assistant or team leader to complete the relevant
request form (such as a request for assistance form ).
Completed forms must be presented to the TIC for
approval by the Technical Delegate. If approved by theTechnical Delegate the approved request form must be
provided by the athlete, assistant or team leader to the Call
Room udges at the Call Room and subsequently takenwith the athlete to the start line. Where Call Room udges
are in doubt as to whether or not a request has been
approved, they must immediately seek clarification fromthe Technical Delegate.
If the rule enables an assistant to accompany an athlete arequest to accompany the athlete is not necessary.

͹֐Ͷ༢಍͠ΗΖɽ৏‫ى‬͹ϕϫιηͶॊͮͱިେ͗ߨΚΗ͵͏৖߻ɼ৻൓ҽͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν֪ࣨͳͤΖ͖ʹ͖͑͹࠹श݀ఈ͹ͪΌͶφϧρέ৻൓ௗʀಕ࿑‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗͶๅࠄͤΖɽ
13. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12ɼT2 ɼT 1- 2ʤϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήʥ
ɼT35-3 ɼT42-4 ͹Ҳ෨͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͶΓΖηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέ͹અ஖Νགྷ੧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽٗढ़େනͺɼචགྷͳࢧΚΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ώͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॶ଒οʖϞ͹αʖοͶགྷ੧಼༲‫ى‬೘༽ࢶΝഓාͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁགྷ੧͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺɼಝఈ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱΠεηνϱφ͗‫ͳͳंٗڟ‬΍Ͷηνʖφஏ఼Ͷෟ͘ɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝઅ஖ͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽΠεηνϱφͺϪʖηηνʖφ઴Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ಼͖Δୂ‫ͱ͚͵͢ڊ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁགྷ੧͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧ
η T 1- 2ʤϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήʥ͹Πεηνϱφ͗‫ͳͳंٗڟ‬΍Ͷηνʖφஏ఼Ͷෟ͘ɼ‫ࣰ֮͗ंٗڟ‬ͶηνʖφҒ஖Ͷ෉͜ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖ͞
ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽΠεηνϱφͺϪʖηηνʖφ઴Ͷ‫ڟ‬ٗΦϨΠ಼͖Δୂ‫ͱ͚͵͢ڊ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝ൒Κ͵͏‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સ͵ҢಊΝฯৄͤΖͪΌɼٗढ़େනͺɼডॄॶ͖Δ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ΃෉͘శ͑ΠεηνϱφΝ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽΠεηνϱφͺϪʖηηνʖφ઴Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ಼͖Δୂ‫ͱ͚͵͢ڊ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼͨ͹ΠεηνϱφΉͪͺοʖϞϨʖξʖ͗‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖϨέΦηφϓΧ
ʖϞʤʰΠεηνϱφϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞʱ͵ʹʥͶ‫ى‬೘ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ‫׮‬੔ͪ͢ϓΧʖϞͺɼٗढ़େන͹ট೟ΝಚΖͪΌͶ TIC Ͷ఑ड़ͤΖɽٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼট೟͠ΗͪϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼΠεηνϱφɼΉͪͺοʖϞϨʖξʖ͖Δডॄॶ͹‫ܐंٗڟ‬Ͷ఑‫͠ڛ‬Ηɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंͳҲॻͶηνʖφஏ఼ͶӣͻΗΖɽ‫͗ܐंٗڟ‬ɼϨέΦηφ͗ট೟͠Η͖ͪʹ͖͑Ͷͯ͏ͱٛ໲͍͗
Ζ৖߻ͺɼٗढ़େනͶͤ͛Ͷઈ໎Ν‫ٽ‬ΌΖɽ‫و‬ଉͶΓͮͱΠεηνϱφ͗‫ंٗڟ‬ͶಋߨͲ͘Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंͶಋߨͤΖϨέΦηφͺචགྷ͵͏ɽ

Assistance
ield
ents
14. Assistants for athletes in Sport Classes F31-33 andF51-54 will be permitted (one assistant per athlete per
event) who can assist the athlete under the control andsupervision of the fficials to ensure the athlete transfers
safely to the throwing frame, and assist athletes to strap
into their throwing frame.
Note (i) Strapping must be only to the frame with nonelastic material.
Note (ii) Should an assistant be required, the assistantshall be physically capable of transferring their athlete to
the throwing frame and, in the event that the assistant is
not capable, no assistance will be provided by theTechnical fficials, accredited volunteers or any otherperson(s) without the prior approval of the TechnicalDelegate.
C MMENT In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see PartB
3.1.2 (a) and (b)), the Referee may require theassistant(s) to withdraw from the field of play and be seatedoutside of the field of play while the athlete is notcompeting. Prior to the time that the assistant s athlete isabout to compete and as the Referee reasonably considers
necessary, the assistant may be enabled to prepare theathlete for competition. In WPA competitions, other thanthose referred to in Part B 3.1.2 (a) and (b), the assistant
may be permitted to administer water/refreshment to theirathlete during the break between their third and fourth
trials. nce that assistant s athlete has finished competing,the assistant shall again withdraw from the competitionarea.
It is important to note assistants are only permitted forঁྙ ϓΡʖϩχझ໪
14. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-33 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-54 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΠεηνϱφʤ֦‫ ंٗڟ‬1 झ໪Ͷͯ͘ 1 ໌ʥΝͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽΠεηνϱφͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ࢨࣖͳ؄ಞ͹΍ͳͲɼ‫҈͗ंٗڟ‬સͶ౦ͱ͘ୈͶҢಊ
Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑‫ٗڟͳंٗڟ‬ༀҽΝघঁͪ͜͢Εɼ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹ਐରΝ౦ͱ͘ୈͶ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖघఽ͏Νͪ͢ΕͲ͘Ζɽ஭қ(i) ౦ͱ͘ୈ΃͹‫ݽ‬ఈͺɼඉ৵क़੓͹ࡒ࣯ͲͲͪ͘ηφϧρϕΝ༽͏Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁΠεηνϱφΝ൒͑৖߻ɼͨ͹Πεηνϱφͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν౦ͱ͘ୈͶҢಊͤΖघఽ͏͗Ͳ͘ΖंͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢ɼͨ͹ଲԢ͗Ͳ͘͵͏Πεηνϱφ͹৖߻ɼٗढ़େන͹ࣆ઴ট೟͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼট೟͠ΗͪϚϧϱτΡΠɼͨ͹ଠ͹ं͗ͨ͹घఽͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B
3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂলʥͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν͢ͱ͏͵͏ؔɼ৻൓ௗͺΠεηνϱφͶଲ͢ͱ F P ͖Δ཯ΗɼF P Ґ֐͹৖ॶͶҢಊͤΖ͞ͳΝགྷ੧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ‫ٗࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν͢Γ͑ͳͤΖ઴Ͳɼ৻൓ௗ͗న઀Ͳචགྷͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ɼΠεηνϱφͺ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬ΝͤΖͪΌ͹६ඍ͹घঁ͜ΝͤΖ͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϏʖφ B 3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ґ֐͹ WPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼਭΏӁৱ෼Ν఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖͪΌɼ3 յ໪ͳ 4 յ໪͹ࢾٗ͹ؔͶΠεηνϱφ͹ಋߨ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽࢾٗ͗श྅ͪ͢ΔɼΠεηνϱφͺ F P ͖Δ཯Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΠεηνϱφͺ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-33 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-54 ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͶ͹Ί‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝཀྵմͤΖ͞ͳͺ॑

43

athletes in Sport Classes F31-33 and F51-54. If an athlete
in different Sport Class requires assistance that athlete
must complete a request for assistance form and submit
this to the Technical Delegate for approval at least 24 hours
prior to the event. Assistance is only permitted if theTechnical Delegate approves the request.
fficials are not responsible for transferring athletes to thethrowing frame. Athletes or their assistants (if permitted
or approved) are responsible for this.
Technical
fficials or accredited volunteers shall notprovide assistance to athletes when transferring from their
day-chair to the throwing frame and vice versa. Suchassistance must only be performed by assistants approvedby the Technical Delegate(s) in cases where such approvalis required.
15. The assistant must withdraw from the competition area
once they have completed these tasks and must follow any
directives from officials of the event while they are in thecompetition area.
16. For athletes in Sport Classes F11 and F12 one
assistant may bring athletes to the throwing circle oravelin runway. The assistant may assist the athlete byorientating them with the throwing circle or on the avelin
runway before each attempt. The assistant must leave thethrowing circle or avelin runway before each attempt
begins. nce the athlete is oriented, the assistant may also
provide acoustic orientation before, during and after eachattempt.
Athletes may only be escorted from the throwing circle oravelin runway after the officials have determined whether
or not the attempt was a valid one.
Note If the official in charge of the event decides that an
assistant who is providing acoustic orientation is in an
unsafe location then the official has the right to require theassistant to move.
1 . For athletes in Sports Class T11 acoustic assistance ispermitted during ong ump, Triple ump and igh ump.
owever, no visual modification to the existing facility ispermitted. In events where acoustic assistance is being
used complete silence shall be requested from spectators.
Note Whenever possible, to ensure silence, events inwhich acoustic assistance is being utilised should not be
timetabled together with other running events.
C MMENT
ften these events are scheduled at the
beginning of a session where the fewest number ofspectators are in the stadium. It is important that the sports
presentation team, including the announcer are carefully
observing the event to ensure the sports presentation does
not disrupt the concentration of athletes and theirassistants during the event.
1 . During ump Events athletes in Sports Classes T11 canbe accompanied onto the field of play by two assistants toa) act as a caller to provide acoustic orientation during theapproach run in igh ump, ong ump and Triple ump,
and/orb) act as an escort to assist the athlete by positioning andorientating him on the runway before each attempt.
Note (i) Acoustic orientation is permitted before, during
and after each attempt. nce an attempt has begun, only
acoustic orientation is allowed by the assistant(s) until after
the officials have determined whether or not the attempt
was a valid one.
Note (ii) The assistant(s) may be positioned on or besidethe ong or Triple ump runway or behind the landing area.
The assistant(s) may be in front of or behind the take-offarea but shall not stand in the take-off area (powderedarea) or landing area.
Note (iii) The assistant(s) must not stand in a position thathinders the view of fficials nor run along-side or behind
the athlete during an attempt.
C MMENT Athletes and their assistants may notphysically touch each other until the Chief udge has
indicated that they may do so. This is normally after theattempt has been completed and the athlete has left thethrowing circle, runway or landing area and the Chief udge

44

གྷͲ͍Ζɽพ͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬γϛʖφΝච
གྷͳͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺγϛʖφϓΧʖϞ͹ϨέΦ
ηφΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ΢ϗϱφ͹ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 24 ࣎ؔ઴Ͷٗढ़େනͶ఑ड़͢ͱট೟Νण͜Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽٗढ़େන͗ϨέΦηφΝট೟ͪ͢৖߻͹Ίɼγϛʖφ͗‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗΖɽༀҽͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν౦ͱ͘ୈͶҢͤ੻೜ͺ͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹Πεηνϱφʤ‫ڒ‬ՆΉͪͺট೟͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ʥ͗͞ΗΝ୴౲ͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΉͪͺ೟ఈ͠ΗͪϚϧϱτΡΠͺɼυ΢οΥΠ(ਫ਼‫׈‬༽ऄ͏ͤ)͖Δ౦ͱ͘ୈͶɼΉͪͺͨ͹‫ٱ‬ͶҢߨͤΖ
৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶγϛʖφΝ఑‫͏͵͢ڛ‬ɽͨ͹Γ͑͵γϛʖφͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ট೟͗චགྷ͵৖߻Ͷ͹Ίɼٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱট೟͠ΗͪΠεηνϱφͶΓͮͱࣰߨ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ15. Πεηνϱφͺ৏‫ى‬घঁ͜Νश྅࣏୊ɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү͖Δ཯Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼͨ͹झ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ࢨࣖͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ
16. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F11 ‫ ;ٶ‬F12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ1 ໌͹Πεηνϱφ͗౦ͱ͘γʖέϩΉͪͺΏΕ౦͹ঁૺ࿑ΉͲ༢಍ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͹Πεηνϱφͺ֦ࢾٗ͹઴Ͷ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩΉͪͺΏΕ౦͹ঁૺ࿑
ͶଲͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ғ஖݀ΌΝঁ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽΠεηνϱφͺࢾٗ͗࢟ΉΖ઴Ͷ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩΉͪͺΏΕ౦͹ঁૺ࿑Ν཯Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹Ғ஖͗ఈΉͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼͨ͹ΠεηνϱφͺɼԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ๏޴ࢨࣖΝɼ֦ࢾٗ͹઴ɼ࠹஦ɼ‫ޛ‬Ͷߨ͑͞
ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩΉͪͺΏΕ౦͝͹ঁૺ࿑͖Δ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤͶৰΗͱʥ͹༢಍ͺɼࢾ༙ٗ͗ް
͖൳͖͹൓ఈΝༀҽ͗ԾͤΉͲʤͤ͵Κͬ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ࣙਐͲ 1 ิಁΊड़ͤΉͲʥߨͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ୴౲͹झ໪ༀҽͺɼԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ๏޴ࢨࣖΝߨ͑Πεηνϱφ͗‫͵ݧث‬৖ॶͶ͏Ζͳ൓இͪ͢৖
߻ɼҢಊͤΖΓ͑གྷ੧ͤΖ‫ݘ‬ཤΝ༙ͤΖɽ
1 . ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼૺ෱௕ɼࢀஊ௕ɼ
ૺ߶௕झ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶԽ‫ঁึڻ‬͹࢘༽͗೟ΌΔΗ
Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫ع‬ଚ͹અඍͶࢻְదรߍΝՅ͓Ζ͞ͳͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽԽ‫͠༽࢘͗ঁึڻ‬Ηͱ͏Ζझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ؏‫ٮ‬Ͷ੫ख़Ν‫ٽ‬ΌΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ੫ऒ͵য়ସ֮͗ฯ͠ΗΖΓ͑ɼԽ‫࢘͗ঁึڻ‬༽͠ΗΖझ໪ͺՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Εଠ͹ૺ‫ٗڟ‬झ໪ͳಋ࣎਒
ߨͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑Ͷͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽαϟϱφʁଡ͚͹৖߻ɼ͞ΗΔ͹झ໪ͺɼηνζΠϞͶ͏Ζ؏‫ٮ‬͹਼͗࠹΍ঙ͵͏ιρεϥϱ͹֋࢟࣎Ͷηίζϣʖϩ͠ΗΖɽΠψΤϱγʖΝ‫؜‬΋ηϛʖςϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱοʖϞͺ΢ϗϱφΝ஭қ਄͚؏ࡱ͢ɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͶηϛʖςϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱ͗‫ڟ‬ٗंͳͨ͹Πεηνϱφ͹ॄ஦Ν๨͝͵͏Γ͑Ͷͤ
Ζ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ
1 . ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͹௕༄झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ
࣏͹ 2 ໌͹ΠεηνϱφΝ‫ۢٗڟ‬ҮͶಋ൒ͤΖ͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘Ζɽaʥૺ߶௕ɼૺ෱௕ɼࢀஊ௕Ͳঁૺ࣎ͶԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ๏޴ࢨࣖΝߨ͑αʖϧʖༀbʥ֦ࢾٗ͹઴Ͷঁૺ࿑Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ғ஖݀Όͳ๏޴Ͱ͜Νߨ͑Φηαʖφༀ஭қ(i)ʁԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ๏޴ࢨࣖͺ֦ࢾٗ͹઴‫࠹;ٶޛ‬஦Ͷߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽࢾٗ͗֋࢟͠Ηͪ͵Δɼࢾ༙ٗ͗ް͖൳͖͹൓ఈΝༀҽ͗ԾͤΉͲͺɼԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ๏޴ࢨࣖ͹Ί͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ ৰΗͱͺ͏͜͵͏ 
஭қ(ii)ʁΠεηνϱφͺɼૺ෱௕Ώࢀஊ௕͹ঁૺ࿑৏Ώ࿮ɼΉͪ࠯৖͹‫ޛ‬ΘͶҒ஖͢ͱΓ͏ɽΠεηνϱφͺɼঁૺ࿑৏͹ಁ઀ΦϨΠ઴‫ޛ‬ͶҒ஖͢ͱΓ͏͗ɼಁ઀ΦϨΠ Ϗηξʖ ͹஦Ώ࠯৖Ͷཱིͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁΠεηνϱφͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ࢻֆΝ๨͝ΖΓ͑͵Ғ஖Ͷཱིͮͱͺ͵ΔͥɼΉͪ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬ͳҲॻͶɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ޛ‬ΘΝૺͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ͨͳंٗڟ‬͹Πεηνϱφͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͗ͨ͑ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖͳࢨࣖͤΖΉͲɼ෼ཀྵద
Ͷ͕‫͏ޕ‬ͶৰΗͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞Ηͺ௪৙ɼࢾٗ͗
‫׮‬྅͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘γʖέϩɼঁૺ࿑Ήͪͺ஥ஏΦϨΠΝ཯Ηɼ৻൓ҽक೜͗న઀͵‫ظ‬Ν‫ޛͪ͝ܟ‬has raised the appropriate flag.
1 . For athletes in Sports Class T/F12 visual modificationof the existing facility is permitted during Field Events (i.e.,
Paint, chalk, powder, cones, flags, etc) at the discretion of
the Technical Delegate. Acoustic signals may also be used.
2 . For athletes in Sports Class T12, only one assistant isallowed to accompany the athlete onto the field of play toact as caller and/or escort in umping Events. The
assistant shall observe Rule .1 .
21. In Field Events, the assistant shall not conduct otherthan permitted under Rule .14 to .2 . If the official in
charge of the event decides that an assistant is in breachof these rules (e.g. coaching in competition area), theathlete and his assistant(s) shall be warned by the Referee
and advised that, if there is any repetition, the athlete will
be disqualified from that event subject to Rule .2.
Note TheC shall arrange separate waiting areas forathletes and their assistants.
22. Some athletes in Sports Classes T/F2 , T/F35-3 andT/F42-4 may require their runway markers to be at a preset distance from the take-off board. In this case, prior tothe competition, the markers shall be set with assistancefrom a Field udge. This would also apply in the javelin.
The Technical Delegate will provide the appropriate
athletes and/or their team coach with a document on whichto show their requirements.
C MMENT A request for information form is required to becompleted by a responsible NPC official to outline theirrequirements prior to assistance being granted by theTechnical Delegate. The Technical Delegate may approveassistance by the specified assistant of an athlete or, but
by a Field udge. The determination will be made by theTechnical Delegate to ensure there are no more people on
the field of play than is absolutely necessary.

Ͳ͍Ζɽ
1 . ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼٗढ़େන͹ࡍྖͶΓͮͱϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͳ‫ع‬ଚ͹અඍͶࢻְదรߍ
ʤ౅ૹɼοϥʖέɼϏΤξʖɼαʖϱɼ‫ظ‬౵ʥΝՅ
͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽԽ‫ڻ‬ͶΓΖ߻ਦ΍࢘༽Ͳ͘Ζɽ
2 . ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ௕༄झ໪ͲαʖϧʖɼΦηαʖφɼΉͪͺͨ͹ྈ๏͹ༀׄΝՎͪͤ 1໌͹Πεηνϱφ͹Ίɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬ҮͶಋ൒ͤΖ͞ͳ͗
Ͳ͘ΖɽΠεηνϱφͺ‫و‬ଉ .1 Νॱग͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
21. ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼΠεηνϱφͺ‫و‬ଉ.14 ͖Δ .2 Ͳ೟ΌΔΗΖߨҟҐ֐͹͞ͳΝߨͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽΠεηνϱφ͗‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͢ͱ͏Ζʤ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͳࢨ಍ͤΖ౵ʥͳ୴౲ༀҽ͗൓இͪ͢
৖߻ɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬ಋ൒͹Πεηνϱφͺɼ৻൓ௗΓΕܱࠄΝण͜ɼҩൕ͗‫܃‬Εศ͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺ‫و‬ଉ .2 Ͷॊ͏ɼ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ౲֚झ໪Ͳ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζ͞ͳ͗ఽ͓ΔΗΖɽ஭қʁૌ৭җҽճͺɼ‫ͨͳंٗڟ‬͹ΠεηνϱφͶ
พʓ͹ଶ‫ؽ‬৖ॶΝ༽қͤΖɽ
22. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T/F2 ɼT/F35-3 ɼT/F42-4 ͹‫ٗڟ‬ं͹஦Ͷͺɼಁ઀൚͖ΔҲఈ‫཯ړ‬͹Ғ஖ͶϜʖΩʖΝઅ஖ͤΖචགྷ͹͍Ζ‫͏͗ंٗڟ‬ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζɽͨ͹৖߻ɼϜʖΩʖͺ‫ٗڟ‬઴ͶϓΡʖϩχ৻൓ҽ͹ঁ͜Νಚͱઅ஖ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ͞ΗͺΏΕ౦͝Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽٗढ़େනͺɼචགྷͳࢧΚΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ώͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॶ଒οʖϞ͹αʖοͶགྷ੧಼༲‫ى‬೘༽ࢶΝഓාͤΖɽαϟϱφʁٗढ़େන͖Δ͹ࢩԋΝण͜Ζ઴ͶɼNPC
͹੻೜ं͗৚ๅΝགྷ‫ͱ͢ٽ‬ɼགྷ݇͹֕གྷΝઈ໎ͤΖ
චགྷ͍͗Ζɽٗढ़େනͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢨఈ͠ΗͪΠεηνϱφΉͪͺϓΡʖϩχ৻൓ҽͶΓΖࢩԋΝট೟
ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ݀ఈͺٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱߨΚΗɼϓΡʖϩχͶઊଲͶචགྷ͵ਕ਼Ґ৏͹ਕ͗͏͵͏͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽuide Animals
23. No guide animal shall be permitted in the competition
area.

ղঁಊ෼
23. ղঁಊ෼͹‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼΃͹ཱིͬ೘ΕͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ

ule
ect o Disquali ication ule 1 5
Disquali ication resulting rom an in ringement o aechnical ule other than ules 2.13.5or 1 .5
1.If an athlete is disqualified in an event for an infringementof a Technical Rule (except under Rules 2.13.5 or 1 .5) any
performance accomplished in the same round of that eventup to the time of the disqualification shall not be valid.
owever, performances accomplished in a previous roundof that event shall remain valid. Such disqualification froman event shall not prevent an athlete from taking part in any
further event in that competition.

୊ ড় ֪ࣨ
ule 1 5‫وٗڟ‬ଉҩൕͶΓΖ֪ࣨʤ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Ήͪͺ‫و‬ଉ
1 .5 ඉన༽࣎ʥ
1ɿ‫وٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬ଉʤ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Ήͪͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5
͹న༽Νঈ͘ʥͶҩൕΝ͢ͱ֪ࣨͦ͠ΔΗΗͻɼͨ͹झ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺໃްͳͤΖɽ͖͢͢ɼ઴͹༩મΏ६݀ঋΉͲ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ༙ްͳͤΖɽ͞͹ҩൕͶΓΖ֪ࣨͺɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹ͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹ࢂՅΝ๨͝Ζ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽDisquali ication resulting rom e clusion under ule
2.13.5 including under ule 1 .5
2. If an athlete is excluded from competition under Rule2.13.5, he shall be disqualified from that event. If theathlete s second warning occurs in a different event, heshall be disqualified only from the second event. Any
performance accomplished in the same round of that eventup to the time of the disqualification shall not be valid.
owever, performances accomplished in a previous roundof that event or other previous events shall remain
valid.Such disqualification shall prevent an athlete fromtaking part in all further events or rounds of events(including other events in which they are simultaneously
participating and relays) in that competition.
3. If a relay team is excluded from competition under Rule2.13.5, it shall be disqualified from that event.
Performances accomplished in a previous round of thatevent shall remain valid.Such disqualification shall notprevent any athlete or relay from that team taking part in all
further events, (including other events in which he issimultaneously participating and relays) in thatcompetition. owever, if the behaviour of one or more such‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5ʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5 Ν‫؜‬΋ʥͶΓΖঈ֐ͳ͵ͮͪ݃ՎͶΓΖ֪ࣨ
2ɿ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Ͷ‫ٗڟͱ͏Ͱخ‬ճ͖Δঈ֐͠Ηͪ‫ڟ‬ٗंͺɼͨ͹झ໪Ͳ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ2 ౕ໪͹ܱࠄ͗พ͹झ໪Ͳड़ͪ৖߻ͺ 2 ౕ໪͹झ໪Ͳ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽͨ͹झ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺໃްͳͤΖɽ͖͢͢ɼ઴͹ϧΤϱχΉͲ͹‫ى‬࿧ɼΉͪͺͨΗΉͲͶड़৖ͪ͢ଠ͹झ໪͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ༙ްͳͤΖɽ֪͑ͪࣨ͢͞ͶΓΕɼಋ࣎ࢂՅ͢ͱ͏Ζଠ͹झ໪‫;ٶ‬ϨϪʖझ໪Ν‫؜‬Όͱɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͜ΖҐ‫ޛ‬͹ͤ΄ͱ͹झ໪ΏϧΤϱχ͖Δঈ֐͠ΗΖɽ
3ɿϨϪʖοʖϞ͗‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 ͶΓΕ‫͖ٗڟ‬Δঈ֐
ॴ෾Νणͪ͜৖߻ɼͨ͹οʖϞͺͨ͹ϨϪʖझ໪Ͳͺ֪ࣨͳ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽঈ֐ॴ෾Νण͜Ζ઴
͹ϧΤϱχΉͲ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ༙ްͳ͵Ζɽͨ͹֪ࣨͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΏϨϪʖοʖϞ͗ͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹ଠझ໪͹ड़৖ʤಋ࣎ࢂՅ͢ͱ͏Ζଠ͹झ໪‫;ٶ‬ϨϪʖझ໪Ν‫؜‬ΌͱʥΝ๨͝Ζ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫ݺ‬ʓ͹‫ंٗڟ‬45

individual athletes is considered serious enough, Rule2.13.5 may be applied to them with the applicableconsequences.
4. If the offence is considered serious, the Competition
Director shall report it to WPA for consideration of further
disciplinary action.
5. Athletes must ensure that urine is not allowed to drainfrom storage devices such as leg bags onto the competition
or warm-up areas. Failure to do so may result in
disqualification.

͹ͽͳͯɼΉͪͺ෵਼͹ߨҟ͗‫ۅ‬Όͱѳ࣯ͫͳΊ͵͠ΗΖ৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 Νన༽͢ɼܱࠄΝ༫͓ͪΕɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͖Δঈ֐ͪ͢ΕͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
4ɿҩൕ͗॑୉Ͳ͍ΖͳΊ͵͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճυΡϪένʖͺ෈న֪ߨҟͳ͢ͱ̧̮̘Ͷๅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
̓ɿ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ۢٗڟ‬ҮΏΤΧʖϞΠρϕΦϨΠͲ೚‫ٯ‬ώρή౵͹ஹ೚‫͖ح‬Δ೚͗࿛Ηड़͠͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞ΗΝଷͮͪ৖߻ɼ֪ࣨͶ͵Ζɽuleompeting utside port lassligibilit
In accordance with the IPC Classification Code, andgeneral principles of classification, athletes will generallycompete against athletes with the same Sport Class.
The competition entry, qualification and/or eligibility
documentation for Recognised
Competitions may
identify events where more than one Sports Classes are
eligible to compete together.
At IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), the grouping of the Sport Classes shall in
principle be in accordance with the Classification ierarchy
Table(s) in Appendix 2.
This rule will not apply to Recognised Competitions taking
place after the adoption of this version of WPA Rules andRegulations where entry criteria have been committed toprior to the date of adoption.
Where more than one Sports Class competes together in
Field Events the Ra a Points System may be used todetermine placings (as shall be determined by the
C andthe TD, depending on whether the event is organised as asingle class event or a combined class event ). Whenusing the Ra a Points System, the numbers after thedecimal place should be rounded down.
e.g. 1.5 1 and 1.4 would both be 1
pts. nlyin the case of a tie would the numbers after the decimal
place be considered.
In exceptional and limited circumstances WPA shall beentitled to permit the grouping of Sport Classes that do notsatisfy the Classification ierarchy Table(s) in Appendix 2.
C MMENT The changes made to the Classification Rules
and Regulations in relation to the new Sport Classes T6164, have been reflected in the Classification ierarchy
Table(s) in Appendix 2.

୊ ড় ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη֐Ͳ͹‫ࢂ ٗڟ‬Յࣁ֪
ʰIPC έϧη෾͜‫و‬ఖʤIPC Classification Codeʥʱ‫;ٶ‬έϧη෾͜Ҳൢ‫ݬ‬ଉͶॊ͏ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҲൢదͶಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͶ଒ͤΖ‫͑ڟͳंٗڟ‬ɽ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ࢂՅਅ੧ɼࢂՅࣁ֪ɼࢂՅࣁ֪‫خ‬६Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬ΖॽྪͶɼ෵਼͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͶ଒ͤΖ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ҲॻͶ‫͘Ͳٗڟ‬Ζझ໪Ν໎‫ͤى‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫ٶ‬;(b)ࢂলʥͶ͕͜Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹ήϩʖϕ෾͜ͺɼ‫ݬ‬ଉͳ͢ͱɼ෉࿧ 2 ͹έϧη෾͜නͶ‫͚Ͱخ‬΍͹ͳͤΖɽ͞͹൝͹ WPA ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖ͗ࡀ༽͠Ηͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷ֋࠷͠ΗΖ‫ڒ‬Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͍ͮͱ΍ɼࢂՅགྷ݇͗ࡀ༽ೖΓΕ઴Ͷ݀Ήͮͱ͏ͪ৖߻ͺɼຌ‫و‬ଉͺన༽͢͵͏ɽϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͳ෵਼͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ҲॻͶ‫͑ڟ‬৖߻ͺɼϧδ(Ra a)ϛ΢ϱφ๏ࣞͲॳҒΝ݀ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζʤϧδϛ΢ϱφ๏ࣞࡀ༽͹݀ఈͺɼʰୱҲ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηझ໪ʱͳʰ෵਼‫ٗڟ‬έϧηࠠ߻झ໪ʱ͹͏ͥΗͳ͢ͱߨ͖͑ͶΓͮͱɼ୉ճૌ৭җҽճΉͪͺٗढ़େන͗ߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖʥɽϧδϛ΢ϱφ๏ࣞΝ
ࡀ༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼঘ਼఼ҐԾ͹਼࣊ͺ઀Εࣼͱͳ͵Εɼྭ͓ͻɼ1,.5 1 ఼ͳ 1,.4
఼ͺ͏ͥΗ΍
1,఼ͳ͢ͱѽ͑ɽঘ਼఼ҐԾ͹਼࣊ͺɼಋ఼ͳ͵ͮͪ৖߻͹ΊɼߡྂͤΖɽྭ֐ద͖ͯ‫ݸ‬ఈద͵য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼWPA ͺɼ৏‫ٶى‬;෉࿧ 2 ͹έϧη෾͜නͶ‫ٗڟ͏͵͖Ͱخ‬έϧη͹ήϩʖϕ෾͜Νߨ͑‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ৿͢͏‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T61-64 Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱέϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶՅ͓ΔΗͪรߍͺɼ෉࿧ 2͹έϧη෾͜֌૜τʖϔϩͶൕӫ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ

ule 1
ur e ing and Measurements ule 1
1. The accuracy of the markings and installations forathletics facilities under Rule 3 and Rule 11.2 shall bechecked by an appropriately qualified surveyor who shallfurnish appropriate certificates together with details of any
check measurements made to the relevant body and/or thefacility owner or operator. e shall be given full access to
stadium plans and drawings and the latest measurement
report for the purpose of this verification.
2. For Track and Field Events in IPC Games and IPC
Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b))allmeasurements shall (b)) be made with a calibrated
certified steel tape or bar or with a scientific measuring
device. The steel tape, bar or scientific measuring device
shall be manufactured and calibrated according tointernational standards. The accuracy of the measuring
equipment used in the competition shall have been verified
by an appropriate organisation accredited by the national
measurement authority.
ther than at IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see PartB - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)) fiberglass tapes may also be used.
Note Concerning acceptance of World and/or Regional
Records, see Rule 51.1 .a.
C MMENT It should be noted that when the electronic
measurement equipment is obviously not working properly
all measurements need to be made using a calibrated steel
tape or bar.

୊ 1 ড় ଎ྖ ‫ݗ‬ఈ ͳ‫ܯ‬଎
ule 1
1. Ϝʖέ͹ਜ਼֮੓ɼ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 3 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 11.2 ͹અඍ͹ഓ஖য়‫ڱ‬ͺɼ༙ࣁ֪଎ྖंͶΓͮͱɼ‫ܯ‬଎͹৆ࡋͳ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖૌ৭ʀ஄ର ͍Ζ͏ͺઅඍ͹ॶ༙ं͵͏͢ӣӨंͶଲ͢ͱ఑ड़͠Ηͪన઀͵‫ͳͳৄࡃࠬݗ‬΍ͶοΥρέ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹଎ྖंͺຌ໪ద͹ͪΌͶɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖͹અ‫ܯ‬ਦΏਦ໚ɼ࠹৿͹‫ܯ‬଎ৄ໎ॽ͵ʹͤ΄ͱ͹৚ๅͶΠέιηͲ͘Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
2. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂলʥͶ͕͜Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹φϧρέ‫;ٶ‬ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ܯ‬଎ͺɼਜ਼͚͢໪੟Ε͗અఈ͠Ηͪ߱ర੣‫ת‬ऊΉͪͺ߶ౕ‫ܯ‬ΉͪͺՌָ‫ܯ‬଎ૹ஖ͲߨΚΗ
Ζɽ͞ΗΔ͹‫ܯ‬଎‫حؽ‬ͺࠅࡏ‫خ‬६Ͷॊͮͱ੣ଆ͠Ηɼਜ਼͚͢௒੖͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖ‫ܯ‬଎ૹ஖͹੠ືౕͺɼࠅ͹଎ఈ‫ؖؽ‬ͶΓͮͱট೟͠Ηͪన઀͵ૌ৭ͶΓͮͱ೟ৄ͠Ηͱ͏
Ζ͞ͳ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫ٶ‬;(b)Ґ֐͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼϓΟ΢ώʖήϧη੣‫ת‬ऊΝ࢘༽͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ஭қ ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬/ΉͪͺஏҮ‫ى‬࿧͹ޮ೟Ͷͯ͏ͱͺ‫و‬ଉ 51.1 .a Νࢂলαϟϱφʁుࢢ଎ఈ‫͗حؽ‬໎Δ͖Ͷਜ਼͚͢‫ؽ‬೵͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼͤ΄ͱ͹଎ఈͺɼߏਜ਼ࡃΊ͹ηοʖϩτʖϕΉͪͺώʖΝ࢘༽͢ͱߨ͑චགྷ͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ

ule 11 alidit o er ormances ule 1
1. No performance accomplished by an athlete will be valid

୊ 11 ড় ‫ى‬࿧͹༙ް੓
ule 1
1. ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼWPA ͶΓΖ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ(ώʖφ46unless it is accomplished at a WPA Recognised
Competition (see Part B - 3.1.2).
2. Performances in events normally conducted in thestadium, made outside traditional
athletics facilities (such as those held on a temporary
facility in town squares, other sporting facilities, beaches,etc.) or on a temporary facility built within a stadium shallbe valid and recogni ed for all purposes, if they are madesubject to all of the following conditionsa) the relevant governing body as provided in Part B
3.has issued a permit for the eventb) a qualified panel of National Technical fficials areappointed to and officiate at the eventc) where applicable, equipment and implements inconformity with the Rules are used andd) the event is conducted in a competition area or facility inconformity with the Rules and in respect of which a survey
has been made in accordance with Rule 1 on the day ofthe event.
C MMENT When a competition described in under Rule11.2 is held over more than one day, the survey should bemade on the day of the first event. In either case if thesurveyor can be satisfied that there will be no movement ofor alteration to the facilities being surveyed, the survey may
be completed up to two days prior to the day of the firstevent.
3. Performances in events conducted indoors or in anotherwise fully or partly covered venue where the length orother specifications of the facility do not comply with therules for indoor competition shall bevalid and recognised as if they were achieved outdoors, if
they are made subject to all of the following conditionsa) the relevant governing body as provided in Part B 3.
has issued a permit for the eventb) a qualified panel of National Technical fficials areappointed to and officiate at the eventc) where applicable, equipment and implements inconformity with the Rules are usedd) in the case of an oval track, its length is greater than
2 1.2m (22 yards) but no greater than 4 m ande) the event is conducted in a competition area or facility inconformity with the Rules and in respect of which, if held
on a temporary facility, a survey has been made inaccordance with Rule 1 .
C MMENT When a result is achieved on a complying
facility with no advantage gained and all related rules
observed, the fact that it happened at a covered
competition site does not prevent a result being listed
among the outdoor equivalent distances and used for any
statistical purpose (performances e.g. on covered 4 m
tracks and straights).

B-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͳୣ੔͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ༙ްͳ͢͵͏ɽ
2. ௪৙ɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͳࣰࢬ͠ΗΖझ໪͹‫ى‬࿧͗ɼҲൢద͵཰৏‫ٗڟ‬৖Ґ֐ʤྭ͓ͻֱ֙͹߁৖ɼଠ͹ηϛʖςࢬઅɼ࠯ශ౵ͶࡠΔΗͪՀઅ͹ࢬઅʥΏ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼ͶҲ࣎దͶࡠΔΗͪࢬઅͲୣ੔͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺԾ‫ى‬ͤ΄ͱ͹ড়݇Νຮͪ͢ͱ͏Ηͻɼͤ΄ͱ͹໪దʤ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧Ν‫؜‬΋‫ى‬࿧Ͷ͕͏ͱ೟ΌΔΗΖɽa) ώʖφ B-3 Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ౹‫ׇ‬஄ର͗֋࠷‫ڒ‬ՆΝड़͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳb) ͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬Ͷޮ೟৻൓ҽ͗җ০͠Ηɼ৻൓ҽͶΓͮͱ৻൓ӣӨ͗͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳc) චགྷͶԢͣͱ‫و‬ଉͶ߻஗ͪ͢༽‫͏༽͗۫ح‬ΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳd) ͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ͺ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ߻஗͢ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ౲ೖͶ‫و‬
ଉ 1 Ͷ‫ܯ͚Ͱخ‬଎͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶΏࢬઅͲ͍Ζ͞ͳ
αϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 11.2 Ͷ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ 1 ೖҐ৏ͶΚͪͮͱ֋࠷͠ΗΖ৖߻ɼ࠹ॵ͹झ໪ࣰࢬೖΉͲͶ‫ݗ‬ఈΝࣰࢬͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ͏ͥΗ͹৖߻Ͳ΍ɼ‫ݗ‬ఈҽ͗‫ݗ‬ఈଲে͹ࢬઅͶรߍ͹ಊ͗͘͵͏͞ͳΝ
֮೟Ͳ͘Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ݗ‬ఈͺ࠹ॵ͹झ໪ࣰࢬೖ͹ 2 ೖ઴ΉͲͶ‫׮‬྅ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
3. ࢬઅ͹ௗ͠Ώͨ͹ଠ͹࢕಼༹͗࣪‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ६‫͏͵͏ͱ͢ڎ‬ɼԲ಼Ώ‫׮‬સΉͪͺ෨෾దͶԲ಼ͳ͵
Ζճ৖ͲߨΚΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ༙ްͲ͍ΕɼҐԾ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ড়݇Νຮͪͤ৖߻Ͷͺɼ಼࣪‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱͲͺ͵͚Բ֐Ͳࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱѽ͑ɽ Ϗʖφ - Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ٗڟ‬஄ର͗‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֋࠷Νޮ೟͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳʤޮ೟৻൓ҽʥ͗ࢨ໌͠Ηɼ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹৻൓Ͷ͍ͪͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ ‫و‬ଉͶ६‫حؽͪ͢ڎ‬Ώ༽‫͠༽࢘͗۫ح‬Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ ବԃ‫ܙ‬͹φϧρέ͹ 1 ब͗ 201.2̾ʤ220 ϢʖχʥΓΕௗ͚ɼ 00̾Ν௔͓ͱ͏͵͏͞ͳ‫و‬ଉͶన߻ͪ͢‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠΏ‫ࢬٗڟ‬અͲߨΚΗɼҲ࣎దͶࡠΔΗͪՀઅࢬઅͲߨΚΗΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 10 Ͷॊͮͱ଎ྖͳ‫ܯ‬଎͗ߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉͶన߻͢ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷཤ఼ͳ͵Ζ΍͹ͺՁ΍͵͏ࢬઅͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫و‬ଉͶॊͮͱୣ੔͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼಋͣझ໪Ͳ͍ΗͻɼԲࠞ෉͘͹‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͳୣ੔͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧ʤྭʁԲࠞ෉͘ 00̾φϧρέΏ௜ૺ࿑ͲߨΚΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ʥͲ͍ͮ
ͱ΍ɼԲ֐‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͳୣ੔͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧ͳಋͣϨηφͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηɼ౹‫ܯ‬໪దͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝ๨͝͵͏ɽ

ule 12 ideo ecording ule 15
In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a)and (b)) and, whenever possible, in other competitions, anofficial video recording of all events to the satisfaction of
the Technical Delegate(s) shall be made. It should be
sufficient to demonstrate the accuracy of performances
and any violation of the Rules, including the WPAClassification Rules and Regulations.
C MMENT The appointment at any competition of a video
Referee will significantly affect the practical oversight ofmany aspects of those competitions at which sufficient
video collection and replay systems are available. The
video Referee will generally be able to act proactively inrespect of the track events (e.g. the start, running inside
the lane line around the curve, jostling and obstruction,
breaking from lanes too early, relay changeovers). If theamount of cameras and equipment is sufficient to play asimilar role for some or all of the field events, he canundertake a similar role, but usually in a more reactive
fashion when the on-field Referee requests further
examination or review of a specific incident. In the case of
the Track Events, the ideo Referee will observe the races
on one or more screens in the video room and then based

୊ 12 ড় ϑυΨ‫ى‬࿧
ule 15
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤώʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫ٶ‬;(b)ࢂলʥ‫;ٶ‬ɼͲ͘Ζ͵Δͻɼͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱ΍ɼͤ΄ͱ͹झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼٗढ़େන͗೴ಚ
ͤΖ‫Ͳܙ‬ɼޮࣞ͹ϑυΨࡳӪΝߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽϑυΨ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼWPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖΝ‫؜‬Όͱɼ‫಼ٗڟ‬༲͹ਜ਼֮੓ͳ‫و‬ଉҩൕཱི͗ৄͲ͘Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁϑυΨ৻൓ௗ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹೜ໍͺɼॉ෾͵ϑυΨफॄ‫࠸;ٶ‬ਫ਼εητϞ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼଡ͚͹৖໚͹ࣰࡏ͹؄ࢻͶ୉͘͵Ӫ‫͍͗ڻ‬ΖɽϑυΨ৻൓ௗͺɼҲൢదͶɼφϧρέझ໪ʤྭ͓ͻɼηνʖφɼ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹಼ଈϪʖϱ΃͹೘ΕࠒΊɼ๨֒Ώ৷֒ɼϪʖϱ͖Δ͹૥‫཯غ‬୦ɼϨϪʖ͹Ӏ͘‫͙ܩ‬͵ʹʥͶ‫ۅ੷ͱؖ͢‬దͶߨಊͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨Ͷͯ͏ͱಋ༹͹ༀׄΝՎͪͤ͹Ͷॉ෾͵਼͹Ωϟϧͳ‫͍͗حؽ‬ΗͻɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗͺɼφϧρέಋ༹͹ༀׄΝ୴͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ
͘Ζ͗ɼ௪৙ͺɼϓΡʖϩχ͹‫ݳ‬৖Ͷ͏Ζ৻൓ௗ͖Δ͹ಝఈ͹Ҍ݇Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹ժ଀֮೟གྷ੧ͶଲԢͤ
Ζɽφϧρέझ໪͹৖߻ɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗͺɼϑυΨϩʖϞͶ͍Ζ 1 ͯΉͪͺ෵਼͹ηέϨʖϱͲϪʖηΝ؄ࡱ͢ɼࣙ෾͹ॶ‫ݡ‬Ͷ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ɼΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨ47

on either his own observations or upon referral from a
Referee or Chief mpire in the competition area, examine
one or more particular issues by looking at any replayed
footage that might be available. If it is clear as a result that
there has been an infringement of the Rules, thenhe should take the appropriate decision and convey it to
the Track Referee and the Chief Photo Finish udge.
Similarly, if an umpire or trackside Referee has reported apotential infringement, it should be checked by the video
Referee and the appropriate advice provided and decision
taken. In addition, official video footage will as in the past
continue to be used to assist in dealing with protests andappeals. It is becoming common for experienced
companies to provide an existing service for competitions
rather than the
C setting up their own. owever, either
option can be used.
ule 13 coring ule 151
In a match where the result is to be determined by thescoring of points, the method of scoring shall be set out inthe entry and eligibility documentation.

ΠͶ͏Ζ৻൓ௗΏ؄ࡱҽक೜͖Δ͹লճͶ‫͏Ͱخ‬ͱɼཤ༽Ն೵͵࠸ਫ਼͠Ηͪժ଀Ν‫ͱݡ‬ɼಝఈ͹ࣆҌΝմ݀ͤΖɽͨ͹݃Վɼ‫و‬ଉҩൕ͗໎Δ͖͵৖߻ͺɼన઀͵݀ఈΝԾ͓ͪ͑͢Ͳɼͨ͹݀ఈ಼༲Νφϧρέ৻൓ௗͳࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜Ͷๅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽಋ༹Ͷɼ؄ࡱҽΉͪͺφϧρέ৻൓ௗ͗‫و‬ଉҩൕ͹Ն೵੓Νๅࠄ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼϑυΨ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱ֮೟͠Ηɼన઀͵ঁ‫݀ͳݶ‬ఈ͗͵͠ΗΖɽ͠
ΔͶɼޮࣞϑυΨӫ଀ͺɼ͞ΗΉͲͳಋ༹Ͷɼ߇٠Ώ৏૎Νѽ͑ͪΌͶ΍࢘༽͠ΗΖɽۛ೧Ͳͺɼૌ৭җҽճ( C ) ͗ಢࣙ͹εητϞΝघഓͤΖ͹Ͳͺ͵͚ɼ‫ݩܨ‬๝෍͵ճऀ͗ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ޴͜Ͷߑ஛͠Ηͪ‫ع‬ଚγʖϑηΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗ҲൢదͶ͵Ε͍ͯͯ
Ζɽͪͫ͢ʹͬΔ͹મ୔ࢸΝ࢘ͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
ule 151
୊ 13 ড় ಚ఼఼਼੏ͶΓͮͱॳҒΝ݀ఈͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱ͹ࡀ఼๏๑ͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬ΉͲͶࢂՅοʖϞ͹߻қΝಚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽA
ule 1
heelchair and rame unning equirements(Sport Classes T32-34, T51-54 and T 1- 2)

୊ 3 ෨ φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬
୊ 1 ড় ऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζགྷ݇(‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T32-34ɼT51-54 ‫ ;ٶ‬T 1- 2)

1. eneral heelchair equirementsa) At all WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2)
the wheelchair shall have two (2) large rear wheels and one(1) small front wheel.
b) All wheelchairs must have a functional braking system
for safety purposes.
c) No mechanical gears or levers are allowed for the
purpose of propelling the wheelchair.
d) The use of mirrors is not permitted in wheelchair track orroad races.
e) In all races the athlete must be able to turn the front
wheel(s) manually left and right for steering purposes. nly
hand operated mechanical steering devices are allowed.
f) The use of fairings or similar devices for the purpose of
improving aerodynamic performance is not permitted.
g) No element of the wheelchair or its attachments oraccessories may incorporate energy storing capacity (e.g.
elasticity) for the purpose of enhancing performance.
h) Devices attached to the wheelchair or athlete shallcomply with Rule .4d (assistance) and shall not have thecapability to communicate except to the athlete.
Note
nless approved by WPA and the TechnicalDelegate, no devices with transmission function for the
purpose of event presentation or broadcasting shall bepermitted at WPA Recognised Competitions.

1. ऄ͏ͤ͹གྷ݇સൢaʥWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲͺɼ୉ྡྷ 2 ͯʀঘྡྷ 1 ͯ͹ऄ͏ͤΝ࢘༽ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽb)ͤ΄ͱ͹ऄ͏ͤͺɼ҈સ͹໪ద͖Δɼ‫ؽ‬೵ద͵ʤ੏ಊ੏‫ޜ‬ʥϔϪʖΫεητϞΝඍ͓ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽcʥऄ͏ͤΝਬ਒ͤΖͪΌ͹‫ؽ‬փద͵άΠΏϪώʖ͹࢘༽ͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽdʥऄ͏ͤ͹φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬Ώಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ϝϧʖ͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽeʥͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺघಊͲ઴ྡྷ
ΝࠪӊͶ૤ࡠͲ͘͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ؽ‬փద૤ॐૹ஖ͺघͲ૤ࡠͤΖ΍͹͹Ί೟ΌΔΗΖɽfʥऄ͏ͤ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ـۯ‬ఏ߇Νఁ‫ͤݰ‬ΖϓΥΠϨϱή
౵͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽgʥऄ͏ͤ͹ຌରΉͪͺͨ͹෉଒෼඾Ήͪͺ෉଒඾ͺɼ੓೵Ν޴৏ͦ͠Ζ໪దͲΦϋϩάʖஹ଄೵ྙʤྭ
͓ͻɼ৵क़੓ʥΝૌΊࠒ΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏ɽhʥऄ͏ͤΉͪͺ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶखΕ෉͜ΔΗΖૹ஖ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ୊ .4dʤঁྙʥͶ६‫͜͵͢ڎ‬Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͗ଠंͳ௪৶ͤΖ‫ؽ‬೵Ν࣍ͪ͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁWPA ‫ٗ;ٶ‬ढ़େන͹ট೟͗͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱΉͪͺτϪϑ๎ૻ͹໪దͲ͹ૻ৶‫ؽ‬೵Νඍ͓ͪૹ஖࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ

2. heelchair rame equirementsa) No part of the frame of the wheelchair, or any
attachments to it, shall extend forward beyond the hub of
the front wheel nor backwards beyond the rearmost verticalplane of the rear wheels (including tyres). Additionally, thewidth of the frame, and any of its attachments, shall not be
wider than the inclined plane of the pushing rims (asoutlined in Figure 4).

2. ऄ͏ͤϓϪʖϞ͹གྷ݇a) ऄ͏ͤ͹ϓϪʖϞΉͪͺͨ͹෉଒඾͹Ҳ෨ͺɼ઴ྡྷ͹ώϔΝ௔͓ͱ઴๏Ͷ৵;ͪΕɼ‫ྡྷޛ‬ʤν΢ϢΝ‫؜‬΋ʥ͹࠹‫ޛ‬͹ਪ௜໚Νӿ͓ͱ‫ޛ‬๏Ͷ৵;ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͠ΔͶɼϓϪʖϞ͹෱ͳͨ͹खΕ෉͜෨෾ͺɼϕρεϣϨϞ͹ܑࣾ໚ΓΕ΍߁͚͵ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽʤਦ 4 Ͷ֕གྷΝࣖͤʥɽ

Figure 4

Inclined plane of the pushing rims48

C MMENT Call Room udges will inspect all wheelchairs
to ensure no attachments are outside of the inclined planeof the pushing rims.
b) The maximum height from the ground to the bottom of
the wheelchair frame shall be 5 cm.
c) The frame structure must be made of a material which
provides sufficient stability and stiffness for safety
purposes.
d) For the purpose of seat positioning, the frame structure
shall incorporate a seat.
e) The use of Sideguards may be added to protect theathlete from the wheels and shall be in compliance with
Rule 14.2 (a).
3. heel and ush-rim equirementsa) The maximum diameter of the large wheel including the
inflated tire shall not exceedcm.
b) The maximum diameter of the small wheel including the
inflated tire shall not exceed 5 cm.
c) nly one plain, round, push-rim is allowed for each large
wheel.
C MMENT The term plain to be defined as having asmooth surface finish, i.e., having an even and regularsurface free from perceptible projections, lumps orindentations (including taping) that might assist the athlete
to achieve additional purchase or grip on the push rim.
Note (i) This rule also applies for persons requiring a single
arm drive wheelchair.
Note (ii) For T32/33/51/52 athletes who may experience a
limitation in their ability to stabilise the wrist during pushing,a modification shall be allowed so that a push-rim andwheel disk may be fused together and incorporated into theracing wheel. No other modification that would defeat thegeneral intent of Rule 14.3 is allowed.
Note (iii) No part of the athlete's body shall be strapped tothe push-rim or to the wheel.
Note (iv) All athletes competing in racing wheelchairs must
only propel their racing chair through the pushing action
exerted by the athletes arm(s). The lower extremities (legsand feet), or any relevant prosthesis, are not permitted totouch the ground so as to propel the racing chair or
stabilise it at the start.
4. Wheelchairs will be measured and inspected in the Call
Room and once inspected shall not be taken from thecompetition area before the start of the event. Wheelchairs
may be reexamined by the relevant Referee or otherofficials before or after the event on or off the field of play.
5. It is the responsibility of athletes to ensure that theirwheelchair conforms to the requirements stipulated above.
No event shall be delayed while an athlete makes
adjustments to their wheelchair. If an athlete fails to comply
with this Rule, then the athlete will not be permitted to start
the event and shall be shown in the results as DNS in
accordance with Rule 6.21.
6. If the Relevant Referee believes that a wheelchair and/or
the athlete using it represent a safety risk they shall beauthorised to exclude the athlete and/or wheelchair froman event.
Note For safety, athletes should secure their lower limb(s)so they don t fall to the ground and cause injury.
C MMENT It is important to note that there can be no
devices attached to the wheelchair that can communicate
or anything that gives the athlete any unfair advantage overother athletes in the event.
Wheelchairs are measured and inspected in the CallRoom, however for major competitions such as WorldChampionships, Paralympic Games and Regional Gamesa courtesy pre-check of the racing wheelchairs forconformity should be conducted, including a check against
the relevant advertising regulations of the competition.
What to look for when checking a wheelchair for
conformance to current requirements.
It is advisable to use a stick or metre stick with marks at
5 cm and cm as these are the two key dimensions ofimportance.

49αϟϱφʁডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹ऄ͏ͤΝ‫ࠬݗ‬
͢ɼϕρεϣϨϞ͹ܑࣾ໚͹֐ଈͶ͏͖͵Ζ෉଒඾΍͵͏͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽbʥऄ͏ͤϓϪʖϞఊ෨͹ஏ໚͖Δ͹߶͠ͺɼ5 cm
Ґ಼ͳͤΖɽ
cʥϓϪʖϞߑଆͺɼ҈સ͹ͪΌɼॉ෾͵҈ఈ੓ͳ‫ک‬ౕΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖࡒྋͲࡠΔΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽdʥεʖφ͹Ғ஖݀Ό͹ͪΌͶɼϓϪʖϞߑଆͺεʖφΝૌΊࠒ΋΍͹ͳͤΖɽeʥ‫ंٗڟ‬Νऄྡྷ͖Δฯ‫ͤޤ‬ΖͪΌͶɼγ΢χΪʖχ͹࢘༽Ν௧ՅͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͗ɼ‫و‬ଉ 14.2ʤaʥͶ߻஗͢ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3. ऄྡྷ‫;ٶ‬ϕρεϣϨϞ͹གྷ݇a)୉ྡྷ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬ͺɼ‫ـۯ‬Νैలͪ͢ν΢ϢΝ‫؜‬Όͱ cm ҐԾͳͤΖɽbʥঘྡྷ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬ͺɼ‫ـۯ‬Νैలͪ͢ν΢ϢΝ‫؜‬Ό
ͱ 5 cm ҐԾͳͤΖɽcʥϕρεϣϨϞͺɼಝच࢕༹Ͳͺ͵͏ฑΔ͵ԃ‫ܙ‬͹΍͹Ν֦୉ྡྷͶ 1 ͯͥͯͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽαϟϱφʁʰฑΔʤplainʥʱ͹ఈٝͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬௧Յ͹ྙΝಚͪΕϕρεϣϨϞ͹ѴΕΝ‫ک‬ΌΔΗΖΓ͑͵ɼஎְͲ͘Ζಧًɼ͞΁ɼτʖϕΝ‫؜‬΋ࠃΊ໪͹Γ͑͵΍͹͗͵͏ฑ୳͵න໚͹͞ͳΝͤ͠ɽ஭қ(i)ʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼฤ࿻Ͳऄ͏ͤΝ૤ࡠͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ंͶ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁT32/33/51/52 έϧη͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼԣ͢
ͱ͏Ζͳ͘घडΝ҈ఈͦ͠Ζྙ͗੏‫͠ݸ‬ΗΖͪΌɼϕρεϣϨϞͳϙ΢ʖϩυΡηέΝ݃߻͢ͱૌΊࠒ΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ͶրଆΝ‫ڒ‬ՆͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫و‬ଉ 14.3 ͹Ҳൢద͵कࢭͶൕͤΖրଆͺҲ઀‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹͏͖͵Ζਐର͹෨෾͗ϕρεϣϨ
ϞΏऄྡྷͶളΕ෉͜ΔΗͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iv)ʁऄ͏ͤ‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷड़৖ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹࿻͗ԣͤಊࡠΝղ͢ͱ͹Ίਬ਒͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽԾࢸʤ‫ͳٯ‬ଏʥΉͪͺ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖਕ޽ૹ۫ͺɼ‫༽ٗڟ‬ऄ͏ͤΝਬ਒ͪ͢Εɼ֋࢟࣎Ͷ҈ఈ
ͦ͠ΖͪΌͶஏ໚ͶৰΗΖ͞ͳͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Η͵͏ɽ
4. ऄ͏ͤͺডॄॶͲ଎ఈʀ‫ࠬ͠ݗ‬Ηɼ‫ࠬ͠ݗ‬Ηͪऄ͏ͤͺ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү֐Ͷ࣍ͬड़͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ήͪͺ‫ޛ࢟֋ٗڟ‬ͶɼΉͪ‫ٗڟ‬৖͹஦Ͳ΍֐Ͳ΍ɼ౲֚৻൓ௗ΍͚͢ͺଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗ऄ͏ͤ͹࠸‫ࠬݗ‬Νߨ͑৖߻͍͗Ζɽ
5. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ৏‫ى‬͹གྷ݇Νຮͪͤऄ͏ͤΝ६ඍͤΖ͹ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻೜Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖऄ͏ͤ͹௒੖Ͳ‫ٗڟ‬͹֋࢟͗ஙΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫͗͞ंٗڟ‬͹‫و‬ଉͶൕͪ͢৖߻ɼηνʖφΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͥɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.21 ͶॊͮͱϨδϩφͶʰDNSʱͳනࣖ͠ΗΖɽ
6. ౲֚৻൓ௗͺɼऄ͏ͤΉͪͺऄ͏ͤ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓͮͱ҈સ͗‫͖͠ڶ‬ΗΖϨηέ͍͗Ζͳ൓இͪ͢৖
߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Νঈ֐ͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ҈સ͹ͪΌɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷஏ໚ͶԾࢸ͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾΍ંৰ͢͵͏Γ͑ͶΉͪ͗͜͹‫ݬ‬Ҿͳ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁऄ͏ͤͶखΕ෉͜ΔΗͪ௪৶Ն೵͵‫حؽ‬Ώɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱ෈౲͵༑Ғ੓Ν༫͓Ζ΍͹౵͗͵͏͖ʹ͖͑஭қͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽऄ͏ͤͺডॄॶͲ଎ఈ‫ࠬ͠ݗ;ٶ‬ΗΖ͗ɼ੊ֆમघ
‫ݘ‬ɼϏϧϨϱϒρέɼஏҮ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ͵ʹ͹कགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճಢࣙ͹߁ࠄ‫و‬ఖͶଲͤΖοΥρέΝ
‫؜‬Όɼ‫༽ٗڟ‬ऄ͏ͤ͹న߻੓͗ॱग͠ΗΖΓ͑ɼΓΕ஺ೣ͵ࣆ઴֮೟Νߨ͑චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ‫ࡑݳ‬͹གྷ݇΃͹న߻Ͷͯ͏ͱऄ͏ͤΝοΥρέͤΖ
ͳ͘Ͷ६ඍ͢ͱ͕͚΍͹ɽ5 cm ͳ
cm ͹Ϝʖέ͗ητΡρέΉͪͺϟʖνʖητΡρέΝ࢘༽ͤΖ
͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ͞ΗΔͺ॑གྷ͵ 2 ͯ͹कགྷ͵੉๑

Measure the wheel diameter by placing theend of themeasuring stick on the ground beside the wheel andmeasure parallel to the wheel. The diameter of the smaller
wheel must not exceed 5 cm while the diameter of thelarger wheel(s) must not exceed cm. If the tires are notinflated, they can still be checked, but advice given to theathlete or coach could include that it has not yet passed
pre-check but will be checked again in the Call Room inany event.
The same measuring stick can be used to ensure that the
maximum height from the ground to the bottom of thewheelchair does not exceed a height of 5 cm.
While there is no issue with the overall length of thewheelchair, no part may extend beyond the wheel(s) in thefront or rear of the wheels. The best way to measure forthis is to move the chair to a wall. Wheel the chair
backwards toward the wall if the tires touch the wall rather
than the seating frame, then the chair is acceptable.
The chair may also have other requirements, such as
having a braking system and steering capacity which alsoneed to be checked at the pre-check.
Call Room udges shall ensure that the racing wheelchairdoes not have any device on it which can communicate
to anyone, other than the athlete, in accordance with Rule14.1 (h).
Regardless whether a wheelchair is checked as part of apre-check, it must be checked in the Call Room and withthe athlete in the chair.
It should be noted that IT s as well as other Technicalfficials involved in a pre-check of wheelchairs need to becompletely familiar with this rule as well as the requirement
to check the wheelchairs in the Call Room.

Ͳ͍ΖͪΌɽϙ΢ʖϩ͹ԥ͹ஏ໚Ͷ଎ఈητΡρέ͹ʰ ʱଈΝ஖͏ͱϙ΢ʖϩ͹௜‫ܚ‬Ν଎ఈ͢ɼϙ΢ʖϩͳฑߨͶ଎ఈͤΖɽঘ͠͏ϙ΢ʖϩ͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺ 5 cm Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δͥɼ୉͘͏ϙ΢ʖϩ͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺ
cm Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ ν΢Ϣ͗๴ΔΞͲ͏͵͏৖߻Ͳ΍οΥρέͲ
͘Ζ͗ɼࣆ઴οΥρέͶ߻֪͢ͱ͏͵͏͞ͳ͗ɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंΉͪͺαʖοͶঁ‫͠ݶ‬ΗɼডॄॶͲ࠸ౕοΥρέ͠ΗΖɽ ಋͣ଎ఈ๰Ν࢘༽͢ͱɼஏ໚͖Δऄ͏ͤ͹ఊΉͲ͹࠹୉߶͗͠ 5 cm Ν௔͓͵͏Γ͑Ͷͤ
Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ ऄ͏ͤ͹સௗͶ੏‫ݸ‬ͺ͵͏͗ɼϙ΢ʖϩ͹઴෨Ήͪͺ‫ޛ‬෨Ͳϙ΢ʖϩΝ௔͓ͱϏʖς͗৵;Ζ͞ͳͺ͵͏ɽ ͞ΗΝ଎ఈͤΖ࠹ྒྷ͹๏๑ͺɼҞࢢΝปͶ޴͖ͮͱ‫ޛ‬๏Ͷಊ͖ͤɽν΢Ϣ͗࠴ੰϓϪʖϞͲͺ͵͚ปͶંৰͤΖ৖߻ͺɼҞࢢΝ࢘༽Ͳ͘ΖɽҞࢢͶͺɼϔϪʖΫεητϞͳητΠϨϱή೵ྙɼͨ͹ଠ͹ࣆ઴οΥρέ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ܐंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 14.1ʤhʥͶॊͮͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ऄ͏ͤͶɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଠंͳ͹୯͖ͳʰ௪৶ʱͲ͘Ζૹ஖͗͵͏͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽऄ͏ͤ͗ࣆ઴οΥρέΝण͜ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ͷ‫ܐؖ‬͵͚ɼऄ͏ͤͺডॄॶͲɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬οΥΠͶ͏Ζয়ସͲοΥρέͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽऄ͏ͤ͹ࣆ઴οΥρέͶ‫ؖ‬༫ͤΖ IT ‫;ٶ‬ଠ͹ٗढ़୴౲ंͺɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͳডॄॶͲऄ͏ͤΝοΥρέͤΖགྷ݇Ͷ‫׮‬સͶ੠௪͢ͱ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳɽrame unning equirements
port lasses 1- 2
. eneral rame unning equirementsa) At all WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2)
the Running frame shall have a support saddle, a bodysupport plate, handlebars, two (2) rear wheels and one (1)front wheel.
b) All Running frames must have a functional braking
system for safety purposes.
c) No mechanical gears or levers are allowed for the
purpose of propelling the Running frame.
d) The use of mirrors is not permitted in Frame Running
events.
e) In all races the athlete must be able to turn the front
wheel left and right forsteering purposes.
nly hand operated mechanicalsteering handlebars are allowed.
f) The use of fairings or similar devices for the purpose of
improving aerodynamic performance of the athlete is not
permitted.
g) No element of the Running frame or its attachments
accessories may incorporate energy storing capacity (e.g.
elasticity) for the purpose of enhancing performance.
h) Devices attached to the Running frame or athlete shallcomply with Rule .4 (d) (assistance) and shall not havethe capability to communicate except to the athlete.
Note
nless approved by WPA and the TechnicalDelegate, no devices with transmission function for the
purpose of event presentation or broadcasting shall bepermitted at WPA Recognised Competition.

ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή͹གྷ݇‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 1- 2
. ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή͹Ҳൢదགྷ݇a) WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲͺɼϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞͶͺɼγϛʖφγχϩɼϚυΡγϛʖφϕϪʖφɼύϱχϩώʖɼ2 ͯ͹‫ٶྡྷޛ‬; 1 ͯ͹઴ྡྷ͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ʤϏʖ
φ B-3.1.2 Νࢂলʥɽb) ͤ΄ͱ͹ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞͺɼ҈સ͹໪ద͖Δɼ‫ؽ‬೵ద͵੏ಊ੏‫ޜ‬ʤϔϪʖΫʥεητϞΝඍ͓ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽc) ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞΝਬ਒ͤΖͪΌ͹‫ؽ‬փద͵άΠΏϪώʖ͹࢘༽ͺҲ઀೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽd) ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήझ໪Ͳ͹ϝϧʖ͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽe) ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺघಊͲ઴ྡྷΝࠪӊͶ૤ࡠͲ͘͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ؽ‬փద૤ॐૹ஖ͺघͲ૤ࡠͤΖ΍͹͹Ί೟ΌΔΗΖɽf) ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ـۯ‬ఏ߇Νఁ‫ͤݰ‬ΖϓΥΠϨϱή౵͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽg) ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞ͹ຌରΉͪͺͨ͹෉଒෼඾Ήͪͺ෉଒඾ͺɼ੓೵Ν޴৏ͦ͠Ζ໪దͲΦϋϩάʖஹ଄೵ྙʤྭ͓ͻɼ৵क़੓ʥΝૌΊࠒ΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏ɽh) ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞΉͪͺ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶखΕ෉͜
ΔΗΖૹ஖ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ .4(d)ʤঁྙʥͶ६‫͜͵͢ڎ‬Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଠंͳ௪৶ͤΖ‫ؽ‬೵Ν࣍ͪ͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁWPA ‫ٗ;ٶ‬ढ़େන͹ট೟͗͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ΢ϗϱφϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱΉͪͺτϪϑ๎ૻ͹໪దͲ͹ૻ৶‫ؽ‬೵Νඍ͓ͪૹ஖࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ

. unning rame equirementsa) No part of the Running frame, or any attachments to it,
shall extend forward beyond the hub of the front wheel nor
backwards beyond the rearmost vertical plane of the rear
wheels (including tyres). Additionally, the width of theframe, and any of its attachments, shall not be wider thanthe length between the insides of the rear wheel hubs,. ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞ͹གྷ݇a) ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞɼ‫෉;ٶ‬଒෼͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾΍઴ྡྷ͹ύϔʤऄ࣢ʥΓΕ઴Ͷड़ͱͺ͵Δͥɼऄ͏ͤ͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾΍‫ྡྷޛ‬ʤν΢ϢΝ‫؜‬΋ʥ͹‫ޛ‬୼͹ਪ௜໚ΓΕ‫ޛ‬๏Ͷಧ͘ड़ͱ͏ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽՅ͓ͱɼϓϪʖϞ͹෱ɼ‫͵͖͏;ٶ‬Ζ෉଒෼΍ɼྈ‫ޛ‬ྡྷ͹ύϔʤऄ࣢ʥ
ʤ‫ྡྷޛ‬Νঈ͚ʥ͹಼ଈͶ͕͠Ήͮͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞ͹ௗ͠ͺ 2 cm ҐԾɼν50

excluding the rear wheels.
b) The maximum length of the Running frame shall be
2 cm, and the maximum width shall be 5cm including
the tyres.
c) The Frame structure must be made of a material which
provides sufficient stability and stiffness for safety
purposes.
d) For the purpose of seat positioning, the Frame structure
shall incorporate a saddle.
e) Note The saddle may have other shapes than the
traditional type of race cycling saddle.
f) For the purpose of athlete s stability, the frame structure
shall incorporate a Body support plate.
Note For safety, the athlete may be strapped to the bodysupport plate with a belt or an orthopaedic brace, to preventthe athlete from falling to the ground and causing injury.
ands may also be strapped to the handlebar.
. heel equirementsa) The maximum diameter of all wheels including the
inflated tire shall not exceed 2 cm.
b) The rear wheels may incorporate a wheel guard on theinside only.
1 . The Running frame shall comply with Rule 14.4 andRule 14.6 for measurement and inspection purposes.
11.It is the responsibility of the athlete to ensure that their
Running frame conforms to the requirements stipulated
above. No event shall be delayed while adjustments to a
Running frame are being done. If an athlete fails to comply
with this Rule, then the athlete will not be permitted to start
the event and shall be shown in the results as DNS in
accordance with Rule 6.21.
12 .For all athletes competing in Frame Running Events
T 1- 2, they shall propel their Running frame with their feetand can do so forwards or backwards
ule 15 rac Measurements ule 16
1. The length of a standard running track shall be 4 m. It
shall consist of two parallel straights and two bends whoseradii shall be equal.
The inside of the track shall be bordered by a kerb ofsuitable material that should be coloured white, with aheight of 5 mm to 65mm and a width of 5 mm to 25 mm.
The kerb on the two straights may be omitted and a whiteline 5 mm wide substituted.
If a section of the kerb on a bend has to be temporarily
removed for field events, its place shall be marked with awhite line 5 mm in width and by cones or flags, minimum
height .15m, placed on the white line so that the edge ofthe base of the cone or flag pole coincides with the edgeof the white line closest to the track, and placed atintervals not exceeding 4m. (Flags shall be placed at anangle of 6 with the ground away from the track). This
shall also apply to the outer half of the track in the case ofstarts for distance races where the field is started in two
groups under Rule 1 .11 and optionally to the straights, inthis latter case, at intervals not exceeding 1 m.
Note All points at which the track changes from a curve toa straight or a straight to a curve shall be marked, in a
distinctive colour 5 mm x 5 mm on the white line by thesurveyor and a cone placed at such points during a race.
2. The measurement must be taken .3m outward from thekerb or, where no kerb exists on a bend, .2m from the line
marking the inside of the track.

Figure 5

Track Measurements (infield view)51΢ϢΝ‫؜‬΋෱ͺ 5cm ҐԾͳͤΖɽc) ϓϪʖϞߑଆͺɼ҈સ͹ͪΌɼॉ෾͵҈ఈ੓ͳ‫ک‬ౕΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖࡒྋͲࡠΔΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽd) εʖφ͹Ғ஖݀Ό͹ͪΌͶɼϓϪʖϞߑଆͺεʖφΝૌΊࠒ΋΍͹ͳͤΖɽe) ஭қʁγχϩͺɼॊཔ͹ν΢ϕ͹‫༽ٗڟ‬γ΢έϨϱήγχϩͳͺҡ͵Ζ‫ܙ‬য়Ν༙ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽf) ‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈ఈ੓͹ͪΌͶɼϓϪʖϞ͹ߑଆͶͺɼϚυΡγϛʖφϕϪʖφ(ਐରΝࢩ͓ΖϕϪʖφ)͗
ૌΊࠒΉΗͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ҈સ͹ͪΌͶɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ஏ໚ͶཚͬͱպըΝ͢͵͏Γ͑ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼϗϩφΉͪͺ੖‫֐ܙ‬Ռ༽ϔϪʖηͲɼϚυΡʖγϛʖφϕϪʖφͶളΕ෉͜ͱ΍Γ͏ɽघ΍ΉͪύϱχϩώʖͶളΕ෉͜ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ. ऄྡྷ͹གྷ݇a) ͤ΄ͱ͹ऄྡྷ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬ͺɼ‫ـۯ‬Νैలͪ͢ν΢ϢΝ‫؜‬Όͱ 2cm ҐԾͳͤΖɽb) ‫ྡྷޛ‬Ͷͺ಼ଈͶ‫ݸ‬ΕɼऄྡྷΪʖχΝૹ஥͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
1 . ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞͺɼ଎ఈ‫ࠬݗ;ٶ‬͹໪దͲɼ‫و‬ଉ 14.4 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 14.6 Ͷ६‫͜͵͏ͱ͢ڎ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
11. ϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞ͗৏‫ى‬͹གྷ݇Νຮͪ͢
ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͹ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻೜Ͳ͍Ζɽϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞ͹௒੖͹ͪΌͶ‫͗ٗڟ‬ஙԈͤΖ͞ͳͺ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫͗͞ंٗڟ‬͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͏৖߻ɼηνʖφͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͥɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.16 ͶॊͮͱϨδϩφͶʰDNSʱͳනࣖ͠ΗΖɽ
12. T 1- 2 ͹ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήझ໪Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱɼϧϱωϱή༽ϓϪʖϞͺଏͲਬ਒͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼ਒Ί๏ͺɼ઴޴͘Ͳ΍‫ޛ‬Θ޴͘Ͳ΍͖ΉΚ͵͏ɽ୊ 15 ড় φϧρέ͹‫ܯ‬଎
ule 16
1. ඬ६ద͵φϧρέ͹ௗ͠ͺ 4 ̾ͳͤΖɽφϧρέͺฑߨ͢ͱ͏Ζ್ͯ͹௜ૺ࿑ͳɼൔ‫ܚ‬΍ಋͣͳ
ͤΖ್ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑͖Δ͵Ζɽφϧρέ͹಼ଈͶన౲͵ࡒ࣯͹ԓ੶Ͳ‫ڧ‬ΝͤΖɽԓ੶͹৯ͺՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬ΕപͳͤΖɽԓ੶ͺ߶͠ 5 ᶳʛ65 ᶳɼ෱ 5 ᶳʛ25 ᶳͲԓ੶͹৯ͺՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬ΕപͳͤΖɽ
2. ຌ͹௜ૺ࿑Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼԓ੶Ͷ଺͓ͱ෱ 5 mm
͹പતͲ΍ྒྷ͏ɽ
‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹ԓ੶͹Ҳ෨͗ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹ͪΌɼҲ࣎దͶͺͥ͠ΗΖ৖߻ɼԓ੶௜Ծ͹৖ॶͶ෱ 5 ᶳ͹പતΝӀ͘ɼ߶͠࠹ఁ 2 ᶳ͹αʖϱ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ظ‬Νֶؔ 4̾Ґ಼Ͳɼͨ͹ఊ͹ԓ͗φϧρέͶ΍ͮͳ΍ۛ͏പત͹୼Ͷ͵ΖΓ͑Ͷʤ‫ظ‬ͺήϧΤϱχ͖Δ 6
ౕ͹ֱౕΝ͵ͤΓ͑Ͷʥ஖͚ɽ͞͹๏๑ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .11
ͶΓΖήϩʖϕηνʖφ͹֐ଈɼͨ͢ͱԓ੶અ஖͹͵͏௜ૺ࿑Ͷ΍న༽͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ंޛ‬͹৖߻ͺʤαʖϱΉͪͺ‫ظ‬Ν஖͚ʥֶؔ͗ 1 m Ν௔͓͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽ஭қʁ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͖Δ௜ૺ࿑Ήͪͺ௜ૺ࿑͖Δ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷφϧρέ͖ΔᷘյͤΖஏ఼ͺɼ଎ྖ࢞ͶΓͮͱപત৏Ͷ 5 mm 5 mm ͹‫ݡ‬෾͜͹͚ͯ৯Ͳࣖ͠ΗɼϪʖη஦ͺɼͨ͞ͶαʖϱΝઅ஖͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ2. ‫ܯ‬଎ͺɼԓ੶͹֐୼͖Δ .3m ֐๏ɼͨ͢ͱ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ͕͏ͱԓ੶͗͵͏৖߻ͺɼϧ΢ϱ͹֐୼͖Δ.2m ͹ͳ͞ΘΝ଎Ζɽ3. The distance of the race shall be measured from theedge of the start line farther from the finish to the edge ofthe finish line nearer to the start.
4. In all races up to and including 4 m, each athlete shallhave a separate lane, with a width of 1.22m. 1m,
including the lane line on the right, marked by white lines
5 mm in width. All lanes shall be of the same nominal
width. The inner lane shall be measured as stated in Rule15.2, but the remaining lanes shall be measured .2m fromthe outer edges of the lines.
Note For all tracks constructed before 1 anuary 2 4 forall such races, the lane may have a width of maximum
1.25m.
owever, when such a track is fully resurfaced, the lane
width shall comply with this Rule.
5. In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) the track should allow for eight lanes minimum.
6. The lateral inclination of tracks towards the inside edge
should not exceed 1 1(1 )unless special
circumstances exist which justify World Athletics providing
an exemption, and the overall downward inclination in therunning direction should not exceed 1 1( .1 )
between any start and finish line.
Note It is recommended that, for new tracks, the lateralinclination should be towards the inside lane.
. Full technical information on track construction, layout
and marking is contained in the World Athletics Track and
Field Facilities Manual. This Rule gives basic principles
only, which must be followed.
C MMENT It should be noted that only tracks inaccordance with the World Athletics Track and Field
Facilities Manual should be used for World Championships
and Paralympic Games.
ule 16 tarting loc s ule 161
1. Starting blocks may be used for sport classes T 1- 2
(Frame Running), T35-3 , T42-4 and T61-64 in all races
up to and including 4 m (including the first leg of ambulant
relay races of 4x1 m, 4x2 m, and 4x4 m) but shall not
be used for any other race.Starting Blocks must be used
for sport classes T11-13 and T2 in all races up to andincluding 4 m (including the first leg of universal relay
races). When in position on the track, no part of the starting
block shall overlap the start line or extend into another lane,
with the exception that, provided there is no obstruction to
any other athlete, the rear part of the frame may extend
beyond the outer lane line.
2. Starting blocks shall comply with the following general
specificationsa) The starting blocks shall consist of two foot plates,
against which the athlete s feet are pressed in the starting
position and which shall be mounted on a rigid frame. They
shall be entirely rigid in construction and shall give no unfair
advantage to the athlete. The frame shall in no way
obstruct the athlete s feet as they leave the blocks.
b) The foot plates shall be sloped to suit the starting
position of the athlete, and may be flat or slightly concave.
The surface of the foot plates shall accommodate thespikes in the athlete s shoes, either by using slots orrecesses in the face of the foot plate or by covering thesurface of the foot plate with suitable material permitting
the use of spiked shoes.
c) The mounting of the foot plates on the frame may be
adjustable, but it shall allow no movement during the actual
start. In all cases, the foot plates shall be adjustableforward or backward in relation to each other. The
adjustments shall be secured by firm clamps or a locking
mechanism, which can be easily and quickly operated by
the athlete.
d) They shall be fixed to the track by a number of pins or
spikes, arranged to cause the minimum possible damage
to the track. The arrangement shall permit the starting
blocks to be quickly and easily removed. The number,52

3. ‫཯ړૺڟ‬ͺɼηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ
΢ϱͶԗ͏๏͹୼͖ΔɼϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ην
ʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏๏͹୼ΉͲ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽ
4. 4 m ΉͲ͹ϪʖηͶ͕͏ͱɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ෱
5 mm ͹പ৯͹ϧ΢ϱͲۢ઀ΔΗͪɼӊଈ͹ϧ΢ϱ෱Ν‫؜‬΋࠹୉෱ 1.22m. 1m ͹ϪʖϱΝૺΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖϱͺಋͣ෱Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ಼ଈ͹Ϫʖϱͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 15.2 ͹‫و‬ఈͶΓͮͱ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ͗ɼͨ͹ଠ͹Ϫʖϱͺϧ΢ϱ͹֐୼͖Δ.2m ͹ͳ͞ΘͲ଎Ζɽ஭қʁ2 4 ೧ 1 ݆ 1 ೖҐ઴Ͷ‫ݒ‬ଆ͠ΗͪφϧρέͶ‫ͱؖ͢‬ͺɼ৏‫ى‬͹͏ͥΗ͹ϪʖηͲ΍ɼϪʖϱ͹෱ͺ࠹୉ 1.25̾ͳͤΖɽ͖͢͢φϧρέะૹࡒΝસ໚௃Ε଺͓ͪ࣎ͶͺɼϪʖϱ෱ͺ‫و‬ଉͶ߻஗ͦ͠͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
5. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Ͳͺɼ࠹ঙ Ϫʖϱ͹φϧρέͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. φϧρέ͹಼ଈϪʖϱ๏޴΃͹࠹୉‫ڒ‬༲ܑౕࣾͺɼ෱Ͳ 1 ෾͹ 1(1 )Ν௔͓͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͖ΔϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ؔ͹ૺΖ๏޴΃͹ԾΕ͹ܑࣾͺɼʹ͹Ғ஖Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍ 1,
෾͹ 1( .1 )Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ৿͢͏φϧρέ͹৖߻ɼ෱͹ܑࣾͺ಼ଈ͹Ϫʖϱ͹๏޴΃޴͜Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ. ‫ٗڟ‬৖͹‫ݒ‬અɼઅ‫ͱͨ͢ܯ‬ϜʖΫϱήͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζͤ΄ͱ͹ٗढ़ద৚ๅͺɼWA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩͶ໤ད͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽຌ‫و‬ଉͲͺɼगΔΗΖ΄͘‫خ‬ຌద͵‫ݬ‬ଉΝࣖ͢ͱ͏Ζɽαϟϱφʁ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճͳϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճͶͺɼWA ࢬઅࢬઅϜωϣΠϩͶ६‫ͪ͢ڎ‬φϧρέ͹ΊΝ࢘༽ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖɽ୊ 16 ড় ηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέule 161
1. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T 1- 2ʤϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήʥɼT353 ɼT42-4 ‫ ;ٶ‬T61-64 Ͳͺɼ4 m ΉͲ͹Ϫʖη(ཱིҒ͹ 4 1 m ϨϪʖɼ4 2 m ϨϪʖ‫;ٶ‬4 4 m ϨϪʖ͹୊ 1 ૺंΝ‫؜‬΋)Ͷ͕͏ͱͺηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέΝ࢘༽͢ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼͨΗҐ֐͹ϪʖηͲͺ࢘༽͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13‫ ;ٶ‬T2 Ͳͺɼ4 m ΉͲ͹ϪʖηʤϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖ͹୊ҲૺंΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͶ͕͏ͱͺηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέΝ࢘༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽφϧρέ৏Ͷઅ஖ͪ͢ࡏɼηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέ͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾΍ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶ॑͸ͱͺ͵Δͥɼͨ͹ૺं͹ϪʖϱΝͺΊड़͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼଠ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंΝ๨֒͢͵͜ΗͻɼϓϪʖϞ͹‫ޛ‬෨ͺ֐ଈϪʖϱ͹ϧ΢ϱ͖ΔͺΊड़ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
2. ηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέͺɼ࣏͹Ҳൢ࢕༹Ͷన߻ͪ͢΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽa) ηνʖτΡϱήʀϔϫρέͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖφ͹ସ੐ΝͳΖࡏɼଏΝιρφͤΖʤଏΝԣ͢෉͜Ζʥ̐ທ͹ϓρφϕϪʖφ͖Δ͵ΕɼҲͯ͹ϓϪʖϞͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠ΗΖɽ͞ΗΔͺॉ෾Ͷ‫ߑ͵ݽݐ‬ଆͲɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंͶ෈ཤӻΝ΍ͪΔͤ΍͹Ͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϓϪʖϞͺηνʖφ࣎Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଏΝ཯ͤࡏͶ๨֒ͤΖ΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ϓρφϕϪʖφͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ηνʖφࢡ੐Ͷ߻͑Γ͑Ͷܑࣾ͗ͯ͜ΔΗɼฑ໚ΉͪͺΏΏԞ໚Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽϓρφϕϪʖφ͹න໚ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ηϏ΢έεϣʖθͶనԢͦ͠ΖΓ͑Ͷɼߖ΍͚͢ͺ‫۾‬ΊΝͯ͜Ζ͖ɼηϏ΢έεϣʖθ͹࢘༽Ͷଳ͓͑Ζࡒ࣯Ͳ෶͑ɽc) ‫͵ݽݐ‬ϓϪʖϞ৏Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠ΗΖϓρφϕϪʖφͺ௒੖Ͳ͘Ζ΍͹ͲΓ͏͗ɼࣰࡏͶηνʖφͤΖࡏͶͺಊ͚΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽʹ͹৖߻΍ϓρφϕϪʖφͺɼͨΗͩΗ઴‫ޛ‬Ͷಊ͖͢ͱ௒ઇͲ͘͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ௒ઇ͗शΚͮͪͳ͘ɼϓρφϕϪʖφͺ‫ཻ۫͵ݽݐ‬Ήͪͺ৥࢕ֽͶΓΕ͖ͮ͢Εͳ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬༲ҝͶ͖ͯଐΏ͖Ͷ૤ࡠͲ͘Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽd) ϓϪʖϞͺφϧρέͶ༫͓Ζଝউ͗Ͳ͘Ζ‫ݸ‬Ε͖ᷰͶࡃ΋Γ͑Ͷ௒੖͠Ηͪϒϱ΍͚͢ͺటͶΓͮͱɼφϧρέͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͤͻΏ͚༲ҝͶखΕͺͥͦΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϒthickness and length of pins or spikes depend on the track
construction. The anchorage shall permit no movement
during the actual start.
e) When an athlete uses his own starting blocks, they shallcomply with the above general description but otherwise
may be of any design or construction, provided that they
do not interfere with other athletes.
Note It is not a requirement for athletes in Sport Classes
T35-3 , T42-44 and T61-64 to use both foot plates whenusing a starting block.
C MMENT This Rule should also be interpreted so thata) No part of the frame or footplates can overlap a startinglineb) The frame only (but not any part of the footplate) can
extend into the outer lane provided there is no obstruction.
This reflects the long-standing practice of athletes at thestart of races on a bend placing their blocks at an angle to
run the most direct line after the start.
The use of lights, by deaf or hearing impaired athletes only,at the start of races is allowed and is not consideredassistance. It should however be the obligation of theathlete or his team for the financing and supply of such
equipment and its compatibility with the start system in use,
unless at a particular meeting where there is an appointed
technical partner who can provide it.
3. In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), performances submitted for ratification as a
World/Regional Record for Sport Classes T11-13 and T2
shall require that the starting blocks be linked to a World
Athletics approved Start Information System. The Start
Information system shall not be activated for any otherclasses, even if the athlete uses blocks.
4. TheC may insist that only starting blocks provided bythem may be used.
Note (i) Some athletes in Sports Classes T2 , T 1- 2
(Frame Running), T35-3 , T42-4 and T61-64 may require
their starting blocks to be set for them by the Starter sAssistant. pon request, the Technical Delegate will
provide the appropriate athletes and/or their team coachwith a document on which they will be able to indicate theirrequirements (as per Rule .13).
Note (ii)se of personal starting blocks shall requireapproval from the Technical Delegate.
C MMENT It should be noted that the only classes ofathletes who must use starting blocks are T11-13 and T2 .
For other classes they have the options of using starting
blocks or other approved starting devices.
There are some classes of athlete most notably amputees
who require assistance in the form of a single block, twoseparate single blocks or two regular starting block rigid
frames with one block on each frame. This would normally
be approved by the Technical Delegate prior to thecompetition through the completion of a specific Request
for Assistance form. In all cases, modifications of starting
blocks shall not provide any additional advantage and must
conform to the principles espoused in Part Bof theserules.
ule 1
he tart ule 162
Note nless otherwise stated, in relation to athletes inSport Classes T11 and T12, any reference under this rule
to athlete shall be interpreted as refering to both theathlete(s) and/or their guide- runner(s). In the event of abreach of the a rule being committed by a guide-runnerresulting in a warning, or disqualification then theaccompanying athlete shall consequently be warned or
disqualified.
1. The position of the start of a race shall be denoted by awhite line 5 mm wide. In all races not run in lanes the startline shall be curved, so that all the athletes start the same
distance from the finish. Starting positions in events at all
distances shall be numbered from left to right, facing the53ϱΉͪͺట͹਼ɼଢ͠ɼௗ͠ͺφϧρέ͹ߑଆͶΓ
Ζɽηνʖφ࣎ͶҢಊͤΖ͞ͳ͹͵͏Γ͑ॉ෾Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽe) ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹ηνʖτΡϱήōϔϫρέΝ࢘
༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͶన߻͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒͢͵͏΍͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼυδ΢ϱΏߑଆͺʹ͹Γ͑͵΍͹Ͳ΍͖͓ͯ͢͠͵͏ɽ஭қʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T35-3 ɼT42-44 ‫̫;ٶ‬61-64 ͹‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘༽ͤΖࡏɼྈ๏͹ϓρφϕϪʖφ࢘༽ͺචਤড়݇Ͳͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷմए͠ΗΖʁa) ϓϪʖϞΉͪͺϓρφϕϪʖφ͹ʹ͹෨෾΍ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶ॑͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ଠ΃͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳΝড়݇ͶɼϓϪʖϞ͹ΊʤϓρφϕϪʖφΝ‫؜‬ΞͲͺ͵Δ͵͏ʥ͗֐ଈ
͹ϪʖϱͶ೘ΕࠒΞͲ΍Γ͏ɽ͞Ηͺɼ‫ۄ‬તͲηνʖφͤΖझ໪Ͳ‫ૺ͗ंٗڟ‬Εड़ֱౕͤͺ࠹୻‫཯ړ‬Ν
खΖͪΌηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέͺࣾΌͶ஖͖ΗΖ
ܑ޴͍͗Ζͳ͏͑͞ΗΉͲ͹‫ݩܨ‬ͶΓΖɽϪʖη͹ηνʖφ࣎Ͷ࿠ंΉͪͺ௎্ְ֒͹͍Ζ‫ڟ‬ٗंͶ‫ݸ‬Εɼϧ΢φ͹࢘༽͗‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗɼঁྙͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼͨΗΝ఑‫ڛ‬Ն೵͵ٗढ़Ϗʖφψʖ͗ࢨఈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼࣁۜ௒ୣ‫حؽ;ٶ‬͹घഓɼ͠ΔͶηνʖφεητϞͳ͹ંକͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺॶ଒ͤΖοʖϞ͹ٝແͲ͍Ζɽ
3. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ̙‫و‬ଉ୊̑হ̏ɿ̐(aʥ‫;ٶ‬ʤ̳ʥࢂলʥͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη̫̏̏ʷ̏̑‫̫̎̐;ٶ‬͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ‫ى‬࿧ট೟͹ͪΌͶͺɼWA ͗೟Όͪηνʖφ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱεητϞΝ࢘༽͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹ଠ͹έϧηͶ͕͏ͱͺɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘༽͢ͱ΍ηνʖφ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱεητϞΝࡠಊͦ͠ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
4. ૌ৭җҽճͺɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέ͹࢘༽Νૌ৭җҽճ͗༽қͤΖ΍͹Ͷ‫ݸ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T2 ɼ̫ 1- 2ʤϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήʥɼT35-3 ɼT42-4 ‫̫;ٶ‬61-64 ͹Ҳ෨͹‫ٗڟ‬ंͺɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͶΓΖηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέ͹અ஖Νགྷ੧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽٗढ़େනͺɼʤ‫و‬ଉ .13 Ͷॊ͏ʥචགྷͳࢧΚΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ώͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॶ଒οʖϞ͹αʖοͶགྷ੧಼༲‫ى‬೘༽ࢶΝഓාͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ݺ‬ਕ͹ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέ࢘༽Ͷࡏ͢ͱͺɼٗढ़େන͹‫ڒ‬Ն͗චགྷͲ͍ΖɽαϟϱφʁηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘༽ͤΖචགྷ
͍͗Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹έϧηͺ T11-13 ͳ T2 ͫ͜Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳɽଠ͹έϧηͲͺɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΉͪͺଠ͹ট೟͠ΗͪηνʖτΡϱήૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖમ୔ࢸ͍͗ΖɽୱҲ͹ϔϫρέɼ2 ͯ͹Ϗʖς͖Δ੔ΖϔϫρέɼΉͪͺϓϪʖϞͶ 1 ͯ͹ϓρφϕϪʖφ͖͢͵͏ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέͲࢩԋΝචགྷͳͤΖಝͶ઀இं͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗͏͚͖͍ͯΖɽ͞Ηͺ௪৙ɼಝఈ͹ϨέΦηφϓΧʖϞͶ‫ى‬೘ͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΕ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹઴Ͷٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱট೟͠ΗΖɽͤ΄ͱ͹৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρ
έ͹અ஖ࢩԋͺཤӻΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͚ɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ Part B- Ͳਬও͠ΗΖ‫ݬ‬ଉͶ६‫ͤڎ‬Ζචགྷ
͍͗Ζɽ
୊ 1 ড় ηνʖφule 162஭қʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12 ͹‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼพ౏ఈΌ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εຌ‫و‬ఈͶ͕͜Ζ‫ͳंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝࢨͤɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ϩʖϩҩൕΝ൞ܱ͢ࠄΝणͪ͜Ε֪ࣨͶ͵ͮͪ৖߻ɼ݃Վͳ͢
ͱ‫ࠄܱ͗ंٗڟ‬Νणͪ͜Ε֪ࣨͪ͢ͳΊ͵͠ΗΖɽ
1. ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͺ෱ 5 ᶳ͹പ͏ϧ΢ϱͲࣖͤɽϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͏ϪʖηͲ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͺɼϓΡωρεϣ͖Δ͹‫ʹ͗཯ړ‬͹‫ंٗڟ‬΍ಋͣͶ͵ΖΓ͑ͶΩʖϔͦ͠Ζɽ‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͜ΖϪʖϱʤ‫؜‬΋ΨʖξʖʥॳͺɼૺΖ๏޴Ͷ޴͖ͮͱ͖ࠪΔӊ΃൬ߺΝͯ͜Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁ15 m ‫ͨ;ٶૺڟ‬͹ଠ͹झ໪Ͳηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͗‫ۄ‬ત͹৖߻ɼૺ࿑ͳಋͣસళޫะૹʤોࡒʀ

direction of running.
Note (i) The 15 m start line, or any other curved startline, may be extended out from the outside bend lane tothe extent that the same synthetic surface is available.
In all races of Sport Classes T11-13 and T2 up to andincluding 4 m (including the first leg of ambulant relay
races of 4x1 m, 4x2 m, 4x4 m and the 4x1 m
universal relay), a crouch start and the use of starting
blocks are compulsory.
Note (ii) A crouch start stance is not required by athletesin Sport Classes T35-3 , T42-4 and T61-64
C MMENT It is anticipated that, in order to efficiently
complete the start procedures and for larger meetings toappropriately introduce the competitors in the race theathletes, when assembled, should be positioned facing in
the direction of the race.
2. All races shall normally be started by the report of theStarter s gun fired upwards after he has ascertained that
athletes are steady and in the correct starting position.
If, for any reason, the Starter is not satisfied that all is readyfor the start to proceed after the athletes are on their marks,
he shall order all athletes to withdraw from their marks andthe Starter s Assistants shall place them on the assemblyline again.
Note If an athlete has a hearing impairment the starter or
his assistant may use a flag, a strobe light or other visual
device as well as a pistol to signal the start. In somecircumstances, for athletes with both a vision and a hearing
impairment, an official may touch an athlete to signal thestart.
C MMENT The Starter must not initiate the start
procedures before he is sure that the relevant timing teamis ready as well as the udges at the finish and in races up
to and including 2 m, the Wind Gauge perator. The
communication process between the start and the finish
area and the timing team varies according to the level ofthe competition. At IPC Games and IPC Competitions (seePart B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)) and many other high-levelmeetings there is invariably a service company responsible
for the electronic timing and the Start Information System.
In this case, there will be technicians who are responsible
for communication. In other competitions a variety ofcommunication systems are used radios, phones, or byusing flags or flashing lights.
3. The commands of the Starter must be in English only.
For all races up to and including 4 m (including ambulant
relay races of 4x1 m, 4x2 m, 4x4 m and the 4x1 m
universal relay) thecommand will be n your marks and then Set . When
all athletes are Set , the gun shall be fired. An athlete
shall not touch either the start line or the ground in front of
it with his hands or his feet when on his marks. In races
longer than 4 m, the command will be n your marks
and when all athletes are steady, the gun will be fired. In
races longer than 4 m athletes shall not touch theground with their hand or hands during the start.
4. In races up to and including 4 m after then yourmarks command, an athlete shall approach the start line,
assume a position completely within his allocated lane andbehind the start line. For Sport Classes T11-13 and T2 ,both hands and at least one knee shall be in contact withthe ground and both feet in contact with the foot plates ofthe starting blocks. At the Set command, an athlete shallimmediately rise to his final starting position retaining thecontact of the hands with the ground and of the feet withthe foot plates of the blocks.
In case of wheelchair races (classes T33-34 and T51-54),
including Frame Running Events (classes T 1- 2) the
following commands and positions are required. After then our marks command, an athlete shall approach thestart line, assume a position entirely within his allocatedlane and behind the start line. At the Set command, anathlete should immediately take up his final starting
position retaining the contact of the front wheel with the54޲͠ʥͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝড়݇ͳ͢ͱɼ֐ଈ͹Ϫʖϱ͖Δ֐ͶͺΊड़͢ͱӀ͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13 ‫ ;ٶ‬T2 ͹‫ ཯ړ‬4 m Ґ಼͹‫ڟ‬ૺ‫ٗڟ‬ʤ4 2 m ͳ 4 4 m ϨϪʖ͹୊ 1 ૺंΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͺͤ΄ͱɼηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘ͮͪέϧΤοϱήηνʖφͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T35-3 ɼT42-4 ‫̫;ٶ‬61-64 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼέϧΤοϱήηνʖφࢡ੐Νٝແ෉͜͵͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁηνʖφ࣎͹घॳΝްིదͶ‫׮‬྅͢ɼΓΕ୉͘͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱ‫ंٗڟ‬Νన઀Ͷ়ղͤΖͪΌͶͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺॄ߻࣎ɼૺΖ๏޴Ͷ޴͖ͮͱཱིͮ
ͱཱིͯΓ͑‫غ‬ଶ͠ΗΖɽ
2. ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼ௪৙ηνʖνʖ͗ɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ʰ༽қʱ͹ߑ͓Ͳ੫ࢯͪ͢ͳ֮೟఼ͪ࣎͢Ͳɼ
ηνʖνʖ͗৏๏Ͷ޴͜ͱߑ͓ͪϒηφϩ͹൅ࣻԽͲηνʖφ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͏ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ғ஖Ͷͯ͏ͪ‫ޛ‬ɼՁΔ͖͹ཀྵ༟Ͳηνʖνʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹ηνʖφघକ͗͘੖ͮͱ͏͵͏ͳ‫ͣ״‬ͪ৖߻ɼηνʖφҒ஖Ν཯ΗΖΓ͑‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷໍͣɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν࠸;ॄ߻તͶ੖྽ͦ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ௎্ְ֒Ν࣍ͮͪ‫͏͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ৖߻ɼηνʖνʖΉͪͺड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ‫ظ‬ɼηφϫϚޭɼͨ͹ଠ͹ࢻְదૹ஖Νηνʖφ߻ਦͳ͢ͱϒηφϩͳญ༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽಝఈ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ‫ְࢻ͗ंٗڟ‬ͳ௎ְ͹ྈ๏Ͷ্֒Ν࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼༀҽ͗ରͶৰΗΖ͞ͳͲηνʖφ͹߻ਦΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽαϟϱφʁηνʖνʖͺɼ݀ঋ৻൓ҽΏ 2 m ΉͲ͹झ໪Ͳͺ෫ྙ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ͠ΔͶͺɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖν΢ϝϱ
ήοʖϞ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ઴ͶηνʖφघॳΝ֋࢟͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣ‫;ٶ‬ν΢ϝϱήοʖϞͳ͹ؔ͹࿊ཙघஊͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ϪϗϩͶΓͮͱҡ͵ΖɽIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ώͨ͹ଠଡ͚͹ύ΢Ϫϗϩ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ৙Ͷࣺਇ൓ఈͳηνʖφ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱεητϞ(SIS)Ν୴౲ͤΖ఑‫ڛ‬ճऀ͗ଚࡑͤΖɽ͞͹৖߻ɼ࿊ཙ௒੖Ν
୴౲ͤΖٗढ़ं͗͏Ζɽͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼໃતɼు࿫ɼΉͪͺ‫ظ‬Ώϧ΢φ͹఼౰͵ʹΝ࢘༽ͪ͢ɼ͠
Ή͡Ή͵࿊ཙ๏๑͗࢘ΚΗͱ͏Ζɽ
3. ηνʖνʖ͹߻ਦͺӵ‫ޢ‬͹ΊͳͤΖɽ4 m ΉͲ͹‫(ૺڟ‬4͉1 mɼ4 2 mɼ4 4 m ‫ ;ٶ‬4x1 m
Ϥωώʖγϩ͹ཱིҒϨϪʖΝ‫؜‬΋)Ͷ͕͏ͱ߻ਦͺŊ n your marks(ŝƅōŽřōŷŘŠťʁҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱ)ʱŊSet (Ŧŗ Ŭ ʁ ༽ қ ) ŋ ͹ ‫ ݶ‬ཁ Ν ༽ ͏Ζ ɽ ͤ ΄ ͱ ͹ ‫͗ ं ٗ ڟ‬
ʰSet(༽қ)ʱͳ͵ͮͪ࣎ɼ৶ߺ‫͗ح‬൅ࣻ͠ΗΖɽҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͪ࣎ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͪ࣎ɼηνʖφϧ΢ϱ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹઴๏͹ήϧΤϱχͶघΏଏΝৰΗͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ4 m Ν௔͓Ζ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺʰ n yourmarks (ŝƅōŽřōŷŘŠťʁҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱ)ʱ͹‫ݶ‬ཁΝ༽͏ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬੫ࢯͪ࣎͢ɼ৶ߺ‫͗ؽ‬൅ࣻ͠ΗΖɽ4 ̾Ν௔͓Ζ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺηνʖφ͹ؔɼघʤฤघΉͪͺྈघʥ͗ήϧΤϱχͶৰΗͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ4. ‫ ཯ړ‬4 m Ґ಼͹‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ
ʰ n yourmarksʤҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʥʱ͹߻ਦ͹‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶ਒Ίɼηνʖφϧ΢ϱघ઴͹ׄΕ౲ͱ
ΔΗͪϪʖϱ಼͹Ғ஖Ͷ͚ͯ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13 ‫ ;ٶ‬T2 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼྈघͳঙ͵͚ͳ΍ฤ๏͹ගΝஏ໚Ͷͯ͘ɼྈଏ͗ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫ
ρέ͹ಁΊ൚Ͷંৰ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽʰSetʤ༽қʥʱ͹߻ਦͲɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺଐΏ͖Ͷ࠹श͹ηνʖφର੐Ͷߑ͓Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽͨ͹ࡏɼྈघͺஏ໚ͶɼྈଏͺηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέ͹ಁΊ൚Ͷͯͪ͜ΉΉͶ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήझ໪ʤT 1- 2ʥΝ‫؜‬΋ऄ͏ͤ‫ڟ‬
ૺʤT33-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬T51-54ʥ͹৖߻͹߻ਦͳηνʖφҒ஖ͺ࣏͹ͳ͕ΕͳͤΖɽʰ n your marksʤҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʥʱ͹߻ਦ͹‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶ਒Ίɼηνʖφϧ΢ϱघ઴͹ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱ಼͹Ғ஖Ͷ͚ͯ΍͹ͳͤΖɽʰSetʤ༽қʥʱ͹߻ਦͲɼ
‫ंٗڟ‬ͺଐΏ͖Ͷ࠹श͹ηνʖφର੐Ͷߑ͓Ζɽͨ͹ࡏɼऄ͏ͤ͹઴ྡྷͺηνʖφϧ΢ϱघ઴͹ஏ໚Ͷground behind the line .
C MMENT In all races using crouch start, including
wheelchair races and Frame Running events, as soon as
athletes are steady in their blocks or behind the line
respectively, the Starter shall raise his arm in which heholds the gun, then he shall say Set . e shall wait thenfor all the athletes to be steady and shall then fire the gun.
The Starter must not raise his arm too early, especiallywhen manual Timekeepers are being used. e is advised
to raise his arm only when he feels he is about to give thecommand Set . There is no rule that enables to determine
the time that elapses between the commands
n yourmarks and Set on one hand, and on the other hand,
between the command Set and the gun shot. The Startershall let the athletes go once they are all motionless in thecorrect starting position. Which means that he may have,for certain starts, to fire the gun quite quickly, but on theother hand, he may also have to wait longer in order tomake sure that they are all steady in their starting position.
5. n the command Set for races up to 4 m andnyour marks for longer races all athletes shall at once andwithout delay assume their full and final set position.
Where an athlete in the judgment of the Starter,a) After the command Set for races up to 4 m and n
your marks for longer races, and before the report of thegun, causes the start to be aborted, for instance by raisinga hand and/or standing or sitting up in the case of a crouch
start, without a valid reason, (such reason to be evaluatedby the relevant Referee), orb) Fails to comply with the commands n your marks or
Set as appropriate, or does not place himself in his final
starting position after a reasonable time, orc) After the commandn your marks or Set disturbs
other athletes in the race through sound, movement orotherwise, the Starter shall abort the start.
The Referee may warn the athlete for improper conduct inrelation to the required start procedure and may disqualify
an athlete in case of a second infringement of this Ruleduring the same competition.
owever, when an extraneous reason was considered tobe the cause for aborting the start, or the Referee does notagree with the Starter s decision, a green card shall beshown to all the athletes to indicate that a false start was
not committed by any athlete.
C MMENT The division of the start Rules into disciplinary
matters (under Rule 1 .2 and Rule 1 .5) and false starts(Rules 1 . ) ensures that the whole field was not penalised
for the actions of a single athlete. It is important in order tomaintain the integrity of the intention of this division andthat Starters and Referees are as diligent in the applicationof Rule 1 .2 and Rule 1 .5 as well as in detecting false
starts. Such conduct, whether wilful or unintentional
perhaps through nervousness should cause Rule 1 .2 andRule 1 .5 to be applied although where the Starter is of theview that it was unintentional, the application of Rule 1 .2
only may be appropriate.
Conversely, there will be instances in which an athlete is
entitled to request a delay of the start for legitimate
reasons. It is therefore vital that the Start Referee (inparticular) pays attention to the environment andconditions surrounding the start, especially in relation tofactors of which the Starter may not be aware because heis focusing on preparing himself for the start and/or wearing
headphones. In all such cases the Starter and Refereemust act reasonably and efficiently and clearly indicate
their decisions. If appropriate the reasons for the decisions
can be announced to the athletes in the race and if possible
or desirable also to the announcers, television team etc.
through the communication network.
A green card shall not be shown in any case when a yellow
or red card has been issued.
Note It is acceptable for arm amputee athletes or thosewith short arms to use pads on which to rest stumps at the55ંৰ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁέϧΤοϱήηνʖφͶΓΖͤ΄ͱ͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέͲ੫ࢯͪ͢͵ΔɼηνʖνʖͺଐΏ͖ͶϒηφϩΝ࣍ͮͪ࿻Ν৏͝ɼʰιρφʱͳ‫͑ݶ‬ɽηνʖνʖͺͤ΄ͱ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬੫ࢯͤΖ͹Νଶͮͱ͖ΔϒηφϩΝܺͯɽηνʖνʖͺɼಝͶघಊ‫࣎ܯͲ࣎ܯ‬ҽ͗ഓ஖͠Ηͱ͏Ζ࣎ͺɼ࿻Ν͍ΉΕͶ΍૥͚৏͝ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖνʖͺɼʰιρφʱͳ͏͑߻ਦΝͤΖͨ͹࣎Ͷ͵ͮͱ͖Δ࿻Ν৏͝ΖΓ͑ਬও͠Ηͱ͏ΖɽʰΨϱϤΠϜʖέηʱͳʰιρφʱͳ͹ؔɼͨ͢ͱʰιρφʱͳߺ๔ͳ͹ؔͶ͖͜Ζ࣎ؔΝ݀ΌΖ‫و‬ଉͺଚࡑ͢͵͏ɽηνʖνʖͺɼસ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ಊ͗͘ਜ਼͢͏ηνʖ
φࢡ੐ͲࢯΉͮͪ͵ΔଐΏ͖ͶૺΔͦΖ΄͘Ͳ͍
ΖɽͯΉΕɼ͍ΖηνʖφͲͺɼϒηφϩΝඉ৙Ͷ૥͚଩ͯ͞ͳ΍͍Ζ͢ɼଠ๏ɼસ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖφࢡ੐Ͳ੫ࢯͤΖ͹Ν͖֮͵΍͹ͶͤΖͪΌɼௗΌͶଶͪ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳ΍͍Ζͳ͏͑͞ͳͲ͍
Ζɽ
5. Ŋ n your marksʤҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʥʱΉͪͺŊSetʤ༽қʥŋ͹߻ਦͲɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼҲ੬Ͷͨ͢ͱஙΗΖ͞ͳ͵͚‫׮‬સ͵࠹शηνʖφࢡ੐ΝͳΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽηνʖνʖ͹൓இͶ͕͏ͱɼa) Ŋ n your marksʤҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʥʱΉͪͺŊSet (༽қ)ŋŋ͹߻ਦ͹‫Ͳޛ‬ɼ৶ߺ‫ح‬൅ࣻ͹઴Ͷਜ਼౲͵ཀྵ༟΍͵͚घΝ‫ͪ͝ڏ‬ΕɼέϧΤοϱή͹ࢡ੐͖Δཱིͬ৏͗ͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻ʤཀྵ༟͹ਜ਼౲੓ͺ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱ
൓இ͠ΗΖʥɽb)  ʰ n your marks( Ғ஖ Ͷ ͯ ͏ ͱ ) ʱ ͍ Ζ ͏ ͺʰSet(༽қ)ʱ͹߻ਦͶॊΚ͵͏ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺଐΏ͖Ͷ࠹श͹༽қ͹Ғ஖Ͷ͖ͯ͵͖ͮͪͳηνʖνʖ͗൓இͪ͢ͳ͘ɽ
c) ʰ n your marks ( Ғ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱ)ʱ͍Ζ͏ͺ
ʰSet(༽қ)ŋʱ͹߻ਦ͹‫ޛ‬ɼԽ੢Ώಊࡠɼͨ͹ଠ͹๏๑Ͳଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹๨֒Νͪ͢ͳ͘ɽ
͞ΗΔ৏‫ى‬͹৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺηνʖφͶ͕͜Ζ෈న઀ߨҟ͍͗ͮͪͳ͢ͱ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱܱࠄΝ༫
͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹஦Ͳ 2 ౕ͹‫و‬ଉҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽηνʖφ஦இ͹‫ݬ‬Ҿ͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻೜Ͳ͵͏ͳߡ͓Δ
ΗΖ৖߻ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ৻൓ௗ͗ηνʖνʖ͹൓இͶಋқͲ͘͵͏৖߻ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬સҽͶήϨʖϱΩʖχΝ఑ࣖ͢ͱ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝ൞ͪ͢ं͗͏͵͏͞ͳΝࣖͤɽαϟϱφʁηνʖφ‫و‬ଉΝɼெվࣆߴʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2 ‫ٶ‬; 1 .5ʥ‫෈;ٶ‬ਜ਼ηνʖφʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 . ʥͶ෾ׄͤΖ
͞ͳͶΓΕɼ1 ਕ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ߨҟͶΓΕɼಋૌ͹ଠ͹‫ͬͮͻͳ͗ंٗڟ‬ΕΝण͜ॴ෾͠ΗΖͳ͏͑͞ͳ
͗͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͵ͮͪɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹कࢭ͹߶݁੓Νң
࣍ͤΖͪΌɼηνʖνʖͳ৻൓ௗ͗ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2 ‫;ٶ‬1 .5 ͹న༽ɼ͠ΔͶͺ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹‫ݗ‬ड़ͶனࣰͲ
͍Ζ͞ͳͺ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽηνʖνʖ͗қਦదͲͺ͵͏ͳ͹‫ݡ‬๏Ν͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ
1 .2 ͹Ί͹న༽͗న઀Ͳ͍ΖͳͤΖ͞ͳ΍͍Ζ͖΍͢Η͵͏͗ɼқਦద͖ɼΉͪͺྭ͓ͻ‫ە‬௃ͶًҾ͢‫ބ‬қ͖ͨ͑Ͳ͵͏͖Ͷ͖͖ΚΔًͥ͞Ε͑ΖߨҟͶͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2 ‫ ;ٶ‬1 .5 ͗న༽͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ٱ‬Ͷɼਜ਼౲͵ཀྵ༟ͶΓΕɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖφ͹ஙΗΝགྷ‫ͤٽ‬Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤ͍͗Ζ৖߻͍͗Ζɽͪ͗ͮ͢ͱɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗͺɼηνʖφΝखΕ‫ڧ؂͚ת‬Ώড়݇ɼಝͶηνʖνʖͺɼηνʖφ६ඍͶॄ஦͢ͱ͕ΕɼϖρχϓΧʖϱΝ஥༽͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ΍͍ΖͪΌɼ‫ـ‬Ͱ͖͵͏͖΍͢Η͵͏གྷોͶ஭қΝ෹͑͞ͳ͗॑གྷ
Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼηνʖνʖͳ৻൓ௗͺ߻ཀྵద͖ͯ
ްིదͶߨಊ͢ɼқࢧ݀ఈΝ໎֮Ͷࣖͤචགྷ͍͗Ζɽన઀͵๏๑ͳ͢ͱͺɼ݀ఈ͹ཀྵ༟ͺɼͨ͹Ϫʖη͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶஎΔͦΖͳͳ΍ͶɼՆ೵Ͳ͍Ηͻɼ΍͚͢ͺ‫ب‬Κ͚ͻɼΠψΤϱγʖΏτϪϑοʖϞ͵ʹͶ΍
௪৶ϋρφϭʖέΝղ͢ͱ௪எͤΖɽ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΉͪͺϪρχΩʖχ͗ड़͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼήϨʖϱΩʖχͺࣖ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ৏ࢸΝҲ෨઀இͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬Ώ৏ࢸ͹୻͏‫ٗڟ‬ंͺɼηνʖφ࣎Ͷ৏ࢸΝࡎͦΖͪΌɼΉͪͺώϧstart or to improve balance. Pads must be completely
behind the start line and not interfere with any other athlete.
The pads should be a similar colour to the track or of aneutral colour.
C MMENT This is always difficult to deal with, the colourof the pads that arm amputee athletes use. It is
recommended that tape the same colour of the track beavailable in the Call Room to modify any pads which do notconform to this requirement.
6. In wheelchair and Frame Running races ofm orlonger the Starter has the authority to recall a race for a
restart (but is not obliged to do so) if a collision involving
any athletes in the race occurs in the first 5 m. This does
not reduce or remove the authority of the Referee to takeappropriate action on reports received from mpires during
this portion of the race.

ϱηΝΓ͚ͤΖͪΌͶɼϏρχΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽϏρχͺ‫׮‬સͶηνʖφϧ΢ϱΓΕघ઴ͶҒ஖͢ɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϏρχ͹৯ͺφϧρέͳಋ͖ͣ஦
ؔ৯Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽαϟϱφʁ࿻͹઀இ‫ͤ༽࢘͗ंٗڟ‬ΖϏρχ͹৯Ͷͯ͏ͱ৙ͶଲॴͤΖ͹ͺೋ͢͏ɽডॄॶͲφϧρέͳಋͣ৯͹τʖϕͲཤ༽Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳͲ͞͹གྷ݇Ͷన߻͢͵͏ϏρχΝरਜ਼ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ6.
m Ґ৏͹ऄҞࢢ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή‫ڟ‬ૺͶ͕͏ͱɼ࠹ॵ͹ 5 m Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ুಧً͗ͪ͘৖
߻ɼηνʖνʖͺϨαʖϩʤ‫;ݼ‬໯͢ʥΝߨ͑‫ݸݘ‬
Ν༙ͤΖʤٝແͲͺ͵͏ʥɽͨ͹৖߻Ͳ΍ɼ৻൓ௗ͗
ͨ͹ؔͶ؄ࡱҽ͖Δणͪ͜ๅࠄͶ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬న઀͵ી஖ΝͳΖ‫ݸݘ‬ͺɼϨαʖϩͶΓͮͱओΌΔΗͪΕɼࣨΚΗͪΕͤΖ͞ͳͺ͵͏ɽalse tart. An athlete, after assuming a full and final starting
position, shall not commence his start until after receiving
the report of the gun. If, in the judgment of the Starter orRecallers, he does so any earlier, it shall be deemed a false
start.
When a World Athletics approved Start Information System
is in use, the Starter and/or an assigned Recaller shall wear
headphones in order to clearly hear the acoustic signal
emitted when the System
indicates a possible false start (i.e. when reaction time isless than .1 second)
As soon as the Starter and/or an assigned Recaller hears
the acoustic signal, and if the gun was fired, there shall bea recall and the Starter shall immediately examine thereaction times and any other available information from theStart Information System in order to confirm which, if any,
athlete(s) is/are responsible for the recall.
For the purposes of this Rule, the commencement of thestart is defined as followsa) For those relevant Sport Classes where a crouch start iscompulsory or optional (and the athlete elects to employ acrouch start) (see Rule 1 .1 Note (ii) and Note (iii)), thecommencement of the start is defined as any motion by anathlete that includes or results in one or both feet or lower
limb prosthetic device(s) losing contact with the footplate(s) of the starting blocks (or where starting blocks are
not used, the ground), or one or both hands, stump(s),short arm(s) or upper limb prosthetic device(s) losing
contact with the ground (or, if applicable, pads) andb) In the case of a standing start, the commencement of
the start is defined as any motion that results in one or both
feet or lower limb prosthetic device(s) losing contact withthe ground.
If the Starter determines that prior to receiving the report of
the gun, an athlete initiated a movement that was not
stopped and continued into the commencement of his start(as defined above), it shall also be a false start.
Note (i) When a World Athletics certified Start Information
System is in operation, the evidence of this equipment shallbe used as a resource by the relevant officials to assist in
making a correct decision.
Note (ii) Any other motion by an athlete shall not be
considered to be the commencement of the start. Suchinstances may, if applicable, be subject to a disciplinary
warning or disqualification.
Note (iii) As athletes starting races in a standing position
are more prone to over-balance, if such a movement is
considered to be accidental, the start should be regarded
as unsteady . If an athlete is pushed or jostled over theline before the start, he should not be penalised. Any
athlete causing such interference may be subject to a
disciplinary warning or disqualification.
C MMENT Generally, no false start should be charged if෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ࠹श͹༽қ͹ࢡ੐Νͳͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼ৶ߺ‫ح‬͹൅ࣻԽΝซ͚ΉͲηνʖφಊࡠΝ֋࢟͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ঙ͢Ͳ΍૥͚ಊࡠΝ֋࢟ͪ͢ͳηνʖνʖ͍Ζ͏ͺϨαʖϧʖ͗൓இͪ͢ͳ͘ͺ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳ͵ΖɽWA ͗ট೟ͪ͢ηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͗༽͏ΔΗͱ͏Ζͳ͘ɼηνʖνʖͳϨαʖϧʖ͹ྈंΉͪͺͨ͹͏ͥΗ͖͗ɼͨ͹εητϞ͗෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ(ଊͬɼൕԢ࣎ؔ͗ .1 භາຮ͹৖߻Ν͏͑)͹Ն೵੓͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝεητϞ͗ࣖͪ࣎͢
Ͷ൅ͦΔΗΖԽ‫ڻ‬Νͺͮ͘Εซ͚ͪΌͶϖρχϓΧ
ʖϱΝ஥༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖνʖͳϨαʖϧʖ͹ྈंɼΉͪͺͨ͹͏ͥΗ͖͗ɼԽ‫ڻ‬Νซ͏ͪॢؔɼͤͲͶड़൅͹৶ߺ‫͗ح‬൅ࣻ͠Ηͱ͏Ηͻ‫ݼ‬;໯͢ʤϨαʖϩʥ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͢ͱηνʖνʖͺϨαʖϩ͹‫ݬ‬Ҿͳ͵ͮͪ‫͏͗ंٗڟ‬Ηͻɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΝಝఈͤΖͪΌͶɼͪͫͬͶηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͹ൕԢ࣎ؔ‫;ٶ‬ͨ͹ଠ೘घՆ೵͵৚ๅΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽຌ‫و‬ଉ͹कࢭ͖Δ͢ͱɼηνʖφʰ֋࢟ʱͺɼ࣏͹Γ͑Ͷఈٝ͠ΗΖɽa) έϧΤοϱήηνʖφΝ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏‫ڟ‬ٗέϧη͍Ζ͏ͺέϧΤοϱήηνʖφΝમ୔Ͳ͘Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .1 ஭қ(ii)(iii)ࢂলʥͲͺɼηνʖφ͹֋࢟ͺ࣏͹Γ͑͵ಊ͘ͳ͵ͮͪ৖߻ͳͤ
Ζɽฤଏʀྈଏ͍Ζ͏ͺԾࢸٝଏʀૹ۫͗ηνʖτΡϱήϔʀϫρέ͹ϓρφϕϪʖφ͖Δ཯ΗΓ͑ͳͪ͢ͳ͘ʤηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻ͺஏ໚ʥɼ͍Ζ͏ͺྈ๏͹घɼஇ୼ɼ୻͏࿻͍Ζ͏ͺ৏ࢸ༽ٝघ͗ஏ໚ʤηνʖφ༽Ϗρχʥ͖Δ཯ΗΓ͑ͳͪ͢ͳ͘ɼΉͪʁb) ཱིҒͲ͹ηνʖφ࣎ͺɼηνʖφ͹֋࢟ͺ࣏͹Γ͑͵ಊ͘ͳ͵ͮͪ৖߻ͳͤΖɽฤଏʀྈଏ͍Ζ͏ͺԾࢸٝଏʀૹ۫͗ஏ໚͖Δ཯ΗΓ͑ͳͪ͢ͳ͘ɽ
ηνʖνʖ͗ϒηφϩ͹ߺ๔઴Ͷ͞͹Γ͑͵য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ‫ͪ͏Ͱـ‬৖߻ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಊ͘ΝࢯΌͥಊ͘Ν֋࢟͢
ͪ৖߻͍Ζ͏ͺͨ͹ΉΉηνʖφ͢ͱ͢Ήͮͪ৖߻ʤ৏‫ى‬͹‫ࡎى‬͹௪Ε͹ಊ͘Νକͪ͜৖߻ʥɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳ͵Ζɽ
஭қ(i)ʁট೟ࡃ͹ηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͗࢘ΚΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ͞͹εητϞͶΓΕಚΔΗͪৄ‫ڎ‬ͺɼ౲֚৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱਜ਼͢͏݀ఈΝͤ
ΖͪΌ͹Ҳͯ͹ࡒྋͳ͢ͱ࢘༽͠ΗΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖͨ͹ଠ͹ಊ͘ͺɼηνʖφ͹֋࢟ͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽͨ͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͺɼܱࠄΉͪͺ֪ࣨॴ෾͹ଲেͶ͵Ζ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ஭қ(iii)ʁཱིҒʤηνϱυΡϱήʀϛζεϥϱʥͲηνʖφͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹๏͗ώϧϱηΝ๊͢Ώͤ͏ͪΌɼ۰൅దͶಊ͏ͱ͢Ήͮͪͳߡ͓ΔΗΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹ηνʖφͺʰ΀Δͯ͘ʱͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬Η෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹ଲেͳ͢ͱѽΚΗΖ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽηνʖφ઴Ͷಧ͏ͪΕԣ͠ΗͪΕ͢ͱηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹઴Ͷड़ͱ͢Ήͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳ͢ͱ൉ͦΔΗΖ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽͨ͹Γ͑͵๨֒ΝӀًͪ͘͢͞‫ٗڟ‬ंͺɼܱࠄΉͪͺ֪ࣨॴ෾͹ଲেͶ͵Ζ৖߻͍͗Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ஏ໚ΉͪͺϓρφϕϪʖφͳ͹

56

the athlete has not lost contact with the ground or footplates. For example, if an athlete moves his hips up, butthen moves them down without his hands or feet losing
contact with the ground or foot plates at any time, it should
not result in a false start. It may be a reason to warn (ordisqualify if there has been a previous warning) the athlete
for improper conduct under Rule 1 .5 owever in cases ofa rolling start where the Starter (or Recaller) is of theopinion that an athlete has effectively anticipated the startthrough some continuous movement even if he did not
move his hands or feet before the gun sounded, the raceshould be recalled. This can be done by a Starter orRecaller but it will be the Starter who is in the best situation
to judge such a case as only he will know the position of
his finger on the gun trigger when the athlete began his
movement. In these cases where the Starter is sure thatthe athlete s movement began before the report of the gun,a false start should be awarded. In accordance with Note(iii) Starters and Referees should avoid being over- ealousin the application of Rule 1 . to those events started froma standing position. Such instances are rare and usuallyoccur unintentionally as it is easier to overbalance from a
two-point start or a three-point start. It is not intended thatsame should be unduly penalised. If such a movement wasconsidered to be accidental, Starters and Referees areencouraged to first consider calling the start unsteadyand proceed according to Rule 1 .2.
owever repeat practices during the same event may
entitle the Starter and/or Referee to consider applying
either the false start or disciplinary procedures, as might
best be applicable in the situation.
Note (iv) In practice, when one or more athletes make afalse start, others are inclined to follow and, strictly
speaking, any athlete who does so has also made a false
start. The Starter should warn or disqualify only suchathlete or athletes who, in his opinion, were responsible forthe false start. This may result in more than one athlete
being warned or disqualified. If the false start is not due toany athlete, no warnings shall be given, and a green cardshall be shown to all the athletes.
. Any athlete responsible for a false start shall bedisqualified by the Starter.
. In case of a false start, the Starter s Assistants shallproceed as follows
The athlete(s) responsible for the false start shall bedisqualified and a red and black card (diagonally halved)
shall be raised in front of him.
If lane markers that provide for it are being used, thenwhenever a card is shown to the athlete(s) responsible forthe false start, the corresponding indication should beshown on the lane marker(s).
C MMENT While it is the Starter who is responsible fordisqualifying the athlete, the Starter s Assistant is the one
to show the disqualification card to the athlete. If the athlete
gives an immediate oral protest the Starter s Assistantwould normally call the Start Referee over to discuss thesituation with the athlete and make a decision as to allow
or disallow the athlete to continue under protest .

ંৰΝࣨͮͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼҲൢదͶͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͺ՟͠Η͵͏ɽྭ͓ͻɼ‫ࠌ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν৏͍ͪ͝ͳɼ
घΏଏ͗ஏ໚ΏϓρφϕϪʖφͳ͹ંৰΝࣨ͑͞ͳ͵͚ɼࠌΝԾ͝Ζ͵Δɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳͺΊ͵ͤ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽͨ͹Γ͑͵ίʖηͲͺɼ‫و‬ଉ୊ 1 .5 Ͷ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ɼ෈న઀͵ߨҟͳ͢ͱ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶܱࠄΝ͍ͪ
͓Ζʤ΍͚͢ͺɼͨΗΉͲͶܱࠄ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳͤΖʥཀྵ༟ͳ͵Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼϒηφϩ൅ࣻ઴ͶɼघΏଏΝಊ͖͢ͱ͏͵͚ͱ΍ɼՁΔ͖͹࿊କద͵ಊ͘ͲްՎదͶηνʖφ͢Γ͑ͳͤΖʰϫʖϨϱήηνʖφʱ͍͗ͮͪͳηνʖνʖʤΉͪͺϨαʖϧʖʥ͗൓இͪ͢͵ΔɼϪʖηͺϨαʖϩ(‫;ݼ‬໯͢)͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϨαʖϩ(‫;ݼ‬໯͢)ͺηνʖνʖΏϨαʖϧʖͶΓͮͱ͵͠ΗΖ͗ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಊ࢟͘Όͪͳ͘ɼϒηφϩΝܺͮͱ‫;ݼ‬໯ͤ΄͘ͳ൓இͲ͘Ζ࠹ྒྷͶҒ஖Ͷ͏Ζ͹ͺηνʖνʖͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹ίʖηͲͺɼηνʖφ߻ਦ઴Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಊࡠΝ֋࢟ͪ͢ͳηνʖνʖ֮͗৶ͤΖ͵Δɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͗՟ͦΔΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ ஭қʤiiiʥͶॊͮͱɼηνʖνʖͳ৻൓ௗͺɼཱིͬࢡ੐͖ΔηνʖφͤΖझ໪Ͳͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 . ͹న༽ͺɼգ৔Ͷ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑Ͷͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͺɼ௪৙ɼ2 ఼ηνʖφͶΓΕɼώϧϱηΝ๊͢Ώͤ͏͹Ͳ͍ͮͱɼΆͳΞʹ͗қਦͦͥͶ൅ਫ਼͢ͱ͏ΖɽॊͮͱգౕͶ෈ཤ͵ॴ൉Ν༫͓Ζ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ͞͹Γ͑͵ಊ͗͘۰൅దͲ͍Ζͳߡ͓ΔΗͪ৖߻ɼηνʖνʖͳ৻൓ௗͺɼΉͥͺηνʖφ͗ʰ෈҈ఈʱͲ͍ͮͪߡ͓Ζ͞ͳΝওྯ͠Ηɼ‫و‬ଉ୊ 1 .2 ͶॊͮͱଲॴͤΖɽ͖͢͢ɼಋͣૌͲɼಋͣ͞ͳ͗‫܃‬Εศ͠ΗΖ͵Δɼηνʖνʖ‫;ٶ‬/Ήͪͺ৻൓ௗͺɼ͞͹য়‫࠹Ͳڱ‬΍న઀͵ଲԢͳ͢ͱɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΉͪͺெվघକ͘͹న༽ΝߡྂͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ն೵Ͳ͍Ζɽ஭қ(iv)ʁࣰࡏͺɼ1 ਕ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗҐ৏͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝͪ͢ͳ͘Ͷͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬΍ͨΗͶ
ͯΔΗΖܑ޴͍͗Ζɽ‫֪ݭ‬Ͷ͏͑ͳɼͨΗͶͯΔΗͪʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬΍෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳ͵Ζɽηνʖνʖͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝͪ͢੻೜͍͗Ζͳ൓இ͠ΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͫ͜ͶܱࠄΝ༫͓ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ֪ࣨͦ͠Ζɽॊͮͱ 2ਕҐ৏͹‫͍ࠄܱ͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ͏ͺ֪ࣨͶ͵Ζ͞ͳ΍͍
Ζɽ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͗ʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻Ͷ΍‫͘΄ͤؾ‬΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻɼܱࠄͺ༫͓͵͏ͲήϨʖϱΩʖχΝ‫ंٗڟ‬સҽͶ‫ͦݡ‬Ζɽ. Ҳౕ͹෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͲ΍੻೜Ν༙ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ
֪ࣨͳͤΖɽ. ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺҐԾ͹घକ͘Νߨ͑ɽ
෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹੻೜͍͗Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Εɼଲে‫ंٗڟ‬͹઴Ͳ੼ࠉʤࣾΌൔ෾‫ܙ‬ʥ‫ظ‬ʀΩʖχΝ‫ڏ‬͝ΖɽϪʖϱψϱώʖඬࣟ͗࢘༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹੻೜Ν༙ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΩʖχ͗ࣖ͠ΗͪΔɼϪʖϱψϱώʖඬࣟͶ΍ಋ༹͹නࣖΝߨ͑ɽαϟϱφʁ֪ࣨͶଲ͢ͱ੻೜Ν࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ͹ͺɼηνʖνʖͫ͗ɼड़൅‫͗ܐ‬ɼ֪ࣨΩʖχΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ݡ‬ͦΖɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଊ࠴Ͷ޳ಆ߇٠Νߨ͑৖߻ɼड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺ௪৙ɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗͶ࿊ཙ͢ͱ‫ंٗڟ‬͹য়‫ڱ‬Ν࿫͢߻͏ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ʰ߇٠஦ʱͳ͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ܩ‬କͤ
Ζ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬ՆΉͪͺ‫ڍ‬൳ͤΖ͖Ν݀ఈͤΖɽ

Note The reason for the diagonally halved cards was toprovide a distinction between cards given for this purpose
and those (the traditional all yellow or all red) cards given
for disciplinary reasons as each of these can be used in
the start area. With this difference the reason for the cardshould be clearer both to the athletes as well as thoseobserving the start, particularly those in need of immediate
information, such as the announcer or television or radio
commentators. It is recommended that the si e of the
diagonally halved cards be A5 and that they be double
sided. Note that the corresponding indication on the lanemarkers may remain yellow and red as previously, in order
to avoid unnecessary expense in modifying existing
equipment.
1 . The Starter or any Recall Starter, who is of the opinion
that the start was not a fair one, for whatever reason, shall஭қʁࣾΌͶൔ෾Ͷ͠ΗͪΩʖχ͹ཀྵ༟ͺɼ͞͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶ༫͓ΔΗͪΩʖχͳெվ৏͹ཀྵ༟Ͳ༫͓
ΔΗͪͨΗΔ͹Ωʖχʤఽ౹ద͵Ψʖϩ΢ΦϫʖΉͪͺΨʖϩϪρχʥΝۢพͤΖͪΌͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹ҩ͏ͶΓΕɼΩʖχ͹ཀྵ༟ͺɼ‫͵Ͳͫ͜ंٗڟ‬͚ɼηνʖφΝ؄ࡱ͢ͱ͏ΖਕɼಝͶΠψΤϱγʖΏτϪϑΏϧζΨ͹αϟϱτʖνʖ͵ʹ͹ଊ࣎৚ๅΝචགྷͳͤΖਕ͹ྈ๏Ͷͳͮͱ໎֮Ͷ͵ΖɽࣾΌͶൔ෾৯෾ͪ͜͢Ωʖχ͹γ΢θͺ A5 Ͳɼྈ໚ΩʖχͶͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽϪʖϱψϱώʖඬࣟ͹ଲԢͤΖනࣖͺɼ‫ع‬ଚ͹‫حؽ‬͹รߍͶ෈གྷ͵ඇ༽Ν͖͜͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͶɼҐ઴ͳಋͣΓ͑Ͷԭ৯ͳ੼৯͹ΉΉͶͤΖ৖߻͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖɽ
1 . ৶ߺ‫ح‬Ν൅ࣻͤΖ͖ɼซ͘खΖ͞ͳ͹Ͳ͘Ζన

57

recall the athletes by firing a gun or activating a suitableaudible signal.
C MMENT The reference to a fair start does not relatesolely to cases of a false start. This rule should also beinterpreted as applying to other situations such as blocks
slipping, a foreign object interfering with one or more
athletes during a start etc.

઀͵৶ߺԽΝड़͢ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν‫;ݼ‬໯͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁޮਜ਼͵ηνʖφ(ϓΥΠηνʖφ)Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹‫ٶݶ‬ͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹ίʖηͶ͹Ί‫ؖ‬࿊͢ͱ
͏ΖΚ͜Ͳ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼηνʖτΡϱήʀϔϫρέ͗‫ͪͮ׊‬Εɼηνʖφ࣎Ͷ 1 ਕҐ৏͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷҡ෼͗‫ױ‬মͤΖ͵ʹɼଠ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖͳ
մए͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ5m and 1m
11.When there are more than 12 people including athletes
and their guide-runner(s) in a distance race, they may be
divided into two groups for the purpose of the start. negroup comprising approximately two thirds of the field shallbe placed on the regular arced start line and the second
group on a separate arced start line marked across theouter half of the track. The outer group shall run as far as
the end of the first bend on the outer half of the track, whichshall be marked by cones or flags. The separate arced startline shall be positioned in such a way that all the athletes
shall run the same distance. Any athlete in the second
group who fails to keep within the marked outer lanes
during such a start will be disqualified on the same grounds
as any athlete who runs out of his lane.
The break line for an
m race indicates where theathletes in the second/outer group may join the athletes
using the regular start in races which start at the normal(home straight) start finish line. For races that start in theback straight (2 m start position) the track shall bemarked at the beginning of the finish straight for group
starts to indicate where athletes starting in thesecond/outer group may join the athletes using the regularstart. This mark may be a 5 mmx5 mm mark on the line
between lanes 4 and 5 (lanes 3 and 4 in a six-lane track)
immediately before which a cone or flag is placed until thetwo groups converge.

5mͳ1m11. ֚౲ͤΖझ໪Ͳ 1 յ͹ϪʖηͶ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͍Κͦͱ 12 ਕΝ௔͓Ζਕ਼͗͏Ζ৖߻ɼ್ͯ͹ήϩʖϕͶ෾͜ͱηνʖφͦ͠ͱΓ͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹͕Γͨ 2/3 Ν୊ 1 ήϩʖϕͳ͢ͱ௪৙͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶดͻͦɼ࢔Ε͹୊ 2 ήϩʖϕͺ್ͯͶ෾͜ΔΗͪ֐ଈ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶด΁ɽ୊ 2 ήϩʖϕͺɼαʖϱΉͪͺ‫Ͳظ‬Ϝʖέ͠Ηͪφϧρέ͹࠹ॵ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕΉͲɼ݀ΌΔΗͪαʖηΝૺΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ֐ଈ͹‫ܙނ‬͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͺɼસ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋҲ͹‫཯ړ‬ΝૺΖΓ͑ͶӀ͖Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽm ͹ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱͺ 1
m Ͷ͕͜Ζ୊ 2 ήϩʖϕ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬୊ 1 ήϩʖϕ͹‫ͤླྀ߻ͳंٗڟ‬Ζ
ஏ఼Ͳ͍Ζɽ5m Ͷ͕͜Ζήϩʖϕηνʖφ͹৖
߻ɼ୊ 2 ήϩʖϕͲηνʖφͪ͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬୊ 1 ήϩʖϕ͹‫ͤླྀ߻ͳंٗڟ‬Ζஏ఼ΝࣖͤͪΌɼϓΡωρεϣ͹Ғ஖ͤΖ௜ૺ࿑͹೘޳ͶϜʖέΝ஖͖͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹Ϝʖέͺ 5 mm 5 mm ͳ͢ɼ୊ 4Ϫʖϱ֐ଈʤ6 Ϫʖϱ͹φϧρέͲͺ୊ 3 Ϫʖϱ֐ଈʥ͹ϧ΢ϱ৏Ͷ஖͘ɼαʖϱΉͪͺ‫ظ‬Ν್ͯ͹ήϩʖϕ͗߻ླྀͤΖɼ͞͹Ϝʖέ͹௜઴ΉͲ஖͚ɽule 1
he ace ule 163
1. In races including at least one bend, the direction ofrunning shall be left-hand inside. The lanes shall benumbered with the left-hand inside lane numbered 1.
C MMENT Where conditions permit and the track isproperly surveyed, straight events can be conducted in the
opposite direction, i.e. right-hand inside.
bstruction
2. If an athlete or the athlete s guide-runner is jostled or
obstructed during an event so as to impede his progressa) If the jostling or obstruction is considered unintentional
or is caused otherwise than by an athlete, the Referee may,
if he is of the opinion that an athlete (or his team) was
seriously affected in accordance with Rule 2.13. , orderthat the race (for one, some or all of the athletes) be reheld or allow the affected athlete (or team) to compete in a
subsequent round of the eventb) If another athlete or his guide-runner is foundresponsible for the jostling or obstruction by the Referee,such athlete or his team shall be liable to disqualificationfrom that event.
The Referee may, if he is of the opinion that an athlete wasseriously affected in accordance with Rule 2.13. , orderthat the race (for one, some or all of the athletes) be reheld excluding any disqualified athlete or team or allow any
affected athlete (or team) (other than any disqualified
athlete or team) to compete in a subsequent round of theevent.
In both cases (a) and (b), such athlete (or team) should
normally have completed the event with bona fide effort.
C MMENT ostling should be understood as physicalcontact on one or more occasions with another athlete or
athletes that results in an unfair advantage or causes injury

58

ule 163୊ 1 ড় Ϫʖη
1. ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ɼ1 ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ν‫؜‬΋ϪʖηͲͺɼૺΖ๏޴ͺɼࠪघ಼͗ଈͶ͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽΉͪϪʖϱψϱώʖͺɼࠪघଈ͖ΔॳͶϪʖϱ 1 ͳͯ͜Ζɽαϟϱφʁড়݇͗‫͠ڒ‬Ηɼφϧρέ͗న઀Ͷ‫ݗ‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ηͻɼ௜ૺ࿑͹झ໪ͺ‫͵ͤ(Ͳૺٱ‬Κͬӊଈ಼͗ଈ)Ͳࣰࢬ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽϪʖηͶ͕͜Ζ๨֒
2. ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼԣ͠ΗͪΕૺ࿑Ν΀͗͠ΗͪΕ͢ͱɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹઴਒͗๨͝ΔΗͪ৖߻͹ѽ͏ͺҐԾ͹ͳ͕ΕͳͤΖɽa) ৏‫ى‬๨֒ߨҟ͗қਦదͲ͵͏৖߻ɼΉͪͺɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंͶΓΖҐ֐͹๏๑ͲӀً͘͞͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ߨҟ͗ಝఈ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥͶ਄ࠃ͵Ӫ‫ڻ‬Ν΍ͪΔͪ͢ͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13. Ͷॊ͏‫ंٗڟ‬ҲਕɼΉͪͺ౲֚ϪʖηͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ෵਼໌͍Ζ͏ͺસҽͲ͹࠸Ϫʖη͹ࣰࢬΝໍ
ͣΖ͖ɼӪ‫ڻ‬Νणͪ͜‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥ͗౲֚झ໪͹࣏͹ϧΤϱχͲ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽb) พ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗৏‫ى‬๨֒ߨҟΝӀًͪ͘͢͞ͳ৻൓ௗ͗൓இͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ
͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥͺɼ౲֚झ໪Ͳ֪ࣨͳ͵
Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵ߨҟ͗ಝఈ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥͶ਄ࠃ͵Ӫ‫ڻ‬Ν΍ͪΔͪ͢ͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ͺɼ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥΝঈ͏ͱ‫و‬ଉ 2.13. Ͷॊ͏ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ҲਕɼΉͪͺ౲֚ϪʖηͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ෵਼໌͍Ζ͏ͺસҽͲ͹࠸Ϫʖη͹ࣰࢬΝໍͣΖ͖ɼӪ‫ڻ‬Νणͪ͜‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥʤ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏοʖϞͺঈ͚ʥ͗౲֚झ໪
͹࣏͹ϧΤϱχͲ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽ
(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)͹͏ͥΗ͹৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ࠸Ϫʖη౵Ν೟ΌΔΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥͺɼ௪৙੥ࣰͶྙΝਜ͚͢ͱ౲֚झ໪Ν‫ंٗڟͪ͢ૺ׮‬ʤΉͪͺοʖϞʥͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁԣ͢߻͏ʤζϥηϨϱήʥͳͺɼଠ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͳ͹෼ཀྵద͵ંৰͳཀྵմͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΕɼͨΗor harm to them or, consequently, to another athlete or
athletes.
3. During wheelchair races propulsion by any other method
except the athlete pushing on the wheels or push-rims will
result in disqualification.
4. During wheelchair and Frame Running races an athlete
coming from behind in an attempt to overtake carries the
responsibility of ensuring full clearance of the chair being
overtaken before cutting across. The athlete being
overtaken has the responsibility not to obstruct or impede
the incoming athlete once the front wheel(s) of the athlete
are in sight.

Figure 6

Wheelchair overtaking

ane n ringement
5.
a) In all races run in lanes, each athlete or the athlete s
guide-runner shall keep within his allocated lane from start
to finish. This shall also apply to any portion of a race where
there is a requirement to run in lanes.
b) In all races (or any part of races) not run in lanes, anathlete running on a bend, on the outer half of the track as
per Rule 1 .11, shall not step or run on or inside the kerb
or line marking the applicable border (the inside of the trackor the outer half of the track).
Except as stated in Rule 1 .6, if the Referee is satisfied, on
the report of a udge or mpire or otherwise, that an
athlete or the athlete s guide-runner has infringed this Rule,they or in the case of a relay race, their team shall bedisqualified.
6. An athlete or the athlete s guide-runner or in the case ofa relay race, his team, shall not be disqualified for runningout of his lane if hea) is pushed or forced by another person or object to step,
run or wheel outside his lane or on or inside the kerb or line
marking the applicable border, orb) steps, runs or wheels outside his lane in the straight oroutside the outer line of his lane on the bend,c) in all races run in lanes, touches once the line on theirleft, or the kerb or line marking the applicable border (asdefined in Rule 1 .5(b)) on a bendd) in all races (or any part of races) not run in lanes,
steps/wheels once on or completely over the kerb or line
marking the applicable border (as defined in Rule 1 .5(b))
on a bend.
and no material advantage is gained and no other athlete
being jostled or obstructed so as to impede the otherathlete s progress (see Rule 1 .2. If material advantage isgained, the athlete (or team) shall be disqualified.
In races with multiple rounds, an infringement defined in
Rules 1 .6.(c) and 1 .6.(d) may be made only once during
all rounds of an event by a particular athlete without thedisqualification of that athlete. A second infringement will
result in the disqualification of that athlete whether it was59ͶΓͮͱ෈౲͵ཤӻΝಚͪΕɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶպըΝͦͪ͠Εɼ‫֒ث‬ΝՅ͓ͪΕͤΖ͞ͳΝӀًͤ͘͞ߨҟͲ͍Ζɽ
3. ऄ͏ͤ‫ٗڟͲૺڟ‬஦Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ऄྡྷΉͪͺϕρεϣϨϞΝԣͤҐ֐͹๏๑Ͳऄ͏ͤΝ਒Όͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
4. ऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή‫ٗڟͲૺڟ‬஦Ͷଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ν௧͏ൊ͑͞ͳͤΖࡏɼ௧͏ൊ͚ଈ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͺ௧͏ൊ͖ΗΖଈ͹‫ͳंٗڟ‬͹ؔͶॉ෾͵‫཯ړ‬Ν͍͜ͱ͖Δ઴Νԥ઀Δ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ௧͏ൊ
͖ΗΖଈ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ޛ‬๏͖ΔཔΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹઴ྡྷ͗ࢻֆͶ೘ͮͪΔͨ͹਒ߨΝ๨͝ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϪʖϱ৷֒ߨҟ5.
a) ϪʖϱͲߨ͑ϪʖηͲͺɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺηνʖφ͖ΔϓΡωρεϣΉͲɼࣙ෾ͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱΝૺΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽΉͪ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ‫ૺڟ‬͹Ҳ෨ΝϪʖϱͲૺΖ৖߻Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽb) ϪʖϱͲૺߨ͢͵͏ʤΉͪͺϪʖϱͲૺߨ͢͵͏՗ॶ͹͍Ζʥͤ΄ͱ͹ϪʖηͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ώ‫و‬ଉ 1 .11 Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠ΗΖφϧρέ͹֐ଈൔ෾ΝૺΖࡏɼ‫ڧ‬ֆΝࣖͤͪΌͶઅ஖͠Ηͱ͏Ζԓ੶Ώϧ΢ϱ͹৏Ώ಼ଈʤφϧρέΉͪͺφϧρέ͹֐ଈൔ෾ʥΝಁΞͫΕɼૺͮͪΕ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6 Νঈ͘ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ຌ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͢ɼ৻൓ௗ͗৻൓ҽ͖؄ࡱҽ͹ๅࠄͶಋқͪ͢৖߻ͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ɼϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ6. ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖɼϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͨ͹οʖϞͺɼҐԾ͹৖߻ɼϪʖϱ͹֐Νૺͮͱ΍֪ࣨͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽa) Ϫʖη஦Ͷɼଠ͹ंΏՁΔ͖͹෼ͶΓͮͱԣ͠ΗͪΕɼ๨֒͠ΗͪΕͪͪ͢ΌͶɼࣙ෾͹Ϫʖϱ֐ɼԓ੶Ώϧ΢ϱ͹৏͍Ζ͏ͺ಼ଈͶଏΉͪͺऄྡྷ͗೘ͮͪΕૺͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻b) ϪʖϱͲߨ͑Ϫʖη͹௜ૺ࿑Ͷ͕͏ͱࣙ෾͹Ϫʖϱ֐ΝಁΞͫΕૺͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻ɽΉͪͺϪʖϱͲߨ͑Ϫʖη͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ͕͏ͱࣙ෾͹Ϫʖϱ͹֐ଈ͹ϧ΢ϱΝಁΞͫΕɼ֐ଈ͹ϪʖϱΝૺͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻c) ϪʖϱͲߨ͑ͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖηʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5(b)ࢂলʥ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ͲɼϪʖϱ͹ࠪଈ͹പતΏૺ࿑͹‫ڧ‬ֆΝࣖͤԓ੶ΉͪͺപતͶ 1 յʤ1 ิʥͫ͜ৰΗͪ৖߻d) ϪʖϱͲߨΚ͵͏ʤҲ෨ΝϪʖϱͲߨΚ͵͏৖߻΍‫؜‬΋ʥͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖηʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5(b)ࢂলʥ͹‫ۄ‬ૺ࿑Ͳɼૺ࿑͹‫ڧ‬ֆΝࣖͤԓ੶ΉͪͺപતΝ 1 յʤ1ิʥͫ͜ಁΞͫΕɼ‫׮‬સͶӿ͓ͪΕʤ಼ଈͶ೘ͮͪΕʥͪ͢৖߻
ҐԾ͹৖߻ͲɼͨΗͩΗࣰ࣯ద͵ཤӻ͗͵͚ɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Νԣ͢͹ͪ͜Εૺ࿑Ν΀͠͏ͫΕ͢ͱ਒ߨΝ๨֒͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ֪ࣨͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽʤ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2
ࢂলʥࣰ࣯ద͵ཤӻΝಚͪͳ൓ఈ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺ౲֚Ϫʖη͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ෵਼͹ϧΤϱχͲߨΚΗΖϪʖηͲͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6(c)ͳ 1 .6(d)͹న༽ͶΓΕɼ͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹౲֚झ໪͹સͱ͹ϧΤϱχ͹஦Ͳ̏յ͹ҩൕͺ֪ࣨͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౲֚झ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲߨΚΗ͖ͪଠ͹ϧΤmade in the same round or in another round of the same
event.
In the case of Relay Races, any second step (as describedin this Rule 1 .6.(c) and 1 .6.(d) by an athlete who is amember of a team, regardless of whether committed by thesame or different athletes, will result in the disqualificationof the team whether it happens in the same round or inanother round of the same event.
For the ratification of records, see Rule 51.1 (d).
Note Material advantage includes improving his position
by any means, including removing himself from a boxed
position in the race by having stepped or run inside theinside edge of the track
C MMENT This Note specifically outlaws the practice ofan athlete seeking to improve his position in races bymoving onto the inside of the track whether intentionally orafter being pushed or jostled there by another athlete) to
get out of a boxed position by running on the inside until
clear. Whilst normally running on the inside of lane 1 in thestraight (as distinct from doing so on the bend) would notlead to mandatory disqualification, the Referee now has
the power to disqualify in his discretion if this occurs andthe athlete is advantaged even if the initial reason for being
there was the result of being pushed or jostled. In suchcases the athlete should take immediate steps to return to
the track without seeking or gaining any advantage.
Where a race is started in lanes and then continues notusing separate lanes, Rules 1 .5 and 1 .6 apply
accordingly to each such part of the race. When
determining whether the exception in 1 .6.(c) applies incases where some part of the shoe / foot or wheel is also
to the left of the line, there is a requirement for at least
some part of the outline of athlete s shoe / foot or wheel to
be touching the line, i.e. some contact with the line
(depicted by the outline of the relevant part of the shoe/footor wheel) is required for this exception to apply. If this is not
the case, then the exception does not apply. All lane
infringements should be tracked in the competition datasystems and shown in the start lists and results.
. In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) the start of them event shall be run in lanes
for as far as the nearer edge of the break line where
athletes may leave their respective lanes.
The break line shall be an arced line marked after the first
bend, 5 mm wide, across all lanes other than lane 1. To
assist athletes in identifying the break line, small cones orprisms, 5 mmx5 mm no more than .15m high, andpreferably of different colour from the break line and thelane lines, shall be placed on the lane lines immediately
before the intersection of the lane lines and the break line.
If an athlete or his accompanying guide-runner does notfollow this Rule he, or in case of a relay team his team,shall be disqualified.
Note (i) For wheelchair and FrameRunning races, cones
should not be placed on the track. Coloured flat markers
5 mmx5 mm may be placed at the intersection of the lanelines at the break-line.
C MMENT In addition to the flags, some sort of flat
marker may be placed on the track surface at theintersection of the lane lines immediately before the breakline which may be more visible to athletes and not interferewith their performance. It is important that the colour ofthese flat markers, usually tape, must be a different colour
to both the surface of the track and the white lines. It could
be a coloured marker with a soft flap sticking up, as longas that will not disrupt athletes.
Note (ii) For wheelchair races, a flag, 1.5m high must be
positioned on both ends of the break line. ne on the infield
and the other on the outside of the track.
Note (iii) For wheelchair races, athletes may leave their60ϱχͲߨΚΗ͖ͪͶ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼ̐յҐ৏͹ҩൕ͍͗
Ζͳ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵ΖɽϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6(c)ͳ 1 .6(d)ͶఈΌΖҩൕΝ̐յҐ৏ߨͮͪΔɼҩൕͪ͢͹͗ಋҲ‫͖ंٗڟ‬ɼͨ͹οʖϞ͹ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ΍͹͖Ͷ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼ
Ήͪ౲֚झ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲߨΚΗ͖ͪଠ͹ϧΤϱχͲߨΚΗ͖ͪͶ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼ౲֚οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ‫ى‬࿧͹ޮ೟Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1.1
Νࢂল͹͞ͳ
஭қʁࣰ࣯ద͵ཤӻͳͺɼ͍ΔΑΖ๏๑ͲॳҒΝ৏
͝Ζ͞ͳΏϪʖη஦Ͷφϧρέ͹ԓ੶͹಼ଈͶଏ͗೘ͮͪΕૺͮͪΕ͢ͱɼʰҕΉΗͪʤϛίρφ͠Ηͪʥʱয়‫͖ڱ‬Δൊ͜ड़ͤ͞ͳΝ‫؜‬΋ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹஭қͺɼಝͶɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϫʖη஦Ͷφϧρέ͹಼ଈͶ೘Εࠒ΋͞ͳͶΓΕ(қਦదͲ͵͏ͳ͖ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷԣ͠ΗͪΕ๨֒͠Ηͱ೘ΕࠒΞͲ͢Ήͮͪͳ͖ͺ‫͚͵ܐؖ‬ʥࣙਐ͹Ғ஖खΕΝΓ͚͢Γ͑ͳͪ͢ΕɼबΕΝଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶҕΉΗͪয়ସ
͖Δൊ͜ड़ͤͪΌͶηϘʖη͗‫͖ͯݡ‬ΖΉͲφϧρέ಼ଈΝૺΖͳ͏ͮͪߨҟΝ‫ͤࢯے‬Ζɽ௪৙ɼ௜ૺ
࿑͹ 1 Ϫʖϱ಼ଈΝૺͮͱ͏Ζ‫ݸ‬Εͺʤ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͳ͹ߨҟͳͺพͶʥɼ‫ک‬੏దͶ֪ࣨͶࢺΖ͞ͳͺ͵͏͗ɼ΍͢ɼͨΗ͗ԣ͠ΗͪΕ๨֒͠Ηͪ݃Վɼͨ͹৖ॶͶ͏ͪ͹ͫͳ͢ͱ΍ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ཤӻΝಚͱ͏Ηͻɼ৻൓ௗͺɼࣙΔ͹ࡍྖͲ֪ࣨͤΖ‫͍͗ݸݘ‬Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ͏͖͵ΖཤӻΝ΍๮ΞͫΕಚΖ͞ͳ͵͚φϧρέͶ໯ΖͪΌ͹ଐΏ͖͵ી஖Νख
Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽηνʖφ࣎ͶͺϪʖϱ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗɼηνʖφ‫ޛ‬ͶϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͏ϪʖηͲͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 . ͳ 1 .6
ͺͨΗͩΗ͹৖ॶʤϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢ͱૺͮͱ͏Ζ৖ॶͳϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͏Ͳૺͮͱ͏Ζ৖ॶʥͶన༽͠ΗΖɽ‫ۼ‬Ώଏɼऄྡྷ͹Ҳ෨಼͗ଈ͹പત͹ࠪଈͶ
͍Ζ৖߻Ͷɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6 Νྭ֐దͶన༽ͤΖ͖ʹ͖͑൓இͤΖͶͺɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫͖ۼ‬ଏɼऄྡྷ͹ྡྷִ͹Ҳ෨͗ࠪଈʤ಼ଈʥ͹പતͶંৰ͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑͗གྷ݇ͳ͵Ζɽͨ͑Ͳ͵͏৖߻ͺన༽͠Η͵͏ɽϪʖϱ৷֒Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζͤ΄ͱ͹ҩൕͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬υʖνεητϞͶ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗɼηνʖφϨηφͳ݃ՎͶනࣖ͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ̙-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͳͺɼm ‫ૺڟ‬ͺ୊Ҳ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕͶϜʖέ͠ΗͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹ɼηνʖφଈͶΓΕۛ͏୼ΉͲϪʖϱΝૺΖɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ͞͹ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͖Δࣙ෾͹ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱͺɼφϧρέ͹୊ 1 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕͶӀ͖Ηͪ୊ 1 ϪʖϱҐ֐͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ϪʖϱΝԥ઀
Ζ෱ 5 mm ͹ԃ‫ނ‬͹ϧ΢ϱͲ͍Ζɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱΝ֮೟͢Ώͤ͏Γ͑ͶɼϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱΏ
Ϫʖϱϧ΢ϱͳͺҩ͑৯Ͳɼ5 mm 5 mm Ͳ߶͠.15m ҐԾ͹αʖϱɼֱ஬ɼΉͪͺన౲͵໪һͳ͵Ζ΍͹Ν֦ϪʖϱͳϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹ިࠫͤΖ௜઴͹֦Ϫʖϱ৏Ͷ஖͖͸ͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ɼຌ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ंɼϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͺͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή‫Ͳૺڟ‬ͺɼαʖϱΏֱ஬Ναʖη৏Ͷ஖͏ͱͺ͵ΔͥɼେΚΕͶɼ৯෉͘͹ 5 mmx5 mm ͹ฑΔ͵ϜʖΩʖΝɼ֦ϪʖϱͳϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹ިࠫͤΖ௜઴͹ત৏Ͷ஖͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫ظ‬ͶՅ͓ͱɼϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹௜઴͹ऄત͹ި఼͹φϧρέන໚Ͷɼ͍Ζझ͹ϓϧρφϜʖΩʖΝഓ஖Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶͳͮͱΓΕ‫ݡ‬Ώ͚ͤɼϏϓΧʖϜϱηͶ‫ױ‬ম͢͵͏΍͹͗ྒྷ͏ɽ͞ΗΔ͹ฑΔ͵ϜʖΩʖʤ௪৙ͺτʖϕʥ͹৯ͺɼφϧρέ͹න໚ͳപ͏ત͹ྈ๏ͳͺҡ͵Ζ৯ͶͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ৯෉͘͹ϜʖΩʖͶौΔ͖͏ʰϓϧρϕʱ͗෉͏ͱ͏Ζ৖߻΍͍Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁऄ͏ͤ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱྈ୼Ͷɼ
߶͠ 1.5m ͹‫ظ‬Νഓ஖͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͽͳͯͺ΢ϱϓΡʖϩχɼ΍͑ͽͳͯͺφϧρέ֐ଈͶ஖͚ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁऄ͏ͤ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ͺɼ‫ྡྷޛ‬͹ஏ໚Ͷͯ͏ͱ͏Ζrespective lanes when the bottom of both rear wheels
which are touching the ground have gone past the neareredge of the break line close to the start line.
Note (iv) In WPA Approved Competitions (see Part B 3.1.2 (d)), countries may agree not to use lanes.
. For athletes in Sport Class T11and T12, in track events
run entirely or partly in lanes, each shall be allocated 2
lanes. The start lines in a staggered start will be lanes 1, 3,
5 or .
C MMENT For the purpose of officiating, these two lanes
should be viewed and marked as one lane (lanes 1 2lane 1, lanes 3
4lane 3, and so on). It is at thediscretion of the athlete on which side of him his guiderunner shall run. Both the athlete and guide-runner must
keep within their allocated lane (being the two allocatedlanes together) from start to finish.
Athletes in Sport Class T12 who do not compete with aguide-runner shall also be allocated two lanes. They may
set their starting blocks anywhere along the start line within
the allocated lane and must keep within their allocated lanefrom start to finish.
ea ing the rac. An athlete and/or the accompanying guide-runner who
during the course of a race voluntarily leaves the track prior
to the finish, except in compliance with Rule 23.5(c) will not
be allowed to continue in the race and shall be recorded as
not finishing the event.
Should the athlete and/or his guide-runner attempt to reenter or continue in the race the athlete shall be disqualified
by the Referee.
hec -Mar s
1 . Except as stated in Rule 23.3, athletes may not makecheck-marks or place objects on or alongside the running
track for their assistance. The udges shall direct therelevant athlete to adapt or remove any marks or objects
not complying with this Rule. If he does not, the udges
shall remove them.
Note Serious cases may further be dealt with under Rule2.13.5 and Rule .2.
ind Measurement
11. All wind gauge equipment shall have been
manufactured and calibrated according to international
standards. The accuracy of the Measurement equipmentused in the competition shall have been verified by anappropriate organisation accredited by the national
measurement authority.
12. Non-mechanical wind gauges shall be used at all IPC
Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and(b)) and for any performance submitted for ratification asa World/Regional Record.
A mechanical wind gauge should have appropriate
protection to reduce the impact of any crosswind. Where
tubes are used, their length on either side of themeasuring device should be at least twice the diameter of
the tube.
13. The Track Referee shall ensure that the wind gauge forTrack Events is placed beside the straight, adjacent to lane
1, and 5 m from the finish line. It shall be positioned 1.22m
high and not more than 2m away from the track.
14. The wind gauge may be started and stopped
automatically and/or remotely, and the information
conveyed directly to the competition computer.
15. The periods for which the wind velocity shall bemeasured are as follows
In the 1 m event for 1 seconds immediately following
the start.
In the 2 m event the wind velocity shall be measured
for a period of 1 seconds commencing when the firstathlete enters the straight.

61Ծ͹෨෾͗ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏ଈΝ௪գͪ͢ͳ͘ɼࣙ෾ͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱ͖
Δ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(iv)ʁWPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͳͺɼ౲ࣆࠅ͹߻қͶΓͮͱϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻͍͗
Ζɽ. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱɼϪʖϱ͹ͤ΄ͱΉͪͺҲ෨ΝૺΖφϧρέझ໪ͲͺɼͨΗͩΗͶ 2 Ϫʖϱ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗΖɽஊ֌ࣞηνʖφͶ͕͜Ζηνʖφϧ΢ϱͺϪʖϱ 1ɼ3ɼ5ɼ ͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ৻൓ΝͤΖͶ͍ͪΕɼ͞ΗΔ̐ͯ͹ϪʖϱΝ 1 ͯ͹Ϫʖϱͳ͢ͱනࣖͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖʤϪʖϱ̏‫̐;ٶ‬ΝϪʖϱ̏ɼϪʖϱ̑‫̒;ٶ‬ΝϪʖϱ̑౵ʥɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹ʹͬΔଈΝૺΖ͖ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࡍྖͶҗ͸ΔΗͱ͏Ζɽ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ྈ๏͗ɼηνʖφ͖ΔϓΡωρεϣΉ
ͲׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱʤ̐Ϫʖϱ෾ʥͶͳʹΉΖ
චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝ൒Κ͵͏ T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ΍ɼ̐Ϫʖϱ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗΖɽηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέͺɼׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱ෾͹஦Ͳ͍Ηͻηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶԌͮͱʹ͞Ͷઅ஖͢ͱ΍Γ͚ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺηνʖφ͖ΔϓΡωρεϣΉͲׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪϪʖϱͶͳʹΉΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽφϧρέ͖Δ͹཯୦. ‫و‬ଉ 23.5(c)ΝॱगͤΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼϪʖη஦ͶϓΡωρεϣ઴ͶࣙΔ͹қࢧͲφϧρέΝ཯Ηͪ‫ڟ‬ٗं‫;ٶ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼͨ͹ϪʖηΝ‫ܩ‬କͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΔΗͥɼ‫͖ͪͮ͵͢ૺ׮‬΍͹ͳ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ͏ͮͪΞφϧρέΝ཯Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗ϪʖηͶ໯Θ͑ͳͪ͢৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͶΓΕ֪ࣨ͗ઑ‫͠ݶ‬ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽϜʖΩʖ οΥρέϜʖέ
1 . ‫و‬ଉ 23.3 Ͳ‫و‬ఈ͠ΗͪϪʖη͹સ෨͍Ζ͏ͺ࠹ॵ͹Ҳ෨ΝϪʖϱͲߨ͑ϨϪʖΝঈ͘ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࣙ෾͹ঁ͜ͳͤΖͪΌͶɼૺ࿑৏‫ૺ;ٶ‬࿑࿮ͶϜʖέΝͯͪ͜Εɼ෼Ν஖͏ͪΕ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͢ͱ͏ΖϜʖΩʖΏ෼͍͗Ηͻɼ‫و‬ଉͶ߻ΚͦΖΓ͑ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺഥ͗ͪ͢Εಊ͖ͪ͢ΕͤΖΓ͑ɼ৻൓ҽͺ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬Νࢨ಍ͤΖɽࢨ಍ͶॊΚ͵͏৖߻Ͷͺɼ৻൓ҽ͗खΕঈ͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁѳ࣯͵৖߻ͺ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ .2 Νన༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ෫ྙ଎ఈ
11ɿͤ΄ͱ͹෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺ੊ֆඬ६‫֪و‬ͶΓͮͱ೟ৄ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽͠ΗΖ
෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬͹੠ౕͺɼ֦ࠅ͹੕ැ‫ؖؽྖܯ‬ͶΓͮͱ೟ఈ͠Ηͪన઀͵ૌ৭ͶΓͮͱ೟ৄ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
12. IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)͵Δ;Ͷ੊ֆ/ஏҮ‫ى‬࿧೟ఈ͹ͪΌͶ఑ड़͠ΗΖ੔੹Ͷͺඉ‫ؽ‬փదʤ௔Խഀʥ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬Ν࢘༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ؽ‬փద෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺԥ෫͹Ӫ‫ڻ‬Νण͜͵͏Γ͑Ͷฯ‫ͤޤ‬ΖɽΉͪԃ౷Ν࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫ܯ‬଎‫ح‬͹ྈଈͺԃ౷͹௜‫ܚ‬͹ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 2 ഔ͹ௗ͗͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
13. φϧρέ৻൓ௗͺɼ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬Ν௜ૺ࿑͹୊̏ϪʖϱͶྣં͢ͱϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͖Δ 5 ̾͹ஏ఼Ͷઅ஖͢ͱ͍Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬͹଎ఈ໚ͺɼφϧρέ͖Δ 2m Ґ৏཯͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼ߶͠ͺ 1.22m Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
14. ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺࣙಊɼͨ͢ͱʙ͍Ζ͏ͺԗֶ૤ࡠͶΓͮͱ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηɼ‫ܯ‬଎݃Վͺ௜ંαϱϒϣʖνʖͶఽୣʀ೘ྙ͠Ηͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
15. ෫ଐΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ࣎ؔͺ࣏͹௪ΕͳͤΖɽ
1 mʁηνʖνʖ͹৶ߺ‫ح‬͹൅ࣻʤલޭʙԐʥ௜‫ޛ‬
͖Δ 1 භؔ
2 mʁ઎ಆ͹ૺं͗௜ૺ࿑Ͷ೘ͮͪͳ͖͘Δ 1 භؔ

16. The wind gauge shall be read in metres per second,rounded to the next higher tenth of a meter per second,
unless the second decimal is ero, in the positive direction(that is, a reading of 2. 3 meters per second shall berecorded as 2.1 a reading of -2. 3 meters per second
shall be recorded as -2. ). Gauges that produce digital
readings expressed in tenths of meters per second shall be
constructed so as to comply with this Rule.
ndication o ntermediate imes
1 . Intermediate times and preliminary finishing times may
be officially announced and/or displayed. therwise suchtimes must not be communicated to the athletes by
persons in the competition area without the prior approvalof the appropriate Referee who may authorise or appoint
no more than one person to call times at each of no morethan two agreed timing points.
Athletes who receive intermediate times that have beencommunicated in violation of this Rule shall be considered
to have received assistance and will be subject to theprovisions of Rule .2.
For Sport Class T12 in events ofm and above, athletes
who compete without a guide-runner may have assistancefrom personnel other than from competition officials, whowill be permitted to call intermediate times from adesignated area inside the competition area adjacent to thestart line of the respective event where appropriate. The
placement of this area shall be determined by the TechnicalDelegate.
Note (i) Individuals who are placed in this location inside
the competition area are not permitted to give any guidance
to the athletes other than the reading of intermediate times.
In violation of this Rule, the athlete concerned shall bewarned or disqualified subject to Rule .2.
Note (ii) The competition area, which normally also has aphysical barrier, is defined for this purpose as the area
where the competition is being staged and which has anaccess restricted to the competing athletes and to
personnel authorised in accordance with the relevant
Rules and Regulations.

16. ෫޴෫ଐ‫Ͳܯ‬භଐՁ m ͖ΝಣΊͳΕɼঘ਼୊ 2Ғ͗ Ͳ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼභଐ 1m ͹ 1 ෾͹ 1 ͹ୱҒΉͲ‫܃‬Ε৏͝Ζ(ʶ2. 3m ͺʶ2.1mɼʷ2. 3m ͺʷ
2. m)ɽභଐ 1 ෾͹ 1m ୱҒͲනࣖͲ͘ΖΓ͑੣ଆ͠Ηͪ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺɼ৏‫وى‬ଉͶ߻஗ͪ͢࢕༹Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౏஦࣎ؔ͹නࣖ
1 . ౏஦࣎ؔΏ༑ঋ༩૟࣎ؔͺɼޮࣞͶΠψΤϱηΉͪͺනࣖͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ৻൓ௗͶট೟Νणͪ͜ंΉͪͺ೜ໍ͠Ηͪं 1 ໌͹Ί͗ɼ߻қ͠Ηͪ̐ϳॶҐԾ͹ͨΗͩΗ͹৖ॶͶ͕͏ͱ࣎ؔΝಣΊ৏͝
Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͗͘ɼࣆ઴Ͷট೟Νಚ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ͏͖͵
Ζं΍‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͳɼ࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶஎΔͦͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽຌ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͢౏஦‫ܨ‬գ࣎ؔΝஎΔ͠Ηͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼঁྙΝणͪ͜ͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬Η‫و‬ଉ .2 ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12 ͹m Ґ৏͹झ໪ͲɼΪ΢χϧϱ
ψʖໃ͢Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽҐ֐͹ं͖Δ
͹ঁྙΝಚΖ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗͱ͕Εɼ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼ͶఈΌΔΗͪ౲֚झ໪ηνʖφϧ΢ϱ෉ۛͲ౏஦‫࣎ܯ‬Ν޳ಆͲఽ͓Ζ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ৖ॶ͹݀ఈͺٗढ़େනͶΓΕ͵͠ΗΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͷ೘Ζ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬Ηͪंͺ౏஦࣎ؔΝಣ΋Ґ֐͹Πχώ΢ηͺ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼ‫و‬ଉ .2 ͶΓͮͱ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ंͶܱࠄ͗༫͓ΔΗͪΕɼ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ۢٗڟ‬Үͺɼ௪৙ɼࡦ౵Ͳ࢕઀ΔΗͱ͏Ζ͗ɼ৏‫وى‬ఈ͹մए৏ɼ‫ߨ͗ٗڟ‬ΚΗɼ‫ࢂٗڟ‬Յंͳ‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͲ೟ΌΔΗͪਕҽ͹Ίཱི͗ͬ೘Ζ͞ͳ͹Ͳ͘ΖۢҮ͹͞ͳͳఈٝ͠ΗΖɽ

Drin ing
ponging
1 . In Track Events of 5m and 1m, theC mayprovide water and sponges to athletes if weather
conditions warrant such provision.
a) An athlete and/or the athlete s guide-runner may, at any
time, carry water or refreshment by hand or attached to his
body provided it was carried from the start or collected or
received at an official station.
b) An athlete and/or guide-runner who receives or collects
refreshment or water from a place other than the official
stations, except where provided for medical reasons fromor under the direction of race officials, or takes therefreshment of another athlete and/or guide-runner,
should, for a first such offence, be warned by the Refereenormally by showing a yellow card. For a second offence,
the Referee shall disqualify the athlete, normally byshowing a red card. The athlete shall then immediately
leave the track.
Note An athlete and/or guide-runner may receive from orpass to another athlete and/or guide-runner refreshment,water or sponges provided it was carried from the start orcollected or received at an official station. owever, any
continuous support from an athlete and/or guide-runner toone or more others in such a way may be regarded as
unfair assistance and warnings and/or disqualifications as
outlined above may be applied.

‫ڇ‬ਭʀηϛϱζ
1 . 5
m ‫ ;ٶ‬1m ͹φϧρέ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼૌ৭җҽճͺ‫ـ‬েয়‫ڱ‬ͶԢͣͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶਭͳηϛϱζΝ༽қͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽa) ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼηνʖφ͖࣎Δ‫ܠ‬ଵͤΖ͖ɼޮࣞ‫ڇ‬ਭॶͲण͜खͮͪਭΉͪͺͨ͹ଠӁྋΝघͶ࣍ͯΉͪͺରͶ஥ૹͤΖ౵͹๏๑Ͳɼ͏ͯͲ΍࣍ͬӣΞͲ΍ྒྷ͏ɽb) ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬/ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ҫָదཀྵ༟Ήͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ࢨࣖͶΓΔͥͶૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗અ஖ͪ͢‫ॶڇڛ‬Ґ֐ͲӁৱ෼ΏਭΝणͪ͜Εࣙ෾ͲઃͮͪΕͪ͢৖߻ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ӂৱ෼Νઃͮͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨΗ͗ 1 յ໪͹ҩൕͲ͍Ηͻܱࠄͳ͢ɼ௪৙ͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχ͹఑ࣖͶΓΕ͞ΗΝஎΔͦΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ2 յ໪͹ҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͦ͠ɼϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖͤΖɽ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺଐΏ͖Ͷαʖη֐Ͷड़͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
஭қʁӁৱ෼ΏਭɼηϛϱζΝηνʖφஏ఼͖Δ࣍
ͮͱͪ͘Εɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗અ஖ͪ͢‫Ͳॶڇڛ‬णखͮͱ͏Ζ‫ݸ‬ΕͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬/ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺͨΗΔΝଠ͹‫͖ंٗڟ‬ΔणखͮͪΕ͍Ζ͏ͺघో͢͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽୢ͢ɼ͍Ζ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬/ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ҲਕΉͪͺ෵਼Ͷͨ͹Γ͑͵๏๑Ͳ‫܃‬Εศ͢Ӂৱ෼͹णో͢Νߨ͑৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢ঁྙͳߡ͓ɼܱࠄΝ༫͓ͪΕ֪ࣨͳ͢ͱ
Γ͏ɽ

ule 1
he inish ule 16
1. The position of the finish of a race shall be denoted by awhite line 5 mm wide.
2. The ambulant athletes shall be placed in the order inwhich any part of their torso (not the head, neck, arms,
legs, hands or feet) reaches the vertical plane of the neareredge of the finish line.

୊ 1 ড় ϓΡωρεϣ
ule 16
1. ϓΡωρεϣͺ෱ 5 mm ͹പ͏ϧ΢ϱͲࣖͤɽ2. ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॳҒͺɼͨ͹ಓର(ଊͬφϩλʖ͹͞ͳͲɼಆɼडɼ࿻ɼ‫ٯ‬ɼघΉͪͺଏͳͺۢพ͠ΗΖ)͹
͏ͥΗ͖͹෨෾͗઴ߴ͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ην
ʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏୼͹ਪ௜໚Ͷ౺ୣͪ͢͞ͳͲ݀ΌΖɽ

62

3. In wheelchair and Frame Running races the athletes
shall be placed in the order in which the centre of the axleof the leading wheel reaches the vertical plane of thenearer edge of the finish line as defined above.
4. In races for athletes in Sports Class T11 and T12
competing with a guide-runner the athlete must reach thenearer edge of the finish line in front of the guide-runner orthe athlete will be disqualified. When photo finish is in use,
the Chief Photo Finish udge shall make this determination
and apply any disqualification. In any other case, or wherea Photo Finish image is not available, the Track Referee
shall decide.
5. Event Time imits (Sport Classes T32-34 and T51-54)
In wheelchair races of 15 m or longer, officials may
conclude the event and clear the track after an agreed time
limit has expired. Any athlete who has not completed theset distance when an event is concluded shall be shown in
the official results as DNF (i.e., Did Not Finish). The
referee has the authority to remove any athlete who has
been overlapped.

3. ऄ͏ͤͳϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱή͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ‫ڟ‬ٗंͺ઎Ͷఈٝͪ͢Γ͑Ͷɼ਒ߨ๏޴઴๏ͶҒ஖ͤ
Ζऄྡྷ͹ऄ࣢͹஦ৼ͗ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱघ઴୼͹ਪ௜໚Ͷ౺ୣͪ͢ॳ঄Ͳ݀ΉΖɽ
4. Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝ൒͑‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12͹‫ٗڟૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖΓΕ઎ͶϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱͶ౺ୣ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼͨ͑͢͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽࣺਇ൓ఈΝ࢘༽͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͺ֪ࣨΝ൓இ͢న༽͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽࣺਇ൓ఈΝ࢘༽͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼΉͪͺࣺਇ൓ఈժ଀Ͳ֮೟Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻ͺɼφϧρέ৻൓ௗ͗݀ఈͤΖɽ
5. ‫ؔ࣎ٗڟ‬੏‫ݸ‬ʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T32-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬T51-54ʥ
15 m Ґ৏͹ऄ͏ͤ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ߻қ͠Ηͪ࣎ؔ‫ܨ‬գ‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺझ໪Νश྅͢ɼφϧρέ͖Δ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝฤͰ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽझ໪श྅ΉͲͶॶఈ͹‫཯ړ‬Ν‫͖ͪ͵͢ૺ׮‬৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ޮࣞ੔੹ͺ
DNFʤ౏஦‫ݘؼ‬ʥͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ৻൓ௗͺφϧρέ৏Ͷ࢔ͮͱ͏Ζસ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝҢಊͦ͠Ζ‫ݘ‬‫͍͗ݸ‬Ζɽule 2iming and hoto inish ule 165
1. Three alternative methods of timekeeping shall berecognised as officiala) and Timingb) Fully Automatic Timing obtained from a Photo Finish
Systemc) For road races only - timing provided by a Transponder
System.
2. Save for wheelchair and Frame Running races, under
Rule 2 .1 (a) and Rule 2 .1 (b) the time shall be taken to
the moment at which any part of the body of an athlete (i.e.,
torso as distinguished from the head, neck, arms, legs,
hands or feet) reaches the vertical plane of the nearer edgeof the finish line.
3. In wheelchair and Frame Running races the time shallbe taken to the moment in which the centre of the axle ofthe leading wheel reaches the vertical plane of thenearer edge of the finish line as defined above.
4. Times for all finishers shall be recorded. In addition,
whenever possible, lap times in races ofm and overshall be recorded.

୊ 2 ড় ‫ࣺͳ࣎ܯ‬ਇ൓ఈ
ule 165
1. ޮࣞ͹‫࣎ܯ‬๏๑ͳ͢ͱɼ࣏͹ 3 ͯ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽa) घಊ‫࣎ܯ‬b) ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͶΓΖસࣙಊ‫࣎ܯ‬ʤు‫࣎ܯـ‬ʥc) ࣙಊԢ౶‫࣎ܯ‬εητϞͶΓΖ‫࣎ܯ‬ʤಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ‫ݸ‬ఈʥ
2. ऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήϪʖηΝঈ͘ɼ‫و‬ଉ 2 .1(a)‫ ;ٶ‬2 .1(b)Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫࣎ܯ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ಓରʤφϩλʖʁಆɼडɼ࿻ɼ‫ٯ‬ɼघɼଏΝ‫؜‬Ή͵͏෨෾ʥ͗ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏๏͹୼͹ਪ௜໚Ͷ౺ୣͪ͢ॢؔΝͳΔ͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3. ऄ͏ͤ‫;ٶ‬ϓϪʖϞϧϱωϱήϪʖηͶ͕͜Ζ‫࣎ܯ‬ͺɼ਒ߨ๏޴઴๏ͶҒ஖ͤΖऄྡྷ͹ऄ࣢͹஦ৼ͗৏‫ى‬͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱघ઴୼͹ਪ௜໚Ͷ౺ୣͪ͢ॢؔΉͲ࣎ؔΝ଎Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
4. સ‫ंૺ׮‬͹࣎ؔΝ‫ͤ࣎ܯ‬ΖɽΉͪɼՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Εm Ґ৏͹Ϫʖη͹ϧρϕν΢ϞΝ‫͜͵࣎͢ܯ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

and iming
5. The Timekeepers shall be in line with the finish andwhere possible, they should be placed at least 5m from theoutside lane of the track. In order that they may all have agood view of the finish line, an elevated stand should be
provided.
6. Timekeepers shall use manually operated electronic
timers with digital readouts. All such timing devices are
termed watches for the purpose of the Rules.
. The lap and intermediate times shall be recorded either,by designated members of the timekeeping team using
watches capable of taking more than one time, or byadditional Timekeepers, or by transponders.
. The time shall be taken from the flash / smoke of thegun.
. Three official Timekeepers (one of whom shall be theChief Timekeeper) and one or two additional Timekeepers
shall time the winner of every event and any performances
for record purposes.
The times recorded by the additional Timekeepers
watches shall not be considered unless one or more of theofficial Timekeepers watches fail to record the timecorrectly, in which case the additional Timekeepers shall becalled upon, in such order as has been decided previously,
so that in all the races, three watches should have recorded
the official winning time.
1 .Each Timekeeper shall act independently and without
showing his watch to, or discussing his time with, any otherperson, shall enter his time on the official form and, after
signing it, hand it to the Chief Timekeeper who may
examine the watches to verify the reported times.
11.For all hand-timed races, times shall be read andघಊ‫࣎ܯ‬
5. ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͺɼϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹Ԉௗત৏ͶҒ
஖ͤΖɽͲ͘Ηͻɼ֐ଈ͹Ϫʖϱ͖Δঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 5̾͹ͳ͞ΘͶ 1 ྽Ͷด΁ɽϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͗Γ͚‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑Ͷ֌ஊࣞ͹ηνϱχΝ༽қͤΖɽ
6. घಊ‫࣎ܯ‬ͺɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͗υζνϩࣞ͹ηφρϕΤ
ΧροͲ‫ͤ࣎ܯ‬Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵‫ૹ࣎ܯ‬஖ͺɼͤ΄ͱ‫و‬ଉ͹஦Ͳʰ࣎‫ܯ‬ʱͳ͏͑ɽ
. ϧρϕν΢Ϟͺɼ෵਼͹‫ى‬࿧ΝͳΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν࢘༽͢ͱ͏Ζ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽɼ༩ඍ͹‫࣎ܯ‬ҽɼ͍Ζ͏ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖεητϞͲ‫ͤ࣎ܯ‬Ζɽ. ‫࣎ܯ‬ͺɼηνʖφ৶ߺ‫ح‬͹લޭΉͪͺԐ͖Δ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽ. ֦Ϫʖη͹୊ 1 ஥͹࣎ؔ‫ى;ٶ‬࿧͹ͪΌͶ‫࣎ܯ‬ͤ΄͘ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹࣎ؔͺɼ3 ਕ͹೜ໍ͠Ηͪ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽʤͨ͹͑ͬ 1 ਕͺ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜ʥͳ 1ʛ2 ਕ͹༩ඍͶ೜ໍ͠Ηͪ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͗‫ͤ࣎ܯ‬Ζɽ༩ඍ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͹࣎ؔͺɼ1ʛ2 ਕ͹೜ໍ͠Ηͪ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͗న઀͵‫࣎ܯ‬Ͷࣨഌͪ͢৖߻Ͷࣆ઴Ͷ݀Όͪॳ঄ͶΓͮͱࡀ༽͠Ηɼ͏ͯ͹৖߻Ͳ΍ 3 ‫ݺ‬͹࣎‫ؔ࣎Ͳܯ‬Ν‫ى‬࿧ͤΖɽ
1 . ֦‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͺಢཱི͢ͱߨಊ͢ɼଠ͹‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͶ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν‫ͪͦݡ‬Ε૮஌ͪ͢ΕͤΖ͞ͳ͵͚ࣙ‫ހ‬͹‫ͪ࣎͢ܯ‬࣎ؔΝॶఈ͹༽ࢶͶ‫ى‬೘͢ɼॼ໌‫࣎ܯޛ‬ҽक೜Ͷ఑
ड़ͤΖɽ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜ͺɼๅࠄ͠Ηͪ࣎ؔΝ֮೟ͤΖͪΌ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν‫ͤࠬݗ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
11. घಊ‫࣎ܯ‬ͶΓΖͤ΄ͱ͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ͺҐԾ͹Γ͑ͶͤΖɽ

63

recorded as followsa) For races on the track, unless the time is an exact 1/1 thof a second, the time shall be read and recorded to the next
longer 1/1 th of a second, e.g. 1 .11 shall be recorded as
1 .2b) For races partly or entirely outside the stadium, unlessthe time is an exact whole second, the time shall be
converted and recorded to the next longer whole second,e.g., for the Marathon 2 3 44.3 shall be recorded as
2 3 45.
12.If, after converting as indicated above, two of the threewatches agree and the third disagrees, the time recordedby the two shall be the official time. If all three watches
disagree, the middle time shall be official. If only two times
are available and they disagree, the longer time shall be
official.
13.The Chief Timekeeper, acting in accordance with theRules mentioned above, shall decide the official time foreach athlete and provide the results to the Competition
Secretary for distribution.
ull Automatic iming and hoto inish
stem
he
stem
14.A Fully Automatic Timing and Photo Finish System musthave been tested and have a certificate of accuracy within
4 years of the competition, including the followinga) The System must record the finish through a camera
positioned in the extension of the finish line producing acomposite image.
i) For competitions as defined in Part B - 3.1.2, thiscomposite image must be composed of at least 1
images per second.
ii) For other competitions, this composite image must becomposed of at least 1 images per second.
In each case, the image must be synchronised with auniformly marked time scale graduated in . 1 seconds.
b) The System shall be started
automatically by the Starter's signal, so that the overall
delay between the report from the mu le, or its equivalentvisual indication and the start of the timing system isconstant and equal to, or less than . 1 seconds.
15.In order to confirm that the camera is correctly aligned
and to facilitate the reading of the Photo Finish image, theintersection of the lane lines and the finish line shall becoloured black in a suitable design. Any such design must
be solely confined to the intersection, for no more than
2 mm beyond, and not extended before, the leading edgeof the finish line.
Similar black marks may also be placed on each side of theintersection of an appropriate lane and the finish line tofurther facilitate reading.
C MMENT If we want to define a minimum in order toachieve the accuracy required in Rule 2 .24, a composite
of at least 1 component images per second is required.
To achieve the accuracy demanded in Rule 22.2 fordetermining fastest losers by reference to times read to. 1 second where times achieved by athletes are
identical to . 1 second then a composite of at least 1
component images per second would be required. Most
photo finish systems can operate at 1
images per
second or greater.
16.The placing of the athletes shall be identified from theimage by means of a cursor with its reading line
guaranteed to be perpendicular to the time scale.
1 .The System must automatically determine and record
the finish times of the athletes and must be able to produce
a printed image which shows the time of any athlete.
Additionally, the system shall provide a tabular overview
which shows the time of every athlete.
Subsequent changes of automatically determined values
and manual input of values (such as start time, finish time),shall be indicated by the system automatically in the timescale of the printed image and the tabular overview.
1 . A System which operates automatically at the finish, but
not at the start, shall be considered to produce Times

64a) φϧρέϪʖηͲͺɼͬΒ͑ʹ .1 භͲशΚΖҐ֐ͺ࣏͹ .1 භͳ͢ͱร‫͠׷‬Η‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽͤ͵Κͬɼ1 භ 11 ͺ 1 භ 2 ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽb) Ϫʖη͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨͗‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲߨΚΗΖ৖߻͹‫࣎ܯ‬ͺɼͬΒ͑ʹභͲशΚΖҐ֐ͺ࣏͹භͲಣ Ί ख Δ Η ‫ ى‬࿧ ͠ Η Ζ ɽ ྭ ͓ ͻ ɼ Ϝ ϧ λ ϱ Ͳ ͺ2 3 44.3 ͺ 2 3 45 ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ
12. ৏‫ى‬Ͷࣖͪ͢Γ͑Ͷร‫ޛͪ͢׷‬ɼ3 ‫ݺ‬͹࣎‫ܯ‬͹
͑ͬ 2 ‫͗ݺ‬Ҳ஗͢ɼ1 ‫͗ݺ‬ҡ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼ2 ‫ݺ‬͹࣎‫ؔ࣎ͤࣖ͗ܯ‬Νޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧ͳͤΖɽ΍͢ɼ3 ‫ݺ‬͹࣎‫ͨ͗ܯ‬ΗͩΗҡ͵ͮͪ࣎ؔΝࣖͤͳ͘ͺɼ஦ؔ͹࣎ؔΝ΍ͮͱޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧ͳͤΖɽ͵ΞΔ͖͹ཀྵ༟Ͳɼ2 ‫ݺ‬͹࣎‫ͥ͘Ͳ࣎ܯ͖͢Ͳܯ‬ҡ͵ͮͪ࣎ؔͳ͵ͮͪ৖߻ͺɼங͏๏͹࣎ؔΝޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧ͳͤΖɽ
13. ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽक೜ͺචགྷͶԢͣͱຌড়͹‫و‬ఈΝన༽͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹ޮࣞ࣎ؔΝ݀ఈ͢ɼޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧Νޮන͹ͪΌ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͶ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζɽ
ࣺਇ൓ఈ ు‫࣎ܯـ‬εητϞ
14. ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ઴ 4 ೧Ґ಼Ͷ੠ౕ‫ࠬݗ‬Νण͜ɼ൅ߨ͠Ηͪ੠ౕৄ໎ॽ͹͍Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽa) ౲֚εητϞͺɼϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹Ԉௗત৏Ͷઅ஖͠ΗͪΩϟϧΝ௪͢ͱϓΡωρεϣΝ‫ى‬࿧͢ɼ߻੔ժ଀Νਫ਼੔Ͳ͘Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽi) Ϗʖφ̙‫و‬ଉ 3.1.2 ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹৖߻ɼ߻੔ժ଀ͺභ͍ͪΕঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1,ທ͹ժ଀͖Δ߻੔͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽii) ͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹৖߻ɼ߻੔ժ଀ͺභ͍ͪΕঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ທ͹ժ଀͖Δ߻੔͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ͏ͥΗ͹৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼժ଀ͺ . 1 භຘͶ‫ۋ‬౵Ͷ໪੟ΔΗͪ࣎ؔऊౕͳಋ‫͜͵͏ͱ͢غ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ౲֚εητϞͺɼηνʖνʖ͹߻ਦͶΓͮͱࣙಊదͶࡠಊͤΖ΍͹ͳ͢ɼϒηφϩ͹൅ࣻԽΉͪͺಋ౵͹Նࢻࢨࣖͳ‫ૹ࣎ܯ‬஖͹࣎ؔࠫ͗҈ఈదͶ
. 1 භҐԾͲ͍ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ
15. Ωϟϧ͗ਜ਼͚͢અ஖͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤ
ΖͪΌͶɼΉͪɼࣺਇ൓ఈժ଀͗ಣΊखΕΏͤ͏Γ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͶɼϪʖϱϧ΢ϱͳϓΡωρεϣϧ΢
ϱ͹ިࠫ෨෾ͺన઀͵υδ΢ϱͲࠉ͚౅Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵υδ΢ϱͺ౲֚ިࠫ෨෾͹ΊͶࢬ͢ɼϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏๏͹୼͖Δ޴͑͞ଈͶ 2 mm Ґ಼ͶͳʹΌɼघ઴ͶͺΊड़͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ى‬࿧ΝΓΕಣΊखΕΏ͚ͤͤΖͪΌɼϪʖϱϧ΢ϱͳϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹ިࠫ෨෾͹ྈଈͶಋ༹͹ࠉϜʖέΝ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 2 .24 Ͳགྷ‫͠ٽ‬ΗΖ੠ౕΝୣ੔ͤΖ
ͪΌͶ࠹ঘ஍Νఈٝͪ͢͏৖߻ͺɼ1 භؔͶঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ‫ݺ‬͹αϱϛʖϋϱφժ଀͹߻੔͗གྷ‫͠ٽ‬Η
Ζɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ୣ੔ͪ͢ν΢Ϟ͗ . 1 භͳಋͣͲ͍Ζ. 1 භΉͲಣΊࠒΞͫν΢ϞΝࢂল͢ͱ࠹ଐ͹ഌंΝ݀ఈͤΖͪΌ͹‫و‬ଉ 22.2 Ͳགྷ‫͠ٽ‬Ηͱ͏Ζ੠ౕΝୣ੔ͤΖͪΌͶͺɼ1 භؔͶঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1ທ͹αϱϛʖϋϱφժ଀͹߻੔͗චགྷͶ͵ΖɽΆͳΞʹ͹ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͺɼຘභ 1ທҐ৏͹ժ଀
ͲಊࡠͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
16. ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॳҒͺɼ࣎ؔ໪੟ΕͶଲ͢ͱਪ௜Ͳ͍
Ζ͞ͳ͗ฯৄ͠Ηͱ͏ΖಣΊࠒΊϧ΢ϱ͹ΩʖλϩΝ༽͏ͱժ଀͖ΔಣΊखΖɽ
1 . ౲֚εητϞͺɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹ϓΡωρεϣν΢
ϞΝࣙಊదͶ଎ఈʀ‫ى‬࿧͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹࣎ؔ͗නࣖ
͠ΗࣺͪਇΝࡠ੔Ͳ͘Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽࣙಊࡠ੔͠Ηͪ৚ๅ‫;ٶ‬घ೘ྙ৚ๅʤ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬ʀश྅࣎ࠃ͵ʹʥ͹รߍͺɼࣺਇ͹࣎ؔ໪੟ͳҲལන৏ͶࣙಊదͶනࣖ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ1 . ηνʖφ࣎ͶͺࣙಊదͶࡠಊ͢͵͏͗ɼϓΡωρεϣ࣎ͶࣙಊదͶࡠಊͤΖεητϞͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 2 .
ΉͪͺͨΗͳಋ౵͹ਜ਼֮͠ͲࡠಊͤΖ͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼ

provided that the system was started in accordance with
Rule 2 . or with equivalent accuracy. The image may be
used as a valid support in order to determine placings andadjust time intervals between athletes.
Note If the timing mechanism is not started by the Starter's
signal, the time-scale on the image shall indicate this fact
automatically.
1 .A system which operates automatically at the start but
not at the finish, shall be considered to produce neither
and nor Fully Automatic Times and shall not therefore beused to obtain official times.

घಊ‫ͳ࣎ܯ‬Ί͵ͤɽժ଀ͺɼॳҒΝ݀ఈ͢ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ؔ͹ֶ࣎ؔؔΝ௒੖ͤΖͪΌ͹༙ް͵γϛʖφࣁྋͳ͢ͱ࢘༽͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ஭қʁࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞ͗ηνʖνʖ͹߻ਦͲࡠಊ͢͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼժ଀৏͹࣎ؔ໪੟Εͺ͞͹ࣆࣰΝࣙಊదͶࣖͤ΍͹Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
1 . ηνʖφ࣎ͶͺࣙಊదͶࡠಊͤΖ͗ɼϓΡωρεϣ࣎ͶࣙಊదͶࡠಊ͢͵͏εητϞͺɼघಊ‫࣎ܯ‬ͳࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞ͹͏ͥΗͲ΍͵͏ͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬Ηɼޮࣞν΢Ϟ͹‫ܯ‬଎Ͷͺ࢘༽͠Η͵͏ɽ

peration o thestem
2 .The Chief Photo Finish udge shall be responsible forthe functioning of the System. Before the start of thecompetition, he will meet the technical staff involved andfamiliarise himself with the equipment, checking all
applicable settings. In cooperation with the Track Referee
and the Starter, he shall initiate a ero control test, before
the beginning of each session, to ensure that theequipment is started automatically by the Starter s signal
within the limit of . 1 second. e shall supervise thetesting of the equipment and ensure that the camera(s) iscorrectly aligned.
21.There should be at least two photo finish cameras inaction, one from each side. Preferably, these timing
systems should be technically independent, i.e., withdifferent power supplies and recording and relaying thereport of the Starter s signal, by separate equipment andcables.
Note Where two or more Photo Finish cameras are used,
one should be designated as official by the TechnicalDelegate (or International Photo Finish udge whereappointed) before the start of the competition. The times
and places from the images of the other camera(s) should
not be considered unless there is reason to doubt theaccuracy of the official camera or if there is need to use thesupplementary images to resolve uncertainties in thefinishing order (i.e., athletes wholly or partially obscured on
the image from the official camera).
22.In conjunction with his Assistants, the Chief Photo
Finish udge shall determine the placing of the athletes
and, as a consequence, their official times. e shall ensurethat these results are correctly entered in or transferred tothe competition results system and conveyed to theCompetition Secretary. e shall also make any necessary
determination and disqualification under Rule 1 .4.
C MMENT At major events where the technology isavailable, the photo finish image is often immediately
provided on the video board or published on the internet. It
has become the practice to provide athletes, or persons on
their behalf, who are considering making a protest or
appeal the opportunity to see the photo, in order to avoid
time being spent on any unnecessary protests or appeals.
23.Times from Photo Finish System shall be regarded as
official unless for any reason the appropriate official
decides that they obviously must be inaccurate. If such isthe case, the times of the back-up Timekeepers, if possible
adjusted based on information on time intervals obtained
from the Photo Finish image, shall be official. At thediscretion of the TD, such back-up Timekeepers may be
appointed where any possibility exists of failure of thetiming system.
24.Times shall be read and recorded from the Photo Finish
image as followa) For all track races up to and including 1 ,m, unlessthe time is an exact . 1 second the time shall be
converted and recorded to the next longer . 1 second,e.g. 26 1 .533 shall be recorded as 26 1 .54.
b) For all races held partly or entirely outside the stadium,
all times not ending in three eroes shall be converted andrecorded to the next longer whole second, e.g., for the
Marathon, 244.322 shall be recorded as 2
45.

εητϞ͹૤ࡠ
2 . ࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͺɼͨ͹εητϞ͹‫ؽ‬೵Ͷͯ͏ͱ੻೜Νෝ͑ɽ क೜ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֋࢟઴Ͷ‫ٗܐؖ‬ढ़ंͳ଩ͬ߻Κͦɼࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͶͯ͏ͱཀྵմͤ͢΄ͱ͹અఈͶͯ͏ͱ΍؄ಞͤΖɽࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͺɼφϧρέ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ௗͳηνʖνʖ͹‫ྙڢ‬Νಚͱɼͨ͹εητϞ͗ࣙಊదͶηνʖνʖ͹৶ߺ‫ح‬͹߻ਦͲট೟͠Ηࣺͪਇ൓ఈૹ஖͗ͯΉΕ . 1 භҐ಼Ͳਜ਼͚͢ࡠಊͤΖ͖ʹ͖͑͹κϫʀαϱφϫʖϩτηφΝɼ֦ιρεϥϱʤ‫ޗ‬઴͹෨Ήͪͺ໹͹෨ʥ͹֋࢟઴Ͷࣰࢬ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪɼ‫حؽ‬͹τηφͳΩϟϧ͹ਜ਼֮͵અ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱ؄ಞ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
21. Ͳ͘Ηͻφϧρέ͹ྈଈͶɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ୈࣺͥͯਇ൓ఈεητϞΝࡠಊͦ͠ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ͞ΗΔ͹εητϞͺɼٗढ़దͶಢཱིͪ͢εητϞ͗พʓ͹ಊྙ‫Ͳݱ‬พʓ͹‫حؽ‬ΏίʖϔϩͶΓͮͱɼηνʖνʖ͹৶ߺ‫ح‬͹൅৶Ν‫ى‬࿧͢ɼ࿊‫͘Ͳܠ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ஭қʁ2 ୈҐ৏͹ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼ
1 ୈͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֋࢟઴Ͷٗढ़େනʤ͍Ζ͏ͺࢨ໌͠Ηͪࠅࡏࣺਇ൓ఈҽʥ͖ΔޮࣞεητϞͳ͢ͱࢨఈ
͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͑ 1 ୈ͹Ωϟϧ͹࣎ؔͳॳҒͶͯ͏ͱͺɼޮࣞΩϟϧ͹ਜ਼֮੓Ͷٛ໲͍͗Ζ͖ɼ஥ॳ൓ఈ͹෈໎֮͵఼Νਜ਼ͤͪΌͶึঁΩϟϧͳ͢ͱ͹චགྷ੓͗ਫ਼ͣͪ৖߻Ґ֐Ͷͺࢂߡͳ͢͵͏ɽ(චགྷ੓͍͗Ζ৖߻͹ྭʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹સਐΉͪͺҲ෨͗ޮࣞΩϟϧ͹ժ଀Ͳ֮೟Ͳ͘͵͏ͳ͘)22. ࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͺɼึঁༀ͹൓ఈҽͳ‫ڢ‬ಋ͢ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹஥ॳΝ݀ఈ͢ɼӀ͘କ͘൶Δ͹ޮࣞ࣎ؔΝ݀ఈͤΖɽक೜ͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹஥ॳͳ࣎ؔ͗‫ٗڟ‬݃ՎεητϞͶਜ਼֮Ͷ೘ྙ͢఺ૻ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɼͨ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧ʀ৚ๅॴཀྵҽͶోͪ͢͞ͳΝ͖֮Ό͸ͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽक೜ͺΉͪɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .4 ͶΓΕɼචགྷ͵൓இΏ֪ࣨΝ݀ఈ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁτέόϫζʖ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵कགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼࣺਇ൓ఈժ଀ͺɼ୉‫ܗ‬ӫ଀(ϑυΨϚʖχ)Ͷͤ͛Ͷ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖ͖ɼ΍͚͢ͺ΢ϱνʖϋρφ৏Ͷޮ֋͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͗Γ͚͍Ζɽ෈චགྷ͵߇٠Ώ૎͓ͶඇΏ͠ΗΖ࣎ؔΝ‫ݰ‬ΔͤͪΌͶɼࣺਇΝ‫ݡ‬Ζ‫ؽ‬ճΝ߇٠Ήͪͺ߉૎ͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫ݗ‬౾͢ͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺͨ͹େཀྵਕͶࣺਇ൓ఈժ଀Ν‫ݡ‬Ζ‫ؽ‬ճΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗ࠕͲͺ௪৙͹घକ͘ͳ͵ͮͱ͏Ζɽ
23. ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͲ‫ى‬࿧͠Ηͪ࣎ؔͺɼՁΔ͖͹ཀྵ༟Ͳ୴౲‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͗໎Δ͖Ͷ෈ਜ਼֮Ͳ͍Ζͳ൓ఈͪ͢৖߻Ґ֐ͺޮࣞ࣎ؔͳͤΖɽ෈ਜ਼֮͵ࣆྭ͗൅ਫ਼ͪ͢৖߻ͺɼ௒੖Ն೵Ͳ͍Ηͻࣺਇ͖ΔಚΔΗ
ͪ࣎ؔࠫΝ‫͗͵͢ͳેخ‬Δɼ༩ඍ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽ͹࣎ؔΝޮࣞ͹΍͹ͳͤΖɽٗढ़େන͹൓இͶΓΕɼࣺਇ൓ఈ
ૹ஖͗͑Ή͚ࡠಊ͢͵͏Ն೵੓Ͷඍ͓ɼ༩ඍ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽΝ೜ໍ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ24. ࣺਇ൓ఈͶΓΖ࣎ؔͺ,࣏͹Γ͑Ͷࣺਇ࢕৏͝
ժ଀͖ΔಣΊखΕ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽa) 1
̾(Ν‫؜‬΋)ҐԾ͹Ϫʖη͹࣎ؔͺ . 1 භනࣖ͹ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͶΓͮͱ‫࣎͠ܯ‬Η . 1 භୱҒͳͤΖɽ‫ືݭ‬Ͷ . 1 භͳ͵Δ͵͏৖߻ͺ࣏͹ΓΕௗ͏ . 1 භͶร‫ͤ׷‬Ζʤ઀৏͝Ζʥɽ
ྭʁ 26 1 .533
26 1 .54b) સ෨ΉͪͺҲ෨͗‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲߨΚΗΖϪʖηͲͺɼභາຮ͹Ծ 3 ܽ͗‫ືݭ‬Ͷʰ.
ʱͶ͵Δ͵͏৖߻ͺɼ࣏͹ΓΕௗ͏ 1 භͶร‫ͤ׷‬Ζʤ઀৏͝Ζʥ
ɽ
ྭʁ 2
44.32
2
45

65

ransponder
stem
25.The use of Transponder Timing Systems complying with
the World Athletics Rules for Road Race Events ispermitted provided thata) None of the equipment used at the start, along thecourse or at the finish line constitutes a material obstacleor barrier to the progress of an athleteb) The weight of the transponder and its housing carried orworn by the athletes is not significantc) The System is started by the Starter s gun orsynchroni ed with the start signald) The System requires no action by an athlete during thecompetition, at the finish or at any stage in the result
processinge) For all races, the time shall be converted to .1 secondand recorded to the whole second. All read times notending in ero shall be converted and recorded to the next
longer whole second, e.g., for the Marathon, 2 3 44.3
shall be recorded as 2 3 45
Note The official time shall be the time elapsed between
the firing of the starting gun (or the synchronised startsignal) and the athlete reaching the finish line. owever,
the time elapsed between an
athlete crossing the start line and the finish line can bemade known to him, but will not be considered an official
time.
f) It is recommended that judges and/or video recording(s)also be provided to assist in determining the finishingorder and the identification of athletes.
26.The Chief Transponder Timing udge shall be
responsible for the functioning of the System.
Before the start of the competition, he will meet thetechnical staff involved and familiari e himself with theequipment, checking all applicable settings. e shallsupervise the testing of the equipment and ensure that thepassing of the transponder over the finish line will record
the athlete s finish time. In conjunction with the referee, heshall ensure that provision is made for the application,
when necessary, of Rule 2 .25 (f).
C MMENT Transponder timing is acceptable for World
Record performances in races outside of the stadium.

φϧϱηϛϱξʖεητϞ25. ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͜Ζ WA ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶ६‫ͪ͢ڎ‬φϧϱηϛϱξʖεητϞͺɼ࣏͹ড়݇͗੖͓ͻ೟ΌΔΗΖɽa) ηνʖφஏ఼‫;ٶ‬αʖηԌಕ͍Ζ͏ͺϓΡωρεϣஏ఼Ͳ࢘༽͠ΗΖ‫حؽ‬͹͏ͥΗ΍͗ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹઴਒Ͷ॑୉͵্֒Ήͪͺ্ปͶ͵ͮͱͺ͏͵͏ɽbʥ ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ਐͶ஥͜ΖφϧϱηϛϱξʖΏͨ͹೘Η෼ͺɼෝ୴Ͷ͵Δ͵͏॑͠Ͳ͍Ζɽcʥ εητϞͺηνʖνʖ͹৶ߺ‫ح‬ͶΓͮͱ࢟ಊͤ
Ζ͖ɼηνʖφ߻ਦͶಋ‫͏ͱ͢غ‬Ζɽdʥ εητϞͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ؔΏϓΡωρεϣஏ఼Ήͪͺ‫ى‬࿧ॄ‫ܯ‬͹͏͖͵ΖգఖͲ΍ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ձ͖Νͤ
Ζචགྷ͗͵͏ɽe) ͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖηͺ .1 භୱҒͲ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηɼ .1 භනࣖ͗κϫͲ͵͏৖߻ɼ࣏͹භͶ઀Ε৏͝ΖɽϜϧλϱ͹ྭͲͺ 2 3 44.3 ͺ 2 3 45 ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʁޮࣞ͹࣎ؔͺ৶ߺ‫ح‬͹ηνʖφ߻ਦʤΉͪͺಋ‫ͪ͢غ‬ηνʖφ৶ߺʥ͖Δ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϓΡωρεϣ
ϧ΢ϱͶ౺ୣͤΖΉͲ͹࣎ؔͲ͍Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼඉޮ
೟Ͳͺ͍Ζ͗ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖφϧ΢ϱΝ௪գ͢ͱ͖ΔϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱͶ౺ୣͤΖΉͲ͹࣎ؔΝஎ
ΔͦΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽf) ஥ॳ͹݀ఈ‫ंٗڟ;ٶ‬͹ಝఈ͹ঁ͜ͳ͵ΖΓ͑ɼ৻൓ҽΏϑυΨ‫ى‬࿧Ν६ඍͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ
26. φϧϱηϛϱξʖक೜ͺɼεητϞ͹‫ؽ‬೵Ͷͯ͏ͱ੻೜Ν࣍ͯɽ‫ٗڟ‬͹ηνʖφ઴Ͷɼ୴౲͹ٗढ़ηνρϓͳ଩ͬ߻Κͦɼૹ஖ Νཀྵմ͢ɼͤ΄ͱ͹અఈΝ֮೟ͤΖɽΉͪɼ‫حؽ‬͹τηφΝ؄ಞ͢ɼφϧϱηϛϱξʖ͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ৏௪գ࣎Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹ϓΡωρεϣ࣎ؔ͗‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤ
Ζɽ৻൓ௗͳ‫ͱ͢ྙڢ‬ɼචགྷͶԢͣͱ‫و‬ଉ 2 .25(f)న
༽͹६ඍΝ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁφϧϱηϛϱξʖͶΓΖ࣎ؔͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐Ͳ͹ϪʖηͶ͕͏ͱɼ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ޮ೟͹ଲেͳ͵Ζɽule 21 eedings Draws and uali ication in rac
ents ule 166
ounds and eats
1. ualification Rounds shall be held in Track Events inwhich the number of athletes is too large to allow thecompetition to be conducted satisfactorily in a single round(final). Where ualification Rounds are held, all athletesmust compete in, and qualify through, all such rounds
except that the relevant governing body, may, for one ormore events, authorise the conduct of additional
preliminary qualification round(s) either at the same
competition or at one or more earlier competition(s) todetermine some or all of the athletes who shall be entitledto participate and in which round of the competition. Suchprocedure and any other means (such as e.g. achieving
entry standards during a specified period, by specified
placing in a designated competition or by specified
rankings) by which an athlete is entitled to participate, andin which round of the competition, shall be set out in theregulations for each competition.
C MMENT This Rule was adopted by WPA in March 2 16
following World Athletics amendments so that theChampionship competitions can, through the specificregulations for each competition, begin at a point earlier
than the competition and that this can be achieved indifferent ways.
2. The ualification Rounds shall be arranged by theappointed Technical Delegates. If no Technical Delegateshave been appointed, they shall be arranged by theC.
The following tables shall, in the absence of extraordinary
circumstances, be used to determine the number ofrounds, and the number of heats in each round, to be held
and the qualification procedure, i.e., those to advance by୊ 21 ড় φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͜Ζ༩મ͹ૌΊ߻Κͦɼபમ‫;ٶ‬௪գule 166༩મ
1. φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͜Ζ༩મͺɼࢂՅ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଡ਼͹ͪΌɼ݀ঋ 1 յͲͺຮଏͶ‫͗ٗڟ‬ӣӨͲ͘͵͏ͳ͘Ͷߨ͑ɽ༩મϧΤϱχΝߨ͑৖߻ɼસ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ࢂՅ͢ɼ༩મͶΓͮͱ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒΋Γ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼ֦Յ໏஄ରͺҲ͍ͯΖ͏ͺ෵਼͹झ໪Ͳɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹஦Ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗͶ઎ཱིͯพ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹݃ՎͲɼࢂՅࣁ֪Ν༫͓Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨Ν݀ΌͪΕɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ʹ͹ϧΤϱχ͖Δड़৖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͖Ν݀ΌΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅࣁ֪Ν༫͓ɼʹ͹ϧΤϱχ͖Δड़
৖Ͳ͘Ζ͖ͳ͏͑घॳΏߡ͓๏ʤಝఈ͹‫ؔغ‬Ͷୣ੔͠ΗͪࢂՅඬ६‫ى‬࿧ɼࢨఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹ॳҒΏϧϱΫϱή౵ʥͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹୉ճགྷߴ౵Ͷ‫ࡎى‬͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճην΢ϩ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͺɼ֦୉ճ͹ಝఈ͹‫و‬ఖΝ௪ͣͱɼ૥͏఼͖࣎Δ֋࢟ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ɼ͠Ή͡Ή͵๏๑Ͳࣰ‫͘Ͳݳ‬ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ2 16 ೧ 3 ݆Ͷ WA ͹रਜ਼Ͷକ͏ͱ WPA ͶΓͮͱࡀ୔͠Ηͪɽ
2. ༩મ͹ૌΊ߻Κͦͳ༩મ௪գ͹ড়݇ͺٗढ़େන͗ҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ݀ΌΖɽ΍ٗ͢ढ़େන͗೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺૌ৭җҽճ͗݀ΌΖɽφϧρέझ໪͹ϧΤϱχ਼ɼ֦ϧΤϱχͶ͕͜Ζૌ
਼ɼ֦ϧΤϱχ͹༩મ௪գं͹݀Ό๏ͺɼಝพ͵ࣆ৚͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ࣏͹නΝ࢘༽ͤΖɽφϧρέ‫Ͳٗڟ‬66

place (P) and time (T), for each round of Track Eventsa) Whenever possible, representatives of each nation orteam and the best-performed athletes shall be placed indifferent heats in all
ualification Rounds of thecompetition.
In applying this Rule after the first round, the required
exchanges of athletes between heats should, to the extent
possible, be made between athletes seeded in thesame group of lanes according to Rule 21.4 (b).
b) When heats are being arranged, it is recommended thatas much information as possible about the performancesof all athletes should be considered and the heats drawn
so that, normally, the best performers reach the final.
C MMENT The ualification Rounds should determine in
the best possible way the athletes who will take part in thenext round and eventually the final. This includes avoiding
where possible the clashing of the best performed athletes(determined generally on performance in the qualification
period but also taking into account such matters as
outstanding recent career records) in the same heats asalso applies to athletes from the same nation or team. For
major competitions, at least, the basis of the seeding
should be the best times achieved by each athlete in valid
conditions (including with wind readings for the relevant
events) during the predetermined period. This period willusually be specified in the Technical Regulations or in the
document setting out the entry conditions and standards
for the competition. Where there is no such specification,then the Technical delegate(s) or the
C should decide
the basis on which the seeding will be determined. Suchfactors as performances achieved during training or tests,
even if they appeared to look like competition or notions
about what an athlete might be worth but has neverachieved, should not be taken into account in seeding. The
requirements of the Rule in relation to the best performed
athletes does require some deviation from the strict
protocol outlined above. For example, an athlete who might
normally be seeded in a high position might not have any,or only a poor, valid performance in the predetermined
period (through injury, illness, ineligibility or in the case ofindoor meetings only have outdoor results).
Whilst he would normally be placed lower or at the bottomof the seeding list, adjustment should be considered by theTechnical Delegate(s). Similar principles should be applied
to avoid a clash in a ualification Round between athletesconsidered to be the favourites to place highly in the event
if the results of the previous round would strictly dictate thatthey should be in the same heat. At this same time any
adjustments to ensure as much as possible that athletes
from the same nation or team are in different
heats should also be made. In all such cases adjustmentsof the seeding should be made after the initial allocation to
the heats but before any draw is made for the lanes. In
applying these principles exchanges of athletes should be
madea) In the first round, between athletes with a similar ranking
on the list of best valid performances during the predetermined period andb) In subsequent rounds, between athletes seeded in thesame group of lanes according to Rule 21.4 (b).
Following these principles is more important incompetitions in which the number of rounds has been
reduced in some events - making accurate and wellconsidered seeding vital to achieving both a fair and an
athletically appealing outcome.
For lower level competitions, the Technical delegate(s) ortheC may consider use different principles to achieve asimilar final outcome.

67࣏͹ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़ͺɼॳҒ(P)‫ى;ٶ‬࿧(T)ͳනࣖ
͠ΗΖɽa) ֦ࠅΉͪͺ֦οʖϞ͹େන‫࠹;ٶ‬΍ྒྷ͏‫ى‬࿧Ν࣍ͯ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹༩મϧΤϱχͶ͕͏ͱՆ೵
͵‫ݸ‬Εҡ͵ͮͪૌͶ೘ΗΖɽ࠹ॵ͹ϧΤϱχ‫ޛ‬ɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉΝన༽ͤΖͶ͍ͪͮͱͺ֦ૌؔͲ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ި‫͗׷‬චགྷ͵৖߻ͺՆ೵͵൥ҕͲɼ‫و‬ଉ 21.4(b)Ͷॊ͏ɼಋͣʰϪʖϱʀήϩʖϕʱؔͲߨ͑ɽb) ૌฦ੔Ͷ͍ͪͮͱͺɼͲ͘Ζͫ͜સ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੔੹Νߡྂ͢ɼ΍ͮͳ΍Γ͏‫ى‬࿧Ν࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͗݀ঋͶ࢔ΗΖΓ͑Ͷฦ੔ͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽαϟϱφʁ༩મϧΤϱχͺɼ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒Ίɼ࠹शదͶ݀ঋͶ਒ड़ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Ε࠹ྒྷ͹๏๑Ͳ݀ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞ΗͶͺɼಋͣϟϱώʖΉͪͺοʖϞ͹‫͚͵ͫ͜ंٗڟ‬ɼ৏Ғ‫ى‬࿧Νฯ࣍ͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ʤҲൢదͶͺࢂՅඬ६‫ى‬࿧༙ް‫ؔغ‬͹‫ى‬࿧Ͳ݀ఈ͠ΗΖ͗ɼ௜ۛ͹‫ݨ‬ஸ͵‫ى‬࿧͵ʹ΍Ήͪߡྂ͠ΗΖʥ͗༩મ͹ಋͣૌͶ೘Δ͵͏Γ͑Ն೵͵‫ݸ‬ΕഓྂͤΖ͞ͳ΍‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽकགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ɼૌΊ߻Κͦ͹‫خ‬ຌͳ͵Ζ͹ͺɼࣆ઴Ͷ݀ΌΔΗͪ‫ؔغ‬஦͹༙ް͵ড়݇ʤ‫ؖ‬࿊झ໪Ͳ͹෫ଐΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͲ֦‫͗ंٗڟ‬ୣ੔ͪ͢࠹΍ྒྷ͏‫ى‬࿧Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫ؔغ‬ͺ௪৙ɼ‫ڟ‬ٗ஭қࣆߴΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ΦϱφϨʖড়݇ͳ‫خ‬६ΝఈΌͪชॽͶ໎‫͠ى‬ΗΖɽͨ͹Γ͑͵࢕༹͗͵͏৖߻ɼٗढ़େනΉͪͺૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼૌΊ߻Κͦ͗݀ఈ͠ΗΖ‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉΝ݀ఈͤ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽφϪʖωϱήΏτηφͲಚΔΗͪ‫ى‬࿧͵ʹ͹གྷોͺɼૌΊ߻ΚͦͶ͕͏ͱߡྂ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ࠹΍ྒྷ͏‫ى‬࿧Ν࣍ͯ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫و‬ଉ͹གྷ݇Ͳͺɼ৏‫֕Ͳى‬ઈͪ͢‫͵ືݭ‬న༽ড়͖݇Δ͏͚Δ͖͹ҵ୦ΝචགྷͳͤΖ͞ͳ΍͍Ζɽྭ͓ͻɼ௪৙৏ҒͶૌΊ෾͜͠ΗΖՆ೵੓͹͍Ζ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼॶఈ͹‫ؔغ‬ʤպըɼබ‫ـ‬ɼࣁ֪ంࢯɼΉͪͺ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճͲԲ֐͹‫ى‬࿧͖࣍ͪ͢͵͏͵ʹʥͲɼ༙ް‫ى‬࿧Ν࣍ͪ͵͏ͳ͖ɼ࣍ͮͱ͏ͱ΍ྒྷ͚͵͏ͳ͏ͮͪͳ͘ɼͨ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͺ௪৙ɼૌΊ߻ΚͦϨηφ͹ԾҒ஖͖ΗΖ͗ɼ
ٗढ़େනͶΓΖ௒੖͗‫ݗ‬౾͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ༑ঋޫึंͳΊ͵͠ΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ಋ࢞͹༩મϧΤϱχͲ͹ুಧΝඈ͜ΖͪΌͶಋ༹͹‫ݬ‬ଉΝన༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽಋ࣎ͶɼಋͣࠅΉͪͺοʖϞ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ҡ͵ΖૌͶ͵ΖΓ͑௒੖ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼૌΊ߻Κͦ͹௒੖ͺૌΊ෾͜΃͹‫ݬ‬Ҍ͗ड़ͪ௜‫ޛ‬Ͷߨ͑͗ɼϪʖϱΝ݀ΌΖ઴Ͷߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
͞ΗΔ͹‫ݬ‬ଉΝన༽ͤΖࡏͶͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹೘Η଺͓ͺʁa) ୊ 1 ϧΤϱχͶ͕͏ͱɼ͍Δ͖ͣΌ݀ΌΔΗͪ‫ؔغ‬஦Ͷ༙ް͵࠹΍ྒྷ͏‫ى‬࿧͹ϨηφͲಋ༹͹ϧϱΫϱήΝ༙ͤΖ‫ͳंٗڟ‬͹ؔͲɼͨ͢ͱʁb) ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͲͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 21.4(b)Ͷ‫͚Ͱخ‬ಋ༹͹ϧϱΫϱήΝ༙ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ؔͲɽ͞ΗΔ͹‫ݬ‬ଉͶॊ͑͞ͳͺɼ͏͚͖ͯ͹झ໪ͲϧΤϱχ਼Ν‫ݰ‬Δͪ͢‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺΓΕ॑གྷͳ͵ΖɽޮฑͲ͖ͯ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬͹ຳྙΠϒʖϩΝୣ੔ͤΖͪΌͶͺɼਜ਼͖֮ͯॉ෾Ͷߡྂ͠ΗͪૌΊ෾͗͜෈ՆܿͲ͍
ΖɽԾҒϪϗϩ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼٗढ़େනΉͪͺૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼಋ༹͹࠹श݃ՎΝୣ੔ͤΖͪΌͶɼҡ͵Ζ‫ݬ‬ଉ͹࢘༽Ν‫ݗ‬౾͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ

The following alternative tables shall be used for the
specific class or class combination as denoted in therespective table. For class combination not entirely
covered by the below tables, the above regular tables shallnormally be applied, otherwise an appropriate table shallbe determined by the Technical Delegate.

68࣏͹େ଺නͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹නͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζಝఈ͹έϧηΉͪͺέϧη͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͶ࢘༽͠ΗΖɽҐԾ͹නͲ‫׮‬સͶΩώʖ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏έϧη͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ௪৙ɼ৏‫ى‬͹௪৙͹න͗న༽͠ΗΖɽͨΗҐ֐͹৖߻ɼన઀͵නͺٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱ
݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ

Note For World Championships and Paralympic Games,
alternate tables may be included in the relevant TechnicalRegulations.
C MMENT The most complex event for seeding
progressions is them as it crosses both the laned
events and non-lane events where seed performances areneeded. This is critical for lane assignments as the
progressions is based generally on finish place and time in
the previous race and athletes are ranked according toseed times or performance in previous race, which are
better than seed times are used (as noted in Rule 21.3 (b)below).
an ing and omposition o eats
3. For the first round, the athletes shall be placed in heats
using the ig ag distribution with the seeding determinedfrom the relevant list of valid performances achieved during
the predetermined period.
a) After the first round, the athletes shall be placed in theheats of subsequent rounds in accordance with thefollowing procedures
For events of 1 m to 4 m inclusive, and relays up to andincluding 4x4 m, seeding shall be based upon placingsand times of each previous round. For this purpose,athletes shall be ranked as follows

69஭қʁ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճͳϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ͞Ηͳพ͹න͗‫ٗڟ‬஭қࣆߴ͹஦ͶՅ͓
ΔΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽαϟϱφʁ࣏ϧΤϱχ͹ૌΊ߻Κͦ͗࠹΍෵ࡸ͵झ໪ͺɼૌΊ෾͜๏๑͗ϪʖϱΝ࢘͑৖߻ͳ࢘Κ͵͏झ໪͹ྈ๏͍͗Ζm Ͳ͍Ζɽ࣏ϧΤϱχ͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͺҲൢͶ઴͹Ϫʖη͹ϓΡωρεϣॳҒͳ࣎ؔͶ‫͕ͱ͏Ͱخ‬Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ઴͹Ϫʖη͹࣎ؔΉͪͺ‫ى‬࿧Ͷॊͮͱϧϱέ෉͜͠ΗΖͪΌɼ͞ΗͺϪʖϱׄΕ౲ͱͶͳͮͱ॑གྷͲ͍ΖɽϧϱΫϱήͳ༩મ͹ૌ߻ͦ
3. ࠹ॵ͹ϧΤϱχͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ༩Ό݀ΌΔΗͪ‫಼ؔغ‬Ͷୣ੔͠Ηͪ౲֚झ໪͹༙ް͵‫ى‬࿧͹Ϩηφ͖ΔεʖχΝ݀ఈ͢ɼζήδέഓ஖ͶΓͮͱ༩મ͹ૌΝ݀ΌΖɽa) ༩મϧΤϱχ౵Νߨͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼԾ‫ى‬͹घॳͶΓΕɼ࣏͹ϧΤϱχ͹ૌฦ੔͗͵͠ΗΖɽ
1 ͖̾Δ 4 ̾‫ ;ٶ‬4 4 ̾ϨϪʖΝ‫؜‬΋ϨϪʖ͹झ໪ͺɼͨ͹઴͹ϧΤϱχ͹ॳҒͳ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ‫͏Ͱخ‬ͱૌΊ෾ͤ͜Ζɽͨ͹ͪΌͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝҐԾ͹Γ͑ͶϧϱΫϱή෾͜ΝͤΖɽi) Fastest heat winnerii) 2nd fastest heat winneriii) 3rd fastest heat winner, etc.
iv) Fastest 2nd placev) 2nd fastest 2nd placevi) 3rd fastest 2nd place, etc(Concluding with)vii) Fastest time qualifierviii) 2nd fastest time qualifierix) 3rd fastest time qualifier, etc.
b) For other events, the original
performance lists shall continue to be used for seeding,modified only by improvements in performances achieved
during the earlier round(s).
c) The athletes shall then be placed in heats in the order ofseeding in a ig ag distribution, e.g., three heats willconsist of the following seedings
A 1 6 12 13 1 1 24
B 2 5 11 14 1 2 23
C 3 4 1 15 16 21 22d) In all cases, the order in which heats are to be run shallbe determined by draw after the composition of the heats
has been decided.
C MMENT For the first round in order to reduce thenumber of heats required, it is acceptable and normal for
additional available lanes (for example a ninth lane on astraight or oval track) to be used in races up to andincluding 4 m and to have more than one athlete in a laneat the start of anm race.
The random draw to determine the order in which the heats
are conducted is based on fairness.
In middle and long-distance races, the athletes running in
the last heat will know as far as qualifying by times theperformance they have to realise in order to qualify. Even
with the shorter races there is a fairness aspect as weather
conditions can change (rain suddenly falling or analteration in wind strength or direction). Fairness dictatesthat order be determined by chance.
Draw or anes
4. For events 1 m to
m inclusive, and relays up to andincluding 4x4 m, where there are several successive
rounds of a race, lanes will be drawn as followsa) In the first round and any additional ualification Roundas per Rule 21.1, the lane order shall be drawn by lotb) For the following rounds, athletes shall be ranked after
each round in accordance with the procedure shown
above.
Three draws will then be madei) ne for the four highest ranked athletes or teams todetermine placings in lanes 3, 4, 5 and 6ii) Another for the fifth and sixth ranked athletes or teams
to determine placings in lanes and , andiii) Another for the two lowest ranked athletes or teams todetermine placings in lanes 1 and 2.
Note (i) When there are fewer than lanes, the above
system with the necessary modifications should be
followed.
Note (ii) In Sanctioned and Approved Competitions them event may be run with one or two athletes in eachlane, or with group start behind an arced line. This should
normally be applied only in the first round, unless becauseof ties or advancement by the Referee, there are more
athletes in a race of a subsequent round than were
anticipated.
Note (iii) In any
m race, including a final, where for any
reason there are more athletes competing than lanes
available, the Technical Delegate shall determine in whichlanes more than one athlete will be drawn.
Note (iv) when there are more lanes thanathletes, the inside lane(s) should always remain free.
C MMENT With regard to Note (ii), there is no exact
specification as to how the Technical delegates should act
as the situations which may give rise to it may vary greatly.
owever, this issue only affects the running of the first bend70i) ༩મ 1 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 1 ൬ଐ͏ंii) ༩મ 1 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 2 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंiii) ༩મ 1 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 3 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंiv) ༩મ 2 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 1 ൬ଐ͏ंv) ༩મ 2 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 2 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंvi) ༩મ 2 Ғ͹஦Ͳ 3 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंʤ࣎ؔͲ௪գͪ͢ंʥ
vii) 1 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंviii) 2 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंix) 3 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ंb) ͨ͹ଠ͹झ໪ͺɼ઴͹ϧΤϱχ͹‫ى‬࿧ͶΓͮͱ
ฦ੔ͤΖɽͨ͹ଠ͹झ໪Ͳͺɼ‫ݫ‬͹੔੹ϨηφͺૌΊ෾͜͹ͪΌͶӀ͘କ࢘͘ΚΗɼ઴͹ϧΤϱχͲ‫ى‬࿧͗ߍ৿͠
Ηͪͳ͘͹Ίरਜ਼ͤΖɽc) ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΝζήδήഓ஖ͶΓΖॳ൬ͲૌΊ෾͜
͠ΗΖɽྭʁ3 ૌ͹৖߻ͺ࣏͹Γ͑͵ૌฦ੔Ͷ͵Ζɽ
̘ 1 6
12 13 1124
̙ 2 5
11 14 1
2
23
̚ 3 4
1
15 16 21 22̵) ͤ΄ͱ͹৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱɼૺΖ΄͘ૌ͹ॳ঄ͺૌ͹ฦ੔͗݀ఈ͠Ηͪ‫ޛ‬ɼபમͶΓͮͱ݀ΌΔΗΖɽαϟϱφʁ୊ 1 ϧΤϱχͲͺɼૌ਼Ν‫ݰ‬ΔͤͪΌͶɼ
4 m ΉͲ͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ௧ՅϪʖϱʤྭ͓ͻ௜ૻ࿑Ώ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹୊ ϪʖϱʥΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳɼm͹ηνʖφͲͺ 1 ϪʖϱͶ 2 ਕ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ν೘ΗΖ͞ͳ͗‫ڒ‬༲͠Ηɼ෕௪Ͷࣰભ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ֦ૌ͹ࣰࢬॳ঄Ν݀ఈͤΖϧϱξϞபમͺɼޮฑ͠Ͷ‫͏ͱ͏Ͱخ‬Ζɽ ஦‫;ٶ཯ړ‬ௗ‫཯ړ‬͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ࠹शૌΝૺΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ࣏ϧΤϱχ਒ड़͹ͪΌͶड़ͤ΄͘‫ى‬࿧ΝஎΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ୻͏‫཯ړ‬͹ϪʖηͲ΍ɼ‫ـ‬েড়݇͗รΚΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζʤӏ͗ಧષ߳Ζɼ෫͹‫͠ک‬Ώ๏޴͗รΚΖʥ͵ʹޮฑ੓Ͷ‫ؖ‬ΚΖགྷો͗ଚࡑͤΖɽૌ͹ॳ঄ͺዠқదͲ͵͚۰ષͶΓͮͱ݀ఈ͠ΗΖ͞ͳͺޮฑ੓Ͷ͕͏ͱ॑གྷͲ͍ΖɽϪʖϱ͹݀ఈ
4. 1 ͖̾Δ̾ΉͲɼΉͪ 4 4 ̾ΉͲ͹ϨϪʖ‫Ͳૺڟ‬෵਼͹ϧΤϱχ͗ߨΚΗΖ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹ϪʖϱॳͺԾ‫ى‬ͶΓͮͱ݀ΌΖɽa) ࠹ॵ͹ϧΤϱχͳ‫و‬ଉ 21.1 ͶΓΕ௧ՅదͶߨ͑༩ඍ༩મϧΤϱχͶ͕͏ͱɼϪʖϱॳͺસҽʤΉͪͺસοʖϞʥΝபમͲ݀ΌΖɽb) ࣏͹ϧΤϱχ͖Δͺ৏‫ࣖ͠Ͳى‬ΗͪघॳͶΓΕɼ֦ૌश྅‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ࣏͹Γ͑Ͷϧϱέ෉͜͠Ηࢀͯ͹ήϩʖϕͶ෾͜ͱபમ͠ΗΖɽi) ৏Ғήϩʖϕ 4 ਕʤΉͪͺ 4 οʖϞʥ͗ 3ɼ4ɼ
5ɼ6 Ϫʖϱii) ͨΗͶକ͚ 5ʀ6 ൬໪͹஦Ғήϩʖϕ 2 ਕʤΉͪͺ 2 οʖϞʥ͗ ɼ Ϫʖϱiii) ԾҒήϩʖϕ 2 ਕʤΉͪͺ 2 οʖϞʥ͗ 1ɼ2 Ϫʖϱ஭қ(i)ʁ ϪʖϱΓΕঙ͵͏͍Ζ͏ͺଡ͏৖߻Ͷͺɼ৏‫ى‬͹๏๑Ͷ६ͣͱనٕ݀ΌΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ೟ఈ‫;ٶ‬ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͜Ζm ‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹ϪʖϱͲ 1 ਕΉͪͺ 2 ਕ͹‫ͮૺ͗ंٗڟ‬ͱ΍Γ͏͢ɼ‫ܙނ‬͹ϧ΢ϱ‫ޛ‬๏͖ΔηνʖφͤΖήϩʖϕηνʖφͲ΍Γ͏ɽಋ஥Ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ৻൓ௗ͹൓இͲ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ड़ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹਼͗ଁ͓ͪ৖߻Νঈ͏ͱɼ͞͹ηνʖφ๏ࣞͺ༩મͶ͹Ίన༽ͤΖɽ஭қ(iii)ʁ
m ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ݀ঋΝ‫؜‬ΌͱՁΔ
͖͹ཀྵ༟ͶΓΕཤ༽Ͳ͘ΖϪʖϱ਼ΓΕ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଡ͏৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺ෵਼͹‫ंٗڟ‬Νʹ͹ϪʖϱͶ೘
ΗΖ͖݀ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iv)ʁ‫਼ंٗڟ‬ΓΕϪʖϱ਼͗ଡ͏৖߻ͺɼ৙Ͷɼ಼ଈ͹Ϫʖϱʤ1 ϪʖϱͶ‫ݸ‬ΔͥʥΝ‫͜ۯ‬Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽαϟϱφʁ஭қ(iii)Ͷ‫ͱؖ͢‬ͺɼٗढ़େන͗ͨ͑ͪ͢
য়‫ڱ‬Ͷʹ͹Γ͑Ͷଲॴͤ΄͖͘ͳ͏͑໎֮͵ࢨਓͺ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼ͞͹໲ୌͺϪʖη͹୊Ҳ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ͖͢Ӫ‫ͥͦڻ‬ɼ୻‫཯ړ‬ϪʖηͲ͹Ϫʖϱ͹ׄΕ౲ͱΆ

of the race and is not as important as the allocation of lanes
in a shorter race. Technical delegate(s) are advised toplace the additional athlete(s) in the lane(s) where thedouble-up will cause least inconvenience - usually theouter lanes so that the athletes are not running around atighter bend together.
As to Note (iii), where a stadium has more than eight lanes
available, the Technical Delegate(s) (or if none theC)should decide in advance which lanes are to be used forthis purpose. For example, in the case of a nine-lane oval
track, lane one would not be used in cases where less thannine athletes are taking part in a race. Consequently, forthe purposes of Rule 21.4, lane 2 is regarded as lane 1 andso on. The allocation of lanes for T11-12 track races whena - lane track is being used is as follow lanes 1-2, 3-4, 56, - are allocated to athletes and guide-runners with theoutside lane ( ) remaining free.

ʹ॑གྷͲͺ͵͏ɽٗढ़େනͺɼ1 ϪʖϱͶ 2 ਕΝ೘ΗΖͶ͍ͪΕɼͨ͹ϪʖϱͶഓ஖͠ΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹෈สΝ࠹ঘ‫ݸ‬ͶͤΖΓ͑ഓྂ͗චགྷͲ͍Εɼ௪৙Ͳͺɼ‫͵ٺ͗ंٗڟ‬ΩʖϔΝૺΔ͵͚ͱΓ͏Γ͑Ͷɼ֐ଈ͹ϪʖϱΝ࢘͑͞ͳ͗ଡ͏ɽ஭қ(iv)Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫ڟ‬ٗ৖Ͷ ϪʖϱΓΕ΍ͮͳ͍Ζ৖߻ͺɼٗढ़େනʤ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗ʥͺɼ͞͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶʹ͹ϪʖϱΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͹͖Νࣆ઴Ͷ݀ఈͤΖච
གྷ͍͗Ζɽྭ͓ͻɼ Ϫʖϱ͹बյφϧρέ͹৖߻ɼਕາຮ͹‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖͳ͘ɼ୊ 1 Ϫʖϱͺ࢘༽͢͵͏ɽͪ͗ͮ͢ͱɼ‫و‬ଉ 21.4 ͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶɼ୊ 2 Ϫʖϱͺ୊ 1 ϪʖϱͳΊ͵͠ΗɼҐԾಋ
༹Ͳ͍Ζɽ Ϫʖϱφϧρέ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻
͹ T11-12 φϧρέϪʖη͹Ϫʖϱ͹ׄΕ౲ͱͺ࣏͹ͳ͕Εɽ֐ଈ͹୊ Ϫʖϱͺ‫ۯ‬͹ΉΉͲɼϪʖϱ
1-2ɼ3-4ɼ5-6ɼ - ͗ɼ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗΖɽ

ingle ounds
5. For any track events where only a single round (final) is
required, lanes/starting positions shall be drawn by lot,
except at IPC Games and IPC Competitions under Part B- 3.1.2 (a) and (b), for Track Events running entirely in lanesi.e., 1 m, 2 m, 4 m, 4x1 m lanes shall be drawn
according to the ranking determined from the relevant listof valid performance achieved during that predetermined
period and Rule 21.4 b) (i) (ii) (iii).
C MMENT The intent of this rule is to ensure that where
there may not be sufficient athletes at a competition tojustify heats and finals, that the better athletes are notdisadvantaged by random lane draws. Therefore, at the
IPC
Games
and
IPC
Competitions
seedtimes/performances achieved during a predetermined time
period as specified in the technical regulations for thecompetition will be used to determine lane draws.
6. Where it is decided to conduct a series of races in an
event rather than rounds and finals, the Regulations for thecompetition shall set out all relevant considerations
including seedings and draws and the method by which thefinal results will be determined.
. An athlete shall not be allowed to compete in a heat orlane other than the one in which his name appears,
except in circumstances which, in the opinion of theReferee, justify an alteration.

ୱҲϧΤϱχʤ༩મ͹͵͏݀ঋϪʖηʥ
5. ༩મ͗͵͚ୱҲϧΤϱχʤ݀ঋʥ͖͢͵͏φϧρέझ໪ͲͺɼIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφB-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂলʥҐ֐ͲͺபમͲ݀ఈͤΖɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼͤ΄ͱϪʖϱΝૺΖφϧρέझ໪ɼͤ͵Κͬ 1 mɼ2 mɼ4 mɼ
4͉1 m ͲͺɼϪʖϱॳͺɼॶఈ͹‫ؔغ‬஦Ͷୣ੔͠Η༙ͪް͵ϏϓΧʖϜϱηϨηͳ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 21.4 bʥ
(i)(ii)(iii)ͶΓΕ݀ఈ͠ΗͪϧϱΫϱήͶॊͮͱ݀ఈ
ͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹໪దͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ༩મͳ݀ঋ
ΝࣰࢬͤΖ͹Ͷॉ෾͵‫͏͵͏͗ंٗڟ‬Ն೵੓͍͗Ζ৖߻ͶɼΓΕྒྷ͏‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϧϱξϞ͵ϪʖϱபમͶΓͮͱ෈ཤͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖͪΌͲ͍Ζɽͪ͢
͗ͮͱɼIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹‫و‬ଉͲࢨఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζॶఈ͹‫ؔغ‬஦Ͷୣ੔͠Ηͪ࣎ؔ/‫ى‬࿧͗ϪʖϱபમΝ݀ఈͤΖͪΌͶ࢘༽͠ΗΖɽ
6. ༩મʀ݀ঋ͹๏๑Ґ֐ͲߨΚΗΖϪʖηͲͺɼεʖχΏபમ͵ʹϧΤϱχ͹௪գ๏๑Ν‫؜‬΋චགྷ͵‫ڟ‬ٗӣӨ๏๑Ν݀Όͱ͕͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹ࢱ໌͗ࡎͦΔΗͱ͏ΖૌҐ֐͹ૌͲ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳͺ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏͗ɼ৻൓ௗ͗ૌ߻ͦΝรߍͪ͢Ά͑͗న౲ͫͳߡ͓ͪ৖߻ͺͨ͹‫ݸ‬ΕͲͺ͵͏ɽrogression. In all ualification Rounds, unless otherwise provided byalternate tables permitted under Rule 21.2, at least the firstand second places in each heat shall qualify for the next
round and it is recommended that, where possible, at least
three in each heat should qualify.
Except where Rule 22 applies, any other athletes may
qualify by place or by time according to Rule 21.2 theparticular Technical Regulations, or as determined by theTechnical Delegate(s). When athletes are qualified
according to their times, only one system of timing may be
applied.
Note If the Technical Delegate decides different tables are
to apply, it is recommended in races longer thanmetres where rounds are conducted, that only a small
number of athletes qualify by time.
C MMENT Where tables are prescribed in the regulations
for a competition it is usual that the principle set out in Rule
21. will have been incorporated. Where not, the TechnicalDelegates or
C should follow same principle whenestablishing the progression table to be used. There will
however be occasions when Rule 22 may cause a variation
to be applied, particularly where there is a tie for the lastqualifying position based on place. In such cases, it may
be necessary for one less athlete to progress on time. In
circumstances where there are sufficient additional lanes
available, or in the case of them (where a lane at thestart may be used for more than one athlete) or a non-laned
race, the Technical delegate(s) may decide to progress anadditional athlete(s). Because of the provision within Rule࣏ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़. ‫و‬ଉ 21.2 Ͷ‫͚Ͱخ‬พන͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ༩મͲͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍֦ૌ͹ 1 ஥ͳ 2 ஥ͺ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶड़৖ͤ
Ζࣁ֪͍͗ΕɼՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Ε֦ૌ 3 ஥ΉͲड़৖͹ࣁ֪
Ν༫͓Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 22 ͹న༽Ґ֐Ͳͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 21.2 ͶΓΕ஥ॳΉͪͺ࣎ؔɼಝพͶઅ͜ΔΗͪ‫وٗڟ‬ఈɼΉͪͺٗढ़େනͶΓΖ݀ఈ͹͏ͥΗ͖ͶΓͮͱ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ड़ͦ͠ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ‫ؔ࣎͗ंٗڟ‬ͶΓͮͱࣁ֪͗༫͓ΔΗΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼͨ͹݀ఈ๏๑ͺಋҲ͹‫࣎ܯ‬๏๑Ͷ‫ݸ‬Ζɽ஭қʁٗढ़େන͗ҡ͵Ζ๏๑Νన༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼ༩મ͗ߨΚΗΖm Ґ৏͹ϪʖηͲͺɼ࣎ؔͶΓΕ࣏ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़ࣁ֪͗༫͓ΔΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺঙ਼ͳͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽαϟϱφʁૌΊ߻Κͦ͹ͪΌ͹τʖϔϩ͗‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఈͲఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 21. ͶఈΌΖ‫ݬ‬ଉ͗ૌΊࠒΉΗͱ͏Ζ͹͗௪৙Ͳ͍Ζɽͨ͑Ͳ͵͏৖߻ɼٗढ़େනंΉͪͺૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼ࢘༽ͤΖ࣏ϧΤϱχ਒ड़‫خ‬६Νཱི֮ͤΖࡏͶಋͣ‫ݬ‬ଉͶॊ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ 22 ͶΓΕɼಝͶ஥ॳͶ‫Ͱخ‬͏ͱ࠹‫ޛ‬͹࿰͗ಋ੔੹Ͳ݀ΉΖ৖߻ͶͺɼώϨΦʖεϥϱ͗న༽͠ΗΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵৖߻Ͷͺɼ࣎ؔͲ͹࣏ϧΤϱχ਒ड़ं͗ 1 ਕ‫ݰ‬Δͤචགྷ͍͗Ζɽཤ༽Ն೵͵Ϫʖϱ͗ॉ෾Ͷ͍Ζ৖߻ɼΉͪͺm͹৖߻ʤηνʖφ࣎͹Ϫʖϱ͗ 2 ਕҐ৏͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ
࢘༽͠ΗΖ৖߻ʥΉͪͺϪʖϱҐ֐͹Ϫʖη͹৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺ௧Յ‫ंٗڟ‬͹਒ड़Ν൓இͤΖ͞ͳ͍͗

71

21. that for time qualification only one system of timing
may be applied it is important for back-up timing systems
to be available for qualification rounds in case the primarysystem (usually photo finish) fails. In the event that only
times from different timing systems are available for two or
more heats, the Technical delegates in conjunction with theTrack Referee should determine, within the circumstancesof the particular competition, the fairest method for
determining those athletes who should proceed to the next
round. Where additional lanes are available, it isrecommended that this option be considered first.
ne Da Meetings. In WPA Approved Competitions under Part B - 3.1.2 (d),athletes may be seeded, ranked and/or allocated to lanesin accordance with the applicable regulations for thecompetition or any other method determined by theCbut preferably notified to the athletes and theirrepresentatives in advance.
C MMENT In one day meetings, if there is only a final
round but with more than one race, the races should bearranged according to any applicable regulations for the
meeting or the series of meetings of which it is a part. If
there are none then it is usual for allocation of athletes tothe various races to be undertaken by the
C or if
requested by the appointed Technical Delegate(s).
Similar considerations apply to how the final ranking of theathletes in such events will be made. In some meetings therace(s) other than the main race are regarded as
separate races and are not considered for the overall
ranking but in others the results of more than one race are
combined to give the overall ranking. It is highly advisable
to ensure that whichever is to apply for the competition is
also notified to the participants in advance as it may affectpri es and other considerations.
Minimum imes between ounds
1 .The following minimum times must be allowed, whenpracticable, between the last heat of any round and the firstheat of a subsequent round or final
p to and including 2 m 45 minutes
ver 2 m up to and including 1mminutesver 1
m Not on the same dayΖɽ1 ͯ͹ν΢ϝϱήεητϞ͹Ί͗న༽͠ΗΖͳ‫و‬ଉ
21. Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖͪΌɼ༑઎దͶ࢘༽͢ͱ͏ΖεητϞʤ௪৙ͺࣺਇ൓ఈʥͶ্֒͗൅ਫ਼ͪ͢৖߻
Ͷඍ͓ɼώρέΠρϕν΢ϝϱήεητϞΝ༩મϧΤϱχͶ༽қͤΖͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͳ͵Ζɽٗढ़େන
ͺɼ2 ͯҐ৏͹ૌͶҡ͵Ζν΢ϝϱήεητϞ͖Δ
͹͖࣎ؔ͢ಚΔΗ͵͏৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͳ‫ڢ‬ಉ͢ͱɼಝ
ఈ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹য়‫ڱ‬͹஦Ͳɼ࣏ϧΤϱχ਒ड़ंΝ݀ఈ
ͤΖͪΌ͹ޮฑ͵๏๑Ν݀ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ ɽ௧ՅϪʖϱ͍͗Ζ৖߻ͺɼ͞͹મ୔ࢸΝ࠹ॵͶ‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖ͞ͳͺਬও͠ΗΖɽ
̏ೖ֋࠷͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ. Ϗʖφ̙-3.1.2 ͹ WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺన༽͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఈΏૌ৭җҽճ͗ఈΌͪଠ͹๏๑ͶΓͮͱૌ෾͜ɼॳҒ෉͜ɼϪʖϱ͹ׄΕ౲ͱ͗ߨΚΗΖ͗ɼͨ͹಼༲ͺࣆ઴Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬Ώ‫ंٗڟ‬͹େཀྵਕͶ௪எͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽαϟϱφʁ1 ೖ͹ΊͲࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼʰ݀ঋʱϧΤϱχ͹Ίͫ͗෵਼͹Ϫʖη͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼϪʖηͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճΉͪͺͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗଒͢ͱ͏ΖҲ࿊͹‫ڟ‬ٗճεϨʖθ͹ͪΌ͹֋࠷‫و‬ఈͶॊͮͱࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ
චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ΍͢‫و‬ఈ͗ଚࡑ͢͵͜Ηͻɼ༹ʓ͵ʰϪʖηʱ΃͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ׄΕ৾Εͺɼૌ৭җҽճɼ΍͚͢ͺ೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͵Δٗढ़େන͗ߨ͑͹͗ɼҲൢ
దͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹࠹शॳҒ͗ʹ͹Γ͑Ͷ݀ఈ͠ΗΖ͖Ͷͯ͏ͱ΍ɼಋ༹͹ߡྂ͗͵͠ΗΖɽ͏͚͖ͯ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼϟ΢ϱϪʖηҐ֐͹ʰϪʖηʱͺพϪʖηͳΊ͵͠Ηɼ૱߻ϧϱΫϱήͳ͢ͱߡྂ͠Η͵͏͗ɼଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ֦Ϫʖη͹݃ՎͺͽͳͯͶΉͳΌΔΗͱ૱߻ϧϱΫϱήͶ͵Ζ΍͹΍͍Ζɽৈ඾Ώͨ͹ଠ͹ߡྂࣆߴͶӪ‫ڻ‬Ν‫ͤ·ٶ‬Ն೵੓͍͗ΖͪΌɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼʹͬΔ͹ॳҒͰ͗͜న༽͠ΗΖ͹͖͵ʹɼࣆ઴ͶࢂՅंͶ௪எͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͚ک‬ਬওͤΖɽ࣏ϧΤϱχΉͲ͹࠹ঘ࣎ؔ
1 . Ҳͯ͹ϧΤϱχ͹࠹‫ޛ‬͹ૌͳ࣏͹ϧΤϱχ͹
࠹ॵ͹ૌɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ݀ঋ‫ͳٗڟ‬͹ؔͶͺɼ࠹ঘ‫࣏ݸ‬͹࣎ؔΝ͕͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
2 mʤ‫؜‬ΌͱʥΉͲʁ45 ෾1mʤ‫؜‬ΌͱʥΉͲʁ ෾1m Ν௔͓Ζझ໪Ͷͯ͏ͱͺಋҲೖͳ͢͵͏ɽule 22 ies ule 16
1. If the udges or the Photo Finish udges are unable toseparate the athletes for any place according to Rules
1 .2, Rule 1 .3, and 2 .1 , 2 .22 or 2 .25 (as may be
applicable), it shall be determined to be a tie and the tie
shall remain.

୊ 22 ড় ಋ੔੹
ule16
1. ݀ঋ৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺࣺਇ൓ఈҽ͗‫و‬ଉ 1 .2ɼ
1 .3ɼ2 .1 ɼ2 .22ɼΉͪͺ 2 .25 ͶΓΕɼʹ͹ॳҒͶ͕͏ͱ΍‫ंٗڟ‬ΝۢพͤΖ͞ͳ͗෈Ն೵͵ͳ͘ɼͨΗͺಋ੔੹ͳ݀ఈ͠Ηɼಋ੔੹ͺͨ͹ΉΉͳͤΖɽ

ie or ran ing position according to ule 21.3 a
2. If there is a tie for any ranking position under Rule 21.3(a), the Chief Photo Finish udge shall consider the actual
times recorded by the athletes to . 1 second and if it isequal, it shall be determined to be a tie and lots shall bedrawn to determine the higher ranking position.

‫و‬ଉ 21.3 a ͶΓΖಋॳҒ
2. ʤ஥ॳͲͺ͵͚ʥ࣎ؔΝ‫ݫ‬Ͷ͢ͱ‫و‬ଉ 21.3(a)Ͷ
ΓΖϧϱΫϱή͹ॳҒ͗ಋͣ৖߻ͺɼࣺਇ൓ఈҽक೜ͺ . 1 භ͹ࣰ࣎ؔΝߡྂ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨΗͲ΍ಋͣͲ͍Ηͻಋ੔੹ͳ͢ɼϧϱΫϱή͹ॳҒΝ݀ΌΖபમΝߨ͑ɽie or last quali ing position based on place
3. If after the application of Rule 22.1, there is a tie for alast qualifying position based on place, if there are lanes orpositions available (including lane sharing inm races)
the tying athletes shall be placed in the next round. If thatis not practicable lots shall be drawn to determine whichathlete(s) shall be placed in the next round.
4. Where qualifying for the next round is based on place
and time (e.g., the first three in each of two heats plus thenext two fastest), and there is a tie for the last qualifying
position based on place, placing the tied athletes in thenext round shall reduce the number of athletes qualifying
based on time.

஥ॳͶΓΖ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 1 ࿰͗ಋॳҒ3. ‫و‬ଉ 22.1 Νన༽͢ͱ΍ɼ஥ॳͶΓΖ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 1 ࿰Ν݀ΌΖͶ͍ͪΕಋ੔੹͗͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫͘ۯ‬Ϫʖϱ͍͗Ζ͖ɼૺΖ৖ॶ͍͗Ζʤ̾‫Ͳૺڟ‬ϪʖϱͶ෵਼ׄΕ౲ͱΖ৖߻Ν‫؜‬΋ʥ͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼಋ੔੹ंͺ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ΌΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ෈Ն೵͵Δɼ࣏ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़ंͺபમͶΓΕ݀ΌΖɽ
4. ஥ॳͳ࣎ؔͲ࣏ϧΤϱχ਒ड़ंΝ݀ΌΖ๏๑
ʤྭʁ2 ૌͲߨ͏ɼ֦ૌ 3 ஥ΉͲͳ 4 ஥ҐԾ͹৏Ғ‫ى‬࿧ 2 ໌࣏͗ϧΤϱχ਒ड़ʥͶ͕͏ͱɼ஥ॳͲ݀ΌΖ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 1 ࿰͗ಋ੔੹ͫͮͪ৖߻ɼಋ੔੹ʤಋ஥ʥ
͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ν࣏ϧΤϱχͶ਒ड़ͦ͠ɼͨ͹෾ɼ࣎ؔͶ‫࣏ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़Ν೟ΌΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹਼Ν‫ݰ‬Δͤɽ

72

ie or last quali ing position based on time
5. If there is a tie for a last qualifying position based on time,
the Chief Photo Finish udge shall consider the actual
times recorded by the athletes to . 1 second and if it isequal, it shall be determined to be a tie. If there are lanesor positions available (including lane sharing inmraces) the tying athletes shall be placed in the next round.
If that is not practicable lots shall be drawn to determine
which athlete(s) shall be placed in the next round.

࣎ؔͶΓΖ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 1 ࿰͗ಋॳҒ5. ࣎ؔͶΓΖ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 1 ࿰Ͷಋ੔੹͗͏Ζ৖߻ɼࣺਇ൓ఈक೜ͺ . 1 භ͹ࣰ࣎ؔΝߡྂ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨΗͲ΍ಋͣͲ͍Ηͻಋ੔੹ͳͤΖɽ‫͘ۯ‬Ϫʖϱ͍͗Ζ͖ɼૺΖ৖ॶ͍͗Ζʤm ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ϪʖϱͶ෵਼ׄΕ౲ͱΖ৖߻Ν‫؜‬΋ʥ͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼಋ੔੹ंͺ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ΌΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ΄͘Ͳ͍
Ζɽ෈Ն೵͵Δɼ࣏ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़ंͺபમͶΓΕ݀ΌΖɽule 23 elaaces ule 1
1. ines 5 mm wide shall be drawn across the track tomark the distances of the legs and to denote the scratch
line.
2. In ambulant relay races of 4x1 m, 4x2 m relays andfor the first and second take-overs in the 4x1 m universal
relays, each take-over one shall be 3 m long, of which thescratch line is 2 m from the start of the one. For
wheelchair relay races of 4x1 m and 4x4 m and for thethird take-over in the 4x1 m universal relay, the take-overone shall be 4 m long of which the scratch line is 3 mfrom the start of the one. The ones shall start and finish
at the edges of the one lines nearest the start line in therunning direction. For each takeover conducted in lanes, adesignated official shall ensure that the athletes arecorrectly placed in their takeover one. The designatedofficials shall also ensure that Rule 23.3 isobserved.
C MMENT The mpires must ensure that each athlete
from each team takes his position in the correct lanes orposition. The Starter s Assistants will be responsible for the
positioning of the first runners and for ensuring that each issupplied with a baton when required. They may also be
assigned to assist at any takeover ones which
subsequently occur at the start line.
Chief mpires for each takeover one and the umpires
placed at their disposal will be responsible for the
positioning of the subsequent runners. When all athletes
are correctly positioned, the one Chief mpire should
advise the relevant other officials by the agreed means ofcommunication
which for major competitions would
usually be by radio.
They must also ensure that for all takeovers the outgoingrunners feet, prosthetic device(s) and both rear wheels arecompletely inside the one before they commence their
movement which eventuates in either the taking of thebaton or the touch. This movement may not commence atany point outside the one.
3. When all or the first portion of a relay race is being run
in lanes, an athlete or guide-runner may place one checkmark on the track within his own lane, by using adhesivetape, maximum 5cmx4 cm, of a distinctive colour whichcannot be confused with other permanent markings.
No other check-mark may be used.
Note For the 4x1 m universal relay, the TechnicalDelegate(s) may, upon request, permit an assistant at eachtake-over one, to help the athlete with the placement of a
distinctive check-mark on
the track within his own lane.
4. The relay baton shall be a smooth hollow tube, circular
in section, made of wood, metal or any other rigid material
in one piece, the length of which shall be 2 cm to 3 cm.
The outside diameter shall be 4 mm ( 2mm) and it shallnot weigh less than 5 g. It should be coloured so as to beeasily visible during the race.
Note For wheelchair relays in IPC Games and IPC
Competitions (see Part B 3.1.2 (a) and (b)), theC shallprovide helmet socks to each team of a distinctive colour
so as to be easily identified during the race.
C MMENT For the Wheelchair relay races helmet socks
shall be required to be worn by athletes in addition to or inplace of helmet numbers. Where this is required, theCshall ensure that helmet socks are available. The Call
Room udges are responsible for ensuring that the helmet୊ 23 ড় ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬
ule 1
1. ෱ 5 ᶳ͹ϧ΢ϱΝφϧρέͶԥͶӀ͏ͱɼ֦ۢ
Ү͹‫ͳ཯ړ‬ιϱνʖϧ΢ϱΝࣖͤɽ
2. ཱིҒ͹ 4 1 ̾ͳ 4 2 ̾ϨϪʖ͹સૺंؔɼ
‫;ٶ‬Ϥωώʖγϩ 4x1 ̾ϨϪʖ͹୊ 1 ૺंͳ୊ 2ૺंؔɼ୊ 2 ૺंͳ୊ 3 ૺंؔ͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱͺ 3 ̾ͳ͢ɼμʖϱ͹೘޳͖Δ 2 ̾͗‫خ‬६તͳ͵ΖɽμʖϱͺɼૺΖ๏޴Ͷ͕͏ͱηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏୼Ν‫ͤͳ఼خ‬Ζɽऄ͏ͤ͹ 4 1 ̾ϨϪʖͳ 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ͹સૺंؔɼ‫;ٶ‬Ϥωώʖγϩ
4x1 ̾ϨϪʖ͹୊ 3 ૺंͳ୊ 4 ૺंؔɼ͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱͺ 4 ̾ͳ͢ɼμʖϱ͹೘޳͖Δ 3
̾͗‫خ‬६તͳ͵ΖɽμʖϱͺɼૺΖ๏޴Ͷ͕͏ͱηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶۛ͏୼Ν‫ͤͳ఼خ‬ΖɽϪʖϱ಼ͲߨΚΗΖ֦ώφϱ͹ण͜ో͢Ͷͯ͏ͱɼ୴౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ֦‫͗ंٗڟ‬ਜ਼͢͏τ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱ͹Ғ஖Ͷ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽΉͪɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺ‫و‬ଉ 23.3ʤϜʖΩʖ͹਼ͳγ΢θʥࣰ֮͗Ͷॱ
ग͠ΗΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ؄ࡱҽͺɼ֦οʖϞ͹֦‫͗ंٗڟ‬ਜ਼͢͏ϪʖϱΉͪͺҒ஖Ͳࣙਐ͹Ғ஖ΝͳΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺɼ࠹ॵ͹ϧϱψʖ͹ഓ஖ͳ֦ώφϱΝࣰ֮Ͷోͤ੻೜͍͗Ζɽड़൅‫ܐ‬ͺΉͪɼτ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱΝࢩԋͤΖͪΌͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗΖ͞ͳ΍͍Ζɽ֦τ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱ͹؄ࡱҽक೜ͳഓ஖͠Ηͪ؄ࡱҽͺɼ࣏ૺं͹Ғ஖खΕ͗ਜ਼͢͏͖ʹ͖͑͹੻೜Νෝ͑ɽͤ΄ͱ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬μʖϱͶਜ਼͚͢Ғ஖Ͷͯ͏ͪ͵Δ؄ࡱҽक೜ͺɼ߻қ͠Ηͪ࿊ཙघஊʤकགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺ௪৙ໃત‫ؽ‬ʥͶΓͮͱɼ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶ࿊ཙ
ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ؄ࡱҽͺΉͪɼ֦τ΢έΨʖώʖͶ͕͏ͱɼώφϱΝण͜खΖࡏͶҢಊΝ֋࢟ͤΖ઴Ͷɼड़ૺͤΖϧϱψʖ͹ଏ͗μʖϱͶ‫׮‬સͶ೘ͮͱ
͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹ಊ͘ͺɼμʖϱ֐͹͏͖͵Ζ৖ॶͲ֋࢟͠Ηͱ΍͏͜͵͏ɽ
3. ϪʖϱͲϨϪʖΝߨ͑৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺ୉͗͘͠࠹୉ 5 mmx4 mm Ͳଠ͹߅‫ٳ‬ద͵ϜʖΫϱήͳࠠಋ͢͵͏Γ͑͵ͺͮ͘Εͳͪ͢৯͹೬஥τʖϕΝϜʖΩʖͳ͢ͱ 1 ΩॶɼࣙΔ͹Ϫʖϱ಼ͶహΖ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽͨΗҐ֐͹ϜʖΩʖ͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖͲͺɼٗढ़େනͺɼགྷ‫ٽ‬ͶԢͣͱɼ֦τ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱͲ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗ࣙਐ͹ϪʖϱͶοΥρέϜʖέΝ஖͚घঁ͜
ΝɼΠεηνϱφ͗ߨ͑͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬ՆͲ͘Ζɽ
4. ώφϱͺ‫͙ܩ‬໪͹͵͏໨ࡒɼΉͪͺۜ଒ͨ͹ଠ͹ߙ͏෼࣯Ͳ͚ͯΔΗɼஇ໚͗‫͚؛‬ɼ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ஦‫ۯ‬͹؇Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽௗ͠ͺ 2 cmʛ3 cm Ͳɼ௜‫ܚ‬ͺ 4 ᶳʤ 2mmʥɼ॑͠ͺ 5 g Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽΉͪϪʖηͶ͕͏ͱɼ༲ҝͶࣟพͲ͘Ζ৯Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)Νࢂল)͹ऄ͏ͤϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼϪʖη஦Ͷ؈ୱͶࣟพͲ͘ΖΓ͑ɼૌ৭җҽճͺ֦οʖϞͶࣟพ
Ͳ͘Ζ৯͹ϖϩϟρφλρέηΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζɽ
αϟϱφʁऄ͏ͤϨϪʖͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺϖϩϟρφ
൬ߺͶՅ͓ͱɼΉͪͺϖϩϟρφ൬ߺ͹େΚΕͶϖϩϟρφλρέηΝ஥༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞Η͗චགྷ͵৖߻ɼૌ৭җҽճͺϖϩϟρφλρέη͗༽қ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽডॄॶ৻൓ҽͺডॄ࣎Ͷϖϩϟρφλρέη͹஥༽֮73

socks are checked in the Call Room.
5.
a) A baton shall be used for all Relay Races held in the
Stadium and shall be carried by hand throughout the race
except as stated in Rule 23.6 for wheelchair relays,
amputee relays and 4x1 m universal relays. At least in
IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a)and (b)), each baton shall be numbered and of a different
colour and may include a timing transponder.
Note If possible, the allocation of the colour to each laneor starting order position should be shown on the start list.
b) Athletes and guide-runners are not permitted to wear
gloves or to place material (other than those permitted byRule .4(c) or substances on their hands in order to obtaina better grip of the baton.
c) If dropped, the baton shall be recovered by the athlete
or guide-runner who dropped it. e may leave his lane toretrieve it provided that, by doing so, he does not lessen
the distance to be covered. In addition, where the baton is
dropped in such a way that it moves sideways or forwardin the direction of running (including beyond the finish line),
the athlete or guide-runner who dropped it, after retrieving
it, must return at least to the point where it was last in his
hand before continuing in the race. Provided this procedure
is adopted and no other athlete or guide-runner is impeded,
dropping the baton shall not result in disqualification.
If an athlete or guide-runner does not follow this Rule, his
team shall be disqualified.
6. The baton shall be passed within the take-over one.
The passing of the baton commences when it is first
touched by the receiving athlete or guide-runner and iscompleted the moment it is in the hand of only the receiving
athlete or guide-runner. In relation to the takeover one, it
is only the position of the baton that is decisive, and not theposition of the bodies of the athletes. Passing of the baton
outside the take-over one shall result in disqualification.
C MMENT In determining the position of the baton, it is
the whole baton which must be considered. mpires must
be diligent to ensure that they observe any contact by theoutgoing runner with the baton prior to the baton entering
the takeover one, particularly in 4x4 m ambulant relays.
If the outgoing runner even touches the baton prior to thebaton being inside the one, the team will be subject todisqualification. They must also ensure that the baton is
only in the hand of the receiving athlete before it leaves
the takeover one.
For wheelchair relays (T33-34, T51-52 and T53-54),
ambulant relays (T42-4 , T61-64) and the 4x1 m
universal relay the Take-over shall be by a touch on any
part of the body of either the incoming or outgoing athlete.
The first touch must be within the Take-over one.
Pushing the outgoing athlete to gain advantage duringTake-over shall result in disqualification.
Note For the 4x1 m universal relay, the helmet worn by
the wheelchair athlete is considered as a part of the body.
. Athletes and guide-runners before and/or after thecompletion of the Take-over, should keep in their lanes orones or maintain position until the course is clear to avoid
obstruction to other athletes and guide-runners. Rule 1 .5
and Rule 1 .6 shall not apply to those athletes and guiderunners. If an athlete or guide-runner impedes a memberof another team by running out of position or lane at thefinish of his leg, Rule 1 .2 shall be applied.
. Baton Exchange for T11-13 Relaysa) Either the athlete or the guide-runner can carry thebatonb) The baton exchange may take place between either
guide-runners or athletes without restriction, except thatthe conditions of the method of guidance must be metc) A fair exchange is established when the baton carrier
passes the baton to the baton receiver within the take-overone74೟ΝͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ5.
a) ϨϪʖ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 23.6 Ͷ͍Ζऄ͏ͤϨϪʖɼ઀இ‫ंٗڟ‬ϨϪʖ‫ ;ٶ‬4͉1 ̾ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖΝঈ͘ɼώφϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼώφϱͺ‫ٗڟ‬஦घͲ΍ͬӣͻ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽώφϱͺ‫ૺڟ‬஦ɼघͲ΍ͬӣͻ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽঙ͵͚ͳ
΍ IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͳͺɼ֦ώφϱͶ൬ߺΝ෉͢ҡ͵Ζ৯ͳͤΖɽΉͪɼφϧϱηϛϱξʖεητϞΝૌΊࠒΞͲ΍Γ͏ɽ஭қʁՆ೵Ͳ͍Ηͻɼ֦ϪʖϱͶׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪώφϱ͹৯ΝηνʖφϨηφͶ‫ͳ͚͕͞ͱ͢ى‬ɽb) ‫;ٶंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼώφϱΝण͜खΕΏ͚ͤͤΖ໪దͲघୀΝͺΌͪΕʤ‫و‬ଉ .4(C)Ͳ
೟ΌΔΗͪҐ֐͹ʥՁ͖ΝघͶ෉ͪ͜ΕͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽc) ΍͢ώφϱΝཚͪ͢৖߻ɼཚͳͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ώφϱΝलͮͱ‫ܩ‬କ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹৖߻ɼ‫͵͚୻͗཯ړ‬Δ͵͏͞ͳΝড়݇ͶώφϱΝल͑ͪΌͶࣙ෾͹Ϫʖϱ͖Δ཯Ηͱ΍Γ͏ɽՅ͓ͱɼͨ͹Γ͑͵য়‫Ͳڱ‬ώφϱΝཚͳͪ͢ͳ͘ɼώφϱ͗ԥΏ਒ߨ๏޴(ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹
઎΍‫؜‬΋)Ͷ఺͗Εɼल͏৏ͪ͝‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺώφϱΝཚͳͪ͢ஏ఼Ͷ໯ͮͱϪʖηΝ࠸֋͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৏‫ى‬͹घକ͗͘నਜ਼
Ͷ͵͠Ηɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝ๨֒͢͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕͺɼώφϱΝཚͳ͢ͱ΍֪ࣨͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽҲ๏ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
6. ώφϱͺɼτ΢έōΨʖώʖōμʖϱ಼ͲʰϏηʱΝ͕͞͵Κ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͞Ͳ͏͑ώφϱ͹ʰϏηʱͺɼण͜खΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖͶώφϱ͗ৰΗ఼ͪ࣎Ͷ࢟ΉΕɼण͜खΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹घ͹஦Ͷో఼ͪͮͪ࣎Ͳ‫׮‬྅ͳ͵Ζɽτ΢έōΨʖώʖōμʖϱ಼Ͳͺɼώφϱ͹Ғ஖͹Ί͗݀ఈద͵΍͹Ͳ͍Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐର͹Ғ஖Ͳͺ͵͏ɽτ΢έʀΨʖώʖμʖϱ͹֐Ͳ͹ώφϱ͹ʰϏηʱͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁώφϱ͹Ғ஖Ν݀ΌΖͶ͍ͪͮͱͺɼώφϱસରΝߡྂͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ؄ࡱҽͺɼώφϱ͗τ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱͶ೘Ζ઴ͶɼಝͶཱིҒ͹
4x4 m Ґ৏͹ϨϪʖͲɼ࣏ૺं͗ώφϱͶৰΗΖҒ஖Νࣰ֮Ͷ؄ࡱͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽώφϱ͗μʖϱ಼Ͷ೘Ζ઴Ͷण͜खΕଈ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ώφϱͶৰΗͱ΍ɼοʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ؄ࡱҽͺΉͪɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬μʖϱ͖Δड़ΖࡏͶͺɼώφϱ͗ण͜खΕଈ͹‫ٗڟ‬ं͹घ͹஦ͫ͜Ͷ͍Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽऄ͏ͤϨϪʖʤT33-34ɼT51-52 ‫ ;ٶ‬T53-54ʥɼཱིҒ͹ϨϪʖʤT42-4 ɼT61-64ʥ‫ ;ٶ‬4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼτ΢έΨʖώʖͺోͤ‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺण͜खΕଈ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹͏ͥΗ͖͹ϚυΡ͹೜қ͹෨෾ΝνροͤΖ͞ͳͶΓΖɽ࠹ॵ͹νροͺτ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱ಼Ͳ͍Ζචགྷ͍͗Ζɽτ΢έΨʖώʖ͹࠹஦Ͷɼ࣏ૺंΝԣͤߨҟͶΓͮͱཤӻΝಚΓ͑ͳͪ͢৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қʁ4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖͲͺɼऄ͏ͤ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬஥༽ͤΖϖϩϟρφͺର͹Ҳ෨ͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬ΗΖɽ. τ΢έΨʖώʖΝ‫׮‬྅ͤΖ઴ɼ࠹஦ɼ‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬‫;ٶ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺଠ͹‫΃ंٗڟ‬͹๨֒Νඈ͜Ζ
ͪΌɼૺ࿑͗‫͚ۯ‬ΉͲࣙ෾͹ϪʖϱΉͪͺͨ͹Ғ஖ʤμʖϱʥͶͳʹΉΖɽ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6 ͺన༽͠Η͵͏ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ώφϱΝో͢श͓ͪ‫ޛ‬ɼࣙ෾͹Ғ஖ΏϪʖϱ͹֐ΝૺΖ͞ͳͲɼଠ͹οʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖΝ๨֒ͪ͢ͳ͘ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2 ͗న༽͠ΗΖɽ. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13 ͹ϨϪʖ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͜ΖώφϱӀ͘‫͙ܩ‬a) ώφϱͺ‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹͏ͥΗ͗࣍ͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽb) ώφϱ͹Ӏ͘‫͙ܩ‬ͺɼ༢಍๏๑Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζགྷ݇͗ຮͪ͠Ηͱ͓͠͏ΗͻɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖಋ࢞Ͳߨͮ
ͱ΍ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ಋ࢞Ͳߨͮͱ΍͖ΉΚ͵͏ɽc) ॶఈ͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖμʖϱ಼Ͳోͤଈ͖Δ
ण͜खΖଈͶώφϱ͗घో͠Ηͪͳ͘Ͷɼޮਜ਼͵ώd) nce the outgoing athletes and/or guide-runner leaves
the take-over one they can reenter the take-over one toreceive the baton (i.e., if they go too early)e) ne (1) assistant per take-over one will be allowed on
the track to help with the positioning of any T12 athlete
competing without a guide-runner. The assistant mustleave the competition area prior to the start of the eventand must remain in a position designated by the technicalofficials which does not interfere with the conduct of therace. In violation of this rule, the athlete shall be warned or
disqualified subject to Rule .2.
. If during the race an athlete takes or
picks up the baton of another team, his team shall bedisqualified. The other team should not be penalised
unless an advantaged is obtained.
1 .Each member of a relay team may run one leg only. Any
four athletes and with their accompanying guide-runner(s)from among those entered for the competition, may be
used in the composition of the relay team for any round.
owever, once a relay team has started in a competition,
up to a total of four additional athletes who have beenentered in the same race and their corresponding guiderunners may be used as substitutes in the composition of
the team. If a team does not follow this Rule, it shall bedisqualified.
Note The substitution of guide-runners shall not counttowards the overall substitution of athletes.
11.The composition of a team and the order of running fora relay shall be officially declared no later than one hour
before the published first call time (the time by which theathletes must be present in the Call Room) for the first heatof each round of the competition. Further alterations must
be verified by a medical officer appointed by theC andmay be made only until the final call time (the time at which
the athletes are listed to depart the Call Room) for theparticular heat in which the team is competing. The teamshall compete as named and in the declared order. If ateam does not follow this Rule, it shall be disqualified.
At WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2)
relays can be contested in accord with clusters of Sports
Classes and associated team composition requirements
stipulated in the Table below.

φϱ͹Ӏ͘‫ߨ͙͗ܩ‬ΚΗͪͳ‫͠͵ݡ‬ΗΖɽd) τ΢έʀΨʖώʖμʖϱΝҲౕड़ͱ͢Ή࣏ͮͪૺंͺɼτ΢έΨʖώʖμʖϱͶ໯ͮͱώφϱΝण
͜खΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ʤૺΕ࢟ΌΖ͹͗૥͙ͤͪ৖߻ʥɽe) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬൒ૺं͵͢Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ғ஖݀ΌΝึঁͤΖͪΌ͹Πεη
νϱφΝ֦τ΢έʀΨʖώʖμʖϱͶ 1 ໌ͥͯφϧρέ৏Ͷഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽΠεηνϱφͺɼηνʖφ઴Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ͖Δ཯Ηɼ‫ٗڟ‬਒ߨ͹๨͝Ͷ͵Δ͵͏‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶࢨఈ͠Ηͪ৖ॶͶ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ .2 ͶΓΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺܱࠄΝण͜Ζ͖ɼΉͪͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ. Ϫʖη஦ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଠοʖϞ͹ώφϱΝ࢘ͮͪΕɼल͏৏ͪ͝৖߻ɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ૮घοʖϞͺɼ༙ཤͶ͵Δ͵͏‫ݸ‬Ε֪ࣨͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ1 . ϨϪʖϟϱώʖ͗ૺΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͹ͺ̏ۢؔͫ͜Ͳ͍ΖɽϨϪʖοʖϞ͹ฦ੔ϟϱώʖͺɼʹ͹ϧΤϱχͶ͕͏ͱ΍ͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶਅ͢ࠒΞͲ͏Ζ‫ͨͳंٗڟ‬͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͲ͍Ηͻड़৖ͤΖ͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ͏ͮͪΞϨϪʖ‫࢟͠֋͗ٗڟ‬Ηͪ‫ޛ‬ͺɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹ϧΤϱχΝ௪͢ͱɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͶΦϱφϨʖ͢ͱ͏Ζ 4 ਕΉͲɼΉͪͨΗͶଲԢͤΖΪ΢χϧϱψʖͶ‫ݸ‬Εɼިେགྷҽͳ͢ͱ࢘͑͞ͳ͗
Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜ΗͻɼοʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қʁΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେͺɼ‫ިंٗڟ‬େ͹਼Ͷ‫؜‬ΉΗ͵͏ɽ11. ϨϪʖοʖϞ͹ฦ੔ͺɼ֦ϧΤϱχ͹୊ 1 ૌ໪͹୊ 1 ࣏ডॄ࣎ࠃ͹ 1 ࣎ؔ઴ΉͲ(ͨΗΉͲͶ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗ডॄॶͶ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏࣎ؔ)Ͷਜ਼ࣞͶਅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽҲౕਅࠄͪ͢Δͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹รߍͺɼͨ͹ૌ͹ডॄ‫׮‬྅࣎ࠃ(‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶΝड़൅ͤΖ࣎ؔ)ΉͲͶૌ৭җҽճ͗೜ໍͪ͢ҫແҽ͹൓இ͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Ε೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ֦οʖϞͺਅࠄ͠Ηͪ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹ॳ൬ͲૺΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͳοʖϞߑ੔Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζགྷ݇ͺҐԾ͹τʖϔϩͶΓΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη
οʖϞߑ੔གྷ݇
T11-13 T11 έϧηͺ 1 ໌Ґ৏ɽT13 έϧηͺ 1 ໌ҐԾɽT33-34 T33 έϧηͺ 1 ໌Ґ৏ɽT35-3
T3 έϧηͺ 2 ໌ҐԾɽT42-4 ɼT61-64 T46/4 έϧηͺ 2 ໌ҐԾɽ
T51-52 T51 έϧηͺ 1 ໌Ґ৏ɽ
T53-54 T53 έϧηͺ 1 ໌Ґ৏ɽTeam composition, running order and eligible SportClasses for the 4x1 m universal relay are stipulated asfollows
ʀ The team must include two (2) male and two (2) female
eligible athletes.
ʀ A maximum of two (2) athletes must be selected fromthe following Sports Classes T13, T46/4 , T3 , T54.
ʀ The remaining two (2) athletes must be selected fromany of the other Sport Classes outlined in the table below.
ʀ The running order must be in accordance with the below
table

75

4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖ͹οʖϞߑ੔ɼϧϱωϱήΨʖξʖɼ‫ٗڟ;ٶ‬έϧηͺɼ࣏͹Γ͑Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠ΗΖɽʀοʖϞͶͺɼ஋੓ 2 ໌ͳঃ੓ 2 ໌͹ࣁ֪͍Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽʀ࣏͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηʤT13ɼT46/4 ɼT3 ɼT54ʥ͖Δͺ 2 ໌ҐԾɽʀ࢔Ε͹ 2 ໌ͺɼҐԾ͹නͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζଠ͹‫ڟ‬ٗέϧη͖Δમ΁ɽʀૺॳͺɼҐԾͶࣖͤͳ͕ΕͳͤΖʁ

ૺॳ
୊1ૺ
୊2ૺ
୊3ૺ
୊4ૺ
C MMENT In all relay races, strategy plays an importantrole. For example, some teams may select the fastest
runner first, second fastest second etc., with the slowest
runner finishing the race.
For the 4x1 m universal relay it is not that simple. nlike
the ambulant and wheelchair relay races, for the 4x1 m
universal relay there are additional requirements. Firstly,
the team must be composed of two (2) male and two (2)female athletes. Secondly, a predetermined running ordermust be respected at all times during the race, whichmeans that each leg shall be run by athletes from different
Sport Classes as described in the above table. Finally,
only a maximum of two (2) athletes may be selected fromthe following Sports Classes T13, T46/4 , T3 , and T54.
Therefore, depending on the team s strategy, they may
choose none ( ), one (1) or two (2) athletes from theseclasses. It is very important to note that regardless of theteam s strategy, only a maximum of two (2) athletes fromthe previous Sport Classes can be selected. As an
example, where a team has selected a T13 and T54
athlete for the First and Fourth eg respectively, then for
the Second and Third egs they cannot select participantsfrom Sport Classes T3 or T46/4 .
12.The 4x1 m including the 4x1 m universal relay raceshall be run entirely in lanes.
13.The 4x2 m race may be run in any of the following
waysa) where possible, entirely in lanes (four bends in lanes)b) in lanes for the first two legs, as well as that part of thethird leg up to the nearer edge of the break line describedin the Rule 1 . , where athletes may leave theirrespective lanes (three bends in lanes),c) in lanes for the first leg up to the nearer edge of the breakline described in Rule 1 . , where athletes may leave theirrespective lanes (one bend in lanes).
Note Where not more than four teams are competing andoption (a) is not possible, it is recommended that option (c)should be used.
14.The 4x4 m race may be run in either of the following
waysa) in lanes for the first leg, as well as that part of the second
leg up to the nearer edge of the break line described inRule 1 . where athletes may leave their respective lanes(three bends in lanes),b) in lanes for the first leg up to the nearer edge of the breakline described in Rule 1 . , where athletes may leave theirrespective lines (one bend in lanes).
Note In relay races other than visually impaired andwheelchair, where not more than four teams arecompeting, it is recommended that option (b) should be
used.
15.For all takeovers, athletes are not permitted to begin
running or wheeling outside their take over ones andshallstart within the one. If an athlete does not follow this Rule,
his team shall be disqualified.
16.The athletes/guide-runners in the third and fourth legsof the 4x4 m relay race shall, under the direction of adesignated official, place themselves in their waiting
position in the same order (inside to out) as the order of
their respective team members as they enter the lastbend. nce the incoming athletes/guide-runners havepassed this point, the waiting athletes/guide-runners shallmaintain their order and shall not exchange positions at
the beginning of the take-over one. If an athlete/guiderunner does not follow this Rule, his team shall bedisqualified.

76ࢂՅࣁ֪͹͍Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη
T11-13
T42-4 ɼT61-64
T35-3
T33-34ɼT51-54

αϟϱφʁͤ΄ͱ͹ϨϪʖϪʖηͲͺɼકྲྀ͗॑གྷ
͵ༀׄΝՎͪͤɽͪͳ͓ͻɼοʖϞͶΓͮͱͺɼ࠹ॵͶ࠹ଐ͹ϧϱψʖΝમ୔͢ɼ࣏Ͷ 2 ൬໪Ͷଐ͏ϧϱψʖ͵ʹΝમ୔͢ͱɼ࠹΍ங͏ϧϱψʖ͗ϪʖηΝश྅ͤΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼͳͱ΍؈ୱͲ͍ΖɽཱིҒΏऄ͏ͤ͹ϨϪʖϪʖηͳͺҡ͵Εɼ4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖͶͺ௧Յ͹གྷ͍݇͗ΖɽΉͥɼοʖϞͺ஋੓‫ंٗڟ‬
2 ਕͳঃ੓‫ ंٗڟ‬2 ਕͲߑ੔͠ΗΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ୊
2 ͶɼϪʖη஦ͺ৙Ͷॶఈ͹ૺߨॳ঄Νଜ॑ͤΖච
གྷ͍͗ΖɽͯΉΕɼ৏‫ى‬͹නͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ֦ۢؔͺҡ͵Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓͮͱૺΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T13ɼT46/4 ɼT3 ɼ‫ ;ٶ‬T54 ͖Δ࠹୉ 2 ਕ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ΊΝમ୔Ͳ͘Ζɽͪ͗ͮ͢ͱɼοʖϞ͹કྲྀͶԢͣͱɼ͞ΗΔ͹έϧη͖Δ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν 1 ਕ΍મͻ͵͏͖ɼ1ਕΉͪͺ 2 ਕમ΁͞ͳ΍Ͳ͘ΖɽοʖϞ͹કྲྀͶ‫ؖ‬‫͚͵ܐ‬ɼ઴फ़͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͖Δ࠹୉ 2 ਕ͹‫͢ंٗڟ‬͖મ୔Ͳ͘͵͏͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗ඉ৙Ͷ॑གྷͲ
͍Ζɽྭͳ͢ͱɼοʖϞ͗୊ 1 ۢؔͳ୊ 4 ۢؔͶͨΗͩΗ T13 ͳ T54 ‫ंٗڟ‬Νમ୔ͪ͢৖߻ɼ୊ 2 ۢؔͳ୊ 3 ۢؔͶͺ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T3 Ήͪͺ T46 / 4 ͖ΔࢂՅंΝમ୔Ͳ͘͵͏ɽ
12. 4 1 ̾ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖΝ‫؜‬΋ 4 1 ̾ϨϪʖͲͺɼ‫׮‬સͶϪʖϱΝૺΖɽ
13. 4 2 ̾ϨϪʖͺɼҐԾ͹͏ͥΗ͹๏๑Ͳૺͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽa) Ն೵͵Δͻ‫׮‬સͶϪʖϱΝૺΖʤϪʖϱͲ࢝ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ΝૺΖʥɽb) ͺͣΌ͹್ਕ͹ૺंͺϪʖϱͲૺΕɼ୊ 3 ૺंͺಋ༹Ͷ‫و‬ଉ 1 . Ͳफ़΄ͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹घ઴୼ΉͲϪʖϱͲૺΕɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗
Ͳ͘ΖʤϪʖϱͲࢀͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ΝૺΖʥɽc) ‫و‬ଉ 1 . Ͳफ़΄ͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹घ઴୼ΉͲ
୊ 1 ૺं͗ૺΕɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖʤϪʖϱͲҲͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ΝૺΖʥɽ஭қʁ4 οʖϞҐ಼Ͳ‫ͤૺڟ‬Ζ৖߻‫;ٶ‬৏‫ى‬ʤaʥ͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻ɼ(cʥ͹๏๑͗ͳΔΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
14. 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖͲͺɼҐԾ͹͏ͥΗ͖͹๏๑Ͳ
ૺΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽa) ୊ 1 ૺंͺϪʖϱͲૺΕɼ୊ 2 ૺंͺಋ༹Ͷ‫و‬
ଉ 1 . Ͳफ़΄ͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹घ઴୼ΉͲϪʖϱͲૺΕɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖʤϪʖϱͲࢀͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ΝૺΖʥɽb) ୊ 1 ૺंͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 . Ͳफ़΄ͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹
घ઴୼ΉͲϪʖϱͲૺΕɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖ͞
ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖʤϪʖϱͲҲͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑ΝૺΖʥɽ஭қʁࢻ্ְ֒ͳऄ͏ͤҐ֐͹ϨϪʖ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ͺɼ4 οʖϞҐ಼Ͳ‫ͤૺڟ‬Ζ৖߻Ͷͺɼ৏‫(ى‬b)͹๏๑͗ਬও
͠ΗΖɽ
15. ͤ΄ͱ͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖͶ͕͏ͱͺɼτ΢έōΨʖώʖōμʖϱ֐͖ΔૺΕड़͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼͨ͹μʖϱ͹஦Ͳηνʖφ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
16. 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ͹୊ 3ɼ୊ 4 ૺंʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺ৻൓ҽ͹ࢨࣖͶॊ͏ɼ઴ૺं͗୊ 2 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑೘Ε޳Ν௪գͪ͢ॳ঄Ͳɼ಼ଈΓΕด;ଶ‫ͤؽ‬Ζɽͨ͹‫ޛ‬ɼଶ‫͏ͱ͢ؽ‬Ζૺंͺɼ͞͹ॳ঄Νң࣍͢͵͚ͱͺ͵ΔͥɼώφϱΝण͜खΖΉͲ೘Η଺ΚΖ͞ͳͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽҩൕͪ͢৖߻ͺɼͨ͹οʖϞΝࣨ
֪ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ4 2 ̾ϨϪʖͶ͕͏ͱɼϪʖϱΝ‫׮‬સͶૺߨͤΖ͹Ͳͺ͵͚౏஦ͲϔϪ΢έͤΖ๏๑Ͳࣰࢬ͠ΗNote In the 4x2 m relay race (if this event is not run
entirely in lanes) where the previous leg is not run in lanes,
the athletes/guide-runners shall line up in the order of thestart list (inside to out).
1 .For wheelchair relays, relays for Sports Classes T11-13(i.e., involving guide-runners) and 4x1 m universal relay,
where it is required for the relay to be run in lanes, eachteam shall be allocated two adjacent lanes. The
athletes/guide-runners may use either of their two
allocated lanes. The lines on the inner of the two allocatedlanes shall be extended across the outer of the two
allocated lanes to mark the distances of the stages and todenote the scratch lines. Changes will take place as forlanes 1, 3, 5 and . The extension-of-start and exchange
box lanes should be done with tape of the same colour andwidth as the existing lane markings.
1 .In any ambulant relay race, when lanes are not being
used, including when applicable, in 4x2 m and 4x4 m,
waiting athletes/guide-runners can take an inner positionon the track as incoming team members approach,provided they do not jostle or obstruct anotherathlete/guide-runner so as to impede his progress. In
4x2 m and 4x4 m, waiting athletes/guide-runners shallmaintain their order in accordance with Rule 23.16. If an
athlete/guide-runner does not follow this Rule, his teamshall be disqualified.
C MMENT Chief mpires must remain at the one towhich they and their mpires have been assigned. nce
the athletes are correctly placed in their lanes and the race
has started, one Chief mpires and those mpires
assigned to them are responsible for reporting any
infringements of both these Rules as well as any otherinfringements particularly those under Rule 1 .
1 .In any wheelchair relay race, when lanes are not being
used, including when applicable, in 4x2 m and 4x4 m,
waiting athletes will be allocated two adjacent lanes, in theirorder in accordance with Rule 23.16. The waiting athletes
may use either of these two lanes but must remain in these
two lanes until
after the takeover has been completed. In wheelchair relay
races waiting athletes cannot take up an inner position or
any other position than in the two allocated lanes. If an
athlete does not follow this Rule, his team shall bedisqualified.
2 .In the case of relay events not covered by this Rule, therelevant competition regulations should specify any
particular rules that should be applied and the method bywhich the relay should be conducted.

Ζ͵Δͻɼ઴ૺं͗Ϫʖϱ಼ૺߨͲ͵͏৖߻ɼ࣏ૺंͺηνʖφϨηφ͹ॳ൬Ͳ಼ଈΓΕ֐ଈͶҲ྽Ͷด΁ɽ
1 . ऄ͏ͤϨϪʖɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13ʤΪ΢χϧϱ
ψʖΝචགྷͳͤΖʥϨϪʖ‫ ;ٶ‬4͉1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖͲϪʖϱΝ࢘༽ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ֦οʖϞͶྣંͪ͢ 2 ϪʖϱΝׄΕ৾Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫ڟ‬ٗंͳΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͪ 2 Ϫʖϱ͹ʹͬΔΝૺߨ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ2 Ϫʖϱ͹಼͑ͬଈ͹Ά͑͹Ϫʖϱ৏ͶӀ͖ΗͪતΝ֐ଈ͹๏͹ϪʖϱΉͲԈௗ͢ͱɼ֦ۢؔ͹‫཯ړ‬Ώηνʖφϧ΢ϱΝࣖͤ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ୊ 1ɼ୊ 3ɼ୊ 5ɼ୊ ϪʖϱͶͯ͏ͱͺรߍ͗ਫ਼ͣΖɽηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹ԈௗΏӀ͘‫͙ۢܩ‬Ү͹તӀ͘ͺɼϪʖϱ͹ϜʖΫϱή༽Ͷ༽͏ΔΗͱ͏Ζ΍͹ͳಋ৯ʀಋ෱͹τʖϕΝ࢘ͮͱߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
1 . 4 2 ̾ϨϪʖͳ 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ΍‫؜‬ΌཱིͪҒͶΓΖʹ͹ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼϪʖϱ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼ࣏ૺंͺɼଠ͹ૺं͹਒ߨΝͣΎΉͤΖͪΌͶ๨֒ͪ͢Εԣ͢͹ͪ͜Ε͢͵͏͵ΔͻɼૺͮͱཔΖοʖϞૺं͗ۛͰ͚ͶͯΗͱφϧρέ͹಼ଈͶҢಊͲ͘Ζɽ4 2 ̾ϨϪʖͳ 4 4̾ϨϪʖ͹৖߻Ͷͺɼ࣏ૺंͺ‫و‬ଉ 23.16 Ͳ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪॳ൬Νң࣍ͤΖɽ΍͢‫ंٗڟ‬ʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͏͵Δͻɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʁ؄ࡱҽक೜ͺɼࣙਐͳഓԾ͹؄ࡱҽ͗ׄΕ౲ͱΔΗͱ͏ΖμʖϱͶཻΉͮͱ͏Ζචགྷ͍͗
Ζɽ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹ϪʖϱͶਜ਼͚͢ഓ஖͠ΗͱϪʖη͗֋࢟͠ΗͪΔɼ؄ࡱҽक೜ͳͨΗͶׄΕ౲ͱΔ
Ηͪ؄ࡱҽͺɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉ͹ҩൕɼ‫;ٶ‬ଠ͹ҩൕɼಝͶ‫و‬ଉ 1 Ͷҩൕͪ͢΍͹ΝๅࠄͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ
1 . 4 2 ̾ϨϪʖͳ 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ΍‫؜‬Όͪऄ͏ͤ͹ΓΖʹ͹ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ࣏ૺंͺ‫و‬
ଉ 23.16 Ͳ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪॳ൬Νң࣍ͤΖͶ͍ͪΕɼ2Ϫʖϱ͗༫͓ΔΗΖɽ࣏ૺंͺɼ2 Ϫʖϱ͹ʹ͞Ͷ͏ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼτ΢έΨʖώʖ͗‫׮‬྅ͤΖΉͲ͞͹
2 Ϫʖϱ಼ͶҒ஖͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽऄ͏ͤϨϪʖͲͺφϧρέ͹಼ଈΏ༫͓ΔΗͪ 2 ϪʖϱҐ֐͹৖ॶͶҢಊ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͏͵Δͻɼͨ͹οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ
2 ɿ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ౲ͱͺΉΔ͵͏ϨϪʖ‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼ
న༽͠ΗΖ‫و‬ଉͳʹ͹Γ͑͵๏๑ͲϨϪʖΝࣰࢬͤ
Ζ͖Νɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉͲࢨఈͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽD
ule 2
eneral onditions ule 1
ractice rials at the ompetition Area
1. At the competition area and before the beginning of theevent, each athlete may have practice trials. In the case ofthrowing events, the practice trials will be in draw order andalways under the supervision of the udges.
C MMENT Whilst in the past the Rules specified that
there should be two practice trials for each athlete inthrowing events, there is currently no such specification.
Rule 24.1 should be interpreted as allowing whatever
number of practice trials that may be included in the warmup time available. Whilst for major events, two remains astandard practice, this is regarded as a minimum andshould time be available and some or all or the athletes
request additional practice trials, this can be permitted.
2.
nce a competition has begun, athletes are notpermitted to use, for practice purposes,a) The runway or take-off areab) Implementsc) The circles or the ground within the sector with or without
implements.
C MMENT In the ong ump or Triple ump, athletes are
not allowed to use the track for warm up when the track isbeing used for competition at the same time. They must୊ ෨ ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬
୊ 2 ড় ૱ଉule 1‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͲ͹࿇सࢾٗ
1. ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶͶ͕͏ͱ࿇सΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ౦ͱ͘‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ͍Δ͖ͣΌ݀ΌΔΗͪࢾٗॳͲɼ৙Ͷ৻൓ҽ͹؄ಞ͹΍ͳͲ࿇सΝߨ͑ɽ
αϟϱφʁգ‫ڊ‬Ͷͺɼ‫و‬ଉͶͺɼ֦‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱ֦‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͺ 2 յ͹࿇सࢾٗ͗චགྷͲ
͍Ζͳ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏ͪ͗ɼࠕͲͺɼͨ͹Γ͑͵݀ΉΕͺ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ͺɼΤΧʖϞΠρϕ࣎ؔ͗‫ͤڒ‬‫ݸ‬ΕՁյͲ΍೟ΌΔΗΖͳմए͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ୉‫و‬ໝ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹৖߻ɼ2 յͺඬ६ద͵࿇सࢾٗյ਼
ͫ͗ɼ͞Ηͺ࠹ঘ‫ͳݸ‬Ί͵͠Ηɼ࣎ؔ͗‫͵ͤڒ‬ΔɼҲ෨Ήͪͺͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ௧Յ͹࿇सࢾٗགྷ‫ٽ‬ͺ೟ΌΔΗΖɽ2. ‫࢟͠֋͗ٗڟ‬ΗͪΔ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ࿇स͹໪దͲ࣏͹΍͹Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽa) ঁૺ࿑Ώಁ઀৖ॶb) ༽۫c) ༽۫Ν࣍ͯ࣍ͪ͵͏Ͷ‫͚͵ܐؖ‬ɼγʖέϩΏ஥ஏ৖ॶαϟϱφʁૺ෱௕Ήͪͺࢀஊ௕Ͳͺɼφϧρέ͗‫ڟ‬ٗͶಋ࣎Ͷ࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺφϧρέΝΤΧʖϞΠρϕͶ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ൶Δ77

stay within the immediate confines of the competition area
and observe carefully the instructions of the fficials. As a
Referee, an IT must control the event site, and warn
athletes who wander away from the competition area
without permission. The issuance of a ellow Card or Red
Card is appropriate depending upon the circumstances.
The application of this Rule should not prevent an athlete
from touching or preparing his selected implement inreadiness for his trial provided that it does not endanger,
delay or obstruct another athlete or other person. It isparticularly important that the udges interpret this Rulereasonably so as to ensure the competition proceeds in an
efficient manner and the athlete is able if he so chooses totake his trial immediately his time begins.

ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ͹͚ͤ͛ۛͶཻΉΕɼༀҽ͹ࢨࣖΝ஭қ਄͚गΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽIT ͺ৻൓ௗͳ͢ͱɼ
‫ٗڟ‬ճ৖Ν؇ཀྵ͢ɼ‫ڒ‬Ն͵͚‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ͖Δ཯ΗΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶܱࠄͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽয়‫ڱ‬ͶԢͣͱన઀Ͷ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχΉͪͺϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖͤΖɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉΝన༽͢ͱ΍ɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ώଠ͹ਕΝ‫ݧث‬Ͷ͠Δͪ͢ΕɼஙΔͦͪΕɼ๨֒ͪ͢Ε͢͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫࣏͗ंٗڟ‬Ͷࢾٗ६ඍ͹ͪΌͶࣙਐ͹ϛʖϩΏમΞͫ‫۫ح‬ͶৰΗͪΕɼ६ඍͪ͢ΕɼτʖϕΝ‫ͪ͏ת‬Ε
ͤΖ͞ͳΝ๨͝ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽްིద͵๏๑Ͳ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹਒ߨΝฯৄͤΖͪΌͶ৻൓ҽ͗߻ཀྵదͶ͞͹‫و‬ଉΝմए͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬൶͹࣍ͬ࣎ؔ͗࢟ΉΖͳ௜ͬͶࢾٗΝ࢟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͞ͳͺɼಝͶ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ

Mar ers3.
a) In Field Events where a runway is used, markers shallbe placed alongside it, except for igh ump where themarkers can be placed on the runway. An athlete may use
one or two markers (supplied or approved by theC) toassist him in his run-up and take-off. If such markers are
not supplied, he may use adhesive tape but not chalk orsimilar substance nor anything that leaves indelible marksb) For throws made from a circle, an athlete may use one
marker only. This marker may be placed only on the groundin the area immediately behind or adjacent to the circle. It
must be temporary, in position only for the duration of eachathlete s own trial, and shall not impair the view of thejudges. No personal markers may be placed in or besidethe landing area
Note Each marker shall be comprised of a single piece
only.
C MMENT If the ground is wet the adhesive tape used forhigh jump can be fixed to the ground by drawing pins ofseveral colours.
The requirement for each marker to be a single pieceshould be interpreted sensibly by the Referee. If forexample the manufacturer has used two pieces of material
to make a single marker which is intended to be used thatway, this marker should be allowed. Similarly, if the athletechooses to place both his markers in the same place, thatis also acceptable. In the case of the high jump, an athlete
who tears the tape he is given into one or more pieces tomake a single marker of a different shape to stand out moreclearly, that should also be acceptable.

ϜʖΩʖ3.
a) ঁૺ࿑͗࢘ΚΗΖϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺૺ߶௕Νঈ͏ͱɼϜʖΩʖͺঁૺ࿑͹֐ଈͶ஖͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽૺ߶௕ͫ͜ͺঁૺ࿑಼Ͷ஖͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺঁૺΏಁ઀Ν͢Ώ͚ͤͤΖͪΌͶϜʖΩʖʤૌ৭җҽճ͗६ඍͪ͢΍͹ɼΉͪͺট೟ͪ͢΍͹ʥ
Ν 2 ‫ݺ‬ΉͲ࢘͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϜʖΩʖ͗६ඍ͠Η͵͏৖߻ɼ೬஥τʖϕΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͗οϥʖέΏྪࣇ඾‫;ٶ‬ভ͓͵͏Ϝʖέͺ࢘༽Ͳ͘͵͏ɽb) γʖέϩ͖Δߨ͑౦ͱ͘‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺϜʖΩʖΝ 1‫ͤ༽࢘ͫ͜ݺ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹ϜʖΩʖͺγʖέϩ͹௜‫͍ޛ‬Ζ͏ͺγʖέϩͶં͢ͱ஖͚ɽϜʖΩʖͺ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗ஦ͶҲ࣎దͶઅ஖͢ɼ৻൓͹ࢻֆΝअΖ΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஥ஏ৖ॶ͍Ζ͏ͺͨ͹࿮Ͷ‫ݺ‬ਕॶ༙͹ϜʖΩʖΝઅ஖ͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ஭қʁͨΗͩΗ͹ϜʖΩʖͺୱҲ͹෼ͲͲ͘ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɽαϟϱφʁஏ໚͗ೠΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ೬஥τʖϕͺ਼৯͹ϒϱΝ࢙͢ͱஏ໚Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ն೵Ͳ͍
Ζɽ֦ϜʖΩʖ͗ୱҲ͹΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ͹གྷ݇ͺɼ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱ෾͖ΕΏ͚ͤմए͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍
Ζɽྭ͓ͻɼ੣ଆ‫ ͗ंۂ‬2 ͯ͹෨඾Ν࢘༽͢ͱɼͨ
͹Γ͑Ͷ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝқਦͪ͢ୱҲ͹ߑଆΝࡠΖ৖߻ɼͨΗͺ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽಋ༹Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͗ϜʖΩʖΝಋͣ৖ॶͶ஖͚͞ͳΝમ୔ͪ͢৖߻ɼΉͪͺૺ߶௕ͲɼτʖϕΝࡋ͖͚࿀͘ɼΓΕળ໎Ͷ
໪ཱིͪͦΖ໪దͲҡ͵Ζ‫ܙ‬͹ୱҲϜʖΩʖΝࡠͮͪ৖߻ͺɼͨΗͩΗ‫ڒ‬༲͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ

er ormance Mar ers and ind oc s
4.
a) A distinctive flag or marker may also be provided to markthe existing World Record and, when appropriate, theexisting Regional, National or Meeting Record.
b) ne or more wind sock(s) should be placed in an
appropriate position in all jumping events, Discus Throwand avelin Throw, to show the athletes the approximate
direction and strength of the wind.

ϏϓΧʖϜϱηʀϜʖΩʖͳ਩͘ླྀ͢
4.
a) ໎ྐ͵‫ظ‬ΉͪͺϜʖΩʖΝ஖͏ͱ‫ࡑݳ‬͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ɼΉͪචགྷͲ͍Ηͻɼ‫ࡑݳ‬͹ஏҮɼࠅɼ୉ճ͹‫ى‬࿧Νࣖͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽb) ‫͕͕͗ंٗڟ‬Γͨ͹෫޴ͳ෫ྙΝஎΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷɼͤ΄ͱ͹௕༄‫ͳٗڟ‬ԃ൭౦ʀΏΕ౦Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼన઀͵৖ॶͶҲͯҐ৏͹਩͘ླྀ͢য়͹΍͹Ν஖͚ɽ

ompeting rder and rials
5. Except where Rule 24.6 applies, the athletes shallcompete in an order drawn by lot. If an athlete by his own
decision makes a trial in an order different from that
previously determined, Rule 2.13.5 and Rule .2 shall beapplied. In the case of a warning the result of the trial (valid
or failure) will stand. If there is a ualification Round, there
shall be a fresh drawing of lot for the final.
C MMENT If an athlete, by his own decision, makes a trial
in an order different from that previously determined, heshall be warned (or disqualified in case of a second
infringement) according to Rule 2.13.5 and Rule .2, but
the result of the trial (valid or failure) will be considered in
the case of a warning.

ࢾٗॳͳࢾٗ
5. ‫و‬ଉ 24.6 ͗న༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺபમͲ݀ΌΔΗͪࢾٗॳͶॊͮͱ‫ͱ͚͵ٗ͢ڟ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬ਐ͹൓இͲࣆ઴Ͷ݀ΌΔΗͪࢾٗॳͳͺҡ͵Ζॳ൬ͲࢾٗΝߨ͵ͮͪ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ
2.13.5 ͳ‫و‬ଉ .2 Νన༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽܱࠄΝ༫͓Ζ৖߻ɼͨ͹ࢾٗ͹݃Վͺ༙ްʀໃްͶ͖͖
ΚΔͥ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ༩મϧΤϱχࣰ͗ࢬ͠ΗΖ৖߻ɼ݀ঋϧΤϱχ͹ࢾٗॳͺ৿ͪͶபમͲ݀ΌΖɽαϟϱφʁ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹݀ఈͶΓΕɼҐ઴Ͷ݀ఈ͠Ηͪॳ঄ͳͺҡ͵Ζॳ঄ͲࢾٗΝߨ͑৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ
2.13.5 ‫ ;ٶ‬.2 ͶॊͮͱܱࠄΝण͜ΖʤΉͪͺ 2 յ໪͹ҩൕ͹৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζʥ͗ɼͨ͹݃Վͺܱࠄ͹৖߻ɼࢾٗʤ༙ްΉͪͺࣨഌʥ͗ߡྂ͠ΗΖɽ

6. Except for the

6. ૺ߶௕ͳ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Νঈ֦͘‫֦͗ंٗڟ‬igh ump and the Seated Throwing

78

Events, no athlete shall have more than one trial recorded
in any one round of trials of the competition.
In all ambulant Field Events, except for the igh ump,
where there are more than eight athletes, each athlete shallbe allowed three trials and the eight athletes with the best
valid performances shall be allowed three additional trials
unless the applicable regulations provide otherwise.
C MMENT In situations in the hori ontal Field Events
where there are more than eight athletes, only the eightathletes with the best valid performances are allowed any
additional trial(s). This requires an athlete to have ameasured mark recorded from a fair jump or throw in atleast one of their first three trials. Where less than eightathletes achieve such a valid performance it is only thoseathletes who are allowed any additional trial(s) eventhough it will mean less than eight athletes proceeding.
In the case of the last qualifying place, if two or more
athletes have the same best performances, Rule 24.22
shall be applied. If it is thus determined that there has beena tie, the tying athletes shall be placed in the final allowed
any additional trials. In the case of a tie in igh ump forthe last qualifying place, it shall be resolved as describedin Rule 24.22 below.
In Seated Throwing Events, six consecutive trials shall bestaged for each athlete, which for the avoidance of doubt
may be held in two or more pools. In IPC Games and IPC
Competitions (Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)), it is recommended
that the competing order for six consecutive trials shall bein reverse ranking order recorded from the relevant list ofvalid performances achieved during the predetermined
period.
Where there are eight athletes or fewer, each athlete shallbe allowed six trials unless the applicable regulations
provide otherwise. If more than one fails to achieve a valid
trial during the first three rounds of trials, such athletes shallcompete in subsequent rounds of trials before those withvalid trials, in the same relative order according to theoriginal draw.
In both casesa) The competing order for any subsequent rounds of trials
shall be in the reverse ranking order recorded after the first
three rounds of trials unless the applicable regulations
provide otherwiseb) When the competing order is to be changed and there isa tie for any position, those tying shall compete in the same
relative order according to the original draw.
Note (i) For ertical umps, see Rule 25.
Note (ii) If one or more athlete(s) is permitted by the
Referee to continue in a competition under protest inaccordance with Rule 5 .5, such athletes shall compete inall subsequent rounds of trials before all other athletes
continuing in the competition and if more than one, in thesame relative order according to the original draw.
Note (iii) The regulations of the relevant governing bodymay specify the number of trials (provided it is no morethan six) and the number of athletes which may progress
to each additional round of trials after the third.
Note (iv) In ambulant Field Event, the regulations of therelevant governing body may specify that the competingorder be changed again after any further round of trials
after the third.
C MMENT This provision for a change in order after thefifth round in field events was removed in 2 11. This ineffect returns the Rule to the original situation that applied
when change of order was first introduced. It wasconsidered that this provision did not add to thepresentation of a competition, in fact in many cases
detracting from it when the leading athlete decided there
was no need to take his final trial.

ϧΤϱχͲ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ͹ͺ 1 յ͹ࢾٗ͹ΊͲ͍Ζɽૺ߶௕Νঈ͚ͤ΄ͱ͹ཱིҒ͹ϓΡʖϩχ‫ Ͳٗڟ‬ਕΝ
௔͓Ζ‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Νߨ͑৖߻Ͷͺɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ 3յ͹ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽͨ͹஦Ͳ৏Ғ͹༙ް͵੔੹Νಚͪ‫ ंٗڟ‬ਕͶͺɼ͠ΔͶ 3 յʤ୉ճ֋࠷‫و‬ఖͲఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺͨ͹յ਼ʥ͹ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ
αϟϱφʁௗ͠Ν‫͑ڟ‬ϓΡʖϩχ‫໌ Ͳٗڟ‬Ν௔͓
Ζ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ड़৖͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼસҽ͗ 3 յ͹ࢾٗश྅‫ޛ‬ɼ৏Ғ‫ى‬࿧͹ ໌͹Ί͗ 4 յ໪Ґ߳͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹གྷ݇ͳ͢ͱɼ࠹ॵ͹ 3 յ͹ࢾٗ͹ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 յͲɼਜ਼͢͏௕༄Ήͪͺਜ਼͢͏౦ͱ͘Ͳ݃Վ͗‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ࠹ॵ͹ 3 յ͹ࢾٗͲ༙ް͵݃Վ͗‫ى‬࿧͠Ηͪ‫໌ ͗ंٗڟ‬າຮͲ͍ͮͱ΍ɼ4 յ໪Ґ߳͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͹ͺɼ࠹ॵ͹ 3 յ͹ࢾٗͲ 1 յͲ΍༙ް͵݃Վ͗‫ى‬࿧͠Ηͪ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ΊͲ͍Ζɽ࠹‫ޛ‬͹௪գॳҒͶ͕͏ͱɼ2 ਕҐ৏͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋͣ࠹߶‫ى‬࿧Ͳ͍ͮͪ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 24.22 Νన༽ͤΖɽ͞͹Γ͑Ͷ͢ͱ΍ಋ੔੹Ͳ͍ͮͪ͵Δͻಋ੔੹͹‫ٗڟ‬ंͺͨΗͩΗ͍ͳ 3 յࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽૺ߶௕͹ಋ੔੹ͺɼ‫ޛ‬फ़͹‫و‬ଉ 24.22 ͶΓΕմ݀ͤΖɽ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳͺɼ֦‫ͳंٗڟ‬΍ 6 յ͹࿊କࢾٗͲࣰࢬͤΖ͗ɼ‫ޣ‬մΝඈ͜ΖͪΌ̐ͯҐ৏͹ϕʖϩͲߨΚΗͱ΍Γ͏ɽIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͳͺɼ6 ࿊౦͹ࢾٗॳͺɼࢂՅඬ६‫ى‬࿧͹ଲে‫ؔغ‬Ͷୣ੔͠Ηͪࣁ֪‫ى‬࿧৏ҒϨηφ͹‫ٱ‬͹ॳ൬(࠹΍‫ى‬࿧͹ྒྷ͏‫࠹͗ंٗڟ‬‫͵ͳޛ‬Ζ)ͳͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬ਕҐԾ͹৖߻Ͷͺɼ୉ճ֋࠷‫و‬ఖͲಝͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ 6 յ͹ࢾٗ͗‫ڒ‬
͠ΗΖɽ઴ൔ͹ 3 յ͹ϧΤϱχͲ༙ްࢾٗ͗Ҳͯ΍͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬΍‫ޛ‬ൔ͹ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ͗ɼͨ͹ࢾٗॳͺ༙ްࢾٗ͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹઴ͳ͢ɼ෵਼͏Ζ৖߻ͺ౲ॵ͹ηνʖφϨηφॳͳͤΖɽa) ୉ճ֋࠷‫و‬ఖͲಝͶఈΌͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ‫ޛ‬ൔ͹
3 յ͹ࢾٗॳͺɼ઴ൔ͹ 3 յΉͲ͹ࢾٗͲ‫ى‬࿧ͪ͢੔੹͹ఁ͏ॳͳͤΖɽb) ‫ޛ‬ൔ͹ࢾٗͲ઴ൔ͹ࢾٗॳΝรߍͤΖͶ͍ͪͮͱɼ͏ͥΗ͖͹ॳҒͶಋ੔੹͗͏Ζ৖߻ɼͨ͑ͪ͢
‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗॳͺ౲ॵ͹ηνʖφϨηφॳͳͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁ߶͠͹௕༄Ͷͯ͏ͱͺ‫و‬ଉ 25 Νࢂলɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫و‬ଉ 5 .5 ͹ԾͲ৻൓ௗ͗‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ܩ‬କΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͢ҲਕΉͪͺ෵਼͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ʰ߇٠஦ʱͳ͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ܩ‬କͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫ޛ‬ൔ 3 յ͹ϧΤϱχͲͺɼʰ߇٠஦ʱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΓΕ઎Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬Νߨ͑΍͹
ͳͤΖɽͨ͹Γ͑͵‫͗ंٗڟ‬෵਼໌ଚࡑͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹ॳ൬ͺ౲ॵ͹ηνʖφϨηφॳͳͤΖɽ஭қ(iii)ʁ౹‫ׇ‬஄ରͺͨ͹֋࠷‫و‬ఖͶΓΕɼࢾٗյ਼
ʤ6 յΓΕଡ͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ʥΏɼ઴ൔ 3 յߨͮͪ‫ޛ‬͹ࢾٗͶड़৖Ͳ͘Ζ‫਼ंٗڟ‬Ν݀ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽ஭қ(iv)ʁཱིҒ͹ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺͨ͹֋࠷‫و‬ఈͶΓΕɼ3 յ໪͹ࢾٗ‫ޛ‬ɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹ࢾٗ͹ࢾٗॳΝรߍ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹୊ 5 ϧΤϱχ‫ޛ‬͹ॳ঄รߍͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ͞͹‫و‬ఈͺɼ2 11 ೧Ͷࡡঈ͠Ηͪɽ݃Վͳ͢ͱɼॳ঄͹รߍ͗࠹ॵͶ಍೘͠Ηͪͳ͘Ͷన༽͠Ηͪ‫ݫ‬͹য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ‫و‬ଉ͗໯ΕΉͤɽ͞͹‫و‬ఈͺ‫ڟ‬ٗճ͹ϕϪκϱτʖεϥϱͶ௧Յ͠Η͵͖ͮͪͳߡ
͓ΔΗͪɽࣰࡏɼଡ͚͹৖߻ɼφρϕ͹‫࠹͗ंٗڟ‬‫ޛ‬͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑චགྷ͗͵͏ͳ݀Όͪͳ͘ɼՃ஍Νࣨ͑ɽ

ecording o rials. Except in igh ump, a valid trial shall be indicated by
the measurement taken.
For the standard abbreviation and symbols to be used in
all other case see Rule 2.2 .3

ࢾٗ͹‫ى‬࿧. ૺ߶௕Ґ֐͹झ໪Ͳɼ༙ްࢾٗͫͮͪ৖߻ͺɼ‫ܯ‬଎͠Η਼ͪ஍͗නࣖ͠Η͸ͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ༙ްࢾٗͲ͵͖ͮͪࡏͶ࢘༽ͤ΄͘ඬ६ద͵ྲྀ‫ͳޢ‬‫ߺى‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺ‫و‬ଉ 2.2 .3 Νࢂল͹͞ͳɽ79

ompletion o rials. The udge shall not raise a white flag to indicate a valid
trial until a trial is completed. The judge may reconsider adecision if he believes he raised the incorrect flag.
The completion of a valid trial shall be determined asfollowsa) In the case of ertical umps, once the udge has
determined that there is no failure according to theseRulesb) In the case of ori ontal umps, once the athlete leaves
the landing area in accordance with these Rulesc) In the case of throwing events for ambulant athletes,
once the athlete leaves the circle or runway in accordancewith these Rulesd) In the case of seated throwing events, once theimplement has landed within the permitted one.
C MMENT This is why it is important for the judge in thefield (for a Throwing Event) or landing area (for a hori ontal
jumping event) to ensure that there is a prism or mark in
the case where a Chief udge raises the incorrect flag inerror.

ࢾٗ͹‫׮‬྅. ৻൓ҽͺɼࢾٗ͗‫׮‬સͶ‫׮‬྅ͤΖΉͲͺ༙ްΝࣖͤപ‫ظ‬Ν‫ͱ͝ڏ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৻൓ҽͺؔҩͮͪ‫ظ‬Ν‫ͳͪ͝ڏ‬൓இͪ͢Δɼ൓ఈΝ࠸ߡͤΖɽࢾٗ‫׮‬྅ͺҐԾͶ‫݀ͱ͏Ͱخ‬ఈ͠ΗΖɽa) ߶͠͹௕༄͹৖߻ɼ౲֚‫و‬ଉͲ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪࣨഌ͗ໃ͏͖֮೟‫ޛ‬ɼ༙ް͗݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽb) ௗ͠͹௕༄͹৖߻ɼ౲֚‫و‬ଉͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ৻൓ҽ͗ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬஥ஏ৖ॶ͖Δ཯Ηͪ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͪ͢ࡏɼ
༙ް͗݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽc) ཱིҒ͹౦ͱ͘‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼ౲֚‫و‬ଉͶ‫ڟ͘Ͱخ‬ٗं͗γʖέϩΉͪͺঁૺ࿑͖Δ཯Ηͪ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ༙ް͗݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽd) ࠴Ғ౦ͱ͘झ໪ͺɼ౦ͱ͘෼͗ॶఈ͹ۢҮͶཚԾͪ͢ͳ͘ɽ
αϟϱφʁ͞Η͗ɼϓΡʖϩχʤ౦ͱ͘‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ʥΉͪͺ஥཰ΦϨΠʤਭฑ௕༄‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ʥ͹৻൓ҽ͗ɼ৻൓ҽक೜͗‫ͱͮޣ‬ਜ਼͚͢͵͏‫ظ‬Ν‫ͪ͝ڏ‬৖߻ͶɼϕϨθϞΉͪͺϜʖέ͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͳ͵Ζཀྵ༟Ͳ͍Ζɽuali ication ounds. A ualification Round shall be held in Field Events inwhich the number of athletes is too large to allow thecompetition to be conducted satisfactorily in a single round(final). Where a ualification Round is held, all athletes
shall compete in, and qualify through, that round exceptthat the body having the control over a competition may for
one or more events authorise the conduct of additional
ualification Round(s) either at the same or at one or more
earlier competition(s) to determine some or all of theathletes who shall be entitled to participate and in whichround of the competition. Such procedure and any othermeans (such as e.g. achieving entry standards during a
specified period, by specified placing in a designatedcompetition or by rankings) by which an athlete is entitledto participate, and in which round of the competition, shallbe set out in the regulations for each competition.
Performances accomplished in a ualification Round shallnot be considered as part of the final.
C MMENT While the performance will not count as partof the final, if a World
Record is achieved and all other criteria as required forsubmission as a World Record, it can still be considered by
WPA as a World Record performance.
1 . The athletes shall normally be divided into two or moregroups at random, but wherever possible representativesof each nation or team shall be placed in different groups.
nless there are facilities for the groups to compete at thesame time and under the same conditions, each groupshould start its practice trials immediately after the previous
group has finished.
11. It is recommended that, in competitions of more than
three days, a rest day be provided between qualifying
competitions and the finals in the igh ump.
12.The conditions for qualifying, the qualifying standard
and the number of athletes in the final, shall be decided by
the Technical Delegate(s). If no Technical Delegate(s) havebeen appointed the conditions shall be decided by the
C. It is desirable that there should be at least 12 athletes
in the final unless otherwise provided in the Regulations forthe competition.
C MMENT This essentially means that if there is a tie forthe 12th position for a final, more than 12 may be selected
for the final. While there is no maximum number for
qualification, it would not be unusual for more than 12
athletes to be part of the final group.
13. In a ualifying Round, apart from the igh ump, eachathlete shall be allowed up to three trials. nce an athlete
has achieved the qualifying standard, he shall not continue
in the ualifying Round.
14. In the ualifying Round for the igh ump, the athletes,
not eliminated after three consecutive failures, shallcontinue to compete according to Rule 25.2 (including༩મ. ࢂՅ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ଡգ͙݀ঋ͗నਜ਼ͶࣰࢬͲ͘͵͏࣎ͺ༩મΝߨ͑ɽ༩મϧΤϱχ͍͗Ζ࣎ͺસ‫ंٗڟ‬͗‫ٗڟ‬Ν͢ɼͨ͹஦͖Δ݀ঋ਒ड़ं͗મͻΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ༩મϧΤϱχΝߨ͑Ͷࡏ͢ͱͺɼ౹‫ׇ‬஄ରͺҲ͍ͯΖ͏ͺ෵਼͹झ໪Ͳɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹஦Ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗͶ઎ཱིͯพ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼࢂՅࣁ֪
Ν༫͓Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨Ν݀ΌΖ͞ͳΏɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ʹ͹ϧΤϱχ͖Δड़৖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζ͖Ν݀ΌΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν࣍ͯɽʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅࣁ֪Ν༫͓ɼʹ͹ϧΤϱχ͖Δड़৖Ͳ͘Ζ͖ͳ͏͑घॳΏߡ͓๏ʤಝఈ͹‫ؔغ‬Ͷୣ੔͠ΗͪࢂՅඬ६‫ى‬࿧ɼࢨఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹ॳҒΏϧϱΫϱή౵ʥͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֋࠷‫و‬ఖͶ‫ͤࡎى‬Ζɽ༩મΏଠ͹௧Յద༩ඍ༩મ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ݀ঋ‫ى‬࿧͹Ҳ෨ͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ى‬࿧ͺ݀ঋ͹Ҳ෨ͳ͢ͱΊ͵͠Η͵͏͗ɼ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧͗ୣ੔͠Ηɼ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱਅ੧ͤΖͪΌͶචགྷ͵ͤ΄ͱ͹‫خ‬६͗ຮͪ͠Ηͪ৖߻ͶͺɼWPAͺ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱߡྂͤΖɽ
1 . ༩મͺ௪৙Ͳͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν 2 ͍Ζ͏ͺ͠ΔͶଡ͚͹ήϩʖϕͶໃࡠҟͶ෾͜ͱࣰࢬͤΖ͗ɼͲ͘Ζ͵ΔͻಋͣࠅΏοʖϞ͹େනͺҡ͵ͮͪૌͶͤΖɽ
෵਼͹ήϩʖϕ͗ಋ࣎Ͷಋড়݇Ͳ‫͘Ͳٗڟ‬Ζࢬઅ͗͵͏࣎ͺ઴͹ήϩʖϕ͹‫͗ٗڟ‬श྅ͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼͪͫͬͶ࣏͹ήϩʖϕ͗࿇सࢾٗΝ֋࢟ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
11. ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗ 3 ೖΝ௔͓ͱߨΚΗΖ࣎ɼૺ߶௕ͺɼ༩મͳ݀ঋ͹ؔͶ 1 ೖ͹‫ٵ‬ଋೖΝ͕͚͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
12. ༩મ͹௪գඬ६‫ى‬࿧‫݀;ٶ‬ঋ͹‫ʹ͵਼ंٗڟ‬༩મ͹ড়݇ͺɼٗढ़େන͗݀ఈͤΖɽٗढ़େනΝ͕͖͵͏৖߻ͺɼૌ৭җҽճ͗ঀড়݇ΝఈΌΖɽಝพ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఈ͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Ε݀ঋͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 12 ਕͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ͞Ηͺ‫خ‬ຌదͶɼ݀ঋͶ޴͜ͱ 12 ҒͶಋॳҒ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ݀ঋͲ 12 ҒҐ৏͗મ୔͠ΗΖՆ
೵੓͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝқັͤΖɽ༩મͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਕ਼Ͷ৏‫ݸ‬ͺ͵͏͗ɼ݀ঋͲ 12 ໌Ґ৏͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
13. ૺ߶௕Νঈ͚झ໪͹༩મͺɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ 3 յΉͲ͹ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽҲౕ༩મ௪գඬ६‫ى‬࿧Ͷୣͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ༩મͲͨ͹‫ޛ‬͹ࢾٗͺ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ
14. ૺ߶௕͹༩મͲͺɼ3 յକ͜ͱࣨഌ͢ͱ͏͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ΍݀͢ঋ਒ड़ं਼͗‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪਕ਼Ͷୣ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ‫و‬ଉ 25.2ʤࢾٗ͹ϏηΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͶ

80

passing a trial) until the end of the last trial at the height set
as the qualifying standard, unless the number of athletes
for the final has been reached. nce it is determined thatan athlete will be in the final, he shall not continue in theualifying Round.
15. If no athletes, or fewer than the required number ofathletes, achieve the pre-set qualifying standard, the groupof finalists shall be expanded to that number by adding
athletes according to their performances in the qualifying
competition. In the case of the last qualifying place, if two
or more athletes have the same best distances or heights
in the overall results of the competition Rule 24.22 shall beapplied. If it is determined that there is still a tie, the tying
athletes shall be placed in the final.
16. When a ualifying Round for the igh ump is held in
two simultaneous groups, it is recommended that the bar
be raised to each height at the same time in each group. It
is also recommended thatstrength.
C MMENT It is important when seeding igh ump
qualifying groups that the requirements of Rule 24.1 andRule 24.16 are both observed. The Technical delegates
and the IT /Referee must follow closely the progress ofthe qualifying rounds of the igh ump to ensure that on
the one hand, the athletes must jump, (or indicate that they
are passing) as long as they are not eliminated under Rule25.2 until the qualifying standard has been reached (unlessthe number of athletes for the final has been reached as
defined in Rule 24.12) and on the other hand, any tie
between athletes in the overall standings in the two groups
is resolved according to Rule 25. . Close attention mustalso be kept to the application of Rule 24.14 to ensure that
athletes do not unnecessarily continue in the competition
once it is certain that they will be in the final regardless ofwhat may happen to the other athletes continuing tocompete in the ualification Round.
ime Allowed or rials
1 . The official responsible shall indicate to an athlete that
all is ready for the trial to begin, and the period allowed forthis trial shall commence from that moment.
If after the time for a trial has begun, an athlete decides not
to attempt that trial, it shall be considered a failure once theperiod allowed for the trial has elapsed.
The following times shall not be exceeded. If the time isexceeded, unless a determination is made under Rule24.1 , the trial shall be recorded as a failureॊͮͱɼ݀ΌΔΗͪ༩મ௪գඬ६‫ى‬࿧͹߶͠͹࠹शࢾٗ͗शΚΖΉͲࢾٗΝକ͜Ζɽ݀ঋ਒ड़͗݀ఈ͢
ͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ༩મ͹ࢾٗΝକ͜Ζ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ15. ΍͢ࣆ઴Ͷ݀ΌΔΗͪ༩મ௪գඬ६‫ى‬࿧Νಧഃͪ͢‫͖ͪͮ͵͏͗ंٗڟ‬Εɼචགྷ਼Ͷຮͪ͵͖ͮͪΕͪ࣎͢ͺɼ݀ঋ਒ड़ंͺ༩મ੔੹ͶΓΕ௧Յึ
ैͤΖɽ࠹‫ޛ‬͹௪գॳҒͶಋ‫ى‬࿧͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬෵਼໌
͏Ζ৖߻ͺ‫ٗڟ‬સର͹݃Վ͖Δ‫و‬ଉ 24.22 Νన༽͢ͱ݀ΌΖɽͨ͹݃Վɼಋ੔੹͹৖߻ͺɼಋ੔੹͹‫ڟ‬ٗंͺ݀ঋͶ਒ΌΖɽ
16. ૺ߶௕͹༩મͲ್ͯ͹ήϩʖϕ͗ಋ࣎ͶߨΚ
ΗΖ৖߻ɼ֦߶͠ͶώʖΝ৏͝Ζν΢ϝϱήͺಋ࣎͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ್ͯ͹ήϩʖϕͺɼ͕͕Γͨಋͣ‫͠ک‬͹ϪϗϩͶ෾͜Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽαϟϱφʁૺ߶௕͹༩મήϩʖϕ͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͲͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ͳ‫و‬ଉ 24.16 ͹གྷ݇͗ྈ๏ͳ΍ॱग͠Η
ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽٗढ़େනͳ IT ʙ৻൓ௗͺɼૺ߶௕͹༩મ͹਒ṁয়‫ڱ‬Ν໘ືͶ௧੽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽҲ๏Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 25.2 Ͷॊͮͱ‫ڟ‬ٗΝश͓͵͜Ηͻɼ༩મ௪գ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ౺ୣͤΖΉͲʤ‫و‬
ଉ 24.12 Ͳ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਕ਼Ͷୣ͢ͱ͏͵͏‫ݸ‬Εʥ௕༄ʤΉͪͺϏηͤΖ͞ͳΝқࢧනࣖʥ͢କ͜͵͚ͱͺΔͥɼଠ๏ɼ2 ͯ͹ήϩʖϕͲ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंસର͹ॳҒ෉͜ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 25. Ͷॊͮͱմ݀͠ΗΖɽ Ήͫ‫͗ٗڟ‬କ͚͖ʹ͖͑Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥ݀ঋͶ਒
ड़ͤΖਕ਼֮͗ఈͪ͢͵Δɼ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬ΗҐ৏෈චགྷ͵‫ٗڟ‬Νକ͜Ζ͞ͳ͹͵͏Γ͑ɼ‫و‬ଉ 24.14 ͹న༽Ͷ஭қΝ෹͑චགྷ͍͗Ζɽࢾٗ࣎ؔ
1 . ୴౲৻൓ҽͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶࢾٗΝ֋࢟ͤΖͪΌ͹༽қ͗‫׮‬྅͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝࣖ͠͵͚ͱͺ͵Δͥɼࢾٗ࣎ؔͺ͞͹ॢ͖ؔΔΩΤϱφξΤϱ͗࢟ΉΖɽࢾٗ࣎ؔ͹ΩΤϱφξΤϱ͗࢟Ήͮͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ͨ͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑қࢧ͗͵͏৖߻ɼ੏‫͗ؔ࣎ݸ‬գ͙Ζ͹Νଶͮͱໃްࢾٗͳ͢ͱѽ͑ɽ࣏͹ࢾٗ࣎ؔͺɼ௪৙͹৖߻௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽࢾٗ࣎ؔΝӿ͓ͪΔ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 Νঈ͘ɼໃްࢾٗͳ͢
ͱ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖɽୱಢझ໪࢔ͮͱ͏Ζ‫਼ंٗڟ‬ૺ߶௕ ͨ͹ଠཱིҒझ໪ ͨ͹ଠ࠴Ғझ໪
4 ਕҐ৏‫;ٶ‬1 յ໪͹ࢾٗ 1 ෾    1 ෾    1 ෾
2ʛ3 ਕ   1 ෾ 3 භ 1 ෾    1 ෾
1 ਕ     3 ෾    ʗ     ʷ࿊କࢾٗ   2 ෾    2 ෾    1 ෾

Individual Events
Number of athletes left in the competition
Note (i) For Seated Throws Events, an extra minute shallbe added between the third and fourth throws.
C MMENT In a practical sense, the Chief udge or theReferee is in a position to allow additional time between
throws if he determines that the athlete is not ready, or if
the officials are not ready. For Seated Throwing the timeclock should be initiated after the passing of the implement
to the athlete and when the sector is ready and officials areout of the way. This may require some sort of audible
instruction from the Chief udge to the athlete. When theathlete finishes the third throw and the measurement iscompleted the time clock must be initiated for the oneminute break. During the one-minute break period theimplement should not be provided to the athlete unless the81஭қ(i)ʁ࠴Ғ౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳͺɼ3 յ໪ͳ 4 յ໪͹౦ͱ͘͹ؔͶ 1 ෾Ν௧ՅͤΖɽαϟϱφʁࣰࡏͶͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜Ήͪͺ৻൓ௗͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘ͱ͏͵͏ͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ɼΉͪͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘ͱ͏͵͏ͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ɼ
౦ͱ͘͹ؔͶ௧Յ͹࣎ؔΝઅ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζཱི৖Ͷ͍Ζɽ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘͹৖߻ɼ࣎‫ܯ‬ͺɼ౦ͱ͘༽۫͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷో͠Ηͪ‫ޛ‬ɼཚԾҮ͹६ඍ͗੖ͮͱ͕Εɼༀҽ͗཯Ηͪͳ͘Ͷ֋࢟ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ͑ͤ͞ΖͶͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͖Δ‫΃ंٗڟ‬͹޳ಆ͹ࢨࣖ͗චགྷͶ͵Ζ
৖߻͍͗Ζɽ‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬3 յ໪͹౦ͱ͘Νश྅͢ɼ଎
ఈ͗‫׮‬྅ͪ͢Δɼ1 ෾ؔ͹‫ܞٵ‬͹ͪΌͶ࣎‫ܯ‬Νಊ͖ͤචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
1 ෾ؔ͹‫ؔ࣎ܞٵ‬஦ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϨέΦηφ͢͵͏‫ݸ‬athlete requests it. If the athlete asks for the implement
before the one minute break has elapsed, then the time forthe fourth throw shall commence immediately (i.e., at the
moment the implement is handed to the athlete and when
the sector is ready and officials are out of the way).
Note (ii) A clock that shows the remaining time allowed fora trial should be visible to an athlete. In addition, an official
shall raise and keep raised, a yellow flag, or otherwise
indicate, during the final 15 seconds of the time allowed.
Note (iii) In the igh ump, any change in the time period
allowed for a trial, except the time specified for consecutive
trials, shall not be applied until the bar is raised to a newheight.
Note (iv) When only one athlete (who has won thecompetition) remains in igh ump and is attempting a
World Record or other record relevant to the competition,
the time limit shall be increased by one minute beyond
those set out above.
C MMENT This can be a troubling situation for fficials
where more than one class of athlete has been combined
for a specific competition. Where this is the case if anathlete in one class has won the event for his class hecan ask for the bar to be moved to a height of his choosing
if the Technical Specifications for the competition allow thisor if the Technical Delegate determines that it is appropriate
to allow this practice. This may disrupt the competition forthe other class(es) within the competition.
Note (v) For the first trial of any athlete
upon entering the competition, the time allowed for suchtrial will be 1 minute.
Note (vi) When calculating the number of athletes
remaining in the competition this should include thoseathletes who could be involved in a jump off for first place.
Note (vii) In Field Events for Sport Classes 11 and 12
where athletes receive assistance from Callers or Escorts,
the time allowed shall begin from the moment when theofficial responsible is satisfied that the athlete hascompleted the process of orientation. Should any athlete
request verbal confirmation of the starting of the timing
clock an official shall give such confirmation.
C MMENT Whilst the udges should always use a system
which notifies or calls the next athlete who is to take histrial plus the one who is to follow, this is essential when thetime allowed for an athlete to take his trial is 1 minute. They
must also ensure that the competition area is completely
ready for the next trial before calling the athlete and thenstarting the clock. The udges and the Referee in particular
must be fully aware of the current competition environment
when deciding when to start the clock or to time out andcall a failure. Particular circumstances which should betaken into account are the availability of the runway for anathlete s trial in igh ump and avelin Throw (when Track
Events are being held simultaneously in the same
competition area) and the distance for athletes to walk toand through the cage to reach the circle to take their trial in
discus Throw.
To be clear, the time limit will not change in the final roundof any hori ontal Field Event, once only 2 or 3 athletes
remain to take their trials.
Note (viii) If the athlete loses orientation and requires to be
re-oriented, the clock shall be stopped and only restarted(to include any elapsed time already recorded) once
orientation has again been completed.
C MMENT Additional time is not permitted in thissituation. Time is simply suspended for the duration of thereorientation of the athlete.
Note (ix) In Seated Throwing Events, the time allowed
shall begin from the moment when the throwing implement
has been presented to the athlete after the throwing frame
has been fixed to the throwing circle and the athlete has
been positioned and strapped on that frame.
C MMENT The time may be started earlier if the athlete
has not been positioned within the allocated time period.
And, where the athlete is ready, as indicated in thecommentary under Note (i) on Rule 24.1 , the time should82Εɼ༽۫ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ
1 ෾ؔ͹‫ܨ͗ܞٵ‬գͤΖ઴Ͷ‫۫༽͗ंٗڟ‬ΝϨέΦηφͪ͢৖߻ɼ4 յ໪͹ηϫʖ͹࣎ؔͺ௜ͬͶ֋࢟
͠ΗΖʤͤ͵Κͬɼ༽۫͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷో͠Η఼ͪ࣎Ͳɼ
ιένʖ͹६ඍ͗੖͏ɼༀҽͺ཯ΗΖʥɽ஭қ(ii)ʁࢾٗΝͤΖͪΌͶ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ࢔Ε࣎ؔʤࢾٗ
࣎ؔʥΝࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑Ͷઅ஖ͤΖɽ͞ΗͶՅ͓ͱࢾٗͶ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖ࣎ؔʤࢾٗ࣎ؔʥ͗࢔
Ε 15 භͶ͵͖ͮͪ࣎Δ৻൓ҽͺԭ‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ڏ‬କ͜Ζ
͖ɼͨ͹ଠ͹๏๑Ͳన઀ͶஎΔͦΖɽ஭қ(iii)ʁૺ߶௕͹৖߻ɼࢾٗ࣎ؔ͹รߍͺʤಋͣ߶͠Ͳ઎ͶࢾٗΝͪ͢‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Νश͓ɼਕ਼͗‫ݰ‬ͮͱ΍ʥώʖ͗৿͢͏߶͠Ͷ৏͝ΔΗΖΉͲన༽͢͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ྭ֐ͳ͢ͱ࿊କࢾٗͳ͵Ζͳ͘ͶͺఈΌΔΗͪ࣎ؔΝన༽ͤΖɽ஭қ(iv)ʁૺ߶௕Ͳ༑ঋ͗݀ΉΕ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ҳਕͳ͵Εɼ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧͖ͨ͹ଠ୉ճ‫ى‬࿧౵ͶேકͤΖ৖߻ͶͺɼఈΌΔΗͪ੏‫ؔ࣎ݸ‬ΓΕ 1 ෾Ԉௗ͢͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞Ηͺɼಝఈ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ෵਼͹έϧη͹
‫͗ंٗڟ‬ૌΊ߻Κ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶͳͮͱ໿ղ͵য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͵ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζɽ͞Η͗౲ͱͺΉ
Ζ৖߻ɼ͍Ζέϧη͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬έϧηͲʰझ໪Ͳ༑ঋͪ͢ʱ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ٗढ़࢕༹Ͳ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͖ɼΉͪͺٗढ़େන͗͞͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳ݀ఈͪ͢
৖߻ɼώʖΝમ୔ͪ͢߶͠ͶҢಊͤΖΓ͑Ͷགྷ‫Ͳٽ‬
͘Ζɽ͞ΗͶΓΕɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ಼͹ଠ͹έϧη͹‫͗ٗڟ‬஦இ͠ΗΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζɽ஭қ(v)ʁʹ͹‫ंٗڟ‬΍‫࣎࢟֋ٗڟ‬ɼ࠹ॵ͹ࢾٗ࣎ؔͺ 1 ෾͹ΊͳͤΖɽ஭қ(vi)ʁ࢔Ε͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹਼Ν਼͓Ζࡏͺ୊ 1 Ғ݀ఈࢾٗͶ࢔ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬΍‫؜‬Ό͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(vii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 11 ‫ ;ٶ‬12 ͹ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͳ‫͗ंٗڟ‬αʖϧʖΉͪͺΦηαʖφ͹ղঁΝण͜
Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬੏‫ؔ࣎ݸ‬ͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ғ஖֮೟Νश͓ͪͳ‫୴ٗڟ‬౲ༀҽ͗൓இ఼͖ͪ࣎͢Δ࢟ΉΖ΍͹ͳ
ͤΖɽ‫ܯ࣎ٗڟ‬͹ࡠಊ֋࢟Ͷͯ͏ͱ‫޳͗ंٗڟ‬ಆͶ
ΓΖ֮೟Ν‫ٽ‬Όͪ৖߻ɼ୴౲ༀҽͺ͞ΗΝߨ͑΍͹
ͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ৻൓ҽͺɼ࣏ͶࢾٗΝߨ͑‫ंٗڟ‬ɼՅ͓ͱͨ͹‫ޛ‬ͶࢾٗͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷʤॳ൬Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳΝʥ௪எΉͪͺ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤεητϞΝ৙Ͷ࢘༽ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼಝͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੏‫ ͗ؔ࣎ݸ‬1 ෾͹ͳ͘ͶͺɼචਤͲ͍Ζɽ৻൓ҽͺΉͪɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν‫;ݼ‬ड़͢ɼ੏‫༽ؔ࣎ݸ‬͹࣎‫ܯ‬ΝηνʖφͤΖ઴Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠ࣏͗͹ࢾٗ͹ͪΌͶ‫׮‬સͶ६ඍ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝฯৄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৻൓ҽͳ৻൓ௗͺɼಝͶ࣎‫ܯ‬Νηνʖφͦ͠Ζ࣎ؔΝ݀ఈͤΖͳ͘Ώʰν΢ϞΠΤφʱͳ͵ΕໃްࢾٗΝઑࠄͤΖͳ͘Ͷɼ‫ࡑݳ‬஖͖Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ڧ؂‬Νॉ෾Ͷཀྵմ͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽߡྂͤ΄͘ಝพ͵য়‫ڱ‬ͺɼૺ߶௕ͳΏΕ౦Ͳ‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ࢾٗΝͺͣΌΖͶ͍ͪΕʤಋͣ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͲφϧρέझ໪͗ಋ࣎ͶߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ʥɼঁૺ࿑͗࢘༽Ն೵͵য়ସͶ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑ɼ‫;ٶ‬ԃ൭౦Ͳ‫ٗࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬ΝͺͣΌΖ͍ͪΕิ͏ͱҕ͏͹ԠͶ͍ΖγʖέϩͶ౺ୣͤΖΉͲ͹‫͍Ͳ཯ړ‬Ζɽௗ͠͹ϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ࢔Ε͹‫̐͗ंٗڟ‬ʛ̑໌͹࣎Ͳ΍੏‫ؔ࣎ݸ‬ͺรߍ͢͵͏ɽ஭қ(viii)ʁ‫͗ंٗڟ‬๏޴‫ְ״‬Νࣨ͏Ғ஖֮೟͹ΏΕ௜͢Ν‫ٽ‬Όͪ৖߻ͺɼ‫ܯ࣎ٗڟ‬ΝҲ࣎ంࢯ͢ɼҒ஖֮೟श྅‫ޛ‬ɼ‫࣎ܯ‬Ν࠸֋ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖʤҲ࣎ంࢯ઴Ͷ‫ܨ‬գͪ࣎ؔ͢ͺ‫؜‬ΌΖʥɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼ௧Յ͹࣎ؔͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏͵͏ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬๏޴ࢨࣖΝ࠸ౕߨͮͱ͏Ζؔɼ࣎ؔͺୱͶҲ࣎ంࢯ͠ΗΖɽ஭ (ix)ʁ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ٗڟ‬੏‫࣎ݸ‬ؔͺɼ౦ͱ͘ୈ͗౦ͱ͘γʖέϩͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠ΗɼҒ஖݀Ό͗͵͠Ηɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐର͗౦ͱ͘ୈͶളΕ෉͜
ΔΗͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ౦ͱ͘෼͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷघో͠Η఼͖ͪ࣎Δ࢟ΉΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁ‫ׄ͗ंٗڟ‬Ε౲ͱΔΗ಼ͪ࣎ؔͶഓ஖͠Η͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼ࣎ؔͺ૥͚֋࢟͠ΗΖɽΉͪɼ‫و‬
ଉ 24.1 ͹஭қʤiʥ͹մઈͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹६ඍ͗੖ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼཚԾҮͶ৻൓ҽ

start when the sector is free of officials.
It is also important to note that the count-down clock must
be placed in such a position so that the athlete can see it.
ubstitute rials
1 . If, for any reason beyond his control, an athlete ishampered in a trial and is unable to take it, or the trial
cannot be correctly recorded, the Referee shall have theauthority to award him a substitute trial or to re-set the timeeither partially or in full. No change in the order shall bepermitted. A reasonable time shall be allowed for any
substitute trial according to the particular circumstances of
the case. In cases when the competition has progressed
before the substitute trial is awarded, it should be taken
before any other subsequent trials are then made.
C MMENT There are several situations in which it may beappropriate for an athlete to be given a substitute trial
including where because of procedural or technical failurea trial is not measured and it is not possible for a remeasurement to be accurately made. Whilst this should be
avoided by good systems and backups, with technology
being used more and more provision needs to be made forwhen things do go wrong. As no change in the competition
order should be permitted (unless the problem is not
immediately discovered and the competition has
continued), the Referee must decide how long should beallowed for the substitute trial taking into account the
specific circumstances ofeach particular case.
Absence during ompetition
1 . An athlete may not leave the immediate area of theevent during the progress of the competition, unless he has
the permission of, and is accompanied by, an official. If
possible, a warning should be given first, but for
subsequent instances or in serious cases the athlete shallbe disqualified.
C MMENT This should not be interpreted as preventing
an athlete from crossing the track to speak to his coach.
hange o ompetition Area
2 . The Technical Delegate or the appropriate Referee
shall have the authority to change the place of thecompetition if, in his opinion, the conditions justify it. Sucha change should be made only after a round of trials has
been completed.
Note Neither the wind strength nor its change of direction
is sufficient condition to change the place nor time of thecompetition.
C MMENT The phrase round of trials instead of rounds
is designed to ensure a clear difference between a roundof trials within a Field Event competition and a round of
the competition (i.e. a ualification Round or a final).
If the conditions make it impossible to complete a round oftrials before a change of place or time is made, theTechnical delegate (through the Referee) or Referee
should normally void those trials alreadycompleted in that round of trials (always depending on andevaluating the conditions and the results of the trials up to
the time of the interruption) and recommence thecompetition at the beginning of that round of trials.

͗͏͵͏ͳ͘Ͷ֋࢟ͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽΩΤϱφξΤ
ϱέϫρέ(࢔Ε࣎ؔΝࣖͤ࣎‫)ܯ‬ͺɼ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬ΗΝ‫ݡ‬ΔΗΖΓ͑Ͷɼͨ͹Γ͑͵Ғ஖Ͷഓ஖ͤΖචགྷ
͍͗Ζ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ΍॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͢
1 . ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻ͶΓΔ͵͏ཀྵ༟ͶΓΕɼࢾٗ͹౏஦Ͳ‫͗ंٗڟ‬๨֒͠ΗͪΕɼ‫͖ͪͮ͵͘Ͳ͗ٗڟ‬Εɼ͍Ζ͏ͺਜ਼֮Ͷ‫ى‬࿧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͢Ώ੏‫ؔ࣎ݸ‬͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺસ෨Νरਜ਼ͦ͠Ζ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙ͤΖɽ
ࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͢ͺɼ‫ݺ‬ʓ͹য়‫ڱ‬ͶԢͣͱన౲͵࣎ؔΝ͕͏ͱ͖Δߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽࢾٗॳ͹รߍͺ೟ΌΖ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏͗ɼࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͗͢೟ΌΔΗΖ઴Ͷ‫͗ٗڟ‬઎Ͷ਒ߨͪ͢৖߻ɼΏΕ௜͢͹ࢾٗͺͨ͹఼࣎Ͳश྅͢ͱ͏͵͏ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢾٗΓΕ΍઴ͶߨΚΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽαϟϱφʁ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ΏΕ௜͢ࢾٗΝ༫͓ΔΗΖ͞ͳ͗న઀͵৖߻͗͏͚͖͍ͯΖɽྭ͓ͻɼघକ͘৏Ήͪͺٗढ़৏͹෈ඍ͹ͪΌͶࢾٗ͗଎ఈ͠Ηͥɼਜ਼͚͢࠸‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ͞ͳ͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻͵ʹͲ͍Ζɽ͑ͪ͢͞͞ͳͺɼྒྷ͏εητϞͳώρέΠρϕͶΓͮͱյඈ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼٗढ़͗࢘༽͠ΗΖͶͯΗͱɼࣆସ͗ѳԿͪ͢ͳ͘Ͷඍ͓ɼΉͤΉͤ६ඍΝͤ
Ζචགྷ͍͗ΖɽࢾٗΏΕ௜͢Ͳͺɼࢾٗॳ঄͹รߍͺ೟ΌΔΗͱ͕Δͥʤ໲ୌ͗௜ͬͶ൅‫͠ݡ‬ΗͥͶ‫ڟ‬ٗ͗਒ߨ͢ͱ͢Ήͮͪ৖߻Νঈ͘ʥɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹ಝఈ͹ࣆ৚͹য়‫ڱ‬Νߡྂ͢ͱɼࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͢ΉͲʹΗͫ͜͹࣎ؔΝखΖ΄͖͘Ν݀ఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
‫ٗڟ‬஦͹཯୦1 . ৻൓ҽ͹‫ڒ‬ՆΝಚΖ͞ͳ͵͚ɼ͖ͯ৻൓ҽ͗൒͵Κ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬͹਒ߨ஦Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ͞ΗͶҩൕͤΗͻܱࠄ͹ଲেͳ͵ΕɼͨΗ್ౕ͗໪͹ܱࠄͲ͍ͮͪΕɼѳ࣯͵৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽαϟϱφʥ͞Ηͺ‫͗ंٗڟ‬φϧρέΝԥ઀Εαʖοͳճ࿫ͤΖ͞ͳΝ๨͝Ζ΍͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶʀ‫ࠃ࣎ٗڟ‬͹รߍ
2 . ౲֚৻൓ௗʤΉͪͺٗढ़େනʥͺɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ͹য়ସ͖Δ‫ͱݡ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ࠃ࣎ٗڟ‬Νรߍͪ͢๏͗న઀ͳߡ͓ͪ࣎ͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ٗڟ‬࣎ࠃΝรߍͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼͨ͹รߍͺ
1 ͯ͹ϧΤϱχʤ͍Ζ߶͠Ώࢾٗյ਼ʥ͗शΚͮͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ஭қ ෫͹‫͠ک‬Ώ๏޴͹รԿͺઊଲద͵ড়݇Ͳͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁʰϧΤϱχʱͲͺ͵͚ʰࢾٗ͹ϧΤϱχʱͳ͏͑ϓϪʖθͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζʰࢾٗ͹ϧΤϱχʱͳʰ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ϧΤϱχʱʤͤ͵ΚͬɼέΧϨϓΡίʖεϥϱϧΤϱχʤ༩મʥͳ݀ঋʥͳ͹໎֮͵ҩ͏͗ཀྵմͲ͘ΖΓ͑ഓྂ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ΍͢ɼয়‫ٗࢾ͗ڱ‬͹ϧΤϱχ͗श྅ͤΖ͞ͳΝ෈Ն೵Ͷ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼٗढ़େනʤ৻൓ௗΝղ͢ͱʥΉͪͺ৻൓ௗͺɼ௪৙ɼͨ͹ࢾٗ͹ϧΤϱχͲͤͲͶशΚͮͱ͏ΖࢾٗΝໃްͳ͢ʤ৙Ͷ஦இ͹఼࣎ΉͲ͹য়‫ٗࢾͳڱ‬͹݃ՎͶΓΖʥɼͨ͹ࢾٗ͹ϧΤϱχ͹
࠹ॵ͖Δ࠸֋ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ

esult
21.Each athlete shall be credited with the best of all his
trials, including in the case of igh ump, those achievedin resolving a tie for the first place.

‫ٗڟ‬੔੹
21. ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨΗͩΗ͗ߨͮͪͤ΄ͱ͹ࢾٗ͹͑ͬ࠹΍Γ͖ͮͪ‫ى‬࿧Ͳ඲Ճ͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳ͢ɼૺ߶
௕͹৖߻ɼಋ੔੹ͳ͵ͮͪ‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬1 Ғ݀ఈ͹ͪΌͶߨͮͪ௧Յࢾٗ΍‫؜‬΋ɽ

ies
22. Except for theigh ump, the second best
performance of the athletes having the same best
performances shall determine whether there has been atie. Then, if necessary, the third best, and so on. If theathletes are still equal following the application of this Rule24.22, it shall be determined to be a tie.
Except for the igh ump, in the case of a tie for any place,ಋ੔੹
22. ૺ߶௕Νঈ͚ϓΡʖϩχ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ࠹߶‫ى‬࿧͗
ಋͣͲ͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ 2 ൬໪͹‫ى‬࿧Ͳಋ੔੹͖ʹ͖͑Ν݀ΌΖɽͨΗͲ΍݀ΌΔΗ͵͏࣎ͺ 3 ൬໪͹‫ى‬࿧ͲҐԾಋ༹Ͷ͢ͱ݀ΌΖɽ΍͢‫و͗ंٗڟ‬ଉ 24.22
Νన༽͢ͱ΍ಋҲ੔੹Ͳ͍Ζ͵Δಋ੔੹ͳͤΖɽ

83

including first place, the tie shall remain (See Rules 25. ,Rule 25.1 ).

ૺ߶௕Νঈ͘ɼʹ͹ॳҒͶ͕͏ͱ΍ಋ੔੹͹৖߻ͺ
1 Ғ͹৖߻΍‫؜‬Όͱಋ੔੹ͺɼͨ͹ΉΉͳͤΖɽ

opping echnique
23. For athletes in Classes T42-44 and T61-64 the hopping
technique is permitted during the approach in umping
Events.

ϙρϒϱή
23. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T42-44 ‫ ;ٶ‬61-64 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ௕༄झ໪Ͷ͕͜Ζঁૺͺɼϙρϒϱή͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ

A.
A
M
ule 25 eneral onditions ule 1 1
1. Before the competition begins, the Chief udge shallannounce to the athletes the starting height and thesubsequent heights to which the bar will be raised at theend of each round of trials, until there is only one athlete
remaining having won the competition, or there is a tie forfirst place.
C MMENT Normally this is done at the Technical Meeting
if it was not already included in the team manual or
technical information concerning the event. It should be
remembered that minor adjustments can still be made at
the competition site by the Chief udge to preserve theinterests of all of the athletes.

A. ߶͠͹௕༄୊ 25 ড় ૱ଉ
ule 1 1
1. ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗࢟ΉΖ઴Ͷ৻൓ௗΉͪͺ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ࠹ॵ͹߶͠ͳɼ༑ঋ͗݀ΉͮͱҲਕͫ͜Ͷ͵ΖΉͲɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ୊ 1 Ғ݀ఈ͹ͪΌ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͗݀ΉΖΉͲ͹ɼ֦ϧΤϱχश྅‫ޛ‬Ͷ৏͝ΔΗΖώʖ͹߶͠Νࠄஎ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ‫ͤؖ‬ΖοʖϞϜωϣΠϩΏٗढ़৚ๅͶΉͫ‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼ௪৙ͺτέωΩϩ
ϝʖτΡϱήͲ‫ڢ‬٠ͤΖɽͤ΄ͱ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ཤӻΝ
गΖͪΌͶɼ৻൓ҽक೜ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ৖ͲϜ΢ψʖ͵௒੖Νߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͞ͳΝְ͓ͱ͕͚͞ͳɽ

rials
2. An athlete may commence jumping at any heightpreviously announced by the Chief udge and may jump at
his own discretion at any subsequent height. Three
consecutive failures, regardless of the height at which anyof such failures occur, disqualify from further jumping
except in the case of a tie for first place.
The effect of this Rule is that an athlete may pass his
second or third trial at a particular height (after failing firstor second time) and still jump at a subsequent height.
If an athlete passes a trial at a certain height, he may not
make any subsequent trial at that height, except in the caseof a jump-off for first place.
3. Even after all the other athletes have failed, an athlete is
entitled to continue jumping until he has forfeited his rightto compete further.
4. nless there is only one athlete remaining and he has
won the competitiona) The bar should never be raised by less than 2cm in theigh ump after each round of trials, andb) The increment of the raising of the bar should neverincrease.
These Rules shall not apply once the athletes stillcompeting agree to raise it to a World Record height
directly.
After an athlete has won the competition, the height orheights to which the bar is raised shall be decided by theathlete, in consultation with the relevant udge or Referee.

ࢾٗ
2. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ৻൓ௗΉͪͺ৻൓ҽक೜͖Δ઴΍ͮͱࠄஎ͠Ηͪʹ͹߶͖͠Δ࢟Όͱ΍Γ͚ɼҐ߳͹߶͠Ͷͯ͏ͱʹ͹߶͠Ν௕ΞͲ΍Γ͏ɽ3 յକ͜ͱࣨഌ
ͤΗͻɼͨ͹߶͗͠ʹ͹߶͠Ͳ͍Θ͑ͳ࣏͹ࢾٗΝ
କ͜Ζ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼಋ੔੹͹୊ 1 ҒΝ݀ΌΖ৖߻Νঈ͚ɽຌড়ͶΓΕ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ͍Ζ߶͠Ͳʤ1 յ໪͍Ζ͏ͺ 2յ໪͹ࢾٗΝࣨഌͪ͢‫ޛ‬Ͷʥ2 յ໪͍Ζ͏ͺ 3 յ໪͹ࢾٗΝϏη͢ͱ΍ɼ࣏͹߶͠ΝӀ͘କ͘ࢾٗͲ͘
Ζɽ΍͢‫͍͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ߶͠͹ࢾٗΝߨΚ͵͏৖߻ɼ୊ 1Ғ݀ఈ͹ζϡϱϕΨϓ͹৖߻Νঈ͘ɼͨ͹߶͠Ͳ࣏͹ࢾٗΝߨ͑͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽૺ߶௕Ͷ͕͏ͱɼଠ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Νश͓ͱ͏ͱɼ͍Ζ‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹৖Ͷ෈ࡑ͹৖߻ɼ༫͓Δ
Ηͪࢾٗ࣎ؔ͗‫ܨ‬գͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬Ν๎‫ͳͪ͢ؼ‬Ί͵ͤ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
3. Ά͖͹‫ݘ͗ंٗڟ‬ཤΝࣨͮͪ‫Ͳޛ‬΍ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࣙ෾͗‫ݘ‬ཤΝࣨ͑ΉͲɼ͠ΔͶࢾٗΝକ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
4. ‫ޛ࠹͗ंٗڟ‬͹ҲਕͶ͵Εɼ༑ঋ͗݀ΉΖΉͲͺɼa) ώʖͺૺ߶௕Ͳ 2 ᶴΓΕঙ͵͏৏͝๏Ν͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) Ήͪώʖ͹৏͝෱Νଁ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
࢔ͮͱ͏Ζ‫್͗ंٗڟ‬ਕҐ৏Ͳ΍੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧Ν௔͓Ζ
߶͠ͶώʖΝ৏͝Ζ͞ͳͶસҽ͗ಋқͪ͢͵Δ৏‫ى‬‫و‬ଉΝన༽͢͵͚ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͹༑ঋ͗݀Ήͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼώʖΝ৏͝Ζ߶͠Ήͪͺώʖ͹৏͝෱ͺ౲֚৻൓ҽΉͪͺ৻൓ௗͳ૮஌͹৏ɼ‫݀͗ंٗڟ‬ఈͤΖɽ

Measurements
5. All measurements shall be made, in whole centimetres,
perpendicularly from the ground to the lowest part of theupper side of the bar.
6. Any measurement of a new height shall be made before
athletes attempt such height. A remeasurement should bemade if the bar has been substituted. In all cases ofRecords, the udges shall also re-check the measurement
before each subsequent Record attempt if the bar has
been touched since last measured.

‫ܯ‬଎
5. (ૺ߶௕Ͳͺ)‫ܯ‬଎ͺ 1 ᶴࠃΊͲɼஏ໚͖Δਪ௜Ͷώʖ͹৏෨͹Ҳ൬ఁ͏ͳ͞ΘͲ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽ
6. ώʖΝ৿͢͏߶͠Ͷ৏ͪ࣎͝Ͷͺɼ‫ࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬ٗΝ֋࢟ͤΖ઴Ͷͨ͹߶͠Ν‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽώʖ͗ި‫׷‬͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺ࠸‫ܯ‬଎͗චགྷͳ͵Ζɽ‫ى‬࿧ʤ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳஏҮ‫ى‬࿧ʥ΃͹ேક͹ࡏɼ‫ܯ‬଎‫ޛ‬͹ࢾٗͲώʖͶৰΗͪ࣎ͺɼ෵਼͹৻൓ҽͺ࣏ͶߨΚΗΖࢾٗ͹઴Ͷͨ͹߶͠Ν࠸֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

rosthetic De ice s. For athletes competing in igh ump
Events in sport classes T61-64, the use of prosthetic
device(s) is optional. The relevant fficial shall ensure that
Rule 6.12(b) is observed.
a) If the prosthetic device(s) is lost during the run-up thenthe athlete cannot continue without the prosthesis. The
athlete shall fix/adjust the prosthetic device(s) andrecommence the trial provided he is within the time allowed84ٝࢸ. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T61-64 ͹ૺ߶௕Ͳͺɼٝࢸ(෵਼΍)͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͳͤΖɽ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζༀҽͺ‫و‬ଉ
6.12(b)(Ծࢸ༽ٝࢸ͹࢘༽)Ͷͯ͏ͱ֮೟͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽa) ঁૺ஦Ͷٝࢸ͗୦ཚͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺٝࢸΝૹ஥͢ͱ͏͵͏য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬Νକ͜Ζ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ੏‫಼ؔ࣎ݸ‬ͶٝࢸΝ࠸ૹ஥ʙ௒੖͢‫ڟ‬ٗΝ࠸֋͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽfor the trialb) If the prosthetic device(s) is lost during the process ofjumping and the prosthetic device(s) does not clear the bar
it shall be counted as a failure and recorded as such.
rossbar. The crossbar shall be made of fiberglass, or othersuitable material but not metal, circular in cross-section
except for the end pieces. It shall be coloured so as to bevisible to all sighted athletes. The overall length of thecrossbar shall be 4. m
. 2m in the igh ump. The
maximum weight of the crossbar shall be 2kg in the igh
ump. The diameter of the circular part of the crossbar shallbe 3 mm 1mm.
The crossbar shall consist of three parts - the circular bar
and two end pieces, each 3 mm- 35mm wide and .15.2 m long for the purpose of resting on the supports of the
uprights.
These end pieces shall have one clearly defined flat
surface on which the bar rests on the crossbar supports.
This flat surface may not be higher than the centre of thevertical cross section of the crossbar. The end pieces shallbe hard and smooth. They shall not be of, or covered withrubber or any other material which has the effect ofincreasing the friction between them and the supports.
The crossbar shall have no bias and, when in place, shallsag a maximum of 2 mm.
Control of elasticity ang a 3kg weight in the middle of thecrossbar when in position. It may sag a maximum of mmin igh ump.

Figureb) ௕༄͹࠹஦Ͷٝࢸ͗୦ཚ͢ɼ୦ཚͪٝ͢ࢸ͗ώʖΝӿ͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵͠Ηɼͨ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽώʖ. ώʖͺϓΟ΢ώʖήϧη͍Ζ͏ͺۜ଒Νঈ͚ଠ͹న౲͵ࡒ࣯Ͳ͚ͯΔΗͪ΍͹Ͳɼͨ͹இ໚ͺྈ୼Νঈ͘ԃ‫ͤͳܙ‬Ζɽસͱ͹‫ݡ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͜Ζ͞ͳ͗
Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ஥৯͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽώʖ͹ௗ͠ͺૺ߶௕Ͳ 4. mʤ . 2mʥͳͤΖɽώʖ͹࠹߶॑ྖͺૺ߶௕Ͳ 2kgɼ๰߶௕ͺ 2.25kg ͳͤΖɽώʖ͹ԃ‫ܙ‬෨෾͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺ 3 ᶳʤ 1 ᶳʥͳͤΖɽώʖͺࢀͯ͹෨෾͖Δ͵Ζɽԃ‫ܙ‬͹๰ͳώʖࢯͶࡎ
ͦΖͪΌ͹෱ 3 ᶳʛ35 ᶳɼௗ͠ .15mʛ .2 m ͹
2 ‫ݺ‬͹ྈ୼Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞ΗΔ͹ྈ୼͹෨෾ͺࢩ஬͹ώʖࢯ͹৏Ͷ஖͚෨෾͗ͺͮ͘Εͳฑ୳͵͖Ή·͞‫͍ܙ‬Ζ͏ͺൔԃ‫͵Ͳܙ‬͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹ฑ୳͵෨෾ͺɼώʖ͹ਪ௜இ໚͹஦ৼΓΕ߶͏Ғ஖Ͷ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽྈ୼͹෨෾ͺߙ͚‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͢ͱ͞ΗΔͺώʖͳώʖࢯ͹ຐࡴΝଁͤްՎ͹͍ΖβϞΏଠ͹ࡒ࣯ͲࡠΔΗͱ͏ͪΕ෶ΚΗͱ͏ͪΕ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽώʖͺΑ͗ΞͲ͏ͱͺ͵ΔͥɼώʖࢯͶ͹ͦͪ࣎ɼ࠹୉ 2 ᶳ͹ͪΚΊΉͲ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽஆྙ੓͹௒੖ʁώʖࢯΌͶࡎͦͪ࣎ɼώʖ͹஦ԟͶ
3kg ͹ਸ਼Ν௽ͤɽͨ͹࣎ɼ࠹୉ૺ߶௕Ͳ
ᶳͪΚΞ
Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽ

Alternative ends for crossbar

lacings. If two or more athletes clear the same final height theprocedure to decide the places will be the followinga) The athlete with the lowest number of jumps at theheight last cleared shall be awarded the higher placeb) If the athletes are equal following the application of theabove Rule the athlete with the lowest total of failuresthroughout the competition up to and including the heightlast cleared, shall be awarded the higher placec) If the athletes are still equal following the application ofthis Rule the athletes
concerned shall be awarded the same place unless it
concerns the first placed) If it concerns the first place a jump-off between theseathletes, it shall be conducted in accordance with Rule25.1 , unless otherwise decided, either in advanceaccording to the Technical Regulations applying to thecompetition, or during the competition by the TechnicalDelegate or the Referee if no Technical Delegate has been
appointed. If no jump-off is carried out, including where therelevant athletes at any stage decide not to jump further,
the tie for first place shall remain.
C MMENT There are a number of ways in which a jumpoff may be terminateda) by provision in advance of the competition set out in theregulationsb) by decision during the competition by the Technicaldelegate (or Referee if there is no Technical delegate)c) by decision of the athletes not to jump further prior to orat any stage of the jump-off. Whilst any decision by the85ॳҒ. ΍್͢ਕҐ৏͹‫ޛ࠹͗ंٗڟ‬Ͷӿ͓ͪ͹͗ಋͣ߶ͫͮͪ͠ͳ͘ɼॳҒ͹݀ఈͺҐԾ͹घକ͘Ͳߨ͑ɽa) ࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷӿ͓ͪ߶͠Ͳɼࢾ਼ٗ͹΍ͮͳ΍ঙ͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝঋंͳͤΖɽb) ৏‫وى‬ଉ͹๏๑Ͳ͵͕ಋͣড়݇͹৖߻ͺɼͨ͹ࢾٗસରɼଊͬ࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷӿ͓ͪ߶͠͹઴ΉͲ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹ࢾٗ͹͑ͬໃްࢾ਼ٗ͗΍ͮͳ΍ঙ͵͖ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬ंΝঋंͳͤΖɽc) ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹๏๑Ͳ͵͕ಋͣড়݇͹৖߻ͺɼ୊ 1ҒͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼಋ੔੹͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺಋॳҒͳͤΖɽd) ୊ 1 ҒͶ‫ͱؖ͢‬ɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫ؔंٗڟ‬͹ζϡϱϕΨϓͺɼࣆ઴Ͷޮන͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲన༽͠ΗΖ‫ٗڟ‬‫و‬ଉ͹஦Ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ֋ປ‫ޛ‬ɼ͖ͨ͢͢͹झ໪֋࢟઴Ͷٗढ़େනɼٗढ़େන͗ࢨ໌͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺ৻൓ௗͶΓͮͱɼࣰࢬ͢͵͏ͳ͹खΕ݀Ό͗͵͏৖߻ͺ‫و‬ଉ 25.1 ͶॊͮͱߨΚΗΖɽ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ं͗΍͑͞ΗҐ৏௕༄͢͵͏ͳ݀Όͪ৖߻Ν‫؜‬ΊζϡϱϕΨϓࣰ͗ࢬ͠Η͵͏৖߻ɼಋ੔੹ͶΓΕ୊ 1Ғͳ͵ΖɽαϟϱφʁζϡϱϕΨϓΝश྅ͤΖͶͺɼ͏͚͖ͯ
͹๏๑͍͗Ζɽa) ‫و‬ఈͲ͍Δ͖ͣΌ໎‫͏ͱ͢ى‬Ζ͞ͳɽb) ٗढ़େනʤΉͪͺٗढ़େන͗͏͵͜Ηͻ৻൓ௗʥͶΓΖɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹࠹஦͹݀ఈɽc) ͞ΗҐ৏௕ͻ͵͏ͳ͏͑‫ͬͪंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ݀ఈɽٗढ़େනΉͪͺ৻൓ௗͶΓΖζϡϱϕΨϓΝࣰࢬ͢͵͏͞ͳͶ݀ఈͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹֋࢟઴ͶߨΚ͵͜ΗTechnical delegate or Referee not to conduct a jump-off
should be made before the start of the event, there may becircumstances where this might not be possible such aswhere conditions at the place of competition make it
impossible or undesirable to begin or continue with a jumpoff. The Referee could use his powers under Rules 2.13 orRule 24 to deal with this situation.

ͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼζϡϱϕΨϓ͹֋࢟Ήͪͺ‫ܯ‬଎͗ɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖ॶ͹ড়݇ͶΓΕ෈Ն೵Ήͪͺ๮Ή͚͢͵͏৖߻͵ʹɼ͞Η͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻΍͍Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺɼ͞͹য়‫ڱ‬ͶଲॴͤΖͪΌͶ‫و‬ଉ 2.13 Ήͪͺ‫و‬ଉ 24 ͹ԾͲࣙਐ͹‫ݸݘ‬Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽigh ump Example
What follows is a worked example only
eights announced by the Chief udge at the beginning ofcompetition
1. 5m 1. m 1. 4m 1. m 1. 1m 1. 4m 1. m
1. m

ζϡϱϕΨϓʤ୊ 1 Ғ݀ఈકʥ
1 . ζϡϱϕࣰࢬ͹৖߻࣏͹घॳͳ͵Ζɽa) ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ݀஥͚͗ͯΉͲɼ͍Ζ͏ͺͤ΄ͱ͹౲֚‫͗͞ंٗڟ‬ΗҐ৏௕༄͢͵͏ͳ݀ΌΖΉͲɼͤ΄ͱ͹߶͠Ͳ௕༄͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ֦‫ंٗڟ‬͹֦߶͠Ͳ͹௕༄ͺ̏յͳͤΖɽc) ζϡϱϕΨϓͺ౲֚‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫و‬ଉ 25.1 ͶΓͮͱ࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷӿ͓࣏ͪ͹߶͖͠Δ࢟ΌΖɽdʥ΍݀͢஥͖͗ͯ͵͏৖߻ɼͤ͵Κ್ͬਕҐ৏͹‫ڟ‬ٗं͗੔ޯͪ͢৖߻ͺώʖΝ৏͝ɼસҽ͗ࣨഌͪ͢৖߻ͺώʖΝԾ͝ɼͨ͹৏͝Ծ͝͹෱ͺ 2cm ͳͤΖɽeʥ΍͢௕༄͢͵͏‫ͪ͏͗ंٗڟ‬৖߻ͺࣙಊదͶΓΕ߶͏ॳҒͶ͵Ζ‫ݘ‬ཤͺഥ୥͠ΗΖɽͨ͹݃ՎҲਕ͹‫ͪͮ࢔͗ͫ͜ंٗڟ‬৖߻ͺɼͪͳ͓ͨ͹߶͠ΝࢾΊ͵͚ͳ΍ɼͨ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ঋंͳ͵Ζɽྭʤૺ߶௕ʥ
ಋ‫ى‬࿧ͲॳҒ൓ఈ͹ଲেͳ͵Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹Ί‫ى‬೘‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹઴Ͷ৻൓ҽक೜͖Δࠄஎ͠Ηͪ߶͠ʁ
1. 5mʂ1. mʂ1. 4mʁ1. mʂ1. 1mʂ1. 4mʂ1. mʂ
1. m

A, B, C and D all cleared 1. m.
The Rule regarding ties now comes into operation theudges add up the total number of failures, up to andincluding the height last cleared, i.e., 1. m.
D has more failures than A , B or C , and is therefore
awarded fourth place. A , B and C still tie and as thisconcerns the first place, they shall have one more jump at
1. 1m which is the next height after the height last clearedby the athletes tying.
As all the athletes tying failed, the bar is lowered to 1. m
for another jump-off. As only C failed to clear 1. m, thetwo other tying athletes, A and B shall have a third jumpoff at 1. 1m which only B cleared and is therefore
declared the winner.
C MMENT When an athlete unilaterally decides towithdraw from a jump-off, the other athlete (if only one
remains) will be declared the winner in accordance with
Rule 25.1 (e). It is not necessary for that athlete to attempt
the applicable height. Where more than one athlete
remains in the jump-off, the jump-off continues with thoseathletes, with the athlete who withdrew being placed
according to his then finishing place, he having forfeited
any right to any higher placing, including first, thenremaining.

AɼBɼCɼD ͺ͏ͥΗ΍ 1. m Ν 2 յ໪Ͷ੔ޯͪ͢ɽ
ಋ੔੹Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉ͗న༽͠ΗΖʁ৻൓ҽͺಋ‫ى‬࿧Νਫ਼ͣͪ߶͠ɼͤ͵Κͬ 1. m ΉͲ͹ໃްࢾ਼ٗΝ
਼͓ΖɽD ͺ AɼBɼC ΓΕ΍ໃްࢾ਼ٗ͗ଡ͏͹Ͳ
୊ 4 Ғͳ͵ΖɽAɼBɼC ͺ͵͕୊ 1 Ғ͹ಋ੔੹Ͳ͍
Ζ͹Ͳɼಋ੔੹ͳ͵ͮͪ੔ޯࢾٗ͹࣏͹߶͠͹
1. 1m Ͳ͠ΔͶ௧ՅࢾٗΝߨ͑ɽસҽ͗ࣨഌͪ͢͹ͲɼώʖΝ 1. m ͶԾ͝ͱ௧Յࢾ
ٗΝߨ͑ɽC ͫ͗͜͞͹߶͠Νࣨഌͪ͢͹Ͳɼ̚͹
୊ 3 Ғ͗݀ΉΕɼA ͳ B ͺ 1. 1m ͹߶͠Ͳ͠ΔͶ௧ՅࢾٗΝߨ͑ɽB ͫ͗͜੔ޯͪ͢͹Ͳঋंͳ͵ΖɽαϟϱφʁͽͳΕ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ҳ๏దͶζϡϱϕΨϓ
͖ΔభୂΝ݀ఈͪ͢৖߻ɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ1 ͯͫ͗͜࢔ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ʥͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 1. (e)Ͷॊͮͱঋंͳ
ઑ‫͠ݶ‬ΗΖɽ͞͹ͳ͘ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֚౲ͤΖ߶͠ͶேકͤΖචགྷͺ͵͏ɽ2 ਕҐ৏͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ζϡϱϕΨϓͶ࢔ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ࢔ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓͮͱζϡϱϕΨϓͺକ͚͗ɼభୂͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼζϡϱϕΨϓ֋࢟઴͹ॳҒͲ֮ఈͳ͵Εɼ1 ҒΝͺͣΌΓΕ৏Ғ͹ॳҒΝಚΖ‫ݘ‬ཤΝࣨ͑ɽtraneous orces
11.When it is clear that the bar has been displaced by aforce not associated withan athlete (e.g., a gust of wind)a) If such displacement occurs after an athlete has cleared
the bar without touching it, then the trial shall be consideredsuccessful, or֐ྙ
11. ௕;ӿ͓Ζ࣎ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͺ‫ܐؖ‬͹͵͏ྙʤྭ͓
ͻಧ෫ʥͶΓͮͱώʖ͗ώʖࢯ͖ΔͺͥΗͪ৖߻ͺɼa) ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ώʖͶৰΗ͵͏Ͳ௕;ӿ͓ͪ‫͍Ͳޛ‬Ηͻɼͨ͹ࢾٗͺ੔ޯͳͤΖɽ

ump-o
1 .If there is a jump-offa) The athletes concerned must jump at every height until
a decision is reached or until all of the athletes concerned
decide not to jump furtherb) Each athlete shall have one jump at each heightc) The jump-off shall start at the next height determined inaccordance with Rule 25.1 after the height last cleared by
the athletes concernedd) If no decision is reached the bar shall be raised if morethan one athlete concerned were successful, or lowered if
all of them failed, by 2cme) If an athlete does not attempt a height in a jump-off heautomatically forfeits any claim to the first place. If only one
other athlete then remains he is declared the winner
regardless of whether he clears that height.

86b) If such displacement occurs under any othercircumstance, a new trial shall be awarded.

b) ͨ͹ଠ͹য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼ৿ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ

ule 26 igh ump ule 1 2
ompetition
1. An athlete shall take off from one foot.
2. An athlete fails ifa) After the jump, the bar does not remain on the supports
because of the action of the athlete whilst jumping, orb) e touches the ground including the landing area
beyond the vertical plane through the nearer edge of thecrossbar, either between or outside the uprights with any
part of his body, without first clearing the bar. owever, if
when he jumps, an athlete touches the landing area withhis foot and in the opinion of the udge, no advantage isgained the jump for that reason should not be considereda failure.
c) e touches the crossbar or the vertical section of the
uprights when running up without jumping.
Note (i) To assist in the implementation of this Rule a whiteline 5 mm wide shall be drawn (usually by adhesive tapeor similar material) between points 3m outside of each
upright, the nearer edge of the line being drawn along thevertical plane through the nearer edge of the crossbar.
Note (ii) Athletes in Sport Class T11 may touch the bar as
an aid to orientation before commencing the run up. If, on
so doing, the athlete dislodges the bar this will not count as
an attempt.
Note (iii) Athletes in Sport Class T12 and T13 may place
an appropriate visual aid on the bar.
C MMENT For clarity, in the application of this Rule, thepowers of the Referee under Rules 2.13 and Rule 24
should also be considered to reach a fair result for all
athletes in the event. If it is not possible for any reason to
finally determine any immediate oral protest before thecompetition continues, the athlete may, for example, beallowed to continue to compete under protest in order topreserve his rights.

୊ 26 ড় ૺ߶௕
ule 1 2‫ٗڟ‬ճ
1. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺฤଏͲಁΊ઀Δ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ2. ࣏͹৖߻ͺໃްࢾٗͳͤΖɽaʥ௕༄ͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼώʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹௕༄஦͹ಊࡠͶΓͮͱώʖࢯͶͳʹΉΔ͵͖ͮͪ࣎ɽbʥώʖΝӿ͓Ζ઴Ͷɼώʖ͹ঁૺ࿑ଈ͹ਪ௜໚ΓΕ஥ஏ৖ॶଈ͹ɼΉͪͺͨ͹ਪ௜໚Νࢩ஬͖ΔࠪӊͶԈௗͪ͢஥ஏ৖ॶଈ͹ɼஏ໚͍Ζ͏ͺ஥ஏ৖ॶͶਐର͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾Ͳ΍ৰΗͪ࣎ɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬௕༄ͪ࣎͢Ͷଏ͗஥ஏ৖ॶͶৰΗͪ͗ɼ৻൓ҽ͗͵ΞΔ༙ཤͶ͵Δ͵͖ͮͪͳ൓இͪ͢৖߻ͶͺɼໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵͠͵͏ɽcʥঁૺ͢ͱ௕༄ͦͥͶώʖΉͪͺࢩ஬͹ਪ௜෨෾Ͷંৰͪ͢৖߻
஭қ(i)ʁ൓ఈΝึঁͤΖͪΌͶɼώʖ͹ঁૺ࿑ଈ͹໚͵Δ;Ͷͨ͹Ԉௗ৏Ͳྈࢩ஬͹֐ଈ 3m ΉͲ͹ஏ໚Ͷɼ೬஥τʖϕ͵ʹͲ෱ 5 mm ͹പતΝӀ͚ɽͨ͹പતΝಁΞͫΕಁΊӿ͓ͪΕͪ࣎͢ͺໃްࢾٗͳ
ͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼࢾٗ͹ͪΌ͹ঁૺ֋࢟઴Ͷ๏޴֮೟͹ঁ͜͹ͪΌͶώʖΝ͠Κͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽͨ͹ߨҟ͹ࡏͶώʖ͗ཚͬͱ΍ɼࢾٗͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ɽ
஭қ(iii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12 ͳ T13 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼన౲͵ࢻְึঁ͹ͪΌ͹෼ΝώʖͶखΕ෉͜Ζ͞ͳ͗‫ڒ‬͠ΗΖɽαϟϱφʁ໎֮ͶͤΖͪΌͶɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹న༽Ͳͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 24 Ͷ‫৻͚Ͱخ‬൓ௗ͹‫ݸݘ‬΍ɼझ໪ͶࢂՅͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫ޮ͗ंٗڟ‬ਜ਼͵݃Վ͗ಚΔΗ
ΖΓ͑Ͷߡྂ͠ΗΖɽ‫ܩ͗ٗڟ‬କͤΖ઴ͶՁΔ͖͹ཀྵ༟Ͳଊ࣎߇٠Ν࠹शదͶ݀ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼྭ͓ͻɼ൶͹‫ݘ‬ཤΝң࣍ͤΖͪΌͶʰ߇٠஦ʱͶ‫ٗڟ‬Νକ͜Ζ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬Ն͠ΗΖ৖߻
͍͗Ζɽ

unwa and a e-o Area
3. The minimum width of the runway shall be 16m and theminimum length of the runway shall be 15m except in IPC
Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and(b)), where the minimum shall be 25m.
4. The maximum overall downward inclination in the last
15m of the runway and take-off area shall not exceed 1 16
( .6 ) along any radius of the semi-circular area centredmidway between the uprights. The landing area should beplaced so the athlete s approach is up the inclination.
Note Runways and take-off areas to the 2 1 /1
specifications remain acceptable.
5. The take-off area shall be generally level and free fromany material inclination and shall be in accordance with
Rule 26.4 and the World Athletics Track and Field Facilities
Manual.

ঁૺ࿑ͳಁ઀৖ॶ
3. ঁૺ࿑͹෱ͺ 16m Ґ৏ɼ‫ ཯ړ‬15m Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽͪ ͫ ͢ ɼ IPC ΰ ʖ Ϟ θ ‫ ; ٶ‬IPC ‫ ٗ ڟ‬ճ ( Ϗ ʖ φ
B3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͳͺ 25m ͳͤΖɽ
4. ࢩ஬ؔ͹஦఼ؔΝ஦ৼͳ͢ɼචགྷ࠹ঘ‫ݸ‬͹ൔ‫ܚ‬Νຮͪͪ͢ൔԃ෨಼Ͳ͹ঁૺ࿑ͳಁ઀ஏ఼͹࠹‫ޛ‬͹
15m ͹࠹୉‫ڒ‬༲ܑౕࣾͺɼԾ๏Ͷ 16 ෾͹̏ʤ .6 )Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ2 1 /2 1 ࢕༹͹ঁૺ࿑ͳಁ઀৖ॶͺӀ͘କ͘೟ΌΔΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
5. ಁ઀৖ॶͺਭฑɼ͍Ζ͏ͺɼʹ͹ܑࣾ΍‫و‬ଉ 26.4
‫ ;ٶ‬WA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩ͹ড়݇ͳҲ஗͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Apparatus
6. Any style of uprights or posts may be used, provided they
are rigid. They shall have supports for the crossbar firmly
fixed to them. They shall be sufficiently tall as to exceed theactual height to which the crossbar is raised by at least.1 m.
The distance between the uprights shall be not less than
4. m no more than 4. 4m.
. The uprights or posts shall not be moved during thecompetition unless the Referee
considers that either the take-off or landing area has
become unsuitable. In such a case, the change shall bemade only after a round of trials has been completed.
. The supports shall be flat and rectangular, 4 mm wide
and 6 mm long. They shall be firmly fixed to the uprights
and immovable during the jump and shall each face theopposite upright. The ends of the crossbar shall rest onthem in such a manner that, if the crossbar is touched by
an athlete, it will easily fall to the ground, either forwards or༽‫۫ح‬
6. ࢩ஬ͺɼ‫͍Ͳݽݐ‬ΗͻʹΞ͵‫Ͳܙ‬΍ࠫࢩ͓͵͏ɽͨ͢ͱɼͨΗͶͺώʖΝ͖ͮ͢Ε‫ݽ‬ఈͲ͘Ζώʖࢯ͗͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽࢩ஬ͺώʖ͹৏୼ΓΕঙ͵͚ͳ΍ . 1m ߶͚͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽࢩ஬͹ֶؔͺɼ4. ̾ʛ4. 4m ͳͤΖɽ. ৻൓ௗ͗ɼಁ઀͍Ζ͏ͺ஥ஏ৖ॶ͗న౲Ͳ͵͚͵ͮͪͳ൓இ͢͵͏‫ݸ‬Εͺ‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷࢩ஬ΝҢಊͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ΍͢ҢಊͤΖ࣎ͺɼͨ͹߶͠͹ࢾٗ͗‫׮‬྅͢ͱ͖ΔͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ. ώʖࢯͺɼฑΔͲௗ๏‫͢ͳܙ‬ɼ෱ 4 mmɼௗ͠ͺ
6 mm ͳͤΖɽώʖࢯͺɼࢩ஬Ͷ͖ͮ͢Εͳ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηɼ௕༄஦ͺಊ͏ͱͺ͵Δͥɼൕଲଈ͹ࢩ஬Ͷ޴͍͑͘Γ͑ͶखΕͯ͜Ζɽώʖ͹ྈ୼ͺ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ώʖͶৰΗͪΔɼ઴๏ͶͲ΍Ήͪ‫ޛ‬๏ͶͲ΍༲ҝͶཚͬ

87

backwards. The surface of the supports shall be smooth.
The supports shall not be of, or covered with, rubber or withany other material which has the effect of increasing thefriction between them and the surface of the crossbar, nor
may they have any kind of springs.
The supports shall be the same height above the take-offarea immediately below each end of the crossbar.

FigureΖΓ͑Ͷɼώʖࢯ͹৏Ͷ஖͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽώʖࢯ͹න໚ͺ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽώʖࢯͺɼώʖͳώʖࢯ͹න໚͗ຐࡴΝଁՅͤΖްՎ͹͍ΖβϞΏଠ͹ࡒ࣯Ͳ෶Κ͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽΉͪɼώϋ͹Γ͑͵΍͹΍Ҳ઀࢘༽͢͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽώʖࢯΌͺɼώʖ͹ྈ୼͹Ծวͳಋͣ߶͠ͳͤΖɽigh ump uprights and crossbar. There shall be a space of at least 1 mm between theends of the crossbar and the uprights.

. ࢩ஬ͳώʖ͹ྈ୼ͳ͹ؔͺɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ᶳ͍͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

anding Area
1 . For IPC Games and IPC Competitions under Part B 3.1.2 (a) and (b), the landing area shall be not smaller than
6m long x 4m wide x . m high behind the vertical plane of
the crossbar.
Note The uprights and landing area should also be
designed so that there is a clearance of at least .1m
between them when in use, to avoid displacement of thecrossbar through a movement of the landing area causing
contact with the uprights.
C MMENT For other competitions, the landing area
should measure not less than 5m long x 3m wide x . m
high.
eam o
icialsFor a igh ump Event, it is recommended to allocate theavailable officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the eventand verify the measurements. e must be provided with
two flags - white to indicate if the trial is valid and red if it isa failure.
e must place himself so as to manage two matters inparticulara) Frequently it happens that the cross-bar having been
touched by an athlete trembles on the supports. The Chiefudge, depending on the position of the cross-bar, must
decide when the vibrating of the bar must be stopped andthe appropriate flag raised
particularly the special
situations as covered in Rule 25.11 andb) Since the athlete may not touch the crossbar, the verticalsection of the uprights or ground beyond the vertical planeof the nearer edge of the crossbar it is important to keep awatch on the position of the athletes feet in situations
where when deciding not to complete a trial he runs to theside or goes under the bar.
2) udges (1) and (2) on either side of the landing area andslightly standing back in charge of replacing the cross-bar
when it falls and assisting the Chief udge in applying theabove Rules.
3) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
4) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).

஥ஏ৖ॶ
1 . IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͳͺɼ஥ஏ৖ॶͺɼώʖ͹ਪ௜໚‫ޛ‬๏Ͷঙ͵͚ͳ΍෱ 6m Ԡߨ͘ 4m ߶͠ . m Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ஥ஏ৖ॶͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍෱ 5̾
Ԡߨ͘ 3̾ ߶͠ . ̾Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁࢩ஬ͳ஥ஏ৖ॶͳ͹ֶؔͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ཚԾ࣎ɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ͗ಊ͏ͱࢩ஬Ͷંৰ͢ώʖ͗ཚͬΖ͹Νඈ
͜ΖͪΌɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ᶳͺ͍͜ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ஥ஏ৖ॶͺɼௗ͠ 5m
෱ 3m ߶͠ . m Ґ৏Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞૺ߶௕͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻ͢ɼ‫ܯ‬଎݃ՎΝ
֮೟ͤΖɽ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤപ‫ͳظ‬
ໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬ɽ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼಝͶ 2ͯ͹໲ୌΝ؇ཀྵ͢Ώͤ͏৖ॶͶҒ஖͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽʁa) ‫͗ंٗڟ‬νροͪ͢έϫηώʖ͗γϛʖφ৏Ͳ
ਔ͓Ζ͞ͳ͗Γ͚͍Ζɽ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼέϫηώʖ͹Ғ஖ͶԢͣͱɼώʖ͹༵ΗΝࢯΌΖ࣎‫غ‬Ν݀Όɼన઀͵‫ظ‬Ν‫͜͵͝ܟ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽಝͶɼ‫و‬ଉ 25.11
Ͷ͍Ζಝพ͵য়‫ڱ‬ɽb) ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺέϫηώʖɼέϫηώʖ͹घ઴͹ԓ͹ਪ௜໚ΓΕ઎͹ஏ໚ͶৰΗͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͹Ͳɼ‫ٗڟ‬ं͗௕༄ͦͥͶɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹࿮Ώώʖ͹ԾͶૺΕࠒΞͫͳ͘‫ंٗڟ‬͹ଏ͹Ғ஖Ν؄ࢻ͢କ͜Ζ͞ͳͺ॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ2) ৻൓ҽʤ1ʥͳʤ2ʥͺ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹ྈଈͶ͍Εɼέϫηώʖ͹ި‫׷‬Ν୴౲͢ɼΉͪ৏‫وى‬ଉΝ৻൓ҽक೜͗న༽ͤΖࡏͶࢩԋͤΖɽ3) ৻൓ҽʷ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं4) ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ5) ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ6) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ஭қᾺʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬to the athletes that they have a certain time to take theirtrial.
6) udge in charge of athletes.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.

88

To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a
way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.
Note (iii) A space must be reserved for a wind-sock toindicate the wind direction and strength.
.

A
M
C MMENT These rules apply equally to both the ong
ump and Triple ump, except for variations for T11 andT12 class athletes, set-up and jumping in addition, thelocation (placement) of the wind gauge as well as timing(duration and starting of the equipment) of windmeasurement are different for the ong and Triple ump.
ule 2
eneral onditions ule 1
unwa
1. The minimum length of the runway shall be 4 m,
measured from the relevant take-off line to the end of the
runway. It shall have a width of 1.22m. 1m and shall bemarked by white lines 5 mm in width.
Note For all tracks constructed before 1 anuary 2 4 therunway may have a width of maximum 1.25m. owever,when such a runway is fully resurfaced, the lane width shallcomply with this Rule.
2. The maximum lateral inclination of the runway should be
1 1 (1 ) unless special circumstances exist which justify
World Athletics providing an exemptions and in the last
4 m of the runway the overall downward inclination in the
direction of running shall not exceed 1 1( .1 ).
he a e-ooard and a e-o Area
3. The take-off shall be marked by a board sunk level withthe runway and the surface of the landing area. The edgeof the board which is nearer to the landing area shall be thetake-off line. Immediately beyond the take-off line there
may be placed a plasticine indicator board for theassistance of the udges.
Note Where in construction of the runway and/or take-offboard there was previously provision for the placement ofa plasticine indicator board and such board is not used, thisrecess should be filled by a blanking board flush with the
take-off board.
4. Construction. The take-off board shall be rectangular,
made of wood or other suitable rigid material in which the
spikes of an athlete s shoe will grip and not skid and shallmeasure 1.22m. 1m long, 2 cm ( 2mm) wide and not
more than 1 cm deep. It shall be white. In order to ensurethat the take-off line is clearly distinguishable and incontrast to the take-off board, the ground immediately
beyond the take-off line shall be in a colour other thanwhite.
.
2 .1.
plasticine indicator board may
still be used.
The plasticine indicator board shall consist of a rigid board,
1 cm ( 2mm) wide and 1.22m. 1m long made of woodor any other suitable material and shall be painted in acontrasting colour to the take-off board. Where possible,
the plasticine should be of a third contrasting colour. The
board shall be mounted in a recess or shelf in the runway,
on the side of the take-off board nearer the landing area.
The surface shall rise from the level of the take-off board toa height of mm ( 1mm). The edges shall be cut away
such that the recess, when filled with plasticine the surfaceof the plasticine nearer to the take-off line shall be at anangle of(see Figure ).

89Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʤiiʥʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʤiiiʥʁ෫͹๏޴ͳ‫͠ک‬ΝࣖͤͪΌͶɼ਩͘ླྀ͢
͹ͪΌ͹ηϘʖηΝ֮ฯͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
̙. ௗ͠͹௕༄αϟϱφʁ͞ΗΔ͹ϩʖϩͺɼૺ෱௕ͳࢀஊ௕͹ྈ๏Ͷ౵͚͢న༽͠ΗΖ͗ɼT11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12 έϧη͹‫ڟ‬ٗं͹ώϨΦʖεϥϱɼιρφΠρϕɼ‫;ٶ‬ζϡϱϕͺྭ֐Ͳ͍ΖɽΉͪɼૺ෱௕ͳࢀஊ௕Ͳͺɼ෫޴‫ܯ‬͹Ғ஖ʤഓ஖ʥͳ෫ଐ଎ఈ͹ν΢ϝϱήʤ‫ͳؔغ‬‫حؽ‬͹࢟ಊʥ͗ҡ͵Ζɽ
୊ 2 ড় ૱ଉule 1
ঁૺ࿑1. ಁ઀ત͖Δ‫ܯ‬଎ͪ͢ঁૺ࿑͹࠹୻‫཯ړ‬ͺ 4 ̾ͳͤΖɽঁૺ࿑͹෱ͺ 1.22̾
. 1̾ͳ͢ɼঁૺ࿑͹ྈଈͶ෱ 5 ᶳ͹പ͏ϧ΢ϱΝӀ͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ஭қʁ2 4 ೧ 1 ݆ 1 ೖҐ઴Ͷ‫ݒ‬ଆ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͷ͕͏ͱঁૺ࿑͹෱ͺ࠹୉ 1.25m ͲΓ͏ɽୢ͢ɼ͑͞
ͪ͢ঁૺ࿑Νસ໚րरͤΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ‫׮‬સͶన߻ͦ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͏ɽ2. ঁૺ࿑͹࠹୉‫ڒ‬༲ܑౕࣾͺɼWA ͗ྭ֐Ν೟ΌΖͶଏΖಝพ͵য়‫͍͗ڱ‬Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ෱Ͳ 1 ෾
͹ 1ʤ1 ʥͶͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Εɼঁૺ͹๏޴Ͳ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 4 m
͹Ծ๏ܑౕࣾͺ 1,
෾͹ 1ʤ .1 ʥΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽಁ઀൚‫;ٶ‬ಁ઀ΦϨΠ3. ಁ઀ஏ఼ΝࣖͤͪΌͶঁૺ࿑‫࠯;ٶ‬৖͹න໚ͳಋͣ߶͠Ͷಁ઀൚ΝດΌΖɽಁ઀൚͹࠯৖Ͷۛ͏๏͹୼Νಁ઀તͳ‫΁ݼ‬ɽಁ઀ત͹ͤ͛઎Ͷɼ൓ఈ͢Ώͤ͏Γ͑Ͷ೬ౖ൚Ν஖͏ͱ΍ྒྷ͏ɽ஭қʥঁૺ࿑͹ಁ઀൚෨෾Ͷ͍Δ͖ͣΌ೬ౖ൚Νઅ
஖ͤΖΓ͑Ͷࢬߨ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ೬ౖ൚Ν࢘༽͢͵͏͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼͨ͹‫۾‬ΊͺດΌΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
4. ߑଆಁ઀൚ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ۼ‬͹ηϏ΢έ͗ήϨ
ρϕ͢‫׊‬Δ͵͏໨Ήͪͺଠ͹‫͚ͯͲ࣯ࡒ͵ݽک‬ΔΗ
ͪ௜๏ର͹΍͹Ͳௗ͠ௗ͠ 1.22̾ . 1̾ɼ෱ 2 cm
ʤ 2̾̾ʥͲɼ޲͠ͺ 1 cm Ґ಼ͳͤΖɽಁ઀൚ͺപ৯Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽಁ઀ત͹Ғ஖Ν໎֮Ͷ͢ɼಁ઀൚ͳଲർͲ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷɼಁ઀તΓΕ΍஥ஏ৖ॶଈͺപҐ֐͹৯Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ5. ͍ΔΑΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱɼ৻൓ௗ͗‫و‬ଉ 2 .1 Νన༽ͪ͢൓ఈΝߨ͑͞ͳΝࢩԋͤΖͪΌͶɼϑυΨΩϟϧΏଠ͹ٗढ़Ν༽͏ͪ‫حؽ‬Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗‫ک‬͚ਬও͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ͑ͪ͢͞‫Ͳ༽࢘͗حؽ‬͘͵͏৖߻ͺɼ೬ౖ൚Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ೬ౖ൚ͺ෱ 1 cmʤ 2 ᶳʥɼௗ͠ 1̾22 ʤ . 1mʥ
͹໨͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹ࡒ࣯͹‫͵ݽک‬൚Ͳ͚ͯΕɼಁ઀൚ͳͺۢพͲ͘Ζพ͹৯Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Ε೬ౖ΍ଠ͹್ͯ͹৯ͳۢพͲ͘Ζ৯ͳͤΖɽ೬ౖ൚ͺɼ࠯৖Ͷۛ͏ಁ઀൚͹ԓ͹‫۾‬ΊͶດΌΖɽͨ͹න໚ͺɼಁ઀൚͹ਭฑ໚͖Δ ᶳʤ 1 ᶳʥ੟Ε৏͗ͮͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ೬ౖ൚ͺɼ೬ౖΝດΌͪ࣎ͺঁૺ࿑Ͷۛ͏ԓౕ͗͹ֱౕͳ͵ΖΓ͑Ͷ ۳ΝࡡΕखΖɽʤਦ ࢂলʥ

FigureTake-off board and plasticine indicator board

When mounted in this recess, the whole assembly shall be
sufficiently rigid to accept the full force of the athlete s foot.
The surface of the board beneath the plasticine shall be ofa material in which the spikes of an athlete s shoe will grip
and not skid.
The plasticine can be smoothed off by means of a roller orsuitably shaped scraper for the purposes of removing thefootprint of an athlete.
6. For athletes in Sport Classes T11 and T12, the take-offarea shall consist of a rectangle of 1. m x 1.22m. 1m
as depicted in Figure , which must be prepared in such away (by use of chalk, talcum powder, light sand, etc.) thatthe athlete leaves an impression on the area with his takeoff foot. The edge of the take-off area which is nearer to thelanding area shall be the scratch line.

Figure 1
and T12

6. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ಁ઀ΦϨΠͺɼԾਦͶࣖͤͳ͕Ε 1. m 1.22m ͹ௗ๏‫͢ͳܙ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ಁΊ઀Ε͹ࠡ੽͗࢔ΖΓ͑ʤοϥʖέɼνϩΩϞϏΤξʖɼ࠯౵Ν࢘ͮͱʥ६ඍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹஥ஏΦϨΠͶۛ͏Ά͑͹୼Νηέϧροϧ΢ϱʤಁ઀‫ڧ‬ֆતʥͳͤΖɽ

Take-off Area for athletes in Sport Classes T11

he anding Area
. The landing area shall have a minimum width of 2. 5m
and a maximum width of 3m. It shall, if possible, be soplaced that the middle of the runway, if extended, would
coincide with the middle of the landing area.
Note (i) When the axis of the runway is not in line with thecentre line of the landing area, a tape, or if necessary, twotapes, should be placed along the landing area so that theabove is achieved (see Figure 11).
Note (ii) For Sport Classes T11-12 and the purposes ofsafety, it is strongly recommended that the minimum
distance between the axis of the runway and the sides ofthe landing area be 1. 5m (see Figure 1 ). If thisrecommendation cannot be met the Technical Delegate
may require additional safety measures.

Figure 11area‫۾‬ΊͶ೬ౖ൚͗ດΌΔΗͪ࣎ͺɼસର͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٯ‬ྙΝण͜ࢯΌΖ͹Ͷॉ෾‫ͱ͚͵͚ݽ‬ͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ೬ౖ൚͹න໚ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ۼ‬͹ηϏ΢έΝ͖ͮ͢ΕำΔ͓ɼ‫׊‬Δ͵͏ࡒ࣯Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ೬ౖͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ଏ੽Νঈ‫ͤڊ‬ΖͪΌͶϫʖϧʖ͍Ζ͏ͺన౲͵‫ܙ‬͹ϖϧͲฑΔͶ͵ΔͤɽCentrali ed ong ump / Triple ump landing

90

஥ஏ৖ॶ
. ࠯৖͹෱ͺ 2. 5̾ʛ3̾ͳͤΖɽ࠯৖ͺɼͲ͘Ηͻͨ͹஦ԟͳঁૺ࿑͹஦ԟ͹Ԉௗ͗Ҳ஗ͤΖΓ͑ͶҒ஖ͦ͠Ζɽ
஭қ(i)ʁঁૺ࿑͹஦ৼત͗࠯৖͹஦ԟͳҲ஗͢͵͏৖߻Ͷͺঁૺ࿑͹஦ৼત͹Ԉௗ͹ྈଈΝಋͣ෱ͳ͢ɼ৏‫ى‬͹‫و‬ఈ͹෱ͳ͵ΖΓ͑Ͷয়‫ڱ‬ͶԢͣ࠯৖͹ฤଈΉͪͺྈଈͶτʖϕΝహΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽʤਦ 11 ࢂলʥ
஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સ֮ฯ͹ͪΌɼঁૺ࿑͹஦ৼત͖Δ஥ஏΦϨΠྈ୼ΉͲ͹‫ړ‬཯ͺ 1. 5m Ґ৏ͳͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͚ک‬ਬওͤΖɽʤਦ 1ࢂলʥ͞Η͗෈Ն೵͵৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͺ௧Յద͵҈સી஖Νགྷ੧Ͳ͘ΖɽC MMENT Where new facilities are developed at which itis envisaged that athletes with vision impairment willcompete in, at least one pit should be built with anincreased width (3.5 m instead of maximum 3. m as in
the World Athletics Rules).
. The landing area should be filled with soft damp sand,the top surface of which shall be level with the take-offboard.

αϟϱφʁࢻ্ְ͗͏ं͗‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗૟ఈ͠ΗΖ৿ͪ͵ࢬઅ͗‫ܯ‬ժ͠ΗΖ͵ΔɼIPC ͹ਬওͤΖΓ͑Ͷɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ͯ͹ϒρφΝ WA ‫و‬ଉΓΕ΍෱Ν߁͝ͱʤWA ‫و‬ଉ͹࠹୉ 3. m Ͳͺ͵͚ 3.5 mʥ
ߑ஛ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ. ࠯৖ͺौΔ͖͏࣬ͮͪ࠯Ͳຮͪ͠Ηɼ৏෨න໚ͺಁ઀൚ͳਭฑͶ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Distance Measurements. The measurement of each ump shall be madeimmediately after each valid trial (or after an immediate oral
protest made under Rule 5 .5). All jumps shall bemeasured from the nearest break in the landing area madeby any part of the body or anything that was attached to thebody at the time it made a mark to the take-off line, or takeoff line extended. The measurement shall be taken
perpendicular to the take-off line or its extension.
10.
11
12
nearest break in the landingarea perpendicular to the nearest impression left by the
take-off foot or its extension. Where an athlete does nottake off from the take-off area, but before it, measurement
will be made to the edge of the take-off area furthest fromthe landing area.
11. In all hori ontal jumping events, distances shall berecorded to the nearest . 1m, rounded down to thenearest . 1m if the distance measured is not a whole
centimetre.
C MMENT As long as no irregularity has been committed,
each trial must be measured whatever the distancereached, including for the reasons that other trial
measurements may become critical in determining
countbacks or whether an athlete will proceed tosubsequent rounds. Except where Rule 5 .5 is applied,
under normal practice no trial during which an irregularity
has been committed should be measured. udges shouldcarefully use their discretion in applying any alternate
practice and usually only in special cases.

‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎. ௕༄͹‫ܯ‬଎ͺ༙ްࢾٗश྅‫ޛ‬ʤΉͪͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 5 .5ͶఈΌΖ޳ಆͶΓΖଊ࣎߇٠͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬ʥɼ௜ͬͶߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ௕༄‫཯ړ‬ͺɼਐର͹͏͖͵
Ζ෨෾Ήͪͺ஥ஏ࣎ͶਐͶ෉͜ͱ͏ͪͤ΄ͱ͹΍͹͗஥ஏ৖ॶͶ࢔ͪࠡ͢੽͹ಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏՗ॶ͖
Δಁ઀તΉͪͺͨ͹Ԉௗત৏͹ஏ఼ΉͲΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͤ
Ζɽ‫ܯ‬଎ͺಁ઀ત΍͚͢ͺͨ͹ԈௗતͶଲ͢ͱ௜ֱ
Ͷߨ͑ɽ
1 . ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ‫ ;ٶ‬T12 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹௕༄ͺͤ΄ͱɼ஥ஏ৖ॶͶ࢔ͪࠡ͢੽͹ಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏՗
ॶ͖Δಁ઀ଏ͗࢔ͪ͢࠹΍ۛ͏ࠡ੽Ήͪͺͨ͹ԈௗતΉͲΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹घ઴ͲಁΊ઀ͮͪ৖߻ͺɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ͖Δ࠹΍ԗ͚ͶҒ஖ͤ
Ζಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹୼ΉͲ͹‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
11. ௗ͠Ν‫͑ڟ‬௕༄झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼͨ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼcmາຮ͹୼਼Ν઀Εࣼͱͪ 1cm ୱҒͲ‫ى‬࿧͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁໃްࢾٗͲ͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼʹΗͫ͜௕Ξ͖ͫ͹‫཯ړ‬Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼͤ΄ͱ͹ࢾٗΝ଎ఈ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽॳҒΝ݀ΌΖͪΌɼΉ࣏ͪ͹ϧΤϱχ
Ͷ਒ड़Ͳ͘Ζ͖ʹ͖͑͵ʹ͹ཀྵ༟ͶΓΖɽ‫و‬ଉ 5 .5͗న༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ௪৙Ͳͺɼໃްࢾٗͺ‫ܯ‬଎͠Η͵͏ɽϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Νঈ͏ͱɼ༙ް͵ࢾٗ͟ͳͶϜʖΩʖʤ௪৙ͺۜ଒੣ʥΝɼಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏஥཰ΦϨΠͶ‫࢔͗ंٗڟ‬ͪࠡ͢੽Ͷਪ௜Ͷ࢙ͤචགྷ͍͗Ζɽϟζϡʖτʖϕ͹ κϫ ͺϜʖΩʖͶ߻ΚͦɼτʖϕͺਭฑͶӀ͘ड़͢ɼஏ໚Ͷූ͖ͦ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ஭қͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 11 ‫ ;ٶ‬12 ͹ζϡϱϕ‫཯ړ‬͹଎ఈ
1. m x 1.22m . 1m ͹ಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹οϥʖέϏΤξʖ͗࢘༽͠ΗΖɽζϡϱϕ͹଎ఈͺɼಁ઀ΦϨΠ಼Ͷࠡ੽͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼಁ઀ଏʤοϥʖέϏΤξʖ಼ʥ͗࢔ͪ͢஥ஏΦϨΠͶ࠹΍ۛ͏ࠡ੽͖ΔߨΚΗΉͤɽ ಁ઀͗ಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹घ઴ͶߨΚΗͪ৖߻ɼ଎ఈͺಁ઀ΦϨΠ͹࠹΍ԗ͏୼͖Δ஥཰ΦϨΠΉͲߨΚ
ΗΖʤਦ 12 Νࢂলʥɽtape so that the.

ero is on the mark. The tape should be
any risein the ground.
he measurement o the distance o a ump or lass
11 and 12
Chalk powder may be used for the powder in the 1. m x
1.22m. 1m take-off area.
Measuring the jump is made from the nearest impression
left by the take-off foot (within the chalk powder), if within
the area. If the take-off is made before the take-off area,
the measurement is made from the edge of the take-offarea furthest to the landing area (see below figure 12).

Figure 12
Measurement of the distance in hori ontal
jumps for Class T11 and T12
ind Measurement
12.The wind gauge shall be the same as described in Rule

91

෫ྙ଎ఈ
12. ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .11 ‫ ;ٶ‬1 .12 Ͷ‫ࡎى‬͹

1 .11 and Rule 1 .12. It shall be operated as described in
Rules 1 .14 and Rule 1 .15 read as per Rule 1 .16.
13.The relevant Field Events Referee shall ensure that thewind gauge is placed 2 m from the take-off line. It shall bepositioned 1.22m high and not more than 2m away fromthe runway.
The wind velocity shall be measured for a period of 5
seconds from the time an athlete passes a mark placedalongside the runway, for the ong ump 4 m from the
take-off line and for the Triple ump 35m. If an athlete runs
less than 4 m or 35m, as appropriate, the wind velocity
shall be measured from the time he commences his run.

΍͹Ν࢘༽͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .14 ‫ ;ٶ‬1 .15 Ͷॊͮͱ૤ࡠ
͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .16 ͶॊͮͱಣΊͳΖɽ
13. ౲֚৻൓ௗͺɼ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬Νಁ઀ત͖Δ 2 m ͹ஏ఼Ͷઅ஖͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬͹଎ఈ໚ͺɼঁૺ࿑͖Δ 2m Ґ৏཯͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼ߶͠ͺ 1m22 ʤ 5 mmʥͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ෫ଐͺ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಁ઀൚͖Δૺ෱௕Ͳ 4 mɼࢀஊ௕Ͳ
35m ཯Ηɼঁૺ࿑͹࿮Ͷ஖͖ΗͪϜʖέΝ௪գͤΖ
͖࣎Δ 5 භؔ‫ܯ‬Ζɽ΍͢‫ ͗ंٗڟ‬4 m Ήͪͺ 35m
ΓΕ΍୻͏‫཯ړ‬͹ঁૺΝͤΖ৖߻ͺɼঁૺΝ֋࢟͢
͖ͪ࣎Δ‫ܯ‬Ζɽ

rosthetic De ice s
14.For athletes competing in hori ontal umping Events insport classes T61-64, the use of prosthetic device(s) is
optional. The relevant fficial shall ensure that Rule6.12(b) is observed.
a) If the prosthetic device(s)is lost during the run-up thenthe athlete cannot continue without the prosthetic
device(s). The athlete shall fix/adjust the prosthetic devices
and recommence the trial provided he is within the timeallowed for the trialb) If the prosthetic devices are lost during the process ofjumping and the mark where the prosthetic device(s) lands
is the closest mark to the take-off board in the landing area,
then that is the mark that the trial will be measured fromc) If the prosthetic device(s) lands outside the landing area,
it shall be counted as a failure and recorded as such.

ٝࢸ
14. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T61-64 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬ௗ͠͹௕༄झ໪Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ৖߻ɼٝࢸʤ෵਼΍ʥ͹࢘༽ͺ೜қͳͤΖɽ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζༀҽͺ‫و‬ଉ 6.12ʤbʥʤԾࢸ༽ٝࢸ͹࢘༽ʥͶͯ͏ͱ֮೟͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽa)ঁૺ஦Ͷٝࢸ͗୦ཚͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺٝࢸΝૹ஥͢ͱ͏͵͏য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬Νକ͜Ζ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ੏‫಼ؔ࣎ݸ‬ͶٝࢸΝ࠸ૹ஥ʙ௒੖͢‫ڟ‬ٗΝ࠸֋͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ̳ʥ௕༄஦Ͷٝࢸ͗ͺͥΗͪ৖߻ɼٝࢸ͗஥ஏΦϨΠ಼ͶཚԾ͢ɼͨ͹ࠡ੽͗ಁ઀൚Ͷ࠹΍ۛ͏ͳ͘ͺͨ͹ࠡ੽Ν఼ًͳ͢ͱ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖɽ
̴ʥٝࢸ͗஥ஏΦϨΠ͹֐ଈͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹ࢾٗͺໃްͳΊ͵͠Ηɼͨ͑‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽule 2
ong ump ule 1 5
he ompetition
1. An athlete fails ifa) he while taking off (prior to the instant at which he ceases
contact with the take-off board or ground), breaks thevertical plane of the take-off line with any part of his takeoff foot/shoe or prosthetic device, whether running up
without jumping or in the act of jumping, orb) he takes off from outside either end of the board,whether beyond or before the extension of the take-off lineorc) he employs any form of somersaulting whilst running up
or in the act of jumping ord) after taking off, but before his first contact with thelanding area, he touches the runway or the ground outside
the runway or outside the landing area ore) in the course of landing, he touches the border of, or the
ground outside the landing area closer to the take-off line
than the nearest break made in the sand orf) he leaves the landing area in any manner other than that
described in Rule 2 .2.
2. When leaving the landing area, an athlete s first contact
by foot with its border or the ground outside shall be further
from the take-off line than the nearest break in thesand.(Which may be any mark made on overbalancing
completely inside the landing area or
when walking back closer to the take-off line than the initial
break on landing.)
Note This first contact is considered leaving.
3. An athlete shall not be regarded to have failed ifa) he runs outside the white lines marking the runway at
any point orb) except as described in Rule 2 .1 (b), he takes off before
reaching the board.
c) under Rule 2 .1 (b) a part of his shoe/foot is touching
the ground outside either end of the take-off board (or takeoff area for Sport Classes T11 and T12), before the takeoff line ord) if in the course of landing, he touches, with any part ofhis body, or anything attached to it at that moment, theborder of, or the ground outside the landing area, unlesssuch contact contravenes Rule 2 .1 (d) or Rule 2 .1 (e) or
e) he walks back through the landing area after having left
the landing area in the manner described in Rule 2 .2 or୊ 2 ড় ૺ෱௕ule 1 5‫ٗڟ‬ճ
1. ࣏͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͺໃްࢾٗͳͤΖɽa)‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಁ઀Νߨ͑ࡏɼ௕༄͢͵͏ͲૺΕൊ͜Ζ
஦Ͳɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ௕༄͹ಊ͘͹஦Ͳɼଏɼ‫ۼ‬ɼΉͪͺٝࢸ͹ʹ͖͗͞ಁ઀ત͹ਪ௜໚ΓΕ઴Ͷड़ͪ৖߻ɽ
bʥಁ઀ત͹ԈௗતΓΕ઎Ͳ΍घ઴Ͳ΍ɼಁ઀൚͹ྈ୼ΓΕ΍֐ଈ͖Δಁ઀ͮͪ࣎ɽ
cʥঁૺ͍Ζ͏ͺ௕༄ಊࡠ஦ͶநศΕ͹Γ͑͵ϓΧʖϞΝ࢘ͮͪ࣎ɽ
dʥಁ઀‫ޛ‬ɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ΃͹࠹ॵ͹ંৰ઴Ͷঁૺ࿑͍Ζ͏ͺঁૺ࿑֐͹ஏ໚͍Ζ͏ͺ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹֐ଈ͹෨෾ͶৰΗͪ৖߻
eʥ஥ஏ͹ࡏɼ࠯Ͷ࢔ͮͪ࠹΍ۛ͏ࠡ੽ΓΕ΍ಁ઀તͶۛ͏࠯৖͹֐͹‫ڧ‬ֆતΉͪͺஏ໚ͶৰΗͪ࣎ʤର͹ώϧϱηΝ๊ͪ͢͞ͳ΍‫؜‬΋ʥɽfʥ‫و‬ଉ 2 .2 ͶఈΌΖҐ֐͹๏๑Ͳ஥ஏ৖ॶΝ཯Ηͪ৖߻ɽ
2. ஥ஏ৖ॶΝ཯ΗΖࡏɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ଏ͗࠯৖ͳ͹‫ڧ‬ֆત৏Ήͪͺ࠯৖֐͹ஏ໚΃࠹ॵͶৰΗΖҒ஖ͺಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏ࠡ੽ΓΕ΍ಁ઀તΓΕԗ͚͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽʤࠡ੽ͳͺɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ಼Ͷ͕͏ͱ஥ஏͲ࠹
ॵͶ࢔ͪࠡ͢੽ΓΕ΍ಁ઀તͶۛ͏๏Ͷ‫׮‬સͶώϧϱηΝ๊ͪ͢Εɼ͍Ζ͏ͺิ͏ͱ໯ΖͮͱͲͪͤ͘΄ͱΝ‫؜‬΋ʥɽ஭қʁ͞͹ߨҟΝ஥ஏ৖ॶ͖Δ͹཯୦ͳΊ͵ͤɽ
3. ҐԾ͹৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࢾٗໃްͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ̲ʥঁૺ͹౏஦ʹ͖͞͹ஏ఼Ͳঁૺ࿑Νࣖͤപત͹֐ଈͶͺΊड़ͪ৖߻ɽbʥ‫و‬ଉ 2 .1(b)ͶఈΌΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼಁ઀൚͹घ઴ͲಁΊ઀ͮͪ৖߻ɽ
cʥ‫و‬ଉ 2 .1(b)Ͷ͕͏ͱɼಁ઀તΓΕघ઴Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ۼ‬Ήͪͺଏ͹Ҳ෨͗ಁ઀൚͹͏ͥΗ͖͹୼͹֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ΝಁΞͫ৖߻ɽdʥ஥ஏ͹ࡏͶɼਐର͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺͨ͹࣎ͶਐͶ஥͜ͱ͏ͪ΍͹͗஥ஏ৖ॶ͹‫ڧ‬ֆતΉͪͺͨ͹֐ଈ͹ஏ໚Ͷંৰͪ͢৖߻ɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫و‬ଉ 2 .1(d)Ήͪͺ(e)Ͷ
֚౲ͤΖ৖߻ͺঈ͚ɽeʥ‫و‬ଉ 2 .2 ͶఈΌΖͳ͕Ε͹๏๑Ͳ஥ஏ৖ॶΝ͏ͮͪΞ཯Ηͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷ஥ஏ৖ॶΝ௪ͮͱ໯ͮͱͪ͘৖
߻ɽ92

a e-o line and cratch line
4. The distance between the take-off line and the far end of
the landing area shall be at least 1 m.
5. The take-off line shall be placed between 1m and 3mfrom the nearer end of the landing area.
6.
11
12
10 .
1
the nearer end of the landing area.
C MMENT eam oicialsFor a ong ump or Triple ump Event, it is recommended
to allocate the available officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the event.
2) udge checking whether the take-off has been madecorrectly and measuring the trial. e must be provided with
two flags - white to indicate if the trial is valid and red if it isa failure.
When the jump has been measured, it is advised that thejudge stands in front of the take-off board, holding the redflag, while the landing area is levelled and, if relevant, theplasticine board is replaced. A cone may be used insteador in addition. (In some competitions this position isassumed by the Chief udge of the event.)
3) udge at the landing point determining the position of thenearest break in the landing area to the take-off line, toinsert the spike/prism and then, if a tape is being used, holdthe tape on the . When video measuring is being used, nojudge will normally be required on site for this purpose.
When an optic system of measuring is being used on site,
two judges are needed at the landing point, one to plant themarker in the sand, the other one to read the result on the
optic apparatus.
4) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
5) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).
6) udge in charge of the wind-gauge positioned at a point
2 metres from the take-off board.
) one or more udges or assistants in charge of levelling
the landing area after each trial.
) udge or an assistant in charge of replacing theplasticine.
) udge in charge of the clock indicating to the athletes
that they have a certain time to take their trial.
1 ) udge in charge of athletes.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.
To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a
way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.
Note (iii) A space must be reserved for a wind-sock toindicate the wind direction and strength.
ule 2
riple ump ule 1 6
The Rules for the ong ump apply to the Triple ump withthe following additions
he ompetition
1. The Triple ump shall consist of a hop,a step and a jump in that order.
2. The hop shall be made so that an athlete lands first on
the same foot as that from which he has taken off in thestep he shall land on the other foot, from which,subsequently, the jump is performed.
It shall not be considered a failure if an athlete, while
jumping, touches the ground with the sleeping leg.
Note Rule 2 .1 (d) does not apply to the normal landings
from the hop and step phases.
a e-o

ine and cratch ine

93ಁ઀ત‫;ٶ‬ηέϧροϧ΢ϱ
4. ಁ઀તͳ࠯৖͹ԗ͏୼ͳ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍
1 ̾ͳͤΖɽ
5. ಁ઀તͺɼ࠯৖͹ۛ͏୼͖Δ 1̾ʛ3̾ͶҒ஖͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 11 ‫ ;ٶ‬12 Ͷ͕͏ͱɼηέϧροϧ
΢ϱͳ࠯৖͹ԗ͏୼ͳ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 ̾ͳͤΖɽηέϧροϧ΢ϱͺɼ஥ஏΦϨΠ͹ঁૺ࿑‫ر‬Ε͹ԓ͖Δ 1̾ 3̾͹Ғ஖ͶӀ͖͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞૺ෱௕ͳࢀஊ௕͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ2) ಁΊ઀Ε͗ਜ਼͚͢ߨΚΗ͖ͪʹ͖͑Ν൓இ͢ɼࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͤΖ৻൓ҽɽ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤപ‫ͳظ‬ໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬ɽ௕༄͗‫ܯ‬଎͠ΗͪΔɼ৻൓ҽͺಁ઀൚͹઴Ͷཱིͬɼ࠯৖ΝฑΔͶ͢ͱ͏Ζؔͺɼ੼‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ܟ‬ΖɽචགྷͲ͍Ηͻ೬ౖ൚͹ި‫׷‬΍ߨ͑ɽ੼‫ظ‬͹େΚΕͶɼ΍͚͢ͺ੼‫ظ‬Ͷ͚Κ͓ͱɼঁૺ࿑ͶαʖϱΝ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽʤ͏͚͖ͯ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ͞͹ༀ໪ͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͹೜ແ
Ͳ͍Ζͳ૟ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζʥɽ3) ஥཰ஏ఼Ͷ͕͏ͱɼಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏ࠡ੽Ν֮
ఈͤΖ৻൓ҽɽϒϱʙϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼτʖϕ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͶͺɼτʖϕΝ Ͷฯ࣍ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͤΖɽϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ͞͹໪ద͹ͪΌͶͺɼ௪৙ͺ৻൓ҽͺචགྷ͵͏ɽޭഀ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζͳ͘ͺɼ2 ਕ͹৻൓ҽ͗චགྷͳ͵ΕɼҲਕͺϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼͽͳΕͺޭഀ͹਼஍Νಣ΋ɽ4) ৻൓ҽʷ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं5) ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ6) ಁ઀൚͖Δ 2 m ͹ஏ఼ͶҒ஖ͤΖ෫޴෫ଐ‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ֦ࢾٗ‫ޛ‬Ͷ 1 ਕΉͪͺͨΗҐ৏͹ɼ஥ஏΦϨΠΝਭฑͶͤΖ͞ͳΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽΉͪͺึঁҽ) ೬ౖ൚͹ި‫׷‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽΉͪͺึঁҽ) ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ஭қᾺʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʤiiʥʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʤiiiʥ෫͹๏޴ͳ‫͠ک‬ΝࣖͤͪΌͶɼ਩͘ླྀ͢͹ͪΌ͹ηϘʖηΝ֮ฯͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ
୊ 2 ড় ࢀஊ௕ule 1 6ૺ෱௕͹‫و‬ଉ‫࣏;ٶ‬ͶՅ͓Ζড়ߴΝࢀஊ௕Ͷన༽ͤΖɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճ
1. ࢀஊ௕ͺϙρϕɼητρϕ‫;ٶ‬ζϡϱϕ͹ॳͲ੔ཱིͮͱ͏Ζɽ
2. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺϙρϕͲಁ઀ͮͪಋͣଏͲ࠹ॵͶ஥ஏ͢ɼητρϕͲͺൕଲ͹ଏͲ஥ஏ͢ɼͯͰ͏ͱζϡϱϕΝߨ͑ɽ
௕༄஦Ͷn৾Εड़͢ଏ|͗ஏ໚ͶৰΗͱ΍ɼໃްࢾٗͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
஭қʁ‫و‬ଉ 2 .1(d)ͺɼϙρϕͳητρϕͶΓΖ஥ஏͶͺన༽ͦͥɼ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ζϡϱϕ‫ޛ‬Ͷ͹Ίన༽ͤΖɽಁ઀ત‫;ٶ‬ηέϧροϧ΢ϱ

3. The distance between the take-off line for men and thefar end of the landing area shall be at least 21m.
4. For WPA Recognised Competitions, there should be a
separate take-off board for men and women. For athletesin Sport Classes T45-4 it is recommended that the takeoff line will normally be set at 11m for men and m for
women.
For athletes in Sport Classes T11-13 it is recommended
that the scratch line shall be the following distancesa) Sport Class T11 a minimum mb) Sport Classes T12 and T13 a minimum 11m.
Note the exact distance from the scratch line to pit shall be
determined for each competition in consultation with theTechnical Delegate. For safety purposes, a different
scratch line can be used if approved by the TechnicalDelegate.
5. Between the take-off board and thelanding area there shall, for the step andjump phases, be a take-off area of 1.22m. 1m wide
providing firm and uniform footing.
Note For all tracks constructed before 1 anuary 2 4, thistake-off area may have a width of maximum 1.25m.
owever, when such a runway is fully resurfaced, the lane
width shall comply with this Rule.
C MMENT It should be noted that in the Triple ump it is
not a failure (for that reason alone) if the athletea) Touches the white lines or the ground outside between
the take-off line and the landing arearb) If the athlete lands in the pit in the step phase throughno fault of his own (i.e. the judges incorrectly indicated the
take-off board) - in which such case the Referee would
normally offer the athlete a substitute trial.
It is, however, a failure if the landing of the jump is not within
the landing area.
.

AM

A

3. ஋ࢢ͹ಁ઀તͺɼ࠯৖͹ԗ͏๏͹୼͖Δঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 21̾Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽ
4. WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼಁ઀൚Ν஋ঃͲ෾͜͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T45-4 ͹ಁ઀તͺɼ௪৙ɼ஋ࢢͺ 11mɼঃࢢͺ m ཯Ηͪஏ఼Ͷઅ஖ͤΖ͹͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-13 ͹ಁ઀તͺɼҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εઅ஖ͤΖ͹͗๮Ή͢͏ɽa) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11 ͺ m Ґ৏཯Ηͪஏ఼b) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T12 ‫ ;ٶ‬T13 ͺ 11m Ґ৏཯Ηͪஏ఼஭қʁಁ઀ત͖Δ஥ஏΦϨΠΉͲ͹ࣰࡏ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͟ͳͶٗढ़େනͳ‫ڢ‬٠͢ͱ݀ఈͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
5. ητρϕͳζϡϱϕΝߨ͑ಁ઀൚ͳ࠯৖͹ؔͺಁ઀ۢҮͳ͏͏ɼͨ͹ۢҮͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍෱
1.22m . 1m Ͳɼ‫ۋ͚ݐ‬Ҳ͹ଏ৖Νඍ͓ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
஭қʁ2 4 ೧ 1 ݆ 1 ೖҐ઴Ͷ‫ݒ‬ଆ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬৖Ͷͯ͏ͱɼಁ઀ۢҮ͹෱ͺ࠹୉̏.25m ͲΓ͏ɽୢ͢ɼ
͑ͪ͢͞ঁૺ࿑Νસ໚րरͤΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶ‫׮‬સͶన߻ͦ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫࣏͗ंٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼࢀஊ௕Ͳͺʤͨ͹ཀྵ༟ͫ͜ͲʥໃްࢾٗͲͺ͵͏͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳɽaʥಁ઀તͳ஥཰ΦϨΠ͹ؔ͹പ͏તΉͪͺ֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ͶৰΗΖɽ͍Ζ͏ͺb)‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾͹գࣨ͵͢Ͷητρϕ৖໚Ͳ஥ஏΦϨΠͶ஥ஏͪ͢৖߻ʤͯΉΕɼζϡρζ͗ಁ઀൚Ν‫ͪࣖ͢ͱͮޣ‬৖߻ʥ-͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺ௪৙ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ࠸ࢾٗΝࢨࣖͤΖɽͪͫ͢ɼ஥ஏ͗஥ஏΦϨΠ಼Ͷ͵͏৖߻ͺໃްࢾٗ
Ͳ͍Ζɽ
.

A

ཱིҒ‫ंٗڟ‬͹౦ͱ͘झ໪

C MMENT Practice trials at the competition area
Athletes in Field Events are entitled to warm-up at thecompetition area prior to the start of the competition.
For ambulant throwers, previously athletes were given twopractice throws, there is now no such specification andathletes shall be allowed as much warm-up and practicethrowing as the warm-up time permits. At IPC Games and
IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)) the
standard practice is still two fficial practice throws are
given and in the official throwing order as drawn by lot. See
the differences for secured throwers in the rule respecting
Seated Throwing Requirements (Rule 35.5).

αϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͲ͹࿇सࢾٗϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ΦϨΠͲΤΧʖϞΠρϕͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽཱིҒ‫ंٗڟ‬͹৖߻ɼҐ઴ͺ 2 յ͹࿇स౦ͱ͗͘‫͠ڒ‬Ηͱ͏ͪ͗ɼ‫ࡑݳ‬ͺͨ͹Γ͑͵࢕༹ͺ͵͚ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΤΧʖϞΠρϕ࣎ؔ͹‫ݸͤڒ‬ΕΤΧʖϞΠρϕͳ࿇स౦ͱ͘Ν‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2(a)ɼ
‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂলʥͲͺɼඬ६͹࿇सͺபમͲ݀ఈ͠Ηͪޮࣞ͹౦ͱ͘ॳ঄Ͳ 2 յ͹ޮࣞ࿇स౦ͱ͗͘‫͠ڒ‬Η
Ζɽ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘གྷ݇Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉʤ‫و‬ଉ 35.5ʥͲɼ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘ंͳ͹ҩ͏ΝࢂলͤΖ͞ͳɽule 3eneral onditions ule 1
mplements
1. The implements used (not otherwise unique to Para
Athletics) shall comply with current World Athletics
specifications. nly those implements which hold a current
valid World Athletics Product Certificate of approval may be
used at WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B 3.1.2).
The Para Athletics Implement Weights lists are set out inAppendix 1.
Note In WPA Recognised Competitions under Part B 3.1.2, athletes must only use the implement weights
relevant to their Sport Class (as outlined in Appendix 1).
2. The weights of Implements listed in Appendix 1 and nototherwise identified by World Athletics specifications must
be verified by the Technical Delegate to confirm theimplement is compliant.
Note This refers to implements unique to Para Athletics
that are not documented within World Athletics Rule 1 orrelated appendices.
3. Except as provided below, all such implements shall be
provided by the
C. The Technical Delegate(s) may,based on the relevant Technical Regulations of eachcompetition, allow athletes to use their own implements or
those provided by a supplier, provided that such
implements are World Athletics certified or, those
implements that are not on the World Athletics list of୊ 3 ড় ޮࣞ༽۫ule 1
1. ౦ͱ͘༽۫(Ϗϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬ಢಝ͹΍͹Νঈ͚)ͺWA ͹‫֪و‬Ͷ߻஗ͪ͢΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲͺɼ༙ް͵ WA ೟ৄ͍͗Ζ༽۫͹Ί࢘༽Ͳ͘ΖɽϏϧ཰৏‫ྖ॑۫ح༽ٗڟ‬͹Ҳལනͺɼ෉࿧̏Ͷ‫ࡎى‬
͢ͱ͏Ζɽ஭қʁϏʖφ B- 3.1.2 Ͷ‫͠ى‬Ηͪ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ෉࿧̏Ͷࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ௪Εɼࣙਐ͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη༽͹॑ྖ͹༽‫۫ح‬Ν࢘༽͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ2. ෉࿧̏Ͷ‫͠ࡎى‬ΗɼWA ࢕༹Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗พ౏
ࣖ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏༽‫۫ح‬ͺɼॶఈ͹࢕༹Νຮͪ͢ͱ͏
Ζ͞ͳ͗ٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱ‫֮ৄݗ‬೟͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁຌ 2 ߴͺɼWA ‫و‬ଉ୊ 1 ড়‫ؖ;ٶ‬࿊෉ଉͶ‫ࡎܟ‬͹͵͏Ϗϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬ಢಝ͹༽۫Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹Ίన༽ͤΖɽ
3. ҐԾͶफ़΄Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘༽۫ͺૌ৭җҽճ͗༽қͤΖɽٗढ़େනͺ֚౲ͤΖ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ఈͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ‫ݺंٗڟ‬ਕॶ༙Ήͪͺ੣ଆճऀ఑‫ڛ‬͹༽۫͹࢘༽Ν೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼͨΗΔ͗ WA ೟ৄࡃΊͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬઴Ͷૌ৭җҽճͶΓΕ‫ࠬݗ‬Νण͜߻֪͹Ϝʖέ͗‫͍ͱ͢ى‬Εɼٗढ़େනͶΓΕট೟͠Η͓ͪ͑Ͳɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫͘Ͳ༽࢘͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗ড়݇ͳ͵94

certifiable implements which must be measured, verified
and marked as approved by the
C and approved by theTechnical Delegate(s) before being made available to allathletes for use in competition. Such implements will not
be accepted if the same model is already on the list of
those provided by the
C. nless the Technical Manager
decides otherwise, not more than two implements may besubmitted by any athlete for any throwing event in which
he is competing.
Note World Athletics certified implements may include
older models that previously held a certificate but are notin production any longer.
C MMENT It is becoming increasingly common for the
C to provide a lesser range of implements than in thepast (largely due to the cost of purchases). This increases
the responsibility of Technical Managers and theirassistants to closely check all personal implements
presented for competitions - to ensure that they comply
with the Rules as well as being on the World Athletics listof certified products. Implements which do not currently
have but have previously had a World Athletics certificate
may be accepted for competition if they comply with theRules
4. No modification shall be made to any implements during
the competition.

Ζɽͨ͹Γ͑͵༽۫ͳಋϠυϩ͗ૌ৭җҽճ͗༽қͪ͢౦ͱ͘༽۫ͳ͢ͱϨηφͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽٗढ़૱ແ͗ಝͶ݀Ό͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷड़৖ͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼʹ͹झ໪Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍ɼ
2 ‫ݺ‬ΉͲ͹‫ݺ‬ਕॶ༙͹౦ͱ͘෼͹࢘༽ʤ࣍ͬࠒΊʥ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ஭қʁ‫ݺंٗڟ‬ਕॶ༙͹༽۫͹࢘༽Ν೟ΌΖࡏͶͺɼҐ઴Ͷ WA ট೟༽۫ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ͗ɼ‫ࡑݳ‬Ͳͺ੣ଆ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏͗‫֪وߨݳ‬ͶҲ஗ͪ͢‫͏ݻ‬Ϡυϩ΍‫؜‬΋ɽαϟϱφʁૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼҐ઴Ͷർ΄ɼ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ౦ͱ͘෼͹झྪΝ‫ݰ‬Δܑͤ޴Ͷ͍ΖʤकͶ߬೘ඇ༽͹ͪΌʥɽ ͞ΗͶΓΕɼٗढ़૱ແͳͨ͹ึࠦༀͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬͹ͪΌͶ఑ड़͠Ηͪͤ΄ͱ͹‫ݺ‬ਕ࣍ͬࠒΊ༽۫Ν‫ືݭ‬ͶοΥρέ͢ɼ‫و‬ଉͶ६‫͢ڎ‬ɼWA ট೟༽۫ϨηφͶࡎͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ‫ ࡑݳ‬WA ৄ໎ॽΝ࣍ͮͱ͏͵͏͗ɼ͖ͯͱ WA ͹ৄ໎ॽΝ࣍ͮͱ͕Εɼ‫ࠬݗ‬͹݃Վɼ࢕༹͹‫خ‬६Νຮͪ͢ͱ͏Ηͻ‫ڟ‬ٗճͲ͹࢘༽͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ
4. ‫ٗڟ‬ճ஦ͺʹ͹༽۫Ͷଲ͢ͱ΍ร‫ͪͦ͠ܙ‬Ε௒੖ͪ͢Ε͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Assistance
5. The following shall be considered assistance and are
therefore not alloweda) The taping of two or more fingers together. If taping isused on the hands and fingers, it may be continuous
provided that as a result no two or more fingers are taped
together in such a way that the fingers cannot moveindividually. The taping should be shown to the Chief udge
before the event startsb) The use of any device of any kind, including weights
attached to the body, which in anyway provides assistancewhen making a trialc) The use of glovesd) The spraying or spreading by an athlete of any
substance in the circle or on his shoes nor the rougheningof the surface of the circle.
Note If the udges are aware, they shall direct any athlete
not complying with this rule to correct the situation. If theathlete does not, such trial(s) shall be a failure. If a trial iscompleted before the non-compliance is noticed, theReferee shall decide what action shall be taken. In allcases considered serious enough, Rule 2.13.5 and Rule
.2 may also be applied.
6. The following shall not be considered assistance and are
therefore alloweda) The use by an athlete, in order to obtain a better grip, ofa suitable substance on his hands only. A shot putter may
use such substances on his neck.
b) The placement by an athlete, in the Shot Put and Discus
Throw, on the implement, of chalk or a similar substance.
All substances used on the hands and on the implements
shall be easily removable from the implement using a wet
cloth and shall not leave any residue.

ঁྙ
5. ҐԾͶ‫͝ܟ‬Ζ΍͹ͺঁྙͳΊ͵͠Ηɼ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽa) 2 ຌΉͪͺͨΗҐ৏͹ࢨͶτʖϕΝ‫ͳ͚͞ת‬ɽ΍͢घΏࢨͶτʖϕΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺɼ2 ຌ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗҐ৏͹ࢨͶτʖϕΝ‫͘ת‬ɼͨΗͩΗ͹ࢨ͗ಢཱི͢ͱಊ͖ͦ͵͏Γ͑͵‫͘ת‬๏Ν͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽघΏࢨͶτʖϕΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ৻൓ҽक೜Ͷ‫͜͵ͦݡ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ࢾٗΝߨ͑ࡏͶɼਐରͶ॑ΕΝૹ஥ͤΖ౵ɼՁ
Δ͖͹͖ͪͬͲঁ͜ͳ͵Ζ༽۫Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽc) घୀΝ஥༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽd) γʖέϩ಼Ήͪͺ‫ۼ‬ͶՁΔ͖͹෼࣯Ν਩͘෉ͪ͜ΕΉ͘ࢆΔͪ͢ΕͤΖ͞ͳɼΉͪͺɼγʖέϩ͹න໚Ν͡Δ͡ΔͶͤΖ͞ͳɽ஭қʁ৻൓ҽ͗ঁྙߨҟͶ‫ͪ͏Ͱـ‬Δɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱɼ੍ਜ਼ͤΖΓ͑ࢨࣖ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼͨ͹ࢾٗͺໃްͳ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉҩൕͶ‫͚Ͱـ‬઴Ͷࢾٗ͗ߨΚΗͱ͏ͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺʹ͹Γ͑͵൓ఈΝͤΖ͖݀Ό͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽѳ࣯ͳߡ͓ΔΗΖ
৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.5 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ .2 Νన༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
6. ҐԾͶ‫͝ܟ‬Ζ΍͹ͺঁྙͳΊ͵͠Ηͥɼ೟ΌΔΗΖɽaʥ ѴΕΝΓ͚ͤΖͪΌͶघͫ͜Ͷన઀͵෼࣯Νͯ
͜Ζ͞ͳɽ๔‫؛‬౦͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺडͶͨ͹Γ͑͵෼࣯Ν
ͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽb) ๔‫؛‬౦ͳԃ൭౦Ͳɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬οϥʖέ౵͹෼࣯Ν༽۫Ͷͯ͜Ζ͞ͳɽͪͫ͢ɼघ͹ͽΔΏघୀɼ༽۫Ͷͯ͏ͪ෼࣯ͺɼͷΗͪාͲ؈ୱͶ৩͘ͳΗɼ‫ޛ‬Ͷ࢔Δ͵͏΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͞Ͳ॑གྷ͵͹ͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬෼࣯Νࣙ෾͹घΉͪͺ༽۫Ͷ౅ා͢ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼͨΗΔͺೠΗͪාͲ༽͖۫Δ؈ୱͶखΕঈ͜Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽೠΗͪාͲ؈ୱͶखΕঈ͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏৖߻ͺɼ͏͖͵Ζয়‫Ͳڱ‬΍࢘༽Ͳ͘͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼ෼࣯͗‫۫ح‬ϧρέͶ໯͠ΗΖ઴Ͷɼ෼࣯͗‫۫ح‬
͖ΔखΕঈ͖Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ੻೜͍͗Ζɽ͞Ηͺ๔‫؛‬౦ͳԃ൭౦Ͷ͹Ίన༽͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶ΍஭
қͤΖ͞ͳɽΏΕ͹౦ͱ͘ंͺ༽۫Ͷ෼࣯Ν࢘͑͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏͗ɼʤ༽۫Ͳͺ͵͚ʥघͶ෼࣯Ν࢘༽ͤ
Ζ͞ͳΝ੏‫ͤݸ‬Ζ‫و‬ఈͺ͵͏ɽ‫و‬ଉ 3 .6(a)ࢂল
c) ‫و‬ଉ 3 .5(a)͹‫و‬ଉҩൕͶ͵Δ͵͏घΏࢨ͹τ
ʖϒϱήɽ

.
.
the implement rack.
It is important to note that this applies to Shot Put andDiscus only. A javelin thrower may not apply any substanceto the implement. owever, there is no provision which
would restricts a javelin thrower from using any substanceon his hands (but not the implement) that complies with
Rule 3 .6 (a).
c) The use of taping on the hands and fingers that is not incontravention of Rule 3 .5 (a).
hrowing ircle. The rim of the circle shall be made of band iron, steel orother suitable material, the top of which shall be flush with95

౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ. γʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰ͺɼరɼηοʖϩ͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹న౲͵ࡒ࣯Ͳ͚ͯΕɼͨ͹৏෨ͺ֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ͳಋͣ߶

the ground outside. It shall be at least 6mm thick. The
inside and top of the rim shall be white. The groundsurrounding the circle may be concrete, synthetic, asphalt,wood or any other suitable material.
The interior of the circle may be constructed of concrete,asphalt or some other firm but not slippery material. The
surface of this interior shall be level and 2cm 6mm lower
than the upper edge of the rim of the circle.
In the Shot Put, a portable circle meeting these
specifications is permissible.
. The inside diameter of the circle shall be
2.135m . 5m in the Shot Put and 2.5 m . 5mm in
the Discus Throw. The rim of the circle shall be at least
6mm thick and shall be white.
Note The circular ring should preferably be coloured otherthan white so that the white lines required by Rule 3 . areclearly visible.

Figure 13

ayout of Shot Put circle

A white line 5 mm wide shall be drawn from the top of therim extending for at least . 5m on either side of the circle.
The white line may be painted or made of wood or othersuitable material. The rear edge of the white line shall forma prolongation of a theoretical line through the centre of thecircle at right angles to the centre line of the landing sector.

Figure 14͠ͶͤΖɽγʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹޲͠ͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 6 ᶳͳ͢ɼԓ࿰͹಼ଈͳ৏෨ͺപ৯ͳͤΖɽγʖέϩबҕ͹ஏ൭ͺɼαϱέϨʖφɼ߻੔ࡒ࣯ɼΠηϓΟϩ
φɼ໨ࡒΉͪͺଠ͹న઀͵ࡒ࣯ͳͤΖɽ
γʖέϩ͹஦ͺαϱέϨʖφɼΠηϓΟϩφΉͪͺଠ͹‫׊Ͳݽݐ‬ΕͶ͚͏ࡒ࣯Ͳ͚ͯΖɽ͞͹಼෨͹න໚ͺਭฑͲɼγʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹৏୼ΓΕ 2 ᶳʤ 6ᶳʥఁ͚ͤΖɽ๔‫؛‬౦Ͳͺɼ͞͹࢕༹Ͷ‫͑߻ݡ‬ҢಊࣞγʖέϩΝ࢘༽͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
.
γʖέϩ͹಼ଈ͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺɼ๔‫؛‬౦Ͳ
2.135m( . 5m)ɼԃ൭౦Ͳ 2.5 m( . 5m)ͳͤ
Ζɽγʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹޲͠ͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 6 ᶳͳ͢പ৯ͳͤΖɽ஭қʁԃ‫ܙ‬͹Ϩϱήͺ‫و‬ଉ 3 .̖ͶΓͮͱ‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗͱ
͏Ζപત͗ͺͮ͘Ε‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑ͶപҐ֐͹৯Ͳ͍Ζ
͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ

෱ 5 mm ͹പતΝɼγʖέϩ͹ྈଈͶঙ͵͚ͳ΍
. 5m ͹ௗ͠ͶӀ͚ɽͨ͹તͺ౅ૹͤΖ͖ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ໨ࡒΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹న౲͵ࡒ࣯Ͳ͚ͯΖɽപત͹‫ޛ‬ԓͺ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹஦ৼતͶଲ͢ͱ௜ֱͲγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝ௪Ζ௜ત৏Ͷ͍ΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ

ayout of Discus circle

a elin hrow unwa
. The minimum length of the runway shall be 3 m except96ΏΕ౦͹ঁૺ࿑. ΏΕ౦͹ঁૺ࿑͹ௗ͠ͺ࠹୻ 3 ̾ͳͤΖɽͪͫ

at the IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), where the minimum shall be 33.5 m. Where
conditions permit, the minimum length should be 36.5 m.
It shall be marked by two parallel white lines 5 mm wideand 4m apart. The throw shall be made from behind an arcof a circle drawn with a radius of m. The arc shall consistof at least a mm wide strip painted or made of wood or asuitable non-corrodible material like plastic. It shall bewhite and be flush with the ground. ines shall be drawn
from the extremities of the arc at right angles to the parallellines marking the runway. These lines shall be white, atleast . 5m long and at least mm wide. The maximum
lateral inclination of the runway should be 1 1(1 )unless special circumstances exist which justify World
Athletics providing an exemption and, in the last 2 m of the
runway the overall downward inclination in the direction ofrunning shall not exceed 1 1( .1 ).

Figure 15
to scale)

͢ɼIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ࠹୻ 33.5 m ͳͤΖɽড়݇͗‫ ͻͦڒ‬36.5 m Ґ৏Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽঁૺ
࿑ͺ෱ 5 mm ͹ϧ΢ϱͲɼֶؔ 4m ͹ฑߨતͲࣖ͠
ΗΖɽ౦ͱ͘ͺൔ‫ ܚ‬m ͹ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬๏͖Δߨ͑ɽ͞͹ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱͺ෱mm Ґ৏Ͳɼ͖ͣͶ౅ૹͪ͢പતΉͪͺപ͚౅ΔΗͪ໨൚͍Ζ͏ͺϕϧητΡρέ͹Γ͑͵ଳෙৱ੓͹న઀͵෼࣯Ͳήϧϱχͳಋͣ߶͠Ͷ͚ͯΖɽηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹ྈ୼͖Δঁૺ࿑Νࣖͤ̐ͯ͹ฑߨતͶ௜ֱͶͨΗͩΗϧ΢ϱΝӀ͚ɽ͞͹್ͯ͹ϧ΢ϱͺɼ͏ͥΗ΍෱ mmɼௗ͠ . 5m ͳͤΖɽঁૺ࿑͹࠹୉‫ڒ‬༲ܑౕࣾͺɼWA ͗ྭ֐Ν೟ΌΖͶ
ଏΖಝพ͵য়‫͍͗ڱ‬Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ෱Ͳ 1 ෾͹ 1
ʤ1 ʥͶͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Εɼঁૺ͹๏޴Ͳ࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 2 m ͹Ծ๏ܑౕࣾͺ 1,
෾͹ 1ʤ .1 ʥΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

avelin Throw runway and landing sector (notanding ector
1 .The landing sector shall consist of cinders or grass orother suitable material on which the implement makes animprint.
11.The maximum overall downward inclination of thelanding sector, in the throwing direction, shall not exceed11( .1 ).
12.
a) Except for the avelin Throw, the landing sector shall bemarked with white lines 5 mm wide at an angle of 34. 2
such that the inner edge of lines, if extended, would passthrough the centre of the circle.
Note The 34. 2 sector may be laid out accurately bymaking the distance between the two points on the sectorlines 2 m from the centre of the circle 12m . 5m
(2 x .6 m) apart. Thus, for every 1m from the centre of thecircle, the distance across shall be increased by .6 m.
b) In the avelin Throw, the landing sector shall be marked
with white lines 5 mm wide such that the inner edge of thelines, if extended, would pass through the two intersectionsof the inner edges of the arc, and the parallel lines marking
the runway and intersect at the centre of the circle of which
the arc is part (see Figure 13). The sector is thus about
2 . 6.
C MMENT The landing sector shall be of an even surface
soft enough to ensure that the place of the initial fall of theimplement can be clearly established by the udges. The
landing surface should not allow the implement bounce
backwards thus creating a risk that the measuring point is

97

஥ஏ৖ॶ
1 . ஥ஏ৖ॶͺɼࠡ੽͗࢔ΖεϱξʖΏࣵਫ਼Ήͪͺଠ͹న౲͵ોࡒͲ͚ͯΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
11. ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹࠹୉‫ڒ‬༲Ծ๏ܑౕࣾͺ౦͝Ζ๏޴
Ͳ 1,
෾͹ 1( .1 )ͳͤΖɽ
12.
a) ΏΕ౦Νঈ͏ͱɼ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹൥ҕͺɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼͲިΚΖ 34. 2 ౕ͹ֱౕΝ͵ͤ෱ 5 ᶳ͹പત͹಼ଈ͹ԓͲࣖͤɽ
஭қʁ34. 2 ౕ͹ֱౕͺɼ౦ͱֱౕ͘Νࣖͤϧ΢ϱ͗γ ʖέ ϩ ͹ ஦ ৼ͖Δ 2 ̾ ͹ஏ ఼ Ͷ ͕ ͏ͱ 12̾
(2.6 m)͹ֶؔͶ͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖͳਜ਼֮Ͷઅఈ
Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑Ͷ஦ৼ͖Δ 1̾཯ΗΖͶॊͮͱ.6 m ͥͯଁ͠͸ͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ΏΕ౦͹஥ஏ৖ॶ͹൥ҕͺɼ෱ 5 ᶳ͹പતͲֱౕΝࣖ͢ɼͨ͹പત͹಼ଈ͹ԓΝԈௗͤΖͳԃ‫ͳނ‬
ฑߨͤΖঁૺ࿑Νࣖͤപત͗ިࠫͤΖ್ͯ͹ϛ΢ϱφΝ௪գ͢ɼԃ‫ނ‬͹஦ৼͲިΚΖΓ͑Ͷ͵Ζ(ਦ̏̐ࢂল)ɽ஥ஏ৖ॶ͹൥ҕ͹ֱౕͺɼ2 . 6 ౕͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁཚԾҮͺɼ౦ͱ͘෼͗࠹ॵͶཚԾͪ͢৖
ॶΝɼ৻൓ҽ͗໎֮ͶఈΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ɼॉ෾͵ौΔ͖͏න໚Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ ཚԾҮ͹න໚ͺɼ౦ͱ͘෼͗‫ޛ‬๏Ͷ௕͸ศΔ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ͠΍͵͏ͳɼ‫ܯ‬଎ϛ΢ϱφ͗ভ໕obliterated.

ͤΖ‫ݧث‬੓͍͗Ζɽ

rials
13.In the Shot Put and Discus Throw, implements shall bethrown from a circle, and in the avelin Throw, from a
runway. In the case of trials made from a circle, an athlete
shall commence his trial from a stationary position inside
the circle. An athlete is allowed to touch the inside of therim. In the Shot Put, he is also allowed to touch the insideof the stop board described in Rule 31.2.
C MMENT There is no restriction on how, or from which
direction, an athlete may enter the circle nor in the case of
the shot put is there any restriction on making contact withthe stop board during this process. The relevant
requirement is that once inside he must adopt a stationary
position before commencing his trial.
A stationary position means that an athlete having entered
the circle to make their trial and before doing so adopts astance in which both feet are simultaneously in firm contact
with the ground inside the circle and with no contact withthe top of the rim or the ground outside. Such contact to be
sufficiently long in time to be visible to the judges. There is
no requirement for the arms or hands of other parts of theathlete s body to be stationary.
14.It shall be a failure if an athlete in the course of a triala) Releases the shot or the javelin other than as permitted
under Rule 31.1 and Rule 33.1b) After he has stepped into the circle and begun to makea throw, touches with any part of his body the top (or the
top inside edge) of the rim or the ground outside the circle
Note owever, it will not be considered a failure if thetouch is made without providing any propulsion and occurs
during any first rotation at a point completely behind thewhite line which is drawn outside the circle running,theoretically, through the centre of the circle.
c) In the Shot Put, touches with any part of his body any
part of the stop board other than its inner side (excluding
its top edge which is considered to be part of the top)
C MMENT
fficials must be careful here to use
appropriate judgement. For example, if an athlete s
shoelace touches the top of the stop board it is not a failure,but if the bottom of his shoe touches the top of the stopboard it is.
d) In the avelin Throw, touches with any part of his bodythe lines which mark the runway or the ground outside.
Note (i) It shall be considered a failure if the discus strikes
the far side of the cage (left side for a right-handed thrower
when facing the landing sector or the right side for a lefthanded thrower when facing the landing sector) after the
release of the implement.
Note (ii) It will not be considered a failure if the discus
strikes the near side of the cage (right side for a righthanded thrower when facing the landing sector or the left
side for a left-handed thrower when facing the landing
sector) after the release of the implement, then lands within
the landing sector outside the limits of the cage, provided
that no other Rule is infringed, including Rule 3 .16.
C MMENT The limits of the cage shall be defined as theboundary formed by the cage and the gates, when inposition, completed by an imaginary straight line drawn
between the ends of the cage/gates closest to the landing
sector.
It is clarified that the top inside edges of the rim of the circle
and of the stop board are considered to be part of the topof the rim and stop board respectively. This means thatshould an athlete make contact with the top inside edge ofeither the rim or the stop-board then he will be considered
thereby to have made a failure.
0.1
P
Discus Throw. It should be interpreted that any incidental
the ground outside in respectof the back half of the circle during the first rotation should
not of itself be regarded as a failure. owever, it is clearthat any technique which thereby obtains an advantageࢾٗ
13. ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦ͺγʖέϩ͖ΔɼΏΕ౦ͺঁૺ࿑͖Δ౦ͱ͘Νߨ͑ɽγʖέϩ͖Δߨ͑ࢾٗͲͺ‫ڟ‬ٗंͺγʖέϩ͹಼ଈͲ੫ࢯ͹য়ସ͖Δ౦࢟͝Ό͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺγʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹಼ଈͶৰΗͱ΍Γ͏ɽ๔‫؛‬౦Ͳͺ‫و‬ଉ 31.2 Ͷࣖͤͳ͕Εଏཻࡒ͹಼ଈͶৰΗͱ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ʹ͗ंٗڟ‬͹Γ͑ͶɼΉͪͺʹ͹๏޴͖ΔγʖέϩͶ೘Ζ͖Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹੏‫ݸ‬ͺ͵͚ɼ๔‫؛‬౦͹৖߻ɼ͞͹ಊࡠ஦ͶଏཻࡒͶৰΗΖ͞ͳͶͯ͏ͱ͹੏‫ݸ‬ͺ͵͏ɽ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖགྷ݇ͺɼ‫ٗࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬Ν֋
࢟ͤΖ઴ͶɼҲ୶ɼ੫ࢯࢡ੐ΝखΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ͳ͏͑͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ੫ࢯࢡ੐ͳͺɼࢾٗΝߨ͑ͪΌͶγʖέϩͶ೘ͮͪ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼࢾٗΝ֋࢟ͤΖ઴ͶɼྈଏͲಋ࣎Ͷγʖέϩ಼͹ஏ໚Ν͖ͮ͢ΕͳಁΊɼԓ࿰͹৏෨Ώஏ໚Ͷંৰ͢͵͏ࢡ੐ΝखΖ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ৻൓ҽ͗ͨ͹༹ࢢΝ֮೟Ͳ͘Ζɼॉ෾͵࣎ؔΝखͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽͨ͹ࡏɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਐର͹ଠ͹෨෾Ͳ͍ΖघΏ࿻͗੫ࢯ͢ͱ͏Ζචགྷͺ͵͏ɽ
14. ‫ٗࢾ͗ंٗڟ‬஦Ͷɼ࣏͹͞ͳΝͪ࣎͢ͺ 1 յ͹ໃްࢾٗͳͤΖɽa) ๔‫͍؛‬Ζ͏ͺΏΕΝ‫و‬ଉ 31.1 ‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 33.1 ͲఈΌΔΗͪҐ֐͹๏๑Ͳ౦ͪ࣎͝ɽ
b) γʖέϩ಼Ͷ೘ͮͱ౦ͱ͘Ν࢟Όͪ‫ޛ‬ɼਐର͹ʹ͹෨෾Ͳ΍ɼγʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹৏෨ʤΉͪͺ৏෨಼ଈֱʥ͍Ζ͏ͺγʖέϩ͹֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ͶৰΗͪ࣎ɽ஭қʁͪͫ͢ɼγʖέϩͶ೘Ε࠹ॵ͹յ఺ಊࡠΝߨ͑ࡏͶɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝ‫ݡ‬௪͢ͱγʖέϩ͹ྈଈ͹֐ͶӀ͖Ηͪ࿮͹പતΓΕ‫׮‬સͶ‫ޛ‬๏͹γʖέϩ͹֐ଈ͹ஏ໚Ͷଏ͗ৰΗͱ΍ɼਬ਒ྙΝಚΖ͞ͳ͗͵͜Ηͻʤ֐Ͷड़ͪଏ͗ஏ໚ͶৰΗΖఖౕͲ͍Ηͻʥɼໃްͳͺ͢͵͏ɽc) ๔‫؛‬౦Ͳਐର͹ʹ͹෨෾Ͳ΍ଏཻࡒ͹಼ଈʤ৏෨͹ԓͳ൓ఈͪ͢෨෾Νঈ͘ʥҐ֐ͶৰΗͪ࣎ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼన઀͵൓இΝͤΖͪΌͶ͞͞Ͳ஭қͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽͪͳ͓ͻɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ͽۼ‬΍͗ଏཻࡒ͹৏෨ͶৰΗͪ৖߻ɼͨΗͺໃްࢾٗͲͺ͵͏͗ɼ‫ۼ‬͹Ծ෨͗ଏཻࡒ͹৏෨ͶৰΗͪ৖߻ͺໃްࢾٗͲ͍Ζɽdʥ ΏΕ౦Ͳਐର͹ʹ͹෨෾Ͳ΍ঁૺ࿑Νࣖͪ͢ϧ΢ϱΏঁૺ࿑͹֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ͶৰΗͪ࣎஭қ(i)ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹౦ͪ͝ԃ൭͗ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷԗ͏ଈ͹ҕ͏ʤ஥ஏ৖ॶͶଲ͢ͱɼӊް͘͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺࠪଈɼࠪཤ͘͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺӊଈʥͶ౲ͪͮͪ৖߻ͺໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵ͤɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ंٗڟ‬͹౦ͪ͝ԃ൭͗ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷۛ͏ଈ͹ҕ͏ʤ஥ஏ৖ॶͶଲ͢ͱӊཤ͘͹‫͍Ͳंٗڟ‬Ηͻӊଈɼࠪཤ͘͹‫͍Ͳंٗڟ‬ΗͻࠪଈʥͶ౲ͪΕɼ౦ͱ͘෼͗ҕ͏͹‫ڧ‬ֆΓΕ઴๏Ͷ͍Ζ஥ஏ৖ॶ಼Ͷ஥ஏͪ͢৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 3 .16 Ν‫؜‬΋ଠ͹‫و‬ଉͶҩൕ͢ͱ͏͵͜ΗͻໃްࢾٗͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁҕ͏͹‫ڧ‬ֆͳͺɼҕ͏ͳ໵޳͗ॶఈ͹Ғ஖Ͷ͍Ζ࣎Ͷɼ஥ஏ৖ॶͶ࠹΍ۛ͏ࠪӊ͹ҕ͏Ήͪͺ໵޳͹୼͹ؔͶՏ‫ۯ‬͹௜તͶΓͮͱӀ͖ΗΖ΍͹
ͳఈٝͤΖɽ
γʖέϩ͹ԓ͹৏୼ɼ‫;ٶ‬ଏཻࡒ͹৏୼ͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹৏෨͹Ҳ෨Ͳ͍Ζͳմए͠ΗΖ͞ͳ͗໎Δ͖Ͷ͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ԓΉͪͺଏཻࡒ͹৏୼Ͷંৰͪ͢৖߻ͶͺɼໃްࢾٗͳΊ͵͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝқັͤΖɽ
‫و‬ଉ 3 .14(b)͹஭ए͹௧Յͺɼ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦Ͳ‫ڟ‬ٗं͗࢘༽ͤΖյ఺ٗढ़Ͷన༽͠ΗΖɽ୊ 1 յ໪͹յ఺஦͹γʖέϩ‫ޛ‬ൔ෨Ͷ‫ͱؖ͢‬ɼԓ෨͹৏୼Ήͪͺ֐ଈ͹ஏ໚΃͹ʰ۰൅ద͵ʱંৰͺɼͨ͹ࣆࣰͫ͜ͲͺໃްࢾٗͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ͳմए͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼͨ͹͞ͳ͹ཤ༽ͶΓΕɼΉͪਬ਒ྙΝಚͱɼ༑Ғ੓͹֭ಚͶͯ͵͗Ζ͍ΔΑΖٗढ़ʤτέωρέʥͺໃްࢾٗͳఈٝ͠ΗΖ͞ͳͺ໎Δ͖Ͳ

98through leverage or propulsion would constitute a failure.
15. Provided that, in the course of a trial, the Rules relative
to each throwing event have not been infringed, an athlete
may interrupt a trial once started, may lay the implement
down inside or outside the circle or runway and may leave
the circle or runway.
Note All the moves permitted by this paragraph shall be
included in the maximum time for a trial given in Rule24.1 .
C MMENT In these circumstances, there is no restriction
on how, or from which direction, an athlete may leave thecircle or runway if he chooses to do. The relevant
requirement is that no other Rule is or has already been
infringed.
16. It shall be a failure if the shot, the discus, or the headof the javelin in contacting the ground when it first lands
touches the sector line, the ground or any object (otherthan the cage as provided in the Note to Rule 3 .14)
outside the sector line.
1 . It shall be a failure if the athlete leaves the circle or
runway before the implement has touched the ground, ora) for throws made from a circle, if, when leaving the circle,
the athlete s first contact with the top of the rim or the
ground outside the circle is not completely behind the whiteline which is drawn outside the circle running, theoretically,
through the centre of the circle.
Note The first contact with the top of the rim or the groundoutside the circle is considered leaving.
b) in the case of the avelin Throw, if when leaving the
runway, the athlete s first contact with the parallel lines or
the ground outside the runway is not completely behind thewhite line of the arc or the lines drawn from the extremitiesof the arc at right angles to the parallel lines. nce theimplement has touched the ground, an athlete will also be
considered to have left the runway correctly, upon making
contact with or behind a line (painted, or theoretical andindicated by markers beside the runway) drawn across the
runway, four metres back from the end points of thethrowing arc. Should an athlete be behind that line andinside the runway at the moment the implement touches
the ground, he shall be considered to have left the runway
correctly.
C MMENT The second and third sentences in Rule 3 .1(b) are designed to speed up the judging process and not
to create an additional method of calling a failure on theathlete. The purpose of the 4m marks is solely to enable
the udges to raise the white flag and begin measuring thetrial once the athlete retreats behind this point (in the same
way as they would do if he had otherwise correctly left the
runway). The only requirement is that there is no otherreason for calling a failure and that the implement has
touched the ground before the white flag is raised.
Necessarily, if the athlete for whatever reason neverprogresses past the 4m marks when making his throwthen the flag can be raised once the implement has landed.
1 . After each throw, implements shall be carried back to
the area next to the circle or runway and never thrown
back.

͍Ζɽ
15. ֦౦ͱ͘‫ٗڟ‬͹‫و‬ଉͶൕ͢͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҲౕ࢟Όͪ‫ٗڟ‬Ν஦இ͢ͱΓ͏ɽͨ͹৏Ͳɼ౦ͱ͘
༽۫ΝγʖέϩΏঁૺ࿑͹஦Ͳ΍֐Ͳ΍Ҳ୶ԾͶ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͚ɼγʖέϩΏঁૺ࿑͖Δड़ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ஭қʁ͞͹ߴͲ‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖಊࡠͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ͹੏‫ݸ‬࣎ؔͶ‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽαϟϱφʁ͞͹Γ͑͵য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼ‫ʹ͗ंٗڟ‬͹Γ͑ͶɼΉͪͺʹ͹๏޴͖ΔɼγʖέϩΉͪͺঁૺ࿑Ν཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͖Ͷͯ͏ͱͺ੏‫͏͵͗ݸ‬ɽ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖགྷ݇ͺɼଠ͹‫و‬ଉ͗৷֒͠Ηͱ͏͵͏͖ɼ‫ع‬Ͷ৷֒͠Ηͱ͏͵͏͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ
16. ๔‫؛‬ʀԃ൭ʀΏΕ͹ಆ෨͗࠹ॵͶ஥ஏ͢ͱ࢔͢
ͪࠡ੽͗ۢժϧ΢ϱΏۢժϧ΢ϱ͹֐ଈஏ໚͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹෼ରʤ‫و‬ଉ 3 .14 ஭қͶΓΖҕ͏Νঈ͏ͱʥͶৰΗͪ৖߻ͺɼໃްࢾٗͳͤΖɽ
1 . ౦ͪ͝༽۫͗஥ஏͤΖ઴Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬γʖέϩΏঁૺ࿑͖Δड़ͪ৖߻ΏҐԾ͹৖߻ͺɼໃްͳͤΖɽa) γʖέϩ͖Δ͹౦ͱ͘ͲͺɼγʖέϩΝड़Ζ࣎ͺɼԓ࿰͹৏෨Ήͪͺγʖέϩ͹֐͹ஏ໚Ͷ࠹ॵͶৰΗΖ͹ͺɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝ‫ݡ‬௪͢ͱγʖέϩ͹ྈଈͶӀ͖Ηͱ͏ΖപતΓΕ‫׮‬સͶ‫ޛ‬๏Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁԓ࿰͹৏෨΍͚͢ͺγʖέϩ֐͹ஏ໚Ͷ࠹ॵͶৰΗͪͳ͘ɼγʖέϩ͖Δ͹཯୦ͳΊ͵ͤɽb) ΏΕ౦͹৖߻ͺɼ‫ૺঁ͗ंٗڟ‬࿑Ν཯ΗΖ࣎Ͷঁૺ࿑Νࣖͤฑߨત͍Ζ͏ͺঁૺ࿑֐͹ήϧΤϱχ
Ͷ࠹ॵͶৰΗΖ৖ॶͺɼηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ‫ٶ‬;࿮ͶӀ͖Ηͪപત͹‫׮‬સͶ‫ޛ‬๏Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ༽۫͗Ҳౕஏ໚ͶৰΗͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹ 4m ‫ޛ‬๏Ͳঁૺ࿑Νԥ઀ͮͱӀ͖Ηͪϧ΢ϱʤ౅ૹ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͖ɼ΍͚͢ͺঁૺ࿑࿮͹ϜʖέͲࣖ͠Ηͪ΢ϟʖζ৏͹ϧ΢ϱʥͶৰΗΖ͖ΓΕ‫ޛ‬ΘͶԾ͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼঁૺ࿑Ν཯Ηͪͳ‫ݡ‬͵͠ΗΖɽ౦ͱ͘෼͗ཚԾͪ࣎͢Ͷɼঁૺ࿑಼Ͷ͏ͱ΍ͨ͹ϧ΢ϱΓΕ‫ޛ‬๏Ͳ͍Ηͻঁૺ࿑Ν཯ΗͪͳΊ͵͢ͱΓ͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 3 .1 (b)͹ 2 ൬໪ͳ 3 ൬໪͹ড়ชͺɼ൓ఈ͹գఖΝηϒʖχΠρϕͤΖ͞ͳ͗໪దͲ͍
Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͠Δ͵ΖໃްࢾٗΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖͪΌ͹Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ
ʰ4m Ϝʖέʱ͹໪దͺɼ৻൓ҽ͗പ‫ظ‬Ν‫ܟ‬͝ͱɼ͞͹ϛ΢ϱφ͹‫ޛ‬ΘͶड़఼ͪ࣎Ͳ‫཯ړ‬͹‫ܯ‬଎Ν֋࢟Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳͫ͜Ͳ͍Ζʤͨ͑Ͳ͵͜Ηͻɼঁૺ࿑͖Δਜ਼͚͢ड़ͪͳΊ͵͠Ζʥɽപ‫͗ظ‬
৏͗Ζ઴ͶɼʱΏΕ͗പતघ઴͹ঁૺ࿑ͶৰΗͪ͞ͳͫ͜ͲͺɼໃްࢾٗͳͤΖཀྵ༟Ͷͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ΏΕ͹ཚԾ઴Ͷ 4m Ϝʖέ‫ޛ‬๏͹ঁૺ࿑಼ͶԾ͗ͮͪͳ͘ͶͺɼཚԾͤΖͳಋ࣎Ͷപ‫ظ‬Ν৏͝Ζɽ
1 . ౦ͱ͗͘शΚͮͪΔɼ༽۫ͺγʖέϩΏঁૺ࿑͹ͳ͞Θ΃ӣΞͲศ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౦͝ศ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Measurements
1 . In all throwing events, distances shall be recorded to
the nearest . 1m, rounded down to the nearest . 1m if
the distance measured is not a whole centimetre.
2 . The measurement of each throw shall be madeimmediately after each valid trial (or after an immediate oral
protest made under Rule 5 .5)a) from the nearest mark made by the fall of the shot or
discus, to the inside of the circumference of the circle along
a line to the centre of the circleb) in avelin Throw, from where the head of the javelin firststruck the ground to the inside edge of the arc, along a line
to the centre of the circle of which the arc is part.
A
measured whatever the
distance reached, including for the reasons that other trial‫཯ړ‬͹‫ܯ‬଎
1 . ౦ͱ͘‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼͨ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼᶴາຮ͹୼਼Ν઀Εࣼͱͪ 1cm ୱҒͲ‫ى‬࿧͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ
2 . ౦ͱ͘͹‫ܯ‬଎ͺɼ༙ްࢾٗश྅‫ޛ‬ʤΉͪͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 4.1 ͶఈΌΖ޳ಆͶΓΖଊ࣎߇٠͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬ʥɼ௜ͬͶҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽa) ๔‫؛‬Ήͪͺԃ൭͹ཚԾͶΓΖࠡ੽͹γʖέϩͶ΍ͮͳ΍ۛ͏ஏ఼͖Δɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝͯ͵͛ત৏͹γʖέϩ͹಼ଈΉͲɽb) ΏΕ౦ͲͺɼΏΕ͹ಆ෨͗࠹ॵͶཚԾͪࠡ͢੽
͖ΔɼηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹஦ৼΝͯ͵͛ત৏͹ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹಼ଈΉͲɽໃްࢾٗͲ͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼʹΗͫ͜ඊΞ͖ͫ͹‫཯ړ‬Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼͤ΄ͱ͹ࢾٗΝ଎ఈ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ99

measurements may become critical in determining
countbacks or whether an athlete will proceed tosubsequent rounds. Except where Rule 5 .5 is applied,
under normal practice no trial during which an irregularity
has been committed should be measured. udges shouldcarefully use their discretion in applying any alternate
practice and usually only in special cases. nless video
measuring is being used, for every valid trial a marker(usually metal) should be placed in a vertical position at theplace of the imprint left by the implement in the landing area
nearest to the take-off line. The marker is passed throughthe loop at the end of the graduated metal tape so that theero is on the mark. The tape should be pulled out
hori ontally taking care not to place it on any rise in the
ground.
ule 31 hot ut ule 1
ompetition
1. The shot shall be put from the shoulder with one hand
only. At the time an athlete takes a stance in the circle tocommence a put, the shot shall touch or be in close
proximity to the neck or the chin and the hand shall not be
dropped below this position during the action of putting.
The shot shall not be taken behind the line of the shoulders.
Note (i) Cartwheeling techniques are not permitted.
Note (ii) For Sport Classes F33-34, F52-5 from start tofinish, the movement of the shot shall be a straight,
continuous putting action.
Note (iii) For Sport Class F32, lateral movement of the shot
away from the chin or neck during the putting action isallowed. and the requirement for putting the shot in astraight, continuous putting action is waived provided thatno other element of this rule is contravened.
C MMENT f importance is that the shot shall be put
not thrown . Taking the shot behind the line of theshoulders is how it looks when someone throws it rather
than putting it. The other elements of the putting action
however remain the same, The hand cannot drop below
the chin the shot cannot be taken behind the line of theshoulders and the shot must not be thrown.
top oard
2. The stop board shall be white and made of wood or othersuitable material in the shape of an arc so that the innersurface aligns with the inner edge of the rim of the circle
and is perpendicular to the surface of the circle. It shall beplaced so that its centre coincides with the centre line of
the landing sector (Figure 13) and shall be firmly fixed to
the ground or to the concrete surrounding the circle.
Note Stop boards to the 1 3/ 4 World Athletics
specifications remain acceptable.

Figure 16ॳҒΝ݀ΌΖͪΌɼΉ࣏ͪ͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒ड़Ͳ͘Ζ͖ʹ͖͑͵ʹ͹ཀྵ༟ͶΓΖɽ‫و‬ଉ 5 .5 ͗న༽͠ΗΖ
৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ௪৙Ͳͺɼໃްࢾٗͺ‫ܯ‬଎͠Η͵͏ɽϑυΨ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻Νঈ͏ͱɼ༙
ް͵ࢾٗ͟ͳͶϜʖΩʖʤ௪৙ͺۜ଒੣ʥΝɼಁ઀તͶ࠹΍ۛ͏஥཰ΦϨΠͶ‫੽ࠡͪ͢࢔͗ंٗڟ‬Ͷਪ௜Ͷ࢙ͤචགྷ͍͗Ζɽϟζϡʖτʖϕ͹ κϫ ͺϜʖΩʖͶ߻ΚͦɼτʖϕͺਭฑͶӀ͘ड़͢ɼஏ໚Ͷූ͖ͦ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ஭қͤΖɽ୊ 31 ড় ๔‫؛‬౦
ule 1
‫ٗڟ‬ճ
1. ๔‫؛‬ͺ‫͖ݠ‬Δฤघͫ͜Ͳ౦ࣻͤΖɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬γʖέϩ͹஦Ͳ౦ࣻΝ࢟ΌΓ͑ͳߑ͓ͪ࣎Ͷͺɼ๔‫؛‬ͺ͍͟ΉͪͺडͶͯ͜Ζ͖ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺΉ͠ͶৰΗΓ͑ͳͤΖয়ସͶฯ࣍͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ౦ࣻ͹ಊࡠ஦ͺɼͨ͹घΝ͞͹য়ସΓΕԾͶ͕Θ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽΉͪɼ๔‫؛‬Νྈ‫ݠ‬Ν݃΁તΓΕ‫ޛ‬Ͷ΍ͮͱ͏ͮͱ΍͏͜͵͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁΩʖφʀΤΡʖϨϱήʤ઴๏ౙཱིյ఺ʥ౦๑ͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Η͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F33-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬F52-5 ͹๔‫؛‬౦Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠͺ࢟Ό͖ΔशΚΕΉͲ࿊କద͖ͯ‫ܩ‬କద͵ಊࡠͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F32 ͹๔‫؛‬౦Ͳͺɼຌ‫و‬ଉ͹ଠ͹ড়ߴͶҩൕ͢ͱ͏͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠͶ͕͏ͱּΉͪͺड͖Δ཯Ηͱ͹ଈ๏ಊࡠ(ԥ౦͝)΍೟ΌΔΗɼಊࡠΝΉͮͤ͛Ͷ࿊କͤΖͪΌ͹གྷ݇ͺ໖ঈ͠ΗΖɽαϟϱφʁ॑གྷ͵͹ͺɼಊࡠ͗ʰThrow(౦͝Ζ)ʱ͹Ͳͺ͵͚ʰPut(ԣ͢ड़ͤ)ʱ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ‫ݠ‬͹ϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬ΘͲಊࡠͤΖ͞ͳͺɼ๔‫؛‬Νԣ͢ड़ͤ͹Ͳͺ͵͚౦ͪ͝ͳ͘͹༹ࢢͲ͍Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹ଠ͹གྷોͺಋͣͲ͍ΖɽͯΉΕɼघּ͗ΓΕԾͶཚͬͪΕɼ‫ݠ‬͹ϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬ΘͲಊࡠ͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼ๔‫؛‬Ν౦͝ͱͺ͏͜͵͏ɽଏཻࡒ
2. ߑଆʷଏཻࡒͺപ͚౅ૹ͢໨Ήͪͺଠ͹న౲͵ࡒ࣯Ͳ͚ͯͮͪ΍͹Ͳɼ‫ܙ‬ͺ಼ଈ͹ԓ͗γʖέϩ͹಼ଈ͹ԓͳ߻஗ͤΖΓ͑͵ԃ‫͍Ͳނ‬Εɼγʖέϩ͹න໚Ͷଲ͢ͱਪ௜ͳ͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽખ‫ܙ‬͹ۢժત͹஦ԟͶҒ஖͢(ਦ 13)ɼஏ໚΍͚͢ͺγʖέϩबҕ͹αϱέϨʖφͶ͖ͮ͢Ε‫ݽ‬ఈͲ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷ͚ͯΔ
͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁWA1 3/1 4 ࢕༹͹ଏཻࡒͺӀ͘କ͘‫ڒ‬Ն͠
ΗΖɽ

Shot Put stop board (top and side view)

Measurements
3. The stop board shall measure .112m to .3 m wide,with a chord of 1.21m . 1m for an arc of the same radius
as the circle and .1 m .
m high in relation to the levelof the inside of the circle adjacent to the stop board.

100੉๑
3. ଏཻࡒͺ෱ .112mʛ .3 mɼγʖέϩͳಋͣൔ‫ܚ‬͹‫ނ‬͹‫ݯ‬͹ௗ͠ͺ 1.21mʤ 1 mmʥ
ɼγʖέϩ͹
಼ଈ͹න໚Ͷྣં͢ͱ͏Ζଏཻࡒ͹߶͠Ν .1 m
ʤ .
mʥͳͤΖɽ

hot
4. The shot shall be of solid iron, brass or any metal notsofter than brass, or a shell of such metal filled with lead orother solid material. It shall be spherical in shape and its
surface finish shall be smooth.
Information for manufacturers to be smooth, the surface
average height must be less than 1.6 m, i.e., a roughness
number N or less.
5. The shot shall conform to the following specifications๔‫؛‬
4. ๔‫؛‬ͺɼరɼਇͬΐ͑ɼਇͬΐ͑ΓΕೊΔ͖Δ͖
͚͵͏ۜ଒‫ځ‬ɼΉͪͺ৏‫ى‬͹ۜ଒͹֬ʤ͖ΔʥͶԘͨ͹ଠ͹ࡒ࣯ΝͯΌͪ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ๔‫؛‬͹‫ܙ‬য়ͺ‫ځ‬‫ͨͲܙ‬͹න໚͹࢕৏͝ͺ‫׊‬Δ͖ͳͤΖɽ੣ଆճऀ޴͜͹৚ๅʁ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ͍ΖͪΌͶͺන໚͹ߧ͠ͺ 1.6 mɼଊͬϧϓϋηψϱώʖ N າຮͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ5. ๔‫؛‬ͺԾ‫ى‬͹࢕༹ͶҲ஗͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽC MMENT Team of fficials
For a Shot Put event, it is recommended to allocate theavailable officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the event.
2) Two udges checking whether the put has been madecorrectly and measuring the trial. ne must be provided
with two flags - white to indicate if the trial is valid and red
if it is a failure.
When the put has been measured, it is advised that theudge stands in the circle holding the red flag, while theimplement is returned and the landing area is cleared. A
cone may be placed in the circle instead. (In somecompetitions this position is assumed by the Chief udgeof the event.) Where EDM is not in use the second udge
should pull through and hold the measuring tape in such a
way that it passes through the centre of the circle.
3) udge immediately after the throw placing a marker
indicating the point from which the trial is to be measured.
4) udge positioning the spike/prism at the point where themarker has been placed ensuring the tape is on the eromark.
5) udge in charge of retrieving the implements andreturning them to the implement stand or placing them in
the return chute.
6) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).
) udge in charge of the clock indicating to the athletes
that they have a certain time to take their trial.
) udge in charge of athletes.
1 ) udge in charge of the implement stand.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.
To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a
way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.

αϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞ๔‫؛‬౦͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ2) ๔‫؛‬͹౦๑͗ਜ਼͢͏͖Ν֮೟͢ɼࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬଎ͤ
Ζ 2 ਕ͹৻൓ҽɽ1 ਕͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤപ‫ͳظ‬
ໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬ɽ‫ܯ͗཯ړ‬଎͠ΗͪΔɼ৻൓ҽͺɼ๔‫؛‬໯͢ͳɼཚԾҮ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͹Νଶͯؔɼγʖέϩ͹஦Ͷཱིͬɼ੼‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ܟ‬Ζɽ੼‫ظ‬͹େΚΕͶɼγʖέϩͶαʖϱΝ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽʤ͏͚͖ͯ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ͞͹ༀ໪ͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͹೜
ແͲ͍Ζͳ૟ఈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖʥɽEDM Ν࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻ɼ΍͑Ҳਕ͹৻൓ҽͺɼϟζϡʖτʖϕΝӀͮ௃Εɼγʖέϩ஦ԟͶ௪ͤɽ3) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ܯ‬଎͹ͪΌ͹ࠡ੽Ν֮
೟ͤΖ৻൓ҽ4) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹ͪΌͶࠡ੽ͶϒϱʙϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼτʖϕ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͶͺɼτʖϕΝ Ͷฯ࣍ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͤΖɽ5) ཚԾҮ͖Δ໯ͮͱ͚Ζ౦ͱ͘‫۫ح‬Νण͜खΕɼ஖͘৖Ͷ໯ͤ୴౲͹৻൓ҽ6) ৻൓ҽʷ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं) ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) ౦ͱ͘෼஖͘৖୴౲͹৻൓ҽ஭қᾺʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʤiiʥʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽule 32 Discus hrow ule 1
Discus
1. The body of the discus may be solid or hollow and shallbe made of wood, or other suitable material, with a metalrim, the edge of which shall be circular. The cross sectionof the edge shall be rounded in a true circle having a radiusof approximately 6mm. There may be circular plates set
flush into the centre of the sides.
Alternatively, the discus may be made without metal plates,
provided that the equivalent area is flat and themeasurements and total weight of the implement
correspond to the specifications.

୊ 32 ড় ԃ൭౦ule 1ԃ൭1. ԃ൭͹ಓରͺɼ஦ਐ͗ैల͠Ηͱ͏ͱ΍஦‫Ͳۯ‬΍Γ͚ɼ໨Ήͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹న౲͵ࡒ࣯ͳۜ଒͹ԓ࿰ͲͲ͘ͱ͕Εɼԓ࿰͹ֱͺԃ͚͵ͮͱ͏Ζɽԓ͹இ໚ͺൔ‫ ܚ‬6mm ͹ਜ਼͢͏ԃ‫ͤͳނ‬Ζɽۜ଒͹൚Νྈ໚͹஦ৼͶਭฑͶͺΌ͞ΞͲ΍Γ͏ɽพ͹࢕༹ͳ͢ͱɼ΍ͨ͢͹෨෾͗ฑ໚Ͳ͍Εɼ༽۫͹੉๑Ώ૱॑ྖ͗࢕༹ͶҲ஗͢ͱ͏Ηͻۜ଒൚͵͢Ͳԃ൭Ν͚ͯͮͱΓ͏ɽԃ൭͹ྈ໚ͺಋҲͲ͍Εɼ͚·ΊΏಧً͗͵͚ɼԓ

101

Each side of the discus shall be identical and shall be madewithout indentations, projections or sharp edges. The sides
shall taper in a straight line from any point on a circle of aradius of 25mm to 2 .5mm from the centre of the discus tothe beginning of the curve of the rim.
The profile of the discus shall be designed as follows. Fromthe beginning of the curve of the rim the thickness of the
discus increases regularly up to the maximum thickness D.
This maximum value is achieved at a distance of 25 mm to
2 .5mm from the axis of the discus .
From this point up to the axis the thickness of the discus
is constant. pper and lower side of the discus must be
identical also the discus has to be symmetrical concerning
rotation around the axis .
The discus, including the surface of the rim shall have noroughness and the finish shall be smooth and uniform
throughout.

Figure 1͗Ӹཤ͵΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽԃ൭͹ྈ໚ͺɼԃ൭͹஦ৼ͖Δൔ‫ ܚ‬25mmʛ2 .5mm ͹֐ଈ͹ʹ͹՗ॶ͖Δ΍ɼԓ͹ԃ‫ނ‬͹࢟ΉΖͳ͞ΘΉͲਇͮͤ͛
Ͷܑࣾͦ͠ɼ޲ΊΝ‫ͣݰ‬Ζɽԃ൭͹இ໚ͺɼ࣏͹Γ͑Ͷઅ‫͠ܯ‬Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽԓ͹‫ۄ‬ત෨͹࢟Ό͖Δԃ൭͹޲Ίͺɼԓ͹࠹୉޲͹ D ͹෨෾ΉͲ‫و‬ଉదͶଁՅͤΖɽ޲Ί͗࠹୉Ͷ͵Ζ͹ͺɼԃ൭͹࣢
͖Δ 25mmʛ
2 .5mm ͹‫཯ړ‬͹ͳ͞ΘͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹෨෾͖Δԃ൭͹࣢ ͹ͳ͞ΘΉͲ޲͠ͺҲఈͲ͍Ζɽԃ൭͹৏໚ɼԾ໚ͳ΍ͶಋҲͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼΉͪ࣢ ͹बΕ͹յ఺Ͷ‫ͱؖ͢‬ώϧϱη͗ͳΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽԃ൭͹ԓ͹න໚ͺͲ͞·͗͞͵͚ɼ࢕৏͗Εͺસର͗ԃ‫ۋ͖ͯͲ׊‬ҲͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Discus

2. The discus shall conform to the following specifications

C MMENT Team of fficials
For a Discus Throw Event, it is recommended to allocate
the available officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the event.
2) Two udges checking whether the throw has been madecorrectly and measuring the trial.
ne must be provided with two flags white to indicate if
the trial is valid and red if it is a failure. When the throw has
been measured, it is advised that the udge stands at theentrance to the cage holding the red flag, while theimplement is returned and the landing area is cleared. A
cone may be placed at this point instead. (In somecompetitions this position is assumed by the Chief udgeof the event.) Where EDM is not in use the second udge
should pull through and hold the measuring tape in such a
way that it passes through the centre of the circle.
3) udge immediately after the throw placing a marker

102

2. ԃ൭ͺԾ‫ى‬͹࢕༹ͶҲ஗͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞԃ൭౦͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ2) ౦ͱ͗͘ਜ਼͚͢͵͠Η͖ͪΝ֮೟͢ɼࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬
଎ͤΖ 2 ਕ͹৻൓ҽɽ1 ਕͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤപ‫ͳظ‬ໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬ɽ‫ܯ͗཯ړ‬଎͠Ηͪ
Δɼ৻൓ҽͺɼԃ൭໯͢ͳɼཚԾҮ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͹Νଶͯؔɼγʖέϩ͹஦Ͷཱིͬɼ੼‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ܟ‬Ζɽ੼‫ظ‬͹େΚΕͶɼγʖέϩͶαʖϱΝ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͏ʤ͏͚͖ͯ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ͞͹ༀ໪ͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͹೜ແͲ͍Ζͳ૟ఈ͠Ηͱ͏ΖʥɽEDM Ν࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻ɼ΍͑Ҳਕ͹৻൓ҽͺɼϟζϡʖτʖϕΝӀͮ௃Εɼγʖέϩ஦ԟͶ௪ͤɽ3) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ܯ‬଎͹ͪΌ͹ࠡ੽Ν֮indicating the point from which the trial is to be measured.
If the implement lands outside the sector either this udge
or the one with the spike/prism (whichever is closer to theline) should indicate this by holding his arm outstretched.
No indication is required for a valid trial.
4) udge positioning the spike/prism at the point where themarker has been placed ensuring the tape is on the eromark.
5) one or more udges or assistants in charge of retrieving
the implements and returning them to the implement standor placing them in the return device. Where a tape is used
for measurement, one of these udges or assistants should
ensure that the tape measure is taut in order to ensure a
correct measurement.
6) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).
) udge in charge of the clock indicating to the athletes
that they have a certain time to take their trial.
) udge in charge of athletes.
1 ) udge in charge of the implement stand.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.
To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a
way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.
Note (iii) A space must be reserved for a wind-sock toindicate the wind direction and strength.

೟ͤΖ৻൓ҽɽ΍͢ԃ൭ֱౕ͗ત͹֐ͶཚԾͪ͢৖
߻ɼ͞͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺϕϨθϞΝ࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ৻൓ҽͺɼͨ͹ࣆࣰΝ࿻Ν֐Ͷ޴͜ΖΓ͑͵͛͢͠Ͳఽ
͓Ζɽ༙ްࢾٗ͹৖߻ͺ͞͹Γ͑͵߻ਦͺ෈གྷͲ͍Ζɽ4) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹ͪΌͶࠡ੽ͶϒϱʙϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼτʖϕ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͶͺɼτʖϕΝ Ͷฯ࣍ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͤΖɽ5) ԃ൭Νյफ͢ɼ஖͘৖Ͷ໯ͤɼ΍͚͢ͺศૻऄͶ஖͚ɼ1 ਕҐ৏͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺึঁҽ6) ৻൓ҽʷ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं) ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) ౦ͱ͘෼஖͘৖୴౲͹৻൓ҽ஭қᾺʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʤiiʥʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʤiiiʥʁ෫͹๏޴ͳ‫͠ک‬ΝࣖͤͪΌͶɼ਩͘ླྀ͢
͹ͪΌ͹ηϘʖηΝ֮ฯͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ

Discus age ule 1
C MMENT There are many variations on enclosures or
cages for athletes with an impairment but safety forfficials, spectators and athletes is paramount. The Discus
Cage is also used for club throw.
3. All discus throws shall be made from an enclosure orcage to ensure the safety of spectators, officials andathletes. The cage specified in this Rule is intended for use
when the event takes place in the Field of play with otherevents taking place at the same time or when the event
takes place outside the Field of play with spectatorspresent. Where this does not apply, and especially intraining areas, a much simpler construction may besatisfactory. Advice is available, on request, throughnational organisations or from the WPA ffice.
.
2
2.
The arrangement should be such that there is no danger ofricocheting or rebounding back towards the athlete or over
the top of the cage. Provided that it satisfies all therequirements of this Rule, any form of cage design andconstruction can be used.
5. The cage should be -shaped in plan as shown in Figure
16. The width of the mouth should be 6m, positioned m infront of the centre of the throwing circle. The end points of
the 6m wide mouth shall be the inner edge of the cage
netting. The height of the netting panels or draped nettingat their lowest point should be at least 4m and it should be
at least 6m for the 3m nearest the front of the cage on eachside from 1 anuary 2 2 .
Provision should be made in the design and constructionof the cage to prevent a discus forcing its way through any
joints in the cage or the netting or underneath the netting
panels or draped netting.
Note (i) The arrangement of the rear panels/netting is notimportant provided the netting is a minimum of 3. m awayfrom the centre of the circle.
Note (ii) Innovative designs that provide the same or better
degree of protection and do not increase the danger one
compared with conventional designs may be Worldԃ൭౦༽ҕ͏
ule 1αϟϱφʁ্͗͏͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ΦϱέϫʖζϡʖΏҕ͏Ͷͺଡ͚͹ώϨΦʖεϥϱ͍͗Ζ͗ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼ؏‫ٮ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સ͗࠹΍॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ ԃ൭౦༽ҕ͏ͺ͞Ξ๰౦Ͷ΍࢘༽͠ΗΖɽ
3. ԃ൭౦ͺ؏़ɼༀҽɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સΝ֮ฯͤΖͪΌͶҕ͏͹஦͖Δ౦͝Ζɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͲ໎‫͠ى‬Ηͪҕ͏ͺɼ͞͹झ໪͗‫ٗڟ‬৖͹֐Ͳ؏‫ͳٮ‬ҲॻͶ͵ͮͱ
ࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ࣎Ͷɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ͞͹झ໪͗‫ٗڟ‬৖͹஦Ͳଠ͹झ໪ͳಋ࣎Ͷࣰࢬ͠ΗΖ࣎Ͷ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝ໪దͳ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ͞͹ড়݇͗౲ͱͺΉΔ͵͏࣎ɼಝͶ࿇स৖Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ΍ͮͳ؈ୱ͵ߑଆͲ΍ߑΚ͵͏ɽࠅ಼क࠷஄ର΍͚͢ͺ WPA ΨϓΡη͖Δࢨ಍͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ͶͺͨΗͶॊ͑ɽ4. ҕ͏ͺ 2kg ͹ԃ൭͗භଐ 25̾͹ଐౕͲಊ͚ྙΝ
๹ࢯͲ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷઅ‫͢ܯ‬ɼ੣ࡠ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ͞͹࢕༹ͺԃ൭Ν੏ࢯͤΖͪΌͶҕ͏͹߱ࡒͶ౲ͪΕ‫ंٗڟ‬͹๏΃ͺ͸ศͮͪΕɼҕ͏͹৏෨͖Δ
֐ଈͶඊ;ड़ͪ͢Ε͢͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹චགྷࣆߴΝຮͪͦͻɼҕ͏͹‫ܙ‬য়Ώߑଆͺʹ͹Γ͑Ͷ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ
5. ҕ͏͹‫ܙ‬য়ͺਦ 15 Ͷࣖ͢ͱ͍ΖΓ͑Ͷ ࣊‫ܗ‬
ͳͤΖɽ ࣊‫ܗ‬͹໵޳ͺ 6m ͳ͢ɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹஦ৼ͖Δ m ઴๏͹Ғ஖ͳͤΖɽ֋޳෨͹෱ 6m
ͺҕ͏͹ϋρφ͹಼ଈͲ‫ܯ‬Δ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϏ
ϋϩ͍Ζ͏ͺֽ͜໤͹΍ͮͳ΍ఁ͏෨෾͹߶͠ͺ
4m Ґ৏ͳ͢ɼҕ͏͹ྈଈͳ΍Ͷ֋޳෨͖Δ 3m ͹ஏ఼Ͳͺ߶͠ 6m Ґ৏ͳͤΖʤ2 2 ೧ 1 ݆ΓΕన༽ʥɽԃ൭͗ҕ͏͹‫ܩ‬घ‫ॶݺ‬ΏɼϏϋϩ͍Ζ͏ͺֽ͜໤͹Ծ෨Νಧ͘ൊ͜Ζ͹Ν๹ࢯͤΖΓ͑͵ҕ͏͹‫ܙ‬য়ΏߑଆΝ޽෋͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁγʖέϩ‫ޛ‬෨Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ஦ৼ͖Δ࠹ఁ 3̾཯Ηͱ͓͠͏ΗͻɼͨΗ͗ϏϋϩͲ͍Ζ͖໤໪Ͳ͍
Ζ͖ͺ୉͘͵໲ୌͲͺ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁॊཔ͹‫ܙ‬য়Ͷർֳ͢ͱɼಋఖౕ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗҐ৏͹ֱౕ͹๹‫ؽޤ‬೵Νඍ͓ɼ‫ۢݧث‬Ү͗֨୉͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼ৿ࣞ͹‫ܙ‬য়͗ WA ͹ট೟Νण͜Ζ͞

103

Athletics certified.
and/or increased in height so as to provide greater
protection to athletes competing on the adjoining track
during a discus competition.
C MMENT The netting must be fixed in a way that thewidth of the mouth is the same at each height of the netting.
6. The netting for the cage can be made from suitable
natural or synthetic fibre cord or, alternatively, from mild orhigh tensile steel wire. The maximum mesh si e shall be
44mm for cord netting and 5 mm for steel wire.
Note Further specifications for the netting and safety
inspection procedures are set out in the World Athletics
Track and Field Facilities Manual.
. The maximum danger sector for discus throws from thiscage is approximately 6 , when used by both right and left
handed throwers in the same competition (calculated byassuming that the discus is released from a circumscribedcircle of 1.5m radius). The position and alignment of thecage in the Field of Play is, therefore, critical for its safe
use.
Note the method used to determine the danger one is
illustrated in Figure 1 .

Figure 1

Cage for Discus Throw only104ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
஭қ(iii)ʁಝͶφϧρέଈͶ໚ͤΖଈ͹ҕ͏ͺɼԃ൭౦͹‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷɼྣંͪ͢φϧρέͲ‫ٗڟ‬஦͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΝΓΕࣰ֮Ͷฯ‫ͤޤ‬ΖͪΌͶɼௗ͚͢ͱ΍ՆಊϏϋϩΝઅ஖͢ͱ΍ɼ߶͚͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁҕ͏͹޳͹ʹ͹߶͠Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍ɼ෱͗ಋͣͶ͍ΖΓ͑ͶϋρφΝ‫ݽ‬ఈ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
6. ҕ͏͹໤໪ͺన઀͵ళષΉͪͺ߻੔થңͲ͚ͯ
ΔΗͪටɼΉͪͺौೊͲ৵௃ྙ͹͍Ζ߱੣ϭ΢Ϣʖ
ͳͤΖɽ໤໪͹୉͘͠ͺ߱੣ϭ΢Ϣʖ͹৖߻ͺ
5 mmɼටͲ͚ͯΔΗͪ৖߻ͺ 44mm ͳͤΖɽ஭қ  ໤໪ͳ҈સ‫ࠬݗ‬घॳ͹৆ࡋͺ WA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζɽ. ͞͹ҕ͏͖Δ͹ԃ൭͹౦ͱ͘ͲɼಋҲ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶӊ౦͝ɼࠪ౦͝͹‫ࢂ͗ंٗڟ‬Յ͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫ݧث‬͵൥ҕͺ࠹୉ 6 ౕͲ͍ΖʤγʖέϩΝ஦ৼͶɼൔ‫ܚ‬
1.5m ͹ԃ͹֐ଈ͖Δԃ൭͗౦͝ΔΗͪͳՀఈ͢ͱ
‫ࢋܯ‬ʥɽ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼͹ҕ͏͹અ஖Ғ஖‫;ٶ‬खΕͯ͜௒੖ͺɼ҈સ֮ฯ͹ͪΌɼॉ෾͵ഓྂ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ஭қʁ‫྘ݧث‬ҮΝ֮ఈͤΖͪΌͶ࢘ΚΗΖ๏๑ͺɼ
ਦ 1 Ͷඵ͖Ηͱ͏Ζɽ

Figure 1

Cage for Discus Throw with concentric circles

Figure 2

Cage for Discus Throw with separate circles

105

ule 33 a elin hrow ule 1 3
ompetition
1.
a) The javelin shall be held at the grip with one hand only.
It shall be thrown over the shoulder or upper part of thethrowing arm and shall not be slung or hurled. Nonorthodox
styles are not permittedb) A throw shall be valid only if the metal head strikes theground before any other part of the javelinc) ntil the javelin has been thrown, an athlete shall not at
any time turn completely around, so that his back is
towards the throwing arc.
C MMENT Previous references in the Rules to the tip of
the javelin have been removed and are replaced by ageneric reference to the head. This acknowledges that theshape of the head varies greatly, making it harder toseparately define the tip. It means that udges indetermining
whether the javelin has landed correctly in terms of Rule3 .16 and Rule 33.1 (b) and the reference point formeasurement in terms of Rule 3 .2 (b) now have a bigger
area with which to assess. But the principles remain as
before and there must be some angle on landing, however
small, for the throw to be valid. Flat or tail-first landings
are still to be red flagged.
2. If the javelin breaks during a throw or while in the air, it
shall not count as a failure, provided the trial was otherwise
made in accordance with this Rule. Nor shall it count as a
failure if an athlete thereby loses his balance and as aresult contravenes any part of this Rule. In both cases theathlete shall be awarded a new trial.

୊ 33 ড় ΏΕ౦
ule 1 3‫ٗڟ‬ճ1.
a) ΏΕͺฤघͲѴΕ͹ͳ͞ΘΝѴΔ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽΏΕͺ‫ݠ‬Ήͪͺ౦͝Ζ๏͹࿻͹৏Ͳ౦͝͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ৾Εյͪ͢Ε͢ͱ౦͝ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৏‫ى‬Ґ֐͹౦͝๏ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽb) ΏΕ౦ͺɼΏΕ͹ಆ෨͗ଠ͹ʹ͹෨෾ΓΕ΍઎Ͷஏ໚ͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻͹Ί༙ްͳͤΖɽc) ౦͝Ζ༽қΝ͢ͱ͖ΔɼΏΕ͗‫ۯ‬஦Ͷ౦͝ΔΗΖΉͲ͹ؔͶɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹ഐ໚͗ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱͶ޴͜ΖΓ͑Ͷ‫׮‬સͶյ఺ͦ͠Ζ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁҐ઴͹‫و‬ଉͲ࢘ΚΗͱ͏ͪΏΕ͹ʰ઎୼ʱͳ͏͑න‫ݳ‬ͺࡡঈ͠Ηɼʰಆ෨ʱͳ͏͑න‫ى‬ͶҲ‫ׇ͢‬ͱ஖͘‫͓׷‬ΔΗͱ͏Ζɽ͞Ηͺɼಆ෨͹‫ܙ‬য়͗੣඾ͶΓΕ୉͚͘ҡ͵Ζ͞ͳΝ೟ࣟ͢ɼʰ઎୼ʱͳʰಆ෨ʱͳΝพʓͶఈٝͤΖ͞ͳ͗ࠖೋͲ͍Ζ͖ΔͲ͍Ζɽ͞ΗͺɼΏΕ͗ਜ਼֮Ͷ஥ஏ͖ͪ͢͹‫و‬ଉ 3 .16 ‫;ٶ‬͞͹‫و‬ଉ 33.1(b)ɼ‫ܯ;ٶ‬଎‫و‬६఼Ͷͯ͏ͱ͹‫و‬ଉ
3 .2 (b)Ͷ‫ؖ͢‬ɼ৻൓ҽ͗൓இͤΖࡏ͹൥ҕ͗߁͚͵Ζ͞ͳΝқັͤΖɽ͖͢͢ɼͨ͹‫ݬ‬ଉͺҐ઴ͳಋͣΉΉͲ͍Εɼ౦ͱ༙͗͘ްͲ͍ΖͪΌͶͺɼ஥ஏ༙͗ްͳ͵ΖͪΌͶ͍Ζఖౕ͹ֱౕ͗චགྷͲ͍ΕɼϓϧρφΉͪͺʰτʖϩʀϓΟʖηφ(‫ޛ‬෨͖Δ)ʱ͹஥ஏͺғષͳ͢ͱ੼‫͵ͳظ‬Ζɽ
2. ΏΕ͗౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ஦͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ۯ‬஦ͲշΗͪ࣎ͺ‫و‬ଉͶॊͮͱ౦͝ΔΗͪ΍͹Ͳ͍Ηͻ 1 յ͹ໃްࢾٗͶͺ਼͓͵͏ɽ͞͹࣎‫͗ंٗڟ‬ਐର͹ฑߩΝࣨͮͱൕଉ͹ಊࡠΝͪ͢ͳ͢ͱ΍ໃްࢾٗͳͺͦͥɼ৿ࢾٗ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽ

a elin3. The javelin shall consist of three main parts a shaft, ahead, and a cord grip.
4. The shaft may be solid or hollow and shall be
constructed of metal or other suitable material so as toconstitute a fixed and integrated whole. The surface of the
shaft shall have no dimples or pimples, grooves or ridges,
holes or roughness, and the finish shall be smooth anduniform throughout.
5. The shaft shall have fixed to it a metal head terminating
in a sharp point. The head shall be constructed completelyof metal. It may contain a reinforced tip of other metal alloy
welded on to the front end of the head provided that thecompleted head is smooth and uniform along the whole ofits surface. The angle of tip shall not exceed 4 degrees.
6. The cord grip, which shall cover the centre of gravity,
shall not exceed the diameter of the shaft by more thanmm. It may have a regular nonslip pattern surface but
without thongs, notches or indentations of any kind. The
grip shall be of uniform thickness.
. The cross-section shall be regularly circular throughout(see Note (i)). The maximum diameter of the shaft shall be
immediately in front of the grip. The central portion of the
shaft, including the part under the grip, may be cylindricalor slightly tapered towards the rear but in no case may the
reduction in diameter, from immediately in front of the grip
to immediately behind, exceed .25mm. From the grip, thejavelin shall taper regularly to the tip at the front and the tailat the rear. The longitudinal profile from the grip to the front
tip and to the tail shall be straight or slightly convex (seeNote (ii)), and there shall be no abrupt alteration in theoverall diameter, except immediately behind the head andat the front and rear of the grip, throughout the length of the
javelin. At the rear of the head, the reduction in the
diameter may not exceed 2.5mm and this departure fromthe longitudinal profile requirement may not extend morethan .3m behind the head.
Note (i) Whilst the cross section throughout should becircular, a maximum difference between the largest and thesmallest diameter at cross section of 2 is permitted. The
mean value of these two diameters, at any nominatedcross section, shall meet the specifications of a circularΏΕ
3. ΏΕͺಆ෨ɼณɼήϨρϕͳ͏͑ࢀͯ͹कགྷ෨෾ͶΓͮͱߑ੔͠ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
4. ณ͹න໚ͺɼ͚·ΊɼͲ͞·͞ɼΊͩΏ͑͸ɼ݂Ώ͡Δ͡Δ͍͗ͮͱͺ͵ΔͥɼસରదͶ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ‫ۋ‬Ҳ͵࢕৏͗ΕͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
5. ಆ෨͹න໚͗સରదͶ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ‫ۋ‬ҲͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝড়݇ͳ͢ͱɼุ઎͹઎୼Ͷพ͹߻ۜͲึ‫ͪ͢ک‬઎୼ΝखΕ෉͜ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ઎୼͹ֱౕͺ 4 ౕΝ௔͓͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
6. ѴΕͺ॑ৼ͹ΉΚΕΝ‫͘ת‬ɼͨ͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺณ͹௜‫ܚ‬ΓΕ mm Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽѴΕͺʹ͹Γ͑͵झྪͲ͍Θ͑ͳҲཱͶ‫׊‬Δ͵͏න໚ͲɼͪΗԾ͗Εɼ͘͡Ί໪ɼ͚·Ί͹͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽ. ઀இ໚ͺɼʹ͞Ͳ΍‫׮‬સͶԃ‫͜͵Ͳܙ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏(஭қ(i)ࢂল)ɽณ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬ͺѴΕ͹௜઴Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽѴΕ͹Ծ͹෨෾Ν‫؜‬΋ณ͹஦ԟ͹෨෾ͺɼ౷য়͖ΏΕ͹‫ޛ‬๏Ͷ޴͖ͮͱ‫ش‬෾ࡋ͚͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͗௜‫ܚ‬͹‫ݰ‬ঙͺѴΕ͹௜઴ɼ௜‫ޛ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱ.25 ᶳΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽѴΕ͹ͳ͞Θ͖ΔɼΏΕͺ઎୼ͳ຦୼Ͷ޴͖ͮͱͫΞͫΞࡋ͚ͤΖɽѴΕ͹ͳ͞Θ͖Δ઎୼‫;ٶ‬຦୼ͶࢺΖॐஇ໚ͺɼΉ͖ͮͤ͛ঙ͢ದ໚য়Ͷ‫؛‬ΊΝͯ͜ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼΏΕ͹ௗ͠͹સରΝ௪͢ͱ௜‫ܚ‬Ͷ‫͵ٺ‬รԿΝͯ͜ͱͺ͏͜͵͏(஭қ(ii)ࢂল)ɽͪͫ͢ɼุ઎͹௜઴͹෨෾‫;ٶ‬ѴΕ͹௜઴ɼ௜‫ޛ‬͹෨෾Νঈ͚ΏΕ͹ุ઎͹‫ޛ‬Θ͹෨෾ͺɼณ͹௜‫ܚ‬ΓΕ 2.5mm Ν௔͓͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢ɼ͞͹෨෾͹ΏΕ͹ॐஇ໚Ͷགྷ‫͠ٽ‬Ηͱ͏Ζ௜ત͹Ԉௗ͖ΔͨΗΖ՗ॶุ͗઎͖Δ .3m າຮͶ͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁΏΕ͹ʹ͹෨෾Ͳ΍઀இ໚ͺԃ‫͍Ͳܙ‬Ζ΄
͘Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼʹ͹઀இ໚Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍࠹୉௜‫࠹ͳܚ‬ঘ௜‫ܚ‬͹ࠫ͗ 2ˍΉͲ‫ڒ‬༲͠ΗΖɽ࠹୉௜‫࠹ͳܚ‬ঘ௜‫ܚ‬͹ฑ‫ۋ‬஍ͺɼࢨఈ͠Ηͪʹ͹઀இ໚Ͷ͕͏ͱ΍ɼ

106

javelin in the tables hereunder.
Note (ii) The shape of the longitudinal profile may bequickly and easily checked using a metal straight edge atleast 5 mm long and two feeler gauges .2 mm and1.25mm thick.
For slightly convex sections of the profile, the straight edge
will rock while being in firm contact with a short section of
the javelin. For straight sections of the profile, with thestraight edge held firmly against it, it must be impossible toinsert the .2 mm gauge between the javelin and thestraight edge anywhere over the length of contact. This
shall not apply immediately behind the joint between thehead and the shaft. At this point it must be impossible toinsert the 1.25mm gauge.
. The javelin shall conform to the following specificationsනͶࣖͤ࢕༹͗ຮͪ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁΏΕ͹ॐஇ໚ͺɼௗ͠ 5 mm ͹ۜ଒੣௜ఈ‫ ͳو‬.2 mm ͳ 1.25mm ޲͹ϓΡʖϧʖΰʖζͲਟଐ͖ͯ༲ҝͶοΥρέͲ͘Ζɽঙ͢ದ໚য়Ͷ͵ͮ
ͱ͏Ζ෨෾Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ௜ఈ‫و‬Ν͖ͮ͢ΕͳΏΕͶ୻͏ௗ͠Ͳ΍Γ͏͖Δ‫ݽ‬ఈ͢ͱοΥρέͤΖɽॐஇ໚͗௜તͳ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ෨෾ͺɼ௜ఈ‫و‬ΝΏΕͶ͖ͮ͢Εͳͯ͜ͱοΥρέͤΖɽΏΕͳ௜ఈ‫و‬͹ؔͶ
.2 ᶳ͹ΰʖζͺૢ೘Ͳ͘͵͏ɽͪͫ͢͞Ηͺุ઎ͳณ͹ં߻෨෾Ͷͯ͏ͱͺన༽͢͵͏ɽ͞͹ϛ΢ϱφͲͺ 1.25mm ͹ΰʖζ΍ૢ೘Ͳ͘͵͏ɽ. ΏΕͺԾ‫ى‬͹࢕༹ͶҲ஗͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ. The javelin shall have no mobile parts or otherapparatus, which during the throw could change its centreof gravity or throwing characteristics.
1 .The tapering of the javelin to the tip of the metal head
shall be such that the angle of the point shall be not morethan 4 . The diameter, at a point 15 mm from the tip, shallnot exceedof the maximum diameter of the shaft. At
the midpoint between the centre of gravity and the tip of themetal head, the diameter shall not exceedof themaximum diameter of the shaft.
11.The tapering of the shaft to the tail at the rear shall besuch that the diameter, at the midpoint between the centreof gravity and the tail, shall not be less thanof themaximum diameter of the shaft. At a point .15m from thetail, the diameter shall be not less than 4of themaximum diameter of the shaft. The diameter of the shaft
at the end of the tail shall not be less than 3.5mm.

. ΏΕͶՆಊ෨෾͍Ζ͏ͺ౦ͱ͘஦Ͷ॑ৼΏ౦ͱ͘ͶଲͤΖ੓೵͗ร͓ΔΗΖΓ͑͵ૹ஖Νͯ͜ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ1 . ۜ଒੣ุ઎͹ֱౕͺ 4 ౕΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽุ઎͹઎୼͖Δ 15 mm ͹ϛ΢ϱφͲ͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺณ͹Ҳ൬ଢ͏ͳ͞Θ͹ ˍΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ॑ৼͳۜ଒੣ุ઎͹઎୼ͳ͹஦఼ؔͶ͕͏ͱɼ௜‫ܚ‬ͺณ͹Ҳ൬ଢ͏ͳ͞Θ͹ ˍΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
11. ຦୼Ͷ޴͖ͮͱࡋΌΖ͹ͺɼ॑ৼͳ຦୼͹஦఼ؔͲͺณ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬͹ ˍҐ৏ͳͤΖɽΏΕ͹຦୼͖Δ .15m ͹ͳ͞ΘͲͺɼณ͹࠹୉௜‫ܚ‬͹ 4 ˍҐ৏ͳͤΖɽΏΕ͹ณ͹຦୼͹௜‫ܚ‬ͺ 3.5mm Ґ৏ͳͤΖɽ107

Figure 21

International avelin

C MMENT Team of fficials
For a avelin Throw Event, it is recommended to allocate
the available officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the event.
2) Two udges checking whether the throw has been madecorrectly and measuring the trial.
ne must be provided with two flags white to indicate if
the trial is valid and red if it is a failure. When the throw has
been measured, it is advised that the udge stands on the
runway holding the red flag, while the implement isreturned and the landing area is cleared.
A cone may be placed on the runway instead. (In somecompetitions this position is assumed by the Chief udgeof the event.)3) Where EDM is not in use the second udge should pullthrough and hold the measuring tape in such a way that it
passes through the m point marked on the runway.
4) one or two udges immediately after the throw placing amarker indicating the point from which the trial is to bemeasured. If the implement lands outside the sector either
this udge or the one with the spike/prism (whichever iscloser to the line) should indicate this by holding his arm
outstretched. An appropriate indication is also required if
these udges determine that the implement has not landed
head first . It is recommended that some form of signal
other than flags in used for this purpose. No indication isrequired for a valid trial.
5) udge positioning the spike/prism at the point where themarker has been placed ensuring the tape is on the eromark.
6) one or more udges or assistants in charge of retrieving
the implements and returning them to the implement standor placing them in the return device. Where a tape is used
for measurement, one of these udges or assistants should
ensure that the tape measure is taut in order to ensure a
correct measurement.
) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).
) udge in charge of the clock indicating to the athletes
that they have a certain time to take their trial.

108αϟϱφʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞΏΕ౦͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ2) ౦ͱ͗͘ਜ਼͚͢͵͠Η͖ͪΝ֮೟͢ɼࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬
଎ͤΖ 2 ਕ͹৻൓ҽɽ1 ਕͺɼ2 ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽࢾ༙ٗ͗ްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤപ‫ظ‬ͳໃްͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬ɽ‫ܯ͗཯ړ‬଎͠ΗͪΔɼ৻൓ҽͺɼΏΕ໯͢ͳɼཚԾҮ͹६ඍ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͹Νଶͯؔɼঁૺ࿑Ͷཱིͬɼ੼‫ظ‬Ν‫͝ܟ‬Ζɽ੼‫ظ‬͹େΚΕͶɼঁૺ࿑ͶαʖϱΝ஖͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽʤ͏͚͖ͯ͹
‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ͞͹ༀ໪ͺɼ৻൓ҽक೜͹೜ແͲ͍Ζͳ૟ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζʥɽ
3) EDM Ν࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻ɼ΍͑Ҳਕ͹৻൓ҽͺɼϟζϡʖτʖϕΝӀͮ௃Εɼγʖέϩ஦ԟͶ௪ͤɽ4) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ܯ‬଎͹ͪΌ͹ࠡ੽Ν֮
೟ͤΖ৻൓ҽɽ΍͢ΏΕֱౕ͗ત͹֐ͶཚԾͪ͢৖
߻ɼ͞͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺϕϨθϞΝ࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ৻൓ҽͺɼͨ͹ࣆࣰΝ࿻Ν֐Ͷ޴͜ΖΓ͑͵͛͢͠Ͳఽ
͓ΖɽΏΕ͗ϖρχ͖Δ஥ஏ͢͵͖ͮͪ͞ͳΝஎΔ
ΖͪΌ͹ಝพ͵߻ਦ͗චགྷɽ͖ͯͱ‫ظ‬Νཤ༽͢ͱ͏
ͪ͗ɼͨΗҐ֐͹๏๑Ν‫͚ک‬ਬওͤΖɽ༙ްࢾٗ͹৖߻ͺ͞͹Γ͑͵߻ਦͺ෈གྷͲ͍Ζɽ5) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹ͪΌͶࠡ੽ͶϒϱʙϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼτʖϕ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͶͺɼτʖϕΝ Ͷฯ࣍ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͤΖɽ6) ΏΕΝյफ͢ɼ஖͘৖Ͷ໯ͤɼ΍͚͢ͺศૻऄͶ஖͚ɼ1 ਕҐ৏͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺึঁҽ) ৻൓ҽʷ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं( )ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ( )ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) udge in charge of athletes.
11) udge in charge of the implement stand.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.
To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a
way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.
Note (iii) A space must be reserved for a wind-sock toindicate the wind direction and strength.

11) ౦ͱ͘෼஖͘৖୴౲͹৻൓ҽ஭қᾺʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қʤiiʥʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʤiiiʥʁ෫͹๏޴ͳ‫͠ک‬ΝࣖͤͪΌͶɼ਩͘ླྀ͢
͹ͪΌ͹ηϘʖηΝ֮ฯͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ

D.
A DA
ule 3
eneral onditions
icial mplements
1. The implements used (not otherwise unique to Para
Athletics) shall comply with current World Athletics
specifications. nly those implements which hold a current
valid World Athletics Product Certificate of approval may be
used at WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B 3.1.2).
The Para Athletics Implement Weights lists are set out inAppendix 1.
Note In WPA Recognised Competitions under Part B 3.1.2, athletes must only use the implement weights
relevant to their Sport Class (as outlined in Appendix 1).
2. The weights of Implements listed in Appendix 1 and nototherwise identified by World Athletics specifications must
be verified by the Technical Delegate to confirm theimplement is compliant.
Note This refers to implements unique to Para Athletics
that are not documented within World Athletics Rule 1 orrelated appendices.
3. Except as provided below, all such implements shall be
provided by the
C. The Technical Delegate(s) may,based on the relevant Technical Regulations of eachcompetition, allow athletes to use their own implements or
those provided by a supplier, provided that such
implements are World Athletics certified or, those
implements that are not on the World Athletics list ofcertifiable implements which must be measured, verified
and marked as approved by the
C and approved by theTechnical Delegate(s) before being made available to allathletes for use in competition. Such implements will not
be accepted if the same model is already on the list of
those provided by theC.
4. No modification shall be made to any implements during
the competition.

D. ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪
୊ 3 ড় ૱ଉޮࣞ༽‫۫ح‬1. ౦ͱ͘༽۫ʤϏϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬ಢಝ͹΍͹Νঈ͚ʥͺ࠹৿͹ WA ͹‫֪و‬Ͷ߻஗ͪ͢΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽWPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲͺɼ༙ް͵ WA ೟ৄ͍͗Ζ༽۫͹Ί࢘༽Ͳ͘ΖɽʰϏϧ཰৏‫ྖ॑۫ح༽ٗڟ‬ʱ͹Ҳལනͺɼ෉࿧̏Ͷ‫͏ͱ͢ࡎى‬Ζɽ஭қʥϏʖφ B3.1.2 Ͷ‫͠ى‬Ηͪ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ෉࿧̏Ͷࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ௪Εɼࣙਐ͹‫ڟ‬ٗέϧη༽͹॑ྖ͹༽‫۫ح‬Ν࢘༽͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ2. ෉࿧̏Ͷ‫͠ࡎى‬ΗɼWA ࢕༹Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗พ౏
ࣖ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏༽‫۫ح‬ͺɼॶఈ͹࢕༹Νຮͪ͢ͱ͏
Ζ͞ͳ͗ٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱ‫֮ৄݗ‬೟͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ͞͹ҲལනͶͺɼWA ‫و‬ଉ 1 Ήͪͺ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤ
Ζ෉࿧Ͷ‫͠ࡎܟ‬Ηͱ͏͵͏Ϗϧ཰৏‫ٗڟ‬ಢಝ͵༽۫΍‫؜‬ΉΗΖɽ
3. ҐԾͶ‫و‬ఈͤΖ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ༽‫۫ح‬ͺͤ΄ͱ୉ճૌ৭җҽճ͗༽қͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽٗढ़େනͺɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹‫وٗڟ‬ఈͶ‫͘Ͱخ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ࣙਐ͗༽қͪ͢༽‫۫ح‬Ώ‫ंۂڇڛ‬ΓΕ఑‫͠ڛ‬Ηͪ༽‫༽۫ح‬Ν೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼWA Ͷট೟͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ͞ͳɼࣆ઴Ͷ୉ճૌ৭җҽճ͹‫ݗ‬ࠬΝण͜ͱট೟ࡃΊͲ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗නࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫͘Ͳ༽࢘͗ंٗڟ‬ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳΝড়݇ͳͤΖɽ୉ճૌ৭җҽճ͗఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ༽‫۫ح‬ҲལͶಋҲϠυϩ͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼ͖͖Ζ༽‫۫ح‬͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽ
4. ‫ؔغٗڟ‬஦ɼ༽‫۫ح‬͹րଆͺҲ઀ߨͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽAssistance
5. The following shall be considered assistance and are
therefore not alloweda) The taping of two or more fingers together. If taping isused on the hands and fingers, it may be continuous
provided that as a result no two or more fingers are taped
together in such a way that the fingers cannot moveindividually. The taping should be shown to the Chief udge
before the event starts.
b) The use of any device of any kind, including weights
attached to the body, which in anyway provides assistancewhen making a trialc) se of gloves except for athletes in Classes F31-33 andF51-53 that is not in contravention Rule 34.6 (d)6. The following shall not be considered assistance and are
therefore alloweda) The use by an athlete, in order to obtain a better grip, ofa suitable substance on his hands only. Shot putters may
use such substances on their neckb) The placement by an athlete, in the Shot Put, Discus
Throw and Club Throw, on the implement, of chalk or asimilar substance. All substances used on the hands andon the implements shall be easily removable from theঁྙ
5. ҐԾͶ‫͝ܟ‬Ζ΍͹ͺঁྙͳΊ͵͠Ηɼ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽa) ෵਼͹ࢨΝΉͳΌͱτʖϒϱήͤΖ͞ͳɽघΏࢨͶτʖϕΝ‫͚ת‬৖߻ɼ2 ຌҐ৏͹ࢨ͗ͨΗͩΗୱಢͲಊ͖ͦ͵͏Γ͑͵‫͘ת‬๏Ν͢ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻɼτʖϕͺ‫ͱ͏ͱͮ͗ܪ‬΍Γ͏ɽτʖϒϱήΝͤΖ৖߻ͺɼझ໪֋࢟઴Ͷ৻൓ҽक೜Ͷ‫ͦݡ‬Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽb) ਐରͶ॑ΕΝૹ஥ͤΖ౵ɼࢾٗΝߨ͑ࡏͶՁΔ
͖͹͖ͪͬͲঁྙͳ͵ΖΓ͑͵ૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽc) ήϫʖϔΝ஥༽ͤΖ͞ͳɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη
F31-33 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-53 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖήϫʖϔ͹஥༽Ͳ‫و‬ଉ 34.6(d)͹ҩൕͶ֚౲͢͵͏΍͹ͺঈ͚ɽ
6. ҐԾͶ‫͝ܟ‬Ζ΍͹ͺঁྙͳΊ͵͠Ηͥɼ೟ΌΔΗΖɽa) ѴΕΝΓ͚ͤΖͪΌͶघͫ͜Ͷన઀͵෼࣯Νͯ
͜Ζ͞ͳɽ๔‫؛‬౦͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺडͶͨ͹Γ͑͵෼࣯Ν
ͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽb) ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦ɼ͞Ξ๰౦͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬οϥʖέ౵͹෼࣯Ν౦ͱ͘෼Ͷͯ͜Ζ͞ͳɽͪͫ͢ɼघ͹ͽ109

implement using a wet cloth and shall not leave any
residue
C MMENT It is important to note that this applies to Shot
Put, Discus Throw and Club Throw only. A javelin thrower
may not apply any substance to the implement. owever,there is no provision which would restrict a javelin thrower
from using any substance on his hands (but not theimplement) that complies with Rule 34.6 (a).
c) The use of taping on the hands and fingers that is not incontravention of Rule 34.5 (a)d) The use of gloves that is not in contravention of Rule34.5 (c)Athletes in Sport Classes F31-33 and F51-53 (i.e.,quadriplegic athletes) use strapping or a glove on their nonthrowing hand and anchor/attach that hand to any part of
the throwing frame within the vertical plane of the throwing
circle.

ΔΏ༽۫Ͷͯ͏ͪ෼࣯ͺɼͷΗͪාͲ؈ୱͶ৩͘ͳΗɼ‫ޛ‬Ͷ࢔Δ͵͏΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͞͞Ͳ॑གྷ͵͹ͺɼຌড়ߴ͗న༽͠ΗΖ͹ͺ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦‫͞;ٶ‬Ξ๰౦͹ΊͲɼΏΕ౦Ͷͺన༽͠Η͵͏ɽΏΕ͹౦ͱ͘ंͺ༽۫Ͷ෼࣯Ν࢘͑͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏͗ɼʤ༽۫Ͳͺ͵͚ʥघͶ෼࣯Ν࢘
༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝ੏‫ͤݸ‬Ζ‫و‬ఈͺ͵͏ɽ34.6(a)ࢂল
c) ‫و‬ଉ 34.5(a)͹ҩൕͶ֚౲͢͵͏घΏࢨ͹τʖϒϱήɽd) ‫و‬ଉ 34.5(c)͹ҩൕͶ֚౲͢͵͏ήϫʖϔ͹஥༽ɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-33 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-53 ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ࢝ࢸຓᙼ
͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥ͗౦ͱ͘Ν͢͵͏๏͹घΝηφϧρϕΉͪͺήϫʖϔͲ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹γʖέϩਪ௜໚಼ͶҒ஖
ͤΖ͏ͥΗ͖͹՗ॶͶΉͪͺϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖͶ‫ݽ‬ఈʀ෉஥ͦ͠Ζ͞ͳɽ

hrowing ircle. The rim of the circle shall be made of band iron, steel orother suitable material, the top of which shall be flush withthe ground outside. The ground surrounding the circle may
be concrete, synthetic, asphalt, wood or any other suitablematerial.
The interior of the circle may be constructed of concrete,asphalt or some other firm but not slippery material. The
surface of this interior shall be level and 2cm 6mm lower
than the upper edge of the rim of the circle.
In the Shot Put, a portable circle meeting these
specifications is permissible.
Surface of Tie-down Devices (Sport Classes F31-34 andF51-5 )a) WPA Approved Tie-down Devices must be used to
conduct seated throwing events at WPA Recognised
Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2)b) At IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) the interior of the Throwing Circle should beconstructed of concrete, asphalt or a similar non-slipperymaterialc) Where portable WPA Approved Tie-down Devices arebeing used the surface must provide similar grip to a
concrete throwing surface (e.g., coated in gritty paint R
covered in gritty tape )d) Movable platforms can be used at the discretion of theTechnical Delegate. The platform does not have to be a fullcircle, but in these circumstances the front arc or semicircle must be designed to give the same effect of throwing
from a circle, diameter 2.135m to 2.5m and not alter theangle of the sector.
C MMENT The throwing platforms are becoming moreavailable and more widely used. It is most important toensure that they are adequately secured to the ground sothat even the largest and heaviest of athletes cannot
dislodge them during the throwing action.
. All Seated Throwing Events (Shot Put, Discus Throw,avelin Throw and Club Throw) should be conducted froma circle with diameter of 2.135m . 5m or
2.5 m . 5m, using a 34. 2 degree sector. The rim of thecircle shall be at least 6mm thick and shall be white. The
use of movable platforms meeting these specifications ispermissible.
Note (i) The circular ring should preferably be coloured
other than white so that the white lines required by this Ruleare clearly visible.
Note (ii) Discus Throw and Club Throw shall be conductedfrom a cage.

౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ
. ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰ͺଵరɼ߱రɼͨ͹ଠ͹న઀͵෼࣯ͲͲ͘ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼͨ͹৏෨ͺ֐ଈ͹ஏ໚ͳಋҲฑ໚Ͷ͵ͮͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹बΕ͹ஏ໚ͺɼαϱέϨʖφɼ߻੔ࡒɼΠηϓΟϩφɼ໨ࡒ౵͹న઀͵෼࣯Ν༽͏Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹಼ଈͺɼαϱέϨʖφɼΠηϓΟϩφ౵͹‫ئ‬৐Ͳ‫׊‬ΕͶ͚͏෼࣯Ν༽͏Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽ಼ଈ͹න໚ͺਭฑͲɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰͹৏୼ΓΕ 2cm 6mm ఁ͚͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ๔‫؛‬౦Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼԾ‫ى‬͹࢕༹ΝຮͪͤҢಊࣞγʖέϩ͹࢘༽͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ‫ݽ‬ఈૹ஖͹න໚ʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-5 ʥa) WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂলʥͶ͕͜
Ζ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪ͲͺɼWPA ͗‫ڒ‬ՆͤΖ‫ݽ‬ఈૹ஖Ν࢘༽͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤϏʖφ B 3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂলʥͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹಼ଈͺαϱέϨʖφɼΠηϓΟϩφɼͨ͹ଠ͹‫׊‬ΕͶ͚͏ࡒ࣯͹΍͹ͲͲ͘ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽc) WPA ͗‫ڒ‬ՆͤΖҢಊࣞ‫ݽ‬ఈૹ஖Ν࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹න໚ͺαϱέϨʖφ͹න໚ͳಋͣΓ͑͵ѴΕʤ͡Δ͡Δ౅ૹΉͪͺ͡Δ͡Δ͹τʖϕͲ෶ΚΗͱ͏Ζ౵ʥ͹΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽd) ՆಊࣞϕϧρφϓΧʖϞ͹࢘༽ͺٗढ़େන͹ࡍྖͲ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϕϧρφϓΧʖϞͺ‫׮‬સ͵ԃͲ͵͚ͱ΍͖ΉΚ͵͏͗ɼͨ͹৖߻ɼਜ਼໚͹ԃ‫ނ‬Ήͪͺൔԃͺɼ௜‫ ܚ‬2.135̾ʛ2.5m ͹ԃ͖Δ౦ͱ
ͤ͘Ζ͹ͳಋͣްՎΝ༫͓Ζ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼͨ͹෨෾͹ખ‫ܙ‬͹஦ৼֱ͹ֱౕͺรߍ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁϕϧρφϓΧʖϞͺɼΓΕ೘घ͢Ώ͚ͤɼΓΕ߁͚࢘༽͠ΗΖΓ͑Ͷ͵ͮͱ͘ͱ͏Ζɽ࠹΍॑གྷ͵͞ͳͺɼ࠹΍୉͚͘ͱ॑͏‫Ͳंٗڟ‬΍ɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ஦ͶͨΗΔ͗֐ΗΖ͞ͳ͗͵͏Γ͑ͶɼͨΗΔ
͗ஏ໚Ͷన઀Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟ͤΖ͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ. ͤ΄ͱ͹࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪ʤ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦ɼΏΕ౦ɼ͞Ξ๰౦ʥͺɼ௜‫ ܚ‬2.135mʛ2.5 m ͹ԃ‫ܙ‬͹஦ৼֱ 34. 2 ౕ͹ખ‫ܙ‬෨෾͖Δ౦ͱ͘Νߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹ԓ࿰ͺ޲͠ 6mm Ґ৏Ͳപ৯Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽՆಊࣞϕϧρφϓΧ
ʖϞ͹࢘༽ͺ೟ΌΔΗΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁԃ‫ܙ‬Ϩϱήͺຌ‫و‬ଉͲ‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗͱ͏Ζപત͗ͺͮ͘Ε‫͓ݡ‬ΖΓ͑ɼͲ͘ΗͻപҐ֐͹৯Ͳ͍Ζ
͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
஭қ(ii)ʁԃ൭౦ͳ͞Ξ๰౦ͺҕ͏͖ΔࣰࢬͤΖɽ

rials and Measurement. In all Seated Throwing Events, it shall be a failurea) if the shot, the discus, the club, or the head of the javelinin contacting the ground when it first lands touches thesector line, or the ground or any object (other than thecage) outside the sector line.
Note It will not be considered a failure if the discus strikes
the near side of the cage (right side for a right-handedࢾٗͳ‫ܯ‬଎. ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳͺɼ࣏͹͞ͳΝͪ࣎͢ͺ 1յ͹ໃްࢾٗͳͤΖɽa) ๔‫؛‬ɼԃ൭ɼ͞Ξ๰ɼΉͪͺΏΕ͹ಆ෨͗࠹ॵͶ஥ஏ͢ͱ࢔ͪࠡ͢੽͗ۢժϧ΢ϱΏۢժϧ΢ϱ͹֐
ଈஏ໚͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹෼ରʤҕ͏Νঈ͏ͱʥͶৰΗͪ৖߻ɽ஭қʁ΍͢ԃ൭Ν౦ͪ͝‫ޛ‬ɼҕ͏͹ۛ͏ଈʤӊ౦͝

110

thrower when facing the landing sector or the left side for aleft-handed thrower when facing the landing sector) after
the release of the implement, then lands within the landing
sector outside the limits of the cage, provided that no other
Rule is infringed, including Rule 3 .16.
b) if an athlete touches any holding straps outside thevertical plane of the rim of the throwing circle.
1 .In all Seated Throwing Events, distances shall berecorded to the nearest . 1m, rounded down to thenearest . 1m if the distance measured is not a whole
centimetre.
11.The measurement of each throw shall be madeimmediately after each valid trial (or after an immediate oral
protest made under Rule 5 .5)a) from the nearest mark made by the fall of the shot or
discus to the inside of the circumference of the circle along
a line to the centre of the circleb) from where the head of the javelin first struck the groundto the inside of the circumference of the circle along a line
to the centre of the circlec) from the first point of contact by any part of the club tothe inside of the circumference of the circle along a line tothe centre of the circle.

͹৖߻ͺཚԾ఼Ͷ޴͖ͮͱӊଈɼࠪ౦͝͹৖߻ͺཚԾ఼Ͷ޴͖ͮͱࠪଈʥͶ΁͖ͯΕɼҕ͏͹֐͹ιένʖ಼ͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 3 .16 Ν‫؜‬Ίଠ͹‫و‬ଉͶൕ͢ͱ͏͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼໃްࢾٗͳͺΊ͵͠͵͏ɽb) ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼγʖέϩ֐ԓ֐ଈ͹‫ؔۯ‬Ͷ͍Ζ‫ݽ‬ఈ༽ηφϧρϕͶৰΗͪͳ͘ɽ1 . ࠴Ғ͹౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼͨ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼᶴາຮ͹୼਼Ν઀Εࣼͱͪ̏ᶴୱҒͲ‫ى‬࿧͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
11. ౦ͱ͘͹‫ܯ‬଎ͺɼ༙ްࢾٗश྅‫ޛ‬ʤΉͪͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 5 .5 ͶఈΌΖ޳ಆͶΓΖଊ࣎߇٠͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬ʥɼ௜ͬͶҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽa) ๔‫؛‬Ήͪͺԃ൭͹ཚԾͶΓΖࠡ੽͹γʖέϩͶ΍ͮͳ΍ۛ͏ஏ఼͖Δɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝͯ͵͛ત৏͹γʖέϩ͹಼ଈΉͲɽb) ΏΕ౦ͲͺɼΏΕ͹ಆ෨͗࠹ॵͶཚԾͪࠡ͢੽
͖ΔɼηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹஦ৼΝͯ͵͛ત৏͹ηνʖτΡϱήʀϧ΢ϱ͹಼ଈΉͲɽc) ͞Ξ๰Ͳͺɼʹ͹෨෾Ͳ΍࠹ॵͶཚԾͪࠡ͢੽
͖Δɼγʖέϩ͹஦ৼΝͯ͵͛ત৏͹γʖέϩ͹಼ଈΉͲɽ

ule 35 eated hrowing equirements(Sport Classes F31-34, F51-5 )Note to officials for the purpose of interpreting this ruleand other rules regarding the shape, dimensions,construction and other characteristic of competition
equipment, the fundamental principles set out in Part B.1 regarding Technology and Equipment should beobserved.
1. Throwing Frame Specificationsa) The maximum height of the seat surface, including any
cushioning, shall not exceed 5 cmb) Each throwing frame must have a seat which is squareor rectangular in shape and each side at least 3 cm inlength. The seat surface must be level or with the front
higher than the back (i.e. inclined backwards).
Note The front is the plane furthest from the athlete s spinewith the athlete in a seated position regardless of thedirection of the athlete in relation to the landing area.
c) The throwing frame may incorporate side, front and backrests for the purposes of safety and stability. They caneither be made of non-elastic fabric (e.g., non-elastic
canvas) or be a rigid construction that does not move (e.g.,
rigid steel or aluminium). The backrest may incorporate
cushioning that must not exceed 5 cm in thickness.
Note The structure of the throwing frame shall not impede
the view of judges.
d) The side, front and back rest should not incorporate
springs or movable joints or any other feature that could
assist with propulsion of the throwing implemente) The throwing frame may have a rigid vertical bar. The
vertical bar must be a single, straight piece of material
without curves or bends, and with a cross-sectional profilethat is circular or square, not oval or rectangular. It must
not incorporate springs or movable joints or any otherfeature that could assist with propulsion of the throwing
implement
Note (i) It is understood that most materials will flex anddistort to some degree under pressure and it will not bepractical or economically viable to engineer a solution
whereby all flexing is totally eliminated. owever, flexing
must not be clear to the naked eye and in the opinion of thetechnical officials the spirit of these rules and Part B - isbeing breached.
Note (ii) The vertical bar may have layers of tape and/or
any other suitable material to provide a better grip. The
thickness of the tape or other alternative material must not
result in any unfair advantage exceeding athlete's physicalprowess.
Note (iii) For the avoidance of doubt, an athlete shall beentitled to hold on to any component of the throwing frame
for stability.

୊ 35 ড় ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζགྷ݇
(‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-34, F51-5 )ʨༀҽཻқࣆߴʁຌ‫و‬ଉ͵Δ;Ͷ‫۫ح༽ٗڟ‬͹‫ܙ‬য়ɼ੉๑ɼߑଆ౵͹ಝ௅Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζͨ͹ଠ͹‫و‬ଉΝմएͤΖͶ͍ͪΕɼ
ʰٗढ़‫۫ح༽;ٶ‬ʱ͹‫و‬ఈɼͳΕΚ͜Ϗʖφ B - .1 ͹ʰ‫خ‬ຌ‫ݬ‬ଉʱཻ͗қ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽʩ
1. ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹࢕༹a) ୈ࠴͹න໚͹߶͠ͺɼέρεϥϱ͍͗Ζ৖߻ͺͨΗ΍‫؜‬Όͱɼ 5cm ҐԾͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ౦ͱ͘ୈͶͺɼ֦ว 3 cm Ґ৏͹ਜ਼๏‫ܙ‬Ήͪͺௗ๏‫ܙ‬͹ୈ࠴͗અ͜ΔΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽୈ࠴͹න໚ͺਭฑΉͪͺ઴๏͗‫ޛ‬๏ΓΕ߶͏ʤ‫ޛ‬ΘͶܑ͚ʥߑଆͶ͵ͮͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁ઴๏ͳͺɼ஥ஏΦϨΠͶଲ͢ͱ‫ʹ͗ंٗڟ‬͹๏޴Ν޴͏ͱ͏Ζ͖Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼ஥࠴ͪ͢য়ସ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ഐࠐ͖ΔҲ൬ԗ͏Ғ஖Ͷ͍Ζ໚͹͞ͳΝ͏͑ɽc) ୈ࠴ͺɼ҈સ੓ͳ҈ఈ੓Ν֮ฯͤΖͪΌͶγ΢χϪηφɼϓϫϱφϪηφɼഐ΍ͪΗ͹͍Ζ΍͹Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽγ΢χϪηφΏഐ΍ͪΗͺɼ৵क़੓͹͵͏ාʤඉ৵क़੓͹Ϋϡϱώηஏ੣౵ʥͲͲ͘ͱ͏ͱ΍ɼಊ͖͵͏‫ߑ͵ݽݐ‬ଆʤర੣ɼΠϩϝωΤϞ੣౵ʥͲ͍ͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽഐ΍ͪΗͺέρεϥϱ͗ͯ͏ͱ͏ͱ
΍Γ͏͗ɼέρεϥϱ͹޲͠ͺ 5cm Ν௔͓͵͏΍͹ͳͤΖɽd) γ΢χϪηφɼϓϫϱφϪηφɼഐ΍ͪΗͺɼώϋɼՆಊં߻෨౵ɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹ঁ͜ͳ͵ΕಚΖߑଆΝ༙͢ͱ͏Ζ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽe) ౦ͱ͘ୈͶͺ‫Ͳݽݐ‬ਪ௜͵ϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖΝઅ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖͺɼ࿹‫ۄ‬Ώ઄Η‫͗ۄ‬Ε͗͵͏ 1 ຌ͹๰Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ઀இ໚͹‫ܙ‬য়ͺԃΉͪͺਜ਼๏‫͜͵Ͳܙ‬Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼବԃΏௗ๏‫ܙ‬͹΍͹ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽώϋɼՆಊં߻෨౵ɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹ঁ͜ͳ͵ΕಚΖߑଆΝ༙͢ͱ͏ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁΆͳΞʹ͹෼࣯ͺɼѻྙ͖͖͗ΗͻҲఈఖౕ͹࿹‫ۄ‬Ώ࿬ΊΝਫ਼ͣΖ΍͹Ͳ͍Εɼ࿹‫ۄ‬Ν‫׮‬સͶ͵͚ͤ͹ͺ‫ࣰݳ‬੓Ήͪͺ‫ࡃܨ‬దࣰ‫ݳ‬Ն೵੓దͶܿ͜Ζ͞ͳͺ೟ࣟ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼ࿹‫ۄ‬ͺ໪ࢻͲ໎Δ
͖͵΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δͥɼٗढ़ༀҽ͹൓இͶ͕͏ͱɼ৏‫وى‬ଉ‫;ٶ‬Ϗʖφ B-̕͹੠ਈͶൕͤΖ΍͹Ͳ͍ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖͺɼѴΕΝྒྷ͚ͤΖ໪దͲτʖϕ‫;ٶ‬ʙΉͪͺన౲͵ોࡒΝ‫ͱ͏ת‬΍Γ͏ɽτʖϕ‫;ٶ‬ʙΉͪͺన౲͵ોࡒ͹޲͠ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ं͹ຌཔ͹೵ྙҐ৏͹෈ޮਜ਼͵ཤӻΝಚΖ݃Վͳ͵ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ᾠ)ʁ‫ޣ‬մΝඈ͜ΖͪΌɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ҈ఈ͹ͪΌͶ౦ͱ͘ϓϪʖϞ͹ʹ͞Ν͖ͯΞͲ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖͶͺௗ͠͹੏༁ͺ͵

111

C MMENT There is no minimum or maximum length
requirement for the vertical bar. The bar must be verticalhowever some deviation from exactly perpendicular to theground may be permitted. Such deviation should notusually exceed 5 degrees from the vertical. An additional
piece which acts as support to the vertical bar (similar to
the example illustrated below) is permitted and strongly
encouraged to mitigate against potential flexing of thevertical bar. The vertical bar, or any of its supports, may not
protrude outside the throwing circle or platform.
The use of a plum bob will assist in determining if any partof the throwing frame or vertical bar is not in conformity withthis rule when placed in the throwing circle or platform.
It should also be noted that at IPC Games and IPC
Competitions a courtesy pre-check of throwing frames isconducted to enable athletes to make any necessary
amendments prior to final check at the entry to the Call
Room.

Figure 22 Additional piece to mitigate the potential flexingof the vertical barf) No part of the throwing frame, including any vertical bar,shall move (save for incidental movement that cannot
reasonably be eliminated) during the throwing action.
The corner(s) of, or notches in, the seat surface may be cut
to accommodate side, front, back rests and/or a vertical bar
into the main throwing frame. The si e of these cuts shallnot be appreciably more than the space needed to insert
the rests or the vertical bar in them. The overall shape ofthe seat shall remain square or rectangular.
g) Footplates, if used, are for support and stability only.
h) A daily wheelchair that satisfies these criteria is
acceptable (including the requirement that it must not move
during the throwing action).
2. Throwing Frame Measurement and Inspection Throwing
Frames will be measured and inspected in the Call Roomor at the competition area prior to the commencement of
the event. nce it has been measured and inspected anathlete s Throwing Frame must not be taken from thecompetition area before the start of the event. Throwing
Frames can be re-examined by the officials before, during
or after the event.
Note Measurement will always take place without theathlete sitting in the frame.
3. Athlete s Responsibility for Throwing Frame Compliance
It is the responsibility of the athlete to ensure that theirThrowing Frame conforms to the requirements stipulatedin Rule 35.1. No event shall be delayed while an athlete
makes adjustments to their throwing Frame. If an athlete
fails to comply with this Rule, then the athlete will not be112͏ɽώʖͺਪ௜Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͗ ஏ໚͖Δঙ͢͹ͥΗ΍͵͚ਪ௜ ͳ͏͑͞ͳ͖Δͺঙ͢֐ΗΖ͞ͳ΍͍ΕಚΖ΍͹ͳ͢ɼͨΗͺ‫ڒ‬༲൥ҕͳͤΖ͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͞͹ͥΗͺਪ௜໚͖Δ 5 ౕΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽࢂߡਦͶ͍ΖΓ͑ͶɼϙʖϩτΡϱήώʖ͗ࢩ͓ໃ͢͹য়ସͲ࿹‫ͤۄ‬Ζ͞ͳΝܲ‫ͤݰ‬ΖͪΌɼϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖΝࢩ͓Ζึঁ෨඾ͺ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Η‫ک‬͚ਬও͠ΗΖɽϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ͏͖͵Ζึঁ෨඾΍ɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͍Ζ͏ͺϕϧρφϓΧʖϞ͖Δ֐΃Ͳͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϕϧϞʀϚϔ͹࢘༽ͺɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩΏϕϧρφϓΧʖϞͶ஖͖Ηͪͳ͘Ͷɼ౦ͱ͘ୈΏώʖ͹Ҳ෨͗͞͹‫و‬ଉͶన߻͢ͱ͏͵͏͖ʹ͖͑Ν൓இͤΖ͹ͶༀཱིͯɽΉͪɼIPC ୉ճΏ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ডॄॶ΃͹೘৖࣎Ͷ࠹शοΥρέΝߨ͑઴Ͷචགྷ͵रਜ਼Νߨ͑ͪΌͶɼ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹ླٓద͵ࣆ઴οΥρέ͗ߨΚΗΖ͞ͳͶ΍஭қ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽf) ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ஦ͶɼϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖ΍‫؜‬Ό౦ͱ͘ୈ͹͏͖͵Ζ෨෾΍ಊ͏ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ʤͪͫ͢ɼ
߻ཀྵద͵๏๑Ͳ๹͝͵͏۰൅ద͵ಊ͘ͺঈ͚ʥɽ౦ͱ
͘ୈͶɼγ΢χϪηφɼϓϫϱφϪηφɼഐ΍ͪΗɼ‫;ٶ‬/ΉͪͺϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖΝ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖ໪దͲɼୈ࠴͹ֱΝ઀ͮͪΕɼࡡͮͪΕ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ͑͢͞
ͪ઀ΕखΕ͹൥ҕͺɼϪηφΏϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖΝࠫ͢ࠒ΋Ͷචགྷ͵࠹ঘ‫ͤͳݸ‬Ζɽୈ࠴͹‫ܙ‬য়͹֐؏ͺɼਜ਼๏‫ܙ‬Ήͪͺௗ๏‫ܙ‬͹ΉΉͲ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽg) ϓρφϕϪʖφΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺɼ઒ΔଏΝࢩ͓҈ఈͦ͠Ζ໪దͲ͹Ί࢘༽ͤΖɽh)෕ஊ࢘ͮͱ͏Ζऄ͏ͤͺɼ৏‫ى‬གྷ݇ʤ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ
஦Ͷಊ͏ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ͳ͏͑གྷ݇΍‫؜‬΋ʥΝຮͪ͢ͱ͏Ηͻɼ࢘༽͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ2. ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹‫ܯ‬଎ͳ‫ࠬݗ‬౦ͱ͘ୈ͹‫ܯ‬଎ʀ‫ࠬݗ‬ͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴ͶডॄॶΉͪͺ‫ۢٗڟ‬ҮͲߨ͑ɽ‫ܯ‬଎ʀ‫ࠬݗ‬ΝࡃΉͦͪ౦ͱ͘ୈͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴Ͷ‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү͖Δ࣍ͬड़͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬઴ɼ‫ٗڟ‬஦ɼΉͪͺ‫ޛ࢟֋ٗڟ‬Ͷɼ‫ڟ‬ٗༀҽ͗౦ͱ͘ୈ͹࠸‫ࠬݗ‬Νߨ͑৖߻͍͗Ζɽ஭қʁ‫ܯ‬଎ͺ৙Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬஥࠴͢ͱ͏͵͏য়ସͲߨ
͑ɽ
3. ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹న߻੓Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬͹੻೜‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ੻೜Ν࣍ͮͱ‫و‬ଉ 35.1 ͹གྷ݇Νຮͪͤ౦ͱ͘ୈΝ६ඍ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹௒੖Ͳ‫ٗڟ‬͹֋࢟͗ஙΗΖ͞ͳ͍͗ͮͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶൕͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨ͹‫ࢂޛ‬Յ͢
Γ͑ͳͤΖझ໪Ͳ͹ࢾٗΝ֋࢟͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ‫و‬ଉ 6.21 Ͷॊ͏ DNS ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ
4. ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹Ғ஖݀Όpermitted to start the event and shall be shown in the
results as DNS in accordance with Rule 6.21.
4. Positioning of the Throwing Frame
When positioning and securing the throwing frame inside
the competition area all parts of the throwing frame, verticalbar and footplates must remain inside the vertical plane of
the rim of the circle throughout the trial.
5. Time Allocation for Securing Frames
A reasonable amount of time will be permitted for anathlete s throwing frame to be secured in the circle before
the athlete attains a seated position on the throwing frame.
The maximum time allowed is for athletes to secure
themselves to the chair and have as many warm-up throws
as time permits isa) 4 minutes for Sports Classes F32-34 and F54-5 , orb) 5 minutes for classes F31 and F51-53.
Note (i) Timing should begin at the time the chair isoriented, secured to the throwing platform and madeavailable to the athlete to secure themselves into position.
C MMENT Timing for securing the athlete into thethrowing chair and conducting practice throws begins when
the throwing frame is situated in the circle or throwing
platform. If the time in this rule elapses prior to securing theathletes into the Throwing chair, the time for the first trial
should commence as it would if the athlete was secured.
If the athlete is using a day chair that meets therequirements for a throwing frame the time starts when the
day chair is placed and strapped in the throwing circle oron the throwing platform.
6. Tie-down Device Failure (Sport Classes F31-34, F51-5 )If a tie-down device should break or fail during theexecution of a throw then the overseeing official shoulda) If the athlete does not fail, offer the athlete the option of
re-taking that trial (i.e., if the athlete is happy with the
distance and they haven t failed then the athlete has theoption of counting the affected trial), orb) If the athlete fails, then the trial should not be counted
and the athlete should be allowed to retake the affected
trial.
ule 36
eated hrowing echniquei ting andailure1. In Seated Throw Events, all athletes (Sport Classes F3134, F51-5 ) shall throw implements from a Throwing Framein a seated position. The seated position is defined asfollowsa) The athlete must sit so that both legs are in contact withthe seat surface from the back of the knee to the back of
the buttock (Ischial tuberosity). For athletes with lower limb
above and through knee amputation, the residual length ofthe leg(s) must be in contact with the seat surface till theback of the buttock (Ischial tuberosity).
b) This sitting position must be maintained throughout thethrowing action until the implement has landed. Strapping
across the upper thighs and or pelvis is encouraged.
Note (i) The intention of this rule is to minimise thecontribution of the legs to the athlete s performance.
Note (ii) If an athlete presents with anatomical limitationthat prevents adherence to the above requirements, thenan assessment shall be made by WPA in advance of theevent.
WPA shall establish a process for such exception to be
granted so that the athlete is throwing within the spirit of
the rules.
Note (iii) For the purposes of this rule, the back of the
buttock refers to the most posterior part of the buttock
which remains in contact with the seat surface when theathlete is seated and bends as far forward as possible atthe hips, so that chest goes towards the knees and theischial tuberosities remain in contact with the seat surface.
Note (iv) It is not necessary for both knees to be in contact
with the same plane of the vertical edge of the seat surface
provided that all other requirements of this rule are satisfied

113‫ۢٗڟ‬Ү಼Ͳ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹Ғ஖Ν݀Όͱ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖࡏɼࢾٗ஦Ν௪͢ͱɼ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹෨෾ɼϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖɼϓρφϕϪʖφ͗౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ಼ଈ͹ਪ௜Ԉௗ໚͹಼ଈͶ͕͠ΉΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖ͹઎୼ͺ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͹ԓΝਪ௜ͶԈௗͪ͢໚৏͹ત͹಼ଈͶ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
5. ౦ͱ͘ୈ‫ݽ‬ఈ͹ͪΌ͹࣎ؔʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-34‫ ;ٶ‬F51-5 ʥ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘ୈ͹౦ͱ͘Ғ஖Ͷ͚ͯ઴Ͷɼ౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ಼Ͷ౦ͱ͘ୈΝઅ஖ͤΖͪΌన౲͵࣎ؔ͗
༫͓ΔΗΖɽ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹‫ݽ‬ఈ‫ޛ‬ɼҐԾ͹಼࣎ؔͲ͍
Ηͻɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν౦ͱ͘ୈͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͢ɼ࿇स౦ͱ͘Ν࣎ؔ͗‫ݸͤڒ‬Εߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽa) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F32-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬F54-5 ͺ 4 ෾Ґ಼b) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-53 ͺ 5 ෾Ґ಼஭қ(i)ʁΩΤϱφξΤϱ͹֋࢟ͺɼ౦ͱ͘ୈ͹Ғ஖͗݀ΉΕɼϕϧρφϓΧʖϞͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘Ғ஖ͶҢಊͤΖ६ඍ͗Ͳͪ͘ͳ͘ͳͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν౦ͱ͘ୈͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͢ͱ࿇स౦ͱ͘
Νߨ͑ν΢ϝϱήͺɼ౦ͱ͘ୈ͗γʖέϩΉͪͺ౦ͱ͘ୈͶҒ஖ͪ͢ͳ͘Ͷ֋࢟͠ΗΖɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹࣎ؔ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ν౦ͱ͘ୈͶ‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖ઴Ͷ‫ܨ‬գͪ͢৖߻ɼ࠹ॵ͹ࢾٗ͹࣎ؔͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν‫ݽ‬ఈͪ͢৖߻ͳ
ಋ༹Ͷ֋࢟͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘ୈ͹གྷ݇Νຮͪͤυ΢ʀοΥΠ(ਫ਼‫༽׈‬ऄ͏ͤ)Ν࢘༽͢
ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼυ΢ʀοΥΠ͗౦ͱ͘γʖέϩ͖౦ͱ͘ୈͶ஖͖ΗɼηφϧρϕΝ෉͜ΔΗͪ࣎Ͷ֋࢟͠ΗΖɽ
6. ‫ݽ‬ఈૹ஖ʀϙʖϩυΡϱήώʖ͹‫্ބ‬ʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-5 ʥ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ஦Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈૹ஖͗շΗͪΕɼ‫্ͪ͢ބ‬Εͪ͢৖߻ɼ୴౲ༀҽͺҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εଲॴͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽa) ࢾٗ͗ໃްͲ͵͏৖߻ͺɼࢾٗΝΏΕ௜ͤમ୔ࢸΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζʤ౦ͱ༙͗͘ްͲɼͨ͹݃ՎͶຮଏ͢
ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ౲֚ࢾٗΝਜ਼ࣞ͵݃Վͳ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ࢔ͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζʥɽb) ࢾٗ͗ໃްͲ͍ͮͪ৖߻ͺ౲֚ࢾٗΝ‫ى‬࿧ͦͥɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࢾٗ͹ΏΕ௜͢Ν೟ΌΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
୊ 36 ড় ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪͹ٗढ़ɼϨϓτΡϱήɼໃް
1. ࠴Ғ‫ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη F31-34 ‫ ;ٶ‬F51-5 ʥͺ౦ͱ͘ୈ͖Δ࠴Ғࢡ੐Ͳ౦ͱ͘Νߨ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽ࠴Ғࢡ੐͹ఈٝͺҐԾ͹ͳ͕Εɽa) ྈ‫͗ٯ‬ගཬ͖Δᢊ෨‫ޛ‬๏ʤ࠳ࠐ݃ઇʥΉͲ࠴໚
ͶંৰͤΖΓ͑Ͷ࠴Δ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽග৏઀இ
͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ୉Ḳ෨ͤ΄ͱ͗ᢊ෨ᢊ෨‫ޛ‬๏(࠳ࠐ݃ઇ)ΉͲ࠴໚Ͷંৰ͢ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ৏‫࠴ى‬Ғࢡ੐ͺɼ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹࢟Ό͖Δ౦ͱ͘͹஥ஏ఼Ͷһ͗ͯ͜ΔΗΖΉͲ͹ؔͥͮͳң࣍͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ୉Ḳ৏෨͖ࠐ൭͍Ζ͏ͺͨ͹ྈ๏Νϗϩφ͵ʹͲ͖ͮ͢Ε‫ݽ‬ఈͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁຌ‫و‬ଉͺɼ‫ंٗڟ͗ྙٯ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ༫͓ΖӪ‫ڻ‬Ν࠹ঘ‫ݸ‬ͶͤΖ͞ͳΝ໪దͳͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁਐରߑଆ৏ɼ৏‫ى‬͹གྷ݇Νຮͪͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ
͘͵͏‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ‫࢟֋ٗڟ‬Ͷ઎ཱིͬɼWPA
͗඲ՃͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽWPA ͺɼ৏‫وى‬ଉͶ͹ͮͳͮͪ౦ͱ͗͘ߨΚΗΖΓ͑ɼ͖͖Ζྭ֐ી஖Ν೟Ό
ΖͪΌ͹घକ͘Νཱི֮͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁຌ‫و‬ଉ͹մए৏ɼᢊ෨‫ޛ‬๏ͳͺɼᢊ෨͹࠹΍‫ޛ‬๏ͶҒ஖͢ɼ஥࠴ͪ͢য়ସͲ࠳ࠐ݃ઇ఼Ν࠴໚
͖Δ཯ͤ͞ͳ͵͚‫ڵ‬ΝගͶͯ͜ΖΓ͑ͶՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬Ε઴۸ͪ͢ͳ͘Ͷ࠴໚Ͷંৰͪ͢ΉΉ͹෨෾͹͞ͳΝ͏͑ɽ஭қ(iv)ʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͹ଠ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹གྷ݇Νຮͪ͢ͱ͏
Ηͻɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ྈග͗εʖφ࠴໚͹ಋͣ໚Ͷື஥͢to the effect that the athlete may straddle the corner ofthe vertical edge of the seat surface with one leg on
adjacent planes.

ͱ͏Ζචགྷͺ͵͚ɼʤεʖφ࠴໚ΝਭฑͶ৵ͻͪ͢໚͹ʥαʖψʖΝΉͪ͏Ͳ࠴ͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽ

,VFKLDOWXEHURVLWLHV

Figure 23 Ischial tuberosities
2. An athlete shall commence his trial from a stationary
seated position.
3. It shall be a failure if an athlete moves from the seatedposition from the time the athlete takes the implement into
the starting position of the trial until the implement haslanded.
Note It is not a failure as long as any part of the back of
the knee is in contact with the seat during the throwing
action until the implement has landed.
C MMENT It is important to note that if one or both knees
slide forward and lose contact with the seat surface during
the throwing action, it shall be considered a failure.
eam oicialsFor Seated Throw Events, it is recommended to allocate
the available officials as follows
1) The Chief udge will watch over the whole of the event.
2) udges checking whether the trial has been madecorrectly including(a) observing if the knee slides forward off the seatcushion(b) observing whether the seated position has been
maintained throughout the trial in accordance with theRules and(c) observing whether the vertical holding bar flexes andmeasuring the trial. ne must be provided with two flags white to indicate if the trial is valid and red if it is a failure.
Where EDM is not in use the second judge should pullthrough and hold the measuring tape in such a way that it
passes through the centre of the circle.
3) udge immediately after the trial placing a marker
indicating the point from which the trial is to be measured.
4) udge positioning the spike/prism at the point where themarker has been placed ensuring the tape is on the eromark.
5) udge in charge of retrieving the implements andreturning them to the implement stand or placing them in
the return chute.
6) udge - a recorder scoring the results sheet and callingeach athlete (and the one who is to follow).
) udge in charge of the scoreboard (trial-number-result).
) udge in charge of the clock indicating to the athletes
that they have a certain time to take their trial.
) udge in charge of athletes.
1 ) udge in charge of the implement stand.
Note (i) This is the traditional setting-up of the officials. In
major competitions, where a data system and electronic
scoreboards are available, specialised personnel arecertainly required.
To be clear in these cases, the progress and scoring of a
Field Event is followed by both the recorder and by the datasystem.
Note (ii) fficials and equipment must be placed in such a114

2. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ࠴Ғࢡ੐Ͳ੫ࢯͪ͢য়ସͲࢾٗΝ࢟ΌΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
3. ‫͗ंٗڟ‬౦ͱ͘෼Νߑ͓ͱ͖Δ౦ͱ͘‫͗۫ح‬ཚԾͤΖΉͲ͹ؔͶ࠴Ғࢡ੐͖Δಊ͏ͪ৖߻ͺໃްͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ౦ͱ͘‫͗۫ح‬ཚԾͤΖΉͲ͹౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹ؔͶɼͽ͡ཬͤ΄ͱ͗࠴໚Ͷંৰ͢ͱ͏Ζ‫ݸ‬ΕͺɼໃްࢾٗͲͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ౦ͱ͘ಊࡠ͹ؔͶฤ๏Ήͪͺྈ๏͹ග͗઴๏Ͷηϧ΢χ͢ͱ࠴໚ͳ͹ંৰΝࣨͮͪ৖߻ɼͨΗͺࣨഌͳΊ͵͠ΗΖ͞ͳͶ஭қͤΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ
͍Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽοʖϞ࠴Ғ౦ͱ͘झ໪͹৖߻ɼҐԾ͹Γ͑Ͷ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΝഓ஖ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠ΗΖɽ1) ৻൓ҽक೜ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬સରΝ؄ࢻͤΖɽ2) ̐໌͹৻൓ҽͺɼҐԾΝ‫؜‬Όࢾٗ͗ਜ਼͚͢͵͠Η͖ͪΝ֮೟ͤΖɽ(a) ග͗εʖφΏέρεϥϱΝ཯Ηɼ઴๏Ͷηϧ΢χ͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑ɽ(b) ‫و‬ଉͶଉΕɼࢾٗ͹ؔɼ࠴Ғ͹ࢡ੐͗ң࣍Ͳ͘
ͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑ɽ(c) ϙʖϩυΡϱήʀώʖ͗͢͵Ζ͖ʹ͖͑ɼ‫ܯ‬଎͗͵͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͖ʹ͖͑৻൓ҽ͹ 1 ਕͺɼ༙ްࢾٗ
Νࣖͤപ‫ͳظ‬ໃްࢾٗΝࣖͤ੼‫ظ‬͹̐ͯ͹‫ظ‬Ν༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽEDM Ν࢘༽͢͵͏৖߻ɼ΍͑̏ਕ͹৻൓ҽͺɼϟζϡʖτʖϕΝӀͮ௃Εɼγʖέϩ஦ԟͶ௪ͤɽ
3) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ܯ‬଎͹ͪΌ͹ࠡ੽Ν֮
೟ͤΖ৻൓ҽɽ΍͢౦ͱ͘෼ֱౕ͗ત͹֐ͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻ɼ͞͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺϕϨθϞΝ࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ৻൓ҽͺɼͨ͹ࣆࣰΝ࿻Ν֐Ͷ޴͜ΖΓ͑͵͛͢͠
Ͳఽ͓Ζɽ༙ްࢾٗ͹৖߻ͺ͞͹Γ͑͵߻ਦͺ෈གྷͲ͍Ζɽ4) ཚԾҮͶ͕͏ͱ‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎͹ͪΌͶࠡ੽ͶϒϱʙϕϨθϞΝ࢙͢ɼτʖϕ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͶͺɼτʖϕΝ Ͷฯ࣍ͤΖ͞ͳΝ݀ఈͤΖɽ5) ౦ͱ͘෼Νյफ͢ɼ஖͘৖Ͷ໯ͤɼ΍͚͢ͺศૻऄͶ஖͚ɼ1 ਕҐ৏͹৻൓ҽ΍͚͢ͺึঁҽ6) ৻൓ҽʗ‫ى‬࿧නΝ‫ى‬೘͢ɼ֦‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫͠;ٶ‬ΔͶͨ͹࣏͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʥΝ‫;ݼ‬ड़ͤ‫ى‬࿧ं) ηαΠϚʖχʤࢾٗյ਼-‫ंٗڟ‬͹ψϱώʖ-݃ՎʥΝ୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ࢾٗ͹࢔Ε࣎ؔΝ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷࣖͤ࣎‫ܯ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ) ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν୴౲ͤΖ৻൓ҽ1 ) ౦ͱ͘෼஖͘৖୴౲͹৻൓ҽ஭қֵʁ͞Ηͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹ఽ౹ద͵ഓ஖Ͳ͍ΖɽυʖνεητϞͳుࢢηαΠϚʖχ͗ཤ༽Ն೵͵୉‫و‬ໝ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ઒໵͹ਕࡒ͗චͥචགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ͶͺɼϓΡʖϩχझ໪͹਒ṁয়‫݃ͳڱ‬

way as not to obstruct the athlete s way nor impede theview of the spectators.
Note (iii) As a safety precaution it is recommended to delay
handing the implement to the athlete until the landing area
is clear.
Note (iv) The clock should be positioned such that theathlete can easily see it. It may therefore need to be moved
for each athlete.

Վͺɼ‫ى‬࿧ंͳυʖνεητϞ͹૔๏Ͳ‫ى‬࿧͠ΗΖɽ஭қ(iiʥ
ʁ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ‫۫༽;ٶ‬ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Εɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹ࢻֆΝ๨ͪ͝Ε͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
஭қ(Ϻ)ʁ҈સ͹ͪΌɼཚԾஏ఼͗६ඍͲ͘ͱ͖Δ౦ͱ͘෼Ν‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷోͤɽ஭қ(ϻ)ʁ࣎‫ܯ‬ͺ‫͗ंٗڟ‬༲ҝͶ‫͓ݡ‬ΖҒ஖Ͷ஖͚ɽͨ͹ͪΌɼචགྷͶԢͣͱҒ஖Νร͓Ζɽ

ule 3
lub hrow
he ompetition
1.The club shall be held at its neck and/or head with one
hand only. It may be thrown either from a position facing
the landing sector or from a position facing backward andthrowing overhead.

୊ 3 ড় ͞Ξ๰౦‫ٗڟ‬ճ
1. ͞Ξ๰ͺड෨ͳ઎୼෨Ήͪͺͨ͹͏ͥΗ͖Ͳฤघͫ͜Ν࢘ͮͱࢩ͓Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ͞Ξ๰ͺ஥ஏΦϨΠ͹๏޴Ν޴͏ͱ౦͝ͱ΍ɼ‫ޛ‬Θ޴͘͹ࢡ੐͖Δ
ಆ৏ӿ͓Ͳ౦͝ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ

he lub
2. Construction. The Club shall consist of four main partsa head, a neck, a body and an end.
The head, neck and body shall be solid and made of wood
so as to constitute a fixed and integrated whole. The bodyshall have fixed it to a cylindrical end constructed of metal
without indentations, projections or sharp edges.
3. The surface of the head, neck and body shall be smoothand have no dimples or pimples, grooves or ridges, holes
or roughness.
4. The head shall be spherical or cylindrical in shape andimmediately taper towards the neck.
The diameter of the widest part of the body shall not
exceed 6 mm, and may be cylindrical.
The club shall taper regularly towards the neck and slightly
towards the metal end.
5. It shall conform to the following specifications͞Ξ๰
2. ߑଆʁ͞Ξ๰ͺɼ઎୼෨ʤϖρχʥɼड෨ʤϋρέʥɼಓର෨ʤϚυΡʥɼఊ෨ʤΦϱχʥ͹ 4 ͯ͹෨෾͖Δ͵Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ઎୼෨ɼड෨ɼಓର෨ͺ໨੣Ͳɼસରͳ͢ͱ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠ΗɼҲରԿͪ͢‫ئ‬৐͵΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽಓର෨ͺɼۜ଒੣ͲࠃΊ໪ΏಧًΏӸ͏ԓ͹͵͏ԃ౷য়͹ఊ෨Ͷ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
3. ઎୼෨ɼड෨ɼಓର෨͹න໚ͺɼ͚·ΊɼͲ͞·͞ɼߖɼੌɼ݂ɼ͡Δͯ͗͘͵͚ɼ‫׊‬Δ͖͵΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
4. ઎୼෨ͺ‫ځ‬য়Ήͪͺԃ౷য়Ͳɼड෨Ͷ޴͜ͱͤ͛Ͷࡋ͚͵Ζ‫ܙ‬য়Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽಓର෨ͺɼҲ൬ଢ͏෨෾͹௜‫ ͗ܚ‬6 mm ҐԾͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ܙ‬য়ͺԃ౷য়Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽ͞Ξ๰ͺɼड෨Ͷ޴͜ͱ‫ۋ‬౵Ͷࡋ͚͵Εɼۜ଒੣ఊ෨Ͷ޴͜ͱঙͫ͢͜ࡋ
͚͵Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
5. ҐԾ͹࢕༹Ͷॊ͑΍͹ͳͤΖɽ

115

Figure 24

Club

C MMENT The Club Throw is one of the more dangerous
events for fficials and therefore special care must be
taken to ensure the safety of all fficials, other athletes andtheir assistants as well as media and spectators.
Announcing that the implement is being handed to theathlete may improve safety for all concerned. In addition,
advising the athlete that it is now safe to throw will increase
the safety for all concerned, as indicated in thecommentary under Note (i) on Rule 24.1 .

αϟϱφʁ͞Ξ๰౦ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͶͳͮͱ࠹΍‫͵ݧث‬‫ٗڟ‬͹ҲͯͲ͍ΖͪΌɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼଠ͹‫ڟ‬ٗंɼͨ͹ึঁंɼϟυΡΠɼ؏‫ٮ‬͹҈સΝ֮ฯͤ
ΖͪΌͶಝพ͵஭қ͗෹ΚΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ح‬۫͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷघో͠ΗΖ͞ͳΝΠψΤϱηͤΖ͞ͳͲɼ‫ंܐؖ‬સҽ͹҈સ੓Ν߶ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ͠ΔͶɼ‫و‬ଉ 24.1 ͹஭қ(i)͹մઈͲࣖ͠Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ౦͝ͱ΍҈સͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝఽ͓Ζ͞ͳͺɼ‫ंܐؖ‬સҽ͹҈સ੓Ν߶ΌΖ͞ͳͶ͵Ζɽ

D
M
ule 3
Applicabilit outdoor ules to ndoor
ompetitions
ule 21
With the exceptions stated in the following Rules of thisSection and the requirement for wind measurement set
out in Rule 1 and Rule 2 , the Rules of Sections I to I for
outdoor competitions shall apply to Indoor Competitions.

୊ 5 ෨ ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬
୊ 3 ড় Բ֐‫وٗڟ‬ଉ͹಼࣪‫΃ٗڟ‬͹న༽ule21
୊ 5 ෨‫و;ٶ‬ଉ 1 ͳ‫و‬ଉ 2 Ͷ‫͠ى‬Ηͱ͏Ζ෫ྙΝ‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗΖϩʖϩΝঈ͏ͱɼҐԾ͹‫وٗڟ‬ଉͲఈΌ
ΔΗ಼ͪ༲Ґ֐ͺɼԲ֐‫ٗڟ‬͹୊ 1 ෨͖Δ୊ 4 ෨͹‫وٗڟ‬ଉ಼͗࣪‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽ

ule 3
he ndoor tadium (Rule 211)
1. The stadium shall be completely enclosed and covered.
ighting, heating and ventilation shall be provided to givesatisfactory conditions for competition.
2. The Field of play should include an oval track a straight
track for sprints and runways and landing areas for jumping
events. In addition, a circle and landing sector for the Shot
Put should be provided, whether permanently or
temporarily. All the facilities should conform to thespecifications in the World Athletics Track and Field
Facilities Manual.
3. All the tracks, runways or take-off surface areas shall becovered with a synthetic material that should preferably beable to accept 6mm spikes in running shoes.
If the track manufacturer or the stadium operator mandates
an alternate maximum or prohibits the use of certain
shaped spikes, this shall be applied and the athletes
notified of accordingly.
WPA Indoor Championships should be held only on
facilities that hold a current valid World Athletics Indoor
Athletics Facility Certificate.
It is recommended that other WPA Recognisedcompetitions (see Part B - 3.1.2) should also be held onthese facilities.
4. The foundation on which the synthetic surface of the
tracks, runways and take-off areas is laid shall be either
solid e.g., concrete or, if of suspended construction (suchas wooden boards or plywood sheets mounted on joists),
without any special sprung sections and, as far as
technically possible, each runway shall have a uniform
resilience throughout. This shall be checked, for the takeoff area for the jumps, before each competition.
Note (i) A sprung section is any deliberately engineeredor constructed section designed to give extra assistance toan athlete.
Note (ii) The World Athletics Track and Field Facilities
Manual, which may be downloaded from the World
Athletics website, contains more detailed and defined
specifications for planning and construction of indoor
stadia including diagrams for track measurement andmarking.
Note (iii) The current standard forms required to be used
for the certification application and measurement report aswell as the Certification System Procedures may be
downloaded from the World Athletics website.
C MMENT ack of suitable lighting is a common problem୊ 3 ড় ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬৖
ule 211
1. ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬৖ͺ‫׮‬સͶปͲҕΉΗɼ͖ͯԲࠞͲ෶
ΚΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽল໎ɼஈ๬ɼ‫ـ׷‬અඍͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճӣӨ͗ຮଏ͹͏͚য়ସͳ͵ΖΓ͑ඍ͓෉
͜ΔΗͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
2. ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬৖ͺबյφϧρέૺ࿑ɼ୻‫༽ૺڟ཯ړ‬͹௜ૺ࿑ɼ௕༄‫༽ٗڟ‬͹ঁૺ࿑ͳ஥ஏ৖ॶΝ‫؜‬΋΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ͠ΔͶ๔‫؛‬౦༽͹γʖέϩ‫;ٶ‬ખ‫ܙ‬͹஥ஏ৖ॶ΍ɼ߅‫ٳ‬ద͍Ζ͏ͺ࢓ఈదͲ͍Η༽қ͠ΗΖ
΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽͤ΄ͱ͹ࢬઅͺ WA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩ͹࢕༹Ͷన߻ͦ͠Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
3. ͤ΄ͱ͹φϧρέૺ࿑ɼঁૺ࿑Ήͪͺಁ઀৖ॶ͹න໚ͺɼ߻੔෼࣯Ͳ෶ΚΗͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼͨ͹߻੔෼࣯ͺௗ͠ 6mm ͹ηϏ΢έʀεϣʖθͶ
ଲԢͲ͘Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽφϧρέ੣ଆ‫ंۂ‬΍͚͢ͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖؇ཀྵं͗ɼΓΕঘ͠͏੉๑͹৏‫ݸ‬Νઅ͜
ͱ͏Ζ৖߻Ώɼಝఈ͹‫ܙ‬য়͹ηϏ΢έ͹࢘༽Ν೟Όͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺɼ͞ΗΝన༽͢ɼͨ͹͞ͳ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱ௪எ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
WPA ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճͺɼWA ͶΓΖ಼࣪‫ࢬٗڟ‬અ೟ৄΝणͪ͜ࢬઅͲࣰࢬͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 ࢂল)΍͞͹Γ͑͵ࢬઅͲࣰࢬͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ
4. φϧρέૺ࿑ɼঁૺ࿑ɼಁ઀ۢҮͶීઅ͠Ηͱ͏
Ζ߻੔ะૹࡒ͹‫ેخ‬ͺ‫͵ݽݐ‬΍͹ʤͪͳ͓ͻαϱέϨʖφ͵ʹʥ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ݔ‬Տߑଆʤྌ͹৏Ͷ໨൚Ώ߻൚ΝखΕ෉ͪ͜΍͹ʥ͹৖߻ͺɼಝͶஆ΋Γ͑͵՗ॶ͗͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢ɼٗढ़దͶՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζ‫ݸ‬Εɼͤ΄ͱ͹ૺ࿑ͺસରΝ௪͢ͱ‫ۋ‬Ҳ͵ஆ੓Ν࣍ͪ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹ஆ੓Ͷͯ͏ͱ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹઴Ͷ௕༄‫ٗڟ‬༽͹ಁ઀৖ॶΝ఼‫͜͵͢ݗ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁ
ʰஆ΋Γ͑͵՗ॶʱͳͺ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷಝพ͵ঁྙ
Ν༫͓ΖΓ͑ͶқਦదͶઅ‫͢͏͵ܯ‬ͺυδ΢ϱ͢‫ݒ‬અ͠Ηͪ՗ॶͲ͍Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁWA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩͶͺɼφϧρέ͹‫ܯ‬଎ΏϜʖΫϱή͹ͪΌ͹ਦΝ‫؜‬΋಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬৖͹ߑଆΏઅ‫ܯ‬͹ͪΌ͹৆ࡋΏ‫و‬ఈͤΖ࢕༹͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͕ΕɼWA ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖ΔξΤϱϫʖχͶΓΕ೘घՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζɽ஭қ(iii)ʁWA ͹ࢬઅޮ೟घକ͘๏๑ΝͺͣΌɼਅ੧͹ͪΌ͹ඬ६ॽࣞΏ‫ܯ‬଎ๅࠄॽॽࣞͺɼWA ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖ΔξΤϱϫʖχͶΓΕ೘घՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζɽαϟϱφʁన઀͵ল໎͹෈ଏͺɼ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹‫ڠ‬௪͹໲ୌͲ͍ΖɽԲࠞͲ෶ΚΗͪηνζΠϞͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬116

for Indoor Competitions. A covered stadium must have alighting which allows a correct and fair delivery of theevents and if there is television coverage the illuminationlevel may need to be higher. The finish line area(s) may
require additional lighting for the Fully Automatic Timing.

͹ਜ਼֮Ͳޮਜ਼͵ࣰࢬΝՆ೵ͶͤΖল໎Νඍ͓ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼτϪϑ͹஦‫͍͗ܩ‬Ζ৖߻ɼল໎ϪϗϩͺΓΕ߶͚ͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ෉ۛͺɼࣺਇ൓ఈૹ஖͹ͪΌͶ௧Յ͹ল໎Νචགྷͳ
ͤΖ͞ͳ͍͗Ζɽule
he traight rac
ule 212
1. The lateral inclination of the track should not exceed
1 1 (1 ) unless special circumstances exist which justify
World Athletics providing an exemption and the inclinationin the running direction shall not exceed 1 25 ( .4 ) at
any point and 1 1( .1 ) overall.

୊ড় ϓΡʖϩχ಼௜ૺ࿑ule 212
1. φϧρέ͹‫ڒ‬༲ܑౕࣾͺ෱Ͳ 1 ෾͹ 1ʤ1 ʥɼ
ૺΖ๏޴Ͳ‫ݺ‬ʓ͹՗ॶͲͺ 25 ෾͹ 1ʤ .4 ʥɼસରͲͺ 1,
෾͹ 1ʤ .1 ʥΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽanes
2. The track should have a minimum of 6 and a maximumof lanes separated and bounded on both sides by whitelines 5 mm wide. The lanes shall all be 1.22m. 1m
wide including the lane line on the right.
Note For all tracks constructed before 1 anuary 2 4, thelanes may have a width of maximum 1.25m. owever,when such a track is fully resurfaced, the lane width shallcomply with this Rule.
tart and inish
3. There should be a clearance of at least 3m behind thestart line free of any obstruction.
There shall be a clearance of at least 1 m beyond the finish
line free of any obstruction with adequate provision beyond
for an athlete to come to a halt without injury.
Note It is strongly recommended that the minimum
clearance beyond the finish line should be 15m.
C MMENT The straight track can measure 5 m or 6 m.
In major competitions, it is necessary that the events takeplace over a distance of 6 m.
If advice is sought, it is necessary to insist on the area
which must be free at the start and at the finish.
Experience has proved that in many situations, behind thestarting line, the free one cannot be more than 2 metres.
This distance is sufficient to place the starting-blocks withfalse start apparatus and the lane boxes indicating thelanes.
ule 1 heal rac and anesule 213
1. The nominal length should preferably be 2 m. It shallconsist of two parallel straights and two bends, which may
be banked, whose radii should be equal.
The inside of the track shall be bordered either with a kerbof suitable material, approximately 5 mm in height andwidth, or with a white line 5 mm wide. The outside edge ofthis kerb or line forms the inside of lane 1. The inside edgeof the line or kerb shall be hori ontal throughout the lengthof the track owever, this kerb or line may be located on
the banking slope such that the pivot line of the banking
shall be hori ontal throughout the length of the banking.
The kerb on the two straights may be omitted, and a whiteline 5 mm wide substituted.
Note All measurements shall be taken as indicated in Rule
15.2
anes
2. The track should have a minimum of four and amaximum of six lanes.
The nominal width of the lanes shall be between . m and1.1 m including the lane line on the right. All lanes shall beof the same nominal width with a tolerance of . 1m tothe selected width. The lanes shall be separated by whitelines 5 mm wide.
C MMENT Despite the oftentimes narrowness of thewidth of the lanes for indoor competitions, athletes muststill start (e.g. ave their hands completely within) insidetheir lanes. This does not mean that part of their starting
blocks cannot be outside their lanes providing they do notinterfere with another athlete, (see Rule 16.2 (e)).

117

Ϫʖϱ
2. φϧρέͺ 6 Ϫʖϱʛ Ϫʖϱͳ͢ɼ෱ 5 mm
͹പતͲྈଈ͗ۢ෾͠Ηͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϪʖϱ͹෱ͺ 1̾22 ʤ 1 mmʥͳ͢ɼӊଈ͹Ϫʖϱϧ΢ϱΝ‫؜‬΋ɽ஭қ 2 4 ೧ 1 ݆ 1 ೖҐ઴ͶࡠΔΗͪφϧρέͶͯ͏ͱͺɼϪʖϱͺ࠹୉ 1m25 ͹෱Ͳ΍Γ͏ɽ ͖͢͢φϧρέะૹࡒ͹‫׮‬સ͵Ζ௃Ε௜͢Νࣰࢬͪ͢͵ΔϪʖϱ͹෱ͺຌ‫و‬ଉͶ߻஗͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣ
3. ηνʖφϧ΢ϱ‫ޛ‬๏͹ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 3m ͺʹ͹Γ͑͵্֒෼΍஖͖͵͏ɽϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ઴๏͹ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 1 m ͺʹ͹Γ͑͵্֒෼΍஖͖ͥɼͨ͹઎Ͷ‫͗ंٗڟ‬պը͵͚ంࢯͲ͘ΖΓ͑͵΍͹Ν஖͚ɽ஭қʁϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ઴๏Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼ15m Ґ৏Ν֮ฯͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͚ک‬ਬওͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ ௜ૺ࿑ͺ 5 m Ήͪͺ 6 m ͳͤΖ͞ͳ͗
Ͳ͘Ζɽकགྷ͵‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ6 m ͹‫ߨͲ཯ړ‬ΚΗΖ͞ͳ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ΍͢Πχώ΢ηΝ‫ٽ‬ΌΔΗͪ৖߻ͺɼηνʖφ࣎ͳϓΡωρεϣ࣎ͶϓϨʖͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ΦϨΠΝक௃ͤΖ͞ͳ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ݩܨ‬৏ɼଡ͚͹য়‫Ͳڱ‬ͺɼηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹‫ޛ‬Θ͹ϓϨʖμʖϱͺ 2m Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͞ͳ͗ৄ໎
͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ͞͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼْ͹ηνʖφૹ஖ͳϪʖϱΝࣖͤϪʖϱϚρέηΝඍ͓ͪηνʖφϔϫρέ
Νഓ஖ͤΖ͹Ͷॉ෾͵‫͍Ͳ཯ړ‬Ζɽ
୊ 1 ড় बյφϧρέ‫;ٶ‬Ϫʖϱ
ule 213
1. φϧρέ 1 ब͹௪৙͹ௗ͠ͺɼ2 ̾͗๮Ή͢͏ɽφϧρέͺɼฑߨͲ͍Ζ್ͯ͹௜ૺ࿑ͳɼಋͣ
ൔ‫ܑ͖ࣾͯͲܚ‬ʤώϱέʥ͢ͱ΍Γ͏್ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑͖Δߑ੔͠ΗΖɽφϧρέ͹಼ଈͺ߶͠‫;ٶ‬෱ 5 mm ͹న઀͵ࡒ࣯͹ԓ੶Ήͪͺ෱ 5 mm ͹പતͲۢ෾͠ΗΖɽ͞͹ԓ੶Ήͪͺപત͹֐ଈʤӊଈʥ͹୼ͺɼ୊ 1 Ϫʖϱ͹಼ଈ͹୼ͳ͵Ζɽԓ੶Ήͪͺപત͹಼ଈ͹୼ͺφϧρέસରΝ௪͢ͱਭฑͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹ԓ੶Ήͪͺപતͺɼφϧρέ͹ܑࣾ෨෾͹ௗ͠સରͶΚͪͮͱɼܑࣾΏ‫ޱ‬ഓΝߡྂ͢ɼܑࣾ໚ͶԌͮͱഓ஖
ͤΖɽ್ͯ͹௜ૺ࿑͹ԓ੶ΝखΕঈ͘ɼ5 mm ෱͹പતͲେ༽͢ͱ΍ྒྷ͏ɽ஭қʁͤ΄ͱ͹‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎ͺ‫و‬ଉ 15.2 Ͷ‫ࡎى‬͹௪Ε͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽϪʖϱ
2. φϧρέͺ 4 Ϫʖϱʛ6 ϪʖϱͳͤΖɽϪʖϱ͹෱ͺӊଈ͹ϧ΢ϱΝ‫؜‬Όͱ
mmʛ1m1 ͳͤΖɽʹ͹Ϫʖϱ΍ಋͣ෱Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼॶఈ͹෱ͳ͹‫ࠫޣ‬ͺ 1 mm ΉͲͳͤΖɽ֦Ϫʖϱͺ෱
5 mm ͹പતͲۢ઀Ζɽαϟϱφʁ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺϪʖϱ͹෱͗‫͵͚ڳ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Γ͚͍Ζ͗ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺϪʖϱ಼Ͳηνʖφ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ʤྭʁघΝ‫׮‬સͶϪʖϱ಼Ͷ೘Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ʥɽ͞Ηͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͜Ηͻɼηνʖφϔϫρέ͹Ҳ෨ΝϪʖϱ͹֐Ͷड़͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ͳ͏͑қັͲͺ͵͏ʤ‫و‬ଉ 16.2 (e)Νࢂলʥɽan ing
3. The angle of banking in all the lanes should be the sameat any cross section of the track.
The straight may be flat or have a maximum lateralinclination of 1 1 (1 ) towards the inside lane.
In order to ease the change from the straight to the banked
bend, the change may be made with a smooth gradualhori ontal transition which may be extended into thestraight. In addition, there should be a vertical transition.

ώϱέ
3. ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ͕͜Ζͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖϱ͹ܑౕࣾ‫;ٶ‬ɼͨΗͳͺพ‫ݺ‬Ͷ௜ૺ࿑͹Ϫʖϱ͹ܑౕࣾͺɼͨΗΔ͗ިࠫͤΖͳ͞ΘͲಋͣͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͏ɽ௜ૺ࿑
ͺฑ୳͍Ζ͏ͺ಼ଈ͹ϪʖϱͶ޴͖ͮͱ࠹୉ 1 ෾
͹ 1ʤ1 ʥ͹ܑࣾΝ࣍ͯ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ௜ૺ࿑͖Δܑࣾͪ͢‫ૺۄ‬࿑΃͹ਭฑҢߨΝ༲ҝͶͤΖͪΌͶɼͨ͹৖ॶͺ௜ૺ࿑͹शΚΕ͖Δ͵ͫΔ͖͵‫ޱ‬ഓͶ͢ɼ௜ૺ࿑๏޴Ͷ৵ͻͤ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽՅ͓ͱਪ௜๏޴
΃รԿ΍ߡྂ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ

Mar ing o the nside dge
4. Where the inside edge of the track is bordered with awhite line, it shall be marked additionally with cones or flagson the bends and optionally on the straights. The cones
shall be at least .15m high. The flags shall beapproximately .25mx .2 m in si e, at least .45m highand set at an angle of 6 with the ground away from thetrack. The cones or flags shall be placed on the white line
so that the edge of the base of the cone or flag polecoincides with the edge of the white line closest to thetrack. The cones or flags shall be placed at distances notexceeding 1.5m on the bends and 1 m on the straights.
Note the use of an inside kerb is strongly recommended.
C MMENT An val Track may be longer than 2 m but
any records for 2 m or longer races would not be ratified.
The development of a 2 m track is more advantageousthan those of a shorter distance. To organise top levelcompetitions, it will be useful to have a 6-lane track. The
ideal width of the lanes of an val Track should be 1m.
Cones must be placed not only along the bends, but along
the whole of the oval track.
When positioning the flags or cones it must be taken into
account that the white line on the inside edge of lane 1
does not belong to the runner drawn in that lane. Conesare preferred and recommended for Indoor Competitions಼ଈԓ͹නࣖ
4. φϧρέ͹಼ଈΝപતͲۢ෾ͤΖ࣎ͺɼ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷͺචͥ௜ૺ࿑Ͷͺචགྷ͍͗ΗͻαʖϱΉͪͺ‫ظ‬Ν஖͚ɽαʖϱ͹߶͠ͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 15 mm ͳͤΖɽ‫ظ‬͹୉͘͠ͺ 25 mm 2 mm Ͳɼ߶͠ͺঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 45 mm ͳ͢ɼϓΡʖϩχͶ 6 ౕ͹ֱౕͶౙͤΓ͑ͶཱིͱΖɽαʖϱΉͪͺ‫ظ‬ͺɼͨ͹ఊ͹ԓ͗φϧρέͶ࠹΍ۛ͏പત͹୼Ͷ͵ΖΓ͑Ͷઅ஖ͤΖɽͨ͹ֶؔ͗‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͳͺ 1m5 ɼ௜ૺ࿑Ͳ 1 m Ν௔͓͵͏Γ͑Ͷഓ஖ͤΖɽ஭қ WA ͗௜ંक࠷ͤΖ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ಼ଈ͹ԓ੶Νཤ༽ͤΖɽαϟϱφʁ৏‫ى‬͹ϩʖϩͺ໪҈Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹ൔ‫ޱͳܚ‬ഓͳௗԃ͹ௗ͠͹ҩ͏ͶΓͮͱɼಝͶ 2 m‫ૺڟ‬ɼ4 m ‫ͱ͍ͮͲૺڟ‬΍ୣ੔͠ΗΖ‫ى‬࿧ͺรΚͮͱ͚Ζɽबյφϧρέͺ 2 m Ν௔͓Ζ৖߻͍͗
Ζ͗ɼ2 m Ґ৏͹‫཯ړ‬͹Ϫʖη͹‫ى‬࿧ͺޮ೟͠Η͵͏ɽ2 m φϧρέ͹Ά͑͗ɼͨΗΓΕ୻͏‫཯ړ‬͹φϧρέΓΕ΍༙ཤͲ͍ΖɽφρϕϪϗϩ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ֋࠷ͤΖͶͺɼ6 Ϫʖϱ͍ΖΆ͑͗࢘͏ঋघ͗Γ͏ɽबյφϧρέ͹ཀྵ૟ద͵෱ͺ 1m Ͳ͍Ζɽʤԓ੶Ͳͺ͵͚ʥαʖϱΝ஖͚৖߻ɼ‫ૺۄ‬࿑ͶԌͮͱͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼबյસରͶԌͮͱഓ஖ͤΖචགྷ͍͗
Ζɽ‫ظ‬ΉͪͺαʖϱΝ஖͚ͳ͘ͺɼ୊ 1 Ϫʖϱ͹಼ଈͶ
͍Ζപત͗ͨ͹ϪʖϱͶ‫؜‬ΉΗ͵͏ͳ͏͑͞ͳΝߡ
ྂͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖʤͯΉΕപત͹৏Ͷ஖͚΄͘ʥɽʤԓ੶Ͳ͵͚ʥαʖϱ͹࢘༽ͺɼ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺਬও͠ΗΖɽ

ule 2 tart and inish on theal racule 21
1. Technical information on the construction and marking ofa 2 m banked indoor track are given in detail in the World
Athletics Track and Field Facilities Manual. The basic
principles to be adopted are given hereunder.

୊ 2 ড় बյφϧρέ͹ηνʖφ‫;ٶ‬ϓΡωρε
ϣule 21
1. 2 ̾͹಼ܑࣾͪ࣪͢φϧρέ͹ߑଆͳϜʖΫϱήͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৆ࡋͺɼWA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩ
Ͷ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏Ζɽͨ͹஦͹‫خ‬ຌద‫ݬ‬ଉΝҐԾͶࣖͤɽ

asic equirements
2. The start and finish of a race shall be denoted by whitelines 5 mm wide, at right angles to the lane lines forstraight parts of the track and along a radius line for curved
parts of the track.
3. The requirements for the finish line are that, if at all
possible there should be only one for all the different
lengths of race that it shall be on a straight part of the track
and that as much of that straight as possible should be
before the finish.
4. The essential requirement for all start lines, straight,
staggered or curved, is that the distance for every athlete,
when taking the shortest permitted route, shall be thesame.
5. As far as possible, start lines (and take-over one lines
for relay races) should not be on the steepest part of thebanking.

‫خ‬ຌড়݇
2. Ϫʖη͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱ‫;ٶ‬ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱͺɼ௜ૺ࿑ͲͺϪʖϱϧ΢ϱͶ௜ֱͶɼΉͪ‫ૺۄ‬࿑ͲͺൔԃΝඵ͚஦ৼત৏Ͷɼ෱ 5 mm ͹പતͲࣖͤɽ
3. ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹અఈড়݇ͺɼ‫཯ړ‬͹ҡ͵
Ζझ໪Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍Ͳ͘Ζ‫ݸ‬Ε 1 Ωॶ͹Ίͳ͢बյ͹௜ત෨෾Ͷ͕͘ɼՆ೵͵‫ݸ‬ΕϓΡωρεϣ‫ޛ‬͹௜ત෨෾͗ௗ͚͵ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ
4. ͤ΄ͱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱʤ௜તɼ֌ஊࣞɼ‫ܙނ‬ʥ͹࠹΍‫خ‬ຌͳ͵Ζઅఈড়݇ͺ‫͠ڒ͗ंٗڟ‬ΗΖ஦Ͳ͹࠹୻‫཯ړ‬Νखͮͪ࣎Ͷɼ୯Ͷͳͮͱ΍‫͗཯ړ‬ಋͣͳ͏͑͞ͳͲ͍Ζɽ
5. ηνʖφϧ΢ϱʤϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱΝ‫؜‬΋ʥͺɼͲ͘Ζ‫ݸ‬Εɼ΍ͮͳ΍୉͘͵ౕࣾ͹৖ॶͶઅ஖͢͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽ

onduct o the aces
6.
a) Races of up to, and including, 3 m shall be run entirelyin lanes.
b) Races over 3 m, and less thanm shall start andcontinue in lanes until the break line marked at the end of
the second bend.
c) For the start of races ofm, each athlete may be
assigned a separate lane, or up to two athletes may be‫ૺڟ‬झ໪͹ࣰࢬ6.
a) 3 m ΉͲ͹Ϫʖηͺ࠹‫ޛ‬ΉͲϪʖϱΝૺΖɽb) 3 m Ν௔͓
m າຮ͹‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢ͱηνʖφ͢ɼ୊ 2 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕͶӀ͖ΗͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱΉͲͺͨ͹ϪʖϱΝૺΖɽc)m ͹‫ૺڟ‬͹ηνʖφͺ֦‫֦͗ंٗڟ‬ϪʖϱͶҲਕͥͯɼΉͪͺϪʖϱͶ࠹୉್ਕΝׄΕ৾ͮͱߨ͖͑ɼ୊ 1 Ϫʖϱͳ୊ 4 ϪʖϱΝ༽͏ͪήϩʖϕηνʖφͲߨ͑ɽ͞͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼ֦‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾118

assigned per lane, or a group start, preferably commencing
in lanes 1 and 4, may be used. In these cases, athletes
may leave their lane, or those running in the outer groupmay join the inner group, only after the break line marked
at the end of the first bend, or if the race is run with two
bends in lanes, end of the second bend.
d) Races longer thanm shall be run without lanes using
an arced start line or group starts. If a group start is used,
the break line shall be at the end of either the first or second
bend. If an athlete does not follow this Rule, he shall bedisqualified. The break line shall be an arced line marked
after each bend, 5 mm wide, across all lanes other thanlane 1. To assist athletes identify the break line, smallcones or prisms, 5cm 5 mm 5 mm and no more than
.15m high, preferably of different colour from the breakline and the lane lines, shall be placed on the lane lines
immediately before the intersection of the lane lines andthe break line.
Note (i) In competitions other than IPC Games and IPC
Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)) the NPCs
concerned may agree not to use lanes for them event.
Note (ii) n tracks with less than six lanes, a group start
may be used to allow six athletes to compete. This doesn t
apply for athletes in class 11 and class 12 if accompanied
by a guiderunner.
Note (iii) For races running in lanes, athletes in SportClasses 11 and 12, if accompanied by a guide-runner, shallhave two lanes available.
tart ine and inish ine or a rac o 2 m ominal
ength. The start line in lane 1 should be on the principal straight.
Its position shall be determined so that the most advanced
staggered start line in the outside lane (4 m races) should
be in a position where the angle of banking should not be
more than 12 degrees.
The finish line for all races on the oval track shall be an
extension of the start line in lane 1, right across the track
and at right angles to the lane lines.
C MMENT Colours to use for marking the track areindicated on the Track Marking Plan included in the World
Athletics Track and Field Facilities Man
ule 3
eeding Draws and uali ication in rac
ent (Rule 215)
ounds and eats
1. In indoor competitions, the following tables shall, in theabsence of extraordinary circumstances, be used todetermine the number of rounds and the number ofheats in each round to be held and the qualification
procedure, i.e., those to advance by place (P) and time(T), for each round of Track Events
6 m
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats PlaceTime-16
2  3  2
1 -24
3  2  2
25-32
4  3  4        2  4
33-4
5  4  4        3  2  2
41-4
6  3  6        3  2  2
4 -56
  3  3        3  2  2
5 -64
  2          3  2  2
65- 2
  2  6        3  2  2
31   2  4        3  2  2
2 m
m
m
2 m
m
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats Place
Time

119

͹ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗͪΕɼήϩʖϕηνʖφ͹֐ଈΝૺ
Ζ‫಼͗ंٗڟ‬ଈ͹ήϩʖϕͶ߻ླྀͪ͢Εड़པΖ͹ͺɼ୊ 1 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕ͹ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱΝգ͙ͪ‫ͤͳޛ‬Ζ͗ɼ΍͢ 2 ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Νࣙ෾͹ϪʖϱͲૺΖ͹Ͳ͍Ηͻɼ୊ 2 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑शΚΕ͹ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ
Νգ͙ͪ‫͍Ͳޛ‬Ζɽd)m Ν௔͓Ζ‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼϪʖϱΝ༽͏ͥɼԃ‫ނ‬ηνʖφΉͪͺήϩʖϕηνʖφͶΓͮͱߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢ήϩʖϕηνʖφΝ༽͏Ζ͵ΔɼϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱͺ୊ 1 Ήͪͺ୊ 2 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑͹शΚΕͶӀ͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢‫͗͞ंٗڟ‬͹ϩʖϩͶॊΚ͵͏৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵ΖɽϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱͺɼ֦‫ૺۄ‬࿑͗शΚΖஏ఼Ͷ‫ނ‬Νඵ͚Γ͑ͶӀ͖Ηͪ෱
5 mm ͹ϧ΢ϱͲɼ୊ 1 ϪʖϱΝঈ͚સϪʖϱͶΉ
ͪ͗ΖΓ͑ͶӀ͚ɽ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱΝ೟ࣟ͢Ώͤ͏Γ͑Ͷɼ֦Ϫʖϱϧ΢ϱͳϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ
͗ިࠫͤΖͤ͛घ઴͹Ϫʖϱϧ΢ϱ৏Ͷɼ5 mm ࢝๏Ͳ߶͠ 15 mm ҐԾ͹αʖϱֱ͖஬ɼͨ͹ଠన౲͵໪һΝ஖͚ɽαʖϱΏֱ஬͹৯ͺϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ
ΏϪʖϱϧ΢ϱ͹৯ͳҡ͵Ζ΍͹ͶͤΖ͹͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճҐ֐͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B - 3.1.2 (a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͳͺɼ̾Ͷͯ͏ͱͺࢂՅ NPC ͹߻қͶΓΕϪʖϱΝ࢘༽͢͵͏Ͳߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ 6 Ϫʖϱາຮ͹φϧρέͲͺɼ6 ਕͲ͹‫ڟ‬ૺΝՆ೵ͳͤΖͪΌͶήϩʖϕηνʖφΝ༽͏ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ͖͢͢‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 11 ͳ 12 ͲΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ҲॻͶૺΖ৖߻Ͷͺຌড়ߴͺన༽͢͵͏ɽ஭қ(iii)ʁϪʖϱΝૺΖझ໪Ͳɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη 11 ͳ 12ͲΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ҲॻͶૺΖ৖߻Ͷͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ
2 Ϫʖϱ͗༫͓ΔΗΖɽ
2 m φϧρέ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͳϓΡωρεϣϧ
΢ϱ. ୊ 1 Ϫʖϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱͺ‫ݬ‬ଉͳ͢ͱ௜ત
৏Ͷ͕͚΍͹ͳͤΖɽͨ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱ͹Ғ஖ͺɼ΍ͮͳ΍֐ଈ͹Ϫʖϱ͹ηνʖφϧ΢ϱʤ4 m ͹Ϫʖηʥ͗ώϱέܑౕࣾ 12 ౕҐԾ͹৖ॶͳͪ͑͢
͓Ͳ֮ఈͤΖɽबյφϧρέͶ͕͜Ζͤ΄ͱ͹Ϫʖη͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱͺɼ୊ 1 ϪʖϱͶઅͪ͜ηνʖφϧ΢ϱΝ
Ԉௗ͢ɼ֦Ϫʖϱϧ΢ϱͶ௜ֱͶӀ͚ɽαϟϱφʁφϧρέ͹ϜʖΫϱήͶ࢘༽ͤΖ৯ͺɼ
WA ཰৏‫ࢬٗڟ‬અϜωϣΠϩͶ‫؜‬ΉΗΖφϧρέϜ
ʖΫϱήϕϧϱͶࣖ͠ΗΖɽ୊

3 ড় φϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͜ΖϪʖϱ͹பમule 215༩મ
1. ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ϧΤϱχ਼ɼ֦ϧΤϱχͶ͕͜Ζ
ૌ਼ɼ֦ϧΤϱχ͹༩મ௪գं͹݀Ό๏ͺɼಝพ͵ࣆ৚͗͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ࣏͹නΝ࢘༽ͤΖɽφϧρέ‫ٗڟ‬Ͳ࣏͹ϧΤϱχ΃͹਒ड़ͺɼॳҒ(P)‫ى;ٶ‬࿧(T)ͳන
ࣖ͠ΗΖɽ

-12
13-1
1 -24
25-3
31-36
3 -42
43-4
4 -54
55-6

2  2  2
3  3  3        2  3
4  2  4        2  3
5  2  2        2  3
6  2  6        3  2
  2  4        3  2
  2  2        3  2
  2  6  4  3   2  3
1   2  4  4  3   2  3

15 m
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats Place
Time
12-1
2  3  3
1 -2
3  2  3
2 -36
4  2  1
3 -45
5  3  3        2  3  3
46-54
6  2  6        2  3  3
55-63
  2  4        2  3  3
The following alternative tables shall be used for the
specific class or class combination as denoted in therespective table. For class combination not entirely
covered by the below tables, the above regular tables shallnormally be applied, otherwise an appropriate table shallbe determined by the Technical Delegate.

࣏͹େ଺නͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹නͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏Ζಝఈ͹έϧηΉͪͺέϧη͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͶ࢘༽͠ΗΖɽҐԾ͹නͲ‫׮‬સͶΩώʖ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏έϧη͹ૌΊ߻ΚͦͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ௪৙ɼ৏‫ى‬͹௪৙͹න͗న༽͠ΗΖɽͨΗҐ֐͹৖߻ɼన઀͵නͺٗढ़େනͶΓͮͱ
݀ఈ͠ΗΖɽ

6 m 11-12
anes
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats PlaceTime
5-   2  1  2-12
3  1  1
13-16
4  1  4         2  1  2
1 -2
5  1           3  1  1
21-24
6  1  6         3  1  1
25-2
  1  5         3  1  1
2 -32
  1    4  1 4  2  1  2
2 mm
m 11-12 6 anes
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats PlaceTime
4-6  2  1  1-   3  1 
1 -12
4  1  2         2  1  2
13-15
5  1  1         2  1  2
16-1
6  1           2  1  2
15 m 11-12 6 anes
Declared First Round Second Round Semi-Finals
Entries eats Place Time eats Place Time eats PlaceTime
6-1
2  1  3
11-15
3  1  2
16-2
4  1  6         2  1  3
Note The above qualifying procedures are only valid for 6
lanes oval tracks and/or lanes straight tracks.
C MMENT For an outdoor competition with a track having
only 6 lanes this rule could be used for seeding andprogressions.

஭қʁ৏‫ى‬͹༩મ௪գं͹݀Ό๏ͺɼ6 Ϫʖϱ͹ବԃφϧρέ‫;ٶ‬ʙΉͪͺ Ϫʖϱ͹ηφϪʖφφϧρέ͹Ί༙ްͲ͍Ζɽαϟϱφʁ6 Ϫʖϱ͖͢͵͏φϧρέΝ࣍ͯԲ֐‫ڟ‬ٗճͲͺɼ͞͹ϩʖϩͺεʖχͳ༩મ௪գড়݇Ͷ࢘
༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ

Draw or anes
2. For all events run wholly or partly in lanes around a bend,
where there are successive rounds of a race, three draws
for lanes will be madea) ne for the two highest ranked athletes or teams todetermine placings in the outer two lanesb) Another for the third and fourth ranked athletes or teams
to determine placings in the next two lanesc) Another for the other athletes or teams to determine
placings in any remaining inner lanesd) The ranking referred to shall be determined as followsϪʖϱ͹பમ
2. Ҳͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Νસ໚దͶ͍Ζ͏ͺ෨෾దͶϪʖϱΝ༽͏Ζસͱ͹झ໪Ͳ෵਼͹ϧΤϱχ͗ߨΚΗΖ৖߻ɼ࣏͹ 3 ͯ͹Ϫʖϱ෾͗͜ߨΚΗΖɽa) ϧϱΫϱή͹৏Ғ 2 ਕ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ήͪͺ 2 οʖϞ͗Ҳ൬֐ଈ͹ 2 Ϫʖϱɽb) 3 ൬໪ͳ 4 ൬໪͹ϧϱέ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪοʖϞ࣏͗͹ 2 Ϫʖϱɽc) ࢔Ε͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞ಼͗ଈͶ࢔ͮͪϪʖϱɽd) ͞͞Ͳ࢘ΚΗΖϧϱΫϱήͺ࣏͹Γ͑Ͷ݀ఈ͠120e) For the first round, from the relevant list of valid
performances achieved during the predetermined periodf) After the first round, in accordance with the procedures
identified in Rule 21.3 (a) or in the case ofm, Rule 21.3(b).
3. For all other races, the lane order shall be drawn inaccordance with Rules 21.4 and 21.5.
C MMENT Where tracks have a different configuration oflanes, then the tables to be used should be adapted either
in the specific Technical Regulations for the competition or
if not by the Technical delegate(s) or theCΗΖɽe) ༩મϧΤϱχ͹৖߻ɼ݀ΌΔΗͪ‫ؔغ‬஦Ͷୣ੔ͪࣙ͢‫ىހ‬࿧͹ϨηφΝཤ༽ͤΖɽf) ࠹ॵ͹ϧΤϱχ‫ޛ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 21.3(a)͹घକ͘Ͳɼm ‫Ͳૺڟ‬ͺ‫و‬ଉ 21.3(b)͹घକ͘ͶΓΕߨ͑ɽ
3. ͨ͹ଠ͹झ໪͹৖߻ɼϪʖϱॳͺ‫و‬ଉ 21.4 ‫;ٶ‬21.5 Ͷॊͮͱ݀ఈΝͤΖɽ
αϟϱφʁφϧρέ͹Ϫʖϱߑ੔͗ҡ͵Ζ৖߻ɼ࢘༽ͤΖτʖϔϩͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹ಝఈ͹ٗढ़‫و‬ఈͶన߻
ͤΖ͖ɼٗढ़େනΉͪͺक࠷ंͶΓͮͱన߻͠ΗΖ
චགྷ͍͗Ζɽ

ule
pi e ength (Rule 216)
When a competition is conducted on a synthetic surface,that part of each spike which projects from the sole or theheel shall not exceed 6mm (or as required by theC)subject always to the maxima provided in Rule 6.4.

୊ড় ηϏ΢έ͹ௗ͠ule 216‫ۼ༽ٗڟ‬͹‫ۼ‬ఊΉͪͺ᪞͖Δಧ͘ड़ͪ͢෨෾͹֦ηϏ΢έ͹ௗ͠ͺ 6mmʤ͍Ζ͏ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹क࠷ं͗གྷ
‫ͪ͢ٽ‬ௗ͠ʥΝ௔͓ͱͺ͵Δͥɼ‫و‬ଉ 6.4 ͶఈΌΖ੉๑͹৏‫ݸ‬Ͷॊ͑ɽule 5 elaaces (Rule 21 )onduct o the aces
1. In the 4x2 m relay race all the first leg and the first bendof the second leg up to the nearer edge of the break line
described in Rule 42.6 shall be run in lanes. Each takeover
one shall be 2 m long and the second, third and fourth
athletes shall start within this one.
2. The 4x4 m relay race shall be run according to Rule42.6 (b).
3. The 4x
m relay race shall be run according to Rule42.6 (c).
4. In relay races where athletes are permitted to leave theirrespective lanes on entering the straight after running twoor three bends in lanes, the layout for the echelon start isdescribed in Rule 42.
5. The waiting athletes in the third and fourth legs of the
4x2 m relay race, in the second, third and fourth legs ofthe 4x4 m and the 4x
m relay race shall, under the
direction of a designated official, place themselves in their
waiting position in the same order (inside to out) as theorder of their respective team members as they enter thelast bend. nce the incoming athletes have passed thispoint, the waiting athletes shall maintain their order, andshall not exchange positions at the beginning of the takeover one. If an athlete does not follow this Rule, his teamshall be disqualified.
Note wing to the narrow lanes, indoor relay races aremuch more liable to collisions and unintended obstruction
than outdoor relay races. It is, therefore, recommended
that, when possible, a spare lane should be left between
each team.

୊ 5 ড় ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬ule 21ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬͹ࣰࢬ
1. 4 2 m ϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼͤ΄ͱ͹୊ 1 ૺंͳ୊2 ૺं͹୊ 1 ‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ͕͏ͱ‫و‬ଉ 42.6 Ͷफ़΄ͪϔϪ΢έϧ΢ϱ͹घ઴ΉͲͺɼ֦ࣙ͹ϪʖϱΝૺΖɽ୊
2ɼ୊ 3ɼ୊ 4 ૺंͺɼ൶Δ͹τ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱ͹֐ଈ͖ΔૺΕड़͢ͱͺ͵Δͥɼμʖϱ͹஦͖Δηνʖφ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
2. 4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 42.6(b)Ͷॊ͑ɽ
3. 4
̾ϨϪʖ͹৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ 42.6(c)Ͷॊ͑ɽ
4. ϨϪʖͶ͕͏ͱɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϫʖϱ಼Ͳ 2 ͯΉͪ
ͺ 3 ͯ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Νૺͮͪ‫ޛ‬ɼηφϪʖφͶ೘఼ͮͪ࣎Ͳ֦ϪʖϱΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼΦ֌ஊয়ηνʖφ͹Ϫ΢ΠΤφͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 42.6(c)Ͷ‫ࡎى‬͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
5. 4 2 ̾ϨϪʖ͹୊ 3ʀ୊ 4 ૺंɼ4 4 ̾ϨϪʖ‫ ;ٶ‬4̾ϨϪʖ͹୊ 2ʀ୊ 3ʀ୊ 4 ૺंͳ͢ͱଶ‫͏ͱ͢ؽ‬Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼ୴౲ༀҽ͹ࢨࣖ͹΍ͳɼ֦ࣙ͹οʖϞ͗௜ۛ͹‫ૺۄ‬࿑Ͷ਒೘ͪ͢͹ͳಋͣॳ൬Ͳʤ಼ଈ͖Δ֐ଈ΃ʥଶ‫ͤؽ‬ΖɽંۛͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͗͞͹ஏ఼Ν௪գͪ͢͵Δͻɼଶ‫ॳؽ‬Νң࣍͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δɼτ΢έʀΨʖώʖʀμʖϱ͹఼ًͶ͕͏ͱଶ‫ॳؽ‬Νި‫ͱ͢׷‬ͺ͏͜͵͏ɽ͞͹‫و‬ଉͶॊΚ͵͜Ηͻɼ౲֚οʖϞͺ֪ࣨͳͤΖɽ஭қʁ಼࣪͹ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼ‫͏ڳ‬Ϫʖϱ͹ͪΌͶɼԲ֐͹ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬ΓΕ΍ুಧΏඉқਦద๨֒͗ඉ৙
Ͷਫ਼ͣΏͤ͏ɽͨΗΑ͓ɼՆ೵͵Δͻ‫͘ۯ‬͹Ϫʖϱ֦͗οʖϞ͹ؔͶ͍Ζ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽ

ule 6 igh ump(Rule 21 )unwa and a eArea
1. If portable mats are used, all references in the Rules tothe level of the take-off area must be constructed as
referring to the level of the top surface of the mat.
2. An athlete may start his approach on the banking of theoval track provided that the last 15m of his run up is on a
runway complying with Rules 26.3, Rule 26.4 and Rule
26.5.
ule
ori ontal umps
(Rule 221)
unwa
An athlete may start his approach on the banking of theoval track provided that the last 4 m of his run up is on a
runway complying with Rules 2 .1and Rule 2 .2.
ule
hot ut(Rule 222)
anding ector
1. The landing sector shall consist of some suitablematerial on which the shot will make an imprint, but which
will minimise any bounce.

121୊ 6 ড় ૺ߶௕ule 21ঁૺ࿑‫;ٶ‬ಁ઀৖ॶ
1. Ңಊࣞ͹ঁૺ༽ϜρφΝ࢘༽ͤΖ৖߻ͺɼಁ઀৖ॶ͹ਭฑͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉ͹಼༲ͺϜρφ͹৏෨න໚Ν͢ͱਭฑ͖ʹ͖͑մएͤΖɽ
2. ঁૺ࿑͹࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 15m ͗‫و‬ଉ 26.3ɼ26.4 ‫ ;ٶ‬26.5
Ͷన߻͢ͱ͏Ηͻɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺबյφϧρέ͹ώϱέ
͖ΔঁૺΝ֋࢟͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽড় ௗ͠͹௕༄
ule 221୊ঁૺ࿑ঁૺ࿑͹࠹‫ޛ‬͹ 4 m ͗‫و‬ଉ 2 .1 ‫ ;ٶ‬2 .2 Ͷన߻͢ͱ͏Ηͻɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺबյφϧρέ͹ώϱέ͖Δঁૺ
Ν֋࢟͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽড় ๔‫؛‬౦ule 222୊஥ஏ৖ॶ
1. ஥ஏ৖ॶͺɼ๔‫؛‬͹ࠡ੽͗ͯ͘ɼҲ๏Ͳͨ͹ͺͥΊ͗࠹ঘͳ͵ΖΓ͑͵ࡒ࣯ͳͤΖɽ
2. ؏‫ٮ‬ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સΝ֮ฯͤΖͪΌͶɼචགྷͶԢͣͱγʖέϩ͹௜͖ۛΔɼ஥ஏۢҮ͹ԗҒ୼ͳྈଈͺ๹ࢯࡦ͍Ζ͏ͺ๹‫ޤ‬ϋρφͲҕΚΗ

2. The landing sector shall be enclosed at the far end andon the two sides, as close to the circle as may benecessary for safety of the other athletes and officials, bya stop barrier and protective netting of approximately 4mheight which should stop a shot whether in flight orbouncing from the landing surface.
3. In view of the limited space inside an indoor Field of play,
the area enclosed by the stop barrier may not be large
enough to include a full 34. 2 sector. The following
conditions shall apply to any such restrictiona) The stop barrier at the far end shall be at least .5 m
beyond the current World Record in Shot Put for men or
womenb) The sector lines on either side shall be symmetricalabout the centre line of the 34. 2 sectorc) The sector lines may either run radially from the centreof the Shot Put circle including a full 34. 2 sector, or may
be parallel to each other and the centre line of the
34. 2 sector. Where the sector lines are parallel, theminimum separation of the two sector lines shall be m.
C MMENT It is recommended that the stop barrier /protective netting on either side should be extended
towards the circle so that it starts within m of it and thatfor the length of these extensions, the height of the netting
should be at least 5m.

ͱ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽඊཔͤΖ๔‫؛‬Ώ஥ஏ৖ॶͲ
ώΤϱχͪ͢๔‫؛‬ΝࢯΌΖͪΌͶै෾͵ϋρφ͹࠹ఁ߶ͺ 4m Ͳ͍Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
3. ಼࣪‫ٗڟ‬৖͹‫ݸ‬ΔΗͪ‫ؔۯ‬Νߡྂ͢ͱɼ๹ࢯࡦ
ͶΓͮͱҕΉΗͪ৖ॶͺ 34. 2 ౕ͹ખ‫ܙ‬સ෨Ν‫؜‬΋߁͠Ͳ͵͚ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ࣏͹ড়݇ͺͨ͹Γ͑͵੏‫ݸ‬Ͷన༽ͤΖɽa) γʖέϩ͖Δ౦͝Ζ๏޴͹ଈ͹๹ࢯࡦͺɼ஋ঃ͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ΓΕ 5 mm ཯Ηͱ͏ΗͻΓ͏ɽb) ྈଈ͹ખ‫ܙ‬ϧ΢ϱͺɼ34. 2 ౕ͹ખ‫ܙ‬͹஦ৼતͳࠪӊଲসͶͤΖɽc) ખ‫ܙ‬ϧ΢ϱΝγʖέϩ஦ৼ͖Δ 34. 2 ౕ͹ֱౕͲ๎ࣻয়ͶӀ͏ͱ‫׮‬સ͵Ζ஥ஏ৖ॶΝઅ͜ͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼ΍͑Ҳͯ͹๏๑ͳ͢ͱྈଈ͹ϧ΢ϱΝ஦ৼતͶฑߨͶ͢ͱΓ͏ɽϧ΢ϱΝฑߨͶͤΖͶ͍ͪͮͱͺɼ૔๏͹ϧ΢ϱؔ͹‫཯ړ‬ͺ࠹ঘ m Ͳ͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁྈଈ͹ంࢯ্ป/ฯ‫ޤ‬ϋρφͺɼγʖέϩ͖Δ m Ґ಼Ͳ࢟ΉΖΓ͑ͶγʖέϩͶ޴͖ͮͱԈௗ͢ɼ͞ΗΔ͹Ԉௗ͹ௗ͠Ͷͯ͏ͱͺɼϋρφ͹߶͠Νঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 5m ͶͤΖ͞ͳ͗ਬও͠Ηͱ͏Ζɽ

4. For Seated Throw Shot Put Events, a stop board is notnecessary. For these classes, the use of a movable
platform at a suitable place in the indoor area is allowed.

4. ࠴Ғ๔‫؛‬౦‫ٗڟ‬͹৖߻ͺɼηφρϕϚʖχͺචགྷ͵͏ɽ͞ΗΔ͹έϧηͲͺɼԲ಼͹న౲͵৖ॶͶՆಊࣞ͹ୈΝ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖɽonstruction o the hot
5. Depending on the type of landing area (see Rule 4 .1),
the shot shall be either solid metal or metal cased or,alternatively, soft plastic or rubber casing with a suitablefilling. Both types of shot may not be used in the same
competition.

๔‫؛‬͹ߑଆ
5. ஥ஏ৖ॶʤ‫و‬ଉ 4 .1 ࢂলʥ͹ߑଆͶΓͮͱɼ๔‫؛‬ͺߙ͏ۜ଒͖ɼۜ଒Ν͖΁ͦͪ΍͹ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺన઀͵٩Ό෼Νͪ͢ೊΔ͖͏ϕϧητΡρέΉͪͺϧώʖͲ෶ͮͪ΍͹ͳͤΖɽྈν΢ϕ͹๔‫؛‬ΝಋҲ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽolid Metal or Metal ased hot
6. These shall comply with Rule 31.4 and Rule 31.5, for the
Shot Put outdoors.
lastic or ubber ased hot. The shot shall have a soft plastic or rubber case with asuitable filling such that no damage shall be caused when
landing on a normal sports hall floor. It shall be spherical inshape and its surface finish shall be smooth.
Information for manufacturers to be smooth, the surface
average height must be less than 1.6 m, i.e., a roughness
number N or less.
. The shot shall conform to the following specifications

oad

AD A
aces (Rule 24 )ulereambleIn the case of mass participation events held outside thestadium, these rules should normally only be applied in fullto those athletes, if any, who are designated as taking partin the elite or other defined section of the races such as
age group categories for which there are placings forawards or pri es. Race organisers should outline in theinformation provided to other athletes which other rules will
apply to their participation, particularly those pertaining to122ߙ͏ۜ଒Ήͪͺۜ଒Ν͖΁ͦͪ๔‫؛‬
6. ͞ΗΔ͹๔‫؛‬ͺɼԲ֐͹๔‫؛‬౦Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉ
31.4ɼ31.5 ͹࢕༹ͳಋҲͳͤΖɽ
ϕϧητΡρέΉͪͺϧώʖͲ෶ͮͪ๔‫؛‬. ๔‫؛‬ͺɼ௪৙͹ηϛʖςϙʖϩ͹জͶ஥ஏ͢ͱ΍ഃଝ͢͵͏Γ͑Ͷɼೊ࣯͹ϕϧηορέΉͪͺβϞ੣͹ίʖηͶన౲͵ैల෼Ν೘Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ܙ‬য়ͺ‫Ͳܙځ‬ɼන໚͹࢕৏͝ͺ‫׊‬Δ͖Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ੣ଆं޴͜৚ๅʁฑ‫͍Ͳ׊‬ΖͪΌͶͺɼන໚͹ฑ‫ۋ‬
߶͗͠ 1.6 m ҐԾɼͤ͵Κͬ૊͠൬ߺ N ҐԾͲ͍
Ζ͞ͳɽ ๔‫؛‬ͺҐԾ͹࢕༹Ͷన߻ͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ. ๔‫؛‬ͺҐԾ͹‫֪و‬ͶΓΖɽ

୊ 6 ෨ ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬୊ড় ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬ule 2઴ช‫ٗڟ‬৖͹֐ͲߨΚΗΖ୉ྖࢂՅ‫ٗڟܗ‬͹৖߻ɼ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼ௪৙ɼΦϨʖφΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹ఈٝ͠Ηͪιέεϥϱ͹ϪʖηͶࢂՅͤΖͳࢨఈ͠Ηͱ͏
Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼྭ͓ͻɼৈΏৈۜ͹ͪΌ͹ॳҒ͗અఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ೧ྺพΩτβϨʖ͵ʹͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ͹Ίɼ‫׮‬સͶన༽͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽϪʖηૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ఑‫͠ڛ‬ΗΖ৚ๅ͹஦Ͳɼଠ͹ϩʖϩ͗‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࢂՅͶన༽͠ΗΖ΍͹ɼಝͶtheir safety.
Distances
1. The standard distances for men and women shall be
1 km, alf-Marathon, Marathon (42.1 5km).

‫ंٗڟ‬͹҈સͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ΍͹Ν֕ઈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫཯ړ‬1. ஋ঃ͹ඬ६ͳ͵Ζ‫཯ړ‬ͺ 1 kmɼύʖϓϜϧλϱ
‫;ٶ‬Ϝϧλϱʤ42.1 5kmʥͳͤΖɽ

ourse
2. The races shall be conducted on made-up roads.
owever, when traffic or similar circumstances make it
unsuitable, the course, duly marked, may be on a bicycle
path or footpath alongside the road, but not on soft groundsuch as grass verges or the like. The start and finish may
be within an athletic Field of play.
Note (i) It is recommended that, for road races staged overstandard distances, the start and finish points, measured
along a theoretical straight line between them should not
be further apart than 5of the race distance.
Note (ii) It is acceptable for the start, finish and othersegments of the race, except for the wheelchair events, tobe conducted on grass or other non-paved surfaces. Thesesegments shall be kept to a minimum.
3. The course shall be measured along the shortest
possible route that an athlete could follow within the sectionof the road permitted for use in the race.
In all IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)) the measurement line should be marked along
the course in a distinctive colour that cannot be mistaken
for other markings.
The length of the course shall not be less than the official
distance for the event. At IPC Games and IPC
Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)), theuncertainty in the measurement shall not exceed .1(i.e., 42m for the Marathon) and the length of the courseshould have been certified in advance by a World Athletics
approved course measurer.
Note (i) For measurement, the Calibrated Bicycle
Method shall be used.
Note (ii) To prevent a course from being found to be
shorter than the official race distance on future remeasurement, it is recommended that a short course
prevention factor be built in when laying out the course.
For bicycle measurements this factor should be .1
which means that each km on the course will have ameasured length of 1 1m.
Note (iii) If it is intended that parts of the course on race
day will be defined by the use of non-permanent equipment
such as cones, barricades, etc. their positioning shall bedecided not later than the time of the measurement and the
documentation of such decisions shall be included in themeasurement report.
Note (iv) It is recommended that for Road Races staged
over standard distances, the overall decrease in elevation
between the start and finish should not exceed 1 1,
i.e., 1m per km ( .1 ).
Note (v) A course measurement certificate is valid for five
years, after which the course shall be re-measured evenwhen there are no obvious changes to it.
4. The distance in kilometres on the route shall be
displayed to all athletes.

αʖη2. ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬ͺޮ೟ௗ‫ૺڟ཯ړ‬࿑ΝૺΖɽި௪ྖΏͨΗͳಋͣΓ͑͵ࣆ৚Ͳ෈న౲͵࣎ͺɼૺ࿑Νਜ਼͚͢නࣖ͢ͱ֐ଈͶԌ͑ࣙ఺ऄಕΏิಕΝૺͮͱ΍Γ͏͗ɼࣵਫ਼ஏΏͨΗͶྪͤΖौΔ͖͏ౖͲͺ͏͜͵͏ɽηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣஏ఼ͺ‫ٗڟ‬৖಼Ͷ஖͚͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁඬ६‫཯ړ‬͹ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣ͹ 2 ఼ؔ͹௜ત͹‫཯ړ‬ͺɼͨ͹Ϫʖη͹સ‫཯ړ‬͹ 5 ˍҐԾͳͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)1ʁϪʖη͹ηνʖφɼϓΡωρεϣɼͨ͹ଠ͹͏͖͵Ζۢؔ΍ɼࣵͨ͹ଠ͹າะૹ࿑Ͳߨ͑͞ͳ
͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ͑ͪۢؔ͢͞ͺ࠹ঘ‫ݸ‬ͶͳʹΌΖɽ
3. αʖηͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹࢘༽͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖಕ࿑ͳ͢ͱۢ
෾͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖ॶ͹࠹୻‫཯ړ‬Ν଎ఈͤΖɽαʖη͹ௗ͠ͺझ໪͹ޮࣞ‫཯ړ‬ΓΕ୻͚ͱͺ͏͜͵͏ɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫;ٶ‬(b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ଎ఈતΝଠ͹ϜʖΫϱήͳؔҩ͓͵͏Γ͑Ͷಝ༙͹৯ͲαʖηͶԌͮͱϜʖέ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫;ٶ‬(b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͜Ζ଎ఈ‫ڒࠫޣ‬༲൥ҕͺɼસௗ͹ .1ˍʤͤ͵ΚͬɼϜϧλϱͺ 42mʥΓΕௗ͚͵ͮͱͺ͵Δͥɼαʖη͹ௗ͠ͺɼWA ޮ೟αʖη‫ܯ‬଎ҽͶΓͮͱࣆ઴Ͷ֮೟͠Ηͱ͏Ζ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁ଎ఈͺʰࣙ఺ऄ͹յ఺଎ఈ‫ح‬ʱͶΓͮͱߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ޛ‬ೖ࠸‫ܯ‬଎ͪ͢ࡏͶαʖη͹ޮࣞ‫཯ړ‬ΓΕ୻͖ͮͪͳ͏͑͞ͳ͹͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖͪΌʰαʖη୻ঘ๹ࢯϓΟένʖʱΝͳΕ೘Ηͱ଎ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ɽࣙ఺ऄͶΓΖ‫ܯ‬଎͹৖߻ɼ͞͹ϓΟένʖͺ .1ˍͳ͢ɼ֦ 1km ͹‫ܯ‬଎Ν 1 1m ͳ͢ͱ଎ఈͤΖɽ
஭қ(iii)ʁϪʖη౲ೖͶαʖη͹Ҳ෨ΝιϓτΡαʖϱΏώϨίʖχ͵ʹͶΓͮͱۢ෾ͤΖ৖߻ɼͨΗΔ
͹અ஖৖ॶͶͯ͏ͱͺɼ଎ఈ͗ߨΚΗΖ࣎‫غ‬ΉͲͶ݀ఈ͢ɼͨ͹݀ఈΝॽ໚Ͷ͢ͱɼ଎ఈๅࠄॽͶ‫ࡎى‬͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(iv)ʁඬ६‫཯ړ‬͹ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣஏ఼͹ 2 ఼ؔ͹ඬ߶͹‫ݰ‬ঙͺસରͳ
͢ͱ 1෾͹ 1km Ν௔͓͵͏͞ͳ͗๮Ή͢͏ʤͤ͵Κͬ 1km ͍ͪΕ 1mʤ .1 ʥʥɽ஭қ(v)ʁαʖη͹଎ఈৄ໎ॽͺ 5 ೧༙ؔްͲɼͨ͹‫ޛ‬ͺαʖηͶรߍ͗͵͚ͱ΍࠸‫ܯ‬଎͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
4. ૺ࿑͹౏஦‫཯ړ‬ͺɼᶵͲ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷනࣖ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

tart
5. The races shall be started by the firing of a gun, cannon,
air horn or like device. The commands and procedure forraces longer than 4 m shall be used. In races which
include a large number of athletes, five-minute, threeminute and one-minute warnings before the start of therace should be given. n the command n your marks ,the athletes shall assemble on the start line in the manner
determined by the
C. The Starter shall ensure that no
athlete has his foot (or any part of his body) or the front
wheel (classes T33-34 and T51-54) touching the start lineor the ground in front of it, and shall then start the race.
C MMENT As for middle and long distance Track Events,
it is emphasised for events held outside the stadium that
Starters and Referees should avoid being over- ealous inηνʖφ
5. Ϫʖηͺ৶ߺ‫ح‬ɼ୉๔ʀΦΠϙʖϱɼͨ͹ଠྪࣇ͹‫حؽ‬͹൅ࣻͲ֋࢟ͤΖɽͨ͹߻ਦͺ 4 m Ν௔͓Ζ‫͏༽Ͳૺڟ‬Ζ๏๑Ͳߨ͑ɽࢂՅं͹ଡ͏ϪʖηͲͺɼηνʖφ 5 ෾઴ɼ3 ෾઴ɼ1 ෾઴͹߻ਦΝͤ΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽʰҒ஖Ͷͯ͏ͱʤ n your marksʥʱ͹߻ਦͲɼ
‫ंٗڟ‬ͺૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗ఈΌͪ๏๑Ͳηνʖφϧ΢ϱͶॄ߻͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽηνʖνʖͺ‫ڟ‬ٗं͹ଏΏର͹Ҳ෨Ήͪͺ઴ྡྷʤέϧη T33-34ɼ
T51-54ʥ͗ηνʖφϧ΢ϱΏͨ͹઴͹ஏ໚ͶৰΗͱ͏͵͏͞ͳΝ֮೟͓ͪ͑͢ͲɼϪʖηΝηνʖφͦ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ஦ʀௗ‫཯ړ‬͹φϧρέझ໪ಋ༹Ͷɼ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐झ໪Ͳ΍ɼηνʖνʖ‫৻;ٶ‬൓ௗͺɼηνʖφ‫و‬ଉ͹෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹న༽Ͷ͍ͪΕɼգ৔Ͷ͵ΔΓ123

the application of the false start Rules to such events.
Recalling starts in road races and other outside events canbe difficult, and in large fields impractical, in any case.
owever, where there is a clear and wilful breach, theReferee should not hesitate to consider appropriate action
in respect of an individual either during or after the race.
owever, in major events, where the start mechanism
malfunctions and it is clear or possible that the timing
system may not have started a recall where practical might
be the best option.

͑‫ک‬௒͠ΗΖɽಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬Ώͨ͹ଠ͹‫ٗڟ‬৖֐झ໪Ͳɼ
ηνʖφ͹‫;ݼ‬໯͢ͺࠖೋͲ͍ΕɼʹΞ͵৖߻Ͳ΍୉‫و‬ໝ͵ࢂՅंͶଲ͢ͱͺࣰ༽దͲͺ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼ
໎͖֮ͯ‫ބ‬қ͹ҩൕ͍͗Ζ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼϪʖη஦ΉͪͺϪʖη‫ޛ‬Ͷ‫ݺ‬ਕͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζన઀͵ી஖Ν‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖ͞ͳΝ᪵᪱͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼकགྷ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼηνʖφʀϟΩωθϞ͗‫ޣ‬ಊࡠ͢ɼν΢ϝϱήʀεητϞ͗ηνʖφ͢͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼ‫;ݼ‬໯͗͢࠹ྒྷ͹મ୔ࢸͳ͵ΖՆ೵੓΍͍Ζɽ

Note (i) In Road races, ambulant athletes may start
together, but will be ranked by the finishing time according
to the eligible sport class(es) of each event.
Note (ii) In Road races, wheelchair athletes will startaccording to the decision of the Technical Delegate for the
event, but will be ranked by the finishing time according to
the eligible sport class(es) of each event.
Note (iii) Seeding for Wheelchair Road Races should beby Sports Class, Seed Time and Gender (i.e., T54/34
Males should be seeded in the front row/s, then T54/34
Females, then T52/33/51 Males and then the T52/33/51
Females). The start of each Sports Class event/division
should be separated by intervals of a minimum 3 seconds.
Note (iv) The seeding grid for each Sports Class
event/division should position the 1 seeded athlete at thecentre position in the front row of the grid with 2 and 3
placed on their right and left, 4 and 5 on their right andleft and so on (See Figure 25).
Note (v) In the case of events starting outside the stadium,the start line may be up to .3m in width and made of any
colour contrasting distinctively with the surface of the startarea.
C MMENT For IPC Games and IPC Competitions and
WPA Sanctioned Competitions (3.12 (a) - (c)), at least, thebasis of seeding should be by the best valid time achievedby each athlete during the pre-determined period. This
period will be specified in the Technical Regulations or in
the document setting out the entry conditions andstandards for the competition. Where there is no suchspecification, then the Technical Delegate(s) together withthe
C should decide the basis on which the seeding will
be determined. For World Para Athletics Approved
Competitions (3.1.2 (d)) the seeding and seeding grid shallbe agreed between the Technical Delegate (if appointed)
and theC.

஭қ(i)ʁಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼཱིҒ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺҲॻͶηνʖφΝ͘Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͗ɼ஥ॳͺ֦झ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηຘ͹‫ى‬࿧Ͷॊ͏݀ఈͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼऄ͏ͤ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֦झ໪͟ͳ
Ͷٗढ़େන͗݀ఈͪ͢๏๑Ͷॊ͏ηνʖφͤΖ͗ɼ஥ॳͺ֦झ໪͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧηຘ͹‫ى‬࿧Ͷॊ͏݀ఈͤ
Ζɽ஭қ(iii)ʁऄҞࢢಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹εʖχͺ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηɼεʖχν΢Ϟɼ੓พͶΓΖ΍͹ͳͤΖ (ͤ͵Κͬɼ
T54/34 ͹஋੓ͺ࠹઴྽ɼT54/34 ͹ঃ੓ɼT52/33/51
͹஋੓ɼT52/33/51 ͹ঃ੓͹ॳͶεʖχ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζ)ɽ֦‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹झ໪ʀۢ෾͹ηνʖφͺ࠹ఁͲ΍ 3 භ͹ֶؔΝ͍͜Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қ(iv)ʁ֦‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹‫ٗڟ‬ճʙۢ෾͹εʖχʀήϨρχͺɼ1 ൬໪͹εʖχ‫ंٗڟ‬ΝήϨρχ͹࠹઴྽͹஦ԟͶ஖͘ɼ2 ൬໪ͳ 3 ൬໪ΝӊͳࠪͶɼ4 ൬
໪ͳ 5 ൬໪ΝӊͳࠪͶഓ஖ͤΖʤਦ 25 ࢂলʥɽ஭қ(v)ʁ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲηνʖφͤΖझ໪͹৖߻ɼην
ʖφʀϧ΢ϱ͹෱ͺ .3m ΉͲͲɼͨ͹৯ͺηνʖφΦϨΠ͹ಕ࿑໚ͳͺͮ͘ΕۢพͲ͘Ζ৯͵ΔͻՁͲ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφ IPC ΰʖϞθͳ IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(3.12(a) -(c))Ͳͺɼঙ͵͚ͳ΍ࣆ઴Ͷ݀ΌΔΗͪ‫ؔغ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ୣ੔ͪ͢࠹߶༙ް‫ى‬࿧Ν‫ݫ‬ͶεʖυΡϱήΝߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ͞͹‫ؔغ‬ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫و‬ଉΏΦϱφϨʖড়݇Ώ‫خ‬६ΝఈΌͪชॽͶ໎‫͠ى‬ΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ͞͹Γ͑͵ఈΌΔΗͪ΍͹͗͵͏৖߻ɼٗढ़େනͳૌ৭җҽճ͗‫ڢ‬٠͹৏ɼεʖχ๏๑Ν݀ఈͤΖɽWPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ(3.1.2(d))Ͳɼ
(೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻)ٗढ़େනͳक࠷ं͗εʖχ๏๑Ͷ߻қ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

Figure 25
Races

Example of Seeding Grid for Wheelchair RoadC MMENT Establishing the starting positions is not asimportant tactically for a half-marathon or marathon, or any
mass road race in reality, however it is important to theathletes that proper recognition be given. The above is an
example only, but the importance of the first two rows isparamount.

αϟϱφʁύʖϓϜϧλϱΏϜϧλϱɼࣰࡏͶͺʹΞ͵ϜηϫʖχϪʖηͲ΍ɼηνʖφҒ஖Ν݀ΌΖ͞ͳͺકढ़దͶͺͨΗΆʹ॑གྷͲͺ͵͏͗ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷͳͮͱͺన઀͵೟ࣟ͗༫͓ΔΗΖ͞ͳ͗॑གྷͲ͍
Ζɽ৏‫ى‬ͺҲྭͲ͍Ζ͗ɼ࠹ॵ͹ 2 ྽͹॑གྷ੓͗࠹
΍॑གྷͲ͍Ζɽ

he inish
6. In the case of events finishing outside the stadiuma) the finish line may be up to .3 m in width and may beof any colour contrasting distinctively with the surface ofϓΡωρεϣ
6. ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ͲϓΡωρεϣͤΖ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼa) ϓΡωρεϣʀϧ΢ϱ͹෱ͺ .3m ΉͲͲɼͨ͹124

the finish area.
b) In races for athletes in Sports Classes T11 and T12
competing with a guide-runner the athlete must cross thefinish line in front of the guide-runner or the athlete will bedisqualified.In races for athletes in Sports Classes T11 andT12 competing with a guide-runner the athlete must crossthe finish line in front of the guide-runner or the athlete will
be disqualified.

৯ͺϓΡωρεϣΦϨΠ͹ಕ࿑໚ͳͺͮ͘ΕۢพͲ
͘Ζ৯͵ΔͻՁͲ΍Γ͏ɽb) ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11ɼT12 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψ
ʖͳ‫͑ڟ‬ϪʖηͲͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹઴ͲϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱΝ௪գ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼͨ͑Ͳ͵͏৖߻ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ

a et
. The
C of Road Races shall ensure the safety ofathletes and officials. At IPC Games and IPC Competitions(see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) and (b)), theC shall ensure thatthe roads used for the competition are closed to motorised
traffic in all directions҈સ. ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬͹ૌ৭җҽճ( C ) ͺɼ‫ڟ;ٶंٗڟ‬ٗༀҽ͹҈સΝ֮ฯ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽIPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 (a) ‫( ;ٶ‬b)ࢂ
ল)Ͷ֚౲ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲͺɼ C ͺಕ࿑Νસ໚ऄྈ௪ߨࢯͶ͢ͱɼࣙಊऄ͹௪ߨΝअஇ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽDrin ing
ponging and e reshment tations. Except for wheelchair eventsa) Water and other suitable refreshments shall be available
at the start and finish of all racesb) For all events, water shall be available at suitableintervals of approximately 5km. For events longer than
1 km, refreshments other than water may be madeavailable at these points
Note (i) Where conditions warrant, taking into account thenature of the event, the weather conditions and the state offitness of the majority of the competitors, water and/or
refreshments may be placed at more regular intervals
along the route.
Note (ii) Mist stations may also be arranged, when
considered appropriate under certain organisational and/or
climatic conditions.
C MMENT If mist stations are in place, they shall not spanover the entire width of the course. This is to allow for someathletes to run or wheel without getting wet. It is very
important to note that many wheelchair racers typically do
not like mist stations because push rims and gloves might
get wet and therefore hamper propulsion.
c) Refreshments may include drinks, energy supplements,
foodstuffs or any other item other than water. The
C willdetermine which refreshments it will provide based onprevailing conditionsd) Refreshments will normally be provided by theC, butit may permit athletes (and their guide-runners) to provide
their own refreshments, in which case the athlete shallnominate at which stations they shall be made available tothe athlete. Refreshments provided by the athletes (andtheir guide-runners) shall be kept under the supervision of
officials designated by the
C from the time that therefreshments are lodged by the athletes or theirrepresentatives. Those officials shall ensure that therefreshments are not altered or tampered with in any waye) TheC shall delineate, by barriers, tables or markings
on the ground, the area from which refreshments can bereceived or collected. It should not be directly in the line of
the measured route. Refreshments shall be placed so thatthey are easily accessible to, or may be put by authorised
persons into the hands of, the athletes (and/or his guiderunner). Such persons shall remain inside the designatedarea and not enter the course nor obstruct any athlete. No
officials shall, under any circumstances, move beside anathlete while he is taking refreshment or waterf) In IPC Games and IPC Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2(a) and (b)), a maximum of two officials per Country may
be stationed behind the area designated for their country
at any one time
Note For an event in which a Country may be represented
by more than three athletes, the Technical Regulations may
allow additional officials at the refreshment tables.
C MMENT The revisions to Rule 4 adopted in 2 11
included a harmonisation of the provisions within the rules
pertaining to outside events, where this was logical and inaccordance with practice. As a result, specific provision
was made for the first time in this rule to cover team officials
and refreshment tables.

ਭʀηϛϱζ‫;ٶ‬Ӂৱ෼‫ॶڇڛ‬. ऄ͏ͤझ໪Νঈ͘a) ਭͨ͹ଠ͹Ӂৱ෼ͺηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣஏ఼Ͷ༽қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) સͱ͹झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ༁ 5 ᶵֶؔͲ‫ڇ‬ਭॶΝઅ͜Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ1 ᶵΝ௔͓Ζझ໪͹৖߻ɼਭҐ֐͹Ӂৱ෼΍‫ڇ‬ਭॶͲ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁझ໪͹ಝ੓ɼ‫ـ‬েড়݇ɼ୉ଡ਼͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹݊߃য়‫ڱ‬ΝಁΉ͓චགྷ੓͗೟ΌΔΗΖ৖߻ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ϩʖ
φԌ͏ͶҲఈֶؔͲΓΕଡ͚͹ਭʀӁৱ෼‫ॶڇڛ‬Ν
અ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫ـ‬েয়‫ڱ‬ͶΓͮͱͺର੐͗੖͓ΔΗΖ৖߻Ͷɼϝηφητʖεϥϱ΍༽қ͢ͱྒྷ͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁϝηφητʖεϥϱΝઅ஖ͤΖ৖߻ɼೠΗͥͶૺΕͪ͏‫ंٗڟ‬΍͏ΖͪΌɼαʖη͹෱સରΝ෶Κ͵͏Γ͑ͶͤΖɽଡ͚͹ऄ͏ͤ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼύϱχϨϞΏήϫʖϔ͗ೠΗΖ͞ͳͲਬ਒ྙΝ๨͝Ζ
͞ͳΝ๹͛ͪΌͶɼϝηφητʖεϥϱͲೠΗΖ͞ͳΝ޹Ή͵͏͞ͳͶ஭қ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽc) Ӂৱ෼ͶͺɼӁྋɼΦϋϩάʖγϕϨϟϱφɼৱ඾ɼͨ͹ଠ͹ਭҐ֐͹΍͹Ν‫؜‬ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽૌ৭җҽճ( C ) ͺɼয়‫ڱ‬Ͷ‫ʹͱ͏Ͱخ‬͹Ӂৱ෼Ν఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͖Ν݀ఈͤΖɽd) Ӂৱ෼ͺ௪৙ɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ͗ɼૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺ‫ࣙ͗ंٗڟ‬෾ͲӁৱ෼Ν༽қͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟ΌΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͨ͹৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼʹ͹‫ࣙͲॶڇڛ‬෾͹༽қͪ͢Ӂৱ෼Νण͜खΖ͖ࢨఈ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫༽͗ंٗڟ‬қͪ͢Ӂৱ෼ͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺେཀྵਕͶΓͮͱ༮͜ΔΗ͖ͪ࣎Δ
ૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͶΓͮͱ೜ໍ͠Ηͪༀҽ؄ࢻ͹ԾͲ؇ཀྵ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞ΗΔ͹ༀҽͺɼ༮͜ΔΗͪӁৱ෼͗खΕ଺͓ΔΗͪΕɼՁΔ͖͹ҡ෼͗ࠠ೘͠ΗͪΕͤΖ͞ͳ͹͵͏Γ͑؇ཀྵ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽe) ૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͺɼࡦΏτʖϔϩΝ஖͏ͱɼΉͪͺஏ໚ͶһΝͯ͜Ζ͞ͳͶΓͮͱɼӁৱ෼Νण͜खΗΖۢҮΝࣖ͠͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹ۢҮͺαʖη͹‫ܯ‬଎તͶ௜ં͖͖Ζ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽӁৱ෼ͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬घͶखΕΏͤ͏৖ॶɼ͍Ζ͏ͺɼ‫ڒ‬Ն͠Ηͪं͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ؈ୱͶघోͦΖ৖ॶͶ஖͚΍͹ͳͤ
Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷघోͤंͺॶఈ͹ۢҮ಼ͶͳʹΉΖ΍͹ͳ͢ɼαʖηͶ೘ͮͪΕɼ‫ंٗڟ‬Ν๨֒ͪ͢Ε͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͏͖͵Ζয়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͍ͮͱ΍ɼӁৱ෼ΏਭΝઃΖࡏɼ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽΏট೟͠ΗͪंͲ͍ͮͱ΍‫ڟ‬ٗंͳดΞͲҢಊ͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽf) IPC ΰʖϞθ‫ ;ٶ‬IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2(a)‫(;ٶ‬b)ࢂল)Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ֦ࠅʤοʖϞʥ࠹୉ 2 ໌͹ༀҽ͗ॶఈۢҮͲಋ࣎Ͷଶ‫͘Ͳؽ‬Ζɽ஭қʁҲͯ͹ࠅ͖Δ 4 ਕҐ৏͹‫ࢂ͗ंٗڟ‬ՅͤΖझ໪Ͳͺɼٗढ़གྷ݇Ͳɼͨ͹֦ࠅʤοʖϞʥ͹Ӂৱ෼‫ॶڇڛ‬ͶༀҽΝ௧ՅͤΖ͞ͳΝ೟Όͱ΍Γ͏ɽαϟϱφʁ2 11 ೧Ͷࡀ୔͠Ηͪ‫و‬ଉ 4 ͹րਜ਼Ͷͺɼ࿨ཀྵదͲࣰແͶԌͮͪ৖֐‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ଉ಼͹‫و‬ఈ͹௒࿪͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏ͪɽͨ͹݃Վɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉͲͺॵΌͱοʖϞༀҽͳϨϓϪρεϣϟϱφτʖϔϩΝଲেͳͪ۫͢ରద͵‫و‬ఈ͗અ͜ΔΗͪɽ125g) An athlete and/or the athlete s guide-runner may at any
time carry water or refreshment by hand or attached to his
body provided it was carried from the start or collected or
received at an official stationh) An athlete and/or guide-runner who receives or collects
refreshment or water from a place other than the officials
stations, except where provided for medical reasons fromor under the direction of race officials, or takes therefreshment of another athlete and/or guide-runner,
should, for a first such offence, be warned by the Refereenormally by showing a yellow card. For a second offence,
the Referee shall disqualify the athlete, normally byshowing a red card. The athlete shall then immediately
leave the course.
i) Guide-runners may collect refreshments for their guided
athlete from the official stations provided they are passed
to the athlete within the designated area from whichrefreshments can be received or collected. Guide-runners
may not pass any refreshments to any athlete or guiderunner outside the designated area.
Note An athlete and/or guide-runner may receive from orpass to another athlete and/or guide-runner refreshment,water or sponges provided it was carried from the start orcollected or received at an official station. owever, any
continuous support from an athlete and/or guide-runner toone or more others in such a way may be regarded as
unfair assistance and warnings and/or disqualifications as
outlined above may be applied.
C MMENT It is important to note here that the collectionof refreshments must be made in the designated area andthey must not be passed to the athlete by the guide-runneroutside of this designated area.
Wheelchair athletes (Sport Classes T33-34, T51-54) may
carry their own refreshments.
Note TheC must ensure that officials are aware of thespecific problems of safety presented in providing drinks toathletes with vision impairment (Classes T11-13) or upper
limb impairment (Classes T45-46), and that adequate
training is given to all assistants involved.
ace onduct. In Road Races, an athlete may leave the marked coursewith the permission and under the supervision of an official,provided that by going off course he does not lessen the
distance to be covered.
1 .If the Referee is satisfied on the report of a udge ormpire or otherwise that an athlete has left the marked
course thereby shortening the distance to be covered, heshall be disqualified.
C MMENT The finish area shall be wide enough to enable
several runners to sprint side by side and long enough toseparate them at the finish. nless a Transponder Timing
System is being used together with a backup system (suchas a video recording) to check finishing orders, finish lanes( funnels ) should be set up some to 1 metres after thefinish line with a maximum width of . - . m. nce inthe funnels, the athletes must not be able to overtake one
another. The funnels should be 35-4 m long into which theathletes will be directed as they cross the finish line. At theend of each funnel, officials will note the athletes
numbers/names and if applicable recover their transponder
timing chips.
The funnels should have moveable ropes at the end atwhich the athletes enter, so that when one lane is full, thenext rope can be drawn across behind the last athlete, toenable the next finisher to enter the new finish lane, and soon.
udges and Timekeepers will additionally be placed oneither side of the finish line and it is recommended that, inorder to follow up any appeal relative to the finishing order,
an official with video recording equipment (if possible witha timing clock in sight) shall be assigned and placed a few

126g) ηνʖφஏ఼͖Δ࣍ͮͱ͏Ζ͖ɼक࠷ं͗અ஖
ͪ͢‫Ͳॶڇڛ‬घͶखΖ͖घో͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͍Ζ‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺ͏ͯͲ΍ਭΉͪͺӁৱ෼ΝघͶ࣍ͮͱɼ͍Ζ͏ͺਐରͶखΕ෉͜ͱӣ΁͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽh) ‫ंٗڟ‬ʙΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ҫָదཀྵ༟Ήͪͺ‫ڟ‬ٗༀҽ͹ࢨࣖͶΓΔͥͶक࠷ं͗અ஖ͪ͢‫ॶڇڛ‬Ґ֐ͲӁৱ෼ΏਭΝणͪ͜Εࣙ෾ͲઃͮͪΕͪ͢৖
߻ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ӂৱ෼Νઃͮͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨΗ͗ 1 յ໪͹ҩൕͲ͍Ηͻܱࠄͳ͢ɼ௪৙ͺ΢ΦϫʖΩʖχ͹఑ࣖͶΓΕ͞ΗΝஎΔͦΖ΄
͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ2 յ໪͹ҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͦ͠ɼ
௪৙ɼϪρχΩʖχΝ఑ࣖͤΖɽ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬ंͺଐΏ͖Ͷαʖη֐Ͷड़͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽi) Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼΨϓΡεϡϩʀητʖεϥϱ͖ΔΪ΢χ͠Ηͪ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ͪΌͶܲৱΝյफͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ͗ɼܲৱΝण͜खͮͪΕյफͪ͢ΕͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΦϨΠ಼Ͳ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷో͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼࢨఈ͠ΗͪΦϨΠ֐͹‫ٗڟ‬ंΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖͶܲৱΝో͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қʁΠηϨʖφΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼηνʖφ͖࣎ΔӣͻΗͱͪ͘΍͹ɼΨϓΡεϡϩʀητʖεϥϱͲյफʀण྘ͪ͢΍͹Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼଠ͹ΠηϨʖφΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͖ΔܲৱΏਭɼηϛϱζ͵ʹΝण͜खͮͪΕɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖͶోͪ͢Ε
ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΏΪ΢χϧϱψ
ʖ͗͞͹Γ͑͵๏๑Ͳ‫ܩ‬କదͶଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΏΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝγϛʖφͤΖ͞ͳͺɼ෈౲͵ԋঁͳΊ͵͠Ηɼ৏‫ى‬͹ܱࠄΏ֪ࣨ͗న༽͠ΗΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽαϟϱφʁ͞͞Ͳ஭қ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏͹ͺɼϨϓϪρεϣϟϱφ͹ण͜खΕͺࢨఈ͠ΗͪΦϨΠ಼ͲߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼࢨఈΦϨΠ֐ͲΪ΢χϧϱ
ψʖ͗‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷో͢ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ͳ͏͑͞ͳͲ͍
Ζɽऄ͏ͤ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ʤ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T33-34ɼT51-54ʥͺɼϨϓϪρεϣϟϱφΝ࣍ࢂ͢ͱ΍Γ͏ɽ஭қʁૌ৭җҽճ( C) ͺɼࢻ্ְ֒͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ʤέϧη T11ʛ13ʥΏ৏ࢸ্֒͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ʤέϧη T45ʛ46ʥͶӁΊ෼Ν఑‫ͤڛ‬ΖࡏͶɼ҈સ৏͹໲
ୌ͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝༀҽ͗೟ࣟ͢ͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢ɼ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζͤ΄ͱ͹ึঁҽ౵Ͷన઀͵φϪʖωϱή͗ߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽϪʖη؇ཀྵ. ಕ࿑‫ंٗڟͲૺڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽ͹‫ڒ‬ՆΝಚͱɼ͖ͯͨ͹؄ಞԾͶ͍Ζ৖߻ͺɼαʖηΝ཯Ηͪ͞ͳͶΓΕૺߨ‫͵͚୻͗཯ړ‬Δ͵͏͞ͳΝড়݇Ͷࣖ͠ΗͪαʖηΝ཯ΗΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
1 . ৻൓ௗ͗؄ࡱҽΏଠ͹৻൓ҽɼΉͪͺͨΗҐ֐͹୉ճ‫ंܐؖ‬͹ๅࠄͶΓΕ‫͗ंٗڟ‬αʖηΝͺͥΗ‫཯ړ‬Ν୻͚ͪ͢ͳ൓ఈͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵ΖɽαϟϱφʁϓΡωρεϣΦϨΠͺɼ෵਼͹ϧϱψʖ͗ดΞͲૺΗΖΓ͑Ͷॉ෾߁͚ɼϓΡωρεϣͲϧϱψʖΝ෾͜Ζ͹Ͷॉ෾͵ௗ͠Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽφϧϱηϛϱξʖν΢ϝϱήεητϞΝώρέ
ΠρϕεητϞʤϑυΨ࿧ժ͵ʹʥͳҲॻͶ࢘༽͢ͱϓΡωρεϣॳΝ֮೟͢͵͏‫ݸ‬ΕɼϓΡωρεϣ
ϪʖϱʤϓΟϱϋϩʥͺɼ࠹୉෱͹ϓΡωρεϣϧ
΢ϱ͹༁ ʛ1 m ‫Ͳޛ‬෱ͺ . - . m ͶઅఈͤΖ
චགྷ͍͗ΖɽϓΟϱϋϩ೘ΖͳΠηϨʖφͺ‫͏ޕ‬Ͷ௧͏ӿ͢‫ͤͳࢯے‬ΖɽϓΟϱϋϩͺ 35-4 m ͹ௗ͠Ͷ͢ͱɼΠηϨʖφ͗ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱΝ௪գͤ
Ζͳ͘Ͷͨ͞Ͷ೘ΖΓ͑ͶͤΖɽ֦ϓΟϱϋϩ͹࠹‫ޛ‬Ͷɼༀҽͺ‫ंٗڟ‬͹൬ߺ/໌઴Ν‫ى‬࿧͢ɼ֚౲ͤΖ৖߻ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖ͹ν΢ϝϱήορϕΝյफͤΖɽϓΟϱϋϩͶͺɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬೘Ζ୼ͶҢಊՆ೵͵ϫʖϕ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ͞ΗͶΓΕɼ1 ͯ͹Ϫʖϱ͗ຮ഍Ͷ͵ͮͪͳ͘Ͷɼ࣏͹ϓΡωρεϡʖ͗৿͢͏ϓΡωρεϣϪʖϱͶ೘Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ࣏͹ϫʖϕΝ࠹‫ޛ‬͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ޛ‬ΘͶӀ͚Γ͑Ͷͤ
Ζɽ݀ঋ৻൓ҽͳ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͺ͠ΔͶϓΡωρεϣϧ΢
ϱ͹ʹͬΔ͖͹ଈͶഓ஖͠Ηɼ஥ॳͶ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖ߇٠ΝϓΧϫʖΠρϕͤΖͪΌͶɼϑυΨ‫ى‬࿧ૹ஖Νඍmetres after the finish line in order to record the order inwhich the athletes cross the line.
Where a Road Race finishes on a running track theprovisions of Rule 1 .5 ( ane Infringement) do not apply
and, in the event that an athlete steps inside the track at
the end of a Road Race the Referee shall apply this Rule4 .1 in determining whether an athlete has left the marked
course thereby shortening the distance to be covered
having regard to all the circumstances.
11. mpires should be placed at regular intervals and ateach key point. ther umpires should move along thecourse during the race.
C MMENT It is acknowledged that following the practiceof first giving a warning when applying relevant aspects ofRule 4 and where applicable Rule .2 and Rule .3 will
create difficulties in implementation but where theopportunity arises, the Referee should do so. It issuggested that one option might be that course or
refreshment station umpires be designated as assistant
Referees and that they be in communication with theReferee and each other to ensure the effective coordination of warnings and disqualifications. But there
remains the possibility as per the Note to Rule .2 that insome circumstances disqualification can, and should,
occur without a warning being given.
When a Transponder Timing System is not in use, or wherean additional back-up recording system is desired, it isrecommended that a funnel system such as that describedin the commentary on Rule 4 .1 be used.
12.TheC shall provide numbered bibs that distinguishbetween athletes of each Sport Class.
13.During road races athletes in Sport Classes T11-12 areallowed to use a maximum of two (2) guide-runners. Anyinterchanges must take place without any hindrance toother athletes, and may take place at either the 1 km,
2 km, 21.1km (half-way) or 3 km marks for marathon
races, 1 km mark for half-marathon races and 5km markfor 1 km races.
Note (i) It is strongly recommended that theC ensuresthat the race takes place in its entirety in good daylight
conditions.
Note (ii) Should there be an interchange of guide-runners,
the athlete and the substituting guide-runner must bothfinish the event in order for the performance to berecognised.
Note (iii) Depending on the set up of the course, theinterchange may take place at an alternative mark as
determined by the Technical Delegate(s) together with the
C. The interchange mark must be notified to athletes in
an appropriate time frame before the race.
14.The intention to interchange guide-runners must be
notified in advance to the Referee and Technical Delegate.
The technical officials will determine the conditions of theinterchange and will communicate these in advance to theathletes.
Note If the interchange does not take place after thetechnical arrangement being made, the athlete shall bedisqualified from the race.

͓ͪ৻൓ҽʤՆ೵͵৖߻ͺν΢ϝϱήέϫρέ͗‫ݡ‬
͓Ζͳ͞ΘʥΝ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱΝ௪գ
ͤΖॳ঄Ν‫ى‬࿧ͤΖͪΌͶɼϓΡωρεϣϧ΢ϱ͹
਼ m ‫ޛ‬ͶׄΕ౲ͱͱഓ஖ͤΖɽφϧρέͲϓΡωρεϣͤΖಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ
1 .5ʤϪʖϱ৷֒ʥͺన༽͠Ηͥɼ΍͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹श൭Ͳφϧρέ͹಼ଈΝಁΞͫ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ
4 .1 Νన༽͢ɼͤ΄ͱ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ν‫ר‬Ҍ͓ͪ͑͢Ͳ‫ڟ‬ٗं͗ૺ࿑Ν཯Η‫͖͑ʹ͖ͪͮ͵͚୻͗཯ړ‬Ν൓இͤΖɽ
11. ؄ࡱҽͺ౵ֶؔͲഓ஖͢ɼ॑གྷ͵৖ॶͶ΍ഓ஖͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹ଠ͹؄ࡱҽͺϪʖη஦αʖηͶԌͮͱҢಊ͢ɼ؄ࡱΝߨ͑ɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 4 ͹‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖଈ໚Νన༽ͤΖͳ͘Ͷ࠹ॵͶܱࠄΝ൅ͤΖ‫ߨ׵‬Ͷॊ͏ɼ֚౲ͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫و‬ଉ .2 ͳ .3 ͺࣰૹͶࠖೋΝ΍ͪΔͤ͗ɼ‫ؽ‬ճ͗ਫ਼ͣͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺͨ͑ͤΖචགྷ͍͗ΖɽαʖηΉͪͺӁৱ෼‫ॶڇڛ‬͹৻൓ҽ͗৻൓ௗึࠦͳ͢ͱࢨ
ఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳɼ‫֪ࣨͳࠄܱ;ٶ‬͹ްՎద͵௒੖Νࣰ֮ͶͤΖͪΌͶ৻൓ௗͳ૮‫ޕ‬Ͷ࿊ཙ͢ͱ͏Ζ͞
ͳ͗ 1 ͯ͹મ୔ࢸͲ͍ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫و‬
ଉ .2 ͹஭‫ى‬Ͷॊͮͱɼܱࠄ͗ड़͠ΗͥͶ֪ࣨ͗൅
ਫ਼ͤΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζɽφϧϱηϛϱξʖν΢ϝϱή
εητϞΝ࢘༽͢ͱ͏͵͏৖߻ɼΉͪͺ௧Յ͹ώρέΠρϕ‫ى‬࿧εητϞ͗චགྷ͵৖߻ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 4 .1
͹մઈͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑͵ϓΟϱϋϩεητϞ
Ν࢘༽ͤΖ͞ͳΝਬওͤΖɽ
12.
C ͺɼ֦‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹‫ंٗڟ‬ΝۢพͤΖ൬ߺ෉͘ϑϔηΝ఑‫ͤڛ‬Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ
13. ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T11-12 ͹‫ٗڟ‬ंͺɼ2 ໌ΉͲΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝͯ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
ΖɽΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେͺɼଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹इຒͶ͵Δ͵͏Γ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵ΔͥɼϜϧλϱͲͺɼ
1 kmɼ2 kmɼ21.1km(஦ؔஏ఼ʥɼ3 km ஏ఼ɼύʖϓϜϧλϱͲͺɼ1 km ஏ఼ɼ1 km ϪʖηͲͺ 5kmஏ఼͹͏ͥΗ͖ͲߨͮͱΓ͏ɽ஭қ(i)ʁૌ৭җҽճ( C)ͶΓΕɼϪʖη͗સରదͶೖ஦͹ྒྷ͏য়ସͲߨΚΗΖΓ͑ͶͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͚ک‬ਬওͤΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼ੔੹
͗೟ఈ͠ΗΖͪΌͶͺɼ‫ިͳंٗڟ‬େͪ͢Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹૔๏͗‫ٗڟ‬Νश྅ͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ஭қ(iii)ʁαʖηઅఈ࣏୊Ͳͺɼٗढ़େනͳૌ৭җҽճ( C)͗݀ఈͤΗͻพ͹ஏ఼ͲިେΝߨͮͱ΍Γ͏ɽͨ͹৖߻ɼިେஏ఼ͺϪʖηͶ઎ཱིͮͱన઀͵ηίζϣʖϩͲ‫΃ंٗڟ‬௪எ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
14. Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ިେ͹қ޴ͺɼࣆ઴Ͷ৻൓ௗ‫ٗ;ٶ‬ढ़େනͶ௪எͤΖ͞ͳɽ‫ٗڟ‬ༀҽͺɼިେ͹ড়݇Ν݀ఈ͢ɼͨΗΝࣆ઴Ͷ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷఽ͓Ζɽ஭қʁٗढ़ద͵खΕ݀Ό͗ߨΚΗͪ‫ޛ‬Ͷިେ͗ߨΚΗ͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺϪʖη͖Δ֪ࣨͳͤΖɽ

Dra ting(Sport Classes T33-34, T51-54)
15. In WPA Recognised Competitions under Part B - 3.1.2,
for Road Race Events where Sport Classes T33-34, T5154 compete together, drafting behind an athlete fromanother Sports Class or gender is prohibited. Athletes arealso prohibited from drafting behind motori ed vehicles orbicycles. In violation of this Rule, the athlete concerned
shall be disqualified.
Note (i) Drafting is defined as seeking a performanceadvantage by following another athlete within a distance ofless than 5m for one minute.
Note (ii) In Road races, Sport Class T53 and T54 areconsidered as one class. The Rule 4 .15 does not apply.

χϧϓτΡϱή
(‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T33-34, T51-54)
15. Ϗʖφ B-3.1.2 Ͷ͕͜Ζ WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲɼ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T33-34ɼT51-55 ͗ҲॻͶ‫ٗڟ‬Νߨ͑৖߻ɼҡ͵Ζ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηΉͪͺ੓พ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ޛ‬ΘͶͯ͏ͱχϧϓτΡϱήͤΖ͞ͳͺ‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ͏Ζɽ
‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ,Φϱζϱ͹ͯ͏ͪऄྈ͍Ζ͏ͺࣙ఺ऄ͹‫ޛ‬ΘΝૺߨ͢χϧϓτΡϱήͤΖ͞ͳ΍‫͠ࢯے‬Ηͱ
͏Ζɽຌ‫و‬ଉͶҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ‫ͤܐؖ‬Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Ζɽ஭қ(i)ʁχϧϓτΡϱήͳͺɼ5m Ґ಼͹‫Ͳ཯ړ‬ଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ν 1 ෾ؔ௧͏͖͜ͱɼϏϓΧʖϜϱη͹༑Ғ੓Ν‫ٽ‬ΌΖ͞ͳͳఈٝ͠ΗΖɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ ಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη T53 ͳ T54 Ν 1ͯ͹έϧηͳΊ͵ͤɽ‫و‬ଉ 4 .15 ͺన༽͠Η͵͏ɽ

127

bstruction
16. The provisions of Rules 1 .3 and 1 .4 shall apply toRoad Races.
1 . If an athlete or the athlete s guide-runner is jostled or
obstructed during an event so as to impede his progress
and if another athlete or his guide-runner is foundresponsible for the jostling or obstruction by the Referee,such athlete shall be liable to disqualification from thatevent.

๨֒ߨҟ
16. ‫و‬ଉ 1 .3 ‫ ;ٶ‬1 .4 ͺಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽ
1 . ΍͢‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹Ϊ΢χϧϱ
ψʖ͗‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ਒ߨΝ๨͝Ζ๨֒Νण͜ɼ͖ͯɼଠ
͹‫͍ंٗڟ‬Ζ͏ͺͨ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗ɼͨ͹੻೜Νෝ͑ͳ৻൓ௗ͗൓இͪ͢৖߻ɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ֪ࣨ
ͳ͵Ζɽ

A DA
A
ule 5
rotests and Appeals(Rule 146)
These Protest Regulations do not cover Classification or
Anti-Doping issues which will be dealt with exclusively
under the World Anti-Doping Code and the WPAClassification Rules and Regulations respectively.

୊ ෨ ߇٠ͳ৏૎
୊ 5 ড় ߇٠ͳ৏૎
ule 1 6ຌহͶఈΌΖ߇٠‫;ٶ‬৏૎Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ‫و‬ఈͺɼέϧη෾͜Ώχʖϒϱή๹ࢯͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ໲ୌͶͺన༽͠Η͵
͏ɽ͖͖Ζ໲ୌͺͨΗͩΗ੊ֆΠϱοʀχʖϒϱή‫و‬ఈ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA έϧη෾͜‫و‬ଉ‫و;ٶ‬ఖͶ‫ͱ͏Ͱخ‬खΕѽ͑ɽrotests
1. Protests concerning the status of an athlete to participate
in a competition (other than relating to Classification andAnti-Doping) must be made to the Technical Delegate(s)prior to the commencement of the competition. nce theTechnical Delegate(s) make(s) a decision, there shall be aright of appeal to the ury of Appeal. If the matter cannot
be resolved prior to the competition, the athlete shall beallowed to compete under protest and the matter shall bereferred to the IPC. In such cases WPA will be entitled torule conclusively on an athlete s status after the event has
been completed and the results may then be adjusted
retrospectively.
2. Protests concerning the result or conduct of an event
shall be made within 3
minutes of the official
announcement of the result of that event.
The
C of the competition shall be responsible for
ensuring that the time of the announcement of all results isrecorded.
C MMENT Normally this means that the 3 minutes startwhen the results are posted (with the time noted on theposted results sheet) at the TIC or as indicated in theTechnical Regulations for the competition. The Secretary
to the ury of Appeal is the person who manages theprocess. If there isn t one, then someone in the TIC would
manage it. That is, ensuring the time limits are being
followed, arranging for discussions with the appropriate
Referee, etc.
3. Any protest shall, in the first instance, be made orally to
the Referee by an athlete or by someone acting on hisbehalf or by an official representative of a team. Suchperson or team may only protest if they are competing inthe same round of the event to which the protest (orsubsequent appeal) relates (or are competing in acompetition in which a team points score is being
conducted). To arrive at a fair decision, the Referee should
consider any available relevant evidence. The Referee
may decide on the protest or may refer the matter to theury of Appeal. If the Referee makes a decision, there shallbe a right of appeal to the ury. Where the Referee is notavailable, the protest should be made to him through theTechnical Information Centre (TIC) or other administrative
base where official competition administration is being
carried out.
4. In a Track Eventa) if an athlete makes an immediate oral protest against
having been charged with a false start, the Start Referee(or if one is not appointed, the relevant Track Referee) may,
if he is in any doubt, allow the athlete to compete underprotest in order to preserve the rights of all concerned.
Competing under protest shall not be allowed if the false
start was detected by a World Athletics approved Start
Information System unless for any reason the Referee
determines that the information provided by the system isobviously inaccurate.

߇٠
1. ‫ٗڟ‬ճͶࢂՅͤΖ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ࣁ֪Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ߇٠ͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹֋࢟઴Ͷٗढ़େනͶ͵͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽٗढ़େන͹݀ఈͶଲ͢ɼζϣϨʖͶ৏૎Ͳ
͘Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͗࢟ΉΖΉͲͶմ݀͢͵͏৖߻ͺɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺʰ߇٠஦ʱ͹য়ସͲ‫ٗڟ‬ͶࢂՅͤΖ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬Ηɼͨ͹߇٠ͺɼIPC Ͷ෉୙͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹Γ͑͵৖߻ɼWPA ͺɼ‫͗ٗڟ‬श྅ͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ཱི৖Ν࠹शదͶ݀ఈͤΖ‫ݘ‬ཤ͍͗Εɼ݃ՎͺḬ‫ٶ‬దͶ௒੖͠ΗΖ৖߻͍͗Ζɽ
2. ‫ٗڟ‬͹݃ՎΉͪͺ‫ࢬࣰٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ߇٠ͺɼͨ͹झ໪͹݃Վ͹ਜ਼ࣞ൅න‫ ޛ‬3 ෾Ґ಼ͶߨΚ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽक࠷ंͺ‫ى‬࿧൅න͹࣎ࠃΝ‫ى‬࿧͢ͱ͕͖͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ௪৙ɼ͞Ηͺ TIC ͲɼΉͪͺ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͶࣖ͠Ηͱ͏ΖΓ͑Ͷɼ݃Վ͗ʤޮන͠Ηͪ݃ՎεʖφͶ‫͠ࡎى‬Ηͪ࣎ؔͲʥޮන͠Ηͪͳ͘Ͷ 3 ෾͗࢟ΉΖ͞ͳΝқັͤΖɽ
ζϣϨʖඁॽͺɼϕϫιηΝʰ؇ཀྵʱͤΖɽ͏͵͏৖߻ͺ TIC ͹୯͖͗؇ཀྵͤΖɽͯΉΕ࣎ؔ੏‫͗ݸ‬ग
ΔΗͱ͏Ζ͞ͳ͹֮೟ɼ֚౲৻൓ௗͳ͹࿫͢߻͏͹घഓ͵ʹͲ͍Ζɽ
3. ‫ٗڟ‬͹݃ՎΉͪͺߨҟͶ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ͏͖͵Ζ߇٠΍ɼ‫ࣙंٗڟ‬ਐΉͪͺେཀྵਕ͍Ζ͏ͺοʖϞΝޮࣞ
ͶେනͤΖं͖Δ৻൓ௗͶଲ͢ͱ޳ಆͲ͵͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ߇٠Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖझ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲ‫͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞͶ‫ݸ‬Ε߇٠ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽޮਜ਼͵൓ఈΝԾͤͪΌͶɼ৻൓ௗͺࣙਐ͗චགྷͳߡ͓Ζཤ༽Ն೵͵ৄ‫ڎ‬ʤޮࣞϑυΨͲࡳӪ͠Ηͪӫ଀ΏࣺਇɼΉͪͨ͹ଠ͹͍ΔΑΖ೘घՆ೵͵ϑυΨӫ଀ৄ‫ڎ‬Ν‫؜‬΋ʥΝߡྂͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺɼͨ͹߇٠Ͷ݃࿨ΝԾͤ͞ͳ΍ɼζϣϨʖ
Ͷ෉୙ͤΖ͞ͳ΍Ͳ͘Ζɽ΍͢৻൓ௗ͗݃࿨ΝԾͪ͢ͳ͢ͱ΍ζϣϨʖͶ৏૎ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ৻൓ௗ͗ͨ͹৖Ͷ͏͵͏͍Ζ͏ͺࢂՅͲ͘͵͏৖߻͹߇٠ͺɼτέωΩϩ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱιϱνʖ͍Ζ͏ͺޮࣞ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ؇ཀྵ͗ߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ؇ཀྵ‫خ‬൭Ν௪͢ͱߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ
4. φϧρέ‫Ͳٗڟ‬ʁa) ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝࠄ͝ΔΗͪ͞ͳͶଲ͢ͱ௜ͬͶ޳ಆͲ߇٠Νͪ͢৖߻ɼηνʖφ৻൓ௗʤΉͪͺ೜ໍ͠Ηͱ͏͵͏৖߻ͺφϧρέ৻൓ௗʥͺɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͲ͍ͮͪͳঙ͢Ͳ΍֮৶͗࣍ͱ͵͏ͳ͘ɼͨ
͹‫ݘ‬ཤΝཻฯͤΖͪΌͶɼࣙ෾͹ࡍྖͲ߇٠஦ͳ͢
ͱ‫ͤٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ‫ڒ‬ՆͲ͘ΖɽWA ͗ট೟ͪ͢ηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞͶΓ
Ε෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹൓ఈ͗Ծ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ܩ‬କͤΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼηνʖ
φʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͗໎Δ͖Ͷ෈ਜ਼֮Ͳ͍Ζͳ৻൓ௗ͗൓இͪ͢৖߻ͺ͞͹‫ݸ‬ΕͲͺ͵128b) a protest may be based on the failure of the Starter torecall a false start or, under Rule 1 .5 to abort a start. The
protest may be made only by, or on behalf of, an athlete
who has completed the race. If such a protest is upheld,
any athlete who committed the false start or whose conduct
should have led to the start being aborted, and who was
subject to warning or disqualification according to Rule
1 .5 or Rule 1 . and Rule 1 . , shall be warned or
disqualified. Whether or not there may be any warning or
disqualification, the Referee shall have the authority to
declare the event or part of the event void and that it or partof it shall be held again if in his opinion justice demands it.
Note The right of protest and appeal in Rule 5 .4 (b) shallapply whether or not a Start Information System is used.
c) If a protest or appeal is based on an athlete s incorrect
exclusion from an event due to a false start and it is upheld
after the completion of the race, then the athlete should beafforded the opportunity to run on his own to record a timein the event and consequently, if applicable, to beadvanced to subsequent rounds. No athlete should be
advanced to a subsequent round without competing in all
rounds unless the Referee or ury of Appeal determines
otherwise in the particular circumstances of the case, e.g.
the shortness of time before the next round or the length of
the race.
Note This Rule may also be applied by the Referee, theury of Appeal in other circumstances where it is deemed
appropriate (see Rule 1 .2).
d) When a protest is made by or on behalf of an athlete or
team which did not finish a race, the Referee must first
ascertain whether the athlete or team was or should havebeen disqualified for a breach of the Rules unrelated to thematter raised in the protest. Should that be the case theprotest shall be dismissed.
C MMENT When the Start Referee decides on an
immediate oral protest made by an athlete for being
charged with a false start, he has to consider all theavailable data and in case of only a reasonable possibility
that the athlete s protest may be valid, he should allow theathlete to compete under protest. After the race, a final
decision must be taken by the Referee, a decision that may
be subject of an appeal to the ury. But to be clear, theReferee should not allow an athlete to compete underprotest if the false start has been detected by a Start
Information System that appears to be working properly orin cases where it is very clear by visual observation that theathlete has committed a false start and there is no valid
reason to allow the protest.
These Rules not only apply where a Starter failed to recall
a false start but where also a Starter failed to correctly
abort a start. In both cases the Referee must consider all
factors involved in the particular case and must decide if
the race (or part of it) has to be re-held. Giving two
examples of extreme situations, it will not be logical ornecessary to re-run a Marathon race in a case where an
athlete who finishes was responsible for a non-recalled
false start. But the same will probably not be the case in asprint event where an athlete was responsible for anonrecalled false start as this may have affected the startand subsequent race of other athletes.
n the other hand, if for example in a preliminary round it
was clear that only one or some athletes weredisadvantaged by a failure to recall a false start or to abort
a start, a Referee could decide that only those athletes be129͏ɽb) Ϫʖη‫ޛ‬͹߇٠ͺɼηνʖνʖ͗෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͲ͍ͮͪͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥϨαʖϩʤ‫;ݼ‬໯͢ʥͲ͘
͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ɼΉͪͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5 ͹ߨҟ͍͗ͮͪͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥηνʖφ͹஦ࢯ͗Ͳ͘͵͖ͮͪ͞ͳΝཀྵ༟ͶߨΚΗΖɽͨ͹߇٠ͺͨ͹ϪʖηΝૺΕश͓ͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ຌਕɼΉͪͺͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹େཀྵं͖Δ͹Ίߨ͑͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ߇٠͗೟ΌΔΗΖ৖߻ɼ౲֚෈ਜ਼
ηνʖφΉͪͺຌཔηνʖφ஦ࢯΝড͚ͺͥͫͮͪߨҟΝߨ͏ɼ‫و‬ଉ 1 .5ɼ1 . ɼ1 . ͹ܱࠄΉͪͺ֪ࣨ͹ଲেͳ͵ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼϪʖη‫ͱ͍ͮͲޛ‬΍ܱࠄΉͪͺ֪ࣨॴ෾Νण͜ΖɽܱࠄΉͪͺ֪ࣨॴ෾͹Ն೵੓͹͍Ζ͵͢Ͷ͖͖ΚΔͥɼ৻൓ௗͺɼ౲֚झ໪͹સ෨ΉͪͺҲ෨͹‫ٗڟ‬ΝໃްͳͤΖ‫ݸݘ‬Ν༙
͢ɼ͖͖Ζસ෨ΉͪͺҲ෨͹‫ٗڟ‬ΝΏΕ௜ͤ͞ͳ͗
ޮਜ਼Ͳ͍Ζͳ৻൓ௗ͗൓இͪ͢৖߻ͺ࠸ϪʖηΝߨ͑ɽ஭қʁ‫و‬ଉ 5 .4(b)Ͷ͕͜Ζ߇٠‫;ٶ‬৏ࠄ͹‫ݘ‬ཤͺɼηνʖφʀ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱʀεητϞ͗࢘ΚΗ
ͱ͏Ζɼ͏͵͏Ͷ߈ΚΔͥన༽͠ΗΖɽc) ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͳ͢ͱ‫͖ٗڟͱͮޣ‬Δঈ֐͠Ηͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ߇٠Ώ৏૎͗Ϫʖη͹‫ޛ‬Ͷ೟ΌΔΗͪ৖߻ɼ‫ى‬࿧Ν࢔ͤͪΌͶૺΖ‫ؽ‬ճ͗༫͓ΔΗΖɽͨ͹݃ՎͶΓͮͱͺɼ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽ৻൓ௗ͖ζϣϨʖ͹ՁΔ͖͹݀ఈ͖ಝพ͵য়‫ڱ‬ʤྭʁ࣏ϧΤϱχΉͲ͹࣎ؔ͗୻͖͙ͤͪΕɼϪʖη͹ֶؔ͗୻͙ͤΖΓ͑͵৖߻ʥͲ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼ͏͖͵Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬΍સϧΤϱχͲ‫ٗڟ‬Ν͢͵͏Ͳ࣏͹ϧΤϱχͶ਒΋͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ஭қʁ͞͹‫و‬ଉͺ৻൓ௗΏζϣϨʖ͗న༽ͤΖ͹͗΀͠Κ͢͏ͳߡ͓ͪ࣎Ͷన༽ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ(ࢂল ‫و‬ଉ 1 .2 ࢂল)d) ϪʖηΝश྅͢͵͖ͮͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞͶΓͮͱɼ͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗΔͶେΚͮͱ‫͖ंܐؖ‬Δ߇٠͗͵͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺ࠹ॵͶɼ౲֚‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞ͗ͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ౲֚߇٠Ґ֐͹ଠ͹ࣆ༟ͶΓͮͱ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͱ͏͵͏͖֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ֪ࣨͳ͵ͮͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹߇٠ͺ‫٭‬Ծ͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁηνʖφ৻൓ௗ͗ɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝ՟ͦΔΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ‫ݳ‬ஏͲ͹޳ಆ߇٠ΝࡍఈͤΖͳ͘ͺɼཤ༽Ն೵͵ͤ΄ͱ͹υʖνΝߡྂ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹߇٠͗ଧ౲Ͳ͍ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Ζ৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ߇٠஦ʤ nderProtestʥ͹ཱི৖Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳ͗‫͠ڒ‬ΗΖɽͨ͹Ϫʖη‫ޛ‬ɼ৻൓ௗͶΓΕ࠹श݀ఈ͗͵͠Η͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏͗ɼͨ͹݀ఈͶଲ͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ζϣϨʖͶ৏૎ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ն೵Ͳ
͍Ζɽ͖͢͢‫ޣ‬մ͹͵͏Γ͑ͤ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζ͗෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͗ɼਜ਼৙Ͷಊࡠ͢ͱ͏Ζ SIS ͶΓͮͱ‫״‬எ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ‫ͨ;ٶ‬͹‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφ͹੻೜͗
͍Ζ͞ͳ͗ࢻְదͶ໎Δ͖Ͳ͍Εɼ߇٠Ν೟ΌΖཀྵ༟͗͵͏৖߻Ͷͺɼ߇٠஦͹ཱི৖Ͳ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ͞ͳΝ೟Όͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞ΗΔ͹‫و‬ଉͺɼηνʖνʖ͗෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝ‫;ݼ‬໯ͦͥૺΔͦͱ͢Ήͮͪ৖߻ͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼηνʖνʖ͗ʤ෈న઀ߨҟ౵͍͗ͮͪͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥʥన઀ͶηνʖφΝ஦ࢯͲͥ͘ૺΔͦͱ͢Ήͮͪ৖߻Ͷ΍న༽͠ΗΖɽʹͬΔ͹৖߻΍ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹ࣆҌͶ‫ؖ‬ΚΖͤ΄ͱ͹གྷોΝߡྂ͢ɼϪʖηʤસҽΉͪͺͨ͹Ҳ෨ਕ਼ͲʥΝ࠸ࣰౕࢬͤΖචགྷ͍͗
Ζ͖ʹ͖͑Ν൓இͤΖචགྷ͍͗Ζɽ‫͵୼ۅ‬য়‫ڱ‬͹ 2ͯ͹ྭΝ‫͝ڏ‬ΖͳɼϓΡωρεϣͪ͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͪ͢Ͷ΍͖͖ΚΔͥϨαʖϩʤ‫;ݼ‬໯͢ʥ͗͵͖ͮͪͳ͢ͱ΍ɼϜϧλϱͲͺ࠸Ϫʖηͺ࿨ཀྵదͲͺ͵͏͢ɼ෈གྷͲ͍Ζɽ͖͢͢ɼ୻‫཯ړ‬झ໪Ͳ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφͪ͢Ͷ΍͖͖ΚΔͥϨαʖϩʤ‫;ݼ‬໯͢ʥ͗͵͖ͮͪ͞ͳͲଠ͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹ηνʖφΏϪʖηͶӪ‫ڻ‬Ν༫͓ͪ৖߻ͺɼ࠸ϪʖηΝ෈གྷͳͺ‫͓ݶ‬͵͏ɽҲ๏ɼ༩મͶ͕͏ͱɼηνʖνʖ͗෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝ‫;ݼ‬໯ͦͥૺΔͦͱ͢Ή͖ͮͪɼηνʖνʖ͗ʤ෈న઀ߨҟ౵͍͗ͮͪͶ΍͖͖ΚΔͥʥన઀ͶηνʖφΝ஦ࢯͲͥ͘ૺΔͦͱ͢Ήͮͪ͞ͳͲɼ1 ਕ΍͚͢ͺͨΗҐ৏͹‫෈͗ंٗڟ‬ཤӻΝඅͮͪ͞ͳ͗໎Δ
͖͵৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺɼඅ֒Νඅͮͪ‫ͫ͜ंٗڟ‬Ͷ࠸

given the opportunity to run again and if so under what
conditions.
Rule 5 .4 (c) covers the situation in which an athlete iswrongly given a false start and excluded from a race.
5. In a Field Event, if an athlete makes an immediate oral
protest against having a trial judged as a failure, theReferee of the event may, at his discretion, order that thetrial be measured and the result recorded, in order topreserve the rights of all concerned. If the protested trial
occurreda) During the first three rounds of trials of a hori ontal Field
Event in which more than eight athletes are competing, andthe athlete would advance to any subsequent rounds oftrials only if the protest or subsequent appeal was upheld,orb) In a vertical Field Event, where the athlete would
advance to a higher height only if the protest or subsequentappeal is upheld, the Referee may, if he is in any doubt,
allow the athlete to continue competing under protest topreserve the rights of all concerned.
C MMENT In cases where the Referee is sure that thedecision of the udges is correct, particularly by his own
observation or advice received from a ideo Referee, theathlete should not be allowed to continue.
But when considering whether to order the measurementof a trial which is the subject of an immediate oral protest
the Referee should(a) not do so in cases where there was a clear breach of
the Rules, for example in the long jump a clear mark madein the plasticine by the athlete in question or in a throwing
event where the implement has clearly landed outside thesector(b) always do so (and immediately so as to not delay thecompetition) in cases where there is any doubt.
The good operation of this Rule means that the udge withthe spike or prism should always mark the point of landing(except in throwing events where the implement clearlylands outside the sector) even when they see a red flag.
Apart from the possibility that the athlete may make an
immediate oral protest, it is also possible that the udge
with the flags may have incorrectly or accidentally raised
the wrong one.
6. The protested performance of the athlete and any otherperformance achieved while competing under protest will
become valid only if the athlete is subsequently found tohave competed within the rules such that the trial is nolonger judged a failure.
In Field Events, where, as a result of an athlete competing
under protest , another athlete is allowed to continue inthe competition when he would otherwise not have doneso, such athlete s performances and eventual results willremain valid irrespective of whether the under protest
athlete s immediate oral protest is successful.
rotest Appeals. An appeal against a Protest decision is possible andsuch appeal must be made to the ury of Appeal within 3
minutesa) f the official announcement of the amended result ofan event arising from the decision made by the Referee,orb) f the advice being given by or on behalf of the Referee
to those making the protest, where there is no amendmentof any result.
The Appeal shall be in writing, signed by a responsible
NPC official on behalf of the athlete or team, and shall beaccompanied by an appeal fee of 2 or its equivalent in
the currency of the country where the competition is being
held. The appeal fee will be forfeited if the appeal is notallowed. Such athlete or team may appeal only if they arecompeting in the same round of the event to which theappeal relates (or are competing in a competition on which130Ϫʖη͹‫ؽ‬ճΝ༫͓Ζͳ͏͑݀ఈΝͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘
Ζɽͨ͹৖߻ɼ਒ड़ড়݇΍݀ఈͲ͘Ζɽ‫و‬ଉ 5 .4ᾴͺɼ‫ؔ͗ंٗڟ‬ҩͮͱ෈ਜ਼ηνʖφΝ՟ͦΔΗɼϪʖη͖Δঈ֐͠Ηͱ͢Ήͮͪয়‫ڱ‬Ν૟ఈ͢ͱ͏Ζɽ
5. ϓΡʖϩχझ໪Ͳɼ΍͢‫͗ंٗڟ‬ໃްࢾٗͳ൓
ఈ͠Ηͪ͞ͳͶଲ͢ɼͪͫͬͶ޳ಆ͹߇٠Νߨͮͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺ͍ٛٝ͗Ζͳߡ͓ͪΔɼ֚౲ͤΖࣆߴΝฯસͤΖͪΌͶͨ͹ࢾٗΝ‫ܯ‬଎ɼ‫ى‬࿧ͦ͠Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
(a) ‫཯ړ‬Ν‫ٗڟ͑ڟ‬झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ΍͢߇٠Ͷ֚౲
ͤΖࢾٗ͗ɼ ਕΝ௔͓Ζ‫ͤٗڟ͗ंٗڟ‬Ζ઴ൔ͹
3 ϧΤϱχͲ൅ਫ਼ͪ͢৖߻Ͳɼ߇٠͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗͶକ͚৏૎͗ࢩ࣍͠Ηͪ৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼͨ͹‫ंٗڟ‬ͺͨΗҐ߳͹͏͖͵ΖϧΤϱχ΃਒΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ(b) ߶͠Ν‫ٗڟ͑ڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼͨ͹߇٠͍Ζ͏ͺͨΗͶକ͚৏૎͗ࢩ࣍͠Ηͪ৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼ࣏͹߶͠Ͷ਒΋͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ৻൓ௗͺɼໃްࢾٗ͹൓ఈͶঙ͢Ͳ΍֮৶͗࣍ͱ͵͏ͳ͘ɼ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖͤ΄ͱ͹‫ݘ‬ཤΝฯસͤΖͪΌɼ߇٠஦ͳ͢ͱ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷ‫ܩٗڟ‬କΝ೟Όͱ΍ྒྷ͏ɽ
αϟϱφʁ৻൓ௗ͗ɼࣙਐ͹೓‫ء‬ͶΓΖ؄ࡱɼΉͪͺϑυΨ৻൓ௗ͖Δण͜खͮͪঁ‫ݶ‬ͶΓΕɼ৻൓ҽ͹൓ఈ͗ਜ਼͢͏ͳ֮৶͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻ɼ‫߇͗ंٗڟ‬٠஦ͳ͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Ν‫ܩ‬କͤΖ͞ͳΝ‫͠ڒ‬Η͵͏ɽ͖͢͢ɼ‫ݳ‬৖Ͳ͹޳ಆ߇٠͹ଲেͲ͍Ζࢾٗ͹଎ఈʤ‫཯ړ‬͹ฯસʥΝໍͣΖ͖ʹ͖͑Ν‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖͶ͍ͪΕʁ(a) ৻൓ௗͺɼϩʖϩ͹໎֮͵ҩൕ͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼ
ྭ͓ͻɼૺ෱௕Ͳɼ໲ୌ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬೬ౖ൚Ͷ໎ྐ͵ࠡ੽Ν࢔͢ͱ͏ͪΕɼ౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳɼ౦ͱ͘෼ֱ͗
ౕત͹໎Δ͖Ͷ֐ଈͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻Ͷͺɼ‫ى‬࿧͹ฯસΝͤ΄͘Ͳͺ͵͏ɽ(b) ৻൓ௗͺɼଡঙͲ΍൓ఈͶٛ೨͍͗Ζ৖߻Ͷͺ৙Ͷʤ‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹਒ߨΝஙΔͦΖ͞ͳ͵͚௜ͬͶʥ‫ى‬࿧͹ฯસΝߨ͑΄͘Ͳ͍ΖɽϒϱΉͪͺϕϨθϞΝ࣍ͮͪཚԾҮ୴౲͹৻൓ҽ͗ɼʤ౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͳ౦ͱ͘෼͗‫׮‬સͶֱౕત֐ͶཚԾͪ͢৖߻Νঈ͘ʥ‫ظ‬Ν࣍ͮͪ৻൓ҽ͗੼‫ظ‬Ν৏͝Ζ
͹Ν‫ͱ͢ͳͪݡ‬΍ɼ஥ஏஏ఼͹ࠡ੽ΝʹΞ͵࣎Ͳ΍ʤ‫ى‬࿧͹ฯસͶඍ͓ͱʥ৙ͶϜʖέ͢ͱ͏Ζͳ͘ɼ͞͹‫و‬ଉ͗ॉ෾Ͷཀྵմ͠Ηͱ͏Ζͳ͏͓Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ͶΓΖ‫ݳ‬৖Ͳ͹޳ಆ߇٠ͫ͜Ͳ͵͚ɼ‫ظ‬Ν࣍ͮͪ৻൓ҽ͗‫ͱͮޣ‬ɼΉͪͺ۰൅దͶɼؔҩ͓ͪ৯͹‫ظ‬Ν৏͝ͱ͢Ή͑Ն೵੓΍͍Ζɽ
6. ߇٠ଲেͳ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬͹੔੹Ώ౲֚‫߇͗ंٗڟ‬٠஦ͳ͢ͱ‫݃ͪٗ͢ڟ‬ՎಚΔΗͪ੔੹ͺɼ৻൓ௗ͗
͞ΗΝ༙ްͳ೟ΌΖ൓இΝԾ͖ͤɼ৏૎͗ߨΚΗζϣϨʖ͗ͨ͹क௃Ν೟Όͪ৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Εɼ༙ްͳ͵ΖɽϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ޳ಆ߇٠͗೟ΌΔΗΖ͖೟ΌΔΗ͵͏Ͷ͖Ͷ‫ؖ‬ΚΔͥɼ߇٠஦ͳ͢ͱ‫ٗڟ‬Νߨ͵ͮͪ‫ͱ͏͗ंٗڟ‬ɼ߇٠͗೟ΌΔΗΗͻ‫ٗڟ‬Ν
କ͜Ζ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏ͺͥ͹พ͹‫ंٗڟ‬΍‫ٗڟ‬Νକ
͜Ζ͞ͳ͗೟ΌΔΗͪ৖߻ɼ߇٠஦ѽ͏͹‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧͗ࡍఈͶΓͮͱ༙ްͶ͵ͮͪͳ͢ͱ΍ɼ‫ܩٗڟ‬କ͗೟ΌΔΗͪ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧Ώ࠹श੔੹ͺ༙ްͳ͵ΖɽϕϫτηφΠϒʖϩ ߇٠݃Վ΃͹৏૎. ζϣϨʖͶ৏૎ͤΖ৖߻ͺ࣏͹͏ͥΗ͖͹఼࣎
͖Δ 3 ෾Ґ಼ͳͤΖɽa) ৻൓ௗ͹ࡍఈͶΓΕ౲֚झ໪͹݃Վ͗รߍ͠Ηͪ৖߻ͺɼͨ͹݃Վ͗ޮࣞͶ൅න͠Ηͪͳ͘ɽb) ݃Վ͗รߍ͠Η͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ͺɼ߇٠ंͶଲ͢ͱͨ͹ࢭ͹௪எ͗ߨΚΗͪͳ͘ɽ৏૎ͺ‫ंٗڟ‬ɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹େཀྵਕɼΉͪͺ੻೜͍ΖNPC ༀҽͶΓͮͱॼ໌͠ΗͪชॽͲɼ༮୙ۜ 2 ϤʖϫΉͪͺ૮౲ֻΝశ͓͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ͞͹༮୙ۜͺɼ৏૎͗ण͜೘ΗΔΗ͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ͺງफ͠ΗΖɽ৏૎Ͷ‫ؖ‬࿊ͤΖझ໪͹ಋͣϧΤϱχͲ‫ٗ͢ڟ‬
ͱ͏Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞʤΉͪͺɼοʖϞಚ఼ଲ߇͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ‫͏ͱٗ͢ڟ‬ΖοʖϞʥͶ‫ݸ‬Ε৏૎ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽa team points score is being conducted).
Note The relevant Referee shall, after his decision on aprotest, immediately inform the TIC of the time of thedecision. If the Referee was unable to communicate his
decision orally to the relevant team(s)/athlete(s), the official
time of the announcement will be that of posting of theamended results or of the decision at the TIC.
. The ury of Appeal shall consult all relevant persons,
including the relevant Referee (except when his decision is
to be fully maintained by the ury of Appeal). If the ury ofAppeal is in doubt, other available evidence may beconsidered. If such evidence, including any available video
evidence, is not conclusive, the decision of the Referee
shall be upheld.
. The ury of Appeal may reconsider a decision if new
conclusive evidence is presented, provided the newdecision is still applicable. Normally such reconsideration
may be undertaken only prior to the ictory Ceremony forthe applicable event, unless the relevant governing bodydetermines that circumstances justify otherwise.
C MMENT In certain circumstances the udges (Rule2.14.2), the Referee (Rule 2.13.6) and the ury (Rule 5 . )can each reconsider a decision made by them if it is still
applicable and practical to do so.
1 .Decisions involving points that are not covered by theseRules shall be reported subsequently by the Chairman of
the ury of Appeal to WPA appointed representative.
11.Decisions of the Referee (subject to appeal under theseRegulations) and of the ury of Appeal shall be final andthere shall be no further right of appeal to any other body,
including to CAS.
C MMENT Where an appeal is presented, the payment of
the funds ( 2or equivalent local currency) will be
retained until after the ictory Ceremony. This will ensurethat where the ury of Appeal reconsiders its decision thatthe rights of all parties in the dispute are respected andwhere the decision to change an original decision, there isno question of having to request the appeal funds to be
returned to the ury of Appeal after they may have beenreturned via an earlier decision of the ury of Appeal.
Dispute rocedures at
A ecognised ompetitions
As part of the WPA Competition Approval Process theCin consultation with the WPA appointed representative may
stipulate specific dispute resolution procedures for
disputes falling outside the Protest and Protest appeal
procedures at WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B- 3.1.2).
For information regarding the dispute procedures for a
specific competition please liaise with the respective
Competition Manager and/or the WPA Technical Delegate.
DA D
AD
ule 51
orld and egional ecords(Rule 26 and Rule 261)
For detailed information regarding the procedures for
Claiming WPA World and Regional Records refer to the
WPA
www.worldparaathletics.org
C MMENT Included on the website are the current
application forms for records.
ubmission and ati ication
1. WPA World and Regional Records can only be achieved
at WPA Recognised Competitions by an eligible athlete (oreligible athletes in the case of a relay event) as defined inPart B 4 holding aa) Sports Class Status of Confirmed (C), orb) Sports Class Status of Review (R) with a Fixed Review
Date which is after the date when the record was achieved.
2. Except for Field Events conducted as provided in Rule
4. and Rule 4. and Competitions held outside thestadium under Rule 4 no performance set by an athlete
will be ratified if it has been accomplished during a mixed
competition.

131஭қʁ౲֚৻൓ௗͺ߇٠ͶଲͤΖࡍఈΝԾͪ͢‫ޛ‬ɼ௜ͬͶ TIC Ͷଲ͢ͱࡍఈ͹࣎ࠃΝ௪எ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ৻൓ௗ͗౲֚οʖϞʀ‫ंٗڟ‬Ͷଲ͢ͱ޳ಆ
ͲࡍఈΝஎΔͦΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͖ͮͪ৖߻ͺɼTICͲఙਜ਼͠Ηͪ݃Վ΍͚͢ͺࡍఈ݃ՎΝ‫ࠃ࣎ͪࣖ͢ܟ‬Ν΍ͮͱɼޮࣞ൅න͗ߨΚΗͪ࣎ࠃͳͤΖɽ. ζϣϨʖͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹݀ఈΝζϣϨʖ͗ॉ෾Ͷࢩ࣍͢ͱ͏Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼ౲֚৻൓ௗΏͤ΄ͱ͹‫ؖ‬‫͖ंܐ‬Δซ͘खΕΝ͢͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢ζϣϨʖ͗೴ಚͲ͘͵͏৖߻ͺɼଠ͹ৄ‫ڎ‬Ͷͯ͏ͱ΍ߡ
ྂͤΖɽ΍͢ɼ೘घՆ೵͵͍ΔΑΖϑυΨ‫ى‬࿧Ν‫؜‬΋ৄ‫Ͳڎ‬΍݃࿨͗ड़͵͏৖߻ͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹ࡍఈ͗ࢩ࣍͠ΗΖɽ. ζϣϨʖͺɼ৿ͪͶ݀ఈద͵ৄ‫͗ڎ‬఑ࣖ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ৿ͪ͵݀ఈͶรߍՆ೵͵য়‫͍Ͳڱ‬Ηͻ݀ఈΝ࠸ߡ͢ͱ΍ྒྷ͏ɽ݀ఈ͹࠸ߡͺ௪৙ͨ͹झ໪͹නঞ͹઴ΉͲͶߨΚΗΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽͪͫ͢ɼ౹‫ׇ‬஄ର͗ɼͨ͹‫ͱ͍ͮͲޛ‬΍য়‫͠ڒ͗ڱ‬ΗΖͳ൓இͤΖ৖߻ͺͨ͹‫ݸ‬ΕͲͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ͍Ζಝఈ͹য়‫ڱ‬Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ৻൓ҽʤ‫و‬ଉ
2.14.2ʥɼ৻൓ௗʤ‫و‬ଉ 2.13.6ʥ‫;ٶ‬ζϣϨʖʤ‫و‬ଉ
5 . ʥͺɼͨ͑ͤΖ͞ͳ͗ғષͳ͢ͱన༽Ն೵Ͳࣰ
༽దͲ͍Ζ͵ΔɼͨΗͩΗ͗ɼ݀ఈΝ࠸ߡͲ͘Ζɽ
1 . ‫وٗڟ‬ଉͲΩώʖͲ͘͵͏఼Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ݀ఈͺɼζϣϨʖ͹٠ௗ͖Δ WPA େනं΃ๅࠄ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
11. ζϣϨʖ͹݀ఈʤ৏૎৻൓ҽΝ͕͖͵͏‫ٗڟ‬ճΏɼ৏૎͗ζϣϨʖͶΉͲ৏͗Δ͵͖ͮͪ৖߻Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ৻൓ௗ͹݀ఈʥ͗࠹श͹΍͹Ͳ͍ΕɼCAS(ηϛʖς஧ࡍࡍ൓ॶ)ͶଲͤΖ΍͹Ν‫؜‬Όͱɼߍ͵Ζ৏૎͹‫ݘ‬ཤͺ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ৏૎͍͗ͮͪ৖߻ɼ༮୙ۜʤ⒌2 Ήͪͺಋ౵͹‫ݳ‬ஏ௪աʥͺɼනঞࣞ͹‫ޛ‬ΉͲฯ؇͠ΗΖɽ
͞ΗͶΓΕɼζϣϨʖ͗߇٠ं͹‫ݘ‬ཤ͗ଜ॑͠ΗΖͳ͏͑݀ఈΝ࠸‫ݗ‬౾ͤΖ৖߻ɼ‫ݫ;ٶ‬͹݀ఈΝรߍ
ͤΖ݀ఈ͗ߨΚΗͪ৖߻ɼ༮୙ۜΝζϣϨʖͶศؒ
ͤΖΓ͑གྷ‫ͤٽ‬Ζචགྷ͍͗ΖɽA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹จ૬घକ͘
WPA ‫ٗڟ‬ճট೟ϕϫιη͹Ҳ‫ͱ͢ͳ؂‬ɼ C ͺ
WPA ͹ࢨ໌͠Ηͪେනंͳ‫ڢ‬٠͢ͱɼWPA ೟Ն‫ڟ‬ٗճʤPartB-3.1.2 ࢂলʥͲ͹߇٠‫߇;ٶ‬٠͹ҡ٠ਅཱི͢ͱ͹घॳͶ֚౲͢͵͏จ૬͹۫ରద͵จ૬մ݀घॳΝ‫و‬ఈͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽɽಝఈ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹จ૬घକ͘Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৚ๅͶͯ͏ͱͺɼͨΗͩΗ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճϜϋʖζϡʖ(૱ແ)Ώ WPA ٗढ़େනͶ࿊ཙͤΖɽ୊ ෨ ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧୊ 51 ড় ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧ ʤ ule 26 ɼ261ʥ
WPA ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧͹ਅߪघକ͘Ͷ‫ͤؖ‬Ζ৆ࡋͺ WPA ΤΥϔγ΢φࢂল͹͞ͳɽ
www.worldparaathletics.org
αϟϱφʁΤΥϔγ΢φͶͺɼ‫ى‬࿧͹‫ࡑݳ‬͹ਅ੧ॽ͗‫؜‬ΉΗͱ͏Ζɽ఑ड़ͳট೟
1. WPA ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼWPA ೟Ն‫ڟ‬
ٗճͲ Part B- 4 Ͳఈٝ͠Η༙ͪࣁ֪‫(ंٗڟ‬ϨϪʖ͹৖߻ͺસ‫)ंٗڟ‬ͶΓͮͱୣ੔͠Ηͪ৖߻Ͷ͹Ί೟ΌΔΗΖɽ
a)ητ΢νη֮͗ఈ(ητ΢νη C)͹‫ंٗڟ‬b)ητ΢νη͗࠸৻ࠬѽ͏(ητ΢νη R)‫ى‬࿧Νୣ੔ͪ͢ೖΓΕ΍͍ͳͶ‫ݽ‬ఈ͠Ηͪ࠸৻ࠬ݃Վ͹͍Ζ‫ंٗڟ‬
2. ‫و‬ଉ 4. ɼ4. ͹ড়݇ԾͲߨΚΗͪϓΡʖϩχझ໪ͳ‫و‬ଉ 4 ͹ড়݇ԾͲ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐ࣰࢬ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬ճΝঈ͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ஋ঃࠠ߻͹‫Ͳٗڟ‬धཱི

Note Women only Road Race records are subject to theconditions set out in Rule 51.22.
3. The following categories of Records are accepted by
WPA World utdoor Records and Regional utdoor
Records.
4. An athlete (or athletes in case of a relay event) who setsa Record must have been eligible to compete under theseRules, must have been entered into the relevant
Competition by a member of the IPC and all provisions ofthese Rules must have been duly observed at the relevant
Competition.
5. The WPA Technical Delegate, if appointed to the relevant
WPA Recognised Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2), shallbe responsible for ensuring all of the procedural
requirements outline in this Rule are fulfilled.
6. When a performance equals or betters an existing
Record, the national governing body where theperformance was set shall collect, without delay, all theinformation required for the ratification of the Record by
WPA. No performance shall be regarded as a Record until
it has been ratified by WPA. The national governing bodyshould immediately inform WPA of its intention to submit a
performance.
Note The national governing body herein these Rules
refers to the authori ed body responsible for sending theAthletes to the respective event. This could be a National
Paralympic Committee or the NF or the body responsible
for Para Athletics in the country.
. The submitted performance shall be better than or equal
to the existing Record for that Event as accepted by WPA.
If a Record is equalled, it shall have the same status as theexisting Record.
. The WPA Record Application Form shall be completed
and dispatched to the WPA ffice within thirty (3 ) days ofa record being achieved. The WPA Record Application
Forms are available, on request, from the WPA ffice, or
may be downloaded from the WPA website at.
https //www.paralympic.org/athletics/about/officialdocuments
Note The WPA Record Application Form is required for
performances achieved at WPA Approved Competition(see Part B - 3.1.2 (d)).
. The national governing body where the performance
was set shall send, with the WPA Record Application Forma) The printed programme of the Competition (or electronicequivalent)b) The official result of the Event, including all information
required under this regulationc) In the case of a Track Record where Fully AutomatedTiming was in operation, the photo finish image of the eventand ero control test image for track events up to andincludingm and 4x4 m relays andd) Any other information required to be submitted by thisregulation, where such information is or should be in its
possession.
1 .WPA World and Regional Records will only be ratified ifthey are achieved ata) IPC Games, IPC Competitions or WPA Sanctioned
Competitions (see Part B - 3.1.2 (a) to (c)) conducted inaccordance with the IPC Anti-Doping Code, orb) WPA Approved Competitions conducted in accordancewith the anti-doping rules of the relevant governing bodyand the WADC the International Standards at which
random incompetition testing (urine only or urine andblood) was also conducted.
Note (i) For the purpose of record ratification, all World andRegional utdoor Records achieved by athletes in SportClasses T61-62 shall undergo a measurement of their
MAS which shall be conducted at the Call Room.
Note (ii) WPA World and Regional Records will be ratified
even though the athlete who sets the record performance
may not have been tested at the Competition.
11.Records made in qualification rounds, in deciding ties,
in any Event which is subsequently decreed void, may berequired to be submitted for ratification.

132͠Ηͪ΍͹ͺট೟͠Η͵͏ɽ஭қʁঃ੓͹Ί͹ಕ࿑‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 51.22 Ͷ‫و‬ఈ͠Ηͪড়݇ΝචགྷͳͤΖɽ
3. Բ֐੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬Բ֐ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧͗ WPA ͶΓΕট೟͠ΗΖɽ
4. ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧Νधཱིͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬ͺɼຌ‫و‬ଉ͹΍ͳͲ‫ͤٗڟ‬Ζ༙ࣁ֪ंͲɼ͖ͯ IPC Յ໏஄ର͹؇‫׍‬ԾͶ͏͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͢ͱɼͤ΄ͱ͹‫و‬ఈͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲਜ਼ࣞͶॱग͠Ηͱ͏Ζචགྷ͗
͍Ζɽ
5. WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Ϗʖφ B - 3.1.2 ࢂল)Ν୴౲
ͤΖ೜ໍ͠Ηͪ WPA ٗढ़େනͺɼҐԾͶͯ͏ͱ͍ΔΑΖघକ͘གྷ݇͗ຮͪ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝট೟ͤΖɽ
6. ‫ى‬࿧͗৿‫ى‬࿧͍Ζ͏ͺν΢‫ى‬࿧ͫͮͪ৖߻ɼ݃
ՎΝॄ༁͢ͱ͏Ζࠅ಼౹‫ׇ‬஄ର͗ங଼͵͚ɼ‫ى‬࿧ޮ೟Ͷචགྷ͵ͤ΄ͱ͹৚ๅΝ WPA Ͷ఑ड़͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽWPA ͗೟ఈͤΖΉͲɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ৿‫ى‬࿧͍Ζ͏ͺν΢‫ى‬࿧ͳͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽक࠷஄ରͺ௜ͬͶ
WPA Ͷଲ͢ͱ‫ى‬࿧ਅ੧ͤΖқࢧ͍͗Ζ͞ͳΝఽ͓
Ζɽ஭қʁࠅ಼౹‫ׇ‬஄ରͺ‫و‬ଉ৏ɼ֚౲झ໪ͶࢂՅͪ͢‫ंٗڟ‬͹ॶ଒ͤΖ೟ఈ͠Ηͪ஄ରͶ͞͹͞ͳΝ௪எ
ͤΖɽ͞Ηͺ NPCɼNF ͍Ζ͏ͺࠅ಼͹Ϗϧ‫ٗڟ‬͹஄ର͗ߨ͑ɽ. ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼͨ͹झ໪͹‫ع‬ଚ͹‫ى‬࿧ΓΕ΍Γ͏͖ɼಋͣͲ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ΍͢‫ى‬࿧͗౵͢͏͵Δͻɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺॊ઴͹‫ى‬࿧ͳಋ౵͹Ғ஖Ͱ͜ͳ͢ͱѽΚ
ΗΖɽ
. WPA ΃͹ WPA ‫ى‬࿧ਅ੧ॽͺ 3 ೖҐ಼Ͷɼ‫ى‬
೘͢ WPA ΨϓΡηͶૻ෉ͤΖɽਅ੧༽ࢶͺ WPA ΨϓΡηͶਅ͢ࠒΌͻ೘घՆ೵Ͳ͍Ζ͗ɼWPA ͹ΤΥϔγ΢φ͖Δ΍ξΤϱϫʖχͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ஭қʁWPA ‫ى‬࿧ਅ੧ॽͺ WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ(Part B 3.1.2 ࢂল)Ͳୣ੔͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧Ͷ΍චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ. ‫ى‬࿧͗धཱི͠Ηͪࠅ͹ࠅ಼౹‫ׇ‬஄ରͺɼWPA ‫ى‬࿧ਅ੧ॽͶ࣏͹΍͹Νశ෉͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽa) ୉ճ͹ϕϫήϧϞb) ౲֚झ໪͹સ‫ى‬࿧c) ࣺਇ൓ఈૹ஖Ν࢘༽͢ͱ͏Ηͻɼ൓ఈࣺਇͳκϫαϱφϫʖϩτηφ͹ࣺਇʤm ΉͲ͹φϧρ
έझ໪ͳ 4x4 mʥd) ͨ͹ଠ‫و‬ଉ৏චགྷͳ͠ΗΖࣁྋ
1 . WPA ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼҐԾ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճͲୣ੔͠Ηͪ৖߻Ͷট೟͠ΗΖɽa) IPC Πϱοχʖϒϱή‫و‬ఖͶॊͮͱ֋࠷͠ΗΖ
IPC ΰʖϞθɼ
IPC ‫ٗڟ‬ճ‫ ;ٶ‬WPA ೟ఈ‫ٗڟ‬ճʤPart
B - 3.1.2 (a) - (c)ࢂলʥ
b) WPA ট೟‫ٗڟ‬ճ͹͑ͬɼ౲֚ࠅ಼౹‫ׇ‬஄ର‫;ٶ‬WADA ͹χʖϒϱή๹ࢯ‫و‬ఈͶॊͮͱ‫ٗڟ‬৖֐‫ࠬݗ‬ʤ೚͍ͫ͜Ζ͏ͺ೚ͳ݄ӹͶΓΖʥ͗ߨΚΗͱ͏Ζ‫ٗڟ‬ճ஭қ(i)ʁT/F61-62 ͹‫͗ंٗڟ‬Բ֐‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧Νड़ͪ͢৖߻ɼট೟͹ͪΌͶডॄॶͲ MAS ࠸‫ܯ‬଎͗ߨΚΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁWPA ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫ى‬࿧Νୣ੔ͪ͢‫ͨ͗ंٗڟ‬͹఼࣎ͲχʖϒϱήτηφΝण͜ͱ͏͵͏৖߻Ͳ΍ɼট೟͠ΗΖɽ
11. ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ༩મɼಋ‫ى‬࿧Νմ݀ͤΖͪΌ͹௧Յࢾٗɼ݃ՎదͶໃްͳ͠Ηͪ‫ٗڟ‬΍͚͢ͺͨ͹Ҳ෨Ͳ͍ͮͱ΍ɼਅ੧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
12. WPA ࣰແ෨໵͗੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ΦϨΠ‫ى‬࿧Ν೟

12.WPA Management Team is authorised to recognise
Records.
13.When a Record has been ratified, WPA will supply theofficial Record certificate, for presentation to Record
holders and the performance will be updated and available
on the official WPA website.
14.WPA shall update the official ist of Records every timea new Record has been ratified. This list shall represent theperformances regarded by WPA as being, from the date of
the list, the best performances yet set by an athlete or teamof athletes in each of the recognised Events.
15. If the performance is not ratified, WPA will provide thereasons as to why this is the case.

ఈͤΖɽ13. ‫ى‬࿧͗ޮ೟͡ΗͪΔɼWPA ͺ‫ى‬࿧ฯ࣍ंͶଲ͢ͱޮࣞ‫ى‬࿧ৄ໎Νद༫ͤΖɽ࠹৿͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ
WPA ͹ޮࣞγ΢φͶޮන͠ΗΖɽ
14. WPA ͺ৿͢͏‫ى‬࿧͗ޮ೟͠ΗΖͪ;Ͷɼ‫ى‬࿧͹ޮ೟ϨηφΝߍ৿ͤΖɽ͞͹ϨηφͶͺɼޮ೟झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺοʖϞ͗ୣ੔ͪ͢΍ͮͳ΍Γ͏੔੹͗‫͠ࡎى‬Ηɼ൅න͹ೖ͖Δ‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱΊ͵͠ΗΖɽ
15. ΍͢‫ى‬࿧͗ট೟͠Η͵͜ΗͻɼWPA ͺͨ͹ཀྵ༟Ν໎Δ͖ͶͤΖɽ

peci ic onditions
16.Except in Road Eventsa) The performance shall be made in a certified athletics
facility, which conforms to Rule 3b) For any performance at any distance of 2 m or more
to be recognised, the track on which it was made shall not
exceed 4 2.3m (44 yards) and the race shall have started
on some part of the perimeterc) A performance in an oval Track Event shall be made ina lane where, the running line radius does not exceed 5 m,
except where the bend is formed with two different radii, in
which case the longer of the two arcs should not accountfor more than 6 of the 1turn.
d) A performance made in a Track Event outdoors may bemade only on a track which conforms to Rule 15.

ࡋଉ16. ಕ࿑झ໪Νঈ͏ͱɼa) ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ‫ى‬࿧ͺ‫و‬ଉ 4 Ͷన߻ͪ͢཰৏
‫ࢬٗڟ‬અͲ͚ͯΔΗ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) 2 m Ґ৏(2 m Ν‫؜‬΋)͹Ϫʖη͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ1
ब͗ 4 2.3m(44 Ϣʖχ)Ν௔͓͵͏φϧρέͲ͚ͯΔΗɼΉͪͨ͹‫͗ૺڟ‬ɼԃब͹͏ͥΗ͖͹෨෾͖Δηνʖφͪ͢৖߻Ͷ͹Ίޮ೟͠ΗΖɽc) बյφϧρέͲߨΚΗͪझ໪͹‫ى‬࿧ͺϪʖϱ͹‫ܯ཯ړ‬଎෨෾͹ൔ‫ ͗ܚ‬5 m Ν௔͓͵͏φϧρέͲୣ੔͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽͪͫ͢ɼ‫ૺۄ‬࿑್͗ͯ͹ԃ‫ނ‬͹͑ͬ͹ͪ͘͏๏͗ 1 ౕ͹յ఺͹
͑ͬ 6 ౕΝ௔͓͵͏৖߻Νঈ͚ɽd) Բ֐‫ى‬࿧ͺ‫و‬ଉ 15 Ͷన߻ͪ͢φϧρέͲ͚ͯΔΗͪ΍͹͹Ί͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽ

1 . or ecords in rac
unning andheelchair
acing
ents
a) The performance shall be timed by official Timekeepers,
by an approved Fully Automatic Photo Finish System (forwhich a ero control test has been undertaken with Rule2 .2 ) or a Transponder System used (see Rule 2 .25)b) For races up to and includingm (including 4x4 m),
only performances timed by an approved Fully Automatic
Timing Photo Finish System shall be ratifiedc) For all performance made outdoors up to and including
2 m, information concerning wind velocity, measured asindicated in these Rules, shall be submitted. If the windvelocity, measured in the direction of running, averages
more than 2 metres per second during the race, theperformance will not be ratified.
d) No performance will be ratified where the athlete has
infringed Rule 1 .5 unless, in cases covered in Rules
1 .6(c) and 1 .6(d), it is the first infringement in the event.
C MMENT The amendment to Rule 1 .6 means for World
Record ratification that if an athlete or relay team achievesa record time and, in that race, that athlete (or any athlete
in the relay team) made a single infringement under Rules
1 .6(c) or 1 .6(d), and in the case of an event with morethan one round, it was the first infringement in the event,
the record can stand. If the athlete or relay team achievesa record time and, in that race, an infringement occurred
more than once or the athlete or relay team carried oversuch infringement from a previous round of the same
event, the record cannot be ratified.
e) For all Records up to and including 4 m (including
4x4 m), where available starting blocks linked to a World
Athletics approved Start Information System shall havebeen used and must have functioned correctly so thatreaction times were obtained and are shown on the resultsof the Event.
1 . or ecords in ela
ents
The time set by the first athlete in a relay team may not be
submitted for ratification as Record.
1 . or ecords in ield
entsa) The performances shall be measured either by three
Field udges using a calibrated and certified steel tape or
bar or by an approved scientific measuring apparatus, theaccuracy of which has been confirmed by a qualified

133

1 . φϧρέ ‫;ٶٗڟૺڟ‬ऄ͏ͤϪʖη ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧a) Ϫʖη͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫࣎ܯ‬ҽͶΓͮͱ‫࣎͠ܯ‬ΗΖ͖ɼ
ট೟ࡃΊ͹ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞ(‫و‬ଉ 2 .2 Ͷ͍ΖκϫαϱφϫʖϩτηφΝࣰࢬͤΖ)͍Ζ͏ͺφϧϱηϛϱξʖ‫࣎ܯ‬εητϞ(‫و‬ଉ 2 .25 ࢂল)ͶΓͮͱ‫ى‬࿧͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb)m(4 4 m ϨϪʖҲΝ‫؜‬΋)ΉͲ͹झ໪͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼট೟ࡃΊ͹ࣺਇ൓ఈεητϞͶΓͮͱ‫ى‬࿧͠Ηͪ࣎ؔͫ͗͜ਅ੧Ͳ͘Ζɽc) 2 m ΉͲ͹Բ֐‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫و‬ଉͶࣖ͠ΗΖ๏๑Ͳ଎ఈ͠Ηͪ෫ଐ͹ๅࠄ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬͹ਇ‫ޛ‬Θ͖Δɼฑ‫ۋ‬භଐ 2m Ν௔͓Ζ෫ྙ͗ૺΖ๏޴Ͷ਩͏ͱ͏ͪͳ଎ఈ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ‫ى‬࿧ͺޮ೟͠Η͵͏ɽd) ‫و͗ंٗڟ‬ଉ 1 .5 Ͷҩൕͪ͢৖߻ɼ
‫و‬ଉ 1 .6(c)‫ ;ٶ‬1 .6(d)Ͷ֚౲ͤΗͻɼ౲֚झ໪Ͳ࠹ॵ͹ҩൕͲ͵͏‫ݸ‬Εɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽαϟϱφʁ‫و‬ଉ 1 .6 ͹րਜ਼ͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺϨϪʖοʖϞ͗‫ى‬࿧Νୣ੔ͪ͢ࡏɼͨ͹ϪʖηͲ‫ंٗڟ‬ʤΉͪͺϨϪʖοʖϞ͹֦ૺंʥ͗‫و‬ଉ 1 .6(c)Ήͪͺ
1 .6(d)ͶఈΌΔΗͱ͏Ζ‫و‬ଉͶ̏յͫ͜ҩൕͪ͢
৖߻ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺ౲֚झ໪͹෵਼ߨΚΗΖϧΤϱχ͹
஦Ͳ࠹ॵ͹ҩൕͲ͍ͮͪ৖߻Ͷͺɼͨ͹‫ى‬࿧Ν೟Ό
Ζͳ͏͑΍͹Ͳ͍Ζɽ‫ंٗڟ‬ΉͪͺϨϪʖοʖϞ͗‫ى‬࿧Νୣ੔ͪ͢ͳ͢ͱ΍ɼҩൕ͗ಋҲϧΤϱχͲ෵਼յ͍ͮͪ৖߻Ώɼಋͣझ໪͹઴͹ϧΤϱχͲ‫و‬ଉҩൕ͍͗Εɼ࠸;ҩൕͪ͢৖߻Ͷͺ֪ࣨͳ͵Εɼ‫ى‬࿧ͺ೟ΌΔΗ͵͏ɽe)4 m ΉͲ͹ͤ΄ͱ͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ‫ى‬࿧͹ޮ೟ͺɼWA ೟Ն͹ηνʖφ΢ϱϓΧϟʖεϥϱεη
τϞΝૌΊࠒΞͫηνʖτΡϱήϔϫρέΝ࢘༽͢ɼൕԢ࣎ؔ͗ಚΔΗΖΓ͑Ͷਜ਼֮Ͷ‫ؽ‬೵ͦ͠͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽ
1 . ϨϪʖ‫ૺڟ‬͹੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ϨϪʖ‫Ͳٗڟ‬୊ 1 ૺं͗ୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺ੊ֆ‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱਅ੧ͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏ɽ
1 . ϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧a) ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ3 ໌͹ϓΡʖϩχ‫৻ٗڟ‬൓ҽ͗‫ࡃࠬݗ‬͹߱ర੣‫ת‬ऊΉͪͺ߶ౕ‫ܯ‬Ν࢘ͮͱɼΉͪͺͨ͹ଠ͹Ռָద‫ܯ‬଎‫ح‬Ν࢘ͮͱ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ࢘༽ͤΖ‫ܯ‬଎‫ح‬ͺ‫و‬ଉ 1 ͹‫و‬ఈͶ‫Ͱخ‬

Measurement udge in accordance with Rule 1b) In the ong ump and Triple ump, information
concerning wind velocity, measured as indicated in theserules shall be submitted. If the wind velocity, measured in
the direction of jumping, averages more than 2 metres per
second, the performance will not be ratifiedc) Records may be credited for more than one performancein a competition, provided that each Record so ratified shallhave been equal or superior to the best previous
performance at that momentd) In Throwing Events, the implement used shall have beenchecked prior to the Competition in accordance with Rule2.11. If the Referee becomes aware during an Event that a
Record has been equalled or bettered, he shallimmediately mark the implement used and undertake acheck to ascertain whether it still complies with the Rules
or if there has been any change in characteristics.
Normally, such implement shall be checked again after the
Event in accordance with Rule 2.11.

͘ɼਜ਼֮੓֮͗೟͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ૺ෱௕‫ࢀ;ٶ‬ஊ௕͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ‫و‬ଉͶࣖ͠ΗΖ๏
๑Ͳ଎ఈ͠Ηͪ෫ଐ͹ๅࠄ͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽฑ‫ۋ‬භଐ
2̾Ν௔͓Ζ෫͗௕༄๏޴΃਩͏ͱ͏ͪͳ଎ఈ͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ‫ى‬࿧ͺޮ೟͠Η͵͏ɽc) ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼ΍͢धཱི͠Ηͪ‫ى‬࿧͗ɼͨ͹఼࣎ͲͨΗΉͲ͹‫ى‬࿧ͳಋ͖ͣ৏յΖ৖߻ɼ1 ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ෵਼͹‫ى‬࿧͗೟ΌΔΗΖɽd) ౦ͱ͘झ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼ࢘༽͠Ηͪ༽۫ͺ‫و‬ଉ
2.11 ͹‫و‬ఈͶ‫ࣆ͘Ͱخ‬઴Ͷ‫ࠬ͠ݗ‬Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽझ໪‫ٗڟ‬஦Ͷ‫ى‬࿧ͳಋ౵͖ͨΗΝ৏յ
Ζ‫ى‬࿧͗ୣ੔͠Ηͪ৖߻ɼ৻൓ௗͺ௜ͬͶ࢘༽͠Ηͪ༽۫ͶһΝͯ͜ɼͨ͹༽۫͗ຌ‫و‬ଉ͹‫و‬ఈͶ߻஗
͢ͱ͏Ζ͖ɼ͍Ζ͏ͺಝ੓໚ͲՁΔ͖͹รߍ͗͵͠Ηͱ͏͵͏͖֮೟ͤ΄͚‫͜͵ࠬ͢ݗ‬Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ௪৙ɼͨ͹Γ͑͵༽۫ͺझ໪श྅‫ޛ‬Ͷɼ‫و‬ଉ 2.11 Ͷ‫ࠬݗ͚Ͱخ‬Ν࠸ࣰౕࢬΝ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

2 . or ecords in oad
unning andheelchair
acing
ents
a) The course must be measured by an A or B gradeWorld Athletics /AIMS approved measurer who shallensure that the relevant measurement report and any otherinformation required by this Rule is available to WPA uponrequestb) The start and finish points of a course, measured along
a theoretical straight line between them, shall not be further
apart than 5of the race distancec) The overall decrease in elevation between the start andfinish shall not exceed 1 1
i.e., 1m per km ( .1 )d) Any course measurer who originally measured thecourse or other suitably qualified official designated by themeasurer (after consulting the relevant body) with a copyof the documentation detailing the officially measured
course shall in advance of the race check that the course
is laid out in conformity with the course measured anddocumented by the fficial course measurer. e shall thenride in the lead vehicle during the competition or otherwise
validate that the same course is run by the athletese) The course must be verified (i.e., re-measured) as lateas possible before the race, on the day of the race or assoon as practical after the race, by a different A grade
measurer from the one that did the original measurement
Note If the course was originally measured by at least two
A grade or one A and one B grade measurers, noverification (re-measurement) under this Rule will be
required.
f) Records in Road Events set at intermediate distances
within a race must comply with the conditions set underthese Rules. The intermediate distances must have beenmeasured, recorded and subsequently marked as part ofthe course measurement and must have been verified inaccordance of these Rules.

2 . ಕ࿑‫ ૺڟ‬ϧϱωϱή‫;ٶ‬ऄ͏ͤϪʖη Ͷ͕͜Ζ‫ى‬࿧a) αʖηͺ WA/AIMS ೟ఈ͹ A ‫څ‬΍͚͢ͺ̙‫څ‬͹‫ܯ‬଎ҽͶΓͮͱ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵
͏ɽ͖͖Ζ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͺɼWPA ͹གྷ੧ͶԢͣͱɼ‫ܯ‬଎ๅࠄॽ‫;ٶ‬ຌড়ͶఈΌΖͨ͹ଠ͹චགྷ͵৚ๅΝࣰ֮Ͷ఑‫͘Ͳڛ‬ΖΓ͑Ͷ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽb) ηνʖφͳϓΡωρεϣ͹ 2 ఼ؔ͹ཀྵ࿨৏͹௜ત‫཯ړ‬ͺɼͨ͹Ϫʖη͹સ‫཯ړ‬͹ 5 ˍҐԾͳͤΖɽc) ηνʖφஏ఼ͳϓΡωρεϣஏ఼ؔસର͹ඬ߶͹‫ݰ‬ঙͺ 1
෾͹ 1km( .1 )ɼ
ଊͬ 1km ͍ͪΕ 1m
Ν௔͓ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽd) ౲ॵ͹αʖη‫ܯ‬଎Νߨͮͪ‫ܯ‬଎ҽɼΉͪͺͨ͹‫ܯ‬଎ҽͶࢨ໌͠Ηɼਜ਼ࣞͶ‫ܯ‬଎͠Ηͪαʖη͹৆ࡋΝ‫ྪॽͪ͢ࡎى‬͹ࣺ͢Ν࣍ͯɼ͖͢Ζ΄͘ࣁ֪Ν༙
ͤΖͳक࠷ंͳ‫ڢ‬٠͢ͱ݀Όͪༀҽͺɼ‫ٗڟ‬Ͷ઎ཱིͬɼਜ਼ࣞͶ‫ܯ‬଎͠Η‫ى‬࿧͠Ηͪͳ͕Ε͹αʖηͲ͍Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ‫ٗڟ‬஦ͺ઎಍ऄͶ৒ΕࠒΊɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ಋͣαʖηΝૺͮͱ͏Ζ͞ͳΝ֮೟͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽe) αʖηͺɼϪʖη౲ೖ͹Ͳ͘Ζ‫ݸ‬Ε௜઴͖ɼ͍
Ζ͏ͺϪʖη‫ͬͫͪޛ‬ͶɼͲ͘Ζͫ͜࠹ॵ͹‫ܯ‬଎Νߨͮͪ‫ܯ‬଎ҽͳͺҡ͵Ζ A ‫څ‬͹ WA/AIMS ࣙ఺ऄ‫ܯ‬଎ҽ͗࠸֮೟ʤ࠸‫ܯ‬଎ʥ͢͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ஭қ ౲ॵ͹‫ܯ‬଎͗ঙ͵͚ͳ΍ 2 ਕ͹ A ‫ܯڅ‬଎ҽɼΉͪͺ A ‫ܯڅ‬଎ҽ 1 ਕͳ B ‫ܯڅ‬଎ҽ 1 ਕͶΓͮͱߨΚΗͪ৖߻ɼຌ‫و‬ଉͲఈΌΖ֮೟ʤ࠸‫ܯ‬଎ʥͺචགྷ͵͏ɽf) Ϫʖη஦͹౏஦‫Ͳ཯ړ‬ୣ੔͠Ηͪಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬͹‫ى‬࿧ͺɼຌ‫و‬ଉͶఈΌΖড়݇Ͷ߻஗͢ͱ͏͵͚ͱͺ͵Δ͵͏ɽͨ͹౏஦‫཯ړ‬ͺɼαʖη‫ܯ‬଎ࣰࢬ͹ࡏͶ଎ΔΗɼϜʖέ͠Ηͱ͏ͪ΍͹Ͳ͵͜Ηͻ͵Δͥɼຌ‫و‬ଉͶଉ֮ͮͪ೟͗͵͠Η͵͜Ηͻ͵Δ͵͏ɽ

21. ther ecords(Rule 265)a) Games, championships, meeting and other similar
records may be established by the relevant body having
control over the Competition or by theC.
b) The record should recognise the best performanceachieved at any edition of the applicable Competition inaccordance with the Rules, with the exception that windvelocity readings may be ignored, if so stated in theapplicable Regulations for the Competition.

22. ‫ى‬࿧͗ޮ೟͠ΗΖझ໪
સࣙಊࣺਇ൓ఈʤF.A.T.ʥ
घಊ‫࣎ܯ‬ʤ .T.ʥφϧϱηϛϱξʖ‫࣎ܯ‬ʤT.T.ʥ

22. ents or which ecords are ecognised
Fully Automatically Timed performances (F.A.T.)
and Timed performances ( .T.)
Transponder Timed performances (T.T.)
Men
F.A.T. only 1 m 2 m 4 m
4x4 m Relay
F.A.T. or .T. 15 m 5
m 1 ,

m 4x1

21. ͨ͹ଠ͹‫ى‬࿧
ule 265a) ΰʖϞθ(૱߻‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ)ɼમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճɼҲൢ‫ٗڟ‬ճ౵ɼ‫ٗڟ‬ճຘ͹୉ճ‫ى‬࿧ͺɼͨ͹‫ٗڟ‬ճΝ౹‫ׇͤ‬Ζ஄ରΏ୉ճૌ৭җҽճͶΓΕఈΌΔΗΖɽb) ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ෫͹ড়݇Νߡྂ͢͵͏ͳ͹‫و‬ఈ͗
͍Ζ৖߻Νঈ͘ɼຌ‫وٗڟ‬ଉΝన༽͢ͱߨΚΗͪͨΗΉͲ͹୉ճ͹࠹߶‫ى‬࿧͗୉ճ‫ى‬࿧ͳ͢ͱ೟ΌΔΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ

m Relaym

134

஋ࢢ
F.A.T.͹Ίʁ1 mɼ2 mɼ4 mɼ
mɼ4x1
ϨϪʖɼ4x4 m ϨϪʖ
F.A.T. Ήͪͺ .T.ʁ15 mɼ5
mɼ1
m

m

Road Races
F.A.T. or .T. or T.T. 1 km alf Marathon Marathon
umps igh ump ong ump Triple ump
Throws Shot Put Discus Throw avelin Throw, Club
Throw
omen
F.A.T. only 1 m 2 m 4 m
m 4x1 m Relay
4x4 m Relay
F.A.T. or .T. 15 m 5m 1 ,mRoad Races
F.A.T. or .T. or T.T. 1 km alf Marathon Marathon
umps igh ump ong ump Triple ump
Throws Shot Put Discus Throw avelin Throw ClubThrow
ni ersal
F.A.T. only 4x1 m niversal Relay
Note (i) A women only road race can be staged by having
separate women s and men s start times. The timedifferential should be chosen to prevent any possibility ofassistance, pacing, drafting or interference, especially oncourses involving more than one lap of the same section of
the course.
-A A DM DA
A DDMAule 52 Awarding Medals and Diplomas
1. At WPA Recognised Competitions only finalists are
eligible for medals.
In relay events, the four (4) athletes and guide-runner(s) ofeach team entitled to a medal who competed in the final
shall mount the ictory Ceremony podium. ther athletes
and guide-runner(s) in accordance with Rule 23.1 whocompeted for any of these teams in the Competition willsubsequently receive their medals.
2. Athletes shall nominate the guide-runner(s) on the final
entries. nly those guide-runners who have been declaredby the final confirmation and who meet the following criteria
shall be eligible to receive a medal alongside the medal
winning athletes.
a) In individual events where athletes with vision
impairment are allowed to compete using multiple guiderunners, only those guides who have completed the full
event (from the first round to finals) with the athlete shallbe eligible to receive the medal alongside the athlete.
Note (i) Assistants in field events are not eligible to receive
a medal.
Note (ii) Should the athlete declare to use more than one
guide-runner in an event, then these guide-runners will not
be eligible to receive a medal.
b) in relay events, the guide-runner(s) accompanying the
medal winning athlete(s) in the final shall mount the ictory
Ceremony podium and receive a medal.
Note The athletes and guide-runners of the winning teams,
who competed in any previous rounds of the competition,
shall subsequently receive their medals.
3. In individual events where athletes with vision
impairment are allowed to compete using multiple guiderunners, all guide-runners in track and road events(including events in which multiple guide-runners havecompeted), are eligible to receive diplomas according to
the diploma policy as stipulated in the relevant Protocol
Guide applicable to the competition..
4. Sport Class changes in competition may affect anathlete s result(s), placing and record(s) and the impact
varies in Track and Field events. Re-entry after Changes inSport Class is subject to the Technical Delegate s approvalin accordance with Rule 5.3 of these Rules.
rac
ents
If the revised Sport Class is still within the eligible SportClasses of that event, re-entry of that event is not required.
Result, placing and pri e won by the athlete shall stand.
If the revised Sports Class is outside the eligible SportClasses of that event, the performance(s) achieved by the135ϫʖχϪʖη(F.A.T.Ήͪͺ .T.ɼT.T.)ʁ1 kmɼύʖϓϜϧλϱɼϜϧλϱ௕༄झ໪ʁૺ߶௕ɼૺ෱௕ɼࢀஊ௕
౦ͱ͘झ໪ʁ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦ɼΏΕ౦ɼ͞Ξ๰౦ঃࢢ
F.A.T.͹Ίʁ1 mɼ2 mɼ4 mɼ
mɼ4x1 mϨϪʖɼ4x4 m ϨϪʖ
F.A.T.Ήͪͺ .T.ʁ15 mɼ5mɼ1m
ϫʖχϪʖη(F.A.T.Ήͪͺ .T.ɼT.T.)ʁ1 kmɼύʖϓϜϧλϱɼϜϧλϱ௕༄झ໪ʁૺ߶௕ɼૺ෱௕ɼࢀஊ௕
౦ͱ͘झ໪ʁ๔‫؛‬౦ɼԃ൭౦ɼΏΕ౦ɼ͞Ξ๰౦Ϥωώʖγϩ
F.A.T.͹Ίʁ4x1 m ϤωώʖγϩϨϪʖ஭қ(i) ঃࢢୱಢ͹ಕ࿑‫ૺڟ‬ͺɼ஋ঃҡ͵Ζηνʖφ࣎ؔΝઅ͜Ζ͞ͳͲࣰࢬͲ͘Ζɽͨ͹ࡏɼಝͶαʖη͗ಋͣ՗ॶΝ෵਼յ௪գͤΖΓ͑Ͷઅఈ͠Ηͱ͏Ζ৖߻ͺɼঁྙɼϘʖη௒੖ɼ๨֒͹Ն೵੓Ν๹͛΄͚న઀͵࣎ؔࠫ͗અఈ͠ΗΖ΄͘Ͳ͍Ζɽ୊ ෨ ϟξϩͳৈয়͹द༫
୊ 52 ড় ϟξϩͳৈয়͹द༫
1. WPA ೟Ն‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ݀ঋ਒ड़ं͹Ί͗ϟξϩΝणৈͤΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘ΖɽϨϪʖ‫ٗڟ‬͹නঞͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ֦οʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖ͹͑ͬ݀ঋકͲ‫ ͪٗ͢ڟ‬4 ໌ͳΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗නঞୈͶౌஅͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ‫و‬ଉ 23.1 Ͷॊ͏ɼ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱϟξϩ֭ಚοʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖͳ͢ͱ‫ͨͪٗ͢ڟ‬͹ଠ͹‫ͳंٗڟ‬Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͶͺɼනঞࣞश྅‫ޛ‬Ͷϟξϩ͗द༫͠ΗΖɽ
2. ‫ंٗڟ‬ͺ࠹शΦϱφϨʖ࣎ͶΪ΢χϧϱψʖΝਅࠄͤΖ΍͹ͳͤΖɽਜ਼ࣞͶࢨ໌͠ΗͪΪ΢χϧϱ
ψʖͲҐԾ͹‫خ‬६Νຮͪͤं͹Ίɼ‫͗ंٗڟ‬ϟξϩΝ֭ಚͪ͢৖߻ͶҲॻͶϟξϩΝण͜खΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽa) ࢻ্ְ֒͹͍Ζ‫͗ंٗڟ‬෵਼͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝࢨ໌Ͳ͘Ζझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼΪ΢χϧϱψʖͺɼझ໪સର(༩મ͖Δ݀ঋΉͲ)Ν௪͢ͱ൒ૺΝແΌͪ৖߻͹Ίɼ‫ͳͳंٗڟ‬΍ͶϟξϩΝण͜खΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζ΍͹ͳͤΖɽ஭қ(i)ʁϓΡʖϩχ‫ٗڟ‬झ໪Ͷ͕͜ΖΠεηνϱφͺϟξϩΝण͜खΖ͞ͳͺͲ͘͵͏ɽ஭қ(ii)ʁ‫͗ंٗڟ‬෵਼͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͹ཤ༽Νਅࠄͪ͢৖߻ɼ͞ΗΔ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖͺϟξϩΝण
͜खΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘͵͏ɽb) ϨϪʖ‫ٗڟ‬͹නঞͶ͕͏ͱͺɼ݀ঋͲϟξϩ֭ಚૺं͹൒ૺΝແΌͪΪ΢χϧϱψʖ͗නঞୈͶౌஅ͢ɼϟξϩ͗द༫͠ΗΖɽ஭қʁ౲֚‫ٗڟ‬ճͶ͕͏ͱɼ༑ঋοʖϞ͹ϟϱώʖͳ͢ͱ݀ঋΉͲ͹ϧΤϱχͲ‫ͳंٗڟͪٗ͢ڟ‬൒ૺΝແΌͪΪ΢χϧϱψʖͶͺɼනঞࣞश྅‫ޛ‬Ͷϟξϩ͗द༫͠ΗΖɽ
3. ࢻ্ְ֒͹͍Ζ‫͗ंٗڟ‬෵਼͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖΝਅࠄͲ͘Ζ‫ݺ‬ਕझ໪Ͷ͕͏ͱͺɼφϧρέ‫ͳٗڟ‬ಕ࿑‫Ͳٗڟ‬൒ૺΝແΌͪͤ΄ͱ͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖʤ෵਼͹Ϊ΢χϧϱψʖ͗͏Ζ৖߻΍‫؜‬΋ʥͺɼ‫ڟ‬ٗճͶ͕͜ΖϕϫφαʖϩΪ΢χʥʱͶఈΌΖනঞ๏
ਓͶॊͮͱɼৈয়Νण͜खΖ͞ͳ͗Ͳ͘Ζɽ
4. ‫ٗڟ‬ճͲ͹‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹รߍͺɼ‫ंٗڟ‬͹‫ٗڟ‬݃ՎɼॳҒɼ‫ى‬࿧ͶӪ‫ڻ‬Ν༫͓ΖՆ೵੓͍͗Εɼͨ͹Ӫ‫ڻ‬ͺझ໪ͶΓͮͱҡ͵Ζɽ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͹รߍ‫ޛ‬͹࠸ΦϱφϨʖͺɼ‫و‬ଉ 5.3 Ͷॊͮͱٗढ़େන͹ট೟͗චགྷͲ͍Ζɽφϧρέझ໪
รߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ɼ͵͕ड़৖झ໪͹ΦϨζϔϩ(ड़৖ࣁ֪͹͍Ζ)έϧηͶ‫؜‬ΉΗΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹झ໪΃͹࠸ΦϱφϨʖͺචགྷ͵͏ɽϨδϩφɼॳҒɼ֭ಚͪ͢ৈͺ༙ްͳ͵ΖɽรߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ɼड़৖झ໪͹ΦϨζϔϩ

athlete shall stand but the placing and pri e won by theathlete shall be void.

έϧηͶ‫؜‬ΉΗ͵͏৖߻ɼୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺ೟ΌΔΗΖ͗ɼॳҒͳ֭ಚͪ͢ৈͺໃްͶ͵Ζɽ

ield
ents
If the revised Sport Class is still within the eligible SportClasses of that event, re-entry of that event is not required.
If the Points System is being used, the points which
determine the placing and pri e shall be recalculated
against his revised Sport Class. The performance(s)achieved by the athlete may stand provided the same
competition rules apply in his revised Sport Class.
If the revised Sport Class is outside the eligible SportClasses of that event, the performance(s) achieved by theathlete may stand provided the same competition rules
apply in his revised Sport Class but the placing and pri e
won by the athlete shall be void.

ϓΡʖϩχझ໪
รߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ɼ͵͕ड़৖झ໪͹ΦϨζϔϩέϧηͶ‫؜‬ΉΗΖ৖߻ɼͨ͹झ໪΃͹࠸ΦϱφϨʖͺචགྷ͵͏ɽϛ΢ϱφεητϞ͗࢘༽͠Ηͱ͏
Ζ৖߻ɼॳҒͳৈΝ݀ఈͤΖϛ΢ϱφͺɼรߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηΝ΍ͳͶ࠸‫͠ࢋܯ‬ΗΖɽୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺɼรߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͳಋͣ‫وٗڟ‬ଉ͗న
༽͠ΗΖ৖߻Ͷ‫ݸ‬Ε༙ްͳ͵ΖɽรߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͗ɼड़৖झ໪͹ΦϨζϔϩ
έϧηͶ‫؜‬ΉΗ͵͏৖߻ɼಋͣ‫وٗڟ‬ଉ͗รߍͶ͵ͮͪ‫ٗڟ‬έϧηͶన༽͠Ηͱ͏Ηͻɼୣ੔ͪ͢‫ى‬࿧ͺ೟ΌΔΗΖ͗ɼॳҒͳ֭ಚͪ͢ৈͺໃްͶ͵Ζɽ

A෉࿧̏A Ͳ࢘༽ͤΖ‫ٗڟ‬έϧη͟ͳ͹౦ͱ͘༽۫͹॑͠

D 1
D A AAA

M

M

Sport Classes F11-13
AgeClasses

DiscusDiscusJavelin

Javelin

Shot

Shot

Male

FemaleMale

Female

Put
Male

Put
Female

Group

Open

F11-132.00kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

7.26kg4.00kgU/20

F11-131.75kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kg

U/17

F11-13

1.50kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kgDiscus
Male

DiscusFemaleJavelin
Male

JavelinFemale

Shot
Put

Shot
Put

Male

FemaleSport Class F2
Age
Group

ClassesOpen

F20

2.00kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

7.26kg4.00kgU/20

F20

1.75kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kgU/17

F20

1.50kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kg

Sports Classes F31-3
Age

Classes

DiscusDiscusJavelin

Javelin

Shot

Shot

Club

Male

FemaleMale

FemalePut

Put

Male &

Male

FemaleFemale

F31

NE

NE

NE

NE

NE

NE

397gr

F32

1.00kg1.00kgNENE

2.00kg2.00kg

397gr

Group

Open
And
U/20

U/17

F33

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

3.00kg3.00kgNE

F34

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F35

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F36

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F37

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

5.00kg3.00kgNE

F38

1.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

5.00kg3.00kg

NE

F31

NE

NE

NE

NE

NE

NE

397gr

F32

750gr

750gr

NE

NE

1.00kg1.00kg

397gr

F33

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

2.00kg2.00kg

NE

F34

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kg

NE

F35

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kg

NE

F36

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kg

NE

F37

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

4.00kg2.00kgNE

F38

1.00kg

750gr

600gr

500gr

4.00kg2.00kgNE

136

Sport Classes F4 -46
AgeClasses

DiscusDiscusJavelin

Javelin

Shot

Male

FemaleMale

Female

Put

Put

Male

FemaleGroup
F40,F411.00kg

750gr

600gr

400gr

4.00kg3.00kgF42

1.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kg

F43,F44

1.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kg

F45,F46

1.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kgF40,F411.00kg

750gr

500gr

400gr

3.00kg2.00kgF42,

1.00kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kgF43, F44

1.00kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kg

F45,F46

1.00kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kg

Open
and
U/20

Shot

U/17

Sport Classes F51- 5
AgeClasses

Group

Open
and
U/20

U/17

DiscusDiscusJavelin

Javelin

Shot

Shot

Club

Male

FemaleMale

Female

Put
Male

Put
FemaleMale &
FemaleF51

1.00kg1.00kg

NE

NE

NE

NE

397gr

F52

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

2.00kg2.00kgNE

F53

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

3.00kg3.00kgNE

F54

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F55

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F56

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kgNE

F57

1.00kg1.00kg

600gr

600gr

4.00kg3.00kg

NE

F51

750gr

750gr

NE

NE

NE

NE

397gr

F52

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

2.00kg2.00kg

NE

F53

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

2.00kg2.00kg

NE

F54

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kg

NE

F55

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kg

NE

F56

750gr

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kgNE

F57

1.00kg

750gr

500gr

500gr

3.00kg2.00kgNE

Sport Classes F61- 64
AgeClasses

Group

Open
and
U/20

DiscusDiscusJavelin

Javelin

Shot

Shot

Male

FemaleMale

Female

Put

Put

Male

FemaleF61,F63

1.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kgF62,F641.50kg1.00kg

800gr

600gr

6.00kg4.00kgF61,F63

1.00kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kgF62, F64

1.00kg1.00kg

700gr

500gr

5.00kg3.00kg

U/17

A

D 2
lassi ication ierarcharal mpic ames and෉࿧̐έϧη෾͜෾ྪන̏
ϏϧϨϱϒρέ‫ٗڟ‬୉ճ‫;ٶ‬able 1
orld hampionships

D 2
lassi ication ierarch able 2
egional hampionships and egional

A ੊ֆમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճ෉࿧̐έϧη෾͜෾ྪන̐
A ஏҮમघ‫ݘ‬୉ճ‫;ٶ‬ஏҮ୉ճ

A

ames

137

APPENDIX 2

260

World Para Athletics Rules and Regulations 2020-2021

138

P
P

P

11
1-

12.
2-

6

.
.

12

201 .

6

.

1 .

-

.

11

-

.

Classification Hierarchy Table 1 – Paralympic Games and World Championships

APPENDIX 2

1 .

6

6

6

6

6

A

6

6

APPENDIX 2

261

World Para Athletics Rules and Regulations 2020-2021

139

P
P

P

11
1-

12.
2-

6

.
.

12

201 .

6

.

1 .

-

.

11

-

6

2

.

6

2

6

6

Classification Hierarchy Table 2 – Regional Championships and Regional GamesAPPENDIX 2

1 .